section_id,title_number,title_name,chapter,subchapter,part_number,part_name,subpart,subpart_name,section_number,section_heading,agency,authority,source_citation,amendment_citations,full_text 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.1.5.1,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,A,Subpart A—State Workforce Development Board,,§ 679.100 What is the purpose of the State Workforce Development Board?,DOL,,,,"The purpose of the State Workforce Development Board (WDB) is to convene State, regional, and local workforce system and partners, to— (a) Enhance the capacity and performance of the workforce development system; (b) Align and improve the outcomes and effectiveness of Federally-funded and other workforce programs and investments; and (c) Through these efforts, promote economic growth. (d) Engage public workforce system representatives, including businesses, education providers, economic development, labor representatives, and other stakeholders to help the workforce development system achieve the purpose of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA); and (e) Assist to achieve the State's strategic and operational vision and goals as outlined in the State Plan." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.1.5.2,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,A,Subpart A—State Workforce Development Board,,§ 679.110 What is the State Workforce Development Board?,DOL,,,,"(a) The State WDB is a board established by the Governor in accordance with the requirements of WIOA sec. 101 and this section. (b) The membership of the State WDB must meet the requirements of WIOA sec. 101(b) and must represent diverse geographic areas of the State, including urban, rural, and suburban areas. The WDB membership must include: (1) The Governor; (2) A member of each chamber of the State legislature, appointed by the appropriate presiding officers of such chamber, as appropriate under State law; and (3) Members appointed by the Governor, which must include: (i) A majority of representatives of businesses or organizations in the State who: (A) Are the owner or chief executive officer for the business or organization, or is an executive with the business or organization with optimum policy-making or hiring authority, and also may be members of a Local WDB as described in WIOA sec. 107(b)(2)(A)(i); (B) Represent businesses, or organizations that represent businesses described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, that, at a minimum, provide employment and training opportunities that include high-quality, work-relevant training and development in in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the State; and (C) Are appointed from a list of potential members nominated by State business organizations and business trade associations; and (D) At a minimum, one member representing small businesses as defined by the U.S. Small Business Administration. (ii) Not less than 20 percent who are representatives of the workforce within the State, which: (A) Must include two or more representatives of labor organizations nominated by State labor federations; (B) Must include one representative who must be a member of a labor organization or training director from a joint labor-management registered apprenticeship program, or, if no such joint program exists in the State, a member of a labor organization or training director who is a representative of an registered apprenticeship program; (C) May include one or more representatives of community-based organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employment, training, or education needs of individuals with barriers to employment, including organizations that serve veterans or provide or support competitive, integrated employment for individuals with disabilities; and (D) May include one or more representatives of organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employment, training, or education needs of eligible youth, including representatives of organizations that serve out-of-school youth. (iii) The balance of the members: (A) Must include representatives of the Government including: ( 1 ) The lead State officials with primary responsibility for the following core programs— ( i ) The adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under title I of WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act; ( ii ) The Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) program authorized under title II of WIOA; and ( iii ) The State Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) program authorized under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by title IV of WIOA. ( iv ) Where the lead official represents more than one core program, that official must ensure adequate representation of the needs of all core programs under his or her jurisdiction. ( 2 ) Two or more chief elected officials (collectively representing both cities and counties, where appropriate). (B) May include other appropriate representatives and officials designated by the Governor, such as, but not limited to, State agency officials responsible for one-stop partner programs, economic development or juvenile justice programs in the State, individuals who represent an Indian tribe or tribal organization as defined in WIOA sec. 166(b), and State agency officials responsible for education programs in the State, including chief executive officers of community colleges and other institutions of higher education. (c) The Governor must select a chairperson for the State WDB from the business representatives on the WDB described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section). (d) The Governor must establish by-laws that at a minimum address: (1) The nomination process used by the Governor to select the State WDB chair and members; (2) The term limitations and how the term appointments will be staggered to ensure only a portion of membership expire in a given year; (3) The process to notify the Governor of a WDB member vacancy to ensure a prompt nominee; (4) The proxy and alternative designee process that will be used when a WDB member is unable to attend a meeting and assigns a designee as per the following requirements: (i) If the alternative designee is a business representative, he or she must have optimum policy-making hiring authority. (ii) Other alternative designees must have demonstrated experience and expertise and optimum policy-making authority. (5) The use of technology, such as phone and Web-based meetings, that must be used to promote WDB member participation; (6) The process to ensure members actively participate in convening the workforce development system's stakeholders, brokering relationships with a diverse range of employers, and leveraging support for workforce development activities; and (7) Other conditions governing appointment or membership on the State WDB as deemed appropriate by the Governor. (e) Members who represent organizations, agencies or other entities described in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) through (iii) of this section must be individuals who have optimum policy-making authority in the organization or for the core program that they represent. (f)(1) A State WDB member may not represent more than one of the categories described in: (i) Paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section (business representatives); (ii) Paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section (workforce representatives); or (iii) Paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section (government representatives). (2) A State WDB member may not serve as a representative of more than one subcategory under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section. (3) A State WDB member may not serve as a representative of more than one subcategory under paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section, except that where a single government agency is responsible for multiple required programs, the head of the agency may represent each of the required programs. (g) All required WDB members must have voting privileges. The Governor also may convey voting privileges to non-required members." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.1.5.3,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,A,Subpart A—State Workforce Development Board,,§ 679.120 What is meant by the terms “optimum policy-making authority” and “demonstrated experience and expertise”?,DOL,,,,"For purposes of § 679.110: (a) A representative with “optimum policy-making authority” is an individual who can reasonably be expected to speak affirmatively on behalf of the entity he or she represents and to commit that entity to a chosen course of action. (b) A representative with “demonstrated experience and expertise” means an individual with documented leadership in developing or implementing workforce development, human resources, training and development, or a core program function. Demonstrated experience and expertise may include individuals with experience in education or training of job seekers with barriers to employment as described in § 679.110(b)(3)(ii)(C) and (D)." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.1.5.4,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,A,Subpart A—State Workforce Development Board,,§ 679.130 What are the functions of the State Workforce Development Board?,DOL,,,,"Under WIOA sec. 101(d), the State WDB must assist the Governor in the: (a) Development, implementation, and modification of the 4-year State Plan; (b) Review of statewide policies, programs, and recommendations on actions that must be taken by the State to align workforce development programs to support a comprehensive and streamlined workforce development system. Such review of policies, programs, and recommendations must include a review and provision of comments on the State Plans, if any, for programs and activities of one-stop partners that are not core programs; (c) Development and continuous improvement of the workforce development system, including— (1) Identification of barriers and means for removing barriers to better coordinate, align, and avoid duplication among programs and activities; (2) Development of strategies to support career pathways for the purpose of providing individuals, including low-skilled adults, youth, and individuals with barriers to employment, including individuals with disabilities, with workforce investment activities, education, and supportive services to enter or retain employment; (3) Development of strategies to provide effective outreach to and improved access for individuals and employers who could benefit from workforce development system; (4) Development and expansion of strategies to meet the needs of employers, workers, and job seekers particularly through industry or sector partnerships related to in-demand industry sectors and occupations; (5) Identification of regions, including planning regions for the purposes of WIOA sec. 106(a), and the designation of local areas under WIOA sec. 106, after consultation with Local WDBs and chief elected officials; (6) Development and continuous improvement of the one-stop delivery system in local areas, including providing assistance to Local WDBs, one-stop operators, one-stop partners, and providers. Such assistance includes assistance with planning and delivering services, including training and supportive services, to support effective delivery of services to workers, job seekers, and employers; and (7) Development of strategies to support staff training and awareness across the workforce development system and its programs; (d) Development and updating of comprehensive State performance and accountability measures to assess core program effectiveness under WIOA sec. 116(b); (e) Identification and dissemination of information on best practices, including best practices for— (1) The effective operation of one-stop centers, relating to the use of business outreach, partnerships, and service delivery strategies, including strategies for serving individuals with barriers to employment; (2) The development of effective Local WDBs, which may include information on factors that contribute to enabling Local WDBs to exceed negotiated local levels of performance, sustain fiscal integrity, and achieve other measures of effectiveness; and (3) Effective training programs that respond to real-time labor market analysis, that effectively use direct assessment and prior learning assessment to measure an individual's prior knowledge, skills, competencies, and experiences for adaptability, to support efficient placement into employment or career pathways; (f) Development and review of statewide policies affecting the coordinated provision of services through the State's one-stop delivery system described in WIOA sec. 121(e), including the development of— (1) Objective criteria and procedures for use by Local WDBs in assessing the effectiveness, physical and programmatic accessibility and continuous improvement of one-stop centers. Where a Local WDB serves as the one-stop operator, the State WDB must use such criteria to assess and certify the one-stop center; (2) Guidance for the allocation of one-stop center infrastructure funds under WIOA sec. 121(h); and (3) Policies relating to the appropriate roles and contributions of entities carrying out one-stop partner programs within the one-stop delivery system, including approaches to facilitating equitable and efficient cost allocation in the system; (g) Development of strategies for technological improvements to facilitate access to, and improve the quality of services and activities provided through the one-stop delivery system, including such improvements to— (1) Enhance digital literacy skills (as defined in sec. 202 of the Museum and Library Service Act, 20 U.S.C. 9101); (2) Accelerate acquisition of skills and recognized postsecondary credentials by participants; (3) Strengthen professional development of providers and workforce professionals; and (4) Ensure technology is accessible to individuals with disabilities and individuals residing in remote areas; (h) Development of strategies for aligning technology and data systems across one-stop partner programs to enhance service delivery and improve efficiencies in reporting on performance accountability measures, including design implementation of common intake, data collection, case management information, and performance accountability measurement and reporting processes and the incorporation of local input into such design and implementation to improve coordination of services across one-stop partner programs; (i) Development of allocation formulas for the distribution of funds for employment and training activities for adults and youth workforce investment activities, to local areas as permitted under WIOA secs. 128(b)(3) and 133(b)(3); (j) Preparation of the annual reports described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of WIOA sec. 116(d); (k) Development of the statewide workforce and labor market information system described in sec. 15(e) of the Wagner-Peyser Act; and (l) Development of other policies as may promote statewide objectives for and enhance the performance of the workforce development system in the State." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.1.5.5,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,A,Subpart A—State Workforce Development Board,,§ 679.140 How does the State Workforce Development Board meet its requirement to conduct business in an open manner under the “sunshine provision” of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act?,DOL,,,,"(a) The State WDB must conduct business in an open manner as required by WIOA sec. 101(g). (b) The State WDB must make available to the public, on a regular basis through electronic means and open meetings, information about the activities and functions of the State WDB, including: (1) The State Plan, or modification to the State Plan, prior to submission of the State Plan or modification of the State Plan; (2) Information regarding membership; (3) Minutes of formal meetings of the State WDB upon request; (4) State WDB by-laws as described at § 679.110(d)." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.1.5.6,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,A,Subpart A—State Workforce Development Board,,§ 679.150 Under what circumstances may the Governor select an alternative entity in place of the State Workforce Development Board?,DOL,,,,"(a) The State may use any State entity that meets the requirements of WIOA sec. 101(e) to perform the functions of the State WDB. This may include: (1) A State council; (2) A State WDB within the meaning of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of WIOA; or (3) A combination of regional WDBs or similar entity. (b) If the State uses an alternative entity, the State Plan must demonstrate that the alternative entity meets all three of the requirements of WIOA sec. 101(e)(1): (1) Was in existence on the day before the date of enactment of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA); (2) Is substantially similar to the State WDB described in WIOA secs. 101(a)-(c) and § 679.110; and (3) Includes representatives of business and labor organizations in the State. (c) If the alternative entity does not provide representatives for each of the categories required under WIOA sec. 101(b), the State Plan must explain the manner in which the State will ensure an ongoing role for any unrepresented membership group in the workforce development system. The State WDB must maintain an ongoing and meaningful role for an unrepresented membership group, including entities carrying out the core programs, by such methods as: (1) Regularly scheduled consultations with entities within the unrepresented membership groups; (2) Providing an opportunity for input into the State Plan or other policy development by unrepresented membership groups; and (3) Establishing an advisory committee of unrepresented membership groups. (d) In parts 675 through 687 of this chapter, all references to the State WDB also apply to an alternative entity used by a State." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.1.5.7,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,A,Subpart A—State Workforce Development Board,,§ 679.160 Under what circumstances may the State Workforce Development Board hire staff?,DOL,,,,"(a) The State WDB may hire a director and other staff to assist in carrying out the functions described in WIOA sec. 101(d) and § 679.130 using funds described in WIOA sec. 129(b)(3) or sec. 134(a)(3)(B)(i). (b) The State WDB must establish and apply a set of objective qualifications for the position of director that ensures the individual selected has the requisite knowledge, skills, and abilities to meet identified benchmarks and to assist in effectively carrying out the functions of the State WDB. (c) The director and staff must be subject to the limitations on the payment of salary and bonuses described in WIOA sec. 194(15)." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.2.5.1,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,B,Subpart B—Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas),,§ 679.200 What is the purpose of requiring States to identify regions?,DOL,,,,The purpose of identifying regions is to align workforce development activities and resources with larger regional economic development areas and available resources to provide coordinated and efficient services to both job seekers and employers. 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.2.5.10,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,B,Subpart B—Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas),,§ 679.290 What right does an entity have to appeal the Governor's decision rejecting a request for designation as a workforce development area?,DOL,,,,"(a) A unit of local government (or combination of units) or a local area which has requested but has been denied its request for designation as a workforce development area under § 679.250 may appeal the decision to the State WDB, in accordance with appeal procedures established in the State Plan and § 683.630(a) of this chapter. (b) If a decision on the appeal is not rendered in a timely manner or if the appeal to the State WDB does not result in designation, the entity may request review by the Secretary of Labor, under the procedures set forth at § 683.640 of this chapter." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.2.5.2,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,B,Subpart B—Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas),,§ 679.210 What are the requirements for identifying a region?,DOL,,,,"(a) The Governor must assign local areas to a region prior to submission of the State Unified or Combined Plan, in order for the State to receive WIOA title I, subtitle B adult, dislocated worker, and youth allotments. (b) The Governor must develop a policy and process for identifying regions. Such policy must include: (1) Consultation with the Local WDBs and chief elected officials (CEOs) in the local area(s) as required in WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(i)(II) and WIOA sec. 106(a)(1); and (2) Consideration of the extent to which the local areas in a proposed region: (i) Share a single labor market; (ii) Share a common economic development area; and (iii) Possess the Federal and non-Federal resources, including appropriate education and training institutions, to administer activities under WIOA subtitle B. (c) In addition to the required criteria described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, other factors the Governor also may consider include: (1) Population centers; (2) Commuting patterns; (3) Land ownership; (4) Industrial composition; (5) Location quotients; (6) Labor force conditions; (7) Geographic boundaries; and (8) Additional factors as determined by the Secretary. (d) Regions must consist of: (1) One local area; (2) Two or more contiguous local areas in a single State; or (3) Two or more contiguous local areas in two or more States. (e) Planning regions are those regions described in paragraph (d)(2) or (3) of this section. Planning regions are subject to the regional planning requirements in § 679.510." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.2.5.3,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,B,Subpart B—Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas),,§ 679.220 What is the purpose of the local area?,DOL,,,,"(a) The purpose of a local area is to serve as a jurisdiction for the administration of workforce development activities and execution of adult, dislocated worker, and youth funds allocated by the State. Such areas may be aligned with a region identified in WIOA sec. 106(a)(1) or may be components of a planning region, each with its own Local WDB. Also, significantly, local areas are the areas within which Local WDBs oversee their functions, including strategic planning, operational alignment and service delivery design, and a jurisdiction where partners align resources at a sub-State level to design and implement overall service delivery strategies. (b) The Governor must designate local areas (local areas) in order for the State to receive adult, dislocated worker, and youth funding under title I, subtitle B of WIOA." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.2.5.4,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,B,Subpart B—Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas),,§ 679.230 What are the general procedural requirements for designation of local areas?,DOL,,,,"As part of the process of designating or redesignating a local area, the Governor must develop a policy for designation of local areas that must include: (a) Consultation with the State WDB; (b) Consultation with the chief elected officials and affected Local WDBs; and (c) Consideration of comments received through a public comment process which must: (1) Offer adequate time for public comment prior to designation of the local area; and (2) Provide an opportunity for comment by representatives of Local WDBs, chief elected officials, businesses, institutions of higher education, labor organizations, other primary stakeholders, and the general public regarding the designation of the local area." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.2.5.5,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,B,Subpart B—Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas),,§ 679.240 What are the substantive requirements for designation of local areas that were not designated as local areas under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998?,DOL,,,,"(a) Except as provided in § 679.250, the Governor may designate or redesignate a local area in accordance with policies and procedures developed by the Governor, which must include at a minimum consideration of the extent to which the proposed area: (1) Is consistent with local labor market areas; (2) Has a common economic development area; and (3) Has the Federal and non-Federal resources, including appropriate education and training institutions, to administer activities under WIOA subtitle B. (b) The Governor may approve a request at any time for designation as a workforce development area from any unit of general local government, including a combination of such units, if the State WDB determines that the area meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section and recommends designation. (c) Regardless of whether a local area has been designated under this section or § 679.250, the Governor may redesignate a local area if the redesignation has been requested by a local area and the Governor approves the request." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.2.5.6,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,B,Subpart B—Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas),,§ 679.250 What are the requirements for initial and subsequent designation of workforce development areas that had been designated as local areas under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998?,DOL,,,,"(a) If the chief elected official and Local WDB in a local area submits a request for initial designation, the Governor must approve the request if, for the 2 program years preceding the date of enactment of WIOA, the following criteria are met: (1) The local area was designated as a local area for purposes of WIA; (2) The local area performed successfully; and (3) The local area sustained fiscal integrity. (b) Subject to paragraph (c) of this section, after the period of initial designation, if the chief elected official and Local WDB in a local area submits a request for subsequent designation, the Governor must approve the request if the following criteria are met for the 2 most recent program years of initial designation: (1) The local area performed successfully; (2) The local area sustained fiscal integrity; and (3) In the case of a local area in a planning region, the local area met the regional planning requirements described in WIOA sec. 106(c)(1). (c) No determination of subsequent eligibility may be made before the conclusion of Program Year (PY) 2017. (d) The Governor: (1) May review a local area designated under paragraph (b) of this section at any time to evaluate whether that the area continues to meet the requirements for subsequent designation under that paragraph; and (2) Must review a local area designated under paragraph (b) of this section before submitting its State Plan during each 4-year State planning cycle to evaluate whether the area continues to meet the requirements for subsequent designation under that paragraph. (e) For purposes of subsequent designation under paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section, the local area and chief elected official must be considered to have requested continued designation unless the local area and chief elected official notify the Governor that they no longer seek designation. (f) Local areas designated under § 679.240 or States designated as single-area States under § 679.270 are not subject to the requirements described in paragraph (b) of this section related to the subsequent designation of a local area. (g) The Governor may approve, under paragraph (c) of this section, a request for designation as a local area from areas served by rural concentrated employment programs as described in WIOA sec. 107(c)(1)(C)." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.2.5.7,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,B,Subpart B—Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas),,§ 679.260 What do the terms “performed successfully” and “sustained fiscal integrity” mean for purposes of designating local areas?,DOL,,,,"(a) For the purpose of initial local area designation, the term “performed successfully” means that the local area met or exceeded the levels of performance the Governor negotiated with the Local WDB and chief elected official under WIA sec. 136(c) for the last 2 full program years before the enactment of WIOA, and that the local area has not failed any individual measure for the last 2 consecutive program years before the enactment of WIOA. (b) For the purpose of determining subsequent local area designation, the term “performed successfully” means that the local area met or exceeded the levels of performance the Governor negotiated with the Local WDB and chief elected official for core indicators of performance as provided in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section as appropriate, and that the local area has not failed any individual measure for the last 2 consecutive program years in accordance with a State-established definition, provided in the State Plan, of met or exceeded performance. (1) For subsequent designation determinations made at the conclusion of PY 2017, a finding of whether a local area performed successfully must be limited to having met or exceeded the negotiated levels for the Employment Rate 2nd Quarter after Exit and the Median Earnings indicators of performance, as described at § 677.155(a)(1)(i) and (iii) of this chapter respectively, for PY 2016 and PY 2017. (2) For subsequent designation determinations made at the conclusion of PY 2018, or at any point thereafter, a finding of whether a local area performed successfully must be based on all six of the WIOA indicators of performance as described at § 677.155(a)(1)(i) through (vi) of this chapter for the 2 most recently completed program years. (c) For the purpose of determining initial and subsequent local area designation under § 679.250(a) and (b), the term “sustained fiscal integrity” means that the Secretary has not made a formal determination that either the grant recipient or the administrative entity of the area misexpended funds due to willful disregard of the requirements of the provision involved, gross negligence, or failure to comply with accepted standards of administration for the 2-year period preceding the determination." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.2.5.8,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,B,Subpart B—Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas),,§ 679.270 What are the special designation provisions for single-area States?,DOL,,,,"(a) The Governor of any State that was a single-State local area under the WIA as in effect on July 1, 2013 may designate the State as a single-State local area under WIOA. (b) The Governor of a State local area under paragraph (a) of this section who seeks to designate the State as a single-State local area under WIOA must: (1) Identify the State as a single-area State in the Unified or Combined State Plan; and (2) Include the local plan for approval as part of the Unified or Combined State Plan. (c) The State WDB for a single-area State must act as the Local WDB and carry out the functions of the Local WDB in accordance with WIOA sec. 107 and § 679.370, except that the State is not required to meet and report on a set of local performance accountability measures. (d) Single-area States must conduct the functions of the Local WDB as outlined in paragraph (c) of this section to achieve the incorporation of local interests but may do so in a manner that reduces unnecessary burden and duplication of processes. (e) States must carry out the duties of State and Local WDBs in accordance with guidance issued by the Secretary of Labor." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.2.5.9,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,B,Subpart B—Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas),,§ 679.280 How does the State fulfill the requirement to provide assistance to local areas within a planning region that wish to redesignate into a single local area?,DOL,,,,"(a) When the chief elected officials and Local WDBs of each local area within a planning region make a request to the Governor to redesignate into a single local area, the State WDB must authorize statewide adult, dislocated worker, and youth program funds to facilitate such redesignation. (b) When statewide funds are not available, the State may provide funds for redesignation in the next available program year. (c) Redesignation activities that may be carried out by the local areas include: (1) Convening sessions and conferences; (2) Renegotiation of contracts and agreements; and (3) Other activities directly associated with the redesignation as deemed appropriate by the State WDB." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.1,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.300 What is the vision and purpose of the Local Workforce Development Board?,DOL,,,,"(a) The vision for the Local WDB is to serve as a strategic leader and convener of local workforce development system stakeholders. The Local WDB partners with employers and the workforce development system to develop policies and investments that support public workforce system strategies that support regional economies, the development of effective approaches including local and regional sector partnerships and career pathways, and high quality, customer centered service delivery and service delivery approaches; (b) The purpose of the Local WDB is to— (1) Provide strategic and operational oversight in collaboration with the required and additional partners and workforce stakeholders to help develop a comprehensive and high-quality workforce development system in the local area and larger planning region; (2) Assist in the achievement of the State's strategic and operational vision and goals as outlined in the Unified State Plan or Combined State Plan; and (3) Maximize and continue to improve the quality of services, customer satisfaction, effectiveness of the services provided." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.10,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.390 How does the Local Workforce Development Board meet its requirement to conduct business in an open manner under the “sunshine provision” of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act?,DOL,,,,"The Local WDB must conduct its business in an open manner as required by WIOA sec. 107(e), by making available to the public, on a regular basis through electronic means and open meetings, information about the activities of the Local WDB. This includes: (a) Information about the Local Plan, or modification to the Local Plan, before submission of the plan; (b) List and affiliation of Local WDB members; (c) Selection of one-stop operators; (d) Award of grants or contracts to eligible training providers of workforce investment activities including providers of youth workforce investment activities; (e) Minutes of formal meetings of the Local WDB; and (f) Local WDB by-laws, consistent with § 679.310(g)." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.11,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.400 Who are the staff to the Local Workforce Development Board and what is their role?,DOL,,,,"(a) WIOA sec. 107(f) grants Local WDBs authority to hire a director and other staff to assist in carrying out the functions of the Local WDB. (b) Local WDBs must establish and apply a set of qualifications for the position of director that ensures the individual selected has the requisite knowledge, skills, and abilities to meet identified benchmarks and to assist in carrying out the functions of the Local WDB. (c) The Local WDB director and staff must be subject to the limitations on the payment of salary and bonuses described in WIOA sec. 194(15). (d) In general, Local WDB staff only may assist the Local WDB fulfill the required functions at WIOA sec. 107(d). (e) Should the WDB select an entity to staff the WDB that provides additional workforce functions beyond the functions described at WIOA sec. 107(d), such an entity is required to enter into a written agreement with the Local WDB and chief elected official(s) to clarify their roles and responsibilities as required by § 679.430." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.12,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,"§ 679.410 Under what conditions may a Local Workforce Development Board directly be a provider of career services, or training services, or act as a one-stop operator?",DOL,,,,"(a)(1) A Local WDB may be selected as a one-stop operator: (i) Through sole source procurement in accordance with § 678.610 of this chapter; or (ii) Through successful competition in accordance with § 678.615 of this chapter. (2) The chief elected official in the local area and the Governor must agree to the selection described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (3) Where a Local WDB acts as a one-stop operator, the State must ensure certification of one-stop centers in accordance with § 678.800 of this chapter. (b) A Local WDB may act as a provider of career services only with the agreement of the chief elected official in the local area and the Governor. (c) A Local WDB is prohibited from providing training services, unless the Governor grants a waiver in accordance with the provisions in WIOA sec. 107(g)(1). (1) The State must develop a procedure for approving waivers that includes the criteria at WIOA sec. 107(g)(1)(B)(i): (i) Satisfactory evidence that there is an insufficient number of eligible training providers of such a program of training services to meet local demand in the local area; (ii) Information demonstrating that the WDB meets the requirements for eligible training provider services under WIOA sec. 122; and (iii) Information demonstrating that the program of training services prepares participants for an in-demand industry sector or occupation in the local area. (2) The local area must make the proposed request for a waiver available to eligible training providers and other interested members of the public for a public comment period of not less than 30 days and includes any comments received during this time in the final request for the waiver. (3) The waiver must not exceed the duration of the local plan and may be renewed by submitting a new waiver request consistent with paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section for additional periods, not to exceed the durations of such subsequent plans. (4) The Governor may revoke the waiver if the Governor determines the waiver is no longer needed or that the Local WDB involved has engaged in a pattern of inappropriate referrals to training services operated by the Local WDB. (d) The restrictions on the provision of career and training services by the Local WDB, as one-stop operator, also apply to staff of the Local WDB." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.13,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.420 What are the functions of the local fiscal agent?,DOL,,,,"(a) In order to assist in administration of the grant funds, the chief elected official or the Governor, where the Governor serves as the local grant recipient for a local area, may designate an entity to serve as a local fiscal agent. Designation of a fiscal agent does not relieve the chief elected official or Governor of liability for the misuse of grant funds. If the CEO designates a fiscal agent, the CEO must ensure this agent has clearly defined roles and responsibilities. (b) In general the fiscal agent is responsible for the following functions: (1) Receive funds. (2) Ensure sustained fiscal integrity and accountability for expenditures of funds in accordance with Office of Management and Budget circulars, WIOA and the corresponding Federal Regulations and State policies. (3) Respond to audit financial findings. (4) Maintain proper accounting records and adequate documentation. (5) Prepare financial reports. (6) Provide technical assistance to subrecipients regarding fiscal issues. (c) At the direction of the Local WDB or the State WDB in single-area States, the fiscal agent may have the following additional functions: (1) Procure contracts or obtain written agreements. (2) Conduct financial monitoring of service providers. (3) Ensure independent audit of all employment and training programs." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.14,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.430 How do entities performing multiple functions in a local area demonstrate internal controls and prevent conflict of interest?,DOL,,,,"Local organizations often function simultaneously in a variety of roles, including local fiscal agent, Local WDB staff, one-stop operator, and direct provider of services. Any organization that has been selected or otherwise designated to perform more than one of these functions must develop a written agreement with the Local WDB and CEO to clarify how the organization will carry out its responsibilities while demonstrating compliance with WIOA and corresponding regulations, relevant Office of Management and Budget circulars, and the State's conflict of interest policy." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.2,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.310 What is the Local Workforce Development Board?,DOL,,,,"(a) The Local WDB is appointed by the chief elected official(s) in each local area in accordance with State criteria established under WIOA sec. 107(b), and is certified by the Governor every 2 years, in accordance with WIOA sec. 107(c)(2). (b) In partnership with the chief elected official(s), the Local WDB sets policy for the portion of the statewide workforce development system within the local area and consistent with State policies. (c) The Local WDB and the chief elected official(s) may enter into an agreement that describes the respective roles and responsibilities of the parties. (d) The Local WDB, in partnership with the chief elected official(s), develops the local plan and performs the functions described in WIOA sec. 107(d) and § 679.370. (e) If a local area includes more than one unit of general local government in accordance with WIOA sec. 107(c)(1)(B), the chief elected officials of such units may execute an agreement to describe their responsibilities for carrying out the roles and responsibilities. If the chief elected officials are unable to reach agreement after a reasonable effort, the Governor may appoint the members of the Local WDB from individuals nominated or recommended as specified in WIOA sec. 107(b). (f) If the State Plan indicates that the State will be treated as a local area under WIOA, the State WDB must carry out the roles of the Local WDB in accordance with WIOA sec. 107, except that the State is not required to meet and report on a set of local performance accountability measures. (g) The CEO must establish by-laws, consistent with State policy for Local WDB membership, that at a minimum address: (1) The nomination process used by the CEO to select the Local WDB chair and members; (2) The term limitations and how the term appointments will be staggered to ensure only a portion of membership expire in a given year; (3) The process to notify the CEO of a WDB member vacancy to ensure a prompt nominee; (4) The proxy and alternative designee process that will be used when a WDB member is unable to attend a meeting and assigns a designee as per the requirements at § 679.110(d)(4); (5) The use of technology, such as phone and Web-based meetings, that will be used to promote WDB member participation; (6) The process to ensure WDB members actively participate in convening the workforce development system's stakeholders, brokering relationships with a diverse range of employers, and leveraging support for workforce development activities; and (7) A description of any other conditions governing appointment or membership on the Local WDB as deemed appropriate by the CEO." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.3,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.320 Who are the required members of the Local Workforce Development Board?,DOL,,,,"(a) For each local area in the State, the members of Local WDB must be selected by the chief elected official consistent with criteria established under WIOA sec. 107(b)(1) and criteria established by the Governor, and must meet the requirements of WIOA sec. 107(b)(2). (b) A majority of the members of the Local WDB must be representatives of business in the local area. At a minimum, two members must represent small business as defined by the U.S. Small Business Administration. Business representatives serving on Local WDBs also may serve on the State WDB. Each business representative must meet the following criteria: (1) Be an owner, chief executive officer, chief operating officer, or other individual with optimum policy-making or hiring authority; and (2) Provide employment opportunities in in-demand industry sectors or occupations, as those terms are defined in WIOA sec. 3(23). (c) At least 20 percent of the members of the Local WDB must be workforce representatives. These representatives: (1) Must include two or more representatives of labor organizations, where such organizations exist in the local area. Where labor organizations do not exist, representatives must be selected from other employee representatives; (2) Must include one or more representatives of a joint labor-management, or union affiliated, registered apprenticeship program within the area who must be a training director or a member of a labor organization. If no union affiliated registered apprenticeship programs exist in the area, a representative of a registered apprenticeship program with no union affiliation must be appointed, if one exists; (3) May include one or more representatives of community-based organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employment, training or education needs of individuals with barriers to employment, including organizations that serve veterans or provide or support competitive integrated employment for individuals with disabilities; and (4) May include one or more representatives of organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employment, training, or education needs of eligible youth, including representatives of organizations that serve out-of-school youth. (d) The Local WDB also must include: (1) At least one eligible training provider administering adult education and literacy activities under WIOA title II; (2) At least one representative from an institution of higher education providing workforce investment activities, including community colleges; and (3) At least one representative from each of the following governmental and economic and community development entities: (i) Economic and community development entities; (ii) The State Employment Service office under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq. ) serving the local area; and (iii) The programs carried out under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, other than sec. 112 or part C of that title; (e) The membership of Local WDBs may include individuals or representatives of other appropriate entities in the local area, including: (1) Entities administering education and training activities who represent local educational agencies or community-based organizations with demonstrated expertise in addressing the education or training needs for individuals with barriers to employment; (2) Governmental and economic and community development entities who represent transportation, housing, and public assistance programs; (3) Philanthropic organizations serving the local area; and (4) Other appropriate individuals as determined by the chief elected official. (f) Members must be individuals with optimum policy-making authority within the entities they represent. (g) Chief elected officials must establish a formal nomination and appointment process, consistent with the criteria established by the Governor and State WDB under sec. 107(b)(1) of WIOA for appointment of members of the Local WDBs, that ensures: (1) Business representatives are appointed from among individuals who are nominated by local business organizations and business trade associations; (2) Labor representatives are appointed from among individuals who are nominated by local labor federations (or, for a local area in which no employees are represented by such organizations, other representatives of employees); and (3) When there is more than one local area provider of adult education and literacy activities under title II, or multiple institutions of higher education providing workforce investment activities as described in WIOA sec. 107(b)(2)(C)(i) or (ii), nominations are solicited from those particular entities. (h) An individual may be appointed as a representative of more than one entity if the individual meets all the criteria for representation, including the criteria described in paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section, for each entity. (i) All required WDB members must have voting privilege. The chief elected official may convey voting privileges to non-required members." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.4,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.330 Who must chair a Local Workforce Development Board?,DOL,,,,The Local WDB must elect a chairperson from among the business representatives on the WDB. 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.5,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.340 What is meant by the terms “optimum policy-making authority” and “demonstrated experience and expertise”?,DOL,,,,"For purposes of selecting representatives to Local WDBs: (a) A representative with “optimum policy-making authority” is an individual who can reasonably be expected to speak affirmatively on behalf of the entity he or she represents and to commit that entity to a chosen course of action. (b) A representative with “demonstrated experience and expertise” means an individual who: (1) Is a workplace learning advisor as defined in WIOA sec. 3(70); (2) Contributes to the field of workforce development, human resources, training and development, or a core program function; or (3) The Local WDB recognizes for valuable contributions in education or workforce development related fields." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.6,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.350 What criteria will be used to establish the membership of the Local Workforce Development Board?,DOL,,,,"The Local WDB is appointed by the chief elected official(s) in the local area in accordance with State criteria established under WIOA sec. 107(b), and is certified by the Governor every 2 years, in accordance with WIOA sec. 107(c)(2)." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.7,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,"§ 679.360 What is a standing committee, and what is its relationship to the Local Workforce Development Board?",DOL,,,,"(a) Standing committees may be established by the Local WDB to provide information and assist the Local WDB in carrying out its responsibilities under WIOA sec. 107. Standing committees must be chaired by a member of the Local WDB, may include other members of the Local WDB, and must include other individuals appointed by the Local WDB who are not members of the Local WDB and who have demonstrated experience and expertise in accordance with § 679.340(b) and as determined by the Local WDB. Standing committees may include each of the following: (1) A standing committee to provide information and assist with operational and other issues relating to the one-stop delivery system, which may include representatives of the one-stop partners. (2) A standing committee to provide information and to assist with planning, operational, and other issues relating to the provision of services to youth, which must include community-based organizations with a demonstrated record of success in serving eligible youth. (3) A standing committee to provide information and to assist with operational and other issues relating to the provision of services to individuals with disabilities, including issues relating to compliance with WIOA sec. 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq. ) regarding providing programmatic and physical access to the services, programs, and activities of the one-stop delivery system, as well as appropriate training for staff on providing supports for or accommodations to, and finding employment opportunities for, individuals with disabilities. (b) The Local WDB may designate other standing committees in addition to those specified in paragraph (a) of this section. (c) Local WDBs may designate an entity in existence as of the date of the enactment of WIOA, such as an effective youth council, to serve as a standing committee as long as the entity meets the requirements of WIOA sec. 107(b)(4)." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.8,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.370 What are the functions of the Local Workforce Development Board?,DOL,,,,"As provided in WIOA sec. 107(d), the Local WDB must: (a) Develop and submit a 4-year local plan for the local area, in partnership with the chief elected official and consistent with WIOA sec. 108; (b) If the local area is part of a planning region that includes other local areas, develop and submit a regional plan in collaboration with other local areas. If the local area is part of a planning region, the local plan must be submitted as a part of the regional plan; (c) Conduct workforce research and regional labor market analysis to include: (1) Analyses and regular updates of economic conditions, needed knowledge and skills, workforce, and workforce development (including education and training) activities to include an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses (including the capacity to provide) of such services to address the identified education and skill needs of the workforce and the employment needs of employers; (2) Assistance to the Governor in developing the statewide workforce and labor market information system under the Wagner-Peyser Act for the region; and (3) Other research, data collection, and analysis related to the workforce needs of the regional economy as the WDB, after receiving input from a wide array of stakeholders, determines to be necessary to carry out its functions; (d) Convene local workforce development system stakeholders to assist in the development of the local plan under § 679.550 and in identifying non-Federal expertise and resources to leverage support for workforce development activities. Such stakeholders may assist the Local WDB and standing committees in carrying out convening, brokering, and leveraging functions at the direction of the Local WDB; (e) Lead efforts to engage with a diverse range of employers and other entities in the region in order to: (1) Promote business representation (particularly representatives with optimum policy-making or hiring authority from employers whose employment opportunities reflect existing and emerging employment opportunities in the region) on the Local WDB; (2) Develop effective linkages (including the use of intermediaries) with employers in the region to support employer utilization of the local workforce development system and to support local workforce investment activities; (3) Ensure that workforce investment activities meet the needs of employers and support economic growth in the region by enhancing communication, coordination, and collaboration among employers, economic development entities, and service providers; and (4) Develop and implement proven or promising strategies for meeting the employment and skill needs of workers and employers (such as the establishment of industry and sector partnerships), that provide the skilled workforce needed by employers in the region, and that expand employment and career advancement opportunities for workforce development system participants in in-demand industry sectors or occupations; (f) With representatives of secondary and postsecondary education programs, lead efforts to develop and implement career pathways within the local area by aligning the employment, training, education, and supportive services that are needed by adults and youth, particularly individuals with barriers to employment; (g) Lead efforts in the local area to identify and promote proven and promising strategies and initiatives for meeting the needs of employers, workers and job seekers, and identify and disseminate information on proven and promising practices carried out in other local areas for meeting such needs; (h) Develop strategies for using technology to maximize the accessibility and effectiveness of the local workforce development system for employers, and workers and job seekers, by: (1) Facilitating connections among the intake and case management information systems of the one-stop partner programs to support a comprehensive workforce development system in the local area; (2) Facilitating access to services provided through the one-stop delivery system involved, including access in remote areas; (3) Identifying strategies for better meeting the needs of individuals with barriers to employment, including strategies that augment traditional service delivery, and increase access to services and programs of the one-stop delivery system, such as improving digital literacy skills; and (4) Leveraging resources and capacity within the local workforce development system, including resources and capacity for services for individuals with barriers to employment; (i) In partnership with the chief elected official for the local area: (1) Conduct oversight of youth workforce investment activities authorized under WIOA sec. 129(c), adult and dislocated worker employment and training activities under WIOA secs. 134(c) and (d), and the entire one-stop delivery system in the local area; (2) Ensure the appropriate use and management of the funds provided under WIOA subtitle B for the youth, adult, and dislocated worker activities and one-stop delivery system in the local area; and (3) Ensure the appropriate use management, and investment of funds to maximize performance outcomes under WIOA sec. 116; (j) Negotiate and reach agreement on local performance indicators with the chief elected official and the Governor; (k) Negotiate with CEO and required partners on the methods for funding the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers in the local area in accordance with § 678.715 of this chapter or must notify the Governor if they fail to reach agreement at the local level and will use a State infrastructure funding mechanism; (l) Select the following providers in the local area, and where appropriate terminate such providers in accordance with 2 CFR part 200: (1) Providers of youth workforce investment activities through competitive grants or contracts based on the recommendations of the youth standing committee (if such a committee is established); however, if the Local WDB determines there is an insufficient number of eligible training providers in a local area, the Local WDB may award contracts on a sole-source basis as per the provisions at WIOA sec. 123(b); (2) Providers of training services consistent with the criteria and information requirements established by the Governor and WIOA sec. 122; (3) Providers of career services through the award of contracts, if the one-stop operator does not provide such services; and (4) One-stop operators in accordance with §§ 678.600 through 678.635 of this chapter; (m) In accordance with WIOA sec. 107(d)(10)(E) work with the State to ensure there are sufficient numbers and types of providers of career services and training services serving the local area and providing the services in a manner that maximizes consumer choice, as well as providing opportunities that lead to competitive integrated employment for individuals with disabilities; (n) Coordinate activities with education and training providers in the local area, including: (1) Reviewing applications to provide adult education and literacy activities under WIOA title II for the local area to determine whether such applications are consistent with the local plan; (2) Making recommendations to the eligible agency to promote alignment with such plan; and (3) Replicating and implementing cooperative agreements to enhance the provision of services to individuals with disabilities and other individuals, such as cross training of staff, technical assistance, use and sharing of information, cooperative efforts with employers, and other efforts at cooperation, collaboration, and coordination; (o) Develop a budget for the activities of the Local WDB, with approval of the chief elected official and consistent with the local plan and the duties of the Local WDB; (p) Assess, on an annual basis, the physical and programmatic accessibility of all one-stop centers in the local area, in accordance with WIOA sec. 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq. ); and (q) Certification of one-stop centers in accordance with § 678.800 of this chapter." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.3.5.9,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,C,Subpart C—Local Workforce Development Boards,,§ 679.380 How does the Local Workforce Development Board satisfy the consumer choice requirements for career services and training services?,DOL,,,,"(a) In accordance with WIOA sec. 122 and in working with the State, the Local WDB satisfies the consumer choice requirement for training services by: (1) Determining the initial eligibility of entities providing a program of training services, renewing the eligibility of providers, and considering the possible termination of an eligible training provider due to the provider's submission of inaccurate eligibility and performance information or the provider's substantial violation of WIOA; (2) Working with the State to ensure there are sufficient numbers and types of providers of training services, including eligible training providers with expertise in assisting individuals with disabilities and eligible training providers with expertise in assisting adults in need of adult education and literacy activities described under WIOA sec. 107(d)(10)(E), serving the local area; (3) Ensuring the dissemination and appropriate use of the State list through the local one-stop delivery system; (4) Receiving performance and cost information from the State and disseminating this information through the one-stop delivery systems within the State; and (5) Providing adequate access to services for individuals with disabilities. (b) Working with the State, the Local WDB satisfies the consumer choice requirement for career services by: (1) Determining the career services that are best performed by the one-stop operator consistent with §§ 678.620 and 678.625 of this chapter and career services that require contracting with a career service provider; and (2) Identifying a wide-array of potential career service providers and awarding contracts where appropriate including to providers to ensure: (i) Sufficient access to services for individuals with disabilities, including opportunities that lead to integrated, competitive employment for individuals with disabilities; and (ii) Sufficient access for adult education and literacy activities." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.4.5.1,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,D,Subpart D—Regional and Local Plan,,§ 679.500 What is the purpose of the regional and local plan?,DOL,,,,"(a) The local plan serves as 4-year action plan to develop, align, and integrate service delivery strategies and to support the State's vision and strategic and operational goals. The local plan sets forth the strategy to: (1) Direct investments in economic, education, and workforce training programs to focus on providing relevant education and training to ensure that individuals, including youth and individuals with barriers to employment, have the skills to compete in the job market and that employers have a ready supply of skilled workers; (2) Apply job-driven strategies in the one-stop delivery system; (3) Enable economic, education, and workforce partners to build a skilled workforce through innovation in, and alignment of, employment, training, and education programs; and (4) Incorporate the local plan into the regional plan per § 679.540. (b) In the case of planning regions, a regional plan is required to meet the purposes described in paragraph (a) of this section and to coordinate resources among multiple WDBs in a region. (c) The Governor must establish and disseminate to Local WDBs and regional planning areas a policy for the submission of local and regional plans. The policy must set a deadline for the submission of the regional and local plans that accounts for the activities required in plan development outlined in §§ 679.510 and 679.550." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.4.5.2,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,D,Subpart D—Regional and Local Plan,,§ 679.510 What are the requirements for regional planning?,DOL,,,,"(a) Local WDBs and chief elected officials within an identified planning region (as defined in WIOA secs. 106(a)(2)(B)-(C) and § 679.200) must: (1) Participate in a regional planning process that results in: (i) The preparation of a regional plan, as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and consistent with any guidance issued by the Department; (ii) The establishment of regional service strategies, including use of cooperative service delivery agreements; (iii) The development and implementation of sector initiatives for in-demand industry sectors or occupations for the planning region; (iv) The collection and analysis of regional labor market data (in conjunction with the State) which must include the local planning requirements at § 679.560(a)(1)(i) and (ii); (v) The coordination of administrative cost arrangements, including the pooling of funds for administrative costs, as appropriate; (vi) The coordination of transportation and other supportive services as appropriate; (vii) The coordination of services with regional economic development services and providers; and (viii) The establishment of an agreement concerning how the planning region will collectively negotiate and reach agreement with the Governor on local levels of performance for, and report on, the performance accountability measures described in WIOA sec. 116(c) for local areas or the planning region. (2) Prepare, submit, and obtain approval of a single regional plan that: (i) Includes a description of the activities described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and (ii) Incorporates local plans for each of the local areas in the planning region, consistent with § 679.540(a). (b) Consistent with § 679.550(b), the Local WDBs representing each local area in the planning region must provide an opportunity for public comment on the development of the regional plan or subsequent plan modifications before submitting the plan to the Governor. To provide adequate opportunity for public comment, the Local WDBs must: (1) Make copies of the proposed regional plan available to the public through electronic and other means, such as public hearings and local news media; (2) Include an opportunity for comment by members of the public, including representatives of business, labor organizations, and education; (3) Provide no more than a 30-day period for comment on the plan before its submission to the Governor, beginning on the date on which the proposed plan is made available; and (4) The Local WDBs must submit any comments that express disagreement with the plan to the Governor along with the plan. (5) Consistent with WIOA sec. 107(e), the Local WDB must make information about the plan available to the public on a regular basis through electronic means and open meetings. (c) The State must provide technical assistance and labor market data, as requested by local areas, to assist with regional planning and subsequent service delivery efforts. (d) As they relate to regional areas and regional plans, the terms local area and local plan are defined in WIOA secs. 106(c)(3)(A)-(B)." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.4.5.3,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,D,Subpart D—Regional and Local Plan,,§ 679.520 What are the requirements for approval of a regional plan?,DOL,,,,"Consistent with the requirements of § 679.570, the Governor must review completed plans (including a modification to the plan). Such plans will be considered approved 90 days after receipt of the plan unless the Governor determines in writing that: (a) There are deficiencies in workforce investment activities that have been identified through audits and the local area has not made acceptable progress in implementing plans to address deficiencies; or (b) The plan does not comply with applicable provisions of WIOA and the WIOA regulations, including the required consultations and public comment provisions, and the nondiscrimination requirements of 29 CFR part 38. (c) The plan does not align with the State Plan, including with regard to the alignment of the core programs to support the strategy identified in the State Plan in accordance with WIOA sec. 102(b)(1)(E) and § 676.105 of this chapter." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.4.5.4,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,D,Subpart D—Regional and Local Plan,,§ 679.530 When must the regional plan be modified?,DOL,,,,"(a) Consistent with § 679.580, the Governor must establish procedures governing the modification of regional plans. (b) At the end of the first 2-year period of the 4-year local plan, the Local WDBs within a planning region, in partnership with the appropriate chief elected officials, must review the regional plan and prepare and submit modifications to the regional plan to reflect changes: (1) In regional labor market and economic conditions; and (2) Other factors affecting the implementation of the local plan, including but not limited to changes in the financing available to support WIOA title I and partner-provided WIOA services." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.4.5.5,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,D,Subpart D—Regional and Local Plan,,§ 679.540 How are local planning requirements reflected in a regional plan?,DOL,,,,"(a) The regional plan must address the requirements at WIOA secs. 106(c)(1)(A)-(H), and incorporate the local planning requirements identified for local plans at WIOA secs. 108(b)(1)-(22). (b) The Governor may issue regional planning guidance that allows Local WDBs and chief elected officials in a planning region to address any local plan requirements through the regional plan where there is a shared regional responsibility." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.4.5.6,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,D,Subpart D—Regional and Local Plan,,§ 679.550 What are the requirements for the development of the local plan?,DOL,,,,"(a) Under WIOA sec. 108, each Local WDB must, in partnership with the appropriate chief elected officials, develop and submit a comprehensive 4-year plan to the Governor. (1) The plan must identify and describe the policies, procedures, and local activities that are carried out in the local area, consistent with the State Plan. (2) If the local area is part of a planning region, the Local WDB must comply with WIOA sec. 106(c) and §§ 679.510 through 679.540 in the preparation and submission of a regional plan. (b) Consistent with § 679.510(b), the Local WDB must provide an opportunity for public comment on the development of the local plan or subsequent plan modifications before submitting the plan to the Governor. To provide adequate opportunity for public comment, the Local WDB must: (1) Make copies of the proposed local plan available to the public through electronic and other means, such as public hearings and local news media; (2) Include an opportunity for comment by members of the public, including representatives of business, labor organizations, and education; (3) Provide no more than a 30-day period for comment on the plan before its submission to the Governor, beginning on the date on which the proposed plan is made available, prior to its submission to the Governor; and (4) The Local WDB must submit any comments that express disagreement with the plan to the Governor along with the plan. (5) Consistent WIOA sec. 107(e), the Local WDB must make information about the plan available to the public on a regular basis through electronic means and open meetings." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.4.5.7,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,D,Subpart D—Regional and Local Plan,,§ 679.560 What are the contents of the local plan?,DOL,,,,"(a) The local workforce investment plan must describe strategic planning elements, including: (1) A regional analysis of: (i) Economic conditions including existing and emerging in-demand industry sectors and occupations; and (ii) Employment needs of employers in existing and emerging in-demand industry sectors and occupations. (iii) As appropriate, a local area may use an existing analysis, which is a timely current description of the regional economy, to meet the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section; (2) Knowledge and skills needed to meet the employment needs of the employers in the region, including employment needs in in-demand industry sectors and occupations; (3) An analysis of the regional workforce, including current labor force employment and unemployment data, information on labor market trends, and educational and skill levels of the workforce, including individuals with barriers to employment; (4) An analysis of workforce development activities, including education and training, in the region. This analysis must include the strengths and weaknesses of workforce development activities and capacity to provide the workforce development activities to address the education and skill needs of the workforce, including individuals with barriers to employment, and the employment needs of employers; (5) A description of the Local WDB's strategic vision to support regional economic growth and economic self-sufficiency. This must include goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce (including youth and individuals with barriers to employment), and goals relating to the performance accountability measures based on performance indicators described in § 677.155(a)(1) of this chapter; and (6) Taking into account analyses described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section, a strategy to work with the entities that carry out the core programs and required partners to align resources available to the local area, to achieve the strategic vision and goals described in paragraph (a)(5) of this section. (b) The plan must include a description of the following requirements at WIOA secs. 108(b)(2)-(21): (1) The workforce development system in the local area that identifies: (i) The programs that are included in the system; and (ii) How the Local WDB will support the strategy identified in the State Plan under § 676.105 of this chapter and work with the entities carrying out core programs and other workforce development programs, including programs of study authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq. ) to support service alignment; (2) How the Local WDB will work with entities carrying out core programs to: (i) Expand access to employment, training, education, and supportive services for eligible individuals, particularly eligible individuals with barriers to employment; (ii) Facilitate the development of career pathways and co-enrollment, as appropriate, in core programs; and (iii) Improve access to activities leading to a recognized postsecondary credential (including a credential that is an industry-recognized certificate or certification, portable, and stackable); (3) The strategies and services that will be used in the local area: (i) To facilitate engagement of employers in workforce development programs, including small employers and employers in in-demand industry sectors and occupations; (ii) To support a local workforce development system that meets the needs of businesses in the local area; (iii) To better coordinate workforce development programs and economic development; (iv) To strengthen linkages between the one-stop delivery system and unemployment insurance programs; and (v) That may include the implementation of initiatives such as incumbent worker training programs, on-the-job training programs, customized training programs, industry and sector strategies, career pathways initiatives, utilization of effective business intermediaries, and other business services and strategies designed to meet the needs of regional employers. These initiatives must support the strategy described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section; (4) An examination of how the Local WDB will coordinate local workforce investment activities with regional economic development activities that are carried out in the local area and how the Local WDB will promote entrepreneurial skills training and microenterprise services; (5) The one-stop delivery system in the local area, including: (i) How the Local WDB will ensure the continuous improvement of eligible providers through the system and that such providers will meet the employment needs of local employers, workers, and job seekers; (ii) How the Local WDB will facilitate access to services provided through the one-stop delivery system, including in remote areas, through the use of technology and other means; (iii) How entities within the one-stop delivery system, including one-stop operators and the one-stop partners, will comply with WIOA sec. 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq. ) regarding the physical and programmatic accessibility of facilities, programs and services, technology, and materials for individuals with disabilities, including providing staff training and support for addressing the needs of individuals with disabilities; and (iv) The roles and resource contributions of the one-stop partners; (6) A description and assessment of the type and availability of adult and dislocated worker employment and training activities in the local area; (7) A description of how the Local WDB will coordinate workforce investment activities carried out in the local area with statewide rapid response activities; (8) A description and assessment of the type and availability of youth workforce investment activities in the local area including activities for youth who are individuals with disabilities, which must include an identification of successful models of such activities; (9) How the Local WDB will coordinate relevant secondary and postsecondary education programs and activities with education and workforce investment activities to coordinate strategies, enhance services, and avoid duplication of services; (10) How the Local WDB will coordinate WIOA title I workforce investment activities with the provision of transportation and other appropriate supportive services in the local area; (11) Plans, assurances, and strategies for maximizing coordination, improving service delivery, and avoiding duplication of Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq. ) services and other services provided through the one-stop delivery system; (12) How the Local WDB will coordinate WIOA title I workforce investment activities with adult education and literacy activities under WIOA title II. This description must include how the Local WDB will carry out the review of local applications submitted under title II consistent with WIOA secs. 107(d)(11)(A) and (B)(i) and WIOA sec. 232; (13) Copies of executed cooperative agreements which define how all local service providers, including additional providers, will carry out the requirements for integration of and access to the entire set of services available in the local one-stop delivery system. This includes cooperative agreements (as defined in WIOA sec. 107(d)(11)) between the Local WDB or other local entities described in WIOA sec. 101(a)(11)(B) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 721(a)(11)(B)) and the local office of a designated State agency or designated State unit administering programs carried out under title I of the Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq. ) (other than sec. 112 or part C of that title (29 U.S.C. 732, 741) and subject to sec. 121(f)) in accordance with sec. 101(a)(11) of the Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. 721(a)(11)) with respect to efforts that will enhance the provision of services to individuals with disabilities and to other individuals, such as cross training of staff, technical assistance, use and sharing of information, cooperative efforts with employers, and other efforts at cooperation, collaboration, and coordination; (14) An identification of the entity responsible for the disbursal of grant funds described in WIOA sec. 107(d)(12)(B)(i)(III), as determined by the chief elected official or the Governor under WIOA sec. 107(d)(12)(B)(i); (15) The competitive process that will be used to award the subgrants and contracts for WIOA title I activities; (16) The local levels of performance negotiated with the Governor and chief elected official consistent with WIOA sec. 116(c), to be used to measure the performance of the local area and to be used by the Local WDB for measuring the performance of the local fiscal agent (where appropriate), eligible providers under WIOA title I subtitle B, and the one-stop delivery system in the local area; (17) The actions the Local WDB will take toward becoming or remaining a high-performing WDB, consistent with the factors developed by the State WDB; (18) How training services outlined in WIOA sec. 134 will be provided through the use of individual training accounts, including, if contracts for training services will be used, how the use of such contracts will be coordinated with the use of individual training accounts under that chapter, and how the Local WDB will ensure informed customer choice in the selection of training programs regardless of how the training services are to be provided; (19) The process used by the Local WDB, consistent with WIOA sec. 108(d), to provide a 30-day public comment period prior to submission of the plan, including an opportunity to have input into the development of the local plan, particularly for representatives of businesses, education, and labor organizations; (20) How one-stop centers are implementing and transitioning to an integrated, technology-enabled intake and case management information system for programs carried out under WIOA and by one-stop partners; and (21) The direction given by the Governor and the Local WDB to the one-stop operator to ensure priority for adult career and training services will be given to recipients of public assistance, other low-income individuals, and individuals who are basic skills deficient consistent with WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(E) and § 680.600 of this chapter. (c) The local plan must include any additional information required by the Governor. (d) The local plan must identify the portions that the Governor has designated as appropriate for common response in the regional plan where there is a shared regional responsibility, as permitted by § 679.540(b). (e) Comments submitted during the public comment period that represent disagreement with the plan must be submitted with the local plan." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.4.5.8,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,D,Subpart D—Regional and Local Plan,,§ 679.570 What are the requirements for approval of a local plan?,DOL,,,,"(a) Consistent with the requirements at § 679.520 the Governor must review completed plans (including a modification to the plan). Such plans will be considered approved 90 days after the Governor receives the plan unless the Governor determines in writing that: (1) There are deficiencies in workforce investment activities that have been identified through audits and the local area has not made acceptable progress in implementing plans to address deficiencies; or (2) The plan does not comply with applicable provisions of WIOA and the WIOA regulations, including the required consultations and public comment provisions, and the nondiscrimination requirements of 29 CFR part 38. (3) The plan does not align with the State Plan, including with regard to the alignment of the core programs to support the strategy identified in the State Plan in accordance with WIOA sec. 102(b)(1)(E) and § 676.105 of this chapter. (b) In cases where the State is a single local area: (1) The State must incorporate the local plan into the State's Unified or Combined State Plan and submit it to the U.S. Department of Labor in accordance with the procedures described in § 676.105 of this chapter. (2) The Secretary of Labor performs the roles assigned to the Governor as they relate to local planning activities. (3) The Secretary of Labor will issue planning guidance for such States." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.4.5.9,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,D,Subpart D—Regional and Local Plan,,§ 679.580 When must the local plan be modified?,DOL,,,,"(a) Consistent with the requirements at § 679.530, the Governor must establish procedures governing the modification of local plans. (b) At the end of the first 2-year period of the 4-year local plan, each Local WDB, in partnership with the appropriate chief elected officials, must review the local plan and prepare and submit modifications to the local plan to reflect changes: (1) In labor market and economic conditions; and (2) Other factors affecting the implementation of the local plan, including but not limited to: (i) Significant changes in local economic conditions; (ii) Changes in the financing available to support WIOA title I and partner-provided WIOA services; (iii) Changes to the Local WDB structure; and (iv) The need to revise strategies to meet local performance goals." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.5.5.1,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,E,Subpart E—Waivers/WorkFlex (Workforce Flexibility Plan),,§ 679.600 What is the purpose of the general statutory and regulatory waiver authority in the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act?,DOL,,,,"(a) The purpose of the general statutory and regulatory waiver authority provided at sec. 189(i)(3) of the WIOA is to provide flexibility to States and local areas and enhance their ability to improve the statewide workforce development system to achieve the goals and purposes of WIOA. (b) A waiver may be requested to address impediments to the implementation of a Unified or Combined State Plan, including the continuous improvement strategy, consistent with the purposes of title I of WIOA as identified in § 675.100 of this chapter." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.5.5.2,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,E,Subpart E—Waivers/WorkFlex (Workforce Flexibility Plan),,"§ 679.610 What provisions of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and the Wagner-Peyser Act may be waived, and what provisions may not be waived?",DOL,,,,"(a) The Secretary may waive for a State, or local area in a State, any of the statutory or regulatory requirements of subtitles A, B and E of title I of WIOA, except for requirements relating to: (1) Wage and labor standards; (2) Non-displacement protections; (3) Worker rights; (4) Participation and protection of workers and participants; (5) Grievance procedures and judicial review; (6) Nondiscrimination; (7) Allocation of funds to local areas; (8) Eligibility of providers or participants; (9) The establishment and functions of local areas and Local WDBs; (10) Procedures for review and approval of State and Local plans; (11) The funding of infrastructure costs for one-stop centers; and (12) Other requirements relating to the basic purposes of title I of WIOA described in § 675.100 of this chapter. (b) The Secretary may waive for a State, or local area in a State, any of the statutory or regulatory requirements of secs. 8 through 10 of the Wagner- Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49g-49i) except for requirements relating to: (1) The provision of services to unemployment insurance claimants and veterans; and (2) Universal access to the basic labor exchange services without cost to job seekers." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.5.5.3,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,E,Subpart E—Waivers/WorkFlex (Workforce Flexibility Plan),,"§ 679.620 Under what conditions may a Governor request, and the Secretary approve, a general waiver of statutory or regulatory requirements under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act?",DOL,,,,"(a) The Secretary will issue guidelines under which the States may request general waivers of WIOA and Wagner-Peyser Act requirements. (b) A Governor may request a general waiver in consultation with appropriate chief elected officials: (1) By submitting a waiver plan which may accompany the State's WIOA 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan or 2-year modification; or (2) After a State's WIOA Plan is approved, by separately submitting a waiver plan. (c) A Governor's waiver request may seek waivers for the entire State or for one or more local areas within the State. (d) A Governor requesting a general waiver must submit to the Secretary a plan to improve the statewide workforce development system that: (1) Identifies the statutory or regulatory requirements for which a waiver is requested and the goals that the State or local area, as appropriate, intends to achieve as a result of the waiver and how those goals relate to the Unified or Combined State Plan; (2) Describes the actions that the State or local area, as appropriate, has undertaken to remove State or local statutory or regulatory barriers; (3) Describes the goals of the waiver and the expected programmatic outcomes if the request is granted; (4) Describes how the waiver will align with the Department's policy priorities, such as: (i) Supporting employer engagement; (ii) Connecting education and training strategies; (iii) Supporting work-based learning; (iv) Improving job and career results; and (v) Other priorities as articulated in guidance; (5) Describes the individuals affected by the waiver, including how the waiver will impact services for disadvantaged populations or individuals with multiple barriers to employment; and (6) Describes the processes used to: (i) Monitor the progress in implementing the waiver; (ii) Provide notice to any Local WDB affected by the waiver; (iii) Provide any Local WDB affected by the waiver an opportunity to comment on the request; (iv) Ensure meaningful public comment, including comment by business and organized labor, on the waiver; and (v) Collect and report information about waiver outcomes in the State's WIOA Annual Report. (7) The Secretary may require that States provide the most recent data available about the outcomes of the existing waiver in cases where the State seeks renewal of a previously approved waiver. (e) The Secretary will issue a decision on a waiver request within 90 days after the receipt of the original waiver request. (f) The Secretary will approve a waiver request if and only to the extent that: (1) The Secretary determines that the requirements for which a waiver is requested impede the ability of either the State or local area to implement the State's Plan to improve the statewide workforce development system; (2) The Secretary determines that the waiver plan meets all of the requirements of WIOA sec. 189(i)(3) and §§ 679.600 through 679.620; and (3) The State has executed a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with the Secretary requiring the State to meet, or ensure that the local area meets, agreed-upon outcomes and to implement other appropriate measures to ensure accountability. (g) A waiver may be approved for as long as the Secretary determines appropriate, but for not longer than the duration of the State's existing Unified or Combined State Plan. (h) The Secretary may revoke a waiver granted under this section if the Secretary determines that the State has failed to meet the agreed upon outcomes, measures, failed to comply with the terms and conditions in the MOU described in paragraph (f) of this section or any other document establishing the terms and conditions of the waiver, or if the waiver no longer meets the requirements of §§ 679.600 through 679.620." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.5.5.4,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,E,Subpart E—Waivers/WorkFlex (Workforce Flexibility Plan),,§ 679.630 Under what conditions may the Governor submit a workforce flexibility plan?,DOL,,,,"(a) A State may submit to the Secretary, and the Secretary may approve, a workforce flexibility (workflex) plan under which the State is authorized to waive, in accordance with the plan: (1) Any of the statutory or regulatory requirements under title I of WIOA applicable to local areas, if the local area requests the waiver in a waiver application, except for: (i) Requirements relating to the basic purposes of title I of WIOA described in § 675.100 of this chapter; (ii) Wage and labor standards; (iii) Grievance procedures and judicial review; (iv) Nondiscrimination; (v) Eligibility of participants; (vi) Allocation of funds to local areas; (vii) Establishment and functions of local areas and Local WDBs; (viii) Procedures for review and approval of local plans; and (ix) Worker rights, participation, and protection. (2) Any of the statutory or regulatory requirements applicable to the State under secs. 8 through 10 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49g-49i), except for requirements relating to: (i) The provision of services to unemployment insurance claimants and veterans; and (ii) Universal access to basic labor exchange services without cost to job seekers. (3) Any of the statutory or regulatory requirements applicable under the Older Americans Act of 1965 (OAA) (42 U.S.C. 3001 et seq. ), to State agencies on aging with respect to activities carried out using funds allotted under OAA sec. 506(b) (42 U.S.C. 3056d(b)), except for requirements relating to: (i) The basic purposes of OAA; (ii) Wage and labor standards; (iii) Eligibility of participants in the activities; and (iv) Standards for grant agreements. (b) A workforce flexibility plan submitted under paragraph (a) of this section must include descriptions of: (1) The process by which local areas in the State may submit and obtain State approval of applications for waivers of requirements under title I of WIOA; (2) A description of the criteria the State will use to approve local area waiver requests and how such requests support implementation of the goals identified State Plan; (3) The statutory and regulatory requirements of title I of WIOA that are likely to be waived by the State under the workforce flexibility plan; (4) The statutory and regulatory requirements of secs. 8 through 10 of the Wagner-Peyser Act that are proposed for waiver, if any; (5) The statutory and regulatory requirements of the OAA that are proposed for waiver, if any; (6) The outcomes to be achieved by the waivers described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section including, where appropriate, revisions to adjusted levels of performance included in the State or local plan under title I of WIOA, and a description of the data or other information the State will use to track and assess outcomes; and (7) The measures to be taken to ensure appropriate accountability for Federal funds in connection with the waivers. (c) A State's workforce flexibility plan may accompany the State's Unified or Combined State Plan, 2-year modification, or may be submitted separately as a modification to that plan. (d) The Secretary may approve a workforce flexibility plan consistent with the period of approval of the State's Unified or Combined State Plan, and not for more than 5 years. (e) Before submitting a workforce flexibility plan to the Secretary for approval, the State must provide adequate notice and a reasonable opportunity for comment on the proposed waiver requests under the workforce flexibility plan to all interested parties and to the general public. (f) The Secretary will issue guidelines under which States may request designation as a work-flex State. These guidelines may require a State to implement an evaluation of the impact of work-flex in the State." 20:20:4.0.1.1.8.5.5.5,20,Employees' Benefits,V,,679,PART 679—STATEWIDE AND LOCAL GOVERNANCE OF THE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM UNDER TITLE I OF THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT,E,Subpart E—Waivers/WorkFlex (Workforce Flexibility Plan),,§ 679.640 What limitations apply to the State's workforce flexibility plan authority under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act?,DOL,,,,"(a)(1) Under work-flex waiver authority a State must not waive the WIOA, Wagner-Peyser Act or OAA requirements which are excepted from the work-flex waiver authority and described in § 679.630(a). (2) Requests to waive statutory and regulatory requirements of title I of WIOA applicable at the State level may not be granted under work-flex waiver authority granted to a State. Such requests only may be granted by the Secretary under the general waiver authority described at §§ 679.610 through 679.620. (b) As required in § 679.630(b)(6), States must address the outcomes to result from work-flex waivers as part of its workforce flexibility plan. The Secretary may terminate a State's work-flex designation if the State fails to meet agreed-upon outcomes or other terms and conditions contained in its workforce flexibility plan." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.1.1.1,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,A,Subpart A—General,,§ 679.1 Purpose and scope.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","Regulations in this part were developed by the Council under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq. (Magnuson-Stevens Act) and the Northern Pacific Halibut Act of 1982 (Halibut Act). Along with part 600 of this chapter, these regulations implement the following: (a) Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska. (1) Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for groundfish in the GOA by vessels of the United States (see subparts A, B, D, and E of this part). (2) The following State of Alaska regulations are not preempted by this part for vessels regulated under this part fishing for demersal shelf rockfish in the Southeast Outside District, and which are registered under the laws of the State of Alaska: 5 AAC 28.111, fishing seasons; 5 AAC 28.130, gear; 5 AAC 28.160, harvest guidelines; 5 AAC 28.190, harvest of bait by commercial permit holders. (b) Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area. Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for groundfish in the BSAI by vessels of the United States (see subparts A, B, C, D, and E of this part). (c) [Reserved] (d) IFQ Program for sablefish and halibut. The IFQ management measures for the commercial fisheries that use fixed gear to harvest sablefish and halibut (see subparts A, B, D, and E of this part). (1) Sablefish. (i) Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for sablefish by vessels of the United States: (A) Using fixed gear within that portion of the GOA and the BSAI over which the United States exercises exclusive fishery management authority; and (B) Using fixed gear in waters of the State of Alaska adjacent to the BSAI and the GOA, provided that aboard such vessels are persons who currently hold sablefish quota shares, sablefish IFQ permits, or sablefish IFQ hired master permits. (ii) Regulations in this part do not govern commercial fishing for sablefish in Prince William Sound or under a State of Alaska limited entry program. (2) Halibut. Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for halibut by vessels of the United States using fixed gear, as that term is defined in 50 CFR 679.2, in and off of Alaska. (e) Western Alaska Community Development Quota (CDQ) Program. Regulations in this part govern the Western Alaska CDQ Program (see subparts A, B, C, D, and E of this part). The purpose of the program is specified in 16 U.S.C. 1855(i)(1)(A). (f) Groundfish and Halibut Observer Program. Regulations in this part govern elements of the Groundfish and Halibut Observer Program. (g) Fishery Management Plan for Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands King and Tanner Crabs. Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for king and Tanner crab in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area by vessels of the United States, and supersede State of Alaska regulations applicable to the commercial king and Tanner crab fisheries in the Bering Sea and Aleutians Islands Area EEZ that are determined to be inconsistent with the FMP (see subpart A, B, and E of this part). Additional regulations governing commercial fishing for, and processing of, king and Tanner crab managed pursuant to section 313(j) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and the Crab Rationalization Program are codified at 50 CFR part 680. (h) Fishery Management Plan for the Scallop Fishery off Alaska. (1) Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for scallops in the Federal waters off Alaska by vessels of the United States (see subpart A of this part). (2) State of Alaska laws and regulations that are consistent with the FMP and with the regulations in this part apply to vessels of the United States that are fishing for scallops in the Federal waters off Alaska. (i) Fishery Management Plan for the Salmon Fisheries in the EEZ Off Alaska (Salmon FMP) —(1) Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for salmon by fishing vessels of the United States in the West Area and commercial and recreational fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area of the Salmon Management Area. (2) State of Alaska laws and regulations that are consistent with the Salmon FMP and with the regulations in this part apply to vessels of the United States that are commercial and sport fishing for salmon in the East Area of the Salmon Management Area. (j) License Limitation Program (LLP). (1) Regulations in this part implement the LLP for the commercial groundfish fisheries in the EEZ off Alaska and the LLP for the commercial crab fisheries in the Bering Sea and Aleutians Islands Area. (2) Regulations in this part govern the commercial fishing for groundfish under the LLP by vessels of the United States using authorized gear within the GOA and the Bering Sea and Aleutians Islands Area and the commercial fishing for crab species under the LLP by vessels of the United States using authorized gear within the Bering Sea and Aleutians Islands Area. (k) American Fisheries Act and AI directed pollock fishery measures. Regulations in this part were developed by NMFS and the Council under the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the American Fisheries Act (AFA), and the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004 to govern commercial fishing for BSAI pollock according to the requirements of the AFA and the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004. This part also governs payment and collection of the loan, under the AFA, the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, made to all those persons who harvest pollock from the directed fishing allowance allocated to the inshore component under section 206(b)(1) of the AFA. (l) Fishery Management Plan for Fish Resources of the Arctic Management Area. Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for Arctic fish in the Arctic Management Area by vessels of the United States (see this subpart and subpart B of this part)." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.1.1.2,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,A,Subpart A—General,,§ 679.2 Definitions.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","In addition to the definitions in the Magnuson-Stevens Act and in part 600 of this chapter, the terms used in this part have the following meanings: ABC reserve means, for purposes of flathead sole, rock sole, and yellowfin sole in the BSAI, an amount, not to exceed the ABC surplus, that may be reduced for social, economic, or ecological considerations according to § 679.20(b)(1)(iii). ABC surplus means, for purposes of flathead sole, rock sole, and yellowfin sole in the BSAI, the difference between each species' annual ABC and TAC. Active/inactive periods means for longline or pot gear catcher vessel, see § 679.5(c)(3)(iv)(A)( 1 ); for longline or pot gear catcher/processor, see § 679.5(c)(3)(iv)(B)( 1 ); for trawl gear catcher vessel, see § 679.5(c)(4)(iv)(A)( 1 ); for trawl gear catcher/processor, see § 679.5(c)(4)(iv)(B)( 1 ); for shoreside processor or SFP, see § 679.5(c)(5)(ii); for mothership, see § 679.5(c)(6)(iv). Adequate evidence, for purposes of subpart E of this part, means information sufficient to support the reasonable belief that a particular act or omission has occurred. ADF&G means the State of Alaska Department of Fish and Game. ADF&G fish ticket number means a nine-digit number designated by one alphabet letter ( i.e. , G = groundfish), two numbers that identify the year ( i.e. , 98), followed by six numbers. ADF&G processor code means State of Alaska Department of Fish & Game (ADF&G) Intent to operate processor license number (example: F12345). AFA catcher/processor means: (1) For purposes of BS pollock and all BSAI groundfish fisheries other than Atka mackerel, flathead sole, Greenland turbot, Pacific cod, Pacific ocean perch, rock sole, and yellowfin sole, a catcher/processor that is permitted to harvest BS pollock under § 679.4(l)(2). (2) For purposes of BSAI Atka mackerel, flathead sole, Greenland turbot, Pacific cod, Pacific ocean perch, rock sole, and yellowfin sole, a catcher/processor that is permitted to harvest BS pollock and that is listed under § 679.4(l)(2)(i). AFA catcher vessel means a catcher vessel permitted to harvest BS pollock under § 679.4(l)(3). AFA crab processing facility means a processing plant, catcher/processor, mothership, floating processor or any other operation that processes any FMP species of BSAI crab, and that is affiliated with an AFA entity that processes pollock harvested by a catcher vessel cooperative operating in the inshore or mothership sectors of the BS pollock fishery. AFA entity means a group of affiliated individuals, corporations, or other business concerns, except for a CDQ group, that harvests or processes pollock in the BS directed pollock fishery. AFA fee liability means the amount of money for Bering Sea pollock cost recovery, in U.S. dollars, owed to NMFS by an AFA cooperative or AFA sector as determined by multiplying the appropriate AFA standard ex-vessel value of landed Bering Sea pollock by the appropriate AFA fee percentage. AFA fee percentage means that positive number no greater than 3 percent (0.03) determined by the Regional Administrator and established for use in calculating the AFA fee liability for an AFA cooperative or AFA sector. AFA inshore processor means a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor permitted to process BS pollock under § 679.4(l)(5). AFA mothership means a mothership permitted to process BS pollock under § 679.4(l)(4). AFA pollock equivalent pounds means the weight recorded in pounds for landed AFA pollock and calculated as round weight. AFA rebuilt vessel means an AFA vessel that was rebuilt after October 15, 2010. AFA replacement vessel means a vessel that NMFS designated on an AFA permit pursuant to § 679.4(l)(7) after October 15, 2010. AFA standard ex-vessel value means the total U.S. dollar amount of landed Bering Sea pollock as calculated by multiplying the number of landed pounds of Bering Sea pollock by the appropriate AFA standard price determined by the Regional Administrator. AFA standard price means the price, in U.S. dollars, for landed Bering Sea pollock, in AFA pollock equivalent pounds, as determined by the Regional Administrator. AFA vessel means a vessel that is designated on an AFA catcher vessel permit, an AFA catcher/processor permit, or an AFA mothership permit, and is thereby authorized to participate in the Bering Sea directed pollock fishery. Affiliates, for purposes of subparts E and H to this part, means business concerns, organizations, or individuals are affiliates of each other if, directly or indirectly, either one controls or has the power to control the other, or a third party controls or has the power to control both. Indicators of control include, but are not limited to: Interlocking management or ownership; identity of interests among family members; shared facilities and equipment; common use of employees; or a business entity organized following the decertification, suspension, or proposed decertification of an observer provider that has the same or similar management, ownership, or principal employees as the observer provider that was decertified, suspended, or proposed for decertification. Affiliation for the purpose of defining AFA, Rockfish Program, and PCTC Program means a relationship between two or more individuals, corporations, or other business concerns, except CDQ groups, in which one concern directly or indirectly owns a 10 percent or greater interest in another, exerts control over another, or has the power to exert control over another; or a third individual, corporation, or other business concern directly or indirectly owns a 10 percent or greater interest in both, exerts control over both, or has the power to exert control over both. (1) What is 10 percent or greater ownership? For the purpose of determining affiliation, 10 percent or greater ownership is deemed to exist if an individual, corporation, or other business concern directly or indirectly owns 10 percent or greater interest in a second corporation or other business concern. (2) What is an indirect interest? An indirect interest is one that passes through one or more intermediate entities. An entity's percentage of indirect interest in a second entity is equal to the entity's percentage of direct interest in an intermediate entity multiplied by the intermediate entity's direct or indirect interest in the second entity. (3) What is control? For the purpose of determining affiliation, control is deemed to exist if an individual, corporation, or other business concern has any of the following relationships or forms of control over another individual, corporation, or other business concern: (i) Controls 10 percent or more of the voting stock of another corporation or business concern; (ii) Has the authority to direct the business of the entity that owns the fishing vessel or processor. The authority to direct the business of the entity does not include the right to simply participate in the direction of the business activities of an entity that owns a fishing vessel or processor; (iii) Has the authority in the ordinary course of business to limit the actions of or to replace the chief executive officer, a majority of the board of directors, any general partner or any person serving in a management capacity of an entity that holds 10 percent or greater interest in a fishing vessel or processor. Standard rights of minority shareholders to restrict the actions of the entity are not included in this definition of control provided they are unrelated to day-to-day business activities. These rights include provisions to require the consent of the minority shareholder to sell all or substantially all the assets, to enter into a different business, to contract with the major investors or their affiliates, or to guarantee the obligations of majority investors or their affiliates; (iv) Has the authority to direct the transfer, operation, or manning of a fishing vessel or processor. The authority to direct the transfer, operation, or manning of a vessel or processor does not include the right to simply participate in such activities; (v) Has the authority to control the management of or to be a controlling factor in the entity that holds 10 percent or greater interest in a fishing vessel or processor; (vi) Absorbs all the costs and normal business risks associated with ownership and operation of a fishing vessel or processor; (vii) Has the responsibility to procure insurance on the fishing vessel or processor, or assumes any liability in excess of insurance coverage; (viii) Has the authority to control a fishery cooperative through 10 percent or greater ownership or control over a majority of the vessels in the cooperative, has the authority to appoint, remove, or limit the actions of or replace the chief executive officer of the cooperative, or has the authority to appoint, remove, or limit the actions of a majority of the board of directors of the cooperative. In such instance, all members of the cooperative are considered affiliates of the individual, corporation, or other business concern that exerts control over the cooperative; or (ix) Has the ability through any other means whatsoever to control the entity that holds 10 percent or greater interest in a fishing vessel or processor. Agent (1) For purposes of permits issued under § 679.4, means a person appointed and residing within the United States who may apply for permits and may otherwise act on behalf of the owner, operator, or manager of a catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, shoreside processor, stationary floating processor, buying station, tender vessel, support vessel, or on behalf of the IFQ permit holders, IFQ registered buyers, or CDQ halibut permit holders. (2) For purposes of groundfish product distribution under § 679.5(g), means a buyer, distributor, or shipper but not a buying station or tender vessel, who may receive and distribute groundfish on behalf of the owner, operator, and manager of a catcher/processor, mothership, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor. (3) For purposes of IFQ recordkeeping and reporting under § 679.5(l), means a person who on behalf of the Registered Buyer may submit IFQ reports. Agent for service of process means, for purposes of § 679.21(f), a person appointed by the members of an AFA inshore cooperative, a CDQ group, or an entity representing the AFA catcher/processor sector or the AFA mothership sector, who is authorized to receive and respond to any legal process issued in the United States with respect to all owners and operators of vessels that are members of the inshore cooperative, the entity representing the catcher/processor sector, the entity representing the mothership sector, or the entity representing the cooperative or a CDQ group and owners of all vessels directed fishing for pollock CDQ on behalf of that CDQ group. AI directed pollock fishery means directed fishing for pollock in the AI under the allocation to the Aleut Corporation authorized at § 679.20(a)(5)(iii). Alaska local time (A.l.t.) means the time in the Alaska time zone. Alaska Seamount Habitat Protection Areas means management areas established for the protection of seamount habitat areas of particular concern in the BSAI and GOA. See Table 22 to this part. Alaska State waters means waters adjacent to the State of Alaska and shoreward of the EEZ off Alaska. Aleut Corporation means the Aleut Corporation incorporated pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (43 U.S.C. 1601 et seq. ). Aleut Corporation entity means a harvester or processor selected by the Aleut Corporation and approved by NMFS to harvest or process pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery. Aleutian Islands Coral Habitat Protection Areas means management areas established for the protection of certain coral garden areas in reporting areas of the Aleutian Islands subarea and adjacent State waters. See Table 23 to this part. Aleutian Islands Habitat Conservation Area means a management area established for the protection of fish habitat in reporting areas of the Aleutian Islands subarea and adjacent State waters. See Table 24 to this part. Aleutian Islands pollock equivalent pounds means the weight recorded in pounds for landed Aleutian Islands pollock and calculated as round weight. Aleutian Islands pollock fee liability means the amount of money for Aleutian Islands directed pollock cost recovery, in U.S. dollars, owed to NMFS by the Aleut Corporation as determined by multiplying the appropriate standard ex-vessel value of its landed Aleutian Islands pollock by the appropriate Aleutian Islands pollock fee percentage. Aleutian Islands pollock fee percentage means that positive number no greater than 3 percent (0.03) determined by the Regional Administrator and established for use in calculating the Aleutian Islands pollock fee liability for the Aleut Corporation. Aleutian Islands pollock standard ex-vessel value means the total U.S. dollar amount of landed Aleutian Islands pollock as calculated by multiplying the number of landed pounds of Aleutian Islands pollock by the appropriate Aleutian Islands pollock standard price determined by the Regional Administrator. Aleutian Islands pollock standard price means the price, in U.S. dollars, for landed Aleutian Islands pollock, in Aleutian Islands pollock equivalent pounds, as determined by the Regional Administrator. Aleutian Islands shoreplant means a processing facility that is physically located on land west of 170° W. longitude within the State of Alaska. Aleutian Islands Subarea (AI) of the BSAI means that portion of the EEZ contained in Statistical Areas 541, 542, and 543 (see Figure 1 to this part). American Fisheries Act (AFA) means Title II—Fisheries Subtitles I and II, as cited within the Omnibus Appropriations Bill FY99 (Pub. L. 105-277). Amendment 80 ABC reserve means the amount of the flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole ABC reserve that remains after designating the amount assigned to the CDQ ABC reserve and that is allocated among Amendment 80 cooperatives as calculated annually as described at § 679.91(i)(2). Amendment 80 cooperative means a group of Amendment 80 QS holders who have chosen to fish cooperatively for Amendment 80 species under the requirements of subpart H to this part and who have applied for and received a CQ permit issued by NMFS to catch a quantity of fish expressed as a portion of the ITAC and crab and halibut PSC limits. Amendment 80 equivalent pounds means the weight recorded in pounds for landed Amendment 80 species CQ and calculated as round weight. Amendment 80 fee liability means the amount of money for Amendment 80 cost recovery, in U.S. dollars, owed to NMFS by an Amendment 80 CQ permit holder as determined by multiplying the appropriate standard ex-vessel value of landed Amendment 80 species CQ by the appropriate Amendment 80 fee percentage. Amendment 80 fee percentage means that positive number no greater than 3 percent (0.03) determined by the Regional Administrator and established for use in calculating the Amendment 80 fee liability for an Amendment 80 CQ permit holder. Amendment 80 fishery means an Amendment 80 cooperative or the Amendment 80 limited access fishery. Amendment 80 initial QS pool means the sum of Amendment 80 QS units established for an Amendment 80 species in a management area based on the Amendment 80 official record and used for the initial allocation of Amendment 80 QS units and use cap calculations as described in § 679.92(a). Amendment 80 legal landing means the total catch of Amendment 80 species in a management area in the BSAI by an Amendment 80 vessel that: (1) Was made in compliance with state and Federal regulations in effect at that time; and (2) Is recorded on a Weekly Production Report from January 20, 1998, through December 31, 2004; and (3) Amendment 80 species caught while test fishing, fishing under an experimental, exploratory, or scientific activity permit, or fishing under the Western Alaska CDQ Program are not considered Amendment 80 legal landings. Amendment 80 limited access fishery means the fishery conducted in the BSAI by persons with Amendment 80 QS permits, Amendment 80 LLP licenses, or Amendment 80 vessels assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery. Amendment 80 LLP license means: (1) Any LLP license that is endorsed for groundfish in the Bering Sea subarea or Aleutian Islands subarea with a catcher/processor designation and that designates an Amendment 80 vessel in an approved application for Amendment 80 QS; (2) Any LLP license that designates an Amendment 80 vessel at any time after the effective date of the Amendment 80 Program; and (3) Any Amendment 80 LLP/QS license. Amendment 80 LLP/QS license means an LLP license originally assigned to an originally qualifying Amendment 80 vessel with an Amendment 80 QS permit assigned to that LLP license. Amendment 80 mackerel QS means Atka mackerel QS derived from Amendment 80 legal landings assigned to an Amendment 80 mackerel vessel. Amendment 80 mackerel vessel means an Amendment 80 vessel that is not an Amendment 80 non-mackerel vessel. Amendment 80 non-mackerel QS means Atka mackerel QS derived from Amendment 80 legal landings assigned to an Amendment 80 non-mackerel vessel. Amendment 80 non-mackerel vessel means an Amendment 80 vessel that is less than 200 feet in length overall and that has been used to catch less than 2.0 percent of the total Amendment 80 legal landings of BSAI Atka mackerel. Amendment 80 official record means information used by NMFS to determine eligibility to participate in the Amendment 80 Program and to assign specific catch privileges to Amendment 80 QS holders. Amendment 80 Program means the Program implemented under subpart H of this part to manage Amendment 80 species fisheries by limiting participation in these fisheries to eligible participants. Amendment 80 PSC means halibut and crab PSC as described in Table 35 to this part that are allocated to the Amendment 80 sector. Amendment 80 QS holder means a person who is issued an Amendment 80 QS permit by NMFS. Amendment 80 QS permit means a permit issued by NMFS that designates the amount of Amendment 80 QS units derived from the Amendment 80 legal landings assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel for each Amendment 80 species in a management area. Amendment 80 QS pool means the sum of Amendment 80 QS units established for each Amendment 80 species in a management area based on the Amendment 80 official record. Amendment 80 QS unit means a measure of the Amendment 80 QS pool based on Amendment 80 legal landings. Amendment 80 replacement vessel means a vessel approved by NMFS in accordance with § 679.4(o)(4). Amendment 80 sector means: (1) Those Amendment 80 QS holders who own Amendment 80 vessels and hold Amendment 80 LLP licenses; or (2) Those persons who hold Amendment 80 LLP/QS licenses. Amendment 80 species means the following species in the following regulatory areas: (1) BSAI Atka mackerel; (2) Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean perch; (3) BSAI flathead sole; (4) BSAI Pacific cod; (5) BSAI rock sole; and (6) BSAI yellowfin sole. Amendment 80 standard ex-vessel value means the total U.S. dollar amount of landed Amendment 80 species CQ as calculated by multiplying the number of landed Amendment 80 equivalent pounds by the appropriate Amendment 80 standard price determined by the Regional Administrator. Amendment 80 standard price means the price, in U.S. dollars, for landed Amendment 80 species, in Amendment 80 equivalent pounds, as determined by the Regional Administrator. Amendment 80 vessel means any vessel that: (1) Is listed in Column A of Table 31 to this part with the corresponding USCG Documentation Number listed in Column B of Table 31 to this part; or (2) Is designated on an Amendment 80 QS permit, Amendment 80 LLP/QS license, or Amendment 80 LLP license and is approved by NMFS in accordance with § 679.4(o)(4) as an Amendment 80 replacement vessel. Ancillary product (see Table 1 to this part). Appointed agent for service of process means an agent appointed by the members of a fishery cooperative to serve on behalf of the cooperative. The appointed agent for service of process may be the owner of a vessel listed as a member of the cooperative or a registered agent. Arctic fish means finfish, mollusks, crustaceans, and all other forms of marine animal and plant life other than marine mammals, birds, Pacific salmon, and Pacific halibut. Arctic Management Area , for purposes of regulations governing the Arctic Management Area fisheries, means all marine waters in the U.S. EEZ of the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas from 3 nautical miles off the coast of Alaska or its baseline to 200 nautical miles offshore, north of Bering Strait (from Cape Prince of Wales to Cape Dezhneva) and westward to the 1990 U.S./Russia maritime boundary line and eastward to the U.S./Canada maritime boundary (see Figure 24 to this part). Area endorsement means (for purposes of groundfish LLP) a designation on a license that authorizes a license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the designated area, subarea, or district. Area endorsements, which are inclusive of, but not necessarily the same as, management areas, subareas, or districts defined in this part, are as follows: (1) Aleutian Islands area endorsement. Authorizes the license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the Aleutian Islands Subarea; (2) Bering Sea area endorsement. Authorizes the license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the Bering Sea Subarea; (3) Central Gulf area endorsement. Authorizes the license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the Central GOA regulatory area and the West Yakutat District; (4) Southeast Outside area endorsement. Authorizes the license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the Southeast Outside District; and (5) Western Gulf area endorsement. Authorizes the license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the Western GOA regulatory area. Area/species endorsement means (for purposes of LLP) a designation on a license that authorizes a license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for the designated crab species in Federal waters in the designated area (see Figures 16 and 17 to this part). Area/species endorsements for crab species licenses are as follows: (1) Aleutian Islands brown king in waters with an eastern boundary the longitude of Scotch Cap Light (164°44′ W. long.), a western boundary of the U.S.-Russian Convention Line of 1867, and a northern boundary of a line from the latitude of Cape Sarichef (54°36′ N. lat.) westward to 171° W. long., then north to 55°30′ N. lat., then west to the U.S.-Russian Convention line of 1867. (2) Aleutian Islands red king in waters with an eastern boundary the longitude of Scotch Cap Light (164°44′ W. long.), a western boundary of the U.S.-Russian Convention Line of 1867, and a northern boundary of a line from the latitude of Cape Sarichef (54°36′ N. lat.) westward to 171° W. long., then north to 55°30′ N. lat., and then west to the U.S.-Russian Convention line of 1867. (3) Bristol Bay red king in waters with a northern boundary of 58°39′ N. lat., a southern boundary of 54°36′ N. lat., and a western boundary of 168° W. long. and including all waters of Bristol Bay. (4) Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area C. opilio and C. bairdi in Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea waters east of the U.S.-Russian Convention Line of 1867, excluding all Pacific Ocean waters east of a boundary line extending south (180°) from Scotch Cap Light. (5) Norton Sound red king and Norton Sound blue king in waters with a western boundary of 168° W. long., a southern boundary of 61°49′ N. lat., and a northern boundary of 65°36′ N. lat. (6) Pribilof red king and Pribilof blue king in waters with a northern boundary of 58°39′ N. lat., an eastern boundary of 168° W. long., a southern boundary line from 54°36′ N. lat., 168° W. long., to 54°36′ N. lat., 171° W. long., to 55°30′ N. lat., 171° W. long., to 55°30′ N. lat., 173°30′ E. lat., and then westward to the U.S.-Russian Convention line of 1867. (7) St. Matthew blue king in waters with a northern boundary of 61°49′ N. lat., a southern boundary of 58°39′ N. lat., and a western boundary of the U.S.-Russian Convention line of 1867. Associated processor means: (1) Relationship with a buying station or tender vessel. A mothership or catcher/processor issued an FFP, or a shoreside processor or SFP issued an FPP, with a contractual relationship with a buying station or tender vessel to conduct groundfish buying station or tender vessel activities for that processor. (2) Relationship with a custom processor. A mothership or catcher/processor issued an FFP or a shoreside processor or SFP issued an FPP, with a contractual relationship with a custom processor to process groundfish on its behalf. At-sea operation means, for purposes of eLandings, a catcher/processor or mothership that is receiving and/or processing fish in State waters and/or in waters of the EEZ off the coast of Alaska. Authorized distributor means a tax-exempt organization authorized by NMFS to coordinate the processing, storage, transportation, and distribution of salmon taken as incidental catch in the groundfish trawl fisheries to tax-exempt hunger relief agencies, food bank networks, and food bank distributors (see § 679.26, Prohibited Species Donation Program). Authorized fishing gear (see also § 679.24 for gear limitations and Table 15 to this part for gear codes) means trawl gear, fixed gear, longline gear, pot gear, and nontrawl gear as follows: (1) Bottom contact gear means nonpelagic trawl, dredge, dinglebar, pot, or hook-and-line gear. (2) Dinglebar gear means one or more lines retrieved and set with a troll gurdy or hand troll gurdy, with a terminally attached weight from which one or more leaders with one or more lures or baited hooks are pulled through the water while a vessel is making way. (3) Dredge means a dredge-like device designed specifically for and capable of taking scallops by being towed along the ocean floor. (4) Fixed gear means: (i) For sablefish harvested from any GOA reporting area, all longline gear, longline pot gear, and, for purposes of determining initial IFQ allocation, all pot gear used to make a legal landing. (ii) For sablefish harvested from any BSAI reporting area, all hook-and-line gear, jig gear, and all pot gear. (iii) For halibut harvested from any IFQ regulatory area, all fishing gear composed of lines with hooks attached, including one or more stationary, buoyed, and anchored lines with hooks attached. (iv) For halibut harvested from any GOA reporting area, all longline pot gear, if the vessel operator is fishing for IFQ sablefish in accordance with § 679.42(l). (v) For halibut harvested from any IFQ regulatory area in the BSAI, all pot gear, if the vessel operator is fishing for IFQ or CDQ halibut in accordance with § 679.42. (5) Hand troll gear means one or more lines, with lures or hooks attached, drawn through the water behind a moving vessel, and retrieved by hand or hand-cranked reels or gurdies and not by any electrically, hydraulically, or mechanically powered device or attachment. (6) Handline gear means a hand-held line, with one or more hooks attached, that may only be operated manually. (7) Hook-and-line gear means a stationary, buoyed, and anchored line with hooks attached, or the taking of fish by means of such a device. (8) Jig gear means a single, non-buoyed, non-anchored line with hooks attached, or the taking of fish by means of such a device. (9) Longline gear means hook-and-line, jig, troll, and handline or the taking of fish by means of such a device. (10) Longline pot means a stationary, buoyed, and anchored line with two or more pots attached, or the taking of fish by means of such a device. (11) Mobile bottom contact gear means nonpelagic trawl, dredge, or dinglebar gear. (12) Nonpelagic trawl means a trawl other than a pelagic trawl. (13) Nontrawl gear means pot and longline gear. (14) Pelagic trawl gear means a trawl that: (i) Has no discs, bobbins, or rollers; (ii) Has no chafe protection gear attached to the footrope or fishing line; (iii) Except for the small mesh allowed under paragraph (14)(ix) of this definition: (A) Has no mesh tied to the fishing line, headrope, and breast lines with less than 20 inches (50.8 cm) between knots and has no stretched mesh size of less than 60 inches (152.4 cm) aft from all points on the fishing line, headrope, and breast lines and extending passed the fishing circle for a distance equal to or greater than one half the vessel's LOA; or (B) Has no parallel lines spaced closer than 64 inches (162.6 cm) from all points on the fishing line, headrope, and breast lines and extending aft to a section of mesh, with no stretched mesh size of less than 60 inches (152.4 cm) extending aft for a distance equal to or greater than one-half the vessel's LOA; (iv) Has no stretched mesh size less than 15 inches (38.1 cm) aft of the mesh described in paragraph (14)(iii) of this definition for a distance equal to or greater than one-half the vessel's LOA; (v) Contains no configuration intended to reduce the stretched mesh sizes described in paragraphs (14)(iii) and (iv) of this definition; (vi) Has no flotation other than floats capable of providing up to 200 lb (90.7 kg) of buoyancy to accommodate the use of a net-sounder device; (vii) Has no more than one fishing line and one footrope for a total of no more than two weighted lines on the bottom of the trawl between the wing tip and the fishing circle; (viii) Has no metallic component except for connectors (e.g., hammerlocks or swivels) or a net-sounder device aft of the fishing circle and forward of any mesh greater than 5.5 inches (14.0 cm) stretched measure; (ix) May have small mesh within 32 ft (9.8 m) of the center of the headrope as needed for attaching instrumentation (e.g., net-sounder device); and (x) May have weights on the wing tips. (15) Pot gear means a portable structure, rigid or collapsible, that is designed and constructed to capture and retain fish alive in the water. This gear type includes longline pot and pot-and-line gear. Each groundfish pot must comply with the following: (i) Biodegradable panel. Each pot used to fish for groundfish must be equipped with a biodegradable panel at least 18 inches (45.72 cm) in length that is parallel to, and within 6 inches (15.24 cm) of, the bottom of the pot, and that is sewn up with untreated cotton thread of no larger size than No. 30. (A) Collapsible pot exception. A collapsible pot ( e.g., slinky pot) used to fish for halibut IFQ or CDQ, or sablefish IFQ or CDQ, in accordance with paragraph (4) of this definition, or used to directed fish for Greenland turbot in the Bering Sea subarea of the BSAI, is exempt from the biodegradable panel placement requirements described in paragraph (15)(i) of this definition. Instead, a collapsible pot must have either a biodegradable panel placed anywhere on the mesh of the collapsible pot, which is at least 18 inches (45.72 cm) in length and is made from untreated cotton thread of no larger size than No. 30, or one door on the pot must measure at least 18 inches (45.72 cm) in diameter and be wrapped with untreated cotton thread of no larger size than No. 30. (B) [Reserved] (ii) Tunnel opening. Each pot used to fish for groundfish must be equipped with rigid tunnel openings that are no wider than 9 inches (22.86 cm) and no higher than 9 inches (22.86 cm), or soft tunnel openings with dimensions that are no wider than 9 inches (22.86 cm). (A) Halibut retention exception. If halibut retention is required when harvesting halibut from any IFQ regulatory area in the BSAI or GOA, the requirements to comply with a tunnel opening for pots when fishing for IFQ or CDQ halibut or IFQ or CDQ sablefish in the BSAI in accordance with § 679.42(m), or for IFQ sablefish in the GOA in accordance with § 679.42(l), do not apply. (B) Greenland turbot exception. If directed fishing for Greenland turbot in the Bering Sea subarea of the BSAI with longline pots, the tunnel opening requirement under paragraph 15(ii) of this definition does not apply. (16) Pot-and-line gear means a stationary, buoyed line with a single pot attached, or the taking of fish by means of such a device. (17) Power troll gear means one or more lines, with hooks or lures attached, drawn through the water behind a moving vessel, and originating from a power gurdy or power-driven spool fastened to the vessel, the extension or retraction of which is directly to the gurdy or spool. (18) Trawl gear means a cone or funnel-shaped net that is towed through the water by one or more vessels. For purposes of this part, this definition includes, but is not limited to, beam trawls (trawl with a fixed net opening utilizing a wood or metal beam), otter trawls (trawl with a net opening controlled by devices commonly called otter doors), and pair trawls (trawl dragged between two vessels) and is further described as pelagic or nonpelagic trawl. (19) Troll gear means one or more lines with hooks or lures attached drawn through the water behind a moving vessel. This gear type includes hand troll and power troll gear and dinglebar gear. (20) Snap gear means a type of hook-and-line gear where the hook and gangion are attached to the groundline using a mechanical fastener or snap. Authorized officer means: (1) Any commissioned, warrant, or petty officer of the USCG; (2) Any special agent or fishery enforcement officer of NMFS; (3) Any officer designated by the head of any Federal or state agency that has entered into an agreement with the Secretary and the Commandant of the USCG to enforce the provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act or any other statute administered by NOAA; or (4) Any USCG personnel accompanying and acting under the direction of any person described in paragraph (1) of this definition. Basis species means any species or species group that is open to directed fishing that the vessel is authorized to harvest (see Tables 10, 11, and 30 to this part). Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area , for purposes of regulations governing the commercial king and Tanner crab fisheries in part 680 of this Chapter, means those waters of the EEZ off the west coast of Alaska lying south of the Chukchi Sea statistical area as described in the coordinates listed for Figure 1 to this part, and extending south of the Aleutian Islands for 200 nm west of Scotch Cap Light (164°44′36″ W. long). Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area (BSAI), for purposes of regulations governing the groundfish fisheries, means the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands subareas (see Figure 1 to this part). Bering Sea Habitat Conservation Area means a habitat protection area specified at Table 42 and Figure 16 to this part. Bering Sea Subarea of the BSAI means that portion of the EEZ contained in Statistical Areas 508, 509, 512, 513, 514, 516, 517, 518, 519, 521, 523, 524, and 530 (see Figure 1 to this part). Bled codend means a form of discard by vessels using trawl gear wherein some or all of the fish are emptied into the sea from the net before fish are brought fully on board. Bogoslof District means that part of the Bering Sea Subarea contained in Statistical Area 518 (see Figure 1 to this part). Bowers Ridge Habitat Conservation Zone means a management area established for the protection of the Bowers Ridge and Ulm Plateau habitat areas of particular concern in the BSAI. See Table 25 to this part. Breast line means the rope or wire running along the forward edges of the side panels of a net, or along the forward edge of the side rope in a rope trawl. Briefing means a short (usually 2-4 day) training session that observers must complete to fulfill endorsement requirements. BSAI trawl limited access sector means fisheries conducted in the BSAI by persons using trawl gear and who are not: (1) Using an Amendment 80 vessel or an Amendment 80 LLP license; or (2) Fishing for CDQ groundfish. Bulwark means a section of a vessel's side continuing above the main deck. Buying station means a land-based entity that receives unprocessed groundfish from a vessel for delivery to a shoreside processor and that does not process those fish. Bycatch Limitation Zone 1 (Zone 1) means that part of the Bering Sea Subarea that is contained within the boundaries of Statistical Areas 508, 509, 512, and 516 (see Figure 1 to this part). Bycatch Limitation Zone 2 (Zone 2) means that part of the Bering Sea Subarea that is contained within the boundaries of Statistical Areas 513, 517, and 521 (see Figure 1 to this part). Bycatch or bycatch species means fish caught and released while targeting another species or caught and released while targeting the same species. Calendar day means a 24-hour period that starts at 0001 hours Alaska local time and ends at 2400 hours Alaska local time. Catch (see 50 CFR 600.10.) Catcher/processor (C/P) means, with respect to groundfish recordkeeping and reporting and subpart E of this part, a vessel that is used for catching fish and processing that fish. Catcher/processor vessel designation means, for purposes of the license limitation program, a license designation that authorizes the license holder: (1) Designated on a groundfish license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish and process license limitation groundfish on that vessel or to conduct only directed fishing for license limitation groundfish; or (2) Designated on a crab species license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for crab species and process crab species on that vessel or to conduct only directed fishing for crab species. Catcher vessel (C/V) means a vessel that is used for catching fish and that does not process fish on board. Catcher vessel designation means, for purposes of the license limitation program, a license designation that authorizes the license holder: (1) Designated on a groundfish license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for, but not process, license limitation groundfish on that vessel; or (2) Designated on a crab species license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for, but not process, crab species on that vessel. Catcher Vessel Operational Area (CVOA) (see Figure 2 to this part and § 679.22(a)(5)). CBL means crab bycatch limit. CDQ means community development quota and is the amount of a CDQ reserve that is allocated to a CDQ group. CDQ ABC reserve means 10.7 percent of the amount of the flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole ABC reserve that is allocated among the CDQ groups as calculated annually as described at § 679.31(b)(4). CDQ allocation means a percentage of a CDQ reserve specified under § 679.31 that is assigned to a CDQ group. CDQ equivalent pounds means the weight recorded in pounds, for landed CDQ groundfish and halibut, and calculated as round weight. CDQ fee liability means the amount of money for CDQ groundfish and halibut cost recovery, in U.S. dollars, owed to NMFS by a CDQ group as determined by multiplying the appropriate standard ex-vessel value of landed CDQ groundfish and halibut by the appropriate CDQ fee percentage. CDQ fee percentage means that positive number no greater than 3 percent (0.03) determined by the Regional Administrator and established for use in calculating the CDQ groundfish and halibut fee liability for a CDQ group. CDQ group means an entity identified as eligible for the CDQ Program under 16 U.S.C. 1855(i)(1)(D). CDQ groups are listed in Table 7 to this part. CDQ number means a number assigned to a CDQ group by NMFS that must be recorded and is required in all logbooks and reports submitted by vessels harvesting CDQ or processors taking deliveries of CDQ. CDQ Program means the Western Alaska Community Development Quota Program. CDQ representative means any individual who is authorized by a CDQ group to sign documents submitted to NMFS on behalf of the CDQ group. CDQ reserve means the amount of each groundfish TAC apportioned under § 679.20, the amount of each catch limit for halibut, or the amount of TAC for crab that has been allocated to the CDQ Program. CDQ species means any species or species group that is allocated from a CDQ reserve to a CDQ group. CDQ standard ex-vessel value means the total U.S. dollar amount of landed CDQ groundfish and halibut as calculated by multiplying the number of landed CDQ equivalent pounds by the appropriate CDQ standard price determined by the Regional Administrator. CDQ standard price means the price, in U.S. dollars, for landed CDQ groundfish and halibut, in CDQ equivalent pounds, as determined by the Regional Administrator. Central Aleutian District means that part of the Aleutian Islands Subarea contained in Statistical Area 542 (see Figure 1 to this part). Central GOA Regulatory Area means that portion of the GOA EEZ that is contained in Statistical Areas 620 and 630 (see Figure 3 to this part). Charter halibut permit (see 50 CFR 300.61 of this title). Charter halibut permit holder, for purposes of 50 CFR 300.67 of this title and § 679.46, means the person identified on a charter halibut permit, community charter halibut permit, or military charter halibut permit. Charter halibut stamp means an electronic stamp that is required for each charter vessel angler, 18 years of age or older, for each charter vessel fishing trip in a given calendar day, or each calendar day during a charter vessel fishing trip that spans multiple days, that the charter vessel angler intends to catch and retain halibut on a charter vessel in International Pacific Halibut Commission (IPHC) regulatory area 2C or 3A, unless that charter vessel angler retains halibut as Guided Angler Fish, as defined at 50 CFR 300.61 of this title, on days that are otherwise closed to halibut retention by the annual management measures published pursuant to 50 CFR 300.62 of this title. Charter halibut stamp validation means, with respect to the Recreational Quota Entity Program fee collection, as described at 50 CFR 679.46, the charter vessel guide, as defined at 50 CFR 300.61 of this title, recording the number of charter halibut stamps required for each charter vessel fishing trip the charter vessel guide provides sport fishing guide services, as defined at 50 CFR 300.61 of this title, in the ADF&G Saltwater Sport Fishing Charter Trip Logbook that is required by 50 CFR 300.65(d) of this title before the trip begins, or prior to the first deployment of fishing gear on each calendar day during a charter vessel fishing trip that spans multiple days. Charter vessel (see 50 CFR 300.61 of this title). Charter vessel angler (see 50 CFR 300.61of this title). Charter vessel fishing trip (see 50 CFR 300.61 of this title). Charter vessel guide (see 50 CFR 300.61 of this title). Chum Salmon Savings Area of the BSAI CVOA (See § 679.21(f)(14) and Figure 9 to this part). Civil judgment, for purposes of subpart E of this part, means a judgment or finding of a civil offense by any court of competent jurisdiction. Clearing officer means, a NOAA Fisheries Office for Law Enforcement (OLE) special agent, an OLE fishery enforcement officer, or an OLE enforcement aide. Commercial fishing means: (1) For purposes of the salmon fishery, fishing for salmon for sale or barter. (2) For purposes of the Pacific halibut fishery, fishing, the resulting catch of which either is, or is intended to be, sold or bartered but does not include subsistence fishing for halibut, as defined at 50 CFR 300.61. (3) For purposes of Arctic fish, the resulting catch of fish in the Arctic Management Area which either is, or is intended to be, sold or bartered but does not include subsistence fishing for Arctic fish, as defined in this subsection. Commercial Operator's Annual Report (COAR) means the annual report of information on exvessel and first wholesale values for fish and shellfish required under Title 5 of the Alaska Administrative Code, chapter 39.130 (see § 679.5 (p)). Commissioner of ADF&G means the principal executive officer of ADF&G. Community charter halibut permit (see 50 CFR 300.61 of this title). Community quota entity (CQE) means a non-profit organization that: (1) Did not exist prior to April 10, 2002; (2) Represents at least one eligible community that is listed in Table 21 of this part; and, (3) Has been approved by the Regional Administrator to obtain by transfer and hold QS, and to lease IFQ resulting from the QS on behalf of an eligible community; and (4) Must be the Adak Community Entity as defined at § 680.2 if that non-profit organization represents the eligible community of Adak, AK. Conviction, for purposes of subpart E of this part, means a judgment or conviction of a criminal offense by any court of competent jurisdiction, whether entered upon a verdict or a plea, and includes a conviction entered upon a plea of nolo contendere. Cooperative quota (CQ) —(1) For purposes of the Amendment 80 Program means: (i) The annual catch limit of an Amendment 80 species that may be caught by an Amendment 80 cooperative while fishing under a CQ permit; (ii) The amount of annual halibut and crab PSC that may be used by an Amendment 80 cooperative while fishing under a CQ permit. (2) For purposes of the Rockfish Program means: (i) The annual catch limit of a rockfish primary species or rockfish secondary species that may be harvested by a rockfish cooperative while fishing under a CQ permit; (ii) The amount of annual halibut PSC that may be used by a rockfish cooperative in the Central GOA while fishing under a CQ permit (see rockfish halibut PSC in this section). (3) For purposes of the PCTC Program means: (i) The annual catch limit of Pacific cod that may be caught by a PCTC Program cooperative while fishing under a CQ permit; (ii) The amount of annual halibut and crab PSC that may be used by a PCTC Program cooperative while fishing under a CQ permit. C. Opilio Crab Bycatch Limitation Zone (COBLZ) (see § 679.21(e) and Figure 13 to this part. CQ permit means a permit issued to an Amendment 80 cooperative under § 679.4(o)(2), a rockfish cooperative under § 679.4(n)(1), or a PCTC Program cooperative under § 679.131(a). CQE floating processor means, for the purposes of processing Pacific cod within the marine municipal boundaries of CQE communities (see Table 21 of this part) in the Western or Central Gulf of Alaska Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, a vessel not meeting the definition of a stationary floating processor in this section, that has not harvested groundfish in the Gulf of Alaska in the same calendar year, and operates on the authority of an FPP endorsed as a CQE floating processor. Council means North Pacific Fishery Management Council. Crab species means (see also king crab and tanner crab) all crab species covered by the Fishery Management Plan for Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands King and Tanner Crabs, including, but not limited to, red king crab ( Paralithodes camtschatica ), blue king crab ( Paralithodes platypus ), brown or golden king crab ( Lithodes aequispina ), scarlet or deep sea king crab ( Lithodes couesi ), Tanner or bairdi crab ( Chionoecetes bairdi ), opilio or snow crab ( Chionoecetes opilio ), grooved Tanner crab ( Chionoecetes tanneri ), and triangle Tanner crab ( Chionoecetes angulatus ). Crab species license means a license issued by NMFS that authorizes the license holder designated on the license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for crab species. Cruise means an observer deployment with a unique cruise number. A cruise begins when an observer receives an endorsement to deploy and ends when the observer completes all debriefing responsibilities. Daily bag limit means the maximum number of salmon a person may retain in any calendar day from recreational fishing in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area. Daily reporting period or day is the period from 0001 hours, A.l.t., until the following 2400 hours, A.l.t. Data collection agent (DCA) means the entity selected by the Regional Administrator to distribute an EDR to a person required to complete it, to receive the completed EDR, to review and verify the accuracy of the data in the EDR, and to provide those data to authorized recipients. Debriefing means the post-deployment process that includes a one-on-one interview with NMFS staff, a NMFS preliminary data review, observer completion of all data corrections noted, observer preparation of affidavits and reports, and completion of tasks related to biological specimens or special projects. Decertification, as used in § 679.53(c), means action taken by a decertifying official under § 679.53(c)(3) to revoke certification of an observer or observer provider. An observer or observer provider whose certification is so revoked is decertified. Decertifying official, for purposes of subpart E of this part, means a designee authorized by the Regional Administrator to impose decertification. Deep water flatfish (see Table 10 to this part pursuant to § 679.20(c).) Deployment means the period between an observer's arrival at the point of embarkation and the date the observer disembarks for travel to debriefing. Designated contact for the Aleut Corporation means an individual who is designated by the Aleut Corporation for the purpose of communication with NMFS regarding the identity of selected AI directed pollock fishery participants and weekly reports required by § 679.5. Designated cooperative representative means an individual who is designated by the members of a fishery cooperative to fulfill requirements on behalf of the cooperative including, but not limited to, the signing of cooperative fishing permit applications; submitting catcher vessel pollock cooperative catch reports, and submitting annual cooperative fishing reports. Designated primary processor means an AFA inshore processor that is designated by an inshore pollock cooperative as the AFA inshore processor to which the cooperative will deliver at least 90 percent of its BS pollock allocation during the year in which the AFA inshore cooperative fishing permit is in effect. Direct financial interest means any source of income to, or capital investment or other interest held by, an individual, partnership, or corporation or an individual's spouse, immediate family member or parent that could be influenced by performance or non-performance of observer or observer provider duties. Directed fishing means: (1) Unless indicated otherwise, any fishing activity that results in the retention of an amount of a species or species group on board a vessel that is greater than the maximum retainable amount for that species or species group as calculated under § 679.20. (2) With respect to license limitation groundfish species, directed fishing as defined in paragraph (1) of this definition. (3) With respect to crab species under this part, the catching and retaining of any crab species. (4) With respect to the harvest of groundfish by AFA catcher/processors and AFA catcher vessels, any fishing activity that results in the retention of an amount of a species or species group on board a vessel that is greater than the maximum retainable percentage for that species or species group as calculated under § 679.20. (5) With respect to the harvest of flatfish in the Bering Sea subarea, for purposes of nonpelagic trawl restrictions under § 679.22(a) and modified nonpelagic trawl gear requirements under §§ 679.7(c)(5) and 679.24(f), fishing with nonpelagic trawl gear during any fishing trip that results in a retained aggregate amount of yellowfin sole, rock sole, Greenland turbot, arrowtooth flounder, flathead sole, Alaska plaice, and other flatfish that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under § 679.21(b)(1)(ii) or of sablefish. (6) With respect to the harvest of flatfish in the Central GOA Regulatory Area, for purposes of modified nonpelagic trawl gear requirements under §§ 679.7(b)(9) and 679.24(f), fishing with nonpelagic trawl gear during any fishing trip that results in a retained aggregate amount of shallow-water flatfish, deep-water flatfish, rex sole, arrowtooth flounder, and flathead sole that is greater than the retained amount of any other trawl fishery category as defined at § 679.21(d)(3)(iii). Discard (see § 600.10.) Dockside sale means, the transfer of IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut or IFQ sablefish from the person who harvested it to individuals for personal consumption, and not for resale. Documented harvest means a lawful harvest that was recorded in compliance with Federal and state commercial fishing regulations in effect at the time of harvesting. Donut Hole means the international waters of the Bering Sea outside the limits of the EEZ and Russian economic zone as depicted on the current edition of NOAA chart INT 813 Bering Sea (Southern Part). Eastern Aleutian District means that part of the Aleutian Islands Subarea contained in Statistical Area 541 (see Figure 1 to this part). Eastern GOA Regulatory Area means the Reporting Areas 649 and 659 and that portion of the GOA EEZ that is contained in Statistical Areas 640 and 650 (see Figure 3 to this part). Economic data report (EDR) means the report of cost, labor, earnings, and revenue data required under § 679.65, § 679.94, and § 679.110. eLandings means the Internet data entry system or desktop client components of the Interagency Electronic Reporting System (IERS) for reporting commercial fishery landings and production from waters off Alaska. Electronic Monitoring system or EM system means a network of equipment that uses a software operating system connected to one or more technology components, including, but not limited to, cameras and recording devices to collect data on catch and vessel operations. Eligible applicant means (for purposes of the LLP program) a qualified person who submitted an application during the application period announced by NMFS and: (1) For a groundfish license or crab species license, who owned a vessel on June 17, 1995, from which the minimum number of documented harvests of license limitation groundfish or crab species were made in the relevant areas during the qualifying periods specified in § 679.4(k)(4) and (k)(5), unless the fishing history of that vessel was transferred in conformance with the provisions in paragraph (2) of this definition; or (2) For a groundfish license or crab species license, to whom the fishing history of a vessel from which the minimum number of documented harvests of license limitation groundfish or crab species were made in the relevant areas during the qualifying periods specified in § 679.4(k)(4) and (k)(5) has been transferred or retained by the express terms of a written contract that clearly and unambiguously provides that the qualifications for a license under the LLP have been transferred or retained; or (3) For a crab species license, who was an individual who held a State of Alaska permit for the Norton Sound king crab summer fishery at the time he or she made at least one harvest of red or blue king crab in the relevant area during the period specified in § 679.4(k)(5)(ii)(G), or a corporation that owned or leased a vessel on June 17, 1995, that made at least one harvest of red or blue king crab in the relevant area during the period in § 679.4(k)(5)(ii)(G), and that was operated by an individual who was an employee or a temporary contractor; or (4) For a scallop license, who qualifies for a scallop license as specified at § 679.4(g)(2) of this part; or (5) Who is an individual that can demonstrate eligibility pursuant to the provisions of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 at 29 U.S.C. 794 (a). Eligible community means: (1) for purposes of the CDQ Program, a community identified as eligible for the CDQ Program under 16 U.S.C. 1855(i)(1)(D). Eligible communities are listed in Table 7 to this part. (2) For purposes of the IFQ program in the GOA, a community that is listed in Table 21 to this part, and that: (i) Is a municipality or census designated place, as defined in the 2000 United States Census, located on the GOA coast of the North Pacific Ocean; (ii) Has a population of not less than 20 and not more than 1,500 persons based on the 2000 United States Census; (iii) Has had a resident of that community with at least one commercial landing of halibut or sablefish made during the period from 1980 through 2000, as documented by the State of Alaska Commercial Fisheries Entry Commission; and (iv) Is not accessible by road to a community larger than 1,500 persons based on the 2000 United States Census. (3) For purposes of the IFQ program in the Aleutian Islands subarea, a community that is listed in Table 21 to this part, and that: (i) Is a municipality or census designated place, as defined in the 2000 United States Census, located on the Aleutian Islands subarea coast of the North Pacific Ocean; (ii) Is not an entity identified as eligible for the CDQ Program under 16 U.S.C. 1855(i)(1)(D); (iii) Has a population of not less than 20 and not more than 1,500 persons based on the 2000 United States Census; (iv) Has had a resident of that community with at least one commercial landing of halibut or sablefish made during the period from 1980 through 2000, as documented by the State of Alaska Commercial Fisheries Entry Commission; and (v) Is not accessible by road to a community larger than 1,500 persons based on the 2000 United States Census. Eligible community resident means: (1) For purposes of the IFQ Program, any individual who: (i) Is a citizen of the United States; (ii) Has maintained a domicile in a rural community listed in Table 21 to this part for the 12 consecutive months immediately preceding the time when the assertion of residence is made, and who is not claiming residency in another community, state, territory, or country, except that residents of the Village of Seldovia shall be considered to be eligible community residents of the City of Seldovia for the purposes of eligibility to lease IFQ from a CQE; and (iii) Is an IFQ crew member except when that person is receiving halibut or sablefish IFQ that is derived from QS held by a CQE on behalf of an eligible community in the Aleutian Islands. (2) For purposes of the Area 2C and Area 3A catch sharing plan (CSP) in § 300.65(c) of this title, means any individual or non-individual entity who: (i) Holds a charter halibut permit as defined in § 300.61 of this title; (ii) Has been approved by the Regional Administrator to receive GAF, as defined in § 300.61 of this title, from a CQE in a transfer between IFQ and GAF pursuant to § 300.65(c)(5)(ii) of this title; and (iii) Begins or ends every charter vessel fishing trip, as defined in § 300.61 of this title, authorized by the charter halibut permit issued to that person, and on which halibut are retained, at a location(s) within the boundaries of the community represented by the CQE from which the GAF were received. The geographic boundaries of the eligible community will be those defined by the United States Census Bureau. EM service provider means any person, including their employees or agents, that NMFS contracts with, or grants an EM hardware service provider permit to under § 679.52(d), to provide EM services, or to collect, review, interpret, or analyze EM data, as required under § 679.51. The two types of EM service providers are as follows: (1) EM hardware service provider is a provider that NMFS grants a permit under § 679.52(d) and is authorized to deploy and service EM hardware aboard vessels in an EM category as specified in § 679.51. (2) EM data review service provider is a provider that NMFS contracts with, or otherwise has an established business relationship with, to review, interpret, or analyze EM data as required under § 679.51. Endorsement. (1) (See area endorsement for purposes of the groundfish LLP permits); (2) (See area/species endorsement for purposes of the crab LLP permits); (3) (See § 679.4(g)(3)(ii) area endorsements for purposes of the scallop permit). Experimental fishery (see Exempted fishery, § 679.6). Federal waters means waters within the EEZ off Alaska (see also reporting area). Federally permitted vessel means a vessel that is named on a Federal fisheries permit issued pursuant to § 679.4(b), a Salmon Federal Fisheries Permit issued pursuant to § 679.114(b), or a Federal crab vessel permit issued pursuant to § 680.4(k) of this chapter. Federally permitted vessels must conform to regulatory requirements for purposes of fishing restrictions in habitat conservation areas, habitat conservation zones, habitat protection areas, and the Modified Gear Trawl Zone; for purposes of anchoring prohibitions in habitat protection areas; for purposes of requirements for the BS and GOA nonpelagic trawl fishery pursuant to §§ 679.7(b)(9) and (c)(5), and 679.24(f); and for purposes of VMS requirements. Fishery cooperative or cooperative means any entity cooperatively managing directed fishing for BS pollock and formed under section 1 of the Fisherman's Collective Marketing Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 521). In and of itself, a cooperative is not an AFA entity subject to excessive harvest share limitations, unless a single person, corporation or other business entity controls the cooperative and the cooperative has the power to control the fishing activity of its member vessels. Fish product (See groundfish product.) Fish product weight means the weight of the fish product in pounds or to at least the nearest thousandth of a metric ton (0.001 mt). Fish product weight is based upon the number of production units and the weight of those units. Production units include pans, cartons, blocks, trays, cans, bags, and individual fresh or frozen fish. The weight of a production unit is the average weight of representative samples of the product, and, for fish other than fresh fish, may include additives or water but not packaging. Any allowance for water added cannot exceed 5 percent of the gross product weight (fish, additives, and water). Fishermen means persons who catch, take, or harvest fish. Fishing circle means the circumference of a trawl intersecting the center point on a fishing line, and that is perpendicular to the long axis of a trawl. Fishing line means a length of chain or wire rope in the bottom front end of a trawl to which the webbing or lead ropes are attached. Fishing trip means: (1) With respect to retention requirements (MRA, IR/IU, and pollock roe stripping), recordkeeping and reporting requirements under § 679.5, and determination of directed fishing for flatfish. (i) Catcher/processors and motherships. An operator of a catcher/processor or mothership processor vessel is engaged in a fishing trip from the time the harvesting, receiving, or processing of groundfish is begun or resumed in an area until any of the following events occur: (A) The effective date of a notification prohibiting directed fishing in the same area under § 679.20 or § 679.21; (B) The offload or transfer of all fish or fish product from that vessel; (C) The vessel enters or leaves an area where a different directed fishing prohibition applies; (D) The vessel begins fishing with a different type of authorized fishing gear; or (E) The end of a weekly reporting period, whichever comes first. (ii) Catcher vessels. An operator of a catcher vessel is engaged in a fishing trip from the time the harvesting of groundfish is begun until the offload or transfer of all fish or fish product from that vessel. (2) IFQ program. With respect to the IFQ program, the period beginning when a vessel operator commences harvesting IFQ species and ending when the vessel operator lands any species. (3) North Pacific Observer Program. With respect to subpart E of this part, one of the following periods: (i) For a catcher vessel delivering to a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor, the period of time that begins when a catcher vessel departs a port to harvest fish until the offload or transfer of all fish from that vessel. (ii) For a catcher vessel delivering to a tender vessel, the period of time that begins when a catcher vessel departs from port to harvest fish until the vessel returns to a port in which a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor with a valid FPP is located. (iii) For a catcher/processor in the partial observer coverage category, the period of time that begins when the vessel departs a port to harvest fish until the vessel returns to port and offloads all processed product. (iv) For a vessel in any EM category, the period of time that begins when the vessel with an empty hold departs a port or tender vessel until the vessel returns to a port or tender vessel and offloads or delivers all fish. (4) For purposes of § 679.7(n)(7) , the period beginning when a vessel operator commences harvesting any Rockfish Program species and ending when the vessel operator offloads or transfers any processed or unprocessed Rockfish Program species from that vessel. (5) For purposes of § 679.7(o)(4) , the period beginning when a vessel operator commences harvesting any Amendment 80 species and ending when the vessel operator offloads or transfers any processed or unprocessed Amendment 80 species from that vessel. (6) For purposes of § 679.7(d)(5)(ii)(C)( 2 ) for CDQ groups and § 679.7(k)(8)(ii) for AFA entities, the period beginning when a vessel operator commences harvesting any pollock that will accrue against a directed fishing allowance for pollock in the BS or against a pollock CDQ allocation harvested in the BS and ending when the vessel operator offloads or transfers any processed or unprocessed pollock from that vessel. (7) For purposes of subpart J of this part, the period beginning when a vessel operator commences commercial fishing for any salmon species in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area and ending when the vessel operator offloads or transfers any unprocessed salmon species from that vessel. Fishing year means 0001 hours, A.l.t., on January 1, through 2400 hours, A.l.t., on December 31 (see § 679.23). Fixed gear sablefish CDQ reserve means 20 percent of the sablefish fixed gear TAC for each subarea in the BSAI for which a sablefish TAC is specified under § 679.20(b)(1)(ii)(B). Flatfish Exchange means the exchange of unused CDQ, or Amendment 80 CQ, of flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole in the BSAI for an equivalent amount (in metric tons) of CDQ ABC reserve or Amendment 80 ABC reserve, respectively, for flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole in the BSAI other than the species listed for exchange on the Flatfish Exchange Application as described in a notice of adjustment or apportionment in the Federal Register. Food bank distributor means a tax-exempt organization with the primary purpose of distributing food resources to hunger relief agencies (see § 679.26). Food bank network means a tax-exempt organization with the primary purpose of coordinating receipt and delivery of food resources to its member food bank distributors or hunger relief agencies (see § 679.26). Footrope means a chain or wire rope attached to the bottom front end of a trawl and attached to the fishing line. Forage fish (see Table 2c to this part and § 679.20(i)). Gear (see the definition for Authorized fishing gear of this section). Gear deployment (or to set gear) (see § 679.5(c)(3)(vi)(B) for longline and pot gear; see § 679.5(c)(4)(vi)(B) for trawl gear). Gear retrieval (or to haul gear) (see § 679.5(c)(3)(vi)(C) for longline and pot gear; see § 679.5(c)(4)(vi)(C) for trawl gear). Grenadiers (see Table 2c to this part and § 679.20(i)). Groundfish means (1) FMP species as listed in Table 2a to this part. (2) Target species specified annually pursuant to § 679.20(a)(2) (See also the definitions for: License limitation groundfish ; CDQ species ; and IR/IU species of this section). Groundfish CDQ fishing means fishing that results in the retention of any groundfish CDQ species, but that does not meet the definition of pollock CDQ fishing, sablefish CDQ fishing, or halibut CDQ fishing. Groundfish license means (for purposes of the LLP program) a license issued by NMFS that authorizes the license holder designated on the license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish. Groundfish product or fish product means any species product listed in Tables 1, 2a, 2c, and 2d to this part. Gulf of Alaska (GOA) means that portion of the EEZ contained in Statistical Areas 610, 620, 630, 640, and 650 (see Figure 3 to this part). Gulf of Alaska Coral Habitat Protection Areas means management areas established for the protection of coral habitat areas of particular concern in the Gulf of Alaska. See Table 26 to this part. Gulf of Alaska Slope Habitat Conservation Areas means management areas established for the protection of essential fish habitat on the Gulf of Alaska slope. See Table 27 to this part. Halibut means Pacific halibut ( Hippoglossus stenolepis ). Halibut CDQ fishing means using fixed gear, retaining halibut CDQ, and not retaining groundfish over the maximum retainable amounts specified in § 679.20(e) and Table 11 to this part. Halibut CDQ reserve means the amount of the halibut catch limit for IPHC regulatory areas 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E that is reserved for the halibut CDQ program (see § 679.31(a)(2)). Halibut Deck Sorting means the authorized sorting of halibut on deck pursuant to § 679.102. Harvesting or to harvest means the catching and retaining of any fish. Harvest zone codes (see Table 8 to this part). Haul means the retrieval of trawl gear which results in catching fish or which does not result in catching fish; a test of trawl gear; or when non-functional gear is pulled in, even if no fish are harvested. All hauls of any type need to be recorded and numbered throughout the year, whether or not fish are caught. Headrope means a rope bordering the top front end of a trawl. Health care provider means an individual licensed to provide health care services by the state where he or she practices and performs within the scope of his or her specialty to diagnose and treat medical conditions as defined by applicable Federal, state, or local laws and regulations. A health care provider located outside of the United States and its territories who is licensed to practice medicine by the applicable medical authorities is included in this definition. Herring Savings Area means any of three areas in the BSAI presented in Figure 4 to this part (see also § 679.21(b)(4) for additional closure information). Hook-and-line catcher/processor means a catcher/processor vessel that is named on a valid LLP license that is noninterim and transferable, or that is interim and subsequently becomes noninterim and transferable, and that is endorsed for any of the following areas: Bering Sea, Aleutian Islands, and/or any area in the Gulf of Alaska; and endorsed for catcher/processor fishing activity, catcher/processor Pacific cod, and hook-and-line gear. Hunger relief agency means a tax-exempt organization with the primary purpose of feeding economically disadvantaged individuals free of charge (see § 679.26). IFQ actual ex-vessel value means the U.S. dollar amount of all compensation, monetary or non-monetary, including any IFQ retro-payments received by an IFQ permit holder for the purchase of IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish landing(s) on his or her permit(s) described in terms of IFQ equivalent pounds. IFQ crew member means any individual who has at least 150 days experience working as part of the harvesting crew in any U.S. commercial fishery, or any individual who receives an initial allocation of QS. For purposes of this definition, “harvesting” means work that is directly related to the catching and retaining of fish. Work in support of harvesting, but not directly involved with harvesting, is not considered harvesting crew work. For example, searching for fish, work on a fishing vessel only as an engineer or cook, or work preparing a vessel for a fishing trip would not be considered work of a harvesting crew. IFQ equivalent pound(s) means the weight amount, recorded in pounds and calculated as round weight for sablefish and headed and gutted weight for halibut for an IFQ landing or for estimation of the fee liability of halibut landed as guided angler fish (GAF), as defined in § 300.61 of this title. Landed GAF are converted to IFQ equivalent pounds as specified in § 300.65(c) of this title. IFQ fee liability means that amount of money for IFQ cost recovery, in U.S. dollars, owed to NMFS by an IFQ permit holder as determined by multiplying the appropriate standard ex-vessel value or, for non-GAF landings, the actual ex-vessel value of his or her IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish landing(s), by the appropriate IFQ fee percentage and the appropriate standard ex-vessel value of landed GAF derived from his or her IFQ by the appropriate IFQ fee percentage. IFQ fee percentage means that positive number no greater than 3 percent (0.03) determined by the Regional Administrator and established for use to calculate the IFQ cost recovery fee liability for an IFQ permit holder. IFQ halibut means any halibut that is harvested with setline gear as defined in § 300.61 of this title or fixed gear as defined in this section while commercial fishing in any IFQ regulatory area defined in this section. IFQ landing means the unloading or transferring of any IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or products thereof from the vessel that harvested such fish or the removal from the water of a vessel containing IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or products thereof. IFQ permit holder means the person identified on an IFQ permit, at the time a landing is made ( see § 679.4(d)(1)). IFQ program means the individual fishing quota program for the fixed gear fisheries for Pacific halibut and sablefish in waters in and off Alaska and governed by regulations under this part. IFQ regulatory area means: (1) With respect to IFQ halibut, areas 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, or 4E as prescribed in the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title (see also Figure 15 to this part). (2) With respect to IFQ sablefish, any of the three regulatory areas in the GOA and any subarea of the BSAI, and all waters of the State of Alaska between the shore and the inshore boundary of such regulatory areas and subareas, except waters of Prince William Sound and areas in which sablefish fishing is managed under a State of Alaska limited entry program (see Figure 14 to this part). IFQ retro-payment means the U.S. dollar value of a payment, monetary or non-monetary, made to an IFQ permit holder for the purchase of IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish landed at some previous time. IFQ sablefish means any sablefish that is harvested with fixed gear, either in the EEZ off Alaska or in waters of the State of Alaska, by persons holding an IFQ permit, but does not include sablefish harvested in Prince William Sound or under a State of Alaska limited entry program. IFQ standard ex-vessel value means the total U.S. dollar amount of IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish landings as calculated by multiplying the number of landed IFQ equivalent pounds plus landed GAF in IFQ equivalent pounds by the appropriate IFQ standard price determined by the Regional Administrator. IFQ standard price means a price, expressed in U.S. dollars per IFQ equivalent pound, for landed IFQ halibut and IFQ sablefish determined annually by the Regional Administrator and documented in an IFQ standard price list published by NMFS. Immediate family member includes an individual with any of the following relationships to the QS holder: (1) Spouse, and parents thereof; (2) Sons and daughters, and spouses thereof; (3) Parents, and spouses thereof; (4) Brothers and sisters, and spouses thereof; (5) Grandparents and grandchildren, and spouses thereof; (6) Domestic partner and parents thereof, including domestic partners of any individual in paragraphs (1) through (5) of this definition; and (7) Any individual related by blood or affinity whose close association with the QS holder is the equivalent of a family relationship. Incidental catch or incidental species means fish caught and retained while targeting on some other species, but does not include discard of fish that were returned to the sea. Indictment, for purposes of subpart E of this part, means indictment for a criminal offense. An information or other filing by competent authority charging a criminal offense must be given the same effect as an indictment. Individual means a natural person who is not a corporation, partnership, association, or other such entity. Individual fishing quota (IFQ) means the annual catch limit of sablefish or halibut that may be harvested by a person who is lawfully allocated a harvest privilege for a specific portion of the TAC of sablefish or halibut. Initial Total Allowable Catch (ITAC) means the tonnage of a TAC for an Amendment 80 species in a management area that is available for apportionment to the BSAI trawl limited access sector and the Amendment 80 sector in a calendar year after deducting from the TAC the CDQ reserve, the incidental catch allowance the Regional Administrator determines is required on an annual basis, as applicable, to account for projected incidental catch of an Amendment 80 species by non-Amendment 80 vessels engaged in directed fishing for groundfish and, for Atka mackerel, the Atka mackerel jig allocation. Inshore component in the GOA means the following three categories of the U.S. groundfish fishery that process pollock harvested in the GOA or Pacific cod harvested in the Eastern GOA: (1) Shoreside processors. (2) Vessels less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA that hold an inshore processing endorsement on their Federal fisheries permit, and that process no more than 126 mt per week in round-weight equivalents of an aggregate amount of pollock and Eastern GOA Pacific cod. (3) Stationary floating processors that— (i) Hold an inshore processing endorsement on their Federal processor permit; (ii) Process pollock harvested in a GOA directed fishery at a single GOA geographic location in Alaska state waters during a fishing year; and/or, (iii) Process Pacific cod harvested in the Eastern GOA regulatory area at a single GOA geographic location in Alaska state waters during a fishing year. Interagency electronic reporting system (IERS) means an interagency electronic reporting system that allows fishery participants to use the Internet or desktop client software named eLandings to enter landings and production data for appropriate distribution to the ADF&G, IPHC, and NMFS Alaska Region (see § 679.5(e)). IPHC means International Pacific Halibut Commission (see part 300 of chapter III of this title). IR/IU means the improved retention/improved utilization program set out at § 679.27. IR/IU species means any groundfish species that is regulated by a retention or utilization requirement set out at § 679.27. King crab means red king crab ( Paralithodes camtschatica ), blue king crab ( P. platypus ), brown (or golden) king crab ( Lithodes aequispina ), and scarlet (or deep sea) king crab ( Lithodes couesi ). Landing means offloading fish. Legal landing means a landing in compliance with Federal and state commercial fishing regulations in effect at the time of landing. Legal landing of halibut or sablefish (see § 679.40(a)(3)(v)). Length overall (LOA) of a vessel means the centerline longitudinal distance, rounded to the nearest foot, measured between: (1) The outside foremost part of the vessel visible above the waterline, including bulwarks, but excluding bowsprits and similar fittings or attachments, and (2) The outside aftermost part of the vessel visible above the waterline, including bulwarks, but excluding rudders, outboard motor brackets, and similar fittings or attachments (see Figure 6 to this part). License holder means the person who is named on a currently valid groundfish license, crab species license, or scallop license. License limitation groundfish means target species specified annually pursuant to § 679.20(a)(2), except that demersal shelf rockfish east of 140 W. longitude, sablefish managed under the IFQ program, sablefish managed under the fixed gear sablefish CDQ reserve, and pollock allocated to the Aleutian Islands directed pollock fishery and harvested by vessels 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA or less, are not considered license limitation groundfish. Limited Access System Administrative Fund (LASAF) means the administrative account used for depositing cost recovery fee payments into the U.S. Treasury as described in the Magnuson-Stevens Act under section 304(d)(2)(C)(i) and established under section 305(h)(5)(B). Listed AFA catcher/processor means an AFA catcher/processor permitted to harvest BS pollock under § 679.4(l)(2)(i). LLP license originally assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel means the LLP license listed in Column C of Table 31 to this part that corresponds to the vessel listed in Column A of Table 31 to this part with the USCG Documentation Number listed in Column B of Table 31 to this part. Logbook means Daily Cumulative Production Logbook (DCPL) or Daily Fishing Logbook (DFL) required by § 679.5. Management area means any district, regulatory area, subpart, part, or the entire GOA, BSAI, or Arctic Management Area. Manager, with respect to any shoreside processor, stationary floating processor, or buying station, means the individual responsible for the operation of the processor or buying station. Marmot Bay Tanner Crab Protection Area means a habitat protection area of the Gulf of Alaska specified in Figure 5 to this part that is closed to directed fishing for groundfish with trawl gear, except directed fishing for pollock by vessels using pelagic trawl gear. Maximum LOA (MLOA) means: (1) With respect to the scallop license limitation program, the MLOA is equal to the length overall on February 8, 1999, of the longest vessel that was: (i) Authorized by a Federal or State of Alaska Scallop Moratorium Permit to harvest scallops; (ii) Used by the eligible applicant to make legal landings of scallops during the scallop LLP qualification period, as specified at § 679.4(g)(2)(iii) of this part. (2) With respect to the groundfish and crab species license limitation program, the LOA of the vessel on June 24, 1992, unless the vessel was less than 125 ft (38.1 m) on June 24, 1992, then 1.2 times the LOA of the vessel on June 24, 1992, or 125 ft (38.1 m), whichever is less. However, if the vessel was under reconstruction on June 24, 1992, then the basis for the MLOA will be the LOA of the vessel on the date that reconstruction was completed and not June 24, 1992. The following exceptions apply regardless of how the MLOA was determined. (i) If the vessel's LOA on June 17, 1995, was less than 60 ft (18.3 m), or if the vessel was under reconstruction on June 17, 1995, and the vessel's LOA on the date that reconstruction was completed was less than 60 ft (18.3 m), then the vessel's MLOA cannot exceed 59 ft (18 m). (ii) If the vessel's LOA on June 17, 1995, was greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) but less than 125 ft (38.1 m), or if the vessel was under reconstruction on June 17, 1995, and the vessel's LOA on the date that reconstruction was completed was greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) but less 125 ft (38.1 m), then the vessel's MLOA cannot exceed 124 ft (37.8 m). (iii) If the vessel's LOA on June 17, 1995, was 125 ft (38.1 m) or greater, then the vessel's MLOA is the vessel's LOA on June 17, 1995, or if the vessel was under reconstruction on June 17, 1995, and the vessel's LOA on the date that reconstruction was completed was 125 ft (38.1 m) or greater, then the vessel's MLOA is the vessel's LOA on the date reconstruction was completed. (iv) The MLOA of an Amendment 80 LLP license or Amendment 80 LLP/QS license will be permanently changed to 295 ft. (89.9 m) when an Amendment 80 replacement vessel is listed on the license following the approval of a license transfer application described at § 679.4(k)(7). (v) The MLOA of a groundfish LLP license endorsed to catch and process Pacific cod with hook-and-line gear in the BS or AI, or both, and is designated in Column B of Table 9 to this part is 220 feet (67 m). (vi) An AFA vessel is exempt from the MLOA on an LLP license with a Bering Sea area endorsement or an Aleutian Islands area endorsement when the vessel is used in the BSAI to harvest or process license limitation groundfish and the LLP license specifies an exemption from the MLOA restriction for the AFA vessel. Maximum retainable amount (MRA) (see § 679.20(e)). Military charter halibut permit (see 50 CFR 300.61 of this title) Modified Gear Trawl Zone means an area of the Bering Sea subarea specified at Table 51 to this part that is closed to directed fishing for groundfish with nonpelagic trawl gear, except by vessels using modified nonpelagic trawl gear meeting the standards at § 679.24(f). Mothership means a vessel that receives and processes groundfish from other vessels. Nearshore Bristol Bay Trawl Closure Area of the BSAI (See § 679.22(a)(9) and Figure 12 to this part.) Net-sounder device means a sensor used to determine the depth from the water surface at which a fishing net is operating. Net weight (IFQ or CDQ halibut only). Net weight of IFQ or CDQ halibut means the weight of a halibut that is gutted, head off, and washed or ice and slime deducted. NMFS Alaska Region website means https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/region/alaska. NMFS investigator, for purposes of subpart E of this part, means a designee authorized by the Regional Administrator to conduct investigations under this section. NMFS Person Identification Number means a unique number assigned by NMFS to any person who applied for, or who has been issued, a certificate, license, or permit under any fishery management program administered by the Alaska Region for purposes of the NMFS/Alaska Region Integrated Regional Data System. Non-allocated or nonspecified species means those fish species, other than prohibited species, for which TAC has not been specified (e.g., prowfish and lingcod). Non-IFQ groundfish means groundfish, other than IFQ sablefish. Non-individual entity means a person who is not an individual or “natural” person; it includes corporations, partnerships, estates, trusts, joint ventures, joint tenancy, and any other type of “person” other than a natural person. Non-allocated secondary species (see Rockfish Program species in this section). Non-chinook salmon means coho, pink, chum or sockeye salmon. Nontrawl EM selection pool means the defined group of vessels from which NMFS will randomly select the vessels required to use an EM system under § 679.51(f). North Pacific fishery means any commercial fishery in state or Federal waters off Alaska. Northern Bering Sea Research Area means a habitat research area specified at Table 43 and Figure 17 to this part. Nunivak Island, Etolin Strait, and Kuskokwim Bay Habitat Conservation Area means a habitat protection area specified at Table 44 and Figure 21 to this part. Observed means observed by one or more observers (see subpart E of this part). Observer means any (1) Individual employed by a permitted observer provider or a NMFS observer provider for the purpose of serving in the capacity of an observer aboard vessels and at shoreside processors or stationary floating processors under this part; or (2) NMFS employee deployed at the direction of the Regional Administrator or individual authorized by NMFS, aboard a vessel or at a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor for the purpose of serving in the capacity of an observer as required for vessels, shoreside processors, or stationary floating processors under § 679.51(a) or (b), or for other purposes of conservation and management of marine resources as specified by the Regional Administrator. Observer Program means the administrative office of the North Pacific Observer Program located at the Alaska Fisheries Science Center (See § 679.51(c)(3) for contact information). Observer Provider means any person or commercial enterprise that is granted a permit by NMFS to provide observer services to vessels, shoreside processors, or stationary floating processors for observer coverage credit as required in subpart E of this part. Official AFA record means the information prepared by the Regional Administrator about vessels and processors that were used to participate in the BSAI pollock fisheries during the qualifying periods specified in § 679.4(l). Information in the official AFA record includes vessel ownership information, documented harvests made from vessels during AFA qualifying periods, vessel characteristics, and documented amounts of pollock processed by pollock processors during AFA qualifying periods. The official AFA record is presumed to be correct for the purpose of determining eligibility for AFA permits. An applicant for an AFA permit will have the burden of proving correct any information submitted in an application that is inconsistent with the official record. Official License Limitation Program (LLP) record means the information prepared by the Regional Administrator about vessels that were used to participate in the groundfish or crab fisheries during qualified periods for the groundfish and crab LLP specified at § 679.4(k) and in the scallop fisheries during the qualifying periods for the scallop LLP specified at § 679.4(g). Information in the official LLP record includes vessel ownership information, documented harvests made from vessels during the qualification periods, and vessel characteristics. The official LLP record is presumed to be correct for the purpose of determining eligibility for licenses. An applicant for a license under the LLP will have the burden of proving the validity of information submitted in an application that is inconsistent with the official LLP record. Offshore component in the GOA means all vessels not included in the definition of “inshore component in the GOA” that process pollock harvested in the GOA, and/or Pacific cod harvested in the Eastern GOA. Operate a vessel means for purposes of VMS that the fishing vessel is: (1) Offloading or processing fish; (2) In transit to, from, or between the fishing areas; or (3) Fishing or conducting operations in support of fishing. Optimum yield means: (1) With respect to the salmon fishery, that amount of any species of salmon that will provide the greatest overall benefit to the Nation, with particular reference to food production and recreational opportunities, as specified in the Salmon FMP. (2) With respect to the groundfish and Arctic fisheries , see § 679.20(a)(1). Other flatfish (see Table 11 to this part pursuant to § 679.20(c).) Other gear means gear other than authorized fishing gear. Other rockfish (see Tables 10 and 11 to this part pursuant to § 679.20(c); see also “rockfish” in this section.) Other species is a category of target species for the purpose of MRA and PSC management that consists of groundfish species in each management area. These target species are managed as an other species group and identified in Tables 10 and 11 to this part pursuant to § 679.20(e). Pacific Cod Trawl Cooperative (PCTC) Program means the Pacific Cod Trawl Cooperative Program as implemented under subpart L of this part. Parallel groundfish fishery. With respect to subpart E of this part, parallel groundfish fishery means a fishery that occurs in waters of the State of Alaska (from 0 to 3 nm) adjacent to the BSAI or GOA management areas and opens concurrently with Federal groundfish fisheries such that groundfish catch is deducted from the Federal Total Allowable Catch. PCTC Program cooperative means a group of eligible Pacific cod harvesters who have chosen to form a cooperative and associate with a processor under the requirements at § 679.131 in order to combine and harvest fish collectively under a CQ permit issued by NMFS. PCTC Program harvester QS pool means the sum of Pacific cod QS units assigned to LLP licenses established for the PCTC Program fishery based on the PCTC Program official record. PCTC Program official record means information used by NMFS necessary to determine eligibility to participate in the PCTC Program and assign specific harvest privileges or limits to PCTC Program participants based on Pacific cod legal landings as defined at § 679.130. PCTC Program participants means those PCTC Program harvesters and processors who receive, hold, or use PCTC Program QS. PCTC Program processor QS pool means the sum of PCTC Program QS units assigned to processor permits issued under the PCTC Program based on the PCTC Program official record. PCTC Program QS unit means a single share of the PCTC Program QS pool based on Pacific cod legal landings. PCTC Program quota share (QS) means QS units issued by NMFS expressed in metric tons, derived from the Pacific cod legal landings assigned to an LLP license or PCTC Program QS permit held by a processor and used as the basis for the issuance of annual CQ. Permit means documentation granting permission to fish and includes “license” as a type of permit. Person means any individual (whether or not a citizen or national of the United States), any corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity (whether or not organized, or existing under the laws of any state), and any Federal, state, local, or foreign government or any entity of any such aforementioned governments. Personal use fishing means, for purposes of the salmon fishery, fishing other than commercial fishing. Pollock CDQ fishing means directed fishing for pollock in the BS or AI under a pollock allocation to the CDQ Program authorized at § 679.31(a) and accruing pollock catch against a pollock CDQ allocation. Pollock roe means product consisting of pollock eggs, either loose or in sacs or skeins. Possession limit means the maximum number of unprocessed salmon a person may possess from recreational fishing in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area. Pot catcher/processor means a catcher/processor vessel that is named on a valid LLP license that is noninterim and transferable, or that is interim and subsequently becomes noninterim and transferable, and that is endorsed for Bering Sea, Aleutian Islands, and/or Gulf of Alaska catcher/processor fishing activity, catcher/processor Pacific cod, and pot gear. Preponderance of the evidence, for purposes of subpart E of this part, means proof by information that, compared with that opposing it, leads to the conclusion that the fact at issue is more probably true than not. Primary product (see Table 1 to this part). Processing, or to process, means the preparation of, or to prepare, fish or crab to render it suitable for human consumption, industrial uses, or long-term storage, including but not limited to cooking, canning, smoking, salting, drying, freezing, or rendering into meal or oil, but does not mean icing, bleeding, heading, or gutting. Processor vessel means, unless otherwise restricted, any vessel that has been issued a Federal fisheries permit and that can be used for processing groundfish. Product transfer report (PTR) (see § 679.5(g)). Program Administrator, RAM means the Program Administrator of Restricted Access Management Program, Alaska Region, NMFS. Prohibited species means any of the species of Pacific salmon ( Oncorhynchus spp. ), steelhead trout ( Oncorhynchus mykiss ), Pacific halibut ( Hippoglossus stenolepis ), Pacific herring ( Clupea harengus pallasi ), king crab, and Tanner crab (see Table 2b to this part), caught by a vessel issued an FFP under § 679.4(b) while fishing for groundfish in the BSAI or GOA, unless retention is authorized by other applicable laws, including the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of this title. Prohibited species catch (PSC) means any of the species listed in Table 2b to this part. PRR means standard product recovery rate (see Table 3 to this part). PSD Permit means a permit issued by NMFS to an applicant who qualifies as an authorized distributor for purposes of the PSD. PSD Program means the Prohibited Species Donation Program established under § 679.26. PSQ means prohibited species quota and is the amount of a PSQ reserve that is allocated to a CDQ group. PSQ allocation means a percentage of a PSQ reserve specified under § 679.31 that is assigned to a CDQ group. PSQ reserve means the amount of a prohibited species catch limit established under § 679.21 that has been allocated to the CDQ Program under § 679.21. PSQ species means any species or species group that has been allocated from a PSQ reserve to a CDQ group. Qualified Person means: (1) With respect to the IFQ program, see IFQ Management Measures at § 679.40(a)(2). (2) With respect to the groundfish and crab species license limitation program, a person who was eligible on June 17, 1995, to document a fishing vessel under Chapter 121, Title 46, U.S.C. (3) With respect to the scallop LLP, a person who was eligible on February 8, 1999, to document a fishing vessel under Chapter 121, Title 46, U.S.C. Quarter, or quarterly reporting period, means one of four successive 3-month periods, which begin at 0001 hours, A.l.t., on the first day of each quarter, and end at 2400 hours, A.l.t., on the last day of each quarter, as follows: (1) 1st quarter: January 1 through March 31. (2) 2nd quarter: April 1 through June 30. (3) 3rd quarter: July 1 through September 30. (4) 4th quarter: October 1 through December 31. Quota share (QS) means a permit, the face amount of which is used as a basis for the annual calculation of a person's IFQ. Reconstruction means a change in the LOA of the vessel from its original qualifying LOA. Recreational Fishing Quota (RFQ) means the pounds of halibut issued annually to a Recreational Quota Entity to supplement the annual guided sport catch limit under the catch sharing plan for IFQ regulatory areas 2C and 3A pursuant to § 300.65(c) of this title. Recreational Quota Entity (RQE) means a non-profit entity incorporated under the laws of the State of Alaska, recognized as exempt from Federal income tax by the Internal Revenue Service, and authorized by NMFS to participate in the Halibut IFQ Program to hold commercial halibut quota share to supplement the annual guided sport catch limit in IFQ regulatory areas 2C and 3A under the catch sharing plan pursuant to § 300.65(c) of this title. NMFS will authorize only one RQE at a time. Red King Crab Savings Area (RKCSA) of the BSAI (see § 679.22(a)(3) and Figure 11 to this part). Red King Crab Savings Subarea (RKCSS) of the BSAI (see § 679.21(e)(3)(ii)(B) and Figure 11 to this part). Regional Administrator, for purposes of this part, means the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS, as defined at § 600.10 of this chapter, or a designee. Registered buyer means the person identified on a Registered Buyer permit (see § 679.4(d)(3)). Registered crab receiver (RCR) means a person issued an RCR permit, described under 50 CFR part 680, by the Regional Administrator. Registered Salmon Receiver means a person holding a Registered Salmon Receiver Permit issued by NMFS. Regulatory area means any of three areas of the EEZ in the GOA (see Figure 3 to this part). Reporting area (see Figures 1 and 3 to this part) means: (1) An area that includes a statistical area of the EEZ off Alaska and any adjacent waters of the State of Alaska; (2) The reporting areas 300, 400, 550, and 690, which do not contain EEZ waters off Alaska or Alaska state waters; or (3) Reporting areas 649 and 659, which contain only waters of the State of Alaska. Representative (see § 679.5(b)). Reprocessed or rehandled product (see Table 1 to this part). Restricted AFA inshore processor means an AFA inshore processor permitted to harvest pollock under § 679.4(l)(5)(i)(B). Retain on board (see §§ 600.10 and 679.27 of this chapter.) Rockfish means: (1) For the Gulf of Alaska: Any species of the genera Sebastes or Sebastolobus except Sebastes ciliatus (dark rockfish); Sebastes melanops (black rockfish); and Sebastes mystinus (blue rockfish). (2) For the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area: Any species of the genera Sebastes or Sebastolobus except Sebastes ciliatus (dark rockfish). Rockfish (Catch Monitoring Control Plan) CMCP specialist, for purposes of subpart H to this part, means a designee authorized by the Regional Administrator to monitor compliance with catch monitoring and control plans or for other purposes of conservation and management of marine resources as specified by the Regional Administrator. Rockfish cooperative means a group of rockfish eligible harvesters who have chosen to form a rockfish cooperative under the requirements in § 679.81 in order to combine and harvest fish collectively under a CQ permit issued by NMFS. Rockfish CQ (See CQ) Rockfish CQ equivalent pound(s ) means the weight recorded in pounds, for a rockfish CQ landing and calculated as round weight. Rockfish eligible harvester means a person who is permitted by NMFS to hold rockfish QS. Rockfish entry level harvester means a person who is harvesting fish in the rockfish entry level longline fishery. Rockfish entry level longline fishery means the longline gear fisheries in the Central GOA conducted under the Rockfish Program by rockfish entry level harvesters. Rockfish entry level trawl fishery means the trawl gear fisheries in the Central GOA conducted under the Rockfish Program by rockfish entry level harvesters during 2007 through 2011 only. Rockfish fee liability means that amount of money for Rockfish Program cost recovery, in U.S. dollars, owed to NMFS by a CQ permit holder as determined by multiplying the appropriate standard ex-vessel value of his or her rockfish landing(s) by the appropriate rockfish fee percentage. Rockfish fee percentage means that positive number no greater than 3 percent (0.03) determined by the Regional Administrator and established for use in calculating the rockfish fee liability for a CQ permit holder. Rockfish halibut PSC means the amount of halibut PSC that may be used by a rockfish cooperative in the Central GOA as assigned on a CQ permit. Rockfish legal landings means groundfish caught and retained in compliance with state and Federal regulations in effect at that time unless harvested and then processed as meal, and— (1) For catcher vessels: The harvest of groundfish from the Central GOA regulatory area that is offloaded and recorded on a State of Alaska fish ticket during the directed fishing season for that rockfish primary species as established in Tables 28a and 28b to this part. (2) For catcher/processors: The harvest of groundfish from the Central GOA regulatory area that is recorded on a weekly production report based on harvests during the directed fishing season for that rockfish primary species as established in Table 28a to this part. Rockfish processor means a shoreside processor with a Federal processor permit that receives groundfish harvested under the authority of a CQ permit. Rockfish Program means the program implemented under subpart G to this part to manage Rockfish Program fisheries. Rockfish Program fisheries means one of following fisheries under the Rockfish Program: (1) A rockfish cooperative in the catcher/processor sector; (2) A rockfish cooperative in the catcher vessel sector; and (3) The rockfish entry level longline fishery. Rockfish Program official record means information used by NMFS necessary to determine eligibility to participate in the Rockfish Program and assign specific harvest privileges or limits to Rockfish Program participants. Rockfish Program species means the following species that are managed under the authority of the Rockfish Program: (1) Rockfish primary species means northern rockfish, Pacific ocean perch, and dusky rockfish in the Central GOA regulatory area. (2) Rockfish secondary species means the following species in the Central GOA regulatory area: (i) Sablefish not allocated to the IFQ Program; (ii) Thornyhead rockfish; (iii) Pacific cod for the catcher vessel sector; (iv) Rougheye rockfish for the catcher/processor sector; and (v) Shortraker rockfish for the catcher/processor sector. (3) Rockfish non-allocated species means all groundfish species other than Rockfish Program species. Rockfish quota share (QS) means a permit expressed in numerical units, the amount of which is based on rockfish legal landings for purposes of qualifying for the Rockfish Program and that are assigned to an LLP license. Rockfish QS pool means the sum of rockfish QS units established for the Rockfish Program fishery based on the Rockfish Program official record. Rockfish QS unit means a measure of QS based on rockfish legal landings. Rockfish sector means: (1) Catcher/processor sector: Those rockfish eligible harvesters who hold an LLP license with a catcher/processor designation and who are eligible to receive rockfish QS that may result in CQ that may be harvested and processed at sea. (2) Catcher vessel sector: Those rockfish eligible harvesters who hold an LLP license who are eligible to receive rockfish QS that may result in CQ that may not be harvested and processed at sea. Rockfish sideboard fisheries means fisheries that are assigned a rockfish sideboard limit that may be harvested by participants in the Rockfish Program. Rockfish sideboard limit means: (1) The maximum amount of northern rockfish, Pacific ocean perch, and dusky rockfish that may be harvested in the Rockfish Program as specified in the sideboard provisions under § 679.82(e), as applicable; and (2) The maximum amount of halibut PSC that may be used in the Rockfish Program as specified in the sideboard provisions under § 679.82(e), as applicable. Rockfish sideboard ratio means a portion of a rockfish sideboard limit for a groundfish fishery that is assigned as specified under § 679.82(e). Rockfish standard ex-vessel value means the total U.S. dollar amount of rockfish CQ groundfish landings as calculated by multiplying the number of landed rockfish CQ equivalent pounds by the appropriate rockfish standard price determined by the Regional Administrator. Rockfish standard price means a price, expressed in U.S. dollars per rockfish CQ equivalent pound, for landed rockfish CQ groundfish determined annually by the Regional Administrator. Round-weight equivalent means the weight of groundfish calculated by dividing the weight of the primary product made from that groundfish by the PRR for that primary product as listed in Table 3 to this part, or, if not listed, the weight of groundfish calculated by dividing the weight of a primary product by the standard PRR as determined using the best available evidence on a case-by-case basis. Sablefish (black cod) means Anoplopoma fimbria. (See also IFQ sablefish; sablefish as a prohibited species at § 679.21(a)(5); and sablefish as a prohibited species at § 679.24(c)(2)(ii)). Sablefish CDQ fishing means fishing using fixed gear, retaining sablefish CDQ, and that results in the retained catch of sablefish CDQ plus sablefish IFQ being greater than the retained catch of any other groundfish species or species group. Salmon means the following species: (1) Chinook (or king) salmon ( Oncorhynchus tshawytscha ); (2) Coho (or silver) salmon ( O. kisutch ); (3) Pink (or humpback) salmon ( O. gorbuscha ); (4) Sockeye (or red) salmon ( O. nerka ); and (5) Chum (or dog) salmon ( O. keta ). Salmon bycatch incentive plan agreement (IPA) is a voluntary private contract, approved by NMFS under § 679.21(f)(12), that establishes incentives for participants to avoid Chinook salmon and chum salmon bycatch while directed fishing for pollock in the BS. Salmon Management Area means those waters of the EEZ off Alaska (see figures 22 and 23 to part 679) under the authority of the Salmon FMP. The Salmon Management Area is divided into three areas: the East Area, the West Area, and the Cook Inlet EEZ Area: (1) The East Area means the area of the EEZ in the Gulf of Alaska east of the longitude of Cape Suckling (143°53.6′ W). (2) The West Area means the area of the EEZ off Alaska in the Bering Sea, Chukchi Sea, Beaufort Sea, and the Gulf of Alaska west of the longitude of Cape Suckling (143°53.6′ W), but excludes the Cook Inlet EEZ Area, Prince William Sound Area, and the Alaska Peninsula Area. The Prince William Sound Area and the Alaska Peninsula Area are shown in figure 23 to this part and described as: (i) The Prince William Sound Area means the EEZ shoreward of a line that starts at 60°16.8′ N and 146°15.24′ W and extends southeast to 59°42.66′ N and 144°36.20′ W and a line that starts at 59°43.28′ N and 144°31.50′ W and extends northeast to 59°56.4′ N and 143°53.6′ W. (ii) The Alaska Peninsula Area means the EEZ shoreward of a line at 54°22.5′ N from 164°27.1′ W to 163°1.2′ W and a line at 162°24.05′ W from 54°30.1′ N to 54°27.75′ N. (3) The Cook Inlet EEZ Area, shown in figure 22 to this part, means the EEZ of Cook Inlet north of a line at 59°46.15′ N. Salmon shoreside processor means any person or vessel that receives, purchases, or arranges to purchase, and processes unprocessed salmon harvested in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area, except a Registered Salmon Receiver. Scallop(s) means any species of the family Pectinidae, including, without limitation, weathervane scallops ( Patinopectin caurinus ). Scallop license means a license issued by NMFS that authorizes the license holder to catch and retain scallops pursuant to the conditions specified on the license. Scallop Registration Area H (Cook Inlet) means all Federal waters of the GOA west of the longitude of Cape Fairfield (148°50′ W. long.) and north of the latitude of Cape Douglas (58°52′ N. lat.). Sculpins (see Table 2c to this part and § 679.20(i)). Seabird means those bird species that habitually obtain their food from the sea below the low water mark. Seabird avoidance gear (see §§ 679.24(e), 679.42(b)(2), and Table 19 to this part). Set means a string of longline gear, a string of pots, or a group of pots with individual pots deployed and retrieved in the water in a similar location with similar soak time. In the case of pot gear, when the pots in a string are hauled more than once in the same position, a new set is created each time the string is retrieved and re-deployed. A set includes a test set, unsuccessful harvest, or when gear is not working and is pulled in, even if no fish are harvested. Shallow water flatfish (see Table 10 to this part pursuant to § 679.20(c).) Shoreside processor means any person or vessel that receives, purchases, or arranges to purchase, unprocessed groundfish, except catcher/processors, motherships, buying stations, tender vessels, restaurants, or persons receiving groundfish for personal consumption or bait. Shoreside processor electronic logbook report (SPELR) (discontinued, see definition of “eLandings” under this section). Shucking machine means any mechanical device that automatically removes the meat or the adductor muscle from the shell. Sideboard ratio for purposes of the Rockfish Program means a portion of a sideboard limit for a groundfish fishery that is assigned to the catcher vessel sector or catcher/processor sector based on the catch history of vessels in that sector. Single geographic location (see § 679.4(l)(5)(iii)). Sitka Pinnacles Marine Reserve means an area totaling 2.5 square nm in the GOA, off Cape Edgecumbe, in Statistical Area 650. See Figure 18 to this part. Southeast Outside District of the GOA means that part of the Eastern GOA Regulatory Area contained in Statistical Area 650 (see Figure 3 to this part). Squids (see Table 2c to this part and § 679.20(i)). St. Lawrence Island Habitat Conservation Area means a habitat protection area specified at Table 45 to this part. St. Matthew Island Habitat Conservation Area means a habitat protection area specified at Table 46 to this part. State means the State of Alaska. Stationary floating processor (SFP) means: (1) A vessel of the United States operating as a processor in Alaska State waters that remains anchored or otherwise remains stationary in a single geographic location while receiving or processing groundfish harvested in the GOA or BSAI; and (2) In the Western and Central GOA Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, a vessel that has not operated as a catcher/processor, CQE floating processor, or mothership in the GOA during the same fishing year; however, an SFP can operate as catcher/processor or mothership in the BSAI and an SFP in the Western and Central GOA during the same fishing year. Statistical area means the part of any reporting area defined in Figures 1 and 3 to this part, contained in the EEZ. Stretched mesh size means the distance between opposite knots of a four-sided mesh when opposite knots are pulled tautly to remove slack. Subsistence fishing for purposes of fishing in the Arctic Management Area means the harvest of Arctic fish and Pacific salmon for non-commercial, long-term, customary and traditional use necessary to maintain the life of the taker or those who depend upon the taker to provide them with such subsistence. Superexclusive registration area means any State of Alaska designated registration area within the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area where, if a vessel is registered to fish for crab, that vessel is prohibited from fishing for crab in any other registration area during that registration year. Support vessel means any vessel that is used in support of other vessels regulated under this part, including, but not limited to, supplying a fishing vessel with water, fuel, provisions, fishing equipment, fish processing equipment or other supplies, or transporting processed fish. The term “support vessel” does not include processor vessels or tender vessels. Suspending official, for purposes of subpart E of this part, means a designee authorized by the Regional Administrator to impose suspension. Suspension, as used in § 679.53, means action taken by a suspending official under § 679.53(c) to suspend certification of observers or observer providers temporarily until a final decision is made with respect to decertification. Tagged halibut or sablefish (see § 679.40(g)). Tanner crab means Chionoecetes species or hybrids of these species. Target species are those species or species groups for which a TAC is specified pursuant to § 679.20(a)(2). Tax-exempt organization means an organization that received a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service recognizing tax exemption under 26 CFR part 1 (§§ 1.501 to 1.640). Tender vessel means a vessel that is used to transport unprocessed fish or shellfish received from another vessel to an associated processor. Ten percent or greater direct or indirect ownership interest for purposes of the Amendment 80 Program means a relationship between two or more persons in which one directly or indirectly owns or controls a 10 percent or greater interest in, or otherwise controls, another person; or a third person which directly or indirectly owns or controls, or otherwise controls a 10 percent or greater interest in both. For the purpose of this definition, the following terms are further defined: (1) Person. A person is a person as defined in this section. (2) Indirect interest. An indirect interest is one that passes through one or more intermediate persons. A person's percentage of indirect interest in a second person is equal to the person's percentage of direct interest in an intermediate person multiplied by the intermediate person's direct or indirect interest in the second person. (3) Controls a 10 percent or greater interest. A person controls a 10 percent or greater interest in a second person if the first person: (i) Controls a 10 percent ownership share of the second person; or (ii) Controls 10 percent or more of the voting or controlling stock of the second person. (4) Otherwise controls. A person otherwise controls another person, if the first person has: (i) The right to direct, or does direct, the business of the other person; (ii) The right in the ordinary course of business to limit the actions of, or replace, or does limit or replace, the chief executive officer, a majority of the board of directors, any general partner, or any person serving in a management capacity of the other person; (iii) The right to direct, or does direct, the Rockfish Program fishery processing activities of the other person; (iv) The right to restrict, or does restrict, the day-to-day business activities and management policies of the other person through loan covenants; (v) The right to derive, or does derive, either directly, or through a minority shareholder or partner, and in favor of the other person, a significantly disproportionate amount of the economic benefit from the processing of fish by that other person; (vi) The right to control, or does control, the management of, or to be a controlling factor in, the other person; (vii) The right to cause, or does cause, the purchase or sale of fish processed by the other person; (viii) Absorbs all of the costs and normal business risks associated with ownership and operation of the other person; or (ix) Has the ability through any other means whatsoever to control the other person. Transfer means: (1) Groundfish fisheries of the GOA and BSAI. Any loading, offloading, shipment or receipt of any IFQ sablefish or other groundfish product by a mothership, catcher/processor, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor, including quantities transferred inside or outside the EEZ, within any state's territorial waters, within the internal waters of any state, at any shoreside processor, stationary floating processor, or at any offsite meal reduction plant. (2) IFQ halibut and CDQ halibut fisheries. Any loading, offloading, or shipment of any IFQ halibut or CDQ halibut product including quantities transferred inside or outside the EEZ, within any state's territorial waters, within the internal waters of any state, at any shoreside processor, stationary floating processor, or at any offsite meal reduction plant. Trawl EM category means catcher vessels and tender vessels with a NMFS-approved VMP that are required to use an EM system as specified under § 679.51(g)(1) when those vessels are directed fishing for, or receiving deliveries of, pollock. Trawl EM Incentive Plan Agreement (TEM IPA) means a voluntary private contract in writing, approved by NMFS under § 679.57, that establishes incentives for partial coverage catcher vessels in the trawl EM category to keep catch within the limits to which vessels not in the trawl EM category are subject. These limits include the catcher vessel harvest limit for pollock in the Gulf of Alaska (§ 679.7(b)(2)) and MRAs (§ 679.20(e)). Trawl test areas (see Figure 7 to this part and § 679.24(d)). Unlisted AFA catcher/processor means an AFA catcher/processor permitted to harvest BS pollock under § 679.4(l)(2)(ii). Unrestricted AFA inshore processor means an AFA inshore processor permitted to harvest pollock under § 679.4(l)(5)(i)(A). Unsorted codend is a codend of groundfish that is not brought on board a catcher vessel and that is delivered to a mothership, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor without the potential for sorting. No other instance of catcher vessel harvest is considered an “unsorted codend.” All other catch that does not meet this definition is considered “presorted” whether or not sorting occurs. U.S. citizen means: (1) General usage. Any individual who is a citizen of the United States. (2) IFQ program. (i) Any individual who is a citizen of the United States at the time of application for QS; or (ii) Any corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity that would have qualified to document a fishing vessel as a vessel of the United States during the QS qualifying years of 1988, 1989, and 1990. U.S.-Russian Boundary means the seaward boundary of Russian waters as defined in Figure 1 to this part. User means, for purposes of IERS and its components including eLandings and tLandings, an individual representative of a Registered Buyer; a Registered Crab Receiver; a mothership or catcher/processor that is required to have a Federal Fisheries Permit (FFP) under § 679.4; a shoreside processor or SFP and mothership that receives groundfish from vessels issued an FFP under § 679.4; any shoreside processor or SFP that is required to have a Federal processor permit under § 679.4; and his or her designee(s). User identification (UserID) , for purposes of IERS and eLandings, means the string of letters and/or numbers that identifies the individual and gives him or her authorization to view and submit reports for specific operations or to otherwise use eLandings. To facilitate the management of Users and privileges and to provide for data security, a separate UserID is issued to each individual. Vessel Activity Report (VAR) (see § 679.4(k)). Vessel length category means the length category of a vessel, based on the assigned MLOA, used to determine eligibility. Vessel Monitoring Plan (VMP) means the document that describes how fishing operations on the vessel will be conducted and how the EM system and associated equipment will be configured to meet the data collection objectives and purpose of the EM program. VMPs are required under § 679.51(f). Vessel operations category (see § 679.5(b)(3)). Walrus Protection Areas (see § 679.22(a)(4)). Waters of Cook Inlet means, for the purposes of §§ 679.28(f)(6)(x) and 679.117(b)(1)(xiv), all Federal waters and Alaska State waters north of a line from Cape Douglas (58°51.10′ N) to Point Adam (59°15.27′ N). Week-ending date means the last day of the weekly reporting period which ends on Saturday at 2400 hours, A.l.t., except during the last week of each calendar year, when it ends at 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31. Weekly production report (WPR) is no longer required (see § 679.5(e)(9) and (10)). Weekly reporting period means a time period that begins at 0001 hours, A.l.t., Sunday morning (except during the first week of each year, when it starts on January 1) and ends at 2400 hours, A.l.t., the following Saturday night (except during the last week of each year, when it ends on December 31). West Yakutat District of the GOA means that part of the Eastern GOA Regulatory Area contained in Statistical Area 640 (see Figure 3 to this part). Western Aleutian District means that part of the Aleutian Islands Subarea contained in Statistical Area 543 (see Figure 1 to this part). Western GOA Regulatory Area means that portion of the GOA EEZ that is contained in Statistical Area 610 (see Figure 3 to this part). Wing tip means the point where adjacent breast lines intersect or where a breast line intersects with the fishing line." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.1.1.3,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,A,Subpart A—General,,§ 679.3 Relation to other laws.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 35578, July 5, 1996; 62 FR 2045, Jan. 15, 1997; 62 FR 19688, Apr. 23, 1997; 63 FR 38502, July 17, 1998; 63 FR 47356, Sept. 4, 1998; 69 FR 877, Jan. 7, 2004; 70 FR 10232, Mar. 2, 2005; 77 FR 75587, Dec. 21, 2012; 89 FR 34758, Apr. 30, 2024]","(a) Foreign fishing for groundfish. Regulations governing U.S. nationals fishing in the Russian fisheries are set forth in part 300 of chapter III of this title. (b) Domestic fishing for groundfish. (1) The conservation and management of groundfish in waters of the territorial sea and internal waters of the State of Alaska are governed by the Alaska Administrative Code at 5 AAC Chapter 28 and by the Alaska Statutes at Title 16. (2) Alaska Administrative Code (5 AAC 39.130) governs reporting and permitting requirements using ADF&G “Intent to Operate” and “Fish Tickets.” (c) Halibut. Additional regulations governing the conservation and management of halibut are set forth in subpart E of part 300 of chapter III of this title. (d) King and Tanner crabs. Additional regulations governing conservation and management of king crabs and Tanner crabs in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area are contained in 50 CFR part 680 and in Alaska Statutes at A.S. 16 and Alaska Administrative Code at 5 AAC Chapters 34, 35, and 39. (e) Incidental catch of marine mammals. Regulations governing exemption permits and the recordkeeping and reporting of the incidental take of marine mammals are set forth in § 216.24 and part 229 of this title. (f) Domestic fishing for salmon. Management of the salmon commercial troll fishery and recreational fishery in the East Area of the Salmon Management Area, defined at § 679.2, is delegated to the State of Alaska. Regulations governing the commercial drift gillnet salmon fishery and recreational salmon fishery in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area, defined at § 679.2, are set forth in subpart J of this part. (g) Scallops. Additional regulations governing conservation and management of scallops off Alaska are contained in Alaska Statutes A.S. 16 and Alaska Administrative Code at 5 AAC Chapter 38." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.1.1.4,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,A,Subpart A—General,,§ 679.4 Permits.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","(a) Requirements. Only persons who are U.S. citizens are authorized to receive or hold permits under this section, with the exception that an IFQ hired master permit or a CDQ hired master permit need not be held by a U.S. citizen. (1) What permits are available? Various types of permits are issued for programs codified at 50 CFR parts 300 and 679. These permits are listed in the following table. The date of effectiveness for each permit is given along with certain reference paragraphs for further information. (2) Permit and logbook required by participant and fishery. For the various types of permits issued, refer to § 679.5 for recordkeeping and reporting requirements. For subsistence and GAF permits, refer to § 300.65 of this title for recordkeeping and reporting requirements. (3) Permit application —(i) Obtain and submit an application. A person may obtain an application for a new permit or for renewal or revision of an existing permit for any of the permits under this section and must submit forms to NMFS as instructed in application instructions. With appropriate software, all permit applications may be completed online and printed from the Alaska Region website at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. (ii) Deficient application. Upon receipt of an incomplete or improperly completed permit application, the Program Administrator, RAM, will notify the applicant of the deficiency in the permit application. If the applicant fails to correct the deficiency, the permit will not be issued. No permit will be issued to an applicant until a complete application is received. (iii) Separate permit. The operator, manager, Registered Buyer, or Registered Crab Receiver must obtain a separate permit for each applicant, facility, or vessel, as appropriate to each Federal permit in this section. (iv) The information requested on the application must be typed or printed legibly. (v) All permits are issued free of charge. (4) [Reserved] (5) Alteration. No person may alter, erase, mutilate, or forge any permit or document issued under this section. Any such permit or document that is intentionally altered, erased, mutilated, or forged is invalid. (6) Disclosure. NMFS will maintain a list of permitted processors that may be disclosed for public inspection. (7) Sanctions and denials. Procedures governing sanctions and denials are found at subpart D of 15 CFR part 904. Such procedures are required for enforcement purposes, not administrative purposes. (8) Harvesting privilege. Quota shares, permits, or licenses issued pursuant to this part are neither a right to the resource nor any interest that is subject to the “takings” provision of the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. Rather, such quota shares, permits, or licenses represent only a harvesting privilege that may be revoked or amended subject to the requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable law. (9) Permit surrender. (i) The Regional Administrator will recognize the voluntary surrender of a permit issued in this section, if a permit may be surrendered and if it is submitted by the person named on the permit, owner of record, or authorized representative. (ii) Submit the original permit, except for an FFP or an FPP, to NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802. For surrender of an FFP and FPP, respectively, refer to paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (f)(3)(ii) of this section. (iii) Objective written evidence is considered proof of a timely application. The responsibility remains with the sender to prove when the application to amend or to surrender a permit was received by NMFS ( i.e. , by certified mail or other method that provides written evidence that NMFS Alaska Region received it). (iv) For applications delivered by hand delivery or carrier only, the receiving date of signature by NMFS staff is the date the application was received. If the application is submitted by fax or mail, the receiving date of the application is the date stamped received by NMFS. (b) Federal fisheries permit (FFP) —(1) Requirements. (i) No vessel of the United States may be used to retain groundfish in the GOA or BSAI or engage in any fishery in the GOA or BSAI that requires retention of groundfish, unless the owner or authorized representative first obtains an FFP for the vessel, issued under this part. An FFP is issued without charge. Only persons who are U.S. citizens are authorized to receive or hold an FFP. (ii) Each vessel within the GOA or BSAI that retains groundfish must have a legible copy of a valid FFP on board at all times. (2) Vessel operations categories. An FFP authorizes a vessel owner or authorized representative to deploy a vessel to conduct operations in the GOA or BSAI under the following categories: Catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, tender vessel, or support vessel. A vessel may not be operated in a category other than as specified on the FFP, except that a catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, or tender vessel may be operated as a support vessel. (3) Duration —(i) Length of permit effectiveness. NMFS issues FFPs on a three-year cycle and an FFP is in effect from the effective date through the expiration date, as indicated on the FFP, unless the FFP is revoked, suspended, surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section, or modified under § 600.735 or § 600.740 of this chapter. (ii) Surrendered permit —(A) An FFP may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. Except as provided under paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section, if surrendered, an FFP may be reissued in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered. (B) For the BSAI, NMFS will not reissue a surrendered FFP to the owner or authorized representative of a vessel named on an FFP that has been issued with endorsements for catcher/processor or catcher vessel operation type; trawl, pot, and/or hook-and-line gear type; and the BSAI area, until after the expiration date of the surrendered FFP as initially issued. (C) For the GOA, NMFS will not reissue a surrendered FFP to the owner or authorized representative of a vessel named on an FFP that has been issued a GOA area endorsement and any combination of endorsements for catcher/processor operation type, catcher vessel operation type, trawl gear type, hook-and-line gear type, pot gear type, and/or jig gear type, until after the expiration date of the surrendered FFP. (D) An owner or authorized representative, who applied for and received an FFP, must notify NMFS of the intention to surrender the FFP by submitting an FFP application found at the NMFS Web site at http://www.alaskafisheries.noaa.gov and indicating on the application that surrender of the permit is requested. Upon receipt and processing of an FFP surrender application, NMFS will withdraw the FFP from active status in the FFP data bases. (iii) Amended permit —(A) An owner or authorized representative who applied for and received an FFP, must notify NMFS of any change in the permit information by submitting an FFP application found at the NMFS Web site at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. The owner or authorized representative must submit the application form as instructed on the form. Except as provided under paragraphs (b)(3)(iii)(B) and (C) of this section, upon receipt and approval of an application form for permit amendment, NMFS will issue an amended FFP. (B) In the BSAI, NMFS will not approve an application to amend an FFP to remove a catcher/processor or catcher vessel operation type endorsement, trawl gear type endorsement, pot gear type endorsement, hook-and-line gear type endorsement, or BSAI area endorsement from an FFP that has been issued with endorsements for catcher/processor or catcher vessel operation type, trawl, pot, or hook-and-line gear type, and the BSAI area. (C) In the GOA, NMFS will not approve an application to amend an FFP to remove endorsements for catcher/processor operation type, catcher vessel operation type, trawl gear type, hook-and-line gear type, pot gear type, or jig gear type, and the GOA area. (D) If the application for an amended FFP required under this section designates a change or addition of a vessel operations category or any other endorsement, a legible copy of the valid, amended FFP must be on board the vessel before the new or modified type of operation begins. (E) Selections for species endorsements will remain valid until an FFP is amended to remove those endorsements or the FFP with these endorsements is surrendered or revoked. (4) Submittal of application. NMFS will process a request for an FFP provided that the application form contains the information specified on the form, with all required fields accurately completed and all required documentation attached. This application form must be submitted to NMFS using the methods described on the form. The vessel owner must sign and date the application form certifying that all information is true, correct, and complete. If the owner is not an individual, the authorized representative must sign and date the application form. An application form for an FFP will be provided by NMFS or is available from NMFS Alaska Region Web site at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. The acceptable submittal methods will be described on the application form. (5) Issuance. (i) Except as provided in subpart D of 15 CFR part 904, upon receipt of a properly completed permit application, the Regional Administrator will issue an FFP required by this paragraph (b). (ii) The Regional Administrator will send an FFP with the appropriate logbooks to the owner or authorized representative, as provided under § 679.5. (iii) NMFS will reissue an FFP to the owner or authorized representative who holds an FFP issued for a vessel if that vessel is subject to sideboard provisions as described under § 679.82(d) through (f). (iv) NMFS will reissue an FFP to the owner or authorized representative who holds an FFP issued to an Amendment 80 vessel. (6) Transfer. An FFP issued under this paragraph (b) is not transferable or assignable and is valid only for the vessel for which it is issued. (7) Inspection. A legible copy of a valid FFP issued under this paragraph (b) must be carried on board the vessel at all times operations are conducted under this type of permit and must be presented for inspection upon the request of any authorized officer. (c) [Reserved] (d) IFQ permits, IFQ hired master permits, and Registered Buyer permits. The permits described in this section are required in addition to the permit and licensing requirements prescribed in the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of this title and in the permit requirements of this section. (1) IFQ permit. (i) An IFQ permit authorizes the person identified on the permit to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish from a specified IFQ regulatory area at any time during an open fishing season during the fishing year for which the IFQ permit is issued until the amount harvested is equal to the amount specified under the permit, or until the permit is revoked, suspended, surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section, or modified under 15 CFR part 904. (ii) A legible copy of any IFQ permit that specifies the IFQ regulatory area and vessel length overall from which IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish may be harvested by the IFQ permit holder must be carried on board the vessel used by the permitted person to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish at all times that such fish are retained on board. (iii) An IFQ permit may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. An annual IFQ permit will not be reissued in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered, but a new annual IFQ permit may be issued to the quota share holder of record in a subsequent fishing year. (iv) An RFQ permit account identifies the amount of RFQ authorized for use by charter vessel anglers in Area 2C or Area 3A. The number of pounds of RFQ allocated to the RFQ permit account will be added to the annual guided sport catch limit under the catch sharing plan (described at 50 CFR 300.65(c)) for the appropriate IFQ regulatory area, Area 2C or Area 3A. (2) IFQ hired master permit. (i) An IFQ hired master permit authorizes the individual identified on the IFQ hired master permit to land IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish for debit against the specified IFQ permit until the IFQ hired master permit expires, or is revoked, suspended, surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section, or modified under 15 CFR part 904, or cancelled on request of the IFQ permit holder. (ii) A legible copy of an IFQ hired master permit issued to an eligible individual in accordance with § 679.42(i) and (j) by the Regional Administrator must be onboard the vessel that harvests IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish at all times that such fish are retained onboard by a hired master. Except as specified in § 679.42(d), an individual that is issued an IFQ hired master permit must remain onboard the vessel used to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish with that IFQ hired master permit during the IFQ fishing trip and at the landing site during all IFQ landings. (iii) Each IFQ hired master permit issued by the Regional Administrator will display an IFQ permit number and the name of the individual authorized by the IFQ permit holder to land IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish for debit against the IFQ permit holder's IFQ. In addition, IFQ hired master permits will also display the ADF&G vessel identification number of the authorized vessel. (iv) An IFQ hired master permit may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. An IFQ hired master permit may be reissued to the permit holder of record in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered. (3) Registered Buyer permit. (i) A Registered Buyer permit authorizes the person identified on the permit to receive and make an IFQ landing by an IFQ permit holder or IFQ hired master permit holder or to receive and make a CDQ halibut landing by a CDQ permit holder or CDQ hired master permit holder at any time during the fishing year for which it is issued until the Registered Buyer permit expires, or is revoked, suspended, surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section, or modified under 15 CFR part 904. (ii) A Registered Buyer permit is required of: (A) Any person who receives IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut or IFQ sablefish from the person(s) who harvested the fish; (B) Any person who harvests IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut or IFQ sablefish and transfers such fish in a dockside sale, outside of an IFQ regulatory area, or outside the State of Alaska. (C) A vessel operator who submits a Departure Report (see § 679.5(l)(4)). (iii) A Registered Buyer permit is issued on an annual cycle defined as March 1 through the end of February of the next calendar year, to persons that have a Registered Buyer application approved by the Regional Administrator. (iv) For the Registered Buyer application to be considered complete, all fees due to NMFS under § 679.55 at the time of application must be paid. (v) A Registered Buyer permit is in effect from the first day of March in the year for which it is issued or from the date of issuance, whichever is later, through the end of the current annual cycle, unless it is revoked, suspended, surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section, or modified under § 600.735 or § 600.740 of this chapter. (vi) A Registered Buyer permit may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. A Registered Buyer permit may be reissued to the permit holder of record in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered. (4) Issuance. The Regional Administrator will issue IFQ permits and IFQ hired master permits annually or at other times as needed to accommodate transfers, revocations, appeals resolution, and other changes in QS or IFQ holdings, and designation of masters under § 679.42. (5) Transfer. The quota shares and IFQ issued under this section are not transferable, except as provided under § 679.41. IFQ hired master permits and Registered Buyer permits issued under this paragraph (d) are not transferable. (6) Inspection —(i) IFQ permit and IFQ hired master permit. (A) The IFQ permit holder must present a legible copy of the IFQ permit for inspection on request of any authorized officer or Registered Buyer receiving IFQ species. (B) The IFQ hired master permit holder must present a legible copy of the IFQ permit and a legible copy of the IFQ hired master permit for inspection on request of any authorized officer or Registered Buyer receiving IFQ species. (ii) Registered Buyer permit. A legible copy of the Registered Buyer permit must be present at the location of an IFQ landing or CDQ halibut landing and must be made available by an individual representing the Registered Buyer for inspection on request of any authorized officer. (7) Validity. An IFQ permit issued under this part is valid only if the IFQ permit holder has paid all IFQ fees that are due as a result of final agency action as specified in §§ 679.45 and 679.5(l)(7)(ii). (e) Halibut CDQ permits and CDQ hired master permits —(1) Requirements. (i) The CDQ group, the operator of the vessel, the manager of a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor, and the Registered Buyer must comply with the requirements of this paragraph (e) for the catch of CDQ halibut. (ii) The CDQ group, vessel owner or operator, and Registered Buyer are subject to all of the IFQ prohibitions at § 679.7(f). (2) Halibut CDQ permit. The CDQ group must obtain a halibut CDQ permit issued by the Regional Administrator. The vessel operator must have a legible copy of a halibut CDQ permit on any fishing vessel operated by, or for, a CDQ group that will have halibut CDQ on board and must make the permit available for inspection by an authorized officer. A halibut CDQ permit is non-transferable and is issued annually until revoked, suspended, surrendered, or modified. A halibut CDQ permit may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. A halibut CDQ permit will not be reissued in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered, but a new annual halibut CDQ permit may be issued in a subsequent fishing year to the CDQ group entitled to a CDQ halibut allocation. (3) An individual must have on board the vessel a legible copy of his or her halibut CDQ hired master permit issued by the Regional Administrator while harvesting and landing any CDQ halibut. Each halibut CDQ hired master permit will identify a CDQ permit number and the individual authorized by the CDQ group to land halibut for debit against the CDQ group's halibut CDQ. A halibut CDQ hired master permit may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. A halibut CDQ hired master permit may be reissued to the permit holder of record in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered. (4) Alteration. No person may alter, erase, mutilate, or forge a halibut CDQ permit, hired master permit, Registered Buyer permit, or any valid or current permit or document issued under this part. Any such permit or document that has been intentionally altered, erased, mutilated, or forged is invalid. (5) Landings. A person may land CDQ halibut only if he or she has a valid halibut CDQ hired master permit. The person(s) holding the halibut CDQ hired master permit and the Registered buyer must comply with the requirements of § 679.5(g) and (l)(1) through (6). (f) Federal processor permit (FPP) —(1) Requirement. No shoreside processor of the United States, SFP, or CQE floating processor defined at § 679.2 may receive, process, purchase, or arrange to purchase unprocessed groundfish harvested in the GOA or BSAI, unless the owner or authorized representative first obtains an FPP issued under this part. A processor may not be operated in a category other than as specified on the FPP. An FPP is issued without charge. (2) FPP application. To obtain, amend, renew, or surrender an FPP, the owner or authorized representative must complete an FPP application form per the instructions at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. (i) Fees. For the FPP application to be considered complete, all fees due to NMFS from the owner or authorized representative of a shoreside processor or SFP or person named on a Registered Buyer permit subject to the observer fee as specified at § 679.55(c) at the time of application must be paid. (ii) Signature. The owner or authorized representative of the shoreside processor, SFP, or CQE floating processor must sign and date the application form, certifying that all information is true, correct, and complete to the best of his/her knowledge and belief. If the application form is completed by an authorized representative, proof of authorization must accompany the application form. (3) Duration —(i) Length of effectiveness. An FPP is in effect from the effective date through the date of permit expiration, unless it is revoked, suspended, surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section, or modified under § 600.735 or § 600.740 of this chapter. (ii) Surrendered permit. (A) An FPP may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. An FPP may be reissued to the permit holder of record in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered. (B) An owner or authorized representative, who applied for and received an FPP, must notify NMFS of the intention to surrender the FPP by submitting an FPP application form found at the NMFS Web site at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov and indicating on the application form that surrender of the FPP is requested. Upon receipt and processing of an FPP surrender application form, NMFS will withdraw the FPP from active status in permit data bases. (iii) Amended permit —(A) Requirement. An owner or authorized representative, who applied for and received an FPP, must notify NMFS of any change in the permit information by submitting an FPP application form found at the NMFS Web site at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. The owner or authorized representative must submit the application form as instructed on the form. Upon receipt and approval of an FPP amendment application form, NMFS will issue an amended FPP. (B) GOA Inshore Processing endorsement. A GOA inshore processing endorsement is required in order to process GOA inshore pollock and Eastern GOA inshore Pacific cod. If an SFP owner or authorized representative holds an FPP with a GOA Inshore Processing endorsement, the SFP is prohibited from processing GOA pollock and GOA Pacific cod in more than one single geographic location during a fishing year and is also prohibited from operating as a catcher/processor in the BSAI. Once issued, a GOA Inshore Processing endorsement cannot be surrendered for the duration of a fishing year. (C) CQE Floating Processor endorsement. If a vessel owner or authorized representative holds an FPP with a GOA Inshore Processing endorsement in order to process Pacific cod within the marine municipal boundaries of CQE communities in the Western or Central GOA, the vessel must not meet the definition of an SFP and must not have harvested groundfish off Alaska in the same calendar year. (D) Vessels are prohibited from holding both a GOA CQE Floating Processor endorsement and a GOA SFP endorsement during the same calendar year. (4) Transfer. An FPP issued under this paragraph (f) is not transferable or assignable and is valid only for the processor for which it is issued. (5) Inspection. A legible copy of a valid FPP issued under this paragraph (f) must be on site at the shoreside processor, SFP, or CQE floating processor at all times and must be presented for inspection upon the request of any authorized officer. (g) Scallop LLP —(1) General requirements. (i) In addition to the permit and licensing requirements prescribed in this part, each vessel within the EEZ off Alaska that is catching and retaining scallops, must have an original scallop LLP license onboard at all times it is catching and retaining scallops. This scallop LLP license, issued by NMFS, authorizes the person named on the license to catch and retain scallops in compliance with State of Alaska regulations and only with a vessel that does not exceed the maximum LOA specified on the license and the gear designation specified on the license. (ii) A scallop LLP license may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. A surrendered scallop LLP license will cease to exist and will not be subsequently reissued. (2) Qualifications for a scallop LLP license. A scallop LLP license will be issued to an eligible applicant who: (i) Is a qualified person; (ii) Was named on a State of Alaska scallop moratorium permit or Federal scallop moratorium permit on February 8, 1999; (iii) Used the moratorium permit held on February 8, 1999, to make legal landings of scallops in each of any 2 calendar years during the qualification period beginning January 1, 1996, through October 9, 1998; and (iv) Submitted a complete application for a scallop license during the application period specified pursuant to paragraph (g)(4) of this section. (3) Scallop license conditions and endorsements. A scallop license authorizes the license holder to catch and retain scallops only if the vessel length and gear used do not exceed the vessel length and gear endorsements specified on the license. These endorsements will be determined as follows. (i) The MLOA specified on the scallop license is equal to the length overall on February 8, 1999, of the longest vessel that was authorized by a Federal or State of Alaska Scallop Moratorium Permit to harvest scallops and used by the eligible applicant to make legal landings of scallops during the scallop LLP qualification period, as specified at § 679.4(g)(2)(iii) of this part. (ii) The gear specified on a scallop license will be restricted to two dredges with a combined width of no more than 20 feet (6.1 m) in all areas if the eligible applicant was a moratorium permit holder with a Scallop Registration Area H (Cook Inlet) endorsement and did not make a legal landing of scallops caught outside Area H during the qualification period specified in paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this section. (4) Application for a scallop license —(i) General. The Regional Administrator will issue a scallop license to an applicant if a complete application is submitted by or on behalf of the applicant during the specified application period, and if that applicant meets all the criteria for eligibility in this part. An application that is postmarked or hand delivered after the ending date for the application period for the scallop LLP specified in paragraph § 679.4(g)(4)(ii) will be denied. An application form will be sent to the last known address of the person identified as an eligible applicant by the official LLP record. An application form may be requested from the Regional Administrator. (ii) Application Period. January 16, 2001, through February 12, 2001. (iii) Contents of application. To be complete, an application for a scallop license must be signed and dated by the applicant, or the individual representing the applicant, and contain the following information, as applicable: (A) Scallop Moratorium Permit number under which legal landings of scallops were made during the qualification period specified in paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this section; (B) Name, business address, telephone number, FAX number, and social security number or tax ID number of the applicant, and whether the applicant is a U.S. citizen or a U.S. business; (C) Name of the managing company, if any; (D) Evidence of legal landings in the qualifying years and registration areas; (E) For the vessel(s) being used as the basis for eligibility for a license, the name, state registration number (e.g., ADF&G number), the USCG documentation number, and valid evidence of the LOA on February 8, 1999, of the longest vessel used by the applicant during the qualification period specified in paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this section. (iv) Successor-in-interest. If an applicant is applying as the successor-in-interest to an eligible applicant, an application, to be complete, also must contain valid evidence proving the applicant's status as a successor-in-interest to that eligible applicant and: (A) Valid evidence of the death of that eligible applicant at the time of application, if the eligible applicant was an individual; or (B) Valid evidence that the eligible applicant is no longer in existence at the time of application, if the eligible applicant is not an individual. (v) Application evaluation. The Regional Administrator will evaluate an application submitted during the specified application period and compare all claims in the application with the information in the official LLP record. Claims in the application that are consistent with information in the official LLP record will be accepted by the Regional Administrator. Inconsistent claims in the application, unless verified by evidence, will not be accepted. An applicant who submits inconsistent claims, or an applicant who fails to submit the information specified in paragraphs (g)(4)(iii) and (g)(4)(iv) of this section, will be provided a 60-day evidentiary period pursuant to paragraph (g)(4)(vii) of this section to submit the specified information, submit evidence to verify his or her inconsistent claims, or submit a revised application with claims consistent with information in the official LLP record. An applicant who submits claims that are inconsistent with information in the official LLP record has the burden of proving that the submitted claims are correct. (vi) Additional information or evidence. The Regional Administrator will evaluate additional information or evidence to support an applicant's inconsistent claims submitted within the 60-day evidentiary period pursuant to paragraph (g)(4)(vii) of this section. If the Regional Administrator determines that the additional information or evidence meets the applicant's burden of proving that the inconsistent claims in his or her application are correct, the official LLP record will be amended and the information will be used in determining whether the applicant is eligible for a license. However, if the Regional Administrator determines that the additional information or evidence does not meet the applicant's burden of proving that the inconsistent claims in his or her application is correct, the applicant will be notified by an initial administrative determination, pursuant to paragraph (g)(4)(viii) of this section, that the applicant did not meet the burden of proof to change the information in the official LLP record. (vii) 60-day evidentiary period. The Regional Administrator will specify by letter a 60-day evidentiary period during which an applicant may provide additional information or evidence to support the claims made in his or her application, or to submit a revised application with claims consistent with information in the official LLP record, if the Regional Administrator determines that the applicant did not meet the burden of proving that the information on the application is correct through evidence provided with the application. Also, an applicant who fails to submit information as specified in paragraphs (g)(4)(iii) and (g)(4)(iv) of this section will have 60 days to provide that information. An applicant will be limited to one 60-day evidentiary period. Additional information or evidence, or a revised application, received after the 60-day evidentiary period specified in the letter has expired will not be considered for purposes of the initial administrative determination. (viii) Initial administrative determinations (IAD). The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant following the expiration of the 60-day evidentiary period if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the applicant fails to support the applicant's claims and is insufficient to rebut the presumption that the official LLP record is correct, or if the additional information, evidence, or revised application is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of his or her 60-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies in the application, including any deficiencies with the information, the evidence submitted in support of the information, or the revised application. The IAD will also indicate which claims cannot be approved based on the available information or evidence. An applicant who receives an IAD may appeal pursuant to § 679.43. An applicant who avails himself or herself of the opportunity to appeal an IAD will not receive a transferable license until after the final resolution of that appeal in the applicant's favor. (ix) Issuance of a non-transferable license. The Regional Administrator will issue a non-transferable license to the applicant at the same time notification is provided to the applicant of his or her 60-day evidentiary period if issuance is required by the license renewal provisions of 5 U.S.C. 558. A non-transferable license authorizes a person to catch and retain scallops as specified on the non-transferable license, and will have the specific endorsements and designations based on the claims in his or her application. A non-transferable license will expire upon final agency action. (5) Transfer of a Scallop License —(i) General. The Regional Administrator will approve the transfer of a scallop license if a complete transfer application is submitted to Restricted Access Management, Alaska Region, NMFS, and if the transfer meets all the eligibility criteria as specified in paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this section. An application form may be requested from the Regional Administrator. (ii) Eligibility criteria for transfers. A scallop license can be transferred if: (A) The designated transferee is eligible to document a fishing vessel under Chapter 121, Title 46, U.S.C.; (B) The parties to the transfer do not have any fines, civil penalties, other payments due and outstanding, or outstanding permit sanctions resulting from Federal fishing violations; (C) The transfer will not cause the designated transferee to exceed the license limit in § 679.7(i); and (D) The transfer does not violate any other provision specified in this part. (iii) Contents of transfer application. To be complete, an application for a scallop license transfer must be signed by the license holder and the designated transferee, or the individuals representing them, and contain the following information, as applicable: (A) Name, business address, telephone number, and FAX number of the license holder and of the designated transferee; (B) License number and total price being paid for the license; (C) Certification that the designated transferee is a U.S. citizen, or a U.S. corporation, partnership, or other association; (D) A legible copy of a contract or sales agreement that specifies the license to be transferred, the license holder, the designated transferee, the monetary value or the terms of the license transfer; and (E) Other information the Regional Administrator deems necessary for measuring program performance. (iv) Incomplete applications. The Regional Administrator will return an incomplete transfer application to the applicant and identify any deficiencies if the Regional Administrator determines that the application does not meet all the criteria identified in paragraph (g)(5) of this section. (v) Transfer by court order, operation of law, or as part of a security agreement. The Regional Administrator will transfer a scallop license based on a court order, operation of law, or a security agreement if the Regional Administrator determines that the transfer application is complete and the transfer will not violate any of the provisions of this section. (h) [Reserved] (i) Exempted fisheries permits. (See § 679.6.) (j) Prohibited species donation program permits. (See § 679.26(a)(3).) (k) Licenses for license limitation (LLP) groundfish or crab species —(1) General requirements. (i) In addition to the permit and licensing requirements of this part, and except as provided in paragraph (k)(2) of this section, each vessel within the GOA or the BSAI must have an LLP groundfish license on board at all times it is engaged in fishing activities defined in § 679.2 as directed fishing for license limitation groundfish. This groundfish license, issued by NMFS to a qualified person, authorizes a license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish only in accordance with the specific area and species endorsements, the vessel and gear designations, the MLOA specified on the license, and any exemption from the MLOA specified on the license. (ii) Each vessel must have a crab species license, defined in § 679.2, issued by NMFS on board at all times it is engaged in fishing activities for the crab fisheries identified in this paragraph. A crab species license may be used only to participate in the fisheries endorsed on the license and on a vessel that complies with the vessel designation and MLOA specified on the license. NMFS requires a crab species license endorsed for participation in the following crab fisheries: (A) Aleutian Islands Area C. opilio. (B) Norton Sound red king and Norton Sound blue king in waters of the EEZ with a western boundary of 168° W. long., a southern boundary of 62° N. lat., and a northern boundary of 65°36′ N. lat.; (C) Minor Species endorsement for Bering Sea golden king crab ( Lithodes aequispinus ). (2) Exempt vessels. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (k)(1) of this section, (i) A catcher vessel or catcher/processor vessel that does not exceed 26 ft (7.9 m) LOA may conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the GOA without a groundfish license; (ii) A catcher vessel or catcher/processor vessel that does not exceed 32 ft (9.8 m) LOA may conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the BSAI without a groundfish license and may conduct directed fishing for crab species in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area without a crab species license; (iii) A vessel may use a maximum of five jig machines, one line per jig machine, and a maximum of 30 hooks per line, to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the GOA without a groundfish license; (iv) A catcher vessel or catcher/processor vessel that does not exceed 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA may use a maximum of 5 jig machines, one line per jig machine, and a maximum of 15 hooks per line, to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the BSAI without a groundfish license; (v) A catcher vessel or catcher/processor vessel that does not exceed 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA, and during the period after November 18, 1992, through October 9, 1998, was specifically constructed for and used exclusively in accordance with a CDP approved by NMFS, and is designed and equipped to meet specific needs that are described in the CDP, is exempted from the requirement to have a LLP groundfish license to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the GOA and in the BSAI area and a crab species license to fish for crab species in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area; or (vi) The operator of a catcher vessel that is greater than 32 ft (9.8 m) LOA, that does not exceed 46 ft (14.0 m) LOA, and that is registered by a CDQ group following the procedures described in § 679.5(m) may use hook-and-line gear to conduct groundfish CDQ fishing without a groundfish license. (3) Vessel and gear designations and vessel length categories— (i) Vessel MLOA —(A) General. A license may be used only on a vessel designated on the license, a vessel that complies with the vessel designation and gear designation specified on the license, and a vessel that has an LOA less than or equal to the MLOA specified on the license, unless the license specifies that the vessel is exempt from the MLOA on the license. (B) Modification of license MLOA for groundfish licenses with a Pacific cod endorsement in the GOA. ( 1 ) A groundfish license with a specified MLOA less than or equal to 50 feet prior to April 21, 2011 that subsequently receives a Pacific cod endorsement in the GOA with a catcher vessel and pot gear designation as specified under paragraph (k)(10) of this section will be redesignated with an MLOA of 50 feet on the date that the Pacific cod endorsement is assigned to that groundfish license; ( 2 ) A groundfish license with a specified MLOA greater than or equal to 60 feet: ( i ) That was continuously assigned to a single vessel less than 60 feet LOA from January 1, 2002, through December 8, 2008; and ( ii ) That met the landing thresholds applicable for a groundfish license with a specified MLOA of less than 60 feet for the specific gear designation(s) and regulatory area(s) applicable to that groundfish license as described in paragraph (k)(10) of this section, will be redesignated with an MLOA equal to the LOA of the vessel to which that groundfish license was assigned from January 1, 2002, through December 8, 2008, based on the LOA for that vessel in NMFS' non-trawl gear recent participation official record on April 21, 2011, or as specified by a marine survey conducted by an independent certified marine surveyor or naval architect provided that the license holder provides NMFS with a marine survey conducted by an independent certified marine surveyor or naval architect not later than 90 days after April 21, 2011 that specifies the LOA of the vessel to which that groundfish license was assigned. ( 3 ) The MLOA specified on a groundfish license under paragraph (k)(3)(i)(B)( 2 ) of this section may not exceed 60 feet. (C) Modification of the MLOA on an Amendment 80 LLP license or an Amendment 80 LLP/QS license. The MLOA designated on an Amendment 80 LLP license or an Amendment 80 LLP/QS license will be 295 ft. (89.9 m) if an Amendment 80 replacement vessel is designated on the license following the approval of a license transfer request under paragraph (k)(7) of this section. (D) Modification of the MLOA on a groundfish LLP license listed in column A of Table 9 to this part. ( 1 ) Each groundfish LLP license endorsed to catch and process Pacific cod with hook-and-line gear in the BS or AI, or both, and designated in column B of Table 9 to this part will receive a 220-foot (67 m) MLOA following February 6, 2014. ( 2 ) Each groundfish LLP license endorsed to catch and process Pacific cod with hook-and-line gear in the BS or AI, or both, and designated in column C of Table 9 to this part is eligible to be assigned a 220-foot (67 m) MLOA if the LLP holder submits a timely written request to remove all pot gear Pacific cod endorsements on that LLP following the process established under paragraph (k)(6)(xi) of this section. (E) Exemption from MLOA on an LLP license with a Bering Sea area endorsement or an Aleutian Islands area endorsement for AFA rebuilt or AFA replacement vessels. An AFA rebuilt vessel or an AFA replacement vessel may exceed the MLOA on an LLP groundfish license with a Bering Sea area endorsement or an Aleutian Islands area endorsement when the vessel is conducting directed fishing for groundfish in the BSAI pursuant to that LLP groundfish license and when the exemption is specified on the LLP license. (ii) Vessel designations —(A) Catcher/processor vessel. A license will be assigned a catcher/processor vessel designation if: ( 1 ) For license limitation groundfish, license limitation groundfish were processed on the vessel that qualified for the groundfish license under paragraph (k)(4) of this section during the period January 1, 1994, through June 17, 1995, or in the most recent calendar year of participation during the area endorsement qualifying period specified in paragraph (k)(4)(ii) of this section; or ( 2 ) For crab species, crab species were processed on the vessel that qualified for the crab species license under paragraph (k)(5) of this section during the period January 1, 1994, through December 31, 1994, or in the most recent calendar year of participation during the area endorsement qualifying period specified in paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section. ( 3 ) For purposes of paragraphs (k)(3)(ii)(A)( 1 ) and (k)(3)(ii)(A)( 2 ) of this section, evidence of processing must be demonstrated by production reports or other valid documentation demonstrating that processing occurred on the vessel during the relevant period. (B) Catcher vessel. A license will be assigned a catcher vessel designation if it does not meet the criteria in paragraph (k)(3)(ii)(A)( 1 ) or (k)(3)(ii)(A)( 2 ) of this section to be assigned a catcher/processor vessel designation. (C) Changing a vessel designation. A person who holds a groundfish license or a crab species license with a catcher/processor vessel designation may, upon request to the Regional Administrator, have the license reissued with a catcher vessel designation. The vessel designation change to a catcher vessel will be permanent, and that license will be valid for only those activities specified in the definition of catcher vessel designation at § 679.2. (D) Limited processing by catcher vessels. Up to 1 mt of round weight equivalent of license limitation groundfish or crab species may be processed per day on a vessel less than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA that is authorized to fish with an LLP license with a catcher vessel designation. (iii) Vessel length categories. A vessel's eligibility will be determined using the following three vessel length categories, which are based on the vessel's LOA on June 17, 1995, or, if the vessel was under reconstruction on June 17, 1995, the vessel's length on the date that reconstruction was completed. (A) Vessel length category “A” if the LOA of the qualifying vessel on the relevant date was equal to or greater than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA. (B) Vessel length category “B” if the LOA of the qualifying vessel on the relevant date was equal to or greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) but less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA. (C) Vessel length category “C” if the LOA of the qualifying vessel on the relevant date was less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA. (iv) Gear designations for groundfish licenses —(A) General. A vessel may only use gear consistent with the gear designation on the LLP license authorizing the use of that vessel to fish for license limitation groundfish or crab species, except that a vessel fishing under authority of an LLP license endorsed only for trawl gear may fish for slope rockfish with non-trawl gear within the Gulf of Alaska Slope Habitat Conservation Areas, as described in Table 27 to this part. (B) Trawl/non-trawl. A license will be assigned a trawl/non-trawl gear designation if trawl and non-trawl gear were used to harvest LLP species from the qualifying vessel during the period beginning January 1, 1988, through June 17, 1995. (C) Trawl. A license will be assigned a trawl gear designation if only trawl gear was used to harvest LLP species from the qualifying vessel during the period beginning January 1, 1988, through June 17, 1995. (D) Non-trawl. A license will be assigned a non-trawl gear designation if only non-trawl gear was used to harvest LLP species from the qualifying vessel during the period beginning January 1, 1988, through June 17, 1995. (E) Changing a gear designation. ( 1 ) An applicant may request a change of gear designation based on gear used from the vessel during the period beginning June 18, 1995, through February 7, 1998. Such a change would be permanent and may only be used for a change from trawl to non-trawl or from non-trawl to trawl. ( 2 ) An applicant may request a change of gear designation based on a significant financial investment in converting a vessel or purchasing fishing gear on or before February 7, 1998, and making a documented harvest with that gear on or before December 31, 1998. Such a change would be permanent and may only be used for a change from trawl to non-trawl or from non-trawl to trawl. (F) Definitions of non-trawl gear and significant financial investment. ( 1 ) For purposes of paragraph (k)(3)(iv) of this section, non-trawl gear means any legal gear, other than trawl, used to harvest license limitation groundfish. ( 2 ) For purposes of paragraph (k)(3)(iv)(E)(2) of this section, “significant financial investment” means having spent at least $100,000 toward vessel conversion and/or gear to change to trawl gear from non-trawl gear, or having acquired groundline, hooks, pots, jig machines, or hauling equipment to change to non-trawl gear from trawl gear. (4) Qualifications for a groundfish license. A groundfish license will be issued to an eligible applicant that meets the criteria in paragraphs (k)(4)(i) and (k)(4)(ii) of this section. For purposes of the license limitation program, evidence of a documented harvest must be demonstrated by a state catch report, a Federal catch report, or other valid documentation that indicates the amount of license limitation groundfish harvested, the groundfish reporting area in which the license limitation groundfish was harvested, the vessel and gear type used to harvest the license limitation groundfish, and the date of harvesting, landing, or reporting. State catch reports are Alaska, California, Oregon, or Washington fish tickets. Federal catch reports are production reports required under § 679.5. (i) General qualification periods (GQP). This table provides the GQP documented harvest requirements for LLP groundfish licenses: (ii) Endorsement qualification periods (EQP). This table provides the documented harvest requirements for LLP groundfish license area endorsements: (iii) An eligible applicant that is issued a groundfish license based on a vessel's qualifications in the table at paragraphs (k)(4)(i)(A)(2) or (k)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section must choose only one area endorsement for that groundfish license even if documented harvests qualifies the eligible applicant for more than one area endorsement. (iv) Notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph (k)(4)(i) of this section, NMFS will issue a groundfish license with the appropriate area endorsements to an eligible applicant whose vessel meets the requirements in the table at paragraph (k)(4)(i)(A) of this section, and the requirements in the table at any of the paragraphs (k)(4)(ii)(C) through (O) of this section, except: (A) From whose vessel no documented harvests were made in the GOA or waters shoreward of the GOA during the period beginning January 1, 1988, through June 27, 1992, and (B) From whose vessel no documented harvests were made in the BSAI or waters shoreward of the BSAI during the period beginning January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995. (v) Notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph (k)(4)(i) of this section, a groundfish license with the appropriate area endorsements will be issued to an eligible applicant whose vessel meets the requirements in the tables at paragraphs (k)(4)(i) and (k)(4)(ii) and (A) or (B) of this section, except: (A) From whose vessel no documented harvests were made in the BSAI or waters shoreward of the BSAI during the period beginning January 1, 1988, through June 27, 1992, and (B) From whose vessel no documented harvests were made in the GOA or waters shoreward of the GOA during the period beginning January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995. (vi) Trawl gear designation recent participation requirements. (A) NMFS will revoke any trawl gear designation on a groundfish license with an Aleutian Island, Bering Sea, Central Gulf, or Western Gulf regulatory area unless one of the following conditions apply: ( 1 ) A person made at least two legal landings using trawl gear under the authority of that groundfish license in that regulatory area during the period from January 1, 2000, through December 31, 2006; or ( 2 ) That trawl gear designation endorsed in that area is exempt from the requirements of this paragraph (k)(4)(vi)(A) as described under paragraphs (k)(4)(vii) or (k)(4)(viii) of this section. (B) NMFS shall assign a legal landing to a groundfish license for an area based only on information contained in the official record described in paragraph (k)(4)(x) of this section. (vii) Exemption to trawl gear recent participation requirements for the AFA, Amendment 80 Program, and Rockfish Program. (A) Trawl gear designations with Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands area endorsements on a groundfish license that was derived in whole or in part from the qualifying fishing history of an AFA vessel are exempt from the landing requirements in paragraph (k)(4)(vi) of this section. (B) Trawl gear designations with Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands area endorsements on a groundfish license are exempt from the landing requirements in paragraph (k)(4)(vi) of this section provided that all of the following conditions apply: ( 1 ) The groundfish license was not derived in whole or in part from the qualifying fishing history of an AFA vessel; ( 2 ) The groundfish license is assigned to an AFA vessel on August 14, 2009; and ( 3 ) No other groundfish license with a Bering Sea or Aleutian Island area endorsement is assigned to that AFA vessel on August 14, 2009. (C) Trawl gear designations with Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands area endorsements on a groundfish license that is listed in Column C of Table 31 to this part are exempt from the landing requirements in paragraph (k)(4)(vi) of this section. (D) A trawl gear designation with Central Gulf area endorsement on a groundfish license that is assigned Rockfish QS is exempt from the landing requirements in paragraph (k)(4)(vi) of this section. (viii) Exemption to trawl gear recent participation requirements for groundfish licenses with a Central Gulf or Western Gulf area endorsement. A trawl gear designation with a Central Gulf or Western Gulf area endorsement on a groundfish license is exempt from the landing requirements in paragraph (k)(4)(vi) of this section provided that a person made at least 20 legal landings under the authority of that groundfish license in either the Central Gulf or Western Gulf area using trawl gear during the period from January 1, 2005, through December 31, 2007. (ix) Aleutian Island area endorsements for non-AFA trawl catcher vessels. (A) If a non-AFA catcher vessel that is less than 60 feet LOA was used to make at least 500 mt of legal landings of Pacific cod using trawl gear from the waters that were open by the State of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal fishing season adjacent to the Aleutian Islands Subarea during the period from January 1, 2000, through December 31, 2006, according to the official record, NMFS shall issue an Aleutian Island area endorsement with a trawl gear designation to a groundfish license assigned to the vessel owner according to the official record, provided that the groundfish license assigned to that non-AFA catcher vessel meets all of the following requirements: ( 1 ) It was not derived in whole or in part from the qualifying fishing history of an AFA vessel; ( 2 ) It has a trawl gear designation; ( 3 ) It does not have a catcher/processor vessel designation; and ( 4 ) That groundfish license has an MLOA of less than 60 feet. (B) If a non-AFA catcher vessel that is equal to or greater than 60 feet LOA was used to make at least one legal landing in State of Alaska waters adjacent to the Aleutian Islands Subarea using trawl gear during the period from January 1, 2000, through December 31, 2006, or one landing of Pacific cod from the State of Alaska Pacific cod fishery during the period from January 1, 2000, through December 31, 2006, according to the official record, NMFS shall issue an Aleutian Island area endorsement with a trawl gear designation to a groundfish license assigned to the vessel owner according to the official record, provided that the groundfish license assigned to that non-AFA catcher vessel meets the following criteria: ( 1 ) It was not derived in whole or in part from the qualifying fishing history of an AFA vessel; ( 2 ) It has a trawl gear designation; ( 3 ) It does not have a catcher/processor vessel designation; and ( 4 ) At least 1,000 mt of legal landings of Pacific cod using trawl gear in the BSAI were made under the authority of that groundfish license during the period from January 1, 2000, through December 31, 2006, according to the official record. (C) NMFS will assign the AI endorsement to an eligible groundfish license held and designated by the vessel owner beginning on August 14, 2009. (D) If the vessel owner does not hold a groundfish license to which an AI endorsement may be assigned on August 14, 2009 according to the official record, the vessel owner will have the opportunity to amend the official record as described in paragraph (k)(4)(x) of this section to designate an otherwise eligible groundfish license. If the official record is subsequently amended, NMFS will assign the AI endorsement to the groundfish license specified in the amended official record. (x) Trawl gear recent participation official record. (A) The official record will contain all information used by the Regional Administrator to determine the following: ( 1 ) The number of legal landings assigned to a groundfish license for purposes of the trawl gear designation participation requirements described in paragraph (k)(4)(vi) of this section; ( 2 ) The amount of legal landings assigned to a groundfish license for purposes of the AI endorsements described in paragraph (k)(4)(ix) of this section; ( 3 ) The owner of a vessel that has made legal landings that may generate an AI endorsement as described in paragraph (k)(4)(ix) of this section; and ( 4 ) All other relevant information necessary to administer the requirements described in paragraphs (k)(4)(vi) through (k)(4)(ix) of this section. (B) The official record is presumed to be correct. A groundfish license holder has the burden to prove otherwise. For the purposes of creating the official record, the Regional Administrator will presume the following: ( 1 ) A groundfish license is presumed to have been used onboard the same vessel from which that groundfish license was derived, the original qualifying vessel, during the calendar years 2000 and 2001, unless clear and unambiguous written documentation is provided that establishes otherwise; ( 2 ) If more than one person is claiming the same legal landing, then each groundfish license for which the legal landing is being claimed will be credited with the legal landing; ( 3 ) The groundfish license to which an AI endorsement described in paragraph (k)(4)(ix) of this section will be initially assigned. (C) Only legal landings as defined in § 679.2 and documented on State of Alaska fish tickets or NMFS weekly production reports will be used to assign legal landings to a groundfish license. (D) The Regional Administrator will specify by letter a 30-day evidentiary period during which an applicant may provide additional information or evidence to amend or challenge the information in the official record. A person will be limited to one 30-day evidentiary period. Additional information or evidence received after the 30-day evidentiary period specified in the letter has expired will not be considered for purposes of the initial administrative determination. (E) The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant following the expiration of the 30-day evidentiary period if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the person fails to support a person's claims and is insufficient to rebut the presumption that the official record is correct, or if the additional information, evidence, or revised application is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of his or her 30-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies with the information, or the evidence submitted in support of the information. The IAD will also indicate which claims cannot be approved based on the available information or evidence. A person who receives an IAD may appeal pursuant to § 679.43. A person who avails himself or herself of the opportunity to appeal an IAD will receive a non-transferable license pending the final resolution of that appeal, notwithstanding the eligibility of that applicant for some claims based on consistent information in the official record. (5) Qualification for a crab species license. A crab species license will be issued to an eligible applicant who owned a vessel that meets the criteria in paragraphs (k)(5)(i), (k)(5)(ii), and (k)(5)(iii) of this section, except that vessels are exempt from the requirements in paragraph (k)(5)(i) of this section for area/species endorsements at paragraphs (A) and (G) in the table at paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section. (i) General qualification period (GQP). To qualify for one or more of the area/species endorsements in the table at paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section, the requirements of paragraph (k)(5)(iii) of this section must be met and: (A) At least one documented harvest of any amount of crab species must have been made from a vessel between January 1, 1988, and June 27, 1992; or (B) At least one documented harvest of any amount of crab species must have been made from a vessel between January 1, 1988, and December 31, 1994, providing that, during the period January 1, 1988, through February 9, 1992, the vessel for which the documented harvest was made also made a legal landing of any groundfish species harvested in the GOA or BSAI with any authorized gear, except sablefish caught with fixed gear, and, during the period February 10, 1992, through December 11, 1994, made a legal landing of any king or Tanner crab species harvested in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area. (ii) Area/species endorsements. This table provides the documented harvest requirements for LLP crab license area/species endorsements: (iii) Recent participation period (RPP). (A) The RPP is the period from January 1, 1996, through February 7, 1998. To qualify for a crab species license, defined at § 679.2, a person must have made at least one documented harvest of any amount of LLP crab species from a vessel during the RPP and must have held a LLP qualifying fishing history at the time of that documented harvest. A LLP qualifying fishing history meets the documented harvest requirements at paragraphs (k)(5)(i) and (k)(5)(ii) of this section. (B) Exceptions to the RPP. A person does not need to meet the documented harvest requirements in paragraph (k)(5)(iii)(A) of this section if he or she deployed a vessel that met the documented harvest requirements in paragraph (k)(5)(i) of this section, if applicable, paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section, and: ( 1 ) Only qualifies area/species endorsement at paragraph (G) in the table at paragraph (k)(5)(ii). ( 2 ) Those documented harvests were made from a vessel that meets the requirements for vessel length category “C”. ( 3 ) The vessel used to meet the document harvest requirements in paragraphs (k) (5) (i) and (k) (5) (ii) of this section was lost or destroyed, and he or she made a documented harvest of crab species any time during the period beginning after the vessel was lost or destroyed but before January 1, 2000. (iv) Exception to allow purchase of LLP qualifying fishing history after the documented harvest in the RPP. To qualify for a LLP crab species license, a person who made a documented harvest of LLP crab species during the period from January 1, 1998, through February 7, 1998, must have obtained, or entered into a contract to obtain, the LLP qualifying fishing history by 8:36 a.m. Alaska local time on October 10, 1998, (v) A qualified person who owned a vessel on June 17, 1995, that met the requirements in paragraphs (k)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section, but whose vessel was unable to meet requirements of paragraph (k)(5)(iii) of this section because of unavoidable circumstances ( i.e. , the vessel was lost damaged, or otherwise unable to participate in the license limitation crab fisheries) may receive a license if the qualified person is able to demonstrate that: (A) The owner of the vessel at the time of the unavoidable circumstance held a specific intent to conduct fishing for license limitation crab species with that vessel during a specific time period in a specific area; (B) The specific intent to conduct directed fishing for license limitation crab species was thwarted by a circumstance that was: ( 1 ) Unavoidable; ( 2 ) Unique to the owner of that vessel, or unique to that vessel; and ( 3 ) Unforeseen and reasonably unforeseeable to the owner of the vessel; (C) The circumstance that prevented the owner from conducting directed fishing for license limitation crab species actually occurred; (D) Under the circumstances, the owner of the vessel took all reasonable steps to overcome the circumstances that prevented the owner from conducting directed fishing for license limitation crab species; and (E) Any amount of license limitation crab species was harvested on the vessel after the vessel was prevented from participating but before January 1, 2000. (vi) A groundfish license or crab species license may be used on a vessel that is named on the license, that complies with the vessel designation, and that does not exceed the MLOA on the license. (6) Application for a groundfish license or a crab species license —(i) General. The Regional Administrator will issue a groundfish license or a crab species license to an applicant if a complete application is submitted by or on behalf of the applicant during the specified application period, and if that applicant meets all the criteria for eligibility in paragraph (k) of this section. An application that is postmarked or delivered after the ending date for the application period for the License Limitation Program specified in the Federal Register will be denied. An application form will be sent to the last known address of a person identified as an eligible applicant by the official LLP record. An application form may be requested from the Regional Administrator. (ii) Application period. An application period of no less than 90 days will be specified by notification in the Federal Register and other information sources deemed appropriate by the Regional Administrator. (iii) Contents of application. To be complete, an application for a groundfish license or a crab species license must be signed by the applicant, or the individual representing the applicant, and contain the following, as applicable: (A) Name, business address, telephone number, and FAX number of the applicant; (B) Name, state registration number (e.g., ADF&G number), and, if applicable, the USCG documentation number of the vessel being used as the basis for eligibility for a license; and name, state registration number (e.g., ADF&G number), and, if applicable, the USCG documentation number of the vessel to be deployed with the license if different than the vessel used as the basis of eligibility for a license; (C) Name of the managing company, if any; (D) Valid evidence of the documented harvests that are the basis of eligibility for a license, including harvest area, gear used, date of landing, and, if applying for a crab species license, species; (E) Valid evidence of LOA on June 24, 1992, of the vessel used as the basis of eligibility for a license, except if that vessel was under reconstruction on that date, valid evidence of LOA on the date reconstruction was completed and valid evidence of when reconstruction began and ended; (F) Valid evidence of LOA on June 17, 1995, of the vessel used as the basis of eligibility for a license, except if that vessel was under reconstruction on that date, valid evidence of LOA on the date reconstruction was completed, and valid evidence of when reconstruction began and ended; (G) Valid evidence to support the applicant's claim for a vessel designation of catcher vessel or catcher/processor vessel; (H) Valid evidence of ownership of the vessel being used as the basis for eligibility for a license (for USCG documented vessels, valid evidence must be the USCG Abstract of Title), or if eligibility is based on a fishing history that has been separated from a vessel, valid evidence of ownership of the fishing history being used as the basis of eligibility for a license; and (I) Valid evidence of the LOA of the vessel to be deployed by the license if different than the vessel used as the basis for eligibility for a license. (iv) Other information required for special circumstances. (A) Successor-in-interest. If an applicant is applying as the successor-in-interest to an eligible applicant, an application, to be complete, also must contain valid evidence proving the applicant's status as a successor-in-interest to that eligible applicant and: ( 1 ) Valid evidence of the death of that eligible applicant at the time of application, if the eligible applicant was or is an individual; or ( 2 ) Valid evidence that the eligible applicant is no longer in existence at the time of application, if the eligible applicant is not an individual. (B) Norton Sound crab species license endorsement. If an applicant is applying for a crab species license endorsement for Norton Sound and if the applicant is a person, an application, to be complete, must contain valid evidence that the applicant was a State of Alaska permit holder for the Norton Sound king crab summer fishery in 1993 or 1994. If the applicant is a corporation, an application, to be complete, must contain valid evidence that the corporation owned or had a lease for a vessel on June 17, 1995, that participated in the Norton Sound king crab summer fishery in 1993 or 1994. (C) Extended general qualification period. If an applicant is applying for a license based on meeting the general qualification period requirements of paragraph (k)(4)(i)(A)( 2 ) or (k)(4)(i)(B)( 2 ) of this section, the application, to be complete, must indicate which single endorsement area the applicant has selected for license. A license cannot be endorsed for more than one area, notwithstanding the fact that the applicant may have the documented harvests to qualify for more than one endorsement area. (D) Unavoidable circumstances. If a person is claiming that unavoidable circumstances prevented him or her from meeting certain eligibility requirements for a license under paragraph (k) of this section, he or she must provide the information required in the particular paragraph of this section authorizing such a claim, and include valid evidence of the date the vessel was lost, damaged, or otherwise unable to participate in the fishery, and the date a documented harvest was made after the vessel was unable to participate in the fishery by the unavoidable circumstance. (v) Application evaluation. The Regional Administrator will evaluate an application submitted during the specified application period and compare all claims in the application with the information in the official LLP record. Claims in the application that are consistent with information in the official LLP record will be accepted by the Regional Administrator. Inconsistent claims in the application, unless verified by evidence, will not be accepted. Pursuant to paragraph (k)(6)(vii) of this section, an applicant who submits inconsistent claims, or an applicant who fails to submit the information specified in paragraphs (k)(6)(iii) and (k)(6)(iv) of this section, will be provided a 60-day evidentiary period pursuant to paragraph (k)(6)(vii) of this section to submit the specified information, submit evidence to verify his or her inconsistent claims, or submit a revised application with claims consistent with information in the official LLP record. An applicant who submits claims that are inconsistent with information in the official LLP record has the burden of proving that the submitted claims are correct. (vi) Additional information or evidence. The Regional Administrator will evaluate additional information or evidence to support an applicant's inconsistent claims submitted within the 60-day evidentiary period pursuant to paragraph (k)(6)(vii) of this section. If the Regional Administrator determines that the additional information or evidence meets the applicant's burden of proving that the inconsistent claims in his or her application is correct, the official LLP record will be amended and the information will be used in determining whether the applicant is eligible for a license. However, if the Regional Administrator determines that the additional information or evidence does not meet the applicant's burden of proving that the inconsistent claims in his or her application is correct, the applicant will be notified by an initial administrative determination, pursuant to paragraph (k)(6)(viii) of this section, that the applicant did not meet the burden of proof to change the information in the official LLP record. (vii) 60-day evidentiary period. The Regional Administrator will specify by letter a 60-day evidentiary period during which an applicant may provide additional information or evidence to support the claims made in his or her application, or to submit a revised application with claims consistent with information in the official LLP record, if the Regional Administrator determines that the applicant did not meet the burden of proving that the information on the application is correct through evidence provided with the application. Also, an applicant who fails to submit information as specified in paragraphs (k)(6)(iii) and (k)(6)(iv) of this section will have 60 days to provide that information. An applicant will be limited to one 60-day evidentiary period. Additional information or evidence, or a revised application, received after the 60-day evidentiary period specified in the letter has expired will not be considered for purposes of the initial administrative determination. (viii) Initial administrative determinations (IAD). The Regional will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant following the expiration of the 60-day evidentiary period if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the applicant fails to support the applicant's claims and is insufficient to rebut the presumption that the official LLP record is correct, or if the additional information, evidence, or revised application is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of his or her 60-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies in the application, including any deficiencies with the information, the evidence submitted in support of the information, or the revised application. The IAD will also indicate which claims cannot be approved based on the available information or evidence. An applicant who receives an IAD may appeal pursuant to § 679.43. An applicant who avails himself or herself of the opportunity to appeal an IAD will not receive a transferable license until after the final resolution of that appeal, notwithstanding the eligibility of that applicant for some claims based on consistent information in the application. (ix) Issuance of a non-transferable license. The Regional Administrator will issue a non-transferable license to the applicant on issuance of an IAD if required by the license renewal provisions of 5 U.S.C. 558. A non-transferable license authorizes a person to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or crab species as specified on the non-transferable license, and will have the specific endorsements and designations based on the claims in his or her application. A non-transferable license will expire upon final agency action. (x) Surrender of groundfish or crab LLP. A groundfish or crab LLP license may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. A surrendered groundfish or crab LLP license will cease to exist and will not be subsequently reissued. (xi) Surrender and extinguishment of a groundfish LLP endorsement. Endorsements specified on a groundfish LLP license are not severable from a license and cannot be surrendered except that pot gear Pacific cod endorsements specified on groundfish LLP licenses listed in Column C of Table 9 to this part, can be permanently surrendered, removed, and extinguished if: (A) The holder of the groundfish LLP license listed in Column C of Table 9 to this part requests, in writing, that NMFS permanently remove and extinguish all pot gear Pacific cod endorsements specified on that LLP license and acknowledges in that written request that the surrender and removal are permanent and irreversible and that all pot gear Pacific cod endorsements on that LLP license are extinguished; (B) The holder of the groundfish LLP license listed in Column C of Table 9 to this part requests, in writing, that NMFS assign a 220-foot (67 m) MLOA on that LLP license; (C) The holder of the eligible LLP license, or the authorized agent, signs the request; (D) NMFS receives the written request to permanently remove and extinguish all pot gear Pacific cod endorsements specified on the LLP groundfish license by February 6, 2017; and (E) The written request is submitted to NMFS using one of the following methods: ( 1 ) Mail: Regional Administrator, c/o Restricted Access Management Program, NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668; ( 2 ) Fax: 907-586-7354; or ( 3 ) Hand delivery or carrier: NMFS, Room 713, 709 West 9th Street, Juneau, AK 99801. (7) Transfer of a groundfish license or a crab species license —(i) General. The Regional Administrator will transfer a groundfish license, Aleutian Island area endorsement as described under paragraph (k)(7)(viii)(A) of this section, or a crab species license if a complete transfer application is submitted to Restricted Access Management, Alaska Region, NMFS, and if the transfer meets the eligibility criteria as specified in paragraph (k)(7)(ii) of this section. A transfer application form may be requested from the Regional Administrator. (ii) Eligibility criteria for transfers. A groundfish license, Aleutian Island area endorsement as described under paragraph (k)(7)(viii)(A) of this section, or crab species license can be transferred if the following conditions are met: (A) The designated transferee is eligible to document a fishing vessel under Chapter 121, Title 46, U.S.C.; (B) The parties to the transfer do not have any fines, civil penalties, other payments due and outstanding, or outstanding permit sanctions resulting from Federal fishing violations; (C) The transfer will not cause the designated transferee to exceed the license caps in § 679.7(i); and (D) The transfer does not violate any other provision specified in this part. (iii) Contents of application. To be complete, an application for a groundfish license, Aleutian Island area endorsement as described under paragraph (k)(7)(viii)(A) of this section transfer, or a crab species license transfer must be legible, have dated signatures of the applicants, and the applicants must attest that, to the best of the applicant's knowledge, all statements in the application are true. An application to transfer will be provided by NMFS, or is available on the NMFS Alaska Region website at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. The acceptable submittal methods will be specified on the application form. (iv) Incomplete applications. The Regional Administrator will return an incomplete transfer application to the applicant and identify any deficiencies if the Regional Administrator determines that the application does not meet all the criteria identified in paragraph (k)(7) of this section. (v) Transfer by court order, operation of law, or as part of a security agreement. The Regional Administrator will transfer a groundfish license, Aleutian Island area endorsement as described under paragraph (k)(7)(viii)(A) of this section, or a crab species license based on a court order, operation of law, or a security agreement if the Regional Administrator determines that the transfer application is complete and the transfer will not violate any of the provisions of this section. (vi) Voluntary transfer limitation. A groundfish license, Aleutian Island area endorsement as described under paragraph (k)(7)(viii)(A) of this section, or a crab species license may be voluntarily transferred only once in any calendar year. A voluntary transfer is a transfer other than one pursuant to a court order, operation of law, or a security agreement. An application for transfer that would cause a person to exceed the transfer limit of this provision will not be approved. A transfer of an Aleutian Island area endorsement as described under paragraph (k)(7)(viii)(A) of this section to another LLP license, or the transfer of a groundfish license with an Aleutian Island area endorsement as described under paragraph (k)(7)(viii)(A) of this section attached to it will be considered to be a transfer of that Aleutian Island area endorsement. (vii) Request to change the designated vessel. (A) A request to change the vessel designated on an LLP groundfish or crab species license must be made on a transfer application. If this request is approved and made separately from a license transfer, it will count towards the annual limit on voluntary transfers specified in paragraph (k)(7)(vi) of this section. (B) A request to change the vessel designated on an Amendment 80 LLP license or an Amendment 80 LLP/QS license must be made on an Application for Amendment 80 Replacement Vessel in accordance with § 679.4(o)(4)(ii). The MLOA modification specified at paragraph (k)(3)(i)(C) of this section will be effective when a complete application is submitted to NMFS in accordance with paragraph (k)(7) of this section, and the application is approved by the Regional Administrator. (viii) Severability of licenses. (A) Area endorsements or area/species endorsements specified on a license are not severable from the license and must be transferred together, except that Aleutian Island area endorsements on a groundfish license with a trawl gear designation issued under the provisions of paragraph (k)(4)(ix)(A) of this section and that are assigned to a groundfish license with an MLOA of less than 60 feet LOA may be transferred separately from the groundfish license to which that Aleutian Island area endorsement was originally issued to another groundfish license provided that the groundfish license to which that Aleutian Island endorsement is transferred: ( 1 ) Was not derived in whole or in part from the qualifying fishing history of an AFA vessel; ( 2 ) Has a catcher vessel designation; ( 3 ) Has a trawl gear designation; ( 4 ) Has an MLOA of less than 60 feet LOA; and ( 5 ) A complete transfer application is submitted to the Regional Administrator as described under this paragraph (k)(7), and that application is approved. (B) A groundfish license and a crab species license issued based on the legal landings of the same vessel and initially issued to the same qualified person are not severable and must be transferred together. (ix) Other transfer restrictions. The transfer of a LLP license that was issued based on the documented harvests from a vessel that did not have an FFP during the period beginning January 1, 1988, through October 8, 1998, must be accompanied by the vessel from which the documented harvests were made or its replacement vessel, or if the LLP license and vessel were separated by transfer prior to February 7, 1998, then by the vessel that is currently being deployed by the license holder. The Regional Administrator will deny a transfer application that requests the transfer of a LLP license that was issued based on the documented harvests from a vessel that did not have an FFP during the period beginning January 1, 1988, through October 8, 1998, if the appropriate vessel is not being transferred as part of the same transaction. A license holder of an LLP license that was issued based on the documented harvests from a vessel that did not have an FFP during the period beginning January 1, 1988, through October 8, 1998, may replace the vessel from which the documented harvests were made with another vessel that meets the vessel designation and MLOA requirements specified on the LLP license if the original qualifying vessel is lost or destroyed. (8) Other provisions. (i) Any person committing, or a fishing vessel used in the commission of, a violation of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act or any regulations issued pursuant thereto, is subject to the civil and criminal penalty provisions and the civil forfeiture provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, part 621 of this chapter, 15 CFR part 904 (Civil Procedure), and other applicable law. Penalties include, but are not limited to, permanent or temporary sanctions to licenses. (ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of the license limitation program in this part, vessels fishing for species other than license limitation groundfish as defined in § 679.2 that were authorized under Federal regulations to incidentally catch license limitation groundfish without a Federal fisheries permit described at § 679.4(b) will continue to be authorized to catch the maximum retainable bycatch amounts of license limitation groundfish as provided in this part without a groundfish license. (iii) An eligible applicant, who qualifies for a groundfish license or crab species license but whose vessel on which the eligible applicant's qualification was based was lost or destroyed, will be issued a license. This license: (A) Will have the vessel designation of the lost or destroyed vessel. (B) Cannot be used to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or to conduct directed fishing for crab species on a vessel that has an LOA greater than the MLOA designated on the license. (iv) A qualified person who owned a vessel on June 17, 1995, that made a documented harvest of license limitation groundfish, or crab species if applicable, between January 1, 1988, and February 9, 1992, but whose vessel was unable to meet all the criteria in paragraph (k)(4) of this section for a groundfish license or paragraph (k)(5) of this section for a crab species license because of an unavoidable circumstance ( i.e. , the vessel was lost, damaged, or otherwise unable to participate in the license limitation groundfish or crab fisheries) may receive a license if the qualified person is able to demonstrate that: (A) The owner of the vessel at the time of the unavoidable circumstance held a specific intent to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or crab species with that vessel during a specific time period in a specific area. (B) The specific intent to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or crab species with that vessel was thwarted by a circumstance that was: ( 1 ) Unavoidable. ( 2 ) Unique to the owner of that vessel, or unique to that vessel. ( 3 ) Unforeseen and reasonably unforeseeable to the owner of the vessel. (C) The circumstance that prevented the owner from conducting directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or crab species actually occurred. (D) Under the circumstances, the owner of the vessel took all reasonable steps to overcome the circumstance that prevented the owner from conducting directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or crab species. (E) Any amount of license limitation groundfish or appropriate crab species was harvested on the vessel in the specific area that corresponds to the area endorsement or area/species endorsement for which the qualified person who owned a vessel on June 17, 1995, is applying and that the license limitation groundfish or crab species was harvested after the vessel was prevented from participating by the unavoidable circumstance but before June 17, 1995. (v) A groundfish license or a crab species license may be used on a vessel that complies with the vessel designation on the license and that does not exceed the MLOA on the license. (9) Pacific cod endorsements in the BSAI —(i) General. In addition to other requirements of this part, and unless specifically exempted in paragraph (k)(9)(iv) of this section, a license holder must have a Pacific cod endorsement on his or her groundfish license to conduct directed fishing for Pacific cod with hook-and-line or pot gear in the BSAI. A license holder can only use the specific non-trawl gear(s) indicated on his or her license to conduct directed fishing for Pacific cod in the BSAI. (ii) Eligibility requirements for a Pacific cod endorsement. This table provides eligibility requirements for Pacific cod endorsements on an LLP groundfish license: (iii) Explanations for Pacific cod endorsements. (A) All eligibility amounts in the table at paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section will be determined based on round weight equivalents. (B) Discards will not count toward eligibility amounts in the table at paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section. (C) Pacific cod harvested for personal bait use will not count toward eligibility amounts in the table at paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section. (D) A legal landing of Pacific cod in the BSAI for commercial bait will count toward eligibility amounts in the table at paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section. (E) Harvests within the BSAI will count toward eligibility amounts in the table at paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section; however, a license holder will only be able to harvest Pacific cod in the specific areas in the BSAI for which he or she has an area endorsement. (F) Harvests within the BSAI Would count toward eligibility amounts in the table at paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section if: ( 1 ) Those harvests were made from the vessel that was used as the basis of eligibility for the license holder's LLP groundfish license, or ( 2 ) Those harvests were made from a vessel that was not the vessel used as the basis of eligibility for the license holder's LLP groundfish license, provided that, at the time the endorsement-qualifying Pacific cod harvests were made, the person who owned such Pacific cod endorsement-qualifying fishing history also owned the fishing history of a vessel that satisfied the requirements for the LLP groundfish license. ( 3 ) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (k)(9)(iii)(F)( 2 ) of this section, the LLP groundfish license qualifying history or the Pacific cod qualifying history of any one vessel may not be used to satisfy the requirements for issuance of more than one LLP groundfish license endorsed for the BSAI Pacific cod hook-and-line or pot gear fisheries. (G) Except as provided in paragraph 679.4(k)(9)(iii)(D), only harvests of BSAI Pacific cod in the directed fishery will count toward eligibility amounts. (iv) Exemptions to Pacific cod endorsements. (A) Any vessel exempted from the License Limitation Program at paragraph (k)(2) of this section. (B) Any catcher vessel less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA. (C) Any catch of Pacific cod for personal use bait. (v) Combination of landings and hardship provision. Notwithstanding the eligibility requirements in paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section, a license holder may be eligible for a Pacific cod endorsement by meeting the following criteria. (A) Combination of landings. A license holder may combine the landings of a sunken vessel and the landings of a vessel obtained to replace a sunken vessel to satisfy the eligibility amounts in the table at paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section only if he or she meets the requirements in paragraphs (k)(9)(v)(A)( 1 )-( 4 ) of this section. No other combination of landings will satisfy the eligibility amounts in the table at paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section. ( 1 ) The sunken vessel was used as the basis of eligibility for the license holder's groundfish license; ( 2 ) The sunken vessel sank after January 1, 1995; ( 3 ) The vessel obtained to replace the sunken vessel was obtained by December 31 of the year 2 years after the sunken vessel sank; and ( 4 ) The length of the vessel obtained to replace the sunken vessel does not exceed the MLOA specified on the license holder's groundfish license. (B) Hardship provision. A license holder may be eligible for a Pacific cod endorsement because of unavoidable circumstances if he or she meets the requirements in paragraphs (k)(9)(v)(B)( 1 )-( 4 ) of this section. For purposes of this hardship provision, the term license holder includes the person whose landings were used to meet the eligibility requirements for the license holder's groundfish license, if not the same person. ( 1 ) The license holder at the time of the unavoidable circumstance held a specific intent to conduct directed fishing for BSAI Pacific cod in a manner sufficient to meet the landing requirements in the table at paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section but that this intent was thwarted by a circumstance that was: ( i ) Unavoidable; ( ii ) Unique to the license holder, or unique to the vessel that was used as the basis of eligibility for the license holder's groundfish license; and ( iii ) Unforeseen and reasonably unforeseeable to the license holder. ( 2 ) The circumstance that prevented the license holder from conducting directed fishing for BSAI Pacific cod in a manner sufficient to meet the landing requirements in paragraph (k)(9)(ii) actually occurred; ( 3 ) The license holder took all reasonable steps to overcome the circumstance that prevented the license holder from conducting directed fishing for BSAI Pacific cod in a manner sufficient to meet the landing requirements in paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section; and ( 4 ) Any amount of Pacific cod was harvested in the BSAI aboard the vessel that was used as the basis of eligibility for the license holder's groundfish license after the vessel was prevented from participating by the unavoidable circumstance but before April 16, 2000. (10) Pacific cod endorsements in the Western and Central GOA —(i) General. In addition to other requirements of this part, and unless specifically exempted in paragraph (k)(10)(iv) of this section, a license holder must have a Pacific cod endorsement on his or her groundfish license to conduct directed fishing for Pacific cod in the Western Gulf of Alaska or Central Gulf of Alaska with hook-and-line gear, pot gear, or jig gear on a vessel using more than five jig machines, more than one line per machine, and more than 30 hooks per line. A license holder can only use the specific non-trawl gear(s) indicated on his or her license to conduct directed fishing for Pacific cod in the Western Gulf of Alaska or Central Gulf of Alaska. (ii) Eligibility requirements for a Pacific cod endorsement. This table provides eligibility requirements for Pacific cod endorsements on an LLP groundfish license: (iii) Explanations for Pacific cod endorsements. (A) All eligibility amounts in the table at paragraph (k)(10)(ii) of this section will be determined based on round weight equivalents. (B) NMFS shall assign a legal landing to a groundfish license in an area based only on information contained in the official record described in paragraph (k)(10)(v) of this section. (C) Notwithstanding the eligibility amount in the table at paragraph (k)(10)(ii) of this section, NMFS shall assign a non-trawl Pacific cod endorsement with a catcher/processor and a hook-and-line gear designation in the regulatory areas specified to those groundfish licenses listed in Table 49 to part 679; (D) If a groundfish license meets the criteria described in paragraph (k)(3)(i)(B)( 2 ) of this section and NMFS has redesignated the MLOA of that groundfish license based on those criteria, then NMFS may assign a non-trawl Pacific cod endorsement with the specific gear designation(s) and regulatory area(s) applicable to the redesignated MLOA of that groundfish license based on the eligibility criteria established in paragraph (k)(10)(ii) of this section; and (E) NMFS may issue groundfish licenses with non-trawl Pacific cod endorsements to CQEs as specified in paragraph (k)(10)(vi) of this section. (iv) Exemptions to Pacific cod endorsements. Any vessel exempted from the License Limitation Program at paragraph (k)(2) of this section. (v) Non-trawl gear recent participation official record. (A) The official record will contain all information used by the Regional Administrator to determine the following: ( 1 ) The number of legal landings and amount of legal landings assigned to a groundfish license for purposes of the non-trawl gear designation participation requirements described in paragraph (k)(10)(ii) of this section; ( 2 ) All other relevant information necessary to administer the requirements described in paragraphs (k)(3)(i)(B) and (k)(10) of this section. (B) The official record is presumed to be correct. A groundfish license holder has the burden to prove otherwise. (C) Only legal landings as defined in § 679.2 and documented on State of Alaska fish tickets or NMFS weekly production reports will be used to assign legal landings to a groundfish license. (D) If more than one groundfish license holder is claiming the same legal landing because their groundfish license designated the vessel at the time that the legal landing was made, then each groundfish license for which the legal landing is being claimed will be credited with the legal landing. (E) The Regional Administrator will specify by letter a 30-day evidentiary period during which an applicant may provide additional information or evidence to amend or challenge the information in the official record. A person will be limited to one 30-day evidentiary period. Additional information or evidence received after the 30-day evidentiary period specified in the letter has expired will not be considered for purposes of the initial administrative determination (IAD). (F) The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant following the expiration of the 30-day evidentiary period if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the person fails to support the person's claims and is insufficient to rebut the presumption that the official record is correct, or if the additional information, evidence, or revised application is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of his or her 30-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies with the information, or with the evidence submitted in support of the information. The IAD will also indicate which claims cannot be approved based on the available information or evidence. A person who receives an IAD may appeal pursuant to § 679.43. A person who avails himself or herself of the opportunity to appeal an IAD will receive a non-transferable license pending the final resolution of that appeal, notwithstanding the eligibility of that applicant for some claims based on consistent information in the official record. (vi) Issuance of non-trawl groundfish licenses to CQEs. (A) Each CQE that has been approved by the Regional Administrator under the requirements of § 679.41(l)(3) to represent a community listed in Table 21 to part 679 that is eligible for Pacific cod endorsed non-trawl groundfish licenses, may apply to receive the maximum number of groundfish licenses listed in Table 21 to part 679 on behalf of the eligible communities listed in Table 21 to part 679 that CQE is designated to represent. In order to receive a groundfish license, a CQE must submit a complete application for a groundfish license to the Regional Administer. A CQE may not apply for, and may not receive more than the maximum number of groundfish licenses designated in the regulatory area specified for a community as listed in Table 21 to part 679. (B) The application for a CQE to receive a groundfish license must include: ( 1 ) Name of contact person(s) for the CQE, NMFS person number, permanent business mailing addresses, business phone, business e-mail, and business fax; ( 2 ) A statement describing the procedures that will be used to determine the distribution of LLP licenses to residents of the community represented by that CQE; ( 3 ) Procedures used to solicit requests from residents to be assigned an LLP license; ( 4 ) Criteria used to determine the distribution of the use of LLP licenses among qualified community residents and the relative weighting of those criteria; and ( 5 ) The gear designation of groundfish license for which the CQE is applying provided that the community for which the CQE is applying is eligible to receive a groundfish license designated for the Central Gulf of Alaska and the application to receive a groundfish license has been received by NMFS not later than six months after April 21, 2011. (C) A groundfish license approved for issuance to a CQE by the Regional Administrator for a community listed in Table 21 to part 679: ( 1 ) May not be transferred to any person from the CQE; ( 2 ) Will have only the regional designation specified for that community as listed in Table 21 to part 679; ( 3 ) Will have an MLOA of 60 feet specified on the license; ( 4 ) Will have only a catcher vessel designation; ( 5 ) Will receive only a non-trawl gear endorsement; ( 6 ) Will be assigned a Pacific cod endorsement with a non-trawl gear designation as specified in paragraph (k)(10)(vi)(D) of this section. ( 7 ) May not be assigned to any vessel other than the vessel specified for that groundfish license in the annual CQE authorization letter; ( 8 ) May not be assigned for use by any person(s) other than the person(s) specified for that groundfish license in the annual CQE authorization letter, or any subsequent amendment to that authorization letter that is made by the CQE provided that NMFS receives that amendment prior to that person using that groundfish license aboard a vessel; and ( 9 ) May not be assigned to more than one vessel per calendar year. (D) The CQE must provide a copy of the annual CQE authorization letter, and any subsequent amendment to that authorization letter that is made by the CQE to NMFS and the vessel operator prior to the person(s) designated in the authorization letter using that groundfish license aboard a vessel. The vessel operator must maintain a copy of the annual CQE authorization letter, and any subsequent amendment to that authorization letter that is made by the CQE onboard the vessel when that vessel is directed fishing for Pacific cod under the authority of that groundfish license. The authorization letter, and any subsequent amendment to that authorization letter must be submitted to the Regional Administrator. (E) The CQE must attest in the annual CQE authorization letter, or any subsequent amendment to that authorization letter, that the person(s) using a groundfish license issued to a CQE: ( 1 ) Is a citizen of the United States; ( 2 ) Has maintained a domicile in a CQE community in the Central GOA or Western GOA eligible to receive an LLP license endorsed for Pacific cod for the 12 consecutive months immediately preceding the time when the assertion of residence is made; and ( 3 ) Is not claiming residency in another community, state, territory, or country, except that residents of the Village of Seldovia shall be considered to be eligible community residents of the City of Seldovia for the purposes of eligibility to serve as an authorized person. (F) Non-trawl Pacific cod gear endorsements on groundfish licenses approved for issuance to CQEs by the Regional Administrator shall have the following gear designations: ( 1 ) NMFS will issue only pot gear Pacific cod endorsements for groundfish licenses with a Western Gulf of Alaska designation to CQEs on behalf of a community listed in Table 21 to part 679. ( 2 ) NMFS will issue either a pot gear or a hook-and-line gear Pacific cod endorsement for a groundfish license with a Central Gulf of Alaska designation to CQEs on behalf of a community listed in Table 21 to part 679 based on the application for a groundfish license as described in paragraph (k)(10)(vi)(B) of this section provided that application is received by NMFS not later than six months after April 21, 2011. If an application to receive a groundfish license with a Central Gulf of Alaska designation on behalf of a community listed in Table 21 to part 679 is received later than six months after April 21, 2011, NMFS will issue an equal number of pot gear and hook-and-line gear Pacific cod endorsements for a groundfish license issued to the CQE on behalf of a community listed in Table 21 to part 679. In cases where the total number of groundfish licenses issued on behalf of a community listed in Table 21 to part 679 is not even, NMFS will issue one more groundfish license with a pot gear Pacific cod endorsement than the number of groundfish licenses with a hook-and-line gear Pacific cod endorsement. (G) An annual report on the use of Pacific cod endorsed non-trawl groundfish licenses shall be submitted by the CQE as required at § 679.5(t). (vii) Additional endorsements for groundfish license holders eligible to participate in the Western and/or Central GOA Pacific cod fisheries —(A) Requirements. A license limitation groundfish license holder can elect to permanently add a catcher vessel endorsement for Pacific cod for the same gears and areas for which the license is currently endorsed, for the Western and/or Central GOA if the license holder— ( 1 ) Is operating under the authority of a groundfish license endorsed for Pacific cod in Western and Central GOA, as described at paragraphs (k)(4)(vi) or (k)(10)(ii) of this section; ( 2 ) Is endorsed to participate as a catcher/processor in the Western and/or Central GOA Pacific cod fishery; and, ( 3 ) Made a minimum of one Pacific cod landing while operating as a catcher vessel under the authority of the catcher/processor license in Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, from January 1, 2002, through December 31, 2008. ( 4 ) Or, is the holder of a license limitation groundfish license endorsed for trawl gear Western and/or Central GOA and made a minimum of one Pacific cod landing while operating as a catcher vessel under the authority of the catcher/processor license in Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, from January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2008. (B) Additional Central GOA and/or Western GOA catcher vessel endorsement. Any holder of an LLP license that has a catcher vessel endorsement for the Western and/or Central GOA under paragraph (k)(10)(vii) of this section— ( 1 ) Will have all directed catch of Pacific cod harvested under the authority of that groundfish license accrue against the respective GOA regulatory area catcher vessel allocations; and ( 2 ) Will have all incidental catch of Pacific cod in the Western GOA or Central GOA Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, harvested under the authority of that groundfish license accrue against the respective GOA regulatory area catcher vessel allocations. (C) Eligible license holders not electing to add catcher vessel endorsement(s). Any holder of an LLP license that does not have a catcher vessel endorsement for the Western and/or Central GOA under (k)(10)(vii) of this section may participate in the Western GOA or Central GOA directed Pacific cod fishery as a catcher/processor or a catcher vessel; however, direct and incidental catch of Pacific cod in the Western GOA and Central GOA will accrue against the respective catcher/processor allocation. (D) Multiple or stacked LLP licenses. For a vessel that does not meet the requirements at paragraph (k)(10)(vii) of this section but does have multiple, stacked, LLP licenses and one of those stacked licenses is endorsed as a catcher/processor eligible to harvest Pacific cod in the Western GOA or Central GOA Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, all catch will accrue against the catcher/processor sector allocation for that gear type. (E) Catch history. NMFS will assign legal landings to each groundfish license for an area based only on information contained in the official record as described in paragraph (k)(10)(viii) of this section. (viii) Catcher/processor participation in the Western GOA and Central GOA official record. (A) The official record will contain all information used by the Regional Administrator to determine the following: ( 1 ) The number and amount of legal landings made under the authority of that license by gear type, and operational mode; ( 2 ) All other relevant information necessary to administer the requirements described in paragraphs (k)(10)(vii)(A)( 1 ) through (k)(10)(vii)(A)( 3 ) of this section. (B) The official record is presumed to be correct. A groundfish license holder has the burden to prove otherwise. (C) For the purposes of creating the official record, the Regional Administrator will presume if more than one person is claiming the same legal landing, that each groundfish license for which the legal landing is being claimed will be credited with the legal landing; (D) Only legal landings as defined in § 679.2 and documented on State of Alaska Fish Tickets or NMFS weekly production reports will be used to assign legal landings to a groundfish license. (E) The Regional Administrator will specify by letter a 30-day evidentiary period during which an applicant may provide additional information or evidence to amend or challenge the information in the official record. A person will be limited to one 30-day evidentiary period. Additional information or evidence received after the 30-day evidentiary period specified in the letter has expired will not be considered for purposes of the initial administrative determination. (F) The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant following the expiration of the 30-day evidentiary period if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the person fails to support the person's claims and is insufficient to rebut the presumption that the official record is correct, or if the additional information, evidence, or revised application is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of his or her 30-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies with the information, or the evidence submitted in support of the information. The IAD will also indicate which claims cannot be approved based on the available information or evidence. A person who receives an IAD may appeal pursuant to § 679.43. A person who avails himself or herself of the opportunity to appeal an IAD that is accepted by the National Appeals Office will receive a non-transferable license pending the final resolution of that appeal, notwithstanding the eligibility of that applicant for some claims based on consistent information in the official record. (11) Restrictions on licenses earned on AFA catcher vessels and listed AFA catcher/processors. No person may use an LLP license that was derived in whole or in part from the qualifying fishing history of an AFA catcher vessel or a listed AFA catcher/processor to fish for groundfish or crab on a non-AFA catcher vessel or non-AFA catcher/processor. NMFS will identify all such licenses affected by this restriction and inform the holders of such licenses of this restriction through a restriction printed on the face of the license. (12) Rockfish QS —(i) General. In addition to other requirements of this part, a license holder must have rockfish QS assigned to his or her groundfish LLP license to conduct directed fishing for rockfish primary species and rockfish secondary species with trawl gear. (ii) Eligibility requirements for rockfish QS. The eligibility requirements to receive rockfish QS are established in § 679.80(b). (13) Amendment 80 Program. In addition to other requirements of this part, a license holder must have an Amendment 80 LLP license to conduct fishing for an Amendment 80 species assigned to the Amendment 80 sector. (14) Yellowfin sole trawl limited access sector (TLAS) directed fishery endorsement in the BSAI —(i) General. In addition to other requirements of this part, and unless specifically exempted in paragraph (k)(2) of this section, a vessel must be designated on a groundfish LLP license that has a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement in order to conduct directed fishing for yellowfin sole with trawl gear in the BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector fishery and deliver the catch to a mothership. A vessel designated on a groundfish LLP license with trawl and catcher/processor vessel designations and a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement may operate as a catcher vessel and deliver its catch of yellowfin sole harvested in the directed BSAI TLAS fishery to a mothership, or operate as a catcher/processor and catch and process its own catch in this fishery. (ii) Eligibility requirements for a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement. (A) A groundfish LLP license is eligible to receive a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement if the groundfish LLP license: ( 1 ) Had a vessel designated on it, in any year from 2008 through 2015, that made at least one legal trip target landing of yellowfin sole in the BSAI TLAS directed fishery to a mothership in any one year from 2008 through 2015, inclusive, where a trip target is the groundfish species for which the retained amount of that groundfish species is greater than the retained amount of any other groundfish species for that trip; ( 2 ) Has a Bering Sea area endorsement and a trawl gear designation; and ( 3 ) Is credited by NMFS with a legal trip target landing specified in paragraph (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section. (B) If a vessel specified in paragraph (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section was designated on more than one groundfish LLP license from 2008 through 2015 and made at least one legal trip target landing in a BSAI TLAS directed fishery from 2008 through 2015, the vessel owner must specify to NMFS only one of those groundfish LLP licenses to receive credit with the legal trip target landing(s) specified in paragraph (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section. (iii) Explanations for BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement. (A) NMFS will determine whether a groundfish LLP license is eligible to receive a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement under paragraph (k)(14)(ii) of this section based only on information contained in the official record described in paragraph (k)(14)(v) of this section. (B) NMFS will credit a groundfish LLP license with a legal trip target landing specified in paragraph (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section if that groundfish LLP license was the only groundfish LLP license on which the vessel was designated from 2008 through 2015. If a vessel that made at least one legal trip target landing specified in paragraph (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section was designated on more than one groundfish LLP license from 2008 through 2015 and made at least one legal trip target landing in a BSAI TLAS directed fishery from 2008 through 2015, the vessel owner must notify NMFS which one of those groundfish LLP licenses NMFS is to credit with the legal trip target landing(s) specified in paragraph (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section. (C) Trip target landings will be determined based on round weight equivalents. (iv) Exemptions to BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole endorsements. Any vessel exempted from the License Limitation Program at paragraph (k)(2) of this section is exempted from the requirement to have a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole endorsement to deliver catch of BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole to a mothership for processing. (v) BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole participation official record. (A) The official record will contain all information used by the Regional Administrator that is necessary to administer the requirements described in paragraph (k)(14) of this section. (B) The official record is presumed to be correct. A groundfish LLP license holder has the burden to prove otherwise. (C) Only legal landings as defined in § 679.2 and documented on State of Alaska fish tickets or NMFS weekly production reports will be used to determine legal trip target landings under paragraph (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section. (vi) Process for issuing BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole endorsements. (A) NMFS will issue to the holder of each groundfish LLP license endorsed to use trawl gear in the Bering Sea and designated in Column A of Table 52 to this part a notice of eligibility to receive a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement and a revised groundfish LLP license with a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement. (B) NMFS will issue to the holder of each groundfish LLP license endorsed to use trawl gear in the Bering Sea and designated in Column A of Table 53 to this part a notice of eligibility to be credited with a legal trip target landing specified in (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section. ( 1 ) NMFS will also issue to the owner of the vessel designated on the groundfish LLP licenses in Column A of Table 53 a notice of eligibility for the two listed groundfish LLP licenses to be credited with a legal trip target landing specified in (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section. The notice to the vessel owner will provide instructions for the vessel owner to select the one groundfish LLP license that NMFS is to credit with the legal trip target landing specified in (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section. ( 2 ) The holder of a groundfish LLP license in Column A of Table 53 will receive a revised groundfish LLP license with a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement if: ( i ) The owner of the vessel designated on the groundfish LLP license requests in writing that NMFS credit that groundfish LLP license with the legal trip target landing specified in paragraph (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section; ( ii ) The vessel owner, or the authorized agent, signs the request; ( iii ) The written request is submitted to NMFS using one of the following methods: Mail at Regional Administrator, c/o Restricted Access Management Program, NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668; fax at 907-586-7352; or hand delivery or carrier at NMFS, Room 713, 709 West 9th Street, Juneau, AK 99801; and ( iv ) NMFS receives the written request and credits the groundfish LLP license with the legal trip target landing specified in paragraph (k)(14)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section. ( 3 ) The holder of a groundfish LLP license in Column A of Table 53 that is not selected by the vessel owner will receive a notice, using the address on record at the time the notification is sent, informing the holder that the groundfish LLP license was not selected by the vessel owner, will not be credited with a legal trip target landing, and will not receive a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole endorsement. The notice will inform the holder of the groundfish LLP license of the timing and process through which the holder can provide additional information or evidence to amend or challenge the information in the official record of this section as specified in paragraphs (k)(14)(vi)(D) and (E) of this section. (C) NMFS will issue to the holder of a groundfish LLP license with a Bering Sea trawl designation and that is not listed in either Table 52 or 53 a notice informing that holder that the groundfish LLP license is not eligible to be credited with a legal trip target landing or receive a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement based on the official record, using the address on record at the time the notification is sent. The notice will inform the holder of the groundfish LLP license of the timing and process through which the holder can provide additional information or evidence to amend or challenge the information in the official record of this section, as specified in paragraphs (k)(14)(vi)(D) and (E) of this section. (D) The Regional Administrator will specify by letter a 30-day evidentiary period during which an applicant may provide additional information or evidence to amend or challenge the information in the official record. A person will be limited to one 30-day evidentiary period. Additional information or evidence received after the 30-day evidentiary period specified in the letter has expired will not be considered for purposes of the initial administrative determination (IAD). (E) The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant following the expiration of the 30-day evidentiary period, if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the person fails to support the person's claims and is insufficient to rebut the presumption that the official record is correct, or if the additional information, evidence, or revised application is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of his or her 30-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies with the information or evidence submitted. The IAD will also indicate which claims cannot be approved based on the available information or evidence. A person who receives an IAD may appeal pursuant to 15 CFR part 906. NMFS will issue a non-transferable interim license that is effective until final agency action on the IAD to an applicant who avails himself or herself of the opportunity to appeal an IAD and who has a credible claim to eligibility for a BSAI TLAS yellowfin sole endorsement. (15) BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement —(i) General. In addition to other requirements of this part, a catcher/processor must be designated on a groundfish LLP license that has a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement in order to receive and process Pacific cod harvested and delivered by a catcher vessel directed fishing in the BSAI non-CDQ Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel fishery as specified in § 679.20(a)(7)(ii)(A). A catcher/processor designated on a groundfish LLP license with Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands area, catcher/processor operation, and BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsements may operate as a mothership, as defined at § 679.2, to receive and process Pacific cod harvested by a catcher vessel directed fishing in the BSAI non-CDQ Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel fishery as specified in § 679.20(a)(7)(ii)(A). (ii) Eligibility requirements for a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement. A groundfish LLP license is eligible to receive a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement if the groundfish LLP license: (A) Has Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands area and catcher/processor operation endorsements; (B) Had a catcher/processor designated on it that received and processed at least one legal mothership trip target of Pacific cod delivered from a catcher vessel directed fishing in the BSAI non-CDQ Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel fishery as specified in § 679.20(a)(7)(ii)(A) in each of the three years of the qualifying period of 2015 through 2017, inclusive, where a mothership trip target is, in the aggregate, the groundfish species that is delivered by a catcher vessel to a given catcher/processor acting as a mothership in an amount greater than the retained amount of any other groundfish species delivered by the same catcher vessel to the same catcher/processor for a given week; and (C) Is credited by NMFS with receiving a legal mothership trip target specified in paragraph (k)(15)(ii)(B) of this section. (iii) Explanations for BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement. (A) NMFS will determine whether a groundfish LLP license is eligible to receive a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement under paragraph (k)(15)(ii) of this section based only on information contained in the official record described in paragraph (k)(15)(iv) of this section. (B) NMFS will credit a groundfish LLP license with receipt of a legal mothership trip target specified in paragraph (k)(15)(ii)(B) of this section if that groundfish LLP license was the only groundfish LLP license on which the catcher/processor that received and processed legal mothership trip targets was designated from 2015 through 2017. (C) Mothership trip targets will be determined based on round weight equivalents. (iv) Official record of participation in the BSAI non-CDQ Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel fishery. (A) The official record will contain all information used by the Regional Administrator that is necessary to administer the requirements described in paragraph (k)(15) of this section. (B) The official record is presumed to be correct. A groundfish LLP license holder has the burden to prove otherwise. (C) Only legal landings as defined in § 679.2 and documented on NMFS production reports will be used to determine legal mothership trip targets under paragraph (k)(15)(ii)(B) of this section. (v) Process for issuing BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsements. (A) NMFS will issue to the holder of each groundfish LLP license with Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands area and catcher/processor operation endorsements, and specified in Column A of Table 57 of this part, a notice of eligibility to receive a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement and a revised groundfish LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement. (B) NMFS will issue to the holder of a groundfish LLP license with Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands area and catcher/processor operation endorsements, and that is not listed in Table 57 of this part, a notice informing that holder that the groundfish LLP license is not eligible to be credited with at least one legal mothership trip target of Pacific cod in the BSAI non-CDQ Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel fishery for each year during the qualifying period or receive a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement based on the official record, using the address on record at the time the notice is sent. The notice specified in this paragraph (k)(15)(v)(B) will inform the holder of the groundfish LLP license of the timing and process through which the holder can provide additional information or evidence to amend or challenge the information in the official record of this section, as specified in paragraphs (k)(15)(v)(C) and (D) of this section. (C) The Regional Administrator will specify by notice a 30-day evidentiary period during which an applicant may provide additional information or evidence to amend or challenge the information in the official record. A person will be limited to one 30-day evidentiary period. Additional information or evidence received after the 30-day evidentiary period specified in the letter has expired will not be considered for purposes of the initial administrative determination (IAD). (D) The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant following the expiration of the 30-day evidentiary period, if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the person fails to support the person's claims and is insufficient to rebut the presumption that the official record is correct, or if the additional information, evidence, or revised application is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of his or her 30-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies with the information or evidence submitted. The IAD will also indicate which claims cannot be approved based on the available information or evidence. A person who receives an IAD may appeal pursuant to 15 CFR part 906. NMFS will issue a non-transferable interim license that is effective until final agency action on the IAD to an applicant who avails himself or herself of the opportunity to appeal an IAD and who has a credible claim to eligibility for a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement. (16) PCTC Program. In addition to other requirements of this part, an LLP license holder must have PCTC Program QS assigned to their groundfish LLP license to join a PCTC Program cooperative to harvest Pacific cod. (l) AFA permits —(1) General —(i) Applicability. In addition to any other permit and licensing requirements set out in this part, any vessel used to engage in directed fishing for a non-CDQ allocation of pollock in the BS and any shoreside processor, stationary floating processor, or mothership that receives pollock harvested in a non-CDQ directed pollock fishery in the BS must have a valid AFA permit onboard the vessel or at the facility location at all times while non-CDQ pollock is being harvested or processed. In addition, the owner of any vessel that is a member of a pollock cooperative in the BS must also have a valid AFA permit for every vessel that is a member of the cooperative, regardless of whether or not the vessel actually engages in directed fishing for pollock in the BS. Finally, an AFA permit does not exempt a vessel operator, vessel, or processor from any other applicable permit or licensing requirement required under this part or in other state or Federal regulations. (ii) Duration —(A) Expiration of interim AFA permits. All interim AFA vessel and processor permits issued prior to January 1, 2002, will expire on December 31, 2002, unless extended or re-issued by NMFS. (B) Duration of final AFA permits. ( 1 ) Except as provided in paragraphs (l)(1)(ii)(B)( 2 ), (l)(1)(ii)(B)( 3 ), (l)(5)(v)(B)( 3 ), and (l)(6)(iii) of this section, AFA vessel and processor permits issued under this paragraph (l) are valid indefinitely unless the permit is suspended or revoked. ( 2 ) An AFA vessel permit is revoked when the vessel designated on the permit is replaced or removed under paragraph (l)(7) of this section. ( 3 ) In the event of a total loss or constructive loss of an AFA vessel, ( i ) The AFA vessel permit that designates the lost AFA vessel will be valid from the date of the vessel loss up to 5 years from December 31 of the year in which the vessel was lost and will be suspended after that date, unless the AFA vessel permit for the lost vessel was revoked before that date because the lost vessel was replaced or removed under paragraph (l)(7) of this section. For example, if a vessel sinks on February 15, 2016, the AFA permit on the vessel will be valid until December 31, 2021, unless the owner of the vessel replaces or removes the vessel before December 31, 2021; after December 31, 2021, the AFA permit on the lost vessel will be suspended until the AFA vessel owner replaces or removes the lost vessel; ( ii ) The owner of the lost AFA vessel must notify NMFS in writing of the vessel loss within 120 days of the date of the total loss or constructive loss of the vessel; ( iii ) For purposes of paragraph (l)(1)(ii)(B)( 3 ) of this section, an AFA lost vessel is a vessel that has been subject to a total loss or a constructive loss; a total loss means that the vessel is physically lost such as from sinking or a fire; a constructive loss means that the vessel suffered damage so that the cost of repairing the vessel exceeded the value of the vessel; the date of the total loss of a vessel is the date on which the physical loss occurred; the date of the constructive loss of a vessel is the date on which the damage to the vessel occurred. (C) Surrender of AFA permits. Except for AFA inshore processor permits, AFA permits may not be surrendered. (iii) Application for permit. NMFS will issue AFA vessel and processor permits to the current owner(s) of a qualifying vessel or processor if the owner(s) submits to the Regional Administrator a completed AFA permit application that is subsequently approved. (iv) Amended permits. AFA vessel and processor permits may not be used on or transferred to any vessel or processor that is not listed on the permit. However, AFA permits may be amended by NMFS to reflect any change in the ownership of the vessel or processor after submittal of this information to NMFS in a written letter. (2) AFA catcher/processor permits—(i) Listed AFA catcher/processors. NMFS will issue to an owner of a catcher/processor a listed AFA catcher/processor permit if the catcher/processor is one of the following (as listed in AFA paragraphs 208(e)(1) through (20)): (A) AMERICAN DYNASTY (USCG documentation number 951307); (B) KATIE ANN (USCG documentation number 518441); (C) AMERICAN TRIUMPH (USCG documentation number 646737); (D) NORTHERN EAGLE (USCG documentation number 506694); (E) NORTHERN HAWK (USCG documentation number 643771); (F) NORTHERN JAEGER (USCG documentation number 521069); (G) OCEAN ROVER (USCG documentation number 552100); (H) ALASKA OCEAN (USCG documentation number 637856); (I) ENDURANCE (USCG documentation number 592206); (J) AMERICAN ENTERPRISE (USCG documentation number 594803); (K) ISLAND ENTERPRISE (USCG documentation number 610290); (L) KODIAK ENTERPRISE (USCG documentation number 579450); (M) SEATTLE ENTERPRISE (USCG documentation number 904767); (N) US ENTERPRISE (USCG documentation number 921112); (O) ARCTIC STORM (USCG documentation number 903511); (P) ARCTIC FJORD (USCG documentation number 940866); (Q) NORTHERN GLACIER (USCG documentation number 663457); (R) PACIFIC GLACIER (USCG documentation number 933627); (S) HIGHLAND LIGHT (USCG documentation number 577044); (T) STARBOUND (USCG documentation number 944658). (ii) Unlisted AFA catcher/processors. NMFS will issue to an owner of a catcher/processor an unlisted AFA catcher/processor permit if the catcher/processor is not listed in § 679.4(l)(2)(i) and is determined by the Regional Administrator to have harvested more than 2,000 mt of pollock in the 1997 BSAI directed pollock fishery. (iii) AFA replacement vessels. (A) NMFS will issue a listed AFA catcher/processor permit to the owner of a catcher/processor that is a replacement vessel for a vessel that was designated on a listed AFA catcher/processor permit. (B) NMFS will issue an unlisted AFA catcher/processor permit to the owner of a catcher/processor that is a replacement vessel for a vessel that was designated on an unlisted AFA catcher/processor permit. (iv) Application for AFA catcher/processor permit. A completed application for an AFA catcher/processor permit must contain: (A) Vessel information. The vessel name, ADF&G registration number, USCG documentation number, vessel telephone number (if any), gross tons, shaft horsepower, and registered length (in feet); (B) Ownership information. The managing owner name(s), tax ID number(s), signature(s), business mailing address(es), business telephone number(s), business fax number(s), business e-mail address(es), and managing company (if any); (3) AFA catcher vessel permits. NMFS will issue to an owner of a catcher vessel an AFA catcher vessel permit containing sector endorsements and sideboard restrictions upon receipt and approval of a completed application for an AFA catcher vessel permit. (i) Qualifying criteria —(A) Catcher vessels delivering to catcher/processors. NMFS will endorse an AFA catcher vessel permit to authorize directed fishing for pollock for delivery to a catcher/processor if the catcher vessel: ( 1 ) Is one of the following (as listed in paragraphs 208(b)(1) through (7) of the AFA): AMERICAN CHALLENGER (USCG documentation number 633219); FORUM STAR (USCG documentation number 925863); MUIR MILACH (USCG documentation number 611524); NEAHKAHNIE (USCG documentation number 599534); OCEAN HARVESTER (USCG documentation number 549892); SEA STORM (USCG documentation number 628959); TRACY ANNE (USCG documentation number 904859); or AMERICAN CHALLENGER (USCG documentation number 633219); FORUM STAR (USCG documentation number 925863); MUIR MILACH (USCG documentation number 611524); NEAHKAHNIE (USCG documentation number 599534); OCEAN HARVESTER (USCG documentation number 549892); SEA STORM (USCG documentation number 628959); TRACY ANNE (USCG documentation number 904859); or ( 2 ) Is not listed in paragraph (l)(3)(i)(A)( 1 ) of this section and is determined by the Regional Administrator to have delivered at least 250 mt and at least 75 percent of the pollock it harvested in the directed BSAI pollock fishery in 1997 to catcher/processors for processing by the offshore component; or ( 3 ) Is an AFA replacement vessel for a vessel that was designated on an AFA catcher vessel permit with a catcher/processor endorsement. (B) Catcher vessels delivering to AFA motherships. NMFS will endorse an AFA catcher vessel permit to authorize directed fishing for pollock for delivery to an AFA mothership if the catcher vessel: ( 1 ) Is one of the following (as listed in paragraphs 208(c)(1) through (20) and in subsection 211(e) of the AFA): ( i ) ALEUTIAN CHALLENGER (USCG documentation number 603820); ( ii ) ALYESKA (USCG documentation number 560237); ( iii ) AMBER DAWN (USCG documentation number 529425); ( iv ) AMERICAN BEAUTY (USCG documentation number 613847); ( v ) CALIFORNIA HORIZON (USCG documentation number 590758); ( vi ) MAR-GUN (USCG documentation number 525608); ( vii ) MARGARET LYN (USCG documentation number 615563); ( viii ) MARK I (USCG documentation number 509552); ( ix ) MISTY DAWN (USCG documentation number 926647); ( x ) NORDIC FURY (USCG documentation number 542651); ( xi ) OCEAN LEADER (USCG documentation number 561518); ( xii ) OCEANIC (USCG documentation number 602279); ( xiii ) PACIFIC ALLIANCE (USCG documentation number 612084); ( xiv ) PACIFIC CHALLENGER (USCG documentation number 518937); ( xv ) PACIFIC FURY (USCG documentation number 561934); ( xvi ) PAPADO II (USCG documentation number 536161); ( xvii ) TRAVELER (USCG documentation number 929356); ( xviii ) VESTERAALEN (USCG documentation number 611642); ( xix ) WESTERN DAWN (USCG documentation number 524423); ( xx ) LISA MARIE (USCG documentation number 1038717); or ( 2 ) Is not listed in paragraph (l)(3)(i)(B)( 1 ) of this section and is determined by the Regional Administrator to have delivered at least 250 mt of pollock for processing by motherships in the offshore component of the BSAI directed pollock fishery in any one of the years 1996 or 1997, or between January 1, 1998, and September 1, 1998, and is not eligible for an endorsement to deliver pollock to catcher/processors under paragraph (l)(3)(i)(A) of this section; or ( 3 ) Is an AFA replacement vessel for a vessel that was designated on an AFA catcher vessel permit with a mothership endorsement. (C) Catcher vessels delivering to AFA inshore processors. NMFS will endorse an AFA catcher vessel permit to authorize directed fishing for pollock for delivery to an AFA inshore processor if the catcher vessel is: ( 1 ) One of the following vessels authorized by statute to engage in directed fishing for inshore sector pollock: HAZEL LORRAINE (USCG documentation number 592211), LISA MARIE (USCG documentation number 1038717), PROVIDIAN (USCG documentation number 1062183); or HAZEL LORRAINE (USCG documentation number 592211), LISA MARIE (USCG documentation number 1038717), PROVIDIAN (USCG documentation number 1062183); or ( 2 ) Is not listed in § 679.4(l)(3)(i)(A), and: ( i ) Is determined by the Regional Administrator to have delivered at least 250 mt of pollock harvested in the directed BSAI pollock fishery for processing by the inshore component in any one of the years 1996 or 1997, or between January 1, 1998, and September 1, 1998; or ( ii ) Is less than 60 ft (18.1 meters) LOA and is determined by the Regional Administrator to have delivered at least 40 mt of pollock harvested in the directed BSAI pollock fishery for processing by the inshore component in any one of the years 1996 or 1997, or between January 1, 1998, and September 1, 1998; or ( 3 ) Is an AFA replacement vessel for a vessel that was designated on an AFA catcher vessel permit with an inshore endorsement. (ii) Application for AFA catcher vessel permit. A completed application for an AFA catcher vessel permit must contain: (A) Vessel information. The vessel name, ADF&G registration number, USCG documentation number, vessel telephone number (if any), gross tons, shaft horsepower, and registered length (in feet); (B) Ownership information. The managing owner name(s), tax ID number(s), signature(s), business mailing address(es), business telephone number(s), business fax number(s), business e-mail address(es), and managing company (if any); (C) Vessel AFA qualification information. The AFA catcher vessel permit sector endorsement(s) requested. (D) [Reserved] (E) Vessel exemptions from AFA catcher vessel groundfish sideboard directed fishing closures. An AFA catcher vessel permit may contain exemptions from certain groundfish sideboard directed fishing closures. If a vessel owner is requesting such an exemption, the application must provide supporting documentation that the catcher vessel qualifies for the exemption based on the following criteria. The Regional Administrator will review the vessel's catch history according to the following criteria: ( 1 ) BSAI Pacific cod. For a catcher vessel to qualify for an exemption from AFA catcher vessel sideboards in the BSAI Pacific cod fishery, the catcher vessel must: Be less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA, have landed a combined total of less than 5,100 mt of BSAI pollock in the BSAI directed pollock fishery from 1995 through 1997, and have made 30 or more legal landings of Pacific cod in the BSAI directed fishery for Pacific cod from 1995 through 1997. ( 2 ) GOA groundfish species. For a catcher vessel to qualify for an exemption from AFA catcher vessel sideboards in the GOA groundfish fisheries, the catcher vessel must: Be less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA, have landed a combined total of less than 5,100 mt of BSAI pollock in the BSAI directed pollock fishery from 1995 through 1997, and made 40 or more legal landings of GOA groundfish in a directed fishery for GOA groundfish from 1995 through 1997. ( 3 ) AFA replacement vessel for a catcher vessel that qualified for an exemption. A catcher vessel that is a replacement vessel for a vessel that was designated on an AFA catcher vessel permit with an exemption from a groundfish sideboard directed fishing closure will receive an AFA catcher vessel permit with the same exemption as the replaced vessel. (4) AFA mothership permits. (i) NMFS will issue to an owner of a mothership an AFA mothership permit if the mothership: (A) Is one of the following (as listed in paragraphs 208(d)(1) through (3) of the AFA): EXCELLENCE (USCG documentation number 967502); GOLDEN ALASKA (USCG documentation number 651041); and OCEAN PHOENIX (USCG documentation number 296779); or (B) Is an AFA replacement vessel for a vessel that was designated on an AFA mothership permit. (ii) Application for AFA mothership permit. A completed application for an AFA mothership permit must contain: (A) Type of permit requested. Type of processor and whether requesting an AFA cooperative endorsement. (B) Vessel information. The mothership name, ADF&G processor code, USCG documentation number, Federal fisheries permit number, gross tons, shaft horsepower, and registered length (in feet). (C) Ownership information. The managing owner name(s), tax ID number(s), signature(s), business mailing address(es), business telephone number(s), business fax number(s), business e-mail address(es), and managing company (if any); (5) AFA inshore processor permits. NMFS will issue to an owner of a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor an AFA inshore processor permit upon receipt and approval of a completed application. (i) Qualifying criteria —(A) Unrestricted processors. NMFS will issue an unrestricted AFA inshore processor permit to a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor if the Regional Administrator determines that the processor facility processed annually more than 2,000 mt round-weight of pollock harvested in the inshore component of the directed BSAI pollock fishery during each of 1996 and 1997. (B) Restricted processors. NMFS will issue a restricted AFA inshore processor permit to a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor if the Regional Administrator determines that the facility processed pollock harvested in the inshore component of the directed BSAI pollock fishery during 1996 or 1997, but did not process annually more than 2,000 mt round-weight of BSAI pollock during each of 1996 and 1997. (ii) Surrender of permit. An AFA inshore processor permit may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. An AFA inshore processor permit will not be reissued in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered, but may be reapplied for and if approved, reissued to the permit holder of record in a subsequent fishing year. (iii) Single geographic location requirement. An AFA inshore processor permit authorizes the processing of pollock harvested in the BS subarea directed pollock fishery only in a single geographic location during a reporting week. For the purposes of this paragraph, single geographic location means: (A) Shoreside processors. The physical location at which the land-based shoreside processor first processed pollock harvested from the BS subarea directed pollock fishery during a fishing year. (B) Stationary floating processors (SFP). A geographic position within State of Alaska waters of the BS subarea and that is within a 5 nm radius of the latitude and longitude reported in the check-in and check-out reports at § 679.5(h)(5)(ix)(B). An AFA SFP cannot change its single geographic location more than four times within State of Alaska waters in the BS subarea to process pollock harvested in a BS subarea directed pollock fishery during a fishing year and cannot use more than one single geographic location during a reporting week. (iv) Application for permit. A completed application for an AFA inshore processor permit must contain: (A) Type of permit requested. Type of processor, whether requesting an AFA cooperative endorsement, and amount of BSAI pollock processed in 1996 and 1997; (B) Stationary floating processor information. The vessel name, ADF&G processor code, USCG documentation number, Federal processor permit number, gross tons, shaft horsepower, registered length (in feet), and business telephone number, business FAX number, and business e-mail address used on board the vessel. (C) Shoreside processor information. The processor name, Federal processor permit number, ADF&G processor code, business street address; business telephone and FAX numbers, and business e-mail address. (D) Ownership information. The managing owner name(s), tax ID number(s), signature(s), business mailing address(es), business telephone number(s), business fax number(s), business e-mail address(es), and managing company (if any); (v) Authorization of new AFA inshore processors. If the Council recommends and NMFS approves a combined BSAI pollock TAC that exceeds 1,274,900 mt for any fishing year, or in the event of the actual total loss or constructive loss of an existing AFA inshore processor, the Council may recommend that an additional inshore processor (or processors) be issued AFA inshore processing permits. (A) Timing of Council action. At any time prior to or during a fishing year in which the combined BSAI pollock TAC exceeds 1,274,900 mt, or at any time after the actual total loss or constructive total loss of an existing AFA inshore processor, the Council may, after opportunity for public comment, recommend that an additional inshore processor (or processors) be issued AFA inshore processor permits. (B) Required elements in Council recommendation. Any recommendation from the Council to add an additional inshore processor (or processors) must include the following information: ( 1 ) Identification of inshore processor(s). The Council recommendation must identify by name the inshore processor(s) to which AFA inshore processor permits would be issued; ( 2 ) Type of AFA inshore processor permit(s). The Council recommendation must specify whether the identified inshore processor(s) should be issued a restricted or unrestricted AFA inshore processor permit. ( 3 ) Duration of permit. The Council recommendation must specify the recommended duration of the permit. Permit duration may be for any duration from a single fishing season to the duration of section 208 of the AFA. Alternatively, the Council may recommend that the permit be valid as long as the conditions that led to the permit remain in effect. For example, the Council could recommend that a permit issued under this paragraph remain valid as long as the combined annual BSAI pollock TAC remains above 1,274,900 mt. or a lost AFA inshore processor is not reconstructed. ( 4 ) Council procedures. The Council may establish additional procedures for the review and approval of requests to authorize additional AFA inshore processors. However, such procedures must be consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the national standards, and other applicable law. ( 5 ) Action by NMFS. Upon receipt of a recommendation from the Council to authorize additional AFA inshore processors, NMFS may issue an AFA inshore processor permit to the identified inshore processor(s) of the type and duration recommended by the Council, provided the Council has met the requirements identified in paragraphs (l)(5)(v)(B)( 1 ) through ( 4 ) of this section, and the owner(s) of the identified inshore processor has submitted a completed application for an AFA inshore processor permit that is subsequently approved. (6) Inshore cooperative fishing permits —(i) General. NMFS will issue to an inshore catcher vessel cooperative formed pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 521 for the purpose of cooperatively managing directed fishing for pollock for processing by an AFA inshore processor an AFA inshore cooperative fishing permit upon receipt and approval of a completed application. (ii) Application for permit. A completed application for an inshore cooperative fishing permit must contain the following information: (A) Cooperative contact information. Name of cooperative; name of cooperative representative; and business mailing address, business telephone number, business fax number, and business e-mail address of the cooperative; (B) Designated cooperative processor. The name and physical location of an AFA inshore processor that is designated in the cooperative contract as the processor to whom the cooperative has agreed to deliver at least 90 percent of its BS pollock catch; (C) Cooperative contract information. A copy of the cooperative contract and a written certification that: ( 1 ) The contract was signed by the owners of at least 80 percent of the qualified catcher vessels; ( 2 ) The cooperative contract requires that the cooperative deliver at least 90 percent of its BS pollock catch to its designated AFA processor; and ( 3 ) Each catcher vessel in the cooperative is a qualified catcher vessel and is otherwise eligible to fish for groundfish in the BSAI, except that a lost vessel that retains an AFA permit pursuant to paragraph (l)(1)(ii)(B)( 3 ) of this section need not be designated on a Federal Fisheries Permit or an LLP license; has an AFA catcher vessel permit with an inshore endorsement; and has no permit sanctions or other type of sanctions against it that would prevent it from fishing for groundfish in the BSAI. (D) Qualified catcher vessels. For the purpose of paragraph (l)(6)(ii)(C)( 3 ) of this section, a catcher vessel is a qualified catcher vessel if the catcher vessel meets the permit and landing requirements in paragraphs (l)(6)(ii)(D)( 1 ) and (l)(6)(ii)(D)( 2 ) of this section; the catcher vessel is an AFA replacement catcher vessel that meets the requirements in paragraph (l)(6)(ii)(D)( 3 ) of this section; or the catcher vessel is an AFA lost catcher vessel that meets the requirements in paragraph (l)(6)(ii)(D)( 4 ) of this section. ( 1 ) Permit requirements —( i ) AFA permit. The vessel must have a valid AFA catcher vessel permit with an inshore endorsement; ( ii ) LLP permit. The vessel must be named on a valid LLP permit authorizing the vessel to engage in trawling for pollock in the Bering Sea subarea. If the vessel is more than 60 feet (18.3 m) LOA, the vessel must be named on a valid LLP permit endorsed for the AI to engage in trawling for pollock in the AI; and ( iii ) Permit sanctions. The vessel has no permit sanctions that otherwise make it ineligible to engage in fishing for pollock in the BSAI. ( 2 ) Landing requirements —( i ) Active vessels. The vessel delivered more pollock harvested in the BS inshore directed pollock fishery to the AFA inshore processor designated under paragraph (l)(6)(ii)(B) of this section than to any other shoreside processor or stationary floating processor during the year prior to the year in which the cooperative fishing permit will be in effect; or ( ii ) Inactive vessels. The vessel delivered more pollock harvested in the BS inshore directed pollock fishery to the AFA inshore processor designated under paragraph (l)(6)(ii)(B) of this section than to any other shoreside processor or stationary floating processor during the last year in which the vessel delivered BS pollock harvested in the BS directed pollock fishery to an AFA inshore processor. ( iii ) Harvests under contract to a cooperative. Any landings made by a vessel operating under contract to an inshore cooperative in which it was not a member will not be used to determine eligibility under paragraph (l)(6)(ii)(D)( 2 ). ( 3 ) AFA replacement catcher vessels. The vessel is an AFA replacement vessel for a catcher vessel that met the permit and landing requirements in paragraphs (l)(6)(ii)(D)( 1 ) and (l)(6)(ii)(D)( 2 ) of this section; ( 4 ) AFA lost catcher vessels. In the event of a total loss or constructive loss of an AFA catcher vessel with an inshore endorsement, the owner of the lost vessel has an AFA catcher vessel permit with an inshore endorsement for the lost vessel that is valid pursuant to paragraph (l)(1)(ii)(B)( 3 ) of this section, and the inshore cooperative shows: ( i ) The vessel was lost during a year when the vessel was designated on an AFA inshore cooperative fishing permit issued to the cooperative submitting the application; or ( ii ) The vessel was lost during a year when the vessel was not designated on any AFA inshore cooperative fishing permit and when the vessel delivered more pollock to the AFA inshore processor designated by the inshore cooperative under paragraph (l)(6)(ii)(B) of this section than to any other processor; or ( iii ) The vessel was lost during a year when the vessel was not designated on any AFA inshore cooperative fishing permit and when the vessel had made no deliveries of pollock and the owner of the lost vessel has assigned the catch history of the lost vessel to the inshore cooperative that submits the application. (E) Business review letter. A copy of a letter from a party to the contract requesting a business review letter on the fishery cooperative from the Department of Justice and of any response to such request; (F) Vessel information. For each cooperative catcher vessel member: Vessel name, ADF&G registration number, USCG documentation number, AFA permit number; and (G) Certification of notary and applicant. Signature and printed name of cooperative representative, date of signature, and notary stamp or seal, signature and date commission expires of a notary public. (iii) Duration of cooperative fishing permits. Inshore cooperative fishing permits are valid for 1 calendar year. (iv) Addition or subtraction of vessels. The cooperative representative must submit a new application to add or subtract a catcher vessel to or from an inshore cooperative fishing permit to the Regional Administrator prior to the application deadline. Upon approval by the Regional Administrator, NMFS will issue an amended cooperative fishing permit. (v) Application deadline. An inshore cooperative fishing permit application and any subsequent contract amendments that add or subtract vessels must be received by the Regional Administrator by December 1 prior to the year in which the inshore cooperative fishing permit will be in effect. Inshore cooperative fishing permit applications or amendments to inshore fishing cooperative permits received after December 1 will not be accepted by the Regional Administrator for the subsequent fishing year. (7) AFA rebuilt vessels, AFA replacement vessels, and removal of inshore AFA catcher vessels —(i) AFA rebuilt vessels. (A) To improve vessel safety or to improve operational efficiency, including fuel efficiency, the owner of an AFA vessel may rebuild the vessel. If the owner of an AFA vessel rebuilds the vessel, the owner must notify NMFS within 30 days of the issuance of the vessel documentation for the AFA rebuilt vessel and must provide NMFS with a copy of the vessel documentation for the rebuilt vessel. If the owner of the AFA rebuilt vessel provides NMFS with information demonstrating that the AFA rebuilt vessel is documented with a fishery endorsement issued under 46 U.S.C. 12113, NMFS will acknowledge receipt of the notification and inform the owner that the AFA permit issued to the vessel before rebuilding is valid and can be used on the AFA rebuilt vessel. (B) Except as provided in paragraph (l)(7)(i)(C) and paragraph (l)(7)(i)(D) of this section, the owner of an AFA rebuilt vessel will be subject to the same requirements that applied to the vessel before rebuilding and will be eligible to use the AFA rebuilt vessel in the same manner as the vessel before rebuilding. (C) An AFA rebuilt vessel is exempt from the maximum length overall (MLOA) restriction on an LLP groundfish license with a Bering Sea area endorsement or an Aleutian Islands area endorsement when the AFA rebuilt vessel is conducting directed fishing for groundfish in the BSAI pursuant to that LLP groundfish license and the LLP groundfish license specifies the exemption. (D) If an AFA rebuilt catcher vessel is equal to or greater than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA, the AFA rebuilt catcher vessel will be subject to the catcher vessel exclusive fishing seasons for pollock in 50 CFR 679.23(i) and will not be exempt from 50 CFR 679.23(i) even if the vessel before rebuilding was less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA and was exempt from 50 CFR 679.23(i). (ii) AFA replacement vessels. (A) To improve vessel safety or to improve operational efficiency, including fuel efficiency, the owner of an AFA vessel may replace the AFA vessel with a vessel that is documented with a fishery endorsement issued under 46 U.S.C. 12113. (B) Upon approval of an application to replace an AFA vessel pursuant to paragraph (l)(7) of this section and except as provided in paragraph (l)(7)(ii)(C), paragraph (l)(7)(ii)(D), and paragraph (l)(7)(E) of this section, the owner of an AFA replacement vessel will be subject to the same requirements that applied to the replaced vessel and will be eligible to use the AFA replacement vessel in the same manner as the replaced vessel. If the AFA replacement vessel is not already designated on an AFA permit, the Regional Administrator will issue an AFA permit to the owner of the AFA replacement vessel. The AFA permit that designated the replaced, or former, AFA vessel will be revoked. (C) An AFA replacement vessel is exempt from the maximum length overall (MLOA) restriction on an LLP groundfish license with a Bering Sea area endorsement or an Aleutian Islands area endorsement when the AFA replacement vessel is conducting directed fishing for groundfish in the BSAI pursuant to that LLP groundfish license and the LLP groundfish license specifies an exemption from the MLOA restriction for the AFA replacement vessel. (D) If an AFA replacement catcher vessel is equal to or greater than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA, the AFA replacement catcher vessel will be subject to the catcher vessel exclusive fishing seasons for pollock in 50 CFR 679.23(i) and will not be exempt from 50 CFR 679.23(i), even if the replaced vessel was less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA and was exempt from 50 CFR 679.23(i). (E) An AFA replacement catcher vessel for an AFA catcher vessel will have the same sideboard exemptions, if any, as the replaced AFA catcher vessel, except that if the AFA replacement vessel was already designated on an AFA permit as exempt from sideboard limits, the AFA replacement vessel will maintain its exemption even if the replaced vessel was not exempt from sideboard limits. (iii) Removal of AFA catcher vessel from the directed pollock fishery. (A) The owner of a catcher vessel that is designated on an AFA catcher vessel permit with an inshore endorsement may remove the catcher vessel from the directed pollock fishery, subject to the requirements in paragraphs (B), (C), and (D) of this paragraph (l)(7)(iii). (B) The owner of the removed catcher vessel must direct NMFS to assign the non-CDQ inshore pollock catch history in the BSAI of the removed vessel to one or more catcher vessels in the inshore fishery cooperative to which the removed vessel belonged at the time of the application for removal. (C) Except for the assignment of the pollock catch history of the removed catcher vessel in paragraph (l)(7)(iii)(B) of this section, all claims relating to the catch history of the removed catcher vessel in the Exclusive Economic Zone off Alaska, including any claims to an exemption from AFA sideboard limitations, will be permanently extinguished upon NMFS' approval of the application to remove the catcher vessel and the AFA permit that was held by the owner of the removed catcher vessel will be revoked. (D) The catcher vessel or vessels that are assigned the catch history of the removed catcher vessel cannot be removed from the fishery cooperative to which the removed catcher vessel belonged for a period of one year from the date that NMFS assigned the catch history of the removed catcher vessel to that vessel or vessels. (iv) Replaced vessels and removed vessels. An AFA vessel that is replaced or removed under paragraph (l)(7) of this section is permanently ineligible to receive any permit to participate in any fishery in the Exclusive Economic Zone off Alaska unless the replaced or removed vessel reenters the directed pollock fishery as a replacement vessel under paragraph (l)(7) of this section. (v) Application. To notify NMFS that the owner of an AFA vessel has rebuilt the AFA vessel, the owner of the AFA vessel must submit a complete application. To replace an AFA vessel with another vessel, NMFS must receive a complete application from the owner of the vessel that is being replaced. To remove an AFA catcher vessel from the directed pollock fishery, NMFS must receive a complete application from the owner of the vessel that is to be removed. An application must contain the information specified on the application form, with all required fields accurately completed and all required documentation attached. The application must be submitted to NMFS using the methods described on the application. The application referred to in this paragraph is “American Fisheries Act (AFA) Permit: Rebuilt, Replacement, or Removed Vessel Application.” (8) Application evaluations and appeals —(i) Initial evaluation. The Regional Administrator will evaluate an application submitted in accord with paragraph (l) of this section. If the Regional Administrator determines that the applicant meets the requirements for NMFS to take the action requested on the application, NMFS will approve the application. If the Regional Administrator determines that the applicant has submitted claims based on inconsistent information or fails to submit the information specified in the application, the applicant will be provided a single 30-day evidentiary period to submit evidence to establish that the applicant meets the requirements for NMFS to take the requested action. The burden is on the applicant to establish that the applicant meets the criteria in the regulation for NMFS to take the action requested by the applicant. (ii) Additional information and evidence. The Regional Administrator will evaluate the additional information or evidence submitted by the applicant within the 30-day evidentiary period. If the Regional Administrator determines that the additional information or evidence meets the applicant's burden of proof, the application will be approved. However, if the Regional Administrator determines that the applicant did not meet the applicant's burden of proof, the applicant will be notified by an initial administrative determination (IAD) that the application is denied. (iii) Initial administrative determinations (IAD). The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant following the expiration of the 30-day evidentiary period if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the applicant fails to support the applicant's claims and is insufficient to establish that the applicant meets the requirements for an AFA permit or for NMFS to approve the withdrawal of a catcher vessel, or if the additional information, evidence, or revised application is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of the applicant's 30-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies in the application, including any deficiencies with the information, the evidence submitted in support of the information, or the revised application. An applicant who receives an IAD may appeal under the appeals procedures set out at 15 CFR part 906. (iv) Effect of cooperative allocation appeals. An AFA inshore cooperative may appeal the pollock quota share issued to the cooperative under § 679.62; however, final agency action on the appeal must occur prior to December 1 for the results of the appeal to take effect during the subsequent fishing year. (m) Participation in the AI directed pollock fishery —(1) Applicability. Harvesting pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery and processing pollock taken in the AI directed pollock fishery is authorized only for those harvesters and processors that are selected by the Aleut Corporation and approved by the Regional Administrator to harvest pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery or to process pollock taken in the AI directed pollock fishery. (2) Annual selection of participants by the Aleut Corporation. Each year and at least 14 days before harvesting pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery or processing pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery, a participant must be selected by the Aleut Corporation and the following information for each participant must be submitted by the designated contact to the Regional Administrator: (i) Vessel or processor name; (ii) Federal fisheries permits number issued under paragraph (b) of this section or Federal processor permit issued under paragraph (f) of this section; and (iii) The fishing year which participation approval is requested. (3) Participant approval. (i) Participants must have: (A) A valid Federal fisheries permit or Federal processing permit, pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (f) of this section, respectively; (B) A valid fishery endorsement on the vessel's U.S. Coast Guard documentation for the vessel's participation in the U. S. fishery; and (C) A valid AFA permit under: paragraph (l)(2) of this section for all catcher/processors, paragraph (l)(3) of this section for all catcher vessels greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA, or paragraph (l)(4) of this section for all motherships. (ii) Each participant selected by the Aleut Corporation that meets the conditions under paragraph (m)(3)(i) of this section will be approved by the Regional Administrator for participation in the AI directed pollock fishery. (iii) The Regional Administrator will provide to the designated contact for the Aleut Corporation the identity of each approved participant and the date upon which participation in the AI directed pollock fishery may commence. The Aleut Corporation shall forward to the approved participants a copy of NMFS's approval letter before harvesting or processing occurs. (iv) A copy of NMFS' approval letter for participating in the AI directed pollock fishery during the fishing year must be on site at the shoreside processor or stationary floating processor, or on board the vessel at all times and must be presented for inspection upon the request of any authorized officer. (4) Participant disapproval. (i) The Regional Administrator shall disapprove any participant that does not meet the conditions under paragraph (m)(3)(i) of this section. The Regional Administrator will notify in writing the Aleut Corporation and the selected participant of the disapproval. The selected participant will have 30 days in which to submit proof of meeting the requirements to participate in the AI directed pollock fishery. (ii) The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an initial administrative determinations (IAD) to the selected participant following the expiration of the 30-day evidentiary period if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the selected participant fails to support the participant's claims and is insufficient to rebut the presumption that the disapproval for participation in the AI directed pollock fishery is correct or if the additional information or evidence is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of his or her 30-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies in the information required, including the evidence submitted in support of the information. The IAD also will indicate which claims cannot be approved based on the available information or evidence. A participant who receives an IAD may appeal under the appeals procedures set out at § 679.43. A participant who avails himself or herself of the opportunity to appeal an IAD will receive an interim approval from NMFS authorizing participation in the AI directed pollock fishery. An interim approval based on claims contrary to the final determination will expire upon final agency determination. (n) Rockfish Program —(1) Cooperative quota (CQ). (i) A CQ permit is issued annually to a rockfish cooperative if the members of that rockfish cooperative have submitted a complete and timely application for CQ as described in § 679.81(f) that is approved by the Regional Administrator. A CQ permit authorizes a rockfish cooperative to participate in the Rockfish Program. The CQ permit will indicate the amount of rockfish primary species and rockfish secondary species that may be harvested by the rockfish cooperative, and the amount of rockfish halibut PSC that may be used by the rockfish cooperative. The CQ permit will list the members of the rockfish cooperative, the vessels that are authorized to fish under the CQ permit for that rockfish cooperative, and the rockfish processor with whom that rockfish cooperative is associated, if applicable. (ii) A CQ permit is valid only until the end of the calendar year for which the CQ permit is issued; (iii) A legible copy of the CQ permit must be carried on board the vessel(s) used by the rockfish cooperative. (2) Rockfish cooperative termination of fishing declaration. (i) A rockfish cooperative may choose to terminate its CQ permit through a declaration submitted to NMFS. (ii) This declaration may only be submitted to NMFS electronically. The rockfish cooperative's designated representative must log into the online system and create a request for termination of fishing declaration as indicated on the computer screen. By using the rockfish cooperative's NMFS ID and password, and submitting the termination of fishing declaration request, the designated representative certifies that all information is true, correct, and complete. (o) Amendment 80 Program —(1) Amendment 80 QS permit. (i) An Amendment 80 QS permit is issued to a person who submits a timely and complete application for Amendment 80 QS that is approved by NMFS under § 679.90(b). (ii) An Amendment 80 QS permit is assigned to the owner of an Amendment 80 vessel that gave rise to that permit under the provisions of § 679.90(b), or its replacement under § 679.4(o)(4), unless the Amendment 80 QS permit is assigned to the holder of an LLP license originally assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel under the provisions of § 679.90(d) or § 679.90(e). (iii) If an Amendment 80 QS permit is assigned to the owner of an Amendment 80 vessel the Amendment 80 QS permit will designate the Amendment 80 vessel to which that permit is assigned. (iv) If an Amendment 80 QS permit is assigned to the holder of an LLP license originally assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel under the provisions of § 679.90(d)(2)(ii) or § 679.90(e)(4), the Amendment 80 QS permit will be permanently affixed to the LLP license originally assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel which will be designated as an Amendment 80 LLP/QS license. (v) Amendment 80 QS units assigned to an Amendment 80 QS permit are non-severable from that Amendment 80 QS permit and if transferred, the Amendment 80 QS permit must be transferred in its entirety to another person under the provisions of § 679.90(d) or § 679.90(e). (vi) A person must hold an Amendment 80 LLP license to hold an Amendment 80 QS permit. (vii) The owner of an Amendment 80 vessel must designate the Amendment 80 vessel on an Amendment 80 QS permit and on an Amendment 80 LLP license, or designate the Amendment 80 vessel on the Amendment 80 LLP/QS license to use that Amendment 80 vessel in an Amendment 80 fishery. (2) Amendment 80 Cooperative quota (CQ) permit. (i) A CQ permit is issued annually to an Amendment 80 cooperative that submits a timely and complete application for CQ that is approved by NMFS as described at § 679.91(b)(4). (ii) A CQ permit authorizes an Amendment 80 cooperative to catch a quantity of fish expressed as a portion of the ITAC and halibut and crab PSC that may be held for exclusive use by that Amendment 80 cooperative. (iii) A CQ permit will indicate the amount of Amendment 80 species that may be caught by the Amendment 80 cooperative, and the amount of Amendment 80 crab and halibut PSC that may be used by the Amendment 80 cooperative. The CQ permit will list the members of the Amendment 80 cooperative, Amendment 80 LLP licenses, Amendment 80 QS permits, and Amendment 80 vessels that are assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative. (iv) The amount of CQ listed on the CQ permit will be based on: (A) The amount of Amendment 80 QS units held by all members of the Amendment 80 cooperative designated on a timely and complete application for CQ as described under § 679.91(b) that is approved by NMFS; (B) The Amendment 80 QS units derived from Amendment 80 QS permits held by members of the Amendment 80 cooperative who have submitted a timely and complete EDR for all Amendment 80 QS permits held by that member as described under § 679.94; and (C) The amount of CQ as modified by an application for CQ transfer as described under § 679.91(g) that is approved by NMFS. (v) A CQ permit is valid until whichever of the following occurs first: (A) Until the end of the year for which the CQ permit is issued; or (B) Until the permit is revoked, suspended, or modified pursuant to § 679.43 or under 15 CFR part 904. (vi) A legible copy of the CQ permit must be carried onboard an Amendment 80 vessel assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative when fishing in the BSAI or adjacent waters open by the State of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal fishing season. (3) Amendment 80 limited access fishery permit. (i) An Amendment 80 limited access fishery permit is required for an Amendment 80 QS holder to catch, process, and receive Amendment 80 species assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery, or use halibut and crab PSC assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery. An Amendment 80 limited access fishery permit is issued annually to an Amendment 80 QS holder who: (A) Has submitted a timely and complete application for the Amendment 80 limited access fishery as described at § 679.91(b)(4) that is approved by NMFS, or (B) Is assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery by NMFS as described at § 679.91(a)(3)(ii); and (C) Has submitted a timely and complete EDR for all Amendment 80 QS permits held by that person as described under § 679.94. (ii) An Amendment 80 limited access fishery permit is valid until whichever of the following occurs first: (A) Until the end of the year for which the Amendment 80 limited access fishery permit is issued; or (B) Until the permit is revoked, suspended, or modified pursuant to § 679.43 or under 15 CFR part 904. (iii) A legible copy of the Amendment 80 limited access fishery permit must be carried onboard an Amendment 80 vessel assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery when fishing in the BSAI or adjacent waters open by the State of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal fishing season. (4) Amendment 80 Replacement Vessel. (i) The owner of an Amendment 80 vessel may replace such vessel for any purpose. All Federal fishery regulations applicable to the replaced vessel apply to the replacement vessel, except as described at § 679.92(d)(2)(ii) if applicable. A vessel that replaces an Amendment 80 vessel will be approved by the Regional Administrator as an Amendment 80 vessel following the submission and approval of a completed application for an Amendment 80 Replacement Vessel, provided that: (A) The replacement vessel does not exceed 295 ft. (89.9 m) LOA; (B) The replacement vessel was built in the United States and, if ever rebuilt, rebuilt in the United States; (C) The applicant provides documentation that the replacement vessel complies with U.S. Coast Guard safety requirements applicable to processing vessels operating in the Amendment 80 sector or, if unable to provide such documentation, the applicant provides documentation that the replacement vessel meets the requirements of the U.S. Coast Guard's Alternative Compliance and Safety Agreement; and (D) The replacement vessel is not a vessel listed at section 208(e)(1) through (20) of the American Fisheries Act or permitted under paragraph (l)(2)(i) of this section; is not an AFA replacement vessel designated on a listed AFA catcher/processor permit under paragraph (l)(2)of this section; and is not an AFA catcher vessel permitted under paragraph (l)(3) of this section. (ii) Application for Amendment 80 Replacement Vessel. A person who wishes to replace an Amendment 80 vessel must submit to NMFS a complete Application for Amendment 80 Replacement Vessel. An application must contain the information specified on the form, with all required fields accurately completed and all required documentation attached. This application must be submitted to NMFS using the methods described on the application. (5) Application evaluations and appeals —(i) Initial evaluation. The Regional Administrator will evaluate an application for an Amendment 80 replacement vessel submitted in accordance with paragraph (o)(4) of this section. If the vessel listed in the application does not meet the requirements for an Amendment 80 replacement vessel at § 679.4(o)(4), NMFS will not approve the application. An applicant who submits claims based on inconsistent information or fails to submit the information specified in the application for an Amendment 80 replacement vessel will be provided a single 30-day evidentiary period to submit evidence to establish that the vessel meets the requirements to be an Amendment 80 replacement vessel. The burden is on the applicant to establish that the vessel meets the criteria to become a replacement vessel. (ii) Additional information and evidence. The Regional Administrator will evaluate the additional information or evidence to support an application for Amendment 80 replacement vessel submitted within the 30-day evidentiary period. If the Regional Administrator determines that the additional information or evidence meets the applicant's burden of proving that the vessel meets the requirements to become an Amendment 80 Replacement Vessel, the application will be approved. However, if the Regional Administrator determines that the vessel does not meet the requirements to become an Amendment 80 Replacement Vessel, the applicant will be notified by an initial administrative determination (IAD) that the application for replacement vessel is denied. (iii) Initial administrative determinations (IAD). The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant following the expiration of the 30-day evidentiary period if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the applicant fails to support the applicant's claims and is insufficient to establish that the vessel meets the requirements for an Amendment 80 replacement vessel or if the additional information, evidence, or revised application is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of his or her 30-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies in the application, including any deficiencies with the information, the evidence submitted in support of the information, or the revised application. An applicant who receives an IAD may appeal under the appeals procedures set out at § 679.43. (p) Flatfish Exchange Application —(1) Completed application. NMFS will process only completed Flatfish Exchange Applications submitted by CDQ groups or Amendment 80 cooperatives. (2) Certification. The designated representative must log into the Alaska Region Online application Web site and complete an exchange application form provided on the Web site. By using the NMFS ID, password, and Transfer Key and submitting the Flatfish Exchange Application, the designated representative certifies that all information submitted is true, correct, and complete. (3) Approval. A CDQ group or Amendment 80 cooperative must receive NMFS' approval of a Flatfish Exchange Application prior to using the CDQ or Amendment 80 CQ subject to the Flatfish Exchange. NMFS will approve the Flatfish Exchange Application if: (i) The CDQ group has sufficient CDQ ABC reserves of flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole; (ii) The Amendment 80 cooperative has sufficient Amendment 80 ABC reserves of flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole; (iii) The CDQ group receiving flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole from its CDQ ABC reserve exchanges an equal amount of unused CDQ of flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole, other than the species received from its CDQ ABC reserve; (iv) The Amendment 80 cooperative receiving flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole from its Amendment 80 ABC reserve exchanges an equal amount of unused Amendment 80 CQ of flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole, other than the species received from its Amendment 80 ABC reserve; (v) The CDQ group or Amendment 80 cooperative has not received at least three approved Flatfish Exchanges during that calendar year, as described at paragraph (p)(5) of this section; (vi) Approval of the Flatfish Exchange Application will not cause flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole to exceed an ABC or an ABC reserve for that species; and (vii) NMFS receives a completed Flatfish Exchange Application from a CDQ group or Amendment 80 cooperative during the calendar year for which the Flatfish Exchange would be effective, and NMFS can approve that Flatfish Exchange Application before the end of the calendar year in which the Flatfish Exchange would be effective. (4) Notification. (i) No exchange, adjustment, or apportionment of flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole may take effect until a notice of adjustment or apportionment has been published in the Federal Register with a statement of the findings on which the apportionment or adjustment is based. (ii) Each NMFS approved Flatfish Exchange is debited as one Flatfish Exchange. An approved Flatfish Exchange is effective on the date of publication of the notice of adjustment or apportionment in the Federal Register. (5) CDQ ABC reserve and Amendment 80 ABC reserve exchange limitations. Each CDQ group and each Amendment 80 cooperative is limited to no more than three Flatfish Exchanges per calendar year. (q) PCTC Program permits —(1) PCTC Program cooperative quota permits. (i) A CQ permit is issued annually to a PCTC Program cooperative that submits a complete and timely application for CQ as described at § 679.131 that is approved by the Regional Administrator. A CQ permit authorizes a PCTC Program cooperative to participate in the PCTC Program. The CQ permit will indicate the amount of Pacific cod that may be harvested by the PCTC Program cooperative, and the amount of halibut PSC and crab PSC that may be used by the PCTC Program cooperative. The CQ permit will list the members of the PCTC Program cooperative, the trawl catcher vessels that are authorized to fish under the CQ permit for that cooperative, and the PCTC Program processor(s) with whom that cooperative is associated. (ii) A CQ permit is valid only until the end of the BSAI Pacific cod B season for the year in which the CQ permit is issued; (iii) A legible copy of a valid CQ permit must be carried on board the vessel(s) used by the PCTC Program cooperative. (2) PCTC Program quota share permits for processors. (i) NMFS will issue PCTC Program QS permits to eligible processors if the owner(s) submits to the Regional Administrator a completed application for PCTC Program QS as described at § 679.130 that is subsequently approved. (ii) A processor may associate the QS assigned to the PCTC Program QS permit with a PCTC Program cooperative as described at § 679.131." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.1.1.5,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,A,Subpart A—General,,§ 679.5 Recordkeeping and reporting (R&R).,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","(a) General R&R requirements. R&R requirements include, but are not limited to, paper and electronic documentation, logbooks, forms, reports, receipts, computer printouts, and requests for inspection described in this section and in § 679.28. (1) Groundfish logbooks and forms. (i) The Regional Administrator will prescribe and provide groundfish logbooks required under this section. All groundfish forms required under this section are available from the Alaska Region website at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov or may be requested by calling the Sustainable Fisheries Division at 907-586-7228 or faxing 907-586-7465. The forms may be completed online, printed, and mailed or faxed to NMFS at the address or fax number shown on the form. The forms also may be completed online, saved as a file, and submitted to NMFS as an attachment to an e-mail to the e-mail address shown on the form. (ii) Current editions. The operator must use the current edition of the logbooks and current format of the forms. Upon approval from the Regional Administrator NMFS-approved electronic versions of the forms may be used. Upon written notification and approval by the Regional Administrator, logbooks from the previous year may be used. (iii) Management program defined. A “management program” is a unique fishery program with a specific management strategy and/or allocation. Harvest that occurred under the management programs listed in the following table must be recorded separately in the logbooks, forms, and eLandings. (2) Responsibility. (i) The operator of a catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, or tender vessel (hereafter referred to as the operator) and the manager of a shoreside processor, SFP, or buying station (hereafter referred to as the manager) are each responsible for complying with the applicable R&R requirements in this section and in § 679.28. (ii) The owner of a vessel, shoreside processor, SFP, buying station, or tender vessel is responsible for compliance and must ensure that the operator, manager, or representative (see paragraph (b) of this section) complies with the applicable R&R requirements in this section and in § 679.28. (iii) The IFQ permit holder, IFQ hired master permit holder, or Registered Buyer must comply with the R&R requirements provided at paragraphs (e), (g), (k), and (l) of this section. (iv) The CDQ permit holder, CDQ hired master permit holder, or Registered Buyer must comply with the R&R requirements provided at paragraphs (e), (g), (k), and (l)(1) through (6) of this section. (3) Fish to be recorded and reported. The operator or manager must record and report the following information (see paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (iv) of this section) for all groundfish (see Table 2a to this part), prohibited species (see Table 2b to this part), forage fish (see Table 2c to this part), grenadiers (see Table 2c to this part), squids (see Table 2c to this part), and sculpins (see Table 2c to this part). The operator or manager may record and report the following information (see paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (iv) of this section) for non-groundfish (see Table 2d to this part): (i) Harvest information; (ii) Receipt information from catcher vessels, buying stations, and tender vessels including fish received from vessels not required to have an FFP; and fish received under contract for handling or processing for another processor; (iii) Discard or disposition information, including fish reported but not delivered to the operator or manager, e.g., fish used onboard a vessel, when receiving catch from a catcher vessel, buying station, or tender vessel; and (iv) Transfer information, including fish transferred out of the facility or off the vessel. (4) Exemptions —(i) Catcher vessels less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA. The owner and operator of a catcher vessel less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA are required to comply with the vessel activity report described at paragraph (k) of this section, but otherwise are not required to comply with the R&R requirements of this section, except for: (A) Vessels using pot gear as described in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(B)( 1 ) of this section; (B) Vessels participating in the PCTC Program as described in paragraph (x) of this section; and (C) Catcher vessels in the trawl EM category as described in § 679.51(g). (ii) Catcher vessels that take groundfish in crab pot gear for use as crab bait on that vessel. (A) Owners or operators of catcher vessels who, when crab is open anywhere or in the same area as an open crab season, take groundfish in crab pot gear for use as crab bait onboard their same vessels, and the bait is neither transferred nor sold, are not required to comply with R&R requirements of this section. (B) This exemption does not apply to fishermen who: ( 1 ) Catch groundfish for bait during an open crab season and sell that groundfish or transfer it to another vessel, or ( 2 ) Participate in a directed fishery for groundfish using any gear type during periods that are outside an open crab season for use as crab bait onboard their vessel. (C) No groundfish species listed by NMFS as “prohibited” in a management or regulatory area may be taken in that area for use as bait. (5) Inspection and retention of records —(i) Inspection of records. The operator or manager must make available for inspection the R&R documentation in this section and in § 679.28 upon the request of an authorized officer. (ii) Retention of records. The operator or manager must retain the R&R documentation described in this section and in § 679.28: (A) On site. Retain these records on site at the shoreside processor or SFP, or onboard the vessel until the end of the fishing year during which the records were made and for as long thereafter as fish or fish products recorded in the R&R documentation are retained. (B) For 3 years. Retain these records for 3 years after the end of the fishing year during which the records were made. (6) Maintenance of records. The operator or manager must maintain all records described in this section and in § 679.28 in English and in a legible, timely, and accurate manner, based on Alaska local time (A.l.t.); if handwritten, in indelible ink; if computer-generated, as a legible printed paper copy. (7) Custom processing. The manager of a shoreside processor or SFP or the operator of a mothership must record products that result from custom processing for another person in eLandings consistently throughout a fishing year using one of the following two methods: (i) Combined records. Record landings, discards or dispositions, and products of custom-processed groundfish routinely in eLandings using processor name, FFP or FPP number, and ADF&G processor code; or (ii) Separate records. Record landings, discards or dispositions, and products of custom-processed groundfish in eLandings identified by the name, FPP number or FFP number, and ADF&G processor code of the associated business entity. (b) Representative. The operator of a catcher vessel, mothership, catcher/processor, or tender vessel or manager of a shoreside processor, SFP, or buying station may identify one contact person to complete the logbook and forms and to respond to inquiries from NMFS. Designation of a representative under this paragraph (b) does not relieve the owner, operator, or manager of responsibility for compliance under paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section. (c) Logbooks —(1) Requirements —(i) Use of two or more vessel logbooks of same gear type. If using more than one logbook of the same gear type in a fishing year onboard a vessel, the operator must ensure that the page numbers follow the consecutive order of the previous logbook. (ii) Use of two or more vessel logbooks of different gear types. If two or more different gear types are used onboard a vessel in a fishing year, the operator(s) of this vessel may use the same vessel logbooks for different gear types, provided different gear types are recorded on separate pages. (iii) Two vessel logbooks for pair trawl. If two vessels are dragging a trawl between them (pair trawl), the operator of each vessel must maintain a separate logbook to record the amount of the catch retained and fish discarded by that vessel. Each of the two logbooks must be separately paginated. (iv) Two logbooks of different operation. If a vessel functions both as a mothership and as a catcher/processor in the same fishing year, the operator(s) must maintain two logbooks, a separate logbook for each operation type, each separately paginated. (v) Alteration of logbook information. (A) Except as described in paragraph (c)(1)(v)(B) of this section, no person may alter or change any entry or record in a logbook. (B) An inaccurate or incorrect entry or record must be corrected by lining out the original and inserting the correction, provided that the original entry or record remains legible. All corrections must be made in ink. (vi) Logsheet distribution and submittal. (A) No person except an authorized officer may remove any original white logsheet of any logbook. (B) The operator must distribute and submit logsheets as indicated in the following table: Note: CP = catcher/processor; CV = catcher vessel; pot = longline pot or pot-and-line; lgl = longline; trw = trawl; MS = mothership. (2) Recording active and inactive time periods in the DFL or DCPL —(i) Account for each day of the fishing year. The operator must account for each day of the fishing year, January 1 through December 31, in the DFL or DCPL and indicate whether the vessel or processor was active or inactive during the time period. (A) An active period by fishing category is defined in the following paragraphs under this section: (B) An inactive period is defined as a time period other than active. (ii) Record January 1 on page 1. The operator must record the first day of the fishing year, January 1, on page one of the DFL or DCPL regardless of whether the vessel or processor was active or inactive. The operator must record time periods consecutively. (iii) Required information for inactive periods. If inactive, the operator must record the following information (see paragraphs (c)(2)(iii)(A) through (F) of this section) on one logsheet in the DFL or DCPL: (A) If a catcher vessel, record vessel name, ADF&G vessel registration number, FFP number or Federal crab vessel permit number, operator printed name, operator signature, and page number. (B) If a mothership or catcher/processor, record vessel name, ADF&G processor code, FFP number, operator printed name, operator signature, and page number. (C) Mark “inactive.” (D) Record the date (mm/dd) of the first day when inactive under “Start date.” (E) Write brief explanation why inactive, e.g., bad weather or equipment failure. If inactive due to surrender of a FFP or FPP, write “surrender of permit” as the reason for inactivity. (F) Record the date (mm/dd) of the last day when inactive under “End date.” (iv) Inactive two or more quarters. If the inactive time period extends across two or more successive quarters, the operator must complete a logsheet for each inactive quarter. The first logsheet must indicate the first and last day of the first inactive quarter. Successive logsheets must indicate the first and last day of its respective inactive quarter. (3) Longline and pot gear catcher vessel DFL and catcher/processor DCPL —(i) Responsibility —(A) Groundfish fisheries. ( 1 ) Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, the operator of a catcher vessel 60 ft (18.3 m) or greater LOA, that is required to have an FFP under § 679.4(b) and that is using longline or pot gear to harvest groundfish, must maintain a longline and pot gear DFL and may use the same logbook for longline and pot gear, provided different gear types are recorded on separate pages. ( 2 ) Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section, the operator of a catcher/processor that is required to have an FFP under § 679.4(b) and that is using longline or pot gear to harvest groundfish must use a combination of catcher/processor longline and pot gear DCPL and eLandings to record and report daily processor identification information, catch-by-set information, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data. (B) IFQ or CDQ halibut, or IFQ or CDQ sablefish fisheries. ( 1 ) The operator of a catcher vessel less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA, using longline pot gear to harvest IFQ sablefish or IFQ halibut in the GOA, or using pot gear to harvest IFQ or CDQ halibut or IFQ or CDQ sablefish in the BSAI, must maintain a longline and pot gear DFL according to paragraph (c)(3)(iv)(A)( 2 ) of this section and may use the same logbook for longline and pot gear, provided different gear types are recorded on separate pages. ( 2 ) Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, the operator of a catcher vessel 60 ft (18.3 m) or greater LOA in the GOA must maintain a longline and pot gear DFL according to paragraph (c)(3)(iv)(A)( 2 ) of this section, when using longline gear or longline pot gear to harvest IFQ sablefish and when using gear composed of lines with hooks attached, setline gear (IPHC), or longline pot gear to harvest IFQ halibut. ( 3 ) Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, the operator of a catcher vessel 60 ft (18.3 m) or greater LOA in the BSAI must maintain a longline and pot gear DFL according to paragraph (c)(3)(iv)(A)( 2 ) of this section, when using hook-and-line gear or pot gear to harvest IFQ or CDQ sablefish, and when using pot gear or gear composed of lines with hooks attached or setline gear (IPHC) to harvest IFQ halibut or CDQ halibut. ( 4 ) Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section, the operator of a catcher/processor in the GOA must use a combination of a catcher/processor longline and pot gear DCPL and eLandings according to paragraph (c)(3)(iv)(B)( 2 ) of this section, when using longline gear or longline pot gear to harvest IFQ sablefish and when using gear composed of lines with hooks attached, setline gear (IPHC), or longline pot gear to harvest IFQ halibut. ( 5 ) Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section, the operator of a catcher/processor in the BSAI must use a combination of a catcher/processor longline and pot gear DCPL and eLandings according to (c)(3)(iv)(B)( 2 ) of this section, when using hook-and-line gear or pot gear to harvest IFQ sablefish, and when using gear composed of lines with hooks attached or setline gear (IPHC) to harvest IFQ halibut or CDQ halibut. (C) CR crab fisheries. The operator of a catcher vessel 60 ft (18.3 m) or greater LOA, using pot gear to harvest CR crab from the BSAI must maintain a longline and pot gear DFL. (ii) Reporting time limits —(A) Catcher vessel. The operator of a catcher vessel using longline or pot gear must record in the DFL the information from the following table for each set within the specified time limit: (B) Catcher/processor. The operator of a catcher/processor using longline or pot gear must record in the DCPL or submit via eLandings the information from the following table for each set within the specified time limit: (iii) Required information, if inactive. See paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (iv) Required information, if active —(A) Catcher vessel, longline or pot gear. ( 1 ) A catcher vessel using longline or pot gear is active when gear remains on the grounds in a reporting area (except reporting areas 300, 400, 550, or 690), regardless of the vessel location. ( 2 ) If a catcher vessel identified in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A)( 1 ) or (c)(3)(i)(B)( 1 ) through ( 3 ) of this section is active, the operator must record in the longline and pot gear DFL, for one or more days on each logsheet, the information listed in paragraphs (c)(3)(v), (vi), (viii), and (x) of this section and may use the same logbook for longline and pot gear, provided different gear types are recorded on separate pages. ( 3 ) Retain and record discard quantities over the MRA. When a CV is fishing in an IFQ fishery and the fishery for Pacific cod is closed to directed fishing but not in PSC status in that reporting area as described in § 679.20, the operator must retain and record up to and including the maximum retainable amount (MRA) for Pacific cod as defined in Tables 10 or 11 to this part. Quantities over this amount must be discarded and recorded as discard in the logbook. (B) Catcher/processor, longline or pot gear. ( 1 ) A catcher/processor using longline or pot gear is active when processing or when all or part of the longline or pot gear is in the water. ( 2 ) If a catcher/processor identified in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A)( 2 ) or (c)(3)(i)(B)( 4 ) through ( 5 ) of this section is active, the operator must record in the catcher/processor longline and pot gear DCPL the information listed in paragraphs (c)(3)(v) and (vi) of this section and must record in eLandings the information listed in paragraphs (c)(3)(v), (vii), and (ix) of this section. ( 3 ) Retain and record discard quantities over the MRA. When a catcher/processor is fishing in an IFQ fishery and the fishery for Pacific cod or rockfish is closed to directed fishing but not in PSC status in that reporting area as described in § 679.20, the operator must retain and record up to and including the MRA for Pacific cod or rockfish as defined in Table 10 or 11 to this part. Quantities over this amount must be discarded and recorded as discard in eLandings. (v) Identification information —(A) Page number. Number the pages in each logbook consecutively, beginning on the first page of the DFL or DCPL with page 1 for January 1 and continuing for the remainder of the fishing year. (B) Printed name and signature of operator. The operator's name must be printed in the DFL or DCPL. The operator must sign each completed logsheet of the DFL or DCPL as verification of acceptance of the responsibility required in paragraph (a)(2) of this section (C) Vessel identification. Name of vessel as displayed in official documentation; FFP number or Federal crab vessel permit number of the vessel; and ADF&G vessel registration number if a catcher vessel or ADF&G processor code if a catcher/processor. (D) Other permit numbers (if applicable). IFQ permit number of the operator, if any, and each permit number of any IFQ permit on which anyone aboard is authorized to fish; groundfish CDQ number; and halibut CDQ permit number. (E) Reporting area —( 1 ) Groundfish. Record the Federal reporting area code (see Figures 1 and 3 to this part) where gear retrieval was completed, regardless of where the majority of the set took place. Use a separate logsheet for each reporting area. ( 2 ) IFQ halibut and CDQ halibut. Record the IPHC regulatory area (see Figure 15 to this part) where gear retrieval was completed, regardless of where the majority of the set took place. ( 3 ) CR crab. Leave this field blank. (F) Crew size. If a catcher vessel, record the number of crew members (including operator), excluding observer(s), on the last day of a trip. If a catcher/processor, record the number of crew members (including operator), excluding observer(s), on the last day of the weekly reporting period. (G) Gear type. Use a separate logsheet for each gear type. Place a check mark in the box for the gear type used to harvest the fish or crab. Record the information from the following table for the appropriate gear type on the logsheet. If the gear type is the same on subsequent logsheets, place a check mark in the box instead of re-entering the gear type information on the next logsheet. (H) Management program. Indicate whether harvest occurred under a management program (see paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section). Use a separate logsheet for each management program. If harvest is not under one of the listed management programs, leave blank. (I) Observer information. Record the number of observers aboard, the name of the observer(s), and the observer cruise number(s). (vi) Catch-by-set information. The operator must record the following information (see paragraphs (c)(3)(vi)(A) through (L) of this section) for each set (see § 679.2) in the DFL or DCPL. If no catch occurred for a given day, write “no catch.” (A) Set number. Sequentially by year. (B) Gear deployment (or to set gear) —( 1 ) Hook-and-line gear begin position. Record date (mm/dd), time (in military format, A.l.t.), and the begin position (in latitude and longitude to the nearest minute; indicate E or W for longitude) when the first hook-and-line gear of a set enters the water. ( 2 ) Jig or troll gear begin position. Record date (mm/dd), time (in military format, A.l.t.), and the begin position (latitude and longitude to the nearest minute; indicate E or W for longitude) when the jig or troll gear enters the water. ( 3 ) Pot gear begin position. Record date (mm/dd), time (in military format, A.l.t.), and the begin position (latitude and longitude to the nearest minute; indicate E or W for longitude) when the pot gear enters the water. (C) Gear retrieval (or to haul gear) —( 1 ) Hook-and-line gear end position. Date (mm/dd), time (in military format, A.l.t.), and end position coordinates (in latitude and longitude to the nearest minute; indicate E or W for longitude), where the last hook-and-line gear of a set leaves the water, regardless of where the majority of the set took place. ( 2 ) Jig or troll gear end position. Date (mm/dd), time (in military format, A.l.t.), and end position coordinates (in latitude and longitude to the nearest minute; indicate E or W for longitude) where the jig or troll gear leaves the water. ( 3 ) Pot gear end position. Date (mm/dd), time (in military format, A.l.t.), and end position coordinates (in latitude and longitude to the nearest minute; indicate E or W for longitude) where the last pot of a set is retrieved, regardless of where the majority of the set took place. (D) Begin and end buoy or bag numbers. (optional, but may be required by IPHC regulations (see §§ 300.60 through 300.65 of this chapter)). (E) Begin and end gear depths. Recorded to the nearest fathom (optional, but may be required by IPHC regulations (see §§ 300.60 through 300.65 of this chapter)). (F) Species codes. The operator must record and report required information for all groundfish (see Table 2a to this part), prohibited species (see Table 2b to this part), forage fish (see Table 2c to this part), grenadiers (see Table 2c to this part), squids (see Table 2c to this part), and sculpins (see Table 2c to this part). The operator may record and report information for non-groundfish (see Table 2d to this part). (G) Target species code. Enter the species code of the intended species to be harvested. Enter only one target species code. (H) Estimated total hail weight. Enter the estimated hail weight, which is an estimate of the total weight of the entire catch without regard to species. Indicate whether weight is estimated to the nearest pound or to the nearest 0.001 mt. (I) IR/IU species (see § 679.27). If a catcher/processor, enter species code of IR/IU species and estimated total round weight for each IR/IU species, if applicable; indicate whether weight is estimated to the nearest pound or the nearest 0.001 mt. Use one line to record information for each IR/IU species, including species code and amount of catch. If more than one IR/IU species are to be recorded, the operator must use a separate line for each species. (J) IFQ halibut and CDQ halibut. Estimated total net weight of IFQ halibut and CDQ halibut to the nearest pound. (K) IFQ sablefish. Number and estimated total round weight of IFQ sablefish to the nearest pound. Indicate whether IFQ sablefish product is Western cut, Eastern cut, or round weight. (L) CR crab. If in a CR crab fishery, record the number and scale weight of raw CR crab to the nearest pound. (vii) Product information, catcher/processor. The operator of a catcher/processor using longline or pot gear must record groundfish product information for all retained groundfish in eLandings (see paragraph (e)(10) of this section). (viii) Discard or disposition information, catcher vessel. The operator must record in a DFL the discard or disposition information that occurred prior to and during delivery to a buying station, tender vessel, mothership, shoreside processor, or SFP. Discard or disposition information must include the daily weight of groundfish, daily weight of herring PSC, and daily number of PSC animals. If no discard or disposition occurred for a given day, the operator must write “no discards or disposition.” (A) Enter discard or disposition information by species codes and product codes as follows: ( 1 ) Date (mm/dd) of discard or disposition (day that discard or disposition occurred). ( 2 ) For whole fish discard or disposition of groundfish or Pacific herring PSC, daily estimated total weight, balance forward weight from the previous day, and cumulative total weight since last delivery for each species; indicate whether weight is estimated to the nearest pound or nearest 0.001 mt. ( 3 ) For whole fish discard or disposition of each prohibited species (Pacific salmon, steelhead trout, Pacific halibut, king crabs, and Tanner crabs) record the daily estimated total number, balance forward from the previous day, and cumulative total number since the last delivery. ( 4 ) Summarize the weekly cumulative discard and disposition totals of groundfish weights and number of PSC animals separately by reporting area, management program, and gear type. Determine the weekly cumulative total by adding daily totals and the balance carried forward from the day before. (B) The operator must record “0” or zero balance forward and start a new logsheet after the offload or transfer of all fish or fish product onboard and prior to the beginning of each fishing trip. Nothing shall be carried forward from the previous fishing trip. (ix) Discard or disposition information, catcher/processor. The operator of a catcher/processor using longline or pot gear must record all discard or disposition information in eLandings (see paragraph (e)(10) of this section). (x) Catcher vessel delivery information. The operator of a catcher vessel must enter the following information (see paragraphs (c)(3)(x)(A) through (D) of this section) for delivery to a buying station, tender vessel, mothership, shoreside processor, or SFP: (A) Date (mm/dd) that delivery of harvest was completed. (B) ADF&G fish ticket issued to operator by the recipient, Registered Buyer, or RCR receiving the delivery. (C) Name of recipient, Registered Buyer, or RCR. (D) For the unloading port, enter the name of the port or port code (see Tables 14a and 14b to this part) of delivery location. (4) Trawl gear catcher vessel DFL and catcher/processor DCPL —(i) Responsibility. (A) Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section, the operator of a catcher vessel 60 ft (18.3 m) or greater LOA, that is required to have an FFP under § 679.4(b), and that is using trawl gear to harvest groundfish must maintain a trawl gear DFL, must complete one or more logsheets per day. Upon notification by the Regional Administrator, a DFL from the previous year may be used. (B) Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) or (vii) of this section, the operator of a catcher/processor that is required to have an FFP under § 679.4(b) and that is using trawl gear to harvest groundfish is required to use a combination of catcher/processor trawl gear DCPL and eLandings to record and report daily processor identification information, catch-by-haul landing information, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data. Under paragraph (f)(1)(vii) of this section, the operators of AFA catcher/processors or any catcher/processor harvesting pollock CDQ are required to use an ELB and no longer report using a DCPL. (ii) Reporting time limits —(A) Catcher vessel. The operator of a catcher vessel using trawl gear must record in the DFL the information in the following table for each haul within the specified time limit: (B) Catcher/processor. The operator of a catcher/processor using trawl gear must record in the DCPL or submit via eLandings the information in the following table for each haul within the specified time limit: (iii) Required information, if inactive. See paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (iv) Required information, if active —(A) Catcher vessel. ( 1 ) A catcher vessel using trawl gear is active when all or part of the trawl net is in the water. ( 2 ) If the catcher vessel identified in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of this section is active, the operator must record for one day per logsheet in the DFL, the information described in paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (vi), (viii), and (x) of this section. (B) Catcher/processor. ( 1 ) A catcher/processor using trawl gear is active when processing groundfish or when all or part of the trawl net is in the water. ( 2 ) If the catcher/processor identified in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B) of this section is active, the operator must record for one day per logsheet in the DCPL, the information described in paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (vi) of this section and submit in eLandings the information described in paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (vii), and (ix) of this section. (v) Identification information. If active, the operator must record the following information (see paragraphs (c)(4)(v)(A) through (J) of this section): (A) Date. Enter date of each day (mm/dd/yyyy). This date is also the date of gear deployment. (B) Page number. Number the pages in each logbook consecutively, beginning on the first page of the DFL or DCPL with page 1 for January 1 and continuing for the remainder of the fishing year. (C) Printed name and signature of operator. The operator's name must be printed in the DFL or DCPL. The operator must sign each completed logsheet of the DFL or DCPL as verification of acceptance of the responsibility required in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The operator's signature is due by 2400 hours A.l.t. of the day following the week-ending date of the weekly reporting period. (D) Vessel identification. Name of vessel as displayed in official documentation; FFP number of the vessel; ADF&G vessel registration number if a catcher vessel; and ADF&G processor code if a catcher/processor. (E) Federal reporting area. Record the Federal reporting area code where gear retrieval was completed, regardless of where the majority of the set took place. Use a separate logsheet for each reporting area. (F) COBLZ or RKCSA. If gear retrieval occurred in the COBLZ (see Figure 13 to this part) or RKCSA (see Figure 11 to this part) area within a reporting area, use two separate logsheets, the first to record the information from the reporting area that includes COBLZ or RKCSA, and the second to record the information from the reporting area that does not include COBLZ or RKCSA. (G) Crew size. If a catcher vessel, record the number of crew members (including operator), excluding observer(s), on the last day of a trip. If a catcher/processor, record the number of crew members (including operator), excluding observer(s), on the last day of the weekly reporting period. (H) Gear type. Use a separate logsheet for each gear type. Indicate whether pelagic trawl or non-pelagic trawl gear was used to harvest the fish. (I) Management program. Indicate whether harvest occurred under one of the management programs (see paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section). Use a separate logsheet for each management program. If harvest is not under one of the listed management programs, leave blank. (J) Observer information. Record the number of observers aboard, the name of the observer(s), and the observer cruise number(s). (vi) Catch-by-haul information. The operator must record the following information (see paragraphs (c)(4)(vi)(A) through (I) of this section) for each haul (see § 679.2). If no catch occurred for a given day, write “no catch.” (A) Haul number. Number hauls sequentially by year. (B) Gear deployment (or to set gear). Record the following information (see paragraphs (c)(4)(vi)(B)( 1 ) and ( 2 ) of this section) for trawl gear deployment: ( 1 ) The time (in military format, A.l.t.) when the trawl net enters the water, and ( 2 ) The position (latitude and longitude to the nearest minute; indicate E or W for longitude) where the trawl net enters the water. (C) Gear retrieval (or to haul gear). Record the following information (see paragraphs (c)(4)(vi)(C)( 1 ) and ( 2 ) of this section) for trawl gear retrieval: ( 1 ) The date (mm/dd) and time (in military format, A.l.t.) when retrieval of trawl gear cable begins. ( 2 ) The position (in latitude and longitude to the nearest minute; indicate E or W for longitude) where retrieval of trawl gear cable begins. (D) Average sea depth and average gear depth. Average sea depth and average gear depth; indicate whether average is reported to the nearest meter or fathom. (E) Species codes. The operator must record and report required information for all groundfish (see Table 2a to this part), prohibited species (see Table 2b to this part), forage fish (see Table 2c to this part), grenadiers (see Table 2c to this part), squids (see Table 2c to this part), and sculpins (see Table 2c to this part). The operator may record and report information for non-groundfish (see Table 2d to this part). (F) Target species code. Enter the species code of the species to be harvested. Enter only one target species code. (G) IR/IU species (see § 679.27). If a catcher/processor, enter species code of IR/IU species and estimated total round weight for each IR/IU species, if applicable; indicate whether estimated weight is to the nearest pound or the nearest 0.001 mt. Use one line to record information for each IR/IU species, including species code and amount of catch. If more than one IR/IU species are to be recorded, the operator must use a separate line for each species. (H) Total estimated hail weight. ( 1 ) If a catcher vessel or catcher/processor using trawl gear and not using NMFS-approved scales, the operator must record the hail weight of each haul; total hail weight is an estimate of the total weight of the entire catch without regard to species. Indicate whether estimated weight is to the nearest pound or to the nearest 0.001 mt. ( 2 ) If a catcher/processor using trawl gear is required to use a NMFS-approved scale, the operator must record the scale weight of each haul without regard to species. Indicate whether weight is to the nearest pound or to the nearest 0.001 mt. (I) Movement to Avoid Salmon. If a catcher vessel is directed fishing for pollock in the Bering Sea, indicate with a check mark (X) whether, prior to the haul, the operator moved fishing location primarily to avoid Chinook salmon bycatch. (vii) Product information, catcher/processor. The operator of a catcher/processor using trawl gear must record all product information for all retained groundfish in eLandings (see paragraph (e)(10) of this section). (viii) Discard or disposition information, catcher vessel. The operator must record in a DFL (see paragraphs (c)(4)(viii)(A) through (E) of this section) the discard or disposition that occurred prior to and during delivery to a buying station, tender vessel, mothership, shoreside processor, or SFP. If no discards or disposition occurred on a given day, write “no discards or disposition.” (A) Species code and product code. Record the species code and product code for all discards and disposition of groundfish and PSC Pacific herring, Pacific salmon, steelhead trout, Pacific halibut, king crabs, and Tanner crabs. (B) Discard and disposition weight. Record the daily estimated total round weight of groundfish or Pacific herring PSC discards and disposition, balance forward weight from the previous day, and cumulative total weight since last delivery, calculated by adding the daily totals and balance carried forward from the day before; indicate whether estimated weight is to the nearest pound or nearest 0.001 mt. (C) PSC discard numbers. Record the daily number of PSC discards and disposition, balance forward from the previous day, and cumulative total number since last delivery of PSC animals (Pacific salmon, steelhead trout, Pacific halibut, king crabs, and Tanner crabs). (D) Discard and disposition cumulative total. Summarize cumulative discard and disposition totals of groundfish and PSC animals separately by reporting area, if harvest occurred in the COBLZ or RKCSA, management program, and gear type. (E) Discard zero balance forward. After the offload or transfer of all fish or fish product onboard and prior to the beginning of each fishing trip, the operator must record the balance forward from the previous day as “zero” and start a new logsheet. At the beginning of each fishing trip, nothing shall be carried forward from the previous fishing trip. (ix) Discard or disposition information, catcher/processor. The operator of a catcher/processor using trawl gear must record discard or disposition information in eLandings (see paragraph (e)(10) of this section). (x) Catcher vessel delivery information. The operator must enter the following delivery information (see paragraphs (c)(4)(x)(A) through (C) of this section) for groundfish delivered to a buying station, tender vessel, mothership, shoreside processor, or SFP: (A) Date (mm/dd) that delivery of harvest was completed, (B) ADF&G fish ticket number issued to operator by the recipient receiving the delivery, and (C) Name and ADF&G processor code of recipient. (5) Shoreside processor DCPL. The shoreside processor DCPL has been replaced by eLandings and is no longer available. (See paragraph (e) of this section.) (i) Required information, if inactive. See paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (ii) Required information, if active. A shoreside processor or SFP is active when receiving or processing groundfish. (6) Mothership DCPL —(i) Responsibility. Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(v) of this section, the operator of a mothership that is required to have an FFP under § 679.4(b), or the manager of a CQE floating processor that receives or processes any groundfish from the GOA or BSAI from vessels issued an FFP under § 679.4(b), is required to use a combination of mothership DCPL and eLandings to record and report daily processor identification information, delivery information, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data. The operator or manager must enter into the DCPL any information for groundfish received from catcher vessels, groundfish received from processors for reprocessing or rehandling, and groundfish received from an associated tender vessel. (ii) Reporting time limits. The operator of a mothership must record in the DCPL or submit via eLandings the information in the following table for each groundfish delivery within the specified time limit: (iii) Required information, if inactive. See paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (iv) Required information, if active. A mothership is active when receiving or processing groundfish. If the mothership identified in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section is active, the operator must record for one day per logsheet in the DCPL, the information described in paragraphs (c)(6)(v) and (vi) of this section and record in eLandings the information described in paragraphs (c)(6)(v), (vii), and (viii) of this section. (v) Identification information. If active, the operator must record the following information (see paragraphs (c)(6)(v)(A) through (J) of this section) in the DCPL: (A) Page number. Number the pages in each logbook consecutively, beginning with page 1 for January 1 and continuing throughout the logbook for the remainder of the fishing year. (B) Printed name and signature of operator. The operator's name must be printed in the DCPL. The operator must sign each completed DCPL logsheet as verification of acceptance of the responsibility required in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. (C) Vessel information. Name of mothership, or CQE floating processor as displayed in official documentation, FFP or FPP number, and ADF&G processor code. (D) Date. Enter date (mm/dd/yyyy) of each operating day. (E) Crew size. Record the number of crew members (including operator), excluding observer(s), on the last day of the weekly reporting period. (F) Gear type. Indicate the gear type of harvester. If gear type is other than those listed, circle “Other” and describe. Use a separate logsheet for each gear type. (G) Federal reporting areas. Record Federal reporting area code (see Figures 1 and 3 to this part) where harvest was completed. Use a separate logsheet for each reporting area. (H) COBLZ or RKCSA. If groundfish was harvested with trawl gear in the COBLZ or RKCSA, use two separate logsheets to record the information: one logsheet for the reporting area that includes COBLZ or RKCSA, and a second logsheet to record the information from the reporting area that does not include COBLZ or RKCSA. (I) Observer information. Record the number of observers aboard, the name(s) of the observer(s), and the observer cruise number(s). (J) Management program. Indicate whether harvest occurred under one of the management programs (see paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section). Use a separate logsheet for each management program. If harvest is not under one of the listed management programs, leave blank. ( 1 ) For the PCTC Program, enter the observer's haul number for each catcher vessel delivery of an unsorted codend by 2400 hours, A.l.t., each day to record the previous day's delivery information. ( 2 ) [Reserved] (vi) Delivery information. The operator must record delivery information (see paragraphs (c)(6)(vi)(A) through (H) of this section) when unprocessed groundfish deliveries are received by the mothership from a tender vessel or a catcher vessel. If no deliveries are received for a given day, write “no deliveries.” (A) Type of delivery. Enter “CV” or “TV” to indicate if delivery was from a catcher vessel or tender vessel, respectively. (B) Non-submittal of discard report. Indicate whether the blue logsheet was received from the catcher vessel at the time of catch delivery. If the delivery was from a tender vessel, leave this column blank. If the blue logsheet is not received from the catcher vessel, enter “NO” and one of the response codes in the following table to describe the reason for non-submittal. (C) Vessel identification. Name and ADF&G vessel registration number of the catcher vessel or tender vessel (if applicable) delivering the groundfish. (D) Receipt time. Record time (in military format, A.l.t.) when receipt of groundfish delivery was completed. (E) Beginning position of receipt. Record the position coordinates (in latitude and longitude to the nearest minute; indicate E or W for longitude) where receipt of the groundfish delivery began. (F) Estimated total groundfish hail weight. Enter the estimated total hail weight of the combined species of each delivery from a catcher vessel or tender vessel. Total estimated hail weight is an estimate of the total weight of the entire catch without regard to species. Indicate whether the estimated weight is to the nearest pound or to the nearest 0.001 mt. If a catcher vessel reported discards on a blue DFL but did not deliver groundfish, enter “0” in this column. (G) IR/IU species (see § 679.27). Enter the species code of IR/IU species and the estimated total round weight for each IR/IU species, if applicable; indicate whether estimated weight is to the nearest pound or the nearest 0.001 mt. Use one line to record information for each IR/IU species, including species code and amount of catch. If more than one IR/IU species are to be recorded, the operator must use a separate line for each species. (H) ADF&G fish ticket numbers. If receiving unprocessed groundfish from a catcher vessel, record the ADF&G fish ticket number that the mothership issued to each catcher vessel. If receiving unprocessed groundfish from an associated tender vessel, record the ADF&G fish ticket numbers issued by the tender vessel on behalf of the mothership to the catcher vessel. (vii) Product information. The operator of a mothership must record all groundfish product information in eLandings (see paragraph (e)(10) of this section), including products made from unprocessed groundfish deliveries received from a tender vessel or a catcher vessel; groundfish received from another processor or other source; and groundfish received for custom processing (see paragraph (a)(7) of this section) by the mothership for another processor or business entity. (viii) Discard or disposition information. The operator of a mothership must record discard and disposition information in eLandings (see paragraph (e)(10) of this section). The discard or disposition information must include: (A) Discards and disposition that occurred onboard after receipt of groundfish from a catcher vessel or tender vessel; (B) Discards and disposition that occurred prior to, during, and after processing of groundfish; (C) Discards and disposition that were reported on a blue DFL received from a catcher vessel delivering groundfish; (D) Discards and disposition that are recorded on a blue DFL received from a catcher vessel even though no groundfish are delivered; and (d) [Reserved] (e) Interagency Electronic Reporting System (IERS) and eLandings —(1) Responsibility —(i) Hardware, software, and Internet connectivity. A User must obtain at his or her own expense hardware, software, and Internet connectivity to support Internet submissions of commercial fishery landings for which participants report to NMFS: landing data, production data, and discard or disposition data. The User must enter this information via the Internet by logging on to the eLandings system at http://elandings.alaska.gov or other NMFS-approved software or by using the desktop client software. (ii) Reporting of non-IFQ groundfish. If the User is unable to submit commercial fishery landings of non-IFQ groundfish due to hardware, software, or Internet failure for a period longer than the required reporting time, contact NMFS Inseason Management at 907-586-7228 for instructions. When the hardware, software, or Internet is restored, the User must enter this same information into eLandings or other NMFS-approved software. (iii) IFQ manual landing report. If the User is unable to submit commercial fishery landings of IFQ crab, IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish due to hardware, software, or Internet failure for a period longer than the required reporting time, or a change must be made to information already submitted, the User must complete an IFQ manual landing report. Manual landing instructions must be obtained from OLE, Juneau, AK, at 800-304-4846 (Select Option 1). (A) The User must complete all questions on the manual report, even if only one item has changed. The following additional information is required: whether the report is original or revised, name, telephone number, and fax number of individual submitting the manual landing report. (B) The User must fax the IFQ manual landing report to 907-586-7313. (C) The User must retain the paper copies of IFQ manual landing reports as indicated at paragraph (a)(5) of this section and make them available upon request of NMFS observers and authorized officers as indicated at paragraph (a)(6) of this section. (2) eLandings processor registration. (i) Before a User can use the eLandings system to report landings, production, discard or disposition data, he or she must request authorization to use the system, reserve a unique UserID, and obtain a password by using the Internet to complete the eLandings processor registration at https://elandings.alaska.gov/elandings/Register. (ii) Upon registration acceptance, the User must print, sign, and mail the User Agreement Form to NMFS at the address or fax number shown on the form. Confirmation will be e-mailed to indicate that the User is registered, authorized to use eLandings, and that the UserID and User's account are enabled. (iii) The User's signature on the registration form means that the User agrees to the following terms (see paragraphs (e)(2)(iii)(A) through (C) of this section): (A) To use eLandings access privileges only for submitting legitimate fishery landing reports; (B) To safeguard the UserID and password to prevent their use by unauthorized persons; and (C) To ensure that the User is authorized to submit landing reports for the processor permit number(s) listed. (3) Information required for eLandings processor registration form. The User must enter the following information (see paragraphs (e)(3)(i) through (ix) of this section) to obtain operation registration and UserID registration: (i) Operation type. Select the operation type from the dropdown list. (ii) Operation name. Enter a name that will refer to the specific operation. For example, if the plant is in Kodiak and the company is East Pacific Seafoods, the operation name might read “East Pacific Seafoods-Kodiak.” (iii) ADF&G processor code. Enter ADF&G processor code. (iv) Federal permit number. Enter all the federal permits associated with the operation. (A) Groundfish shoreside processor, SFP, or CQE floating processor. If a groundfish shoreside processor, SFP, or CQE floating processor, enter the FPP number. (B) Groundfish catcher/processor or mothership. If a groundfish catcher/processor or mothership, enter the FFP number. (C) Registered Buyer. If a Registered Buyer, enter the Registered Buyer permit number. (D) Registered Crab Receiver. If a Registered Crab Receiver, enter the Registered Crab Receiver permit number. (v) Port code. Enter the home port code (see Tables 14a, 14b, and 14c to this part) for the operation. (vi) ADF&G vessel registration number. If a mothership, catcher/processor, or tender operation, the operator must enter the ADF&G vessel identification number of the vessel. (vii) Vehicle license number. If a buying station operation that is a vehicle, enter vehicle license number and the state of license issuance. (viii) Physical operation. If a buying station, tender vessel, or custom processor, enter the following information to identify the associated processor where the processing will take place: operation type, ADF&G processor code, and applicable FFP number, FPP number, Registered Buyer permit number, and Registered Crab Receiver permit number. (ix) UserID registration for primary User. Each operation requires a primary User. Enter the following information for the primary User for the new operation: create and enter a UserID, initial password, company name, User name (name of the person who will use the UserID), city and state where the operation is located, business telephone number, business fax number, business e-mail address, security question, and security answer. (4) Information entered automatically for eLandings landing report. eLandings autofills the following fields from processor registration records (see paragraph (e)(2) of this section): UserID, processor company name, business telephone number, e-mail address, port of landing, operation type (for catcher/processors, motherships, or SFPs), ADF&G processor code, and Federal permit number. The User must review the autofilled cells to ensure that they are accurate for the landing that is taking place. eLandings assigns a unique landing report number and an ADF&G electronic fish ticket number upon completion of data entry. (5) Shoreside processor, SFP, or CQE floating processor landing report. The manager of a shoreside processor, SFP, or CQE floating processor that receives groundfish from a catcher vessel issued an FFP under § 679.4 and that is required to have an FPP under § 679.4(f) must use eLandings or other NMFS-approved software to submit a daily landing report during the fishing year to report processor identification information and the following information under paragraphs (e)(5)(i) through (iii) of this section: (i) Information entered for each groundfish delivery to a shoreside processor, SFP, or CQE floating processor. The User for a shoreside processor, SFP, or CQE floating processor must enter the following information (see paragraphs (e)(5)(i)(A) through (C) of this section) for each groundfish delivery (other than IFQ sablefish) provided by the operator of a catcher vessel, the operator or manager of an associated buying station or tender vessel, and from processors for reprocessing or rehandling product into eLandings or other NMFS-approved software: (A) Delivery information. ( 1 ) Number of observers onboard. ( 2 ) For crew size, enter the number of licensed crew aboard the vessel, including the operator. ( 3 ) Management program name and identifying number, if any, in which harvest occurred (see paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section). ( 4 ) ADF&G groundfish statistical area of harvest. ( 5 ) For date of landing, enter date (mm/dd/yyyy) that the delivery was completed. ( 6 ) Indicate (YES or NO) whether delivery is from a buying station or tender vessel. ( 7 ) If the delivery is received from a buying station, indicate the name of the buying station. If the delivery is received from a tender vessel, enter the ADF&G vessel registration number. ( 8 ) If delivery is received from a catcher vessel, indicate the ADF&G vessel registration number of the vessel. ( 9 ) Indicate whether the blue logsheet was received from the catcher vessel at the time of catch delivery. If the blue logsheet is not received from the catcher vessel, enter “NO” and select the applicable code from the following table to explain the reason provided by the catcher vessel for not supplying this copy: ( 10 ) Gear type of harvester. ( 11 ) ADF&G fish ticket number provided to catcher vessel (eLandings assigns an ADF&G fish ticket number to the landing report). ( 12 ) If receiving deliveries of groundfish in the marine municipal boundaries of a CQE community listed in Table 21 to this part. (B) Landed scale weight. The User for a shoreside processor or SFP must record landed scale weight (to the nearest pound) for all retained species from groundfish deliveries by species code and delivery condition code. Obtain actual weights for each groundfish species received and retained by: ( 1 ) Sorting according to species codes and direct weighing of that species, or ( 2 ) Weighing the entire delivery and then sorting and weighing the groundfish species individually to determine their weights. (C) Discard or disposition information. The User must record: ( 1 ) Discard or disposition of fish: that occurred on and was reported by a catcher vessel; that occurred on and was reported by a buying station or tender vessel; and that occurred prior to, during, and/or after production of groundfish at the shoreside processor or SFP. Discards and dispositions also must be recorded when no groundfish are delivered but the blue DFL is submitted by a catcher vessel containing records of discards or disposition. ( 2 ) If groundfish or PSC herring, enter species code, delivery condition code, disposition code, and weight (to the nearest pound), and ( 3 ) If PSC halibut, salmon, or crab, enter species code, delivery condition code, disposition code, and count (in numbers of animals). (ii) Submittal time limit. The User for a shoreside processor or SFP must submit a landing report containing the information described in paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section for each groundfish delivery from a specific vessel by 1200 hours, A.l.t., of the day following completion of the delivery. If the landed scale weight required in paragraph (e)(5)(i)(C) of this section is not available by this deadline, the User must transmit an estimated weight for each species by 1200 hours, A.l.t., of the day following completion of the delivery, and must submit a revised landing report with the landed scale weight for each species by 1200 hours, A.l.t., of the third day following completion of the delivery. (iii) Compliance. By using eLandings, the User for the shoreside processor or SFP and the operator for the catcher vessel or tender vessel or manager of the buying station providing information to the User for the shoreside processor or SFP accept the responsibility of and acknowledge compliance with § 679.7(a)(10). (6) Mothership landing report. The operator of a mothership that is issued an FFP under § 679.4(b) that receives groundfish from a catcher vessel required to have an FFP under § 679.4 is required to use eLandings or other NMFS-approved software to submit a daily landing report during the fishing year to report processor identification information and the following information under paragraphs (e)(6)(i) through (iii) of this section: (i) Information entered for each groundfish delivery to a mothership. The User for a mothership must enter the following information (see paragraphs (e)(6)(i)(A)( 1 ) through ( 12 ) of this section) provided by the operator of a catcher vessel, operator or manager of an associated tender vessel, or information received from processors for reprocessing or rehandling product. (A) Delivery information. ( 1 ) Number of observers onboard. ( 2 ) Crew size (including operator). ( 3 ) Management program name and identifying number, if any, in which harvest occurred (see paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section). ( 4 ) ADF&G groundfish statistical area of harvest. ( 5 ) Date (mm/dd/yyyy) that delivery was completed. ( 6 ) If the delivery is received from a tender, enter the ADF&G vessel registration number of the tender. ( 7 ) If delivery received from a catcher vessel, enter the ADF&G vessel registration number of the vessel. ( 8 ) Indicate whether the blue logsheet was received from the catcher vessel at the time of catch delivery. If the blue logsheet was not received from the catcher vessel, enter “NO” and select a code from the following table to explain the reason provided by the catcher vessel for not supplying this copy. ( 9 ) Gear type of harvester. ( 10 ) Total estimated round weight by species (pounds). ( 11 ) ADF&G fish ticket number provided to catcher vessel (eLandings assigns an ADF&G fish ticket number to the landing report). ( 12 ) For deliveries from catcher vessels directed fishing for pollock in the Bering Sea, indicate whether, prior to the haul, the operator of the catcher vessel moved fishing location primarily to avoid Chinook salmon bycatch. (B) Discard or disposition information. ( 1 ) The User must record discard or disposition information that occurred on and was reported by a catcher vessel; that occurred on and was reported by a tender vessel; and that occurred prior to, during, and after production of groundfish at the mothership. Discards and dispositions also must be recorded when no groundfish are delivered but the blue DFL is submitted by a catcher vessel containing records of discards or disposition. ( 2 ) If groundfish or PSC herring, enter species code, delivery condition code, disposition code, and weight (to the nearest pound), and ( 3 ) If PSC halibut, salmon, or crab, enter species code, delivery condition code, disposition code, and count (in numbers of animals). (ii) Submittal time limit. The User for a mothership must submit a landing report containing the information described at paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this section for each groundfish delivery from a specific vessel by 2400 hours, A.l.t., of the day following the delivery. (iii) Compliance. By using eLandings, the User for the mothership and the catcher vessel operator or tender vessel operator providing information to the User for the mothership accept the responsibility of and acknowledge compliance with § 679.7(a)(10). (7) Registered Buyer landing report. A person who is issued a Registered Buyer permit under § 679.4(d)(3) and who receives IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish from an IFQ permit holder or who receives CDQ halibut from a CDQ permit holder at any time during the fishing year is required to use eLandings or other NMFS-approved software to submit landing reports with the following information from paragraphs (e)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section): (i) Information entered for each IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, and IFQ sablefish delivery. The User for a Registered Buyer must enter the following information (see paragraphs (e)(7)(i)(A) through (E) of this section) for each IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, and IFQ sablefish delivery into eLandings or other NMFS-approved software: (A) User identification. UserID and password of person assigned for that system. (B) Landing date. Date (mm/dd/yyyy) of the landing. (C) Landing location. Location (port code) of the landing (See Tables 14a, 14b, and 14c to this part). (D) Permit numbers. Permit number of the IFQ permit holder, and any IFQ hired master permit holder, or CDQ hired master permit holder harvesting the fish and permit number of Registered Buyer receiving the IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CDQ halibut. (E) Delivery information. As reported by the IFQ permit holder, IFQ hired master permit holder, or CDQ hired master permit holder including the information in paragraphs (e)(7)(i)(E)( 1 ) through ( 9 ) of this section): ( 1 ) Harvesting vessel's ADF&G vessel registration number. ( 2 ) Gear code of gear used to harvest IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CDQ halibut. ( 3 ) ADF&G fish ticket number(s) for the landing (after the initial eLandings report is submitted, eLandings assigns an ADF&G fish ticket number to the landing report). ( 4 ) ADF&G statistical area of harvest. ( 5 ) If ADF&G statistical area is bisected by a line dividing two IFQ regulatory areas, provide the IFQ regulatory area of harvest. ( 6 ) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(7)(i)(E)( 7 ) of this section, initial accurate scale weight(s) (to the nearest pound) made at the time of offloading for IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CDQ halibut sold and retained (where retained includes fish intended for personal use, fish weighed and reloaded for delivery to another processor, and fish landed but rejected at the dock by the Registered Buyer); species codes; delivery condition code; and disposition code for each ADF&G statistical area of harvest. ( 7 ) Accurate weight of IFQ sablefish processed product obtained before the offload may be substituted for the initial accurate scale weight provided in paragraph (e)(7)(i)(E)( 6 ) of this section, at time of offload, if the vessel operator is a Registered Buyer reporting an IFQ sablefish landing. ( 8 ) Indicate whether initial accurate scale weight is given with or without ice and slime. Fish which have been washed prior to weighing or which have been offloaded from refrigerated salt water are not eligible for a 2-percent deduction for ice and slime and must be reported as fish weights without ice and slime. The 2-percent deduction is made by NMFS, not the submitter. ( 9 ) Indicate whether IFQ halibut is incidental catch concurrent with legal landing of salmon or concurrent with legal landing of lingcod harvested using dinglebar gear. (ii) Signatures for IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish deliveries. (A) The User for the Registered Buyer must print the completed groundfish landing report (ADF&G electronic groundfish ticket) and the sablefish/halibut IFQ landing receipt. The User must review the autofilled data entry cells to ensure that they are accurate for the landing that is taking place. (B) The User for the Registered Buyer, plus the IFQ permit holder or the IFQ hired master permit holder or CDQ hired master permit holder, must acknowledge the accuracy of the printed IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish landing receipt, and if necessary, IFQ manual landing report, by entering printed name, signature, and date. (iii) Time limits —(A) Landing hours. A landing of IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish may commence only between 0600 hours, A.l.t., and 1800 hours, A.l.t., unless permission to land at a different time is granted in advance by a clearing officer. (B) Landing receipt signatures. The User for the Registered Buyer and the IFQ permit holder, IFQ hired master permit holder, or CDQ hired master permit holder must sign the sablefish/halibut IFQ landing receipt within six hours after all IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, and IFQ sablefish are offloaded from a harvesting vessel and prior to shipment or transfer of the fish from the landing site. (C) Landing completion. The User for the Registered Buyer must submit an IFQ landing report, containing the information described in this paragraph (e)(7), within six hours after all IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, and IFQ sablefish are offloaded from a specific vessel and prior to shipment or transfer of said fish from the landing site. (iv) IFQ manual landing report. See paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section. (8) Registered Crab Receiver (RCR) IFQ crab landing report. (i) A person who is issued an RCR permit under § 680.4(i) of this chapter and who receives IFQ crab from a crab IFQ permit holder or crab IFQ hired master is required to use eLandings to submit a landing report to report every landing of IFQ crab and incidental groundfish. (ii) An RCR using a catcher/processor is required to submit a crab landing report using eLandings in a format approved by NMFS. NMFS will provide format specifications upon request. Interested parties may contact NMFS Alaska Region, Sustainable Fisheries Division, Catch Accounting/Data Quality, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668, telephone 907-586-7228. (iii) Information entered for each IFQ crab delivery. The User for the RCR must submit information described at paragraphs (e)(8)(iii)(A) through (D) of this section into eLandings or other NMFS-approved software for each IFQ crab delivery: (A) Permit numbers. RCR permit number, IFQ permit number, and IPQ permit number, as appropriate. (B) Operation type and port code —( 1 ) If a shoreside processor, the port code is pre-filled automatically (see § 679.5(e)(4)). ( 2 ) If a catcher/processor, the at-sea operation type is pre-filled automatically. ( 3 ) If an SFP and crab delivery is received in port, the at-sea operation type is pre-filled automatically (see § 679.5(e)(4)) and the User must enter the port code from Table 14a to this part. ( 4 ) If an SFP and crab delivery is received at sea, the at-sea operation type is pre-filled automatically (see § 679.5(e)(4)) and the User must enter the appropriate crab regional designation (see § 680.40(b)(2)), shown below: CR Crab Regional Designations (C) Delivery information. As reported by IFQ permit holder. ( 1 ) ADF&G vessel registration number of the delivering vessel. ( 2 ) Date (mm/dd/yyyy) fishing began. ( 3 ) Date (mm/dd/yyyy) of the IFQ crab landing. ( 4 ) ADF&G fish ticket number (automatically supplied). ( 5 ) ADF&G statistical area of harvest (All ADF&G statistical areas are translated to the NMFS reporting area and the IPHC reporting area by eLandings.). ( 6 ) Species code of catch from Table 2 to part 680. ( 7 ) Delivery-condition codes of catch from Table 3a to this part. ( 8 ) Number of crab retained and sold condition code, product type, size/grade, and sold pounds; and optionally, price per pound. ( 9 ) Scale weight of deadloss (to the nearest pound) and scale weight of crab retained for personal use (to the nearest pound). Deadloss and personal use crab that an IPQ holder did not purchase are not debited from the IPQ holder's account. (D) Crew and observer information —( 1 ) For crew size, enter the number of licensed crew aboard the vessel, including the operator. ( 2 ) Number of observers aboard. (iv) Information entered for IFQ crab custom processing landings. In addition to the information required in paragraph (e)(8)(iii) of this section, if custom processing IFQ crab, the User for the RCR must enter the ADF&G processor code of the person for which the IFQ crab was custom processed. (v) Signatures for IFQ crab deliveries. (A) The User for the RCR must print the completed crab landing report (ADF&G electronic crab ticket) and the crab IFQ landing receipt. The User must review the autofilled data entry cells to ensure that they are accurate for the landing that is taking place. (B) The User for the Registered Crab Receiver (RCR), plus the IFQ permit holder or IFQ hired master permit holder, must acknowledge the accuracy of the printed IFQ crab landing receipt, and, if necessary, IFQ manual landing report, by entering printed name, signature, and date. (vi) Time limits. (A) Except as indicated in paragraph (e)(8)(vi)(B) of this section, the User for the RCR is required to submit a crab landing report described at this paragraph (e)(8) to NMFS within six hours after all crab is offloaded from the vessel. (B) For IFQ crab harvested on a catcher/processor, the User for the RCR is required to submit an IFQ crab landing report to NMFS by Tuesday 1200 hours, A.l.t. after the end of each weekly reporting period in which IFQ crab was harvested. (C) The User for the RCR and the IFQ permit holder or IFQ hired master permit holder must enter printed name and sign the crab IFQ landing receipt within six hours after all crab is offloaded from the harvesting vessel. (vii) Landing document retention. The User must retain each landing report and landing receipt per paragraph (a)(5) of this section. (viii) IFQ manual landing report for crab. See paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section. (9) Shoreside processor or SFP information entered for production report. The manager of a shoreside processor or SFP that is required to have an FPP under § 679.4(f) must use eLandings or other NMFS-approved software during the fishing year to submit a production report to report daily processor identification information and all groundfish production data. The User must retain a copy of each production report per paragraphs (a)(5) and (6) of this section. (i) Contents. eLandings autofills the following fields when creating a production report for a shoreside processor or SFP: FPP number, company name, ADF&G processor code, User name, email address, and telephone number. The User must review the autofilled cells to ensure that they are accurate for the current report. In addition, the User for the shoreside processor or SFP must enter the following information (see paragraphs (e)(9)(i)(A) through (F) of this section): (A) Date. Reporting date (mm/dd/yyyy). (B) Observers. Number of observers onsite. (C) Area of harvest. Whether harvested in GOA or BSAI. (D) Product description. Species code, product type, and product code of product. (E) Product weight. Enter actual scale weight of product to the nearest pound. (F) No production/no deliveries (inactive). If there was no production or deliveries for the day, mark the “No Production” and/or “No Deliveries” boxes. (ii) Submittal time limits —(A) When active pursuant to paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section, the User for a shoreside processor or SFP must submit a production report by 1200 hours, A.l.t., each day to record the previous day's production information. (B) If a shoreside processor or SFP using eLandings is not taking deliveries over a weekend, the User or manager may submit the eLandings production report from Saturday and Sunday to NMFS by 1200 hours, A.l.t., on the following Monday. (10) Catcher/processor or mothership information entered for production report —(i) Catcher/processor. The operator of a catcher/processor that is issued an FFP under § 679.4 and that harvests groundfish is required to use eLandings or other NMFS-approved software to submit a production report to record and report daily processor identification information, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data. (ii) Mothership. The operator of a mothership that is issued an FFP under § 679.4, or the operator of a CQE floating processor that receives groundfish is required to use eLandings or other NMFS-approved software to submit a production report to record and report daily processor identification information, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data. (iii) Contents. eLandings autofills the following fields when creating a production report for a catcher/processor or mothership: FFP or FPP number, company name, ADF&G processor code, User name, email address, and telephone number. The User must review the autofilled cells to ensure that they are accurate for the current report. In addition, the User for the catcher/processor or mothership must enter the information in paragraphs (e)(10)(iii)(A) through (N) of this section. (A) Date. Reporting date (mm/dd/yyyy). (B) Designation. From Table 14c to this part, enter whether the processor is a catcher/processor = FCP or a mothership = FLD. (C) Crew size. Including operator. (D) Management program. Enter management program and identifying number, if any, in which harvest occurred (see paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section). (E) Gear type of harvester. Enter the gear type used by the harvester. (F) Federal Reporting Area of harvest. Enter the Federal Reporting Area where harvest was made. (G) COBLZ or RKCSA. Indicate whether fishing occurred in COBLZ or RKCSA (if applicable). (H) Product description. Species code, product type, and product code of product. (I) Product weight. Enter product weight in metric tons to the nearest 0.001 mt. (J) No production (inactive). If there was no production for the day, mark the “No Production” box. (K) Discard description. The operator must record the discard or disposition that occurred prior to, during, and after production of groundfish by species code and disposition code of discards and disposition. (L) Discard weight. Daily weight of groundfish and the daily weight of herring PSC to the nearest 0.001 mt. (M) PSC numbers —( 1 ) Non-AFA catcher/processors and all motherships. Daily number of PSC animals (Pacific salmon, steelhead trout, Pacific halibut, king crabs, and Tanner crabs) by species codes and discard and disposition codes. ( 2 ) AFA and CDQ catcher/processors. The operator of an AFA catcher/processor or any catcher/processor harvesting pollock CDQ must enter daily the number of non-salmon PSC animals (Pacific halibut, king crabs, and Tanner crabs) by species codes and discard and disposition codes. Salmon PSC animals are entered into the electronic logbook as described in paragraphs (f)(1)(iv) and (v) of this section. (N) ADF&G statistical area. Must be reported beginning January 1, 2009. (iv) Submittal time limits —(A) Except as described in paragraph (e)(10)(iv)(B) of this section, when a mothership is active pursuant to paragraph (c)(6)(iv) of this section, a catcher/processor longline or pot gear is active pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(iv)(B) of this section, or a catcher/processor trawl gear is active pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)(iv)(B) of this section, the User for a mothership or catcher/processor must submit a production report by 2400 hours, A.l.t., each day to record the previous day's production information. (B) If a vessel is in the groundfish and halibut fishery full observer coverage category described at § 679.51(a)(2), the User may submit a production report for Friday, Saturday, and Sunday no later than 2400 hours, A.l.t., on the following Monday. (11) Printing of landing reports, landing receipts, and production reports —(i) The User daily must print a paper copy onsite or onboard of: (A) Each landing report. (B) If IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CDQ halibut, each sablefish/halibut IFQ landing receipt. (C) If IFQ crab, each crab IFQ landing receipt. (D) Each production report. (ii) In addition to paragraph (e)(11)(i) of this section, the mothership operator or User must print an additional copy of each landing report and provide it to the operator of the catcher vessel delivering groundfish to the mothership by 1200 hours, A.l.t., on Tuesday following the end of applicable weekly reporting period. (12) Retention and inspection of landing reports, landing receipts, and production reports —(i) The User daily must retain a printed paper copy onsite or onboard of: (A) Each landing report. (B) If IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CDQ halibut, each sablefish/halibut IFQ landing receipt. (C) If IFQ crab, each crab IFQ landing receipt. (D) Each production report. (ii) The User must make available the printed copies upon request of NMFS observers and authorized officers as indicated at paragraph (a)(5) of this section. (13) Catcher/processor landing report. (i) The operator of a catcher/processor placed in the partial observer coverage category under § 679.51(a)(3) must use eLandings or other NMFS-approved software to submit a catcher/processor landing report to NMFS for each fishing trip conducted while that catcher/processor is in the partial observer coverage category. (ii) The vessel operator must log into eLandings or other NMFS-approved software and provide the information required on the computer screen. Additional instructions for submitting a catcher/processor landing report is on the Alaska Region Web site at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. (iii) For purposes of this landing report requirement, the end of a fishing trip is defined in § 679.2, paragraph (3)(iii) of the definition of a fishing trip. (iv) The vessel operator must submit the catcher/processor landing report to NMFS by 2400 hours, A.l.t., on the day after the end of the fishing trip. (14) Tender vessel landing report (“tLandings”) —(i) tLandings. tLandings is an applications software for preparing electronic landing reports for commercial fishery landings to tender vessels. (ii) Tender vessel operator responsibility. The operator of a tender vessel taking delivery of groundfish that is required to be reported to NMFS on a landing report under paragraph (e)(5) of this section must use tLandings to enter information about each landing of groundfish and must provide that information to the User defined under § 679.2. (iii) User responsibility. The User must configure and provide the tender vessel operator with the most recent version of the tLandings tender workstation application prior to the tender vessel taking delivery of groundfish. (iv) Information entered for each groundfish delivery. The tender vessel operator must log into the configured tLandings tender workstation application and provide the information required on the computer screen. Additional instructions for tLandings is on the Alaska Region Web site at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. (v) Submittal time limit. (A) The tender vessel operator must provide the landing information in tLandings to the User at the commencement of the transfer or offload of groundfish from the tender vessel to the processor. (B) The User must upload the data recorded in tLandings by the tender vessel to prepare the initial landing report for a catcher vessel delivering to a tender vessel that is required under paragraph (e)(5) of this section within the submittal time limit specified under paragraph (e)(5). (vi) Compliance. By using tLandings, the User and the tender vessel operator providing information to the User accept the responsibility of and acknowledge compliance with § 679.7(a)(10). (f) Electronic logbooks (ELBs). The operator may use a combination of a NMFS-approved ELB (instead of a DFL or DCPL) and eLandings to record and report groundfish information. To satisfy ELB use requirements, the operator after data entry must routinely create the following three products: an ELB logsheet, an ELB discard report, and an ELB data export. (1) Responsibility. The operator of a vessel voluntarily using an ELB must notify the Regional Administrator by fax at 907-586-7465 to notify NMFS that the operator is using a NMFS-approved ELB instead of a DFL or DCPL, prior to participating in any Federal fishery. (i) Catcher vessel longline and pot gear ELB. The operator of a catcher vessel using longline and pot gear may use a NMFS-approved catcher vessel longline or pot gear ELB in lieu of using the NMFS-prescribed catcher vessel longline or pot gear DFL required at paragraph (c)(3) of this section. (ii) Catcher/processor longline and pot gear ELB. Except for catcher/processors subject to § 679.100(b), the operator of a catcher/processor using longline or pot gear may use a combination of a NMFS-approved catcher/processor longline and pot gear ELB and eLandings to record and report groundfish information. The operator may use a NMFS-approved catcher/processor longline and pot gear ELB to record daily processor identification information and catch-by-set information. In eLandings, the operator must record daily processor identification, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data. (iii) Catcher vessel trawl gear ELB. The operator of a catcher vessel using trawl gear may use a NMFS-approved catcher vessel trawl gear ELB in lieu of using the NMFS-prescribed catcher vessel trawl gear DFL required at paragraph (c)(4) of this section. (iv) Catcher/processor trawl gear ELB. Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(vii) of this section, the operator of a catcher/processor using trawl gear may use a combination of a NMFS-approved catcher/processor trawl gear ELB and eLandings to record and report groundfish information. In the ELB, the operator may enter processor identification information and catch-by-haul information. In eLandings, the operator must enter processor identification, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data. (v) Mothership ELB. The operator of a mothership may use a combination of a NMFS-approved mothership ELB and eLandings to record and report groundfish information. The operator may use a NMFS-approved mothership ELB to record daily processor identification information and catcher vessel and tender vessel groundfish delivery information. In eLandings, the operator must record daily processor identification, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data. (vi) If using a NMFS-approved ELB, the operator is not required to quarterly submit logsheets to OLE. (vii) AFA and CDQ trawl catcher/processors. The operator of an AFA catcher/processor or any catcher/processor harvesting pollock CDQ must use a combination of NMFS-approved catcher/processor trawl gear ELB and eLandings to record and report groundfish and PSC information. In the ELB, the operator must enter processor identification information; catch-by-haul information; prohibited species discard or disposition data for all salmon species in each haul; and indicate whether, prior to the haul, the operator moved fishing location primarily to avoid Chinook salmon bycatch. In eLandings, the operator must enter processor identification, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data for all prohibited species except salmon. (viii) Longline catcher/processor subsector. The operator of a catcher/processor subject to § 679.100(b) must use a NMFS-approved catcher/processor longline and pot gear ELB to record processor identification information, catch-by-set information, and, if required to weigh Pacific cod on a NMFS-approved scale, the total Pacific cod weight from the scale for each set. This requirement applies for the entire year that the vessel is subject to § 679.100(b) and operating as a catcher/processor using either longline or pot gear. (ix) Catcher/processors and motherships required to weigh catch on NMFS-approved scales. Catcher/processors and motherships required to weigh catch on a NMFS-approved scale must use a NMFS-approved ELB. The vessel operator must ensure that each scale is tested as specified in § 679.28(b)(3) and that the following information from all scale tests, including failed tests, is reported within 24 hours of the testing using the ELB: (A) The weight of test material from the observer platform scale; (B) The total weight of the test material as recorded by the scale being tested; (C) Percent error as determined by subtracting the known weight of the test material from the weight recorded on the scale being tested, dividing that amount by the known weight of the test material, and multiplying by 100; and (D) The time, to the nearest minute A.l.t. when testing began. (2) Requirements for using an ELB —(i) Use a NMFS-approved ELB. The operator must use only a NMFS-approved ELB. The Regional Administrator maintains a list of approved ELBs on the Alaska Region NMFS website at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov (see also § 679.28(h) for approval of vendor software). (ii) Reporting groundfish by ELB. If the User is unable to submit commercial fishery information due to hardware, software, or Internet failure for a period longer than the required reporting time, contact NMFS Inseason Management at (907) 586-7228 for instructions. When the hardware, software, or Internet is restored, the User must enter this same information into the electronic logbook (ELB) or other NMFS-approved software. (iii) Enter all required information into the ELB —(A) Inactive. The operator must enter all required information, if inactive (see paragraph (c)(2) of this section). (B) Active. The operator must enter all required information, if active (see paragraph (c)(3), (c)(4), or (c)(6) of this section, as appropriate). ( 1 ) Recording time limits. The time limits for recording applicable information in the ELBs are the same as the recording time limits for DFLs and DCPLs in paragraphs (c)(3), (c)(4), and (c)(6) of this section. ( 2 ) Daily complete ELB data entry and printing of copies as indicated in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section. (iv) Regularly backup ELB data. The operator must regularly backup ELB data to ensure that data are not lost in the event of hardware or software problems. (v) Correct errors in ELB data. If after an ELB discard report and ELB logsheet are printed, an error is found in the data, the operator must make any necessary changes to the data, print a new copy of the ELB discard report and ELB logsheet, and export the revised file to NMFS. The operator must retain both the original and revised ELB reports. (3) Printed copies. Upon completion of ELB data entry each day, the operator must print the following information (see paragraphs (f)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section) in the NMFS-specified format: (i) ELB logsheet. (A) Print a copy of an ELB logsheet when a vessel is active, by 2400 hours, A.l.t. each day to record the previous day's ELB information. (B) Print one ELB logsheet to describe a continuous period of inactivity, when a vessel is inactive. (C) Print a copy of the ELB logsheet for the observer's use, if an observer is onboard the vessel, by 2400 hours, A.l.t., each day to record the previous day's ELB information. (ii) ELB discard report. (A) Print a copy of an ELB discard report upon completion of each fishing trip or each offload of fish. (B) If an observer is present, print a copy of the ELB discard report for the observer's use upon completion of each fishing trip or each offload of fish. (4) Signatures —(i) ELB logsheet. The operator daily must sign and date each printed ELB logsheet by 2400 hours, A.l.t. each day to record the previous day's ELB information. The signature of the operator is verification of acceptance of the responsibility required in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. (ii) ELB discard report. The operator daily must sign and date each printed ELB discard report upon completion of each fishing trip or each offload of fish. The signature of the operator is verification of acceptance of the responsibility required in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. (5) Submittal time limits. (i) The operator of a catcher vessel using an ELB must upon delivery of catch submit the ELB discard report to the mothership, shoreside processor, or SFP. (ii) The operator or manager of a buying station or tender vessel that receives groundfish catch from a catcher vessel using an ELB must upon delivery of catch submit the ELB discard report to the mothership, shoreside processor, or SFP, and submit the ELB data export directly to the Regional Administrator or through the mothership, shoreside processor, or SFP. (6) Retention. The operator must keep a signed copy of each ELB logsheet and each ELB discard report, filed in sequence for immediate access by authorized personnel as described at paragraph (a)(5) of this section. (7) ELB data submission —(i) Catcher/processors. The operator of a catcher/processor must transmit ELB data directly to NMFS online through eLandings or other NMFS-approved data transmission mechanism, by 2400 hours, A.l.t., each day to record the previous day's hauls. (ii) Catcher vessels. The operator of a catcher vessel must transmit ELB data directly to NMFS as an email attachment or to NMFS through a shoreside processor, SFP, or mothership who received his/her groundfish catch. Through a prior agreement with the catcher vessel, the operator of a mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor or SFP will forward the ELB data transfer to NMFS as an email attachment within 24 hours of completing receipt of the catcher vessel's catch. (8) Return receipt. (i) Upon receiving an ELB data export, NMFS will generate a dated return-receipt to confirm receipt of the ELB data. If errors exist in the data transmitted to NMFS, the receipt will identify the errors. If errors are identified, the operator must correct the errors and send a revised transmission to NMFS which will then confirm acceptance of the ELB data. (ii) The operator must retain the NMFS return receipt as described in paragraph (a)(5) of this section. (iii) If a return receipt from NMFS is not received within 24 hours, the operator of the catcher vessel, the operator of a catcher/processor, the operator of the mothership, or the manager of the shoreside processor or SFP forwarding the ELB data export for the operator of the catcher vessel, must contact NMFS by telephone at 907-586-7228 or fax at 907-586-7131 for instructions. (g) Product transfer report (PTR) —(1) General requirements. Except as provided in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (v) of this section, the operator or manager must record on a PTR those species that are listed in Tables 2a and 2c to this part when those species are transferred out of the facility or off the vessel and may also record species listed in Table 2d to this part. For a comparison of forms used for shipping, transporting, or transferring fish or fish product, see Table 13 to this part. (i) Groundfish and donated prohibited species. The operator of a mothership or catcher/processor or the manager of a shoreside processor or SFP must complete and submit a separate PTR for each shipment of groundfish and donated prohibited species caught in groundfish fisheries. A PTR is not required to accompany a shipment. (ii) IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, and CDQ halibut. A Registered Buyer must submit a separate PTR for each shipment of halibut or sablefish for which the Registered Buyer submitted an IFQ landing report or was required to submit an IFQ landing report. A PTR is not required to accompany a shipment. (iii) CR crab. A Registered Crab Receiver (RCR) must submit a separate PTR for each shipment of crab for which the RCR submitted a CR crab landing report or was required to submit a CR crab landing report. A PTR is not required to accompany a shipment. (2) Exceptions —(i) Bait sales (non-IFQ groundfish only). During one calendar day, the operator or manager may aggregate and record on one PTR the individual sales or shipments of non-IFQ groundfish to vessels for bait purposes during the day recording the amount of such bait product shipped from a vessel or facility that day. (ii) Retail sales —(A) IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, CDQ halibut, and non-IFQ groundfish. During one calendar day, the operator, manager, or Registered Buyer may aggregate and record on one PTR the amount of transferred retail product of IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, CDQ halibut, and non-IFQ groundfish if each sale weighs less than 10 lb or 4.5 kg. (B) CR crab. During one calendar day, the RCR may aggregate and record on one PTR the amount of transferred retail product of CR crab if each sale weighs less than 100 lb or 45 kg. (iii) Wholesale sales (non-IFQ groundfish only). The operator or manager may aggregate and record on one PTR, wholesale sales of non-IFQ groundfish by species when recording the amount of such wholesale species leaving a vessel or facility in one calendar day, if invoices detailing destinations for all of the product are available for inspection by an authorized officer. (iv) Dockside sales. (A) A person holding a valid IFQ permit, or IFQ hired master permit, and a Registered Buyer permit may conduct a dockside sale of IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish with a person who has not been issued a Registered Buyer permit after all IFQ halibut and IFQ sablefish have been landed and reported in accordance with paragraph (l) of this section. (B) A person holding a valid halibut CDQ hired master permit and Registered Buyer permit may conduct a dockside sale of CDQ halibut with a person who has not been issued a Registered Buyer permit after all CDQ halibut have been landed and reported in accordance with paragraph (l) of this section. (C) A Registered Buyer conducting dockside sales must issue a receipt to each individual receiving IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish in lieu of a PTR. This receipt must include: ( 1 ) Date of sale; ( 2 ) Registered Buyer permit number; ( 3 ) Weight by product of the IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut or IFQ sablefish transferred. (D) A Registered Buyer must maintain a copy of each dockside sales receipt as described in paragraph (l) of this section. (v) Transfer directly from the landing site to a processing facility (CDQ halibut, IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CR crab only). A PTR is not required for transportation of unprocessed IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, CDQ halibut, or CR crab directly from the landing site to a facility for processing, provided the following conditions are met: (A) A copy of the IFQ landing report receipt (Internet receipt) documenting the IFQ landing accompanies the offloaded IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CDQ halibut while in transit. (B) A copy of the CR crab landing report receipt (Internet receipt) documenting the IFQ landing accompanies the offloaded CR crab while in transit. (C) A copy of the IFQ landing report or CR crab landing report receipt is available for inspection by an authorized officer. (D) The Registered Buyer submitting the IFQ landing report or RCR submitting the CR crab landing report completes a PTR for each shipment from the processing facility pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of this section. (3) Time limits and submittal. The operator of a mothership or catcher/processor, the manager of a shoreside processor or SFP, the Registered Buyer, or RCR must: (i) Record all product transfer information on a PTR within 2 hours of the completion of the shipment. (ii) Submit a PTR by facsimile or electronic file to OLE, Juneau, AK (907-586-7313), by 1200 hours, A.l.t., on the Tuesday following the end of the applicable weekly reporting period in which the shipment occurred. (iii) If any information on the original PTR changes prior to the first destination of the shipment, submit a revised PTR by facsimile or electronic file to OLE, Juneau, AK (907-586-7313), by 1200 hours, A.l.t., on the Tuesday following the end of the applicable weekly reporting period in which the change occurred. (4) Required information. The operator of a mothership or catcher/processor, the manager of a shoreside processor or SFP, the Registered Buyer, or RCR must include the following information on a PTR: (i) Original or revised PTR. Whether a submittal is an original or revised PTR. (ii) Shipper information. Name, telephone number, and facsimile number of the representative. According to the following table: (iii) Transfer information. Using descriptions from the following table, enter receiver information, date and time of product transfer, location of product transfer (e.g., port, position coordinates, or city), mode of transportation, and intended route: (iv) Products shipped. The operator, manager, Registered Buyer, or RCR must record the following information for each product shipped: (A) Species code and product code. ( 1 ) For non-IFQ groundfish, IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, and CDQ halibut, the species code and product code (Tables 1 and 2 to this part). ( 2 ) For CR crab, the species code and product code (Tables 1 and 2 to 50 CFR part 680). (B) Species weight. Use only if recording 2 or more species with 2 or more product types contained within the same production unit. Enter the actual scale weight of each product of each species to the nearest kilogram or pound (indicate which). If not applicable, enter “n/a” in the species weight column. If using more than one line to record species in one carton, use a brace “}” to tie the carton information together. (C) Number of units. Total number of production units (blocks, trays, pans, individual fish, boxes, or cartons; if iced, enter number of totes or containers). (D) Unit weight. Unit weight (average weight of single production unit as listed in “No. of Units” less packing materials) for each species and product code in kilograms or pounds (indicate which). (E) Total weight. Total weight for each species and product code of shipment less packing materials in kilograms or pounds (indicate which). (F) Total or partial offload. ( 1 ) If a mothership or catcher/processor, the operator must indicate whether fish or fish products are left onboard the vessel (partial offload) after the shipment is complete. ( 2 ) If a partial offload, for the products remaining on board after the transfer, the operator must enter: Species code, product code, and total product weight to the nearest kilogram or pound (indicate which) for each product. (h) Check-in/Check-out report —(1) Requirement. Except as described in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, the operator of a catcher/processor or mothership and manager of a shoreside processor or SFP must submit to NMFS a check-in report (BEGIN message) prior to becoming active and a check-out report (CEASE message) for every check-in report submitted. The check-in report and check-out report must be submitted by fax to 907-586-7131. (2) Exceptions —(i) VMS onboard. The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership is not required to submit to NMFS a check-in report or check-out report if the vessel is carrying onboard a transmitting VMS that meets the requirements of § 679.28(f). (ii) Two adjacent reporting areas. If on the same day a catcher/processor intends to fish in two adjacent reporting areas (an action which would require submittal of check-out reports and check-in reports multiple times a day when crossing back and forth across a reporting area boundary), and the two reporting areas have on that day and time an identical fishing status for every species, the operator must: (A) Submit to NMFS a check-in report to the first area prior to entering the first reporting area, and (B) Submit to NMFS a check-in report to the second area prior to entering the second reporting area. (C) Remain within 10 nautical miles (18.5 km) of the boundary described in paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of this section. (D) If the catcher/processor proceeds in the second reporting area beyond 10 nautical miles (18.5 km) of the boundary between the two areas, the operator must submit a check-out report from the first reporting area. The operator must submit a check-out report from the second area upon exiting that reporting area. (3) Transit through reporting areas. The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership is not required to submit a check-in or check-out report if the vessel is transiting through a reporting area and is not fishing or receiving fish. (4) Time limits and submittal. Except as indicated in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, the operator or manager must submit a check-in report and a check-out report according to the following table: (5) Required information. The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership and the manager of a shoreside processor or SFP must record the information in the following table on a check-in report and a check-out report, as appropriate. (i) Weekly production report (WPR). The WPR is removed from use. Instead of a WPR, the operator of a mothership or catcher/processor and the manager of a shoreside processor or SFP must submit all landings information, production information, and discard and disposition information using eLandings or other NMFS-approved software (see paragraph (e) of this section). (j) [Reserved] (k) U.S. Vessel Activity Report (VAR). For a comparison of forms used for shipping, transporting, or transferring fish or fish product, see Table 13 to this part. (1) Fish or fish product onboard. Except as noted in paragraph (k)(4) of this section, the operator of a catcher vessel greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA, a catcher/processor, or a mothership required to hold a Federal fisheries permit issued under this part and carrying fish or fish product onboard must complete and submit a VAR by facsimile or electronic file to OLE, Juneau, AK (907-586-7313) before the vessel crosses the seaward boundary of the EEZ off Alaska or crosses the U.S.-Canadian international boundary between Alaska and British Columbia. (2) Combination of non-IFQ groundfish with IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, IFQ sablefish or CR crab. If a vessel is carrying non-IFQ groundfish and IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, IFQ sablefish or CR crab, the operator must submit a VAR in addition to an IFQ Departure Report required by paragraph (l)(4) of this section. (3) Revised VAR. If fish or fish products are landed at a port other than the one specified on the VAR, the operator must submit a revised VAR showing the actual port of landing before any fish are offloaded. (4) Exemption: IFQ Departure Report. A VAR is not required if a vessel is carrying only IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CR crab onboard and the operator has submitted an IFQ Departure Report required by paragraph (l)(4) of this section. (5) Information required. (i) Whether original or revised VAR. (ii) Name and Federal fisheries permit number of vessel or RCR permit number. (iii) Type of vessel (whether catcher vessel, catcher/processor, or mothership). (iv) Name, daytime telephone number (including area code), and facsimile number and COMSAT number (if available) of representative. (v) Return report. “Return,” for purposes of this paragraph, means returning to Alaska. If the vessel is crossing the seaward boundary of the EEZ off Alaska or crossing the U.S.-Canadian international boundary between Alaska and British Columbia into U.S. waters, indicate a “return” report and enter: (A) Intended Alaska port of landing ( see Table 14a to this part); (B) Estimated date and time (hour and minute, Greenwich mean time) the vessel will cross the boundary; and (C) The estimated position coordinates in latitude and longitude where the vessel will cross. (vi) Depart report. “Depart” means leaving Alaska. If the vessel is crossing the seaward boundary of the EEZ off Alaska and moving out of the EEZ or crossing the U.S.-Canadian international boundary between Alaska and British Columbia and moving into Canadian waters, indicate a “depart” report and enter: (A) The intended U.S. port of landing or country other than the United States ( see Table 14b to this part); (B) Estimated date and time (hour and minute, Greenwich mean time) the vessel will cross the boundary; and (C) The estimated position coordinates in latitude and longitude where the vessel will cross. (vii) The Russian Zone. Indicate whether the vessel is returning from fishing in the Russian Zone or is departing to fish in the Russian Zone. (viii) Fish or fish products. For all fish or fish products (including non-groundfish) on board the vessel, enter: (A) Harvest zone code; (B) Species codes; (C) Product codes; and (D) Total fish product weight in lbs or to the nearest 0.001 mt (2.20 lb). (l) IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CR crab R&R. In addition to the R&R requirements in this section, in 50 CFR part 680 with respect to CR crab, and as prescribed in the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of this title, the following reports and authorizations are required, when applicable: IFQ Prior Notice of Landing, Product Transfer Report ( see § 679.5(g)), IFQ landing report, IFQ Transshipment Authorization, and IFQ Departure Report. (1) IFQ Prior Notice of Landing (PNOL) —(i) Time limits and submittal. (A) Except as provided in paragraph (l)(1)(iv) of this section, the operator of any vessel making an IFQ landing must notify OLE, Juneau, AK, no fewer than 3 hours before landing IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish, unless permission to commence an IFQ landing within 3 hours of notification is granted by a clearing officer. (B) A PNOL must be made to the toll-free telephone number 800-304-4846 or to 907-586-7163 between the hours of 0600 hours, A.l.t., and 2400 hours, A.l.t. (ii) Revision to PNOL. The operator of any vessel wishing to make an IFQ landing before the date and time (A.l.t.) reported in the PNOL or later than 2 hours after the date and time (A.l.t.) reported in the PNOL must submit a new PNOL as described in paragraphs (l)(1)(i) and (iii) of this section. (iii) Information required. A PNOL must include the following: (A) Vessel name and ADF&G vessel registration number; (B) Port of landing and port code from Tables 14a and 14b to this part; (C) Exact location of landing within the port ( i.e., dock name, harbor name, facility name, or geographical coordinates); (D) The date and time (A.l.t.) that the landing will take place; (E) Species and estimated weight (in pounds) of the IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut or IFQ sablefish that will be landed; (F) IFQ regulatory area(s) in which the IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish were harvested; (G) IFQ permit number(s) that will be used to land the IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish; (H) Gear type used to harvest the IFQ sablefish or IFQ halibut (see Table 15 to this part); and (I) If using longline pot gear in the GOA or pot gear in the BSAI, report the number of pots set, the number of pots lost, and the number of pots left deployed on the fishing grounds. (iv) Exemption —(A) Halibut. An IFQ landing of halibut of 500 lb or less of IFQ weight determined pursuant to § 679.40(h) and concurrent with a legal landing of salmon harvested using hand troll gear or power troll gear is exempt from the PNOL required by this section. (B) Lingcod. An IFQ landing of halibut of 500 lb or less of IFQ weight determined pursuant to § 679.40(h) and concurrent with a legal landing of lingcod harvested using dinglebar gear is exempt from the PNOL required by this section. (2) IFQ landing —(i) Remain at landing site. Once the landing has commenced, the IFQ permit holder, the IFQ hired master permit holder, or the CDQ hired master permit holder, and the harvesting vessel may not leave the landing site until the IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CDQ halibut account is properly debited (see § 679.40(h)). (ii) No movement of IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish. The offloaded IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish may not be moved from the landing site until the IFQ Landing Report is completed through eLandings or other NMFS-approved software and the IFQ permit holder's or CDQ permit holder's account is properly debited (see § 679.40(h)). (iii) Single offload site —(A) IFQ halibut and CDQ halibut. The vessel operator who lands IFQ halibut or CDQ halibut must continuously and completely offload at a single offload site all halibut onboard the vessel. (B) IFQ sablefish. The vessel operator who lands IFQ sablefish must continuously and completely offload at a single offload site all sablefish onboard the vessel. (3) Transshipment authorization. For a comparison of forms used for shipping, transporting, or transferring fish or fish product, see Table 13 to this part. (i) No person may transship processed IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CR crab between vessels without authorization by a local clearing officer. Authorization from a local clearing officer must be obtained for each instance of transshipment at least 24 hours before the transshipment is intended to commence. (ii) Information required. To obtain a Transshipment Authorization, the vessel operator must provide the following information to the clearing officer: (A) Date and time (A.l.t.) of transshipment; (B) Location of transshipment; (C) Name and ADF&G vessel registration number of vessel offloading transshipment; (D) Name of vessel receiving the transshipment; (E) Product destination; (F) Species and product type codes; (G) Total product weight; (H) Time (A.l.t.) and date of the request; (I) Name, telephone number, FAX number (if any) for the person making the request. (4) IFQ departure report. For a comparison of forms used for shipping, transporting, or transferring fish or fish product, see Table 13 to this part. (i) General requirements —(A) Time limit and submittal. A vessel operator who intends to make a landing of IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CR crab at any location other than in an IFQ regulatory area for halibut and sablefish or in a crab fishery for CR crab ( see Table 1 to part 680) in the State of Alaska must submit an IFQ Departure Report, by telephone, to OLE, Juneau, AK, (800-304-4846 or 907-586-7163) between the hours of 0600 hours, A.l.t., and 2400 hours, A.l.t. (B) Completion of fishing. A vessel operator must submit an IFQ Departure Report after completion of all fishing and prior to departing the waters of the EEZ adjacent to the jurisdictional waters of the State of Alaska, the territorial sea of the State of Alaska, or the internal waters of the State of Alaska when IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CR crab are on board. (C) Permit —( 1 ) Registered Crab Receiver permit. A vessel operator submitting an IFQ Departure Report for CR crab must have a Registered Crab Receiver permit. ( 2 ) Registered Buyer permit. A vessel operator submitting an IFQ Departure Report for IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish must have a Registered Buyer permit. (D) First landing of any species. A vessel operator submitting an IFQ Departure Report must submit IFQ landing reports for all IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, and IFQ sablefish on board at the same time and place as the first landing of any IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish. (E) Permits on board. ( 1 ) A vessel operator submitting an IFQ Departure Report to document IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish must have one or more IFQ permit holders or IFQ hired master permit holders on board with a combined IFQ balance equal to or greater than all IFQ halibut and IFQ sablefish on board the vessel. ( 2 ) A vessel operator submitting an IFQ Departure Report to document CDQ halibut must ensure that one or more CDQ hired master permit holders are onboard with enough remaining halibut CDQ balance to harvest amounts of CDQ halibut equal to or greater than all CDQ halibut onboard. ( 3 ) A vessel operator submitting an IFQ Departure Report to document CR crab must have one or more permit holders on board with a combined CR balance equal to or greater than all CR crab on board the vessel. (ii) Required information. When submitting an IFQ Departure Report, the vessel operator must provide the following information: (A) Intended date, time (A.l.t.), and location of landing; (B) Vessel name and ADF&G vessel registration number; (C) Vessel operator's name and Registered Buyer permit or Registered Crab Receiver permit number; (D) Halibut IFQ, halibut CDQ, sablefish IFQ, and CR crab permit numbers of IFQ and CDQ permit holders on board; (E) Area of harvest. ( 1 ) If IFQ or CDQ halibut, then halibut regulatory areas ( see Figure 15 to this part). ( 2 ) If IFQ sablefish, then sablefish regulatory areas ( see Figure 14 to this part). ( 3 ) If CR crab, then the crab rationalization fishery code ( see Table 1 to part 680). (F) Estimated total weight as appropriate of IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CR crab on board (lb/kg/mt). (iii) Revision to Departure Report. A vessel operator who intends to make an IFQ landing at a location different from the location named on the IFQ Departure report must submit a revised report naming the new location at least 12 hours in advance of the offload. Revisions must be submitted by telephone, to OLE, Juneau, AK, (800-304-4846 or 907-586-7163) between the hours of 0600 hours, A.l.t., and 2400 hours, A.l.t. (5) Landing verification, inspection and record retention —(i) Verification and inspection. Each IFQ landing and all fish retained on board the vessel making an IFQ landing are subject to verification and inspection by authorized officers. (ii) Record retention. The IFQ permit holder, IFQ hired master permit holder, or CDQ hired master permit holder must retain a legible copy of all Landing Report receipts, and the Registered Buyer must retain a copy of all reports and receipts required by this section. All retained records must be available for inspection by an authorized officer: (A) Until the end of the fishing year during which the records were made and for as long thereafter as fish or fish products recorded are retained onboard the vessel or at the facility; and (B) Upon request of an authorized officer for 3 years after the end of the fishing year during which the records were made. (6) Sampling —(i) Each IFQ landing and all fish retained onboard a vessel making an IFQ landing are subject to sampling by NMFS-authorized observers. (ii) Each IFQ halibut landing or CDQ halibut landing is subject to sampling for biological information by persons authorized by the IPHC. (7) IFQ cost recovery program —(i) IFQ Registered Buyer Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report (IFQ Buyer Report) —(A) Applicability. An IFQ Registered Buyer that operates as a shoreside processor and receives and purchases IFQ landings of sablefish or halibut or CDQ landings of halibut must submit annually to NMFS a complete IFQ Buyer Report as described in this paragraph (l) and as provided by NMFS for each reporting period, as described at § 679.5(1)(7)(i)(E), in which the Registered Buyer receives IFQ fish or CDQ halibut. (B) Due date. A complete IFQ Buyer Report must be postmarked or received by the Regional Administrator not later than October 15 following the reporting period in which the IFQ Registered Buyer receives the IFQ fish or CDQ halibut. (C) Information required. A complete IFQ Buyer Report must include the following information as instructed on the report form at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/ram: ( 1 ) IFQ Registered Buyer identification. ( 2 ) Pounds purchased and values paid. ( i ) The monthly total weights, represented in IFQ equivalent pounds by IFQ species or CDQ halibut, that were landed at the landing port location and purchased by the IFQ Registered Buyer; ( ii ) The monthly total gross ex-vessel value, in U.S. dollars, of IFQ pounds, by IFQ species or CDQ halibut, that were landed at the landing port location and purchased by the IFQ Registered Buyer; ( 3 ) Value paid for price adjustments —( i ) Retro-payments. The monthly total U.S. dollar amount of any retro-payments (correlated by IFQ species or CDQ halibut, landing month(s), and month of payment) made in the current year to IFQ, or to CDQ halibut permit holders for landings made during the previous calendar year; ( ii ) Electronic submittal. Certification, including the NMFS ID and password of the IFQ Registered Buyer; or ( iii ) Non-electronic submittal. Certification, including the printed name and signature of the individual submitting the IFQ Buyer Report on behalf of the Registered Buyer, and date of signature. (D) Submittal. If applicable, the Registered Buyer must complete an IFQ Buyer Report and submit by mail or FAX to NMFS at the address provided on the form, or electronically to NMFS online at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/ram. (E) Reporting period. The reporting period of the IFQ Buyer Report shall extend from October 1 through September 30 of the following year, inclusive. (ii) IFQ Permit Holder Fee Submission Form —(A) Applicability. An IFQ permit holder who holds an IFQ permit against which a landing was made or an RQE that holds RFQ must submit to NMFS a complete IFQ Permit Holder Fee Submission Form provided by NMFS. (B) Due date and submittal. A complete IFQ Permit Holder Fee Submission Form must be postmarked or received by the Regional Administrator not later than January 31 following the calendar year in which any IFQ landing was made. (C) Completed application. NMFS will process an IFQ Permit Holder Fee Submission Form provided that a paper or electronic form is completed by the IFQ permit holder or an RQE that holds RFQ, with all applicable fields accurately filled in, and all required additional documentation is attached. (D) IFQ landing summary and estimated fee liability. NMFS will provide to an IFQ permit holder and an RQE that holds RFQ an IFQ Landing and Estimated Fee Liability page as required by § 679.45(a)(2). The IFQ permit holder must either accept the accuracy of the NMFS estimated fee liability associated with his or her IFQ landings for each IFQ permit, or calculate a revised IFQ fee liability in accordance with paragraph (l)(7)(ii)(E) of this section. The IFQ permit holder may calculate a revised fee liability for all or part of his or her IFQ landings. (E) Revised fee liability calculation. To calculate a revised fee liability, an IFQ permit holder must multiply the IFQ percentage in effect by either the IFQ actual ex-vessel value or the IFQ standard ex-vessel of the IFQ landing. If parts of the landing have different values, the permit holder must apply the appropriate values to the different parts of the landings. (F) Documentation. If NMFS requests in writing that a permit holder submit documentation establishing the factual basis for a revised IFQ fee liability, the permit holder must submit adequate documentation by the 30th day after the date of such request. Examples of such documentation regarding initial sales transactions of IFQ landings include valid fish tickets, sales receipts, or check stubs that clearly identify the IFQ landing amount, species, date, time, and ex-vessel value or price. (G) Reporting period. The reporting period of the IFQ Permit Holder Fee Submission Form shall extend from January 1 to December 31 of the year prior to the January 31 due date. (8) An annual report on the halibut and sablefish IFQ activity must be submitted by the CQE as required at § 679.5(t). (9) Recreational Quota Entity Program annual report. An annual report on RQE activities must be submitted to NMFS by the RQE as required at § 679.5(v). (10) A report on annual IFQ regulatory areas 4B, 4C, and 4D Halibut IFQ transfer activities must be submitted to NMFS and the Council by a CDQ group as required at § 679.5(w). (m) CDQ Vessel Registration —(1) Registration. The representative for a CDQ group must register each vessel that is to receive the exemption from the LLP license requirements at § 679.4(k)(2)(vi) through the CDQ vessel registration system available on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site ( http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov ). The CDQ group representative must log into the CDQ vessel registration system and provide the information required on the computer screen. NMFS will add each vessel successfully registered to the CDQ vessel registration list on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. (2) Responsibility. The CDQ group representative must successfully complete vessel registration through the CDQ vessel registration system before the vessel may be used to conduct groundfish CDQ fishing under § 679.32(c)(3)(iii) without an LLP license. By using the CDQ group's NMFS ID and password and submitting the vessel registration request, the CDQ group representative certifies that all information is true, correct, and complete. (3) LLP exemption letter. The CDQ vessel registration system will provide the CDQ group representative with an LLP exemption letter documenting that the registered vessel is exempt from the LLP when groundfish CDQ fishing. The CDQ group representative must provide a copy of the LLP exemption letter to the operator of the registered vessel named in the LLP exemption letter. The operator of the registered vessel named in the LLP exemption letter must maintain a legible copy of the LLP exemption letter on board the registered vessel at all times when that vessel is groundfish CDQ fishing. (4) Removing a vessel from the CDQ vessel registration list. A CDQ group representative may remove a vessel from the CDQ vessel registration system by logging into the online system and following the applicable instructions. A CDQ group representative may remove a registered vessel from the CDQ vessel registration list at any time but must certify at the time of removal that the vessel operator had been given notice by the CDQ group that the vessel is going to be removed from the list and that the vessel is not groundfish CDQ fishing at the time of removal. A vessel that is successfully removed from the CDQ vessel registration list is no longer exempt from the LLP requirements under § 679.4(k). (n) CDQ and PSQ transfers — (1) CDQ or PSQ transfer. NMFS will process a request for CDQ or PSQ transfer between CDQ groups provided that the requirements of this paragraph are met. (2) Completed application. A paper or electronic request form must be completed with all information fields accurately filled in by transferors and transferees, and all required additional documentation must be attached. (3) Certification of transferor —(i) Non-electronic submittal. The transferor's designated representative must sign and date the application certifying that all information is true, correct, and complete. The transferor's designated representative must submit the paper application as indicated on the application. (ii) Electronic submittal. The transferor's designated representative must log into the system and create a transfer request as indicated on the computer screen. By using the transferor's NMFS ID, password, and Transfer Key and submitting the transfer request, the designated representative certifies that all information is true, correct, and complete. (4) Certification of transferee —(i) Non-electronic submittal. The transferee's designated representative must sign and date the application certifying that all information is true, correct, and complete. (ii) Electronic submittal. The transferee's designated representative must log into the system and create a transfer request as indicated on the computer screen. By using the transferee's NMFS ID, password, and Transfer Key and submitting the transfer request, the designated representative certifies that all information is true, correct, and complete. (o) [Reserved] (p) Commercial Operator's Annual Report (COAR) —(1) Requirement. The owner of a mothership or catcher/processor must annually complete and submit to ADF&G the appropriate Forms A through M and COAR certification page for each year in which the mothership or catcher/processor was issued a Federal Fisheries permit. The owner of a mothership must include all fish received and processed during the year, including fish received from an associated tender vessel. The ADF&G COAR is further described under Alaska Administrative Code (5 AAC 39.130) (see § 679.3 (b)(2)). (2) Time limit and submittal of COAR. The owner of a mothership or catcher/processor must submit to ADF&G the appropriate Forms A through M and COAR certification page by April 1 of the year following the year for which the report is required to the following address: ADF&G Division of Commercial Fisheries, Attn: COAR, P.O. Box 25526, Juneau, AK 99802-5526 (3) Information required, certification page. The owner of a mothership or catcher/processor must: (i) Enter the company name and address, including street, city, state, and zip code; also seasonal mailing address, if applicable. (ii) Enter the vessel name and ADF&G processor code. (iii) Check YES or NO to indicate whether fishing activity was conducted during the appropriate year. (iv) If response to paragraph (p)(3)(iii) of this section is YES, complete the applicable forms of the COAR (see table 18 to this part) and complete and sign the certification page. (v) If response to paragraph (p)(3)(iii) of this section is NO, complete and sign only the certification page. (vi) Sign and enter printed or typed name, e-mail address, title, telephone number, and FAX number of owner. (vii) Enter printed or typed name, e-mail address, and telephone number of alternate contact. (4) Buying information (exvessel), Forms A (1-3), C (1-2), E, G, I (1-2), and K —(i) Requirement. The owner of a mothership (if the first purchaser of raw fish) must complete and submit the appropriate COAR buying forms (A (1-3), C (1-2), E, G, I (1-2), and K) for each species purchased from fishermen during the applicable year. (ii) Buying information required. The owner of the mothership must record the following information on the appropriate COAR buying forms: (A) Species name and code (see table 2 to this part). (B) Area purchased (see table 16 to this part). (C) Gear code (see table 15 to this part). (D) Delivery code (form G only) (see table 1 to this part). (E) Total weight (to the nearest lb) purchased from fishermen. (F) Total amount paid to fishermen, including all post- season adjustments and/or bonuses and any credit received by fishermen for gas expenses, ice, delivery premiums, and other miscellaneous expenses. (G) Price per pound. If additional adjustments may be made after this report has been filed, the owner must check the “$ not final” box, and submit Form M when these adjustments are paid. Do not include fish purchased from another processor. (5) Production forms, Forms B (1-6), D, F, H, J (1-2), and K). For purposes of this paragraph, the total wholesale value is the amount that the processor receives for the finished product (free on board pricing mothership or catcher/processor). For products finished but not yet sold (still held in inventory), calculate the estimated value using the average price received to date for that product. (i) Requirement —(A) Mothership. The owner of a mothership must record and submit the appropriate COAR production forms (B(1-6), D, F, H, J(1-2), and K) for all production that occurred for each species during the applicable year: ( 1 ) That were purchased from fishermen on the grounds and/or dockside, including both processed and unprocessed seafood. ( 2 ) That were then either processed on the mothership or exported out of the State of Alaska. (B) Catcher/processor. The owner of a catcher/processor must record and submit the appropriate COAR production forms (B(1-6), D, F, H, J (1-2), and K) for each species harvested during the applicable year that were then either processed on the vessel or exported out of the State of Alaska. (ii) Information required, non-canned production —(A) Enter area of processing (see table 16 to this part). List production of Canadian-harvested fish separately. (B) Processed product. Processed product must be described by entering three codes: ( 1 ) Process prefix code (see table 17 to this part) ( 2 ) Process suffix code (see table 17 to this part) ( 3 ) Product code (see table 1 to this part) (C) Total net weight. Enter total weight (in pounds) of the finished product. (D) Total value($). Enter the total wholesale value of the finished product. (E) Enter price per pound of the finished product. (iii) Information required, canned production. Complete an entry for each can size produced: (A) Enter area of processing (see table 16 to this part). (B) Process 51 or 52. Enter conventional canned code (51) or smoked, conventional canned code (52). (C) Total value($). Enter the total wholesale value of the finished product. (D) Enter can size in ounces, to the hundredth of an ounce. (E) Enter number of cans per case. (F) Enter number of cases. (6) Custom production forms, Form L (1-2) —(i) Requirement. The owner of a mothership or catcher/processor must record and submit COAR production form L (1-2) for each species in which custom production was done by the mothership or catcher/processor for another processor and for each species in which custom production was done for the mothership or catcher/processor by another processor. (ii) Custom-production by mothership or catcher/processor for another processor. If the mothership or catcher/processor custom-processed fish or shellfish for another processor during the applicable year, the owner of the mothership or catcher/processor must list the processor name and ADF&G processor code (if known) to describe that processor, but must not include any of that production in production form L (1-2). (iii) Custom-production by another processor for mothership or catcher/processor. If a processor custom-processed fish or shellfish for the mothership or catcher/processor during the applicable year, the owner of the mothership or catcher/processor must use a separate page to list each processor and must include the following information. (A) Custom fresh/frozen miscellaneous production. The owner of a mothership or catcher/processor must list the following information to describe production intended for wholesale/retail market and that are not frozen for canning later: ( 1 ) Species name and code (see table 2 to this part). ( 2 ) Area of processing (see table 16 to this part). ( 3 ) Processed product. Processed product must be entered using three codes: ( i ) Process prefix code (see table 17 to this part). ( ii ) Process suffix code (see table 17 to this part). ( iii ) Product code (see table 1 to this part). ( 4 ) Total net weight. Enter total weight in pounds of the finished product. ( 5 ) Total wholesale value($). Enter the total wholesale value of the finished product. (B) Custom canned production. The owner of a mothership or catcher/processor must list the following information to describe each can size produced in custom canned production: ( 1 ) Species name and code (see table 2 to this part). ( 2 ) Area of processing (see table 16 to this part). ( 3 ) Process 51 or 52. Enter conventional canned code (51) or smoked, conventional canned code (52). ( 4 ) Total wholesale value ($). Enter the total wholesale value of the finished product. ( 5 ) Can size in ounces, to the hundredth of an ounce. ( 6 ) Number of cans per case. ( 7 ) Number of cases. (7) Fish buying retro payments/post-season adjustments, Form M —(i) Requirement. The owner of a mothership must record and submit COAR production Form M to describe additional adjustments and/or bonuses awarded to a fisherman, including credit received by fishermen for gas expenses, ice, delivery premiums, and other miscellaneous expenses. (ii) Information required —(A) Enter species name and code (see table 2 to this part). (B) Enter area purchased (see table 16 to this part) (C) Enter gear code (see table 16 to this part). (D) Enter total pounds purchased from fisherman. (E) Enter total amount paid to fishermen (base + adjustment). (q) AI directed pollock fishery catch reports —(1) Applicability. The Aleut Corporation shall provide NMFS the identity of its designated contact for the Aleut Corporation. The Aleut Corporation shall submit to the Regional Administrator a pollock catch report containing information required by paragraph (q)(3) of this section. (2) Time limits and submittal. (i) The Aleut Corporation must submit its AI directed pollock fishery catch reports by one of the following methods: (A) An electronic data file in a format approved by NMFS; or (B) By fax. (ii) The AI directed pollock fishery catch reports must be received by the Regional Administrator by 1200 hours, A.l.t. on Tuesday following the end of the applicable weekly reporting period, as defined at § 679.2. (3) Information required. The AI directed pollock fishery catch report must contain the following information: (i) Catcher vessel ADF&G number; (ii) Federal fisheries or Federal processor permit number; (iii) Delivery date; (iv) Pollock harvested: (A) For shoreside and stationary floating processors and motherships, the amount of pollock (in lb for shoreside and stationary floating processors and in mt for motherships) delivered, including the weight of at-sea pollock discards; and (B) For catcher/processors, the amount of pollock (in mt) harvested and processed, including the weight of at-sea pollock discards; and (v) ADF&G fish ticket number. (r) Rockfish Program —(1) General. The owners and operators of catcher vessels, catcher/processors, and shoreside processors authorized as participants in the Rockfish Program must comply with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this section and must assign all catch to a rockfish cooperative or rockfish sideboard fishery, as applicable at the time of catch or receipt of groundfish. All owners of catcher vessels, catcher/processors, and shoreside processors authorized as participants in the Rockfish Program must ensure that their designated representatives or employees comply with all applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements. (2) Logbook —(i) DFL. Operators of catcher vessels equal to or greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA participating in a Rockfish Program fishery and using trawl gear must maintain a daily fishing logbook for trawl gear as described in paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section. (ii) ELB. Operators of catcher/processors permitted in the Rockfish Program must use a combination of NMFS-approved catcher/processor trawl gear ELB and eLandings to record and report groundfish and PSC information as described in paragraph (f) of this section to record Rockfish Program landings and production. (3) eLandings. Managers of shoreside processors that receive rockfish primary species or rockfish secondary species in the Rockfish Program must use eLandings or NMFS-approved software as described in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, instead of a logbook and WPR, to record Rockfish Program landings and production. (4) Production reports. Operators of catcher/processors that are authorized as processors in the Rockfish Program must submit a production report as described in paragraphs (e)(9) and (10) of this section. (5) Product transfer report (PTR), processors. Operators of catcher/processors and managers of shoreside processors that are authorized as processors in the Rockfish Program must submit a PTR as described in paragraph (g) of this section. (6) [Reserved] (7) Vessel monitoring system (VMS) requirements (see § 679.28(f)). (8) Rockfish cooperative vessel check-in and check-out report —(i) Applicability —(A) Vessel check-in. The designated representative of a rockfish cooperative must designate any vessel that is authorized to fish under the rockfish cooperative's CQ permit, or, if authorized by the rockfish cooperative, the operator of a vessel must do so, before that vessel may fish under that CQ permit through a check-in procedure. The designated representative for a rockfish cooperative or operator of the vessel must submit to NMFS, in accordance with paragraph (r)(8)(ii) of this section, a check-in designation for a vessel: ( 1 ) At least 24 hours prior to the time the catcher vessel begins a fishing trip to fish under a CQ permit; or ( 2 ) At least 1 hour prior to the time the catcher/processor begins a fishing trip to fish under a CQ permit; and ( 3 ) A check-in designation is effective at the beginning of the first fishing trip after the designation has been submitted. (B) Vessel check-out. The designated representative of a rockfish cooperative must designate any vessel that is no longer fishing under a CQ permit for that rockfish cooperative, or, if authorized by the rockfish cooperative, the operator of the vessel must do so, through a check-out procedure. A check-out report must be submitted to NMFS, in accordance with (r)(8)(ii) of this section, within 6 hours after the effective date and time the rockfish cooperative ends the vessel's authority to fish under the CQ permit. ( 1 ) If the vessel is fishing under a CQ permit for a catcher vessel cooperative, a check-out designation is effective at the end of a complete offload; ( 2 ) If the vessel is fishing under a CQ permit for a catcher/processor cooperative, a check-out designation is effective upon submission to NMFS. (ii) Submittal. The designated representative of the rockfish cooperative or, if authorized by the rockfish cooperative, the operator of a vessel must submit a vessel check-in or check-out report electronically. The rockfish cooperative's designated representative or vessel operator must log into the online system and create a vessel check-in or vessel check-out request as indicated on the computer screen. By using the NMFS ID password and submitting the transfer request, the designated representative or vessel operator certifies that all information is true, correct, and complete. (iii) Information required. The vessel check-in or check-out report must contain the following information: (A) CQ permit number; (B) ADF&G vessel registration number(s) of vessel(s) designated to fish under the CQ permit; (C) USCG designation number(s) of vessel(s) designated to fish under the CQ permit; and (D) Date and time when check-in or check-out begins. (9) Rockfish CQ cost recovery fee submission (See § 679.85). (10) Rockfish Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report —(i) Applicability. A rockfish processor (as defined at § 679.2) that receives and purchases landings of rockfish CQ groundfish must submit annually to NMFS a complete Rockfish Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report, as described in this paragraph (r)(10), for each reporting period for which the rockfish processor receives rockfish CQ groundfish. (ii) Reporting period. The reporting period of the Rockfish Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report shall extend from April 1 through November 15 of each year. (iii) Due date. A complete Rockfish Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report must be received by the Regional Administrator not later than December 1 of the year in which the rockfish processor received the rockfish CQ groundfish. (iv) Information required. (A) The rockfish processor must log in using the rockfish processor's password and NMFS person ID to submit a Rockfish Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report. The NMFS software autofills the rockfish processor's name. The User must review the autofilled cells to ensure that they are accurate. A completed application must contain the information specified on the Rockfish Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report with all applicable fields accurately filled-in. (B) Certification. By using the rockfish processor NMFS ID and password and submitting the report, the rockfish processor certifies that all information is true, correct, and complete to the best of his or her knowledge and belief. (v) Submittal. The rockfish processor must complete and submit online by electronic submission to NMFS the Rockfish Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report available at the Alaska Region website. (s) Amendment 80 Program —(1) General. The owners and operators of Amendment 80 vessels must comply with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this section. All owners of Amendment 80 vessels must ensure that their designated representatives or employees comply with all applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements. (2) Logbook-DCPL. Operators of Amendment 80 vessels must use a daily cumulative production logbook for trawl gear as described in paragraph (a) of this section to record Amendment 80 Program landings and production. (3) Check-in/check-out report, processors. Operators or managers of an Amendment 80 vessel must submit check-in/check-out reports as described in paragraph (h) of this section. (4) Production report. Operators of Amendment 80 vessels that use a DCPL must submit a production report as described in paragraph (e)(10) of this section. (5) Product transfer report (PTR), processors. Operators of Amendment 80 vessels must submit a PTR as described in paragraph (g) of this section. (6) Annual Amendment 80 cooperative report —(i) Applicability. An Amendment 80 cooperative issued a CQ permit must submit annually to the Regional Administrator an Amendment 80 cooperative report detailing the use of the cooperative's CQ. (ii) Time limits and submittal. (A) The annual Amendment 80 cooperative report must be submitted to the Regional Administrator by an electronic data file in a NMFS-approved format; by fax: 907-586-7557; or by mail sent to the Regional Administrator, NMFS Alaska Region, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668; and (B) The annual Amendment 80 cooperative report for fishing activities under a CQ permit issued for the prior calendar year must be received by the Regional Administrator not later than 1700 hours A.l.t. on March 1 of each year. (iii) Information required. The annual Amendment 80 cooperative report must include at a minimum: (A) The cooperative's actual retained and discarded catch of CQ and GOA sideboard limited fisheries (if applicable) by statistical area and on a vessel-by-vessel basis; (B) A description of the method used by the cooperative to monitor fisheries in which cooperative vessels participated; and (C) A description of any actions taken by the cooperative against specific members in response to a member that exceeded the amount of CQ that the member was assigned to catch for the Amendment 80 cooperative. (D) For each Amendment 80 cooperative, the percent of groundfish retained by that Amendment 80 cooperative of the aggregate groundfish retained by all Amendment 80 vessels assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative using the following equations: Substituting the value for GFroundweight into the following equation: GFR % = ( GFroundweight /TotalGF)* 100 Where: GFroundweight is the total annual round weight equivalent of all retained product weights retained by all Amendment 80 vessels assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative for each IR/IU groundfish species. PWspecies n is the total annual product weight for each groundfish species listed in Table 2a to this part by product type as reported in the vessel's production report for all Amendment 80 vessels assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative required at § 679.5(e). PRRspecies n is the standard product recovery rate for each groundfish species and product combination listed in Table 3 to this part. GFR% is the groundfish retention percentage for an Amendment 80 cooperative calculated as GFroundweight divided by the total weight of groundfish catch. TotalGF is the total groundfish round catch weight for all Amendment 80 vessels assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative as measured by the flow scale measurement, less any non-groundfish, PSC species or groundfish species on prohibited species status under § 679.20. Where: GFroundweight is the total annual round weight equivalent of all retained product weights retained by all Amendment 80 vessels assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative for each IR/IU groundfish species. PWspecies n is the total annual product weight for each groundfish species listed in Table 2a to this part by product type as reported in the vessel's production report for all Amendment 80 vessels assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative required at § 679.5(e). PRRspecies n is the standard product recovery rate for each groundfish species and product combination listed in Table 3 to this part. GFR% is the groundfish retention percentage for an Amendment 80 cooperative calculated as GFroundweight divided by the total weight of groundfish catch. TotalGF is the total groundfish round catch weight for all Amendment 80 vessels assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative as measured by the flow scale measurement, less any non-groundfish, PSC species or groundfish species on prohibited species status under § 679.20. (E) For each Amendment 80 cooperative, a third party must audit the Amendment 80 cooperative's annual groundfish retention calculations and the Amendment 80 cooperative must include the finding of the third party audit in its Amendment 80 annual cooperative report. (7) Vessel monitoring system (VMS) requirements (see § 679.28(f)). (t) Community Entity Quota Program Annual Report —(1) Applicability. A CQE must submit an annual report on the CQE's administrative activities, business operation, and community fishing activities for each calendar year it holds any of the following: community charter halibut permits as described at § 300.67(k) of this title, halibut and sablefish individual fishing quota (IFQ) and quota shares (QS) as described at § 679.41(l)(3), and community Pacific cod endorsed non-trawl groundfish license limitation program (LLP) licenses as described at § 679.4(k)(10)(vi)(F)( 2 ). The CQE may combine annual reports about its holdings of community charter halibut permits, IFQ, and LLPs in one report. A CQE must submit annual report data for the community charter halibut permit, IFQ, and LLP permits it held during the calendar year. A CQE is not required to submit an annual report for any calendar year in which it did not hold any community charter halibut permits, IFQ, or LLPs. (2) Time limits and submittal. By January 31, the CQE must submit a complete annual report for the prior calendar year to the Regional Administrator, and to the governing body of each community represented by the CQE as identified in Table 21 to this part. (3) Complete annual report. A complete annual report contains all general report requirements listed in paragraphs (t)(4)(i) through (t)(4)(iii) of this section and all program specific report requirements applicable to the CQE as described in paragraphs (t)(5)(i) through (t)(5)(iii). (4) General report requirements. Each CQE must report the following information: (i) The eligible community or communities, represented by the CQE, any new communities, and any withdrawn communities; (ii) Any changes in the bylaws of the CQE, board of directors, or other key management personnel; and (iii) Copies of minutes and other relevant decision making documents from all CQE board meetings held during the prior calendar year. (5) Program specific report requirements. Each CQE must report business operations and fishing activity for the charter halibut permit, IFQ, and LLP programs for each eligible community represented by the CQE. (i) If a community in Table 21 to part 679 was issued one or more charter halibut permits held on behalf of the community by a CQE, then the CQE must complete paragraphs (t)(5)(iv)(A) through (I) of this section; (ii) If a community in Table 21 to part 679 leased halibut and sablefish IFQ derived from the QS held on behalf of the community by a CQE, then the CQE must complete paragraphs (t)(5)(v)(A) through (J) of this section; and (iii) If a community in Table 21 to part 679 was assigned one or more Pacific cod endorsed non-trawl groundfish licenses held on behalf of the community by a CQE, then the CQE must complete paragraphs (t)(5)(vi)(A) through (I) of this section. (iv) Charter Halibut Limited Access Program. For each community represented by the CQE, the program specific report for charter halibut permits held by a CQE, must include: (A) The total number of charter halibut permits held by the CQE at the start of the calendar year, at the end of the calendar year, and projected to be held in the next calendar year; (B) A description of the process used by the CQE to solicit applications from persons to use charter halibut permits that the CQE is holding on behalf of the eligible community; (C) The total number of persons who applied to use one or more charter halibut permits; (D) Name, business address, city and state, and number of charter halibut permits requested by each person who applied to use a charter halibut permit held by the CQE; (E) A detailed description of the criteria used by the CQE to distribute charter halibut permits among persons who applied to use one or more charter halibut permits that the CQE is holding on behalf of the eligible community; (F) For each person issued one or more charter halibut permits held by a CQE, provide their name, business address, city and state, ADF&G logbook number(s), and the number(s) of each charter halibut permits they were authorized to use with the corresponding regulatory area endorsement and angler endorsement; (G) For each vessel authorized to participate in the charter halibut fishery using one or more charter halibut permits held by the CQE, provide the vessel name, ADF&G vessel registration number, USCG documentation number, length overall, home port and each charter halibut permits number held by the CQE and used onboard the vessel; (H) For each vessel authorized to participate in the charter halibut fishery using one or more charter halibut permits held by the CQE, provide each set of ports from which the vessel departed and to which it returned, and the total number of trips that occurred to and from each set of ports when one or more charter halibut permits held by the CQE was used onboard the vessel; and (I) For each community represented by the CQE, provide any payments made to the CQE for use of the charter halibut permits. (v) Individual Fishing Quota Program. For each community represented by the CQE, the program specific report for halibut IFQ or sablefish IFQ that were derived from QS held by the CQE must include: (A) The total amount of halibut QS and total amount of sablefish QS held by the CQE at the start of the calendar year, at the end of the calendar year, and projected to be held in the next calendar year; (B) A description of the process used by the CQE to solicit applications from eligible community residents and non-residents to use IFQ that is derived from QS that the CQE is holding on behalf of the eligible community; (C) The total number of eligible community residents and non-residents who applied to use IFQ derived from QS held by the CQE; (D) Name, business address, city and state, and amount of IFQ requested by each person who applied to use IFQ derived from QS held by the CQE; (E) A detailed description of the criteria used by the CQE to distribute IFQ among eligible community residents and non-residents who applied to use IFQ held by the CQE; (F) For each person who leased IFQ derived from QS held by the CQE, provide their name, business address, city and state, each IFQ permit number, and the total pounds of halibut IFQ and total pounds of sablefish IFQ they were authorized to use through each IFQ permit number; (G) For each vessel used to harvest IFQ derived from QS held by the CQE, provide the vessel name, ADF&G vessel registration number, USCG documentation number, length overall, home port, and each IFQ permit number(s) used onboard; (H) A description of the efforts made by the CQE to ensure crew members onboard the vessels used to harvest the IFQ derived from QS held by the CQE are residents of the CQE eligible community; (I) Name, resident city and state of each person employed as a crew member on each vessel used to harvest IFQ derived from QS held by the CQE; and (J) For each community whose eligible community residents and non-residents landed IFQ derived from QS held by the CQE, provide any payments made to the CQE for use of the IFQ. (vi) License Limitation Program. For each community represented by the CQE, the program specific report for GOA Pacific cod endorsed non-trawl groundfish licenses held by a CQE must include: (A) The total number of LLP groundfish licenses by gear type endorsement held by the CQE at the start of the calendar year, at the end of the calendar year, and projected to be held in the next calendar year; (B) A description of the process used by the CQE to solicit applications from residents of the eligible community to use LLP groundfish license(s) that the CQE is holding on behalf of the eligible community; (C) The total number of community residents who applied to use an LLP groundfish license held by the CQE; (D) Name, business address, city and state, and number of LLP groundfish licenses requested by each person who applied to use a LLP groundfish license held by the CQE; (E) A detailed description of the criteria used by the CQE to distribute LLP groundfish licenses among eligible community residents who applied to use LLP groundfish licenses held by the CQE; (F) For each person assigned one or more LLP groundfish licenses held by the CQE, provide their name, business address, city and state, and LLP groundfish license numbers for permits of each gear endorsement type they were authorized to use; (G) For each vessel authorized to harvest LLP groundfish using one or more LLP groundfish licenses held by the CQE, provide the vessel name, ADF&G vessel registration number, USCG documentation number, length overall, home port, and each LLP groundfish license number used onboard; (H) Name, resident city and state of each person employed as a crew member on each vessel authorized to harvest LLP groundfish using one or more LLP groundfish licenses held by the CQE; and (I) For each community whose residents made landings using one or more LLP groundfish licenses held by the CQE, provide any payments made to the CQE for use of the LLP groundfish licenses. (u) BSAI Cost Recovery Volume and Value Reports —(1) Pacific Cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report —(i) Applicability. A shoreside processor designated on an FPP, or a mothership designated on an FFP, that processes landings of either CDQ Pacific cod or BSAI Pacific cod harvested by a vessel using trawl gear must submit annually to NMFS a complete Pacific Cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report, as described in this paragraph (u)(1), for each reporting period for which the shorebased processor or mothership receives this Pacific cod. (ii) Reporting period. The reporting period of the Pacific Cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report shall extend from January 1 to October 31 of the year in which the landings were made. (iii) Due date. A complete Pacific Cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report must be received by NMFS no later than November 10 of the year in which the processor or mothership received the Pacific cod. (iv) Information required. (A) The submitter must log in using his or her password and NMFS person ID to submit a Pacific Cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report. The User must review any auto-filled cells to ensure that they are accurate. A completed report must have all applicable fields accurately filled-in. (B) Certification. By using the NMFS person ID and password and submitting the report, the submitter certifies that all information is true, correct, and complete to the best of his or her knowledge and belief. (v) Submittal. The submitter must complete and submit online to NMFS the Pacific Cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report available at https://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. (2) First Wholesale Volume and Value Report —(i) Applicability. An Amendment 80 vessel owner that harvests groundfish species, other than Pacific cod, must submit annually to NMFS a complete First Wholesale Volume and Value Report, as described in this paragraph (u)(2), for each reporting period for which the Amendment 80 vessel harvests groundfish species, other than Pacific cod. (ii) Reporting period. (A) The reporting period of the First Wholesale Volume and Value Report for all species except rock sole shall extend from January 1 to October 31 of the year in which the landings were made. (B) The first reporting period of the First Wholesale Volume and Value Report for rock sole shall extend from January 1 to March 31, and the second reporting period shall extend from April 1 to October 31. (iii) Due date. A complete First Wholesale Volume and Value Report must be received by NMFS no later than November 10 of the year in which the Amendment 80 vessel received the groundfish species, other than Pacific cod. (iv) Information required. (A) The Amendment 80 vessel owner must log in using his or her password and NMFS person ID to submit a First Wholesale Volume and Value Report. The vessel owner must review any auto-filled cells to ensure that they are accurate. A completed report must have all applicable fields accurately filled-in. (B) Certification. By using the NMFS person ID and password and submitting the report, the Amendment 80 vessel owner certifies that all information is true, correct, and complete to the best of his or her knowledge and belief. (v) Submittal. The Amendment 80 vessel owner must complete and submit online to NMFS the First Wholesale Volume and Value Report available at https://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. (v) Recreational Quota Entity Program Annual Report —(1) Applicability. The RQE must submit a timely and complete annual report on the RQE's administrative activities and business operation for each calendar year that it holds halibut recreational fishing quota (RFQ) and quota shares (QS). The RQE may combine annual reports on its holdings of halibut QS and RFQ for IFQ regulatory areas 2C and 3A into one report. The RQE must submit annual report data for the halibut QS and RFQ it held during the calendar year. The RQE is not required to submit an annual report for any calendar year in which it did not hold any halibut QS or RFQ. (2) Time limits and submittal. By January 31, the RQE must submit a complete annual report for the prior calendar year to the North Pacific Fishery Management Council, 605 West 4th Ave., Suite 306, Anchorage, AK 99501-2252, and to NMFS-Alaska Regional Administrator, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668. (3) Complete annual report. A complete annual report contains all general report requirements described in paragraphs (v)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section, and all information specific to IFQ regulatory areas 2C and 3A described in paragraphs (v)(5)(i) through (iii) of this section. (4) General report requirements. The RQE must annually report the following information: (i) Any changes to the bylaws, board of directors, or other key management personnel of the RQE from the preceding year; (ii) Amount and description of annual administrative expenses; (iii) Amount and description of funds spent on conservation and research, including a summary of the results of those expenditures; and (iv) Amount and description of all other expenses incurred by the RQE. (5) Information by IFQ regulatory area. For each IFQ regulatory area represented by the RQE, the RQE must annually report the following information: (i) The total amount of halibut QS by category and blocks held by the RQE at the start of the calendar year, on October 1, and at the end of the calendar year; (ii) A list of all transfers (purchases or sales) of halibut QS, including the transaction price; and (iii) A description of the number of charter halibut permits and number of angler endorsements purchased and held by the RQE. (w) Report on Area 4 halibut IFQ transfers to CDQ groups —(1) Applicability. A CDQ group that receives IFQ regulatory area 4 halibut IFQ by transfer must submit a timely and complete report on the CDQ group's annual halibut IFQ transfer activities for each calendar year that it receives IFQ regulatory area 4 halibut IFQ by transfer. A CDQ group is not required to submit a report for any calendar year in which it did not receive any IFQ regulatory area 4 halibut IFQ by transfer. (2) Time limits and submittal. A CDQ group must submit a complete report by January 31 of the year following a fishing year during which the CDQ group receives IFQ regulatory area 4B, 4C, or 4D halibut IFQ by transfer. The complete report must be submitted to the North Pacific Fishery Management Council, 605 West 4th Ave., Suite 306, Anchorage, AK 99501-2252, and to NMFS-Alaska Regional Administrator, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK, 99802-1668. (3) Complete report. A complete report contains all report requirements described in paragraphs (w)(4)(i) through (w)(4)(iii) of this section. (4) Report requirements. A CDQ group must report the following information: (i) The annual amount, IFQ regulatory area, and vessel category of IFQ regulatory area 4B, 4C, and 4D halibut IFQ transferred to the CDQ group; (ii) The criteria used to select IFQ holders to transfer IFQ regulatory area 4B, 4C, and 4D halibut IFQ to the CDQ group; and (iii) The criteria used to determine the person(s) eligible to harvest IFQ regulatory area 4B, 4C, and 4D halibut IFQ received by transfer. (x) PCTC Program. The owners and operators of catcher vessels and processors authorized as participants in the PCTC Program must comply with the applicable R&R requirements of this section and must assign all catch to a PCTC Program cooperative at the time of catch or receipt of groundfish. Owners of catcher vessels and processors authorized as participants in the PCTC Program must ensure that their designated representatives or employees comply with applicable R&R requirements as described at § 679.134." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.1.1.6,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,A,Subpart A—General,,§ 679.6 Exempted fisheries.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 61981, Nov. 15, 1999; 67 FR 4148, Jan. 28, 2002; 67 FR 22017, May 2, 2002; 74 FR 56745, Nov. 3, 2009]","(a) General. For limited experimental purposes, the Regional Administrator may authorize, after consulting with the Council, fishing for groundfish or fishing for Arctic fish in the Arctic Management Area in a manner that would otherwise be prohibited. No exempted fishing may be conducted unless authorized by an exempted fishing permit issued by the Regional Administrator to the participating vessel owner in accordance with the criteria and procedures specified in this section. Exempted fishing permits will be issued without charge and will expire at the end of a calendar year unless otherwise provided for under paragraph (e) of this section. (b) Application. An applicant for an exempted fishing permit shall submit to the Regional Administrator, at least 60 days before the desired effective date of the exempted fishing permit, a written application including, but not limited to, the following information: (1) The date of the application. (2) The applicant's name, mailing address, and telephone number. (3) A statement of the purpose and goal of the experiment for which an exempted fishing permit is needed, including a general description of the arrangements for disposition of all species harvested under the exempted fishing permit. (4) Technical details about the experiment, including: (i) Amounts of each species to be harvested that are necessary to conduct the experiment, and arrangement for disposition of all species taken. (ii) Area and timing of the experiment. (iii) Vessel and gear to be used. (iv) Experimental design (e.g., sampling procedures, the data and samples to be collected, and analysis of the data and samples). (v) Provision for public release of all obtained information, and submission of interim and final reports. (5) The willingness of the applicant to carry observers, if required by the Regional Administrator, and a description of accommodations and work space for the observer(s). (6) Details for all coordinating parties engaged in the experiment and signatures of all representatives of all principal parties. (7) Information about each vessel to be covered by the exempted fishing permit, including: (i) Vessel name. (ii) Name, address, and telephone number of owner and master. (iii) USCG documentation, state license, or registration number. (iv) Home port. (v) Length of vessel. (vi) Net tonnage. (vii) Gross tonnage. (8) The signature of the applicant. (9) The Regional Administrator may request from an applicant additional information necessary to make the determinations required under this section. Any application that does not include all necessary information will be considered incomplete. An incomplete application will not be considered to be complete until the necessary information is provided in writing. An applicant for an exempted fishing permit need not be the owner or operator of the vessel(s) for which the exempted fishing permit is requested. (c) Review procedures. (1) The Regional Administrator, in consultation with the Alaska Fishery Science Center, will review each application and will make a preliminary determination whether the application contains all the information necessary to determine if the proposal constitutes a valid fishing experiment appropriate for further consideration. If the Regional Administrator finds any application does not warrant further consideration, the applicant will be notified in writing of the reasons for the decision. (2) If the Regional Administrator determines any application is complete and warrants further consideration, he or she will initiate consultation with the Council by forwarding the application to the Council. The Council's Executive Director shall notify the applicant of a meeting at which the Council will consider the application and invite the applicant to appear in support of the application, if the applicant desires. If the Regional Administrator initiates consultation with the Council, NMFS will publish notification of receipt of the application in the Federal Register with a brief description of the proposal. (d) Notifying the applicant. (1) The decision of the Regional Administrator, after consulting with the Council, to grant or deny an exempted fishing permit is the final action of the agency. The Regional Administrator shall notify the applicant in writing of the decision to grant or deny the exempted fishing permit and, if denied, the reasons for the denial, including: (i) The applicant has failed to disclose material information required, or has made false statements as to any material fact, in connection with the application. (ii) According to the best scientific information available, the harvest to be conducted under the permit would detrimentally affect living marine resources, including marine mammals and birds, and their habitat in a significant way. (iii) Activities to be conducted under the exempted fishing permit would be inconsistent with the intent of this section or the management objectives of the FMP. (iv) The applicant has failed to demonstrate a valid justification for the permit. (v) The activity proposed under the exempted fishing permit could create a significant enforcement problem. (vi) The applicant failed to make available to the public information that had been obtained under a previously issued exempted fishing permit. (vii) The proposed activity had economic allocation as its sole purpose. (2) In the event a permit is denied on the basis of incomplete information or design flaws, the applicant will be provided an opportunity to resubmit the application, unless a permit is denied because exempted fishing would detrimentally affect marine resources, be inconsistent with the management objectives of the FMP, create significant enforcement problems, or have economic allocation as its sole purpose. (e) Terms and conditions. The Regional Administrator may attach terms and conditions to the exempted fishing permit that are consistent with the purpose of the experiment, including, but not limited to: (1) The maximum amount of each species that can be harvested and landed during the term of the exempted fishing permit, including trip limitations, where appropriate. (2) The number, sizes, names, and identification numbers of the vessels authorized to conduct fishing activities under the exempted fishing permit. (3) The time(s) and place(s) where exempted fishing may be conducted. (4) The type, size, and amount of gear that may be used by each vessel operated under the exempted fishing permit. (5) The condition that observers be carried aboard vessels operated under an exempted fishing permit. (6) Reasonable data reporting requirements. (7) Such other conditions as may be necessary to assure compliance with the purposes of the exempted fishing permit and consistency with the FMP objectives. (8) Provisions for public release of data obtained under the exempted fishing permit. (f) Effectiveness. Unless otherwise specified in the exempted fishing permit or superseding notification or regulation, an exempted fishing permit is effective for no longer than 1 calendar year, but may be revoked, suspended, or modified during the calendar year. Exempted fishing permits may be renewed following the application procedures in paragraph (b) of this section. (g) Recordkeeping and reporting requirements. In addition to the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in this section, the operator or manager must comply with requirements at § 679.5(a) through (k)." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.1.1.7,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,A,Subpart A—General,,§ 679.7 Prohibitions.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","In addition to the general prohibitions specified in § 600.725 of this chapter, it is unlawful for any person to do any of the following: (a) Groundfish of the GOA and BSAI —(1) Federal Fisheries Permit (FFP). (i) Fish for groundfish in the BSAI or GOA with a vessel of the United States that does not have on board a legible copy of a valid FFP issued under § 679.4. (ii) Conduct directed fishing for Atka mackerel, Pacific cod, or pollock with pot, hook-and-line, or trawl gear from a vessel of the United States that does not have on board a legible copy of a valid FFP issued under § 679.4 and endorsed for Atka mackerel, Pacific cod, or pollock under § 679.4(b). (2) Conduct any fishing contrary to notification of inseason action, closure, or adjustment issued under § 679.20, § 679.21, § 679.22, § 679.25. (3) Groundfish and Halibut Observer Program. (i) Fish or process groundfish except in compliance with the terms of the Groundfish and Halibut Observer Program as provided by subpart E of this part. (ii) Except where observer services are provided by a NMFS employee or other individuals authorized by NMFS under § 679.51(c) or § 679.51(d)(1)(ii), deploy observers in the full observer coverage category at § 679.51(a)(2) and (b)(2) without an observer provider permit issued under § 679.52(a). (4) Pollock roe. Retain pollock roe on board a vessel in violation of § 679.20(g). (5) Rockfish by catcher vessels using hook-and-line, jig, or pot gear. (i) For any person, to discard rockfish from a catcher vessel required to have a Federal fisheries permit that is fishing for groundfish or IFQ or CDQ halibut using hook-and-line, jig, or pot gear in the BSAI or GOA until that fish has been landed. (ii) Exceed the maximum commerce allowance amount established under § 679.20(j). (6) Gear. Deploy any trawl, longline, longline pot, pot-and-line, or jig gear in an area when directed fishing for, or retention of, all groundfish by operators of vessels using that gear type is prohibited in that area, except that this paragraph (a)(6) shall not prohibit: (i) Deployment of fixed gear, as defined in § 679.2 under “Authorized fishing gear,” by an operator of a vessel fishing for IFQ halibut during the fishing period prescribed in the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of this title. (ii) Deployment of pot gear by operators of vessels fishing for crab during seasons governed by the State of Alaska. (iii) Deployment of jig gear by operators of vessels fishing for salmon during seasons governed by the State of Alaska. (7) Inshore/offshore. (i) Operate a vessel in the “inshore component in the GOA” as defined in § 679.2 without a valid Inshore Processing endorsement on the vessel's FFP or FPP. (ii) Operate a vessel as a “stationary floating processor” in the “inshore component in the GOA” as defined in § 679.2, and as a catcher/processor in the BSAI during the same fishing year. (iii) Operate a vessel as a “stationary floating processor” in the “inshore component in the GOA” as defined in § 679.2, and as an AFA mothership in the BSAI during the same fishing year. (iv) Operate any vessel in the GOA in more than one of the three categories included in the definition of “inshore component in the GOA,” in §§ 679.2, during any fishing year. (v) Operate any vessel in the GOA under both the “inshore component in the GOA” and the “offshore component in the GOA” definitions in §§ 679.2 during the same fishing year. (vi) Except as provided in paragraph (k)(3)(iv) of this section, use a stationary floating processor with a GOA inshore processing endorsement to process pollock harvested in the GOA or Pacific cod harvested in the Eastern GOA in a directed fishery for those species in more than one single geographic location in the GOA during a fishing year. (vii) Operate a vessel in the “inshore component of the GOA” as defined in § 679.2 during a calendar year if that vessel is used to directed fish for Pacific cod under the authority of a groundfish license with a Pacific cod endorsement in the regulatory area listed in Table 49 to part 679. (viii) Use a vessel operating under the authority of a groundfish license with a Pacific cod endorsement to directed fish for Pacific cod in the Eastern GOA apportioned to the inshore component of the GOA as specified under § 679.20(a)(6) if that vessel has directed fished for Pacific cod in the Eastern GOA apportioned to the offshore component of the Eastern GOA during that calendar year. (ix) Use a vessel operating under the authority of a groundfish license with a Pacific cod endorsement to directed fish for Pacific cod in the Eastern GOA apportioned to the offshore component of the Eastern GOA as specified under § 679.20(a)(6) if that vessel has directed fished for Pacific cod in the Eastern GOA apportioned to the inshore component of the GOA during that calendar year. (8) Fishing in Donut Hole. Except as authorized by permit issued pursuant to the section of the Donut Hole Convention implementing legislation authorizing NMFS to issue Donut Hole fishing permits (Public Law 104-43, section 104(d)), it is unlawful for any person to: (i) Fish in the Donut Hole from a vessel for which a Federal fisheries permit has been issued pursuant to § 679.4 during the year for which the permit was issued. (ii) Possess within the EEZ fish harvested from the Donut Hole on board a vessel for which a Federal fisheries permit has been issued pursuant to § 679.4 during the year for which the permit was issued. (9) Authorized fishing gear. Retain groundfish taken with other than authorized fishing gear as defined in § 679.2, except that groundfish incidentally taken by pot gear by a vessel while participating in an open crab season governed by the State of Alaska may be retained for use as unprocessed bait on board that vessel. (10) Recordkeeping and reporting. (i) Fail to comply with or fail to ensure compliance with requirements in §§ 679.4 or 679.5. (ii) Alter, erase, mutilate, or forge any permit or document issued under §§ 679.4 or 679.5. (iii) Fail to submit or submit inaccurate information on, any report, application, or statement required under this part. (iv) Intentionally submit false information on any report, application, or statement required under this part. (11) Buying station or tender vessel —(i) Tender vessel. Use a catcher vessel or catcher/processor as a tender vessel before offloading all groundfish or groundfish product harvested or processed by that vessel. (ii) Associated processor. Function as a tender vessel or buying station without an associated processor. (iii) Tender vessel. Use a catcher vessel or catcher/processor to harvest groundfish while operating as a tender vessel. (12) Prohibited species donation program. Retain or possess prohibited species, defined at § 679.21(a)(1), except as permitted to do so under the PSD program as provided by § 679.26, or as authorized by other applicable law. (13) Halibut. With respect to halibut caught with fixed gear, as defined in § 679.2 under the definition of “Authorized fishing gear,” deployed from a vessel fishing for groundfish, except for vessels fishing for halibut as prescribed in the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of this title: (i) Fail to release the halibut outboard a vessel's rails. (ii) Release halibut caught with longline gear by any method other than— (A) Cutting the gangion. (B) Positioning the gaff on the hook and twisting the hook from the halibut. (C) Straightening the hook by using the gaff to catch the bend of the hook and bracing the gaff against the vessel or any gear attached to the vessel. (iii) Puncture the halibut with a gaff or other device. (iv) Allow halibut caught with longline gear to contact the vessel, if such contact causes, or is capable of causing, the halibut to be stripped from the hook. (14) Trawl gear performance standard —(i) BSAI. Except for catcher vessels in the trawl EM category, use a vessel to participate in a directed fishery for pollock using trawl gear and have on board the vessel, at any particular time, 20 or more crabs of any species that have a carapace width of more than 1.5 inches (38 mm) at the widest dimension. (ii) GOA. Except for catcher vessels in the trawl EM category, use a vessel to participate in a directed fishery for pollock using trawl gear when directed fishing for pollock with nonpelagic trawl gear is closed and have on board the vessel, at any particular time, 20 or more crabs of any species that have a carapace width of more than 1.5 inches (38 mm) at the widest dimension. (15) Federal processor permit (FPP). (i) Receive, purchase or arrange for purchase, discard, or process groundfish harvested in the GOA or BSAI by a shoreside processor or SFP and in the Western and Central GOA regulatory areas, including Federal reporting areas 610, 620, and 630, that does not have on site a legible copy of a valid FPP issued pursuant to § 679.4(f). (ii) Receive, purchase or arrange for purchase, discard, or process groundfish harvested in the GOA by a CQE floating processor that does not have on site a legible copy of a valid FPP issued pursuant to § 679.4(f). (16) Retention of groundfish bycatch species. Except for catcher vessels in the trawl EM category, exceed the maximum retainable amount established under § 679.20(e). (17) [Reserved] (18) Pollock, Pacific Cod, and Atka Mackerel Directed Fishing and VMS. Operate a vessel in any Federal reporting area when a vessel is authorized under § 679.4(b) to participate in the Atka mackerel, Pacific cod, or pollock directed fisheries and the vessel's authorized species and gear type is open to directed fishing, unless the vessel carries an operable NMFS-approved Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) and complies with the requirements in § 679.28(f). (19) Atka mackerel directed fishing in the Bering Sea reporting areas. Conduct directed fishing for Atka mackerel in the Bering Sea subarea and adjacent State waters with a vessel required to be Federally permitted. (20) Anchoring in a habitat protection area. Anchor any federally permitted vessel in any habitat protection area described in Tables 22, 23, and 26 of this part. (21) VMS on vessels in the Aleutian Islands subarea. Operate a federally permitted vessel in the Aleutian Islands subarea without an operable VMS and without complying with the requirements at § 679.28(f). (22) VMS for non-pelagic trawl and dredge gear vessels in the GOA. Operate a federally permitted vessel in the GOA with non-pelagic trawl or dredge gear onboard without an operable VMS and without complying with the requirements at § 679.28(f). (b) Prohibitions specific to the GOA —(1) Southeast outside trawl closure. Use trawl gear in the GOA east of 140° W long. (2) Catcher vessel harvest limit for pollock. (i) Except for catcher vessels in the trawl EM category, retain more than 300,000 lb (136 mt) of unprocessed pollock on board a catcher vessel issued a FFP at any time during a fishing trip as defined at § 679.2; (ii) Except for catcher vessels in the trawl EM category, land more than 300,000 lb (136 mt) of unprocessed pollock harvested in any GOA reporting area from a catcher vessel issued a FFP to any processor or tender vessel during a calendar day as defined at § 679.2; and (iii) Except for catcher vessels in the trawl EM category, land a cumulative amount of unprocessed pollock harvested from any GOA reporting area from a catcher vessel issued a FFP during a directed fishery that exceeds the amount in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section multiplied by the number of calendar days that occur during the time period the directed fishery is open in that reporting area. (3) Tender vessel restrictions for pollock. (i) Operate as a tender vessel east of 157°00′ W long. for pollock harvested in the GOA. (ii) Operate as a tender vessel west of 157°00′ W long. while retaining on board at any time more than 600,000 lb (272 mt) of unprocessed pollock. (4) Catcher vessel restrictions. (i) Deliver Pacific cod harvested in the Western GOA or Central GOA regulatory area including Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, to a vessel for processing in a GOA regulatory area other than the area in which the harvest occurred. (ii) Deliver Pacific cod harvested in the Western GOA or Central GOA regulatory area, including Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, to another vessel for processing unless the processing vessel carries an operable NMFS-approved Vessel Monitoring System that complies with the requirements in § 679.28(f). (iii) Deliver Pacific cod harvested in the Western GOA or adjacent waters parallel directed fishery to a vessel for processing in excess of the processing limits established at § 679.20(a)(12)(iv) or (v), unless the processing vessel meets the definition of a stationary floating processor at § 679.2. (iv) Deliver Pacific cod harvested in the Central GOA or adjacent waters parallel directed fishery in excess of the processing limits established at § 679.20(a)(12)(v), unless the processing vessel meets the definition of a stationary floating processor at § 679.2. (v) Deliver Pacific cod harvested in the Central GOA or adjacent waters parallel directed fishery to a vessel for processing, unless that vessel is endorsed as a CQE floating processor or stationary floating processor. (vi) Eligible catcher/processor LLP license holders electing to add a catcher vessel endorsement for the Western or Central GOA under § 679.4 (k)(10)(vii)(B) and (C) of this part are prohibited from catching and processing Pacific cod onboard a vessel under the authority of that groundfish license in the directed Pacific cod fishery in Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630. (5) Stationary floating processor restrictions. (i) Except as provided in paragraph (k)(3)(iv) of this section, to use a stationary floating processor to process Pacific cod at more than one single geographic location in the GOA during a fishing year if the Pacific cod was harvested in a Western or Central GOA directed fishery within Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630. (ii) Operate as a stationary floating processor in the GOA and as a catcher/processor in the GOA during the same calendar year. (iii) Operate as a stationary floating processor in the GOA and as a CQE floating processor or mothership in the GOA during the same calendar year. (6) Parallel fisheries. Use a vessel designated or required to be designated on an FFP to directed fish for Pacific cod from waters adjacent to the GOA when Pacific cod caught by that vessel is deducted from the Federal TAC specified under § 679.20(a)(12)(i)(A)( 2 ) through ( 6 ) of this part for the Western GOA and § 679.20(a)(12)(i)(B)( 2 ) through ( 7 ) of this part for the Central GOA unless: (i) That non-trawl vessel is designated on both: (A) An LLP license issued under § 679.4(k) of this part, unless that vessel is using jig gear and exempt from the LLP license requirement under § 679.4(k)(2)(iii) of this part. Each vessel required to have an LLP license must be designated with the following endorsements: ( 1 ) The GOA area designation adjacent to the parallel waters fishery where the harvest occurred; and ( 2 ) A Pacific cod endorsement. (B) An FFP issued under § 679.4(b) of this part with the following endorsements: ( 1 ) The GOA area designation; ( 2 ) An operational type designation; ( 3 ) A gear type endorsement; and ( 4 ) A Pacific cod gear type endorsement. (ii) Or, that trawl vessel is designated on both: (A) An LLP license issued under § 679.4(k) of this part endorsed for trawl gear with the GOA area designation adjacent to the parallel waters fishery where the harvest occurred, and (B) An FFP issued under § 679.4(b) of this part with the following endorsements: ( 1 ) The GOA area designation; ( 2 ) An operational type designation; ( 3 ) A trawl gear type endorsement; and ( 4 ) A Pacific cod gear type endorsement. (7) Parallel fishery closures. Use a vessel designated or required to be designated on an FFP to catch and retain Pacific cod from waters adjacent to the GOA when Pacific cod caught by that vessel is deducted from the Federal TAC specified under § 679.20(a)(12)(i)(A)( 2 ) through ( 6 ) of this part for the Western GOA and § 679.20(a)(12)(i)(B)( 2 ) through ( 7 ) of this part for the Central GOA if directed fishing for Pacific cod is not open. (8) Prohibitions specific to salmon discard in the Western and Central Reporting Areas of the GOA directed fisheries for groundfish. Fail to comply with any requirements of § 679.21(h). (9) Conduct directed fishing for flatfish, as defined in § 679.2, with a vessel required to be federally permitted in the Central GOA Regulatory Area, as defined in Figure 3 to this part, without meeting the requirements for modified nonpelagic trawl gear specified at § 679.24(f) and illustrated in Figures 25, 26, and 27 to this part. (c) Prohibitions specific to BSAI. (1) For vessel owners and operators subject to § 679.100(a), to use the vessel as a catcher/processor to conduct directed fishing for Pacific cod with hook-and-line gear in the BSAI or to conduct groundfish CDQ fishing. (2) Prohibited species. Conduct any fishing contrary to a notification issued under § 679.21. (3) Parallel Pacific cod fisheries—participation requirements. Use a vessel named or required to be named on an FFP to catch and retain Pacific cod from State of Alaska waters adjacent to the BSAI, when Pacific cod caught by that vessel is deducted from the Federal TAC specified under § 679.20(a)(7)(ii)(A)( 2 ) through ( 9 ), unless: (i) That non-trawl vessel is designated on both: (A) An LLP license issued under § 679.4(k), unless that vessel is using jig gear and exempt from the LLP license requirement under § 679.4(k)(2)(iii). Each vessel required to have an LLP license must be designated with the following endorsements: ( 1 ) The BSAI area endorsement for the BSAI area adjacent to the parallel fishery where the harvest occurred; and ( 2 ) A BSAI catcher/processor Pacific cod hook-and-line endorsement, a BSAI catcher/processor Pacific cod pot endorsement, or a BSAI Pacific cod catcher vessel endorsement if that catcher vessel is 60 feet or greater length overall; and (B) An FFP issued under § 679.4(b) with the following endorsements: ( 1 ) A catcher/processor or catcher vessel operation type endorsement; ( 2 ) A BSAI area endorsement; and ( 3 ) A pot or hook-and-line gear type endorsement. (ii) Or, that trawl vessel is designated on both: (A) An LLP license issued under § 679.4(k) endorsed for trawl gear with the BSAI area endorsement for the BSAI area adjacent to the parallel fishery where the harvest occurred; and (B) An FFP issued under § 679.4(b) with the following endorsements: ( 1 ) The BSAI area endorsement; ( 2 ) An operational type endorsement; ( 3 ) A trawl gear type endorsement; and ( 4 ) A Pacific cod gear type endorsement. (4) Parallel Pacific cod fisheries—closures. Use a vessel named or required to be named on an FFP to catch and retain Pacific cod with trawl, pot, or hook-and-line gear from State of Alaska waters adjacent to the BSAI when Pacific cod caught by that vessel is deducted from the Federal TAC specified under § 679.20(a)(7)(ii)(A) for trawl, pot, or hook-and-line gear, if directed fishing for Pacific cod is not open for the sector to which the vessel belongs in Federal waters. (5) Conduct directed fishing for flatfish as defined in § 679.2 with a vessel required to be federally permitted in any reporting area of the Bering Sea subarea as described in Figure 1 to this part without meeting the requirements for modified nonpelagic trawl gear specified in § 679.24(f). (6) For a shoreside processor designated on an FPP, or a mothership designated on an FFP, that processes landings of either CDQ Pacific cod or BSAI Pacific cod harvested by a vessel using trawl gear to fail to submit a timely and complete Pacific Cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report as required under § 679.5(u)(1). (d) CDQ. (1) Participate in a Western Alaska CDQ program in violation of this part. (2) Fail to submit, submit inaccurate information on, or intentionally submit false information on any report, application, or statement required under this part. (3) For a CDQ group, exceed a CDQ or a halibut PSQ. (4) Catch Accounting —(i) General. (A) For the operator of a catcher/processor using trawl gear or a mothership, to harvest or take deliveries of CDQ or PSQ species without a valid scale inspection report signed by an authorized scale inspector under § 679.28(b)(2) on board the vessel. (B) For the operator of a vessel required to have an observer sampling station described at § 679.28(d), to harvest or take deliveries of CDQ or PSQ species without a valid observer sampling station inspection report issued by NMFS under § 679.28(d)(10) on board the vessel. (C) For the manager of a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor, or the manager or operator of a buying station or tender vessel that is required elsewhere in this part to weigh catch on a scale approved by the State of Alaska under § 679.28(c), to fail to weigh catch on a scale that meets the requirements of § 679.28(c). (D) For the operator of a catcher/processor or a catcher vessel required to carry a level 2 observer, to combine catch from two or more CDQ groups in the same haul or set. (E) For the operator of a catcher vessel using trawl gear or any vessel less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA that is groundfish CDQ fishing as defined at § 679.2, to discard any groundfish CDQ species or salmon PSQ before it is delivered to a processor, unless discard of the groundfish CDQ is required under other provisions or, in waters within the State of Alaska, discard is required by laws of the State of Alaska. (F) For the operator of a vessel using trawl gear, to release CDQ catch from the codend before it is brought on board the vessel and weighed on a scale approved by NMFS under § 679.28(b) or delivered to a processor. This includes, but is not limited to, “codend dumping” and “codend bleeding.” (G) For the operator of a catcher/processor using trawl gear or a mothership, to sort, process, or discard CDQ or PSQ species before the total catch is weighed on a scale that meets the requirements of § 679.28(b), including the daily test requirements described at § 679.28(b)(3). (H) For the operator of a vessel fishing on behalf of a CDQ group to retain more than the maximum retainable amount of pollock established under § 679.20(e) unless the pollock harvested by that vessel accrues against a CDQ group's pollock CDQ allocation. (ii) Fixed gear sablefish. For any person on a vessel using fixed gear that is fishing for a CDQ group with an allocation of fixed gear sablefish CDQ, to discard sablefish harvested with fixed gear unless retention of sablefish is not authorized under § 679.23(e)(4)(ii) or, in waters within the State of Alaska, discard is required by laws of the State of Alaska. (5) Prohibited species catch —(i) Crab —(A) Zone 1. For the operator of a vessel, to use trawl gear to harvest groundfish CDQ in Zone 1 after the CDQ group's red king crab PSQ or C. bairdi Tanner crab PSQ in Zone 1 is attained. (B) Zone 2. For the operator of a vessel, to use trawl gear to harvest groundfish CDQ in Zone 2 after the CDQ group's PSQ for C. bairdi Tanner crab in Zone 2 is attained. (C) COBLZ. For the operator of a vessel, to use trawl gear to harvest groundfish CDQ in the C. opilio Bycatch Limitation Zone after the CDQ group's PSQ for C. opilio Tanner crab is attained. (ii) Salmon —(A) Discard of salmon. For any person, to discard salmon from a catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, shoreside processor, or SFP or transfer or process any salmon under the PSD Program at § 679.26, if the salmon were taken incidental to a directed fishery for pollock CDQ in the Bering Sea, until the number of salmon has been determined by an observer and the collection of scientific data or biological samples from the salmon has been completed. (B) Non-Chinook salmon. For the operator of a vessel, to use trawl gear to harvest pollock CDQ in the Chum Salmon Savings Area between September 1 and October 14 after the CDQ group's non-Chinook salmon PSQ is attained, unless the vessel is participating in an approved IPA under § 679.21(f)(12). (C) Chinook salmon —( 1 ) Overages of Chinook salmon PSC allocations. For a CDQ group, to exceed a Chinook salmon PSC allocation issued under § 679.21(f) as of June 25 for the A season allocation and as of December 1 for the B season allocation. ( 2 ) For the operator of a catcher vessel or catcher/processor, to start a new fishing trip for pollock CDQ in the BS in the A season or in the B season, if the CDQ group for which the vessel is fishing has exceeded its Chinook salmon PSC allocation issued under § 679.21(f) for that season. ( 3 ) For the operator of a catcher/processor or mothership, to catch or process pollock CDQ in the BS without complying with the applicable requirements of § 679.28(j). ( 4 ) For the operator of a catcher/processor or a mothership, to begin sorting catch from a haul from a directed fishery for pollock CDQ in the BS before the observer has completed counting the salmon and collecting scientific data or biological samples from the previous haul. ( 5 ) For the operator of a catcher vessel delivering pollock CDQ catch to a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor to: ( i ) Deliver pollock CDQ to a processor that does not have a catch monitoring and control plan approved under § 679.28(g). ( ii ) Handle, sort, or discard catch without notifying the observer 15 minutes prior to handling, sorting, or discarding catch as described in § 679.21(f)(15)(ii)(B)( 2 ). ( iii ) Fail to secure catch after the completion of catch handling and the collection of scientific data and biological samples as described in § 679.21(f)(15)(ii)(B)( 3 ). ( 6 ) For the manager of a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor, to begin sorting a pollock CDQ offload before the observer has completed the count of salmon and the collection of scientific data or biological samples from the previous offload. (6) For a CDQ group, exceed a seasonal allowance of Pacific cod under § 679.20(a)(7)(i)(B). (7) For a CDQ group, exceed a seasonal allowance of Atka mackerel under § 679.20(a)(8)(ii). (8) Fail to submit a timely and complete CDQ cost recovery fee submission form and fee as required under § 679.33. (9) For an operator of a catcher vessel greater than 32 ft (9.8 m) LOA and less than or equal to 46 ft (14.0 m) LOA using hook-and-line gear and that is registered by a CDQ group under § 679.5(m), to conduct groundfish CDQ fishing without a legible copy of the LLP exemption letter issued to a CDQ group for that vessel on board the vessel. (10) For a CDQ group representative, to remove a vessel from the CDQ vessel registration list under § 679.5(m)(4) without first providing notice to the operator of the registered vessel that the vessel is being removed from the CDQ vessel registration list or when the vessel operator is groundfish CDQ fishing. (e) Halibut Deck Sorting. (1) Conduct halibut deck sorting without notifying the observer at least 15 minutes prior to bringing fish onboard as described in § 679.102 (e)(2). (2) For any haul for which the notification at § 679.102 (e)(2) is provided, allow fish to be spilled from the codend without an observer being present to monitor halibut deck sorting. (3) Sort halibut from the catch prior to weighing except in compliance with requirements at § 679.102. (4) Sort halibut on deck without an observer present to monitor halibut deck sorting. (5) Discard halibut sorted on deck prior to the observer's completion of data collection for each halibut. (6) Sort or discard any species other than halibut during halibut deck sorting. (7) Conduct halibut deck sorting past the time limit set by NMFS in the vessel's Observer Sampling Station Inspection Report. (8) Conduct halibut deck sorting without complying with the observer deck sampling station requirements at § 679.28(d)(9). (9) Fail to have an approved Deck Safety Plan before conducting halibut deck sorting. (10) Fail to notify the Observer Program for purposes of the pre-cruise meeting when required by § 679.102 (c). (11) Weigh catch on a NMFS-approved scale that complies with the requirements at § 679.28(b) when halibut deck sorting unless three or more observers are present on the vessel and an observer has been notified and is available to complete data collection duties in the factory. (12) Sort halibut without a video monitoring system meeting requirements at § 679.28(l). (13) Fail to comply with any other requirement or restriction specified in this part or violate any provision of this part. (f) IFQ fisheries. (1) Fail to submit, or submit inaccurate information on, any report, application, or statement required under this part. (2) Intentionally submit false information on any report, application, or statement required under this part. (3)(i) Halibut. (A) Retain halibut caught with fixed gear without a valid IFQ permit, and if using a hired master, without an IFQ hired master permit in the name of an individual aboard. (B) Retain halibut caught with fixed gear without a valid CDQ permit and without a CDQ hired master permit in the name of an individual aboard. (C) Use fixed gear to retain RFQ halibut. (ii) Sablefish. Retain sablefish caught with fixed gear without a valid IFQ permit, and if using a hired master, without an IFQ hired master permit in the name of an individual aboard, unless fishing on behalf of a CDQ group. (4) Except as provided in § 679.40(d), retain IFQ or CDQ halibut or IFQ or CDQ sablefish on a vessel in excess of the total amount of unharvested IFQ or CDQ, applicable to the vessel category and IFQ or CDQ regulatory area(s) in which the vessel is deploying fixed gear, and that is currently held by all IFQ or CDQ permit holders aboard the vessel, unless the vessel has an observer aboard under subpart E of this part or the vessel participates in the EM selection pool and complies with the requirements at § 679.51(f), and maintains the applicable daily fishing log prescribed in the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of this title and § 679.5. (5) Possess, buy, sell, or transport IFQ or CDQ halibut or IFQ sablefish harvested or landed in violation of any provision of this part. (6) Landing. (i) IFQ permit or IFQ hired master permit. Make an IFQ landing without an IFQ permit or IFQ hired master permit, as appropriate, in the name of the individual making the landing. (ii) Hired master, CDQ halibut. Make a CDQ halibut landing without a CDQ hired master permit listing the name of the hired master. (7) Possess on a vessel or land IFQ sablefish concurrently with non-IFQ sablefish, except that CDQ sablefish may be possessed on a vessel and landed concurrently with IFQ sablefish. (8) Discard: (i) In the GOA: (A) [Reserved] (B) Pacific cod that are taken when IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish are on board unless Pacific cod are required to be discarded under subpart B of this part, or Pacific cod are not authorized to be retained under subpart A of this part. (ii) In the BSAI: (A) [Reserved] (B) Pacific cod that are taken when IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish are on board according to the following table: (iii) In the waters within the State of Alaska: (A) Rockfish that are taken when IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish are on board unless rockfish are required to be discarded by the laws of the State of Alaska. (B) Pacific cod that are taken when IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish are on board unless Pacific cod are required to be discarded by the laws of the State of Alaska. (9) Harvest on any vessel more IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish than are authorized under § 679.42. (10) Make an IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or CDQ halibut landing other than directly to (or by) a registered buyer. (11) Discard halibut or sablefish caught with fixed gear from any catcher vessel when any IFQ permit holder aboard holds unused halibut or sablefish IFQ for that vessel category and the IFQ regulatory area in which the vessel is operating, unless: (i) Discard of halibut is required as prescribed in the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title; (ii) Discard of sablefish is required under § 679.20 or, in waters within the State of Alaska, discard of sablefish is required under laws of the State of Alaska; or (iii) Discard of halibut or sablefish is required under other provisions. (12) Commence an IFQ landing without a Prior Notice of Landing (PNOL), before the date and time stated on the PNOL, or more than 2 hours after the date and time stated on the PNOL, except as provided in § 679.5(l)(1). (13) [Reserved] (14) Violate any other provision under this part. (15) Hire a master to fish for IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish that is derived from QS held by a CQE. (16) Process IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish onboard a vessel on which a person is using IFQ derived from QS held by a CQE. (17) Deploy, conduct fishing with, or retrieve longline pot gear in the GOA before the start or after the end of the IFQ sablefish fishing period specified in § 679.23(g)(1). (18) Deploy, conduct fishing with, retrieve, or retain IFQ sablefish or IFQ halibut from longline pot gear in the GOA: (i) In excess of the pot limits specified in § 679.42(l)(5)(ii); or (ii) [Reserved] (19) [Reserved] (20) Deploy longline pot gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA without marking the gear in accordance with § 679.24(a). (21) Fail to redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all deployed longline pot gear that is assigned to, and used by, a catcher vessel within five days of deploying the gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the Southeast Outside District of the GOA in accordance with § 679.42(l)(5)(iii)(A). (22) Fail to redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all deployed longline pot gear that is assigned to, and used by, a catcher/processor within five days of deploying the gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the Southeast Outside District of the GOA in accordance with § 679.42(l)(5)(iii)(B). (23) Fail to redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all deployed longline pot gear that is assigned to, and used by, a catcher vessel or a catcher/processor within five days of deploying the gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the West Yakutat District of the GOA, and within seven days of deploying the gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the Central GOA regulatory area, in accordance with § 679.42(l)(5)(iii)(C) and (E). (24) Fail to redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all deployed longline pot gear that is assigned to, and used by, a catcher vessel or a catcher/processor within seven days of deploying the gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the Western GOA regulatory area in accordance with § 679.42(l)(5)(iii)(D). (25) Operate a catcher vessel or a catcher/processor using longline pot gear to fish IFQ sablefish or IFQ halibut in the GOA and fail to use functioning VMS equipment as required in § 679.42(k)(2). (26) Operate a catcher vessel or a catcher/processor using pot gear to fish for IFQ or CDQ halibut or IFQ or CDQ sablefish in the BSAI and fail to use functioning VMS equipment as required in § 679.42(m). (g) North Pacific Observer Program—Observers. (1) Forcibly assault, resist, oppose, impede, intimidate, sexually harass, bribe, or interfere with an observer. (2) Interfere with or bias the sampling procedure employed by an observer, including physical, mechanical, or other sorting or discarding of catch before sampling. (3) Tamper with, destroy, or discard an observer's collected samples, equipment, records, photographic film, papers, or personal effects without the express consent of the observer. (4) Prohibit or bar by command, impediment, threat, coercion, or by refusal of reasonable assistance, an observer from collecting samples, conducting product recovery rate determinations, making observations, or otherwise performing the observer's duties. (5) Harass an observer by conduct that has sexual connotations, has the purpose or effect of interfering with the observer's work performance, or otherwise creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive environment. In determining whether conduct constitutes harassment, the totality of the circumstances, including the nature of the conduct and the context in which it occurred, will be considered. The determination of the legality of a particular action will be made from the facts on a case-by-case basis. (6) Fish for or process fish without observer coverage required under subpart E of this part. (7) Embark on a fishing trip to directed fish for groundfish or to fish for halibut with hook-and-line gear without carrying an observer if the fishing trip is selected for observer coverage per § 679.51(a)(1)(ii)(C)( 2 ), or the vessel is selected for observer coverage per § 679.51(a)(1)(ii)(D). (8) Require, pressure, coerce, or threaten an observer to perform duties normally performed by crew members, including, but not limited to, cooking, washing dishes, standing watch, vessel maintenance, assisting with the setting or retrieval of gear, or any duties associated with the processing of fish, from sorting the catch to the storage of the finished product. (h) [Reserved] (i) License Limitation Program —(1) Number of licenses. (i) Hold more than 10 groundfish licenses in the name of that person at any time, except as provided in paragraphs (i)(1)(iii) and (i)(1)(v) of this section; (ii) Hold more than five crab species licenses in the name of that person at any time, except as provided in paragraph (i)(1)(iii) of this section; or (iii) Hold more licenses than allowed in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) and (i)(1)(ii) of this section unless those licenses were issued to that person in the initial distribution of licenses. Any person who receives in the initial distribution more licenses than allowed in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) and (i)(1)(ii) of this section shall have no transfer applications for receipt of additional licenses approved until the number of licenses in the name of that person is less than the numbers specified in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) and (i)(1)(ii) of this section; furthermore, when a person becomes eligible to receive licenses by transfer through the provisions of this paragraph, that person is subject to the provisions in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) and (i)(1)(ii) of this section; (iv) Hold more than two scallop licenses in the name of that person at any time. (v) The CQE representing the City of Sand Point may not hold more than 14 groundfish licenses. (2) Conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish without a legible copy of a valid groundfish license, except as provided in § 679.4(k)(2); (3) Conduct directed fishing for LLP crab species without a legible copy of a valid crab license, except as provided in § 679.4(k)(2); (4) Process license limitation groundfish on board a vessel without a legible copy of a valid groundfish license with a catcher/processor designation; (5) Process LLP crab species on board a vessel without a legible copy of a valid crab species LLP license with a catcher/processor designation; (6) Use a vessel to fish for LLP groundfish or crab species, or allow a vessel to be used to fish for LLP groundfish or crab species, that has an LOA that exceeds the MLOA specified on the license that authorizes fishing for LLP groundfish or crab species, except if the person is using the vessel to fish for LLP groundfish in the Bering Sea subarea or the Aleutian Islands subarea pursuant to an LLP license that specifies an exemption from the MLOA on the LLP license. (7) Lease a groundfish, crab species, or scallop license; or (8) Catch and retain scallops: (i) Without a copy of a valid scallop license on board; (ii) Using a vessel with a MLOA greater than that specified on the scallop license; or (iii) Using dredge gear contrary to a gear limitation specified on the scallop license. (9) Use a vessel to fish for LLP groundfish or crab species, or allow a vessel to be used to fish for LLP groundfish or crab species, other than the vessel named on the license that authorizes fishing for LLP groundfish or crab species. (10) Operate a vessel under the authority of an LLP license issued to a CQE to directed fish for Pacific cod in the GOA if the person specified for that groundfish license in the annual CQE authorization letter, or any subsequent amendment to that authorization letter, is not onboard the vessel. (11) Prohibitions specific to the BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector yellowfin sole directed fishery. Deliver yellowfin sole harvested with trawl gear in the BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector yellowfin sole directed fishery to a mothership without a legible copy of a valid groundfish LLP license with a BSAI Trawl Limited Access Sector yellowfin sole directed fishery endorsement, except as provided in § 679.4(k)(2). (12) Prohibitions specific to directed fishing in the BSAI non-CDQ Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel fishery as specified at § 679.20(a)(7)(ii)(A). Use a catcher/processor to receive and process Pacific cod harvested and delivered by a catcher vessel directed fishing in the BSAI non-CDQ Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel fishery without a legible copy on board of a valid groundfish LLP license with Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands area, catcher/processor operation, and BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsements. (j) North Pacific Observer Program—Electronic Monitoring. —(1) General. (i) Fish without an EM system when a vessel is required to carry an EM system under § 679.51. (ii) Fish with an EM system without a copy of a valid NMFS-approved VMP on board when directed fishing in a fishery subject to EM coverage. (iii) Fail to comply with a NMFS-approved VMP when directed fishing in a fishery subject to EM coverage. (iv) Fail to ensure an EM system is functioning prior to departing port on a fishing trip as specified at § 679.51(f)(5)(vi)(A). (v) Fail to ensure an EM system is functional prior to departing on a fishing trip as specified at § 679.51(g)(3)(v). (vi) Depart on a fishing trip without a functional EM system, per the VMP, unless approved to do so by NMFS, after the procedures at § 679.51(f)(5)(vi)(A)( 1 ), or § 679.51(g), have been followed. (vii) Fail to follow procedures related to EM system malfunctions as described at § 679.51(f)(5)(vi)(B) or § 679.51(g) prior to deploying each set of gear on a fishing trip selected for EM coverage. (viii) Fail to make the EM system, associated equipment, logbooks, and other records available for inspection upon request by NMFS, OLE, or other NMFS-authorized officer. (ix) Fail to submit EM data as specified under § 679.51(f)(5)(vii) or § 679.51(g). (x) Tamper with, bias, disconnect, damage, destroy, alter, or in any other way distort, render useless, inoperative, ineffective, or inaccurate any component of the EM system, associated equipment, or data recorded by the EM system when the vessel is directed fishing in a fishery subject to EM coverage, unless the vessel operator is directed to make changes to the EM system by NMFS, the EM service provider, or as directed in the troubleshooting guide of the VMP. (xi) Assault, impede, intimidate, harass, sexually harass, bribe, or interfere with an EM service provider. (xii) Interfere with or bias the sampling procedure employed in the EM selection pool, including either mechanically or manually sorting or discarding catch outside of the camera view or inconsistent with the NMFS-approved VMP. (xiii) Fail to meet the vessel owner and operator responsibilities when using an EM system as specified at § 679.51(f)(5) or § 679.51(g)(5). (2) Trawl EM category —(i) Catcher vessels in the trawl EM category. (A) Use a catcher vessel in the partial coverage trawl EM category to fish without being party to an approved trawl EM incentive plan agreement established under § 679.57; (B) Use a catcher vessel in the trawl EM category to discard catch from the codend before it is brought on board the vessel unless required to maintain the safety and stability of the vessel; (C) Use a catcher vessel in the trawl EM category to deploy a nonpelagic trawl; (D) Use a catcher vessel in the trawl EM category to land catch to a tender vessel that is not in the trawl EM category or does not have a NMFS-approved VMP; (E) Use a catcher vessel in the trawl EM category to land catch to a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor that does not have a NMFS-approved CMCP; or (F) Use a catcher vessel in the trawl EM category to deploy trawl gear in an area that is closed, for any reason, to directed fishing for pollock. (ii) Shoreside processors and stationary floating processors. (A) Receive any delivery from a vessel in the trawl EM category without being issued and following a NMFS-approved Catch Monitoring Control Plan as described in § 679.28(g). (B) Store any non-salmon species in a designated salmon storage container as described in a NMFS-approved Catch Monitoring Control Plan per § 679.28(g). (C) Allow any salmon species to be placed into any location other than the designated salmon storage container described in a NMFS-approved Catch Monitoring Control Plan per § 679.28(g) at a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor. (D) Begin sorting a trawl EM category offload from the Bering Sea or CDQ pollock fisheries before an observer has completed the count of all salmon and the collection of scientific data and biological samples from the previous offload. (E) Continue to sort trawl EM category catch from the Bering Sea or CDQ pollock fisheries if the salmon storage container described in a NMFS-approved Catch Monitoring Control Plan per § 679.28(g) is full. (F) Allow any PSC harvested or delivered by a vessel in the trawl EM category to be sold, purchased, bartered, or traded. (iii) Tender vessels. (A) Operate a tender vessel in the trawl EM category and receive a delivery from a catcher vessel in the trawl EM category and a catcher vessel not in the trawl EM category during the same fishing trip. (B) Operate a tender vessel in the trawl EM category without an approved VMP and receive a delivery from a catcher vessel in the trawl EM category. (k) Prohibitions specific to the AFA. It is unlawful for any person to do any of the following: (1) Catcher/processors —(i) Permit requirement. Use a catcher/processor to engage in directed fishing for non-CDQ BSAI pollock without a valid AFA catcher/processor permit on board the vessel. (ii) Fishing in the GOA. Use a listed AFA catcher/processor or a catcher/processor designated on a listed AFA catcher/processor permit to harvest any species of fish in the GOA. (iii) Processing BSAI crab. Use a listed AFA catcher/processor or a catcher/processor designated on a listed AFA catcher/processor permit to process any crab species harvested in the BSAI. (iv) Processing GOA groundfish. (A) Use a listed AFA catcher/processor or a catcher/processor designated on a listed AFA catcher/processor permit to process any pollock harvested in a directed pollock fishery in the GOA and any groundfish harvested in Statistical Area 630 of the GOA. (B) Use a listed AFA catcher/processor or a catcher/processor designated on a listed AFA catcher/processor permit as a stationary floating processor for Pacific cod in the GOA and a catcher/processor in the GOA during the same year. (v) Directed fishing after a sideboard closure. Use a listed AFA catcher/processor or a catcher/processor designated on a listed AFA catcher/processor permit to engage in directed fishing for a groundfish species or species group in the BSAI after the Regional Administrator has issued an AFA catcher/processor sideboard directed fishing closure for that groundfish species or species group under §§ 679.20(d)(1)(iv), 679.21(b)(4)(iii), or 679.21(e)(3)(v). (vi) Catch weighing —(A) Listed AFA catcher/processors and catcher/processors designated on listed AFA catcher/processor permits. Process any groundfish that was not weighed on a NMFS-approved scale that complies with the requirements of § 679.28(b). Catch may not be sorted before it is weighed and each haul must be sampled by an observer for species composition. (B) Unlisted AFA catcher/processors and catcher/processors designated on unlisted AFA catcher/processor permits. Process groundfish harvested in the BSAI pollock fishery that was not weighed on a NMFS-approved scale that complies with the requirements of § 679.28(b). Catch may not be sorted before it is weighed and each haul must be sampled by an observer for species composition. (vii) Observer sampling station —(A) Listed AFA catcher/processors and catcher/processors designated on listed AFA catcher/processor permits. Process any groundfish without an observer sampling station as described at § 679.28(d). A valid observer sampling station inspection report must be on board at all times when an observer sampling station is required. (B) Unlisted AFA catcher/processors and catcher/processors designated on unlisted AFA catcher/processor permits. Process groundfish harvested in the BSAI pollock fishery without an observer sampling station as described at § 679.28(d). A valid observer sampling station inspection report must be on board at all times when an observer sampling station is required. (2) Motherships —(i) Permit requirement. Use a mothership to process pollock harvested in a non-CDQ directed fishery for pollock in the BSAI without a valid AFA permit on board the mothership. (ii) Processing GOA groundfish. Use an AFA mothership as a stationary floating processor for Pacific cod in the GOA and a mothership in the GOA during the same year. (iii) Catch weighing. Process any groundfish that was not weighed on a NMFS-approved scale that complies with the requirements of § 679.28(b). Catch may not be sorted before it is weighed and each delivery must be sampled by an observer for species composition. (iv) Observer sampling station. Process any groundfish without an observer sampling station as described at § 679.28(d). A valid observer sampling station inspection report must be on board at all times when an observer sampling station is required. (3) AFA inshore processors —(i) Permit requirement. Use a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor to process pollock harvested in a non-CDQ directed fishery for pollock in the BS without a valid AFA inshore processor permit at the facility or on board vessel. (ii) Cooperative processing endorsement. Use a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor required to have an AFA inshore processor permit to process groundfish harvested by a fishery cooperative formed under § 679.62 unless the AFA inshore processor permit contains a valid cooperative pollock processing endorsement. (iii) [Reserved] (iv) Single geographic location requirement. Use an AFA inshore processor to process pollock harvested in the BS directed pollock fishery at a location other than the single geographic location defined as follows: (A) Shoreside processors. The physical location at which the land-based shoreside processor first processed BS pollock harvested in the BS directed pollock fishery during a fishing year. (B) Stationary floating processor (SFP). A geographic position within State of Alaska waters of the BS subarea and that is within a 5 nm radius of the latitude and longitude reported in the check-in and check-out reports at § 679.5(h)(5)(ix)(B). An AFA SFP cannot change its single geographic location more than four times within State of Alaska waters in the BS subarea to process pollock harvested in a BS subarea directed pollock fishery during a fishing year and cannot use more than one single geographic location during a reporting week. (v) Catch weighing. Process any groundfish that was not weighed on a scale approved by the State of Alaska and meeting the requirements specified in § 679.28(c). (vi) Catch monitoring and control plan (CMCP). (A) Take deliveries or process groundfish delivered by a vessel engaged in directed fishing for BSAI pollock without following an approved CMCP as described at § 679.28(g). A copy of the CMCP must be maintained on the premises and made available to authorized officers or NMFS-authorized personnel upon request. (B) Allow sorting of fish at any location in the processing plant other than those identified in the CMCP under § 678.28(g)(7). (C) Allow salmon of any species to pass beyond the last point where sorting of fish occurs, as identified in the scale drawing of the processing plant in the approved CMCP. (vii) Restrictions for GOA Pacific cod and GOA pollock. Use an AFA SFP to process GOA pollock or GOA Pacific cod in any location other than the location at which either GOA pollock or GOA Pacific cod were first processed by that SFP in the year 2002. (4) Catcher vessels —(i) Permit requirement. Use a catcher vessel to engage in directed fishing for non-CDQ BS pollock for delivery to any AFA processing sector (catcher/processor, mothership, or inshore) unless the vessel has a valid AFA catcher vessel permit on board that includes an endorsement for the sector of the BS pollock fishery in which the vessel is participating. (ii) [Reserved] (iii) Groundfish sideboard closures. Use an AFA catcher vessel to engage in directed fishing for a groundfish species or species group in the BSAI or GOA after the Regional Administrator has issued an AFA catcher vessel sideboard directed fishing closure for that groundfish species or species group under §§ 679.20(d)(1)(iv), 679.21(b)(4)(iii), or 679.21(e)(3)(iv), if the vessel's AFA permit does not contain a sideboard exemption for that groundfish species or species group. (5) AFA inshore fishery cooperatives —(i) Overages by vessel. Use an AFA catcher vessel listed on an AFA inshore cooperative fishing permit, or under contract to a fishery cooperative under § 679.62(c), to harvest non-CDQ BS pollock in excess of the fishery cooperative's annual allocation of pollock specified under § 679.62. (ii) Overages by fishery cooperative. An inshore pollock fishery cooperative is prohibited from exceeding its annual allocation of BS pollock TAC. (6) Excessive harvesting shares. It is unlawful for an AFA entity or a CDQ group to harvest, through a fishery cooperative or otherwise, an amount of BS pollock that exceeds the 17.5 percent excessive share limit specified under § 679.20(a)(5)(i)(A)( 6 ). A CDQ group's harvest of BS pollock will be calculated through its proportional ownership of individuals, corporations, or other business concerns that harvest BS pollock. The owners and operators of the individual vessels comprising the AFA entity or CDQ group that harvest BS pollock will be held jointly and severally liable for exceeding the excessive harvesting share limit. (7) Excessive processing shares. It is unlawful for an AFA entity or a CDQ group to process an amount of BS pollock that exceeds the 30-percent excessive share limit specified under § 679.20(a)(5)(i)(A)( 7 ). The amount of BS pollock processed by a CDQ group will be calculated through its proportional ownership of individuals, corporations, or other business concerns that process BS pollock. The owners and operators of the individual processors comprising the AFA entity or CDQ group that process BS pollock will be held jointly and severally liable for exceeding the excessive processing share limit. (8) Salmon PSC —(i) Discard of salmon. For any person, to discard any salmon from a catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, or inshore processor, or transfer or process any salmon under the PSD Program at § 679.26, if the salmon were taken incidental to a directed fishery for pollock in the BS before the number of salmon has been determined by an observer and the collection of scientific data or biological samples from the salmon has been completed. (ii) Catcher/processors and motherships. For the operator of a catcher/processor or a mothership, to begin sorting catch from a haul from a directed fishery for pollock in the BS before the observer has completed counting the salmon and collecting scientific data or biological samples from the previous haul. (iii) Shoreside processors and stationary floating processors. For the manager of a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor to begin sorting a new BS pollock offload before the observer has completed the count of salmon and the collection of scientific data or biological samples from the previous offload. (iv) Catcher vessels. (A) For the operator of a catcher vessel, to handle, sort, or discard catch without notifying the observer 15 minutes prior to handling, sorting, or discarding catch as described in § 679.21(f)(15)(ii)(B)( 2 ). (B) For the operator of a catcher vessel to fail to secure catch after the completion of catch handling and the collection of scientific data and biological samples as described in § 679.21(f)(15)(ii)(B)( 3 ). (v) Overages of Chinook salmon PSC allocations —(A) For an inshore cooperative, the entity representing the AFA catcher/processor sector, or the entity representing the AFA mothership sector, to exceed a Chinook salmon PSC allocation issued under § 679.21(f) as of June 25 for the A season allocation and as of December 1 for the B season allocation. (B) For a catcher vessel or catcher/processor, to start a fishing trip for pollock in the BS in the A season or in the B season if the vessel is fishing under a transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocation issued to an inshore cooperative, the entity representing the AFA catcher/processor sector, or the entity representing the AFA mothership sector under § 679.21(f) and the inshore cooperative or entity has exceeded its Chinook salmon PSC allocation for that season. (9) Fail to submit a timely and complete AFA cost recovery fee submission form and fee as required under § 679.66. (l) Prohibitions specific to the AI directed pollock fishery —(1) Catcher/processors. (i) Use a catcher/processor vessel to harvest pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery or process pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery without a copy of NMFS' approval letter on board pursuant to § 679.4(m). (ii) Process any pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery without complying with catch weighing and observer sampling station requirements set forth at paragraphs (k)(1)(vi) and (k)(1)(vii) of this section, respectively. (iii) Use a catcher/processor to harvest pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery or process pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery without a valid AFA catcher/processor permit on board the vessel. (2) Motherships. (i) Use a mothership to process pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery without a copy of NMFS' approval letter on board pursuant to § 679.4(m). (ii) Process any pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery without complying with catch weighing and observer sampling station requirements set forth at paragraphs (k)(2)(iii) and (k)(2)(iv) of this section, respectively. (iii) Use a mothership to process pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery without a valid AFA mothership permit on board the vessel. (3) Shoreside and stationary floating processors. (i) Use a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor to process pollock harvested in the in AI directed pollock fishery without a copy of NMFS' approval letter on location pursuant to § 679.4(m). (ii) Process any pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery without complying with catch weighing requirements set forth at paragraph (k)(3)(v) of this section. (iii) Take deliveries of pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery or process pollock harvested in the AI pollock fishery without following an approved CMCP as described in § 679.28(g). A copy of the CMCP must be maintained on the premises and made available to authorized officers or NMFS-authorized personnel upon request. (4) Catcher vessels. (i) Use a catcher vessel to harvest pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery without a copy of NMFS' approval letter on board pursuant to § 679.4(m). (ii) Have on board at any one time pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery and pollock harvested from either the Bering Sea subarea or the Gulf of Alaska. (iii) Use a catcher vessel to deliver pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery: (A) To a shoreside or stationary floating processor that does not have an approved CMCP pursuant to § 679.28(g) and is not approved by NMFS to process pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery, or (B) To a catcher/processor or mothership that is not approved by NMFS to process pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery. (iv) Use a catcher vessel greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA to harvest pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery unless the vessel has a valid AFA catcher vessel permit on board. (5) AI directed pollock fishery overages. (i) Use a catcher vessel selected by the Aleut Corporation and approved by NMFS to participate in the AI directed pollock fishery under § 679.4(m) to harvest pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery in excess of the Aleut Corporation's annual or seasonal allocations of pollock or in excess of the vessel allocation specified under § 679.20(a)(5)(iii). (ii) The Aleut Corporation is prohibited from exceeding its annual and seasonal allocations of AI pollock TAC or from exceeding the allocation to vessels, as specified in § 679.20(a)(5)(iii). (6) Fail to submit a timely and complete Aleutian Islands pollock cost recovery fee submission form and fee as required under § 679.67. (m) PCTC Program —(1) General. (i) Name an LLP license in more than one Application for PCTC Program CQ in a fishing year. (ii) Use a vessel to catch or receive a PCTC Program cooperative's Pacific cod when that vessel was not listed on the Application for PCTC Program CQ. (iii) Fail to comply with any other requirement or restriction specified in this part or violate any provision of this part. (2) Vessel owners and operators participating in the PCTC Program. (i) Fail to follow the catch monitoring requirements detailed at § 679.134. (ii) Operate a vessel that is subject to a sideboard limit detailed at § 679.133, as applicable, and fail to follow the catch monitoring requirements detailed at § 679.134. (iii) Exceed the ownership or use caps specified at § 679.133. (3) VMS. (i) Operate a vessel in a PCTC Program cooperative and fail to use functioning VMS equipment as described at § 679.134. (ii) Operate a vessel that is subject to a sideboard limit detailed at § 679.133 and fail to use functioning VMS equipment as described at § 679.134. (4) PCTC Program processors. (i) Take deliveries of, or process, PCTC Program Pacific cod harvested by a catcher vessel fishing under the authority of a CQ permit unless the processor has an FPP or FFP and LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement. (ii) For the manager of a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor to process any groundfish delivered by a catcher vessel fishing under the authority of a CQ permit not weighed on a scale approved by the State of Alaska. (iii) Fail to submit a timely and complete Pacific cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report as required under § 679.5(u)(1). (iv) Use a catcher/processor designated on an LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement to sort, process, or discard any species, except halibut sorted on deck by vessels participating in halibut deck sorting described at § 679.102, before the total catch is weighed on a scale that meets the requirements of § 679.28(b). (v) Use a catcher/processor designated on an LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement to process Pacific cod in excess of the at-sea processing sideboard limit defined at § 679.133(b)(2) and assigned to the LLP license. (vi) Process an amount of Pacific cod that exceeds use caps specified at § 679.133. (5) PCTC Program cooperatives. (i) Harvest PCTC Program Pacific cod, use halibut PSC, or use crab PSC assigned to a PCTC Program cooperative in the BSAI without having on board a legible copy of valid CQ permit. (ii) Begin a fishing trip for PCTC Program Pacific cod with any vessel named in a PCTC Program cooperative if the total amount of unharvested PCTC Program Pacific cod on a CQ permit currently held by that cooperative is zero or less. (iii) Have a negative balance in a CQ account after the end of the calendar year for which a CQ permit was issued. (iv) Fail to submit a PCTC Program cost recovery fee payment as required under § 679.135. (n) Rockfish Program —(1) General. (i) Use an LLP license assigned to a rockfish cooperative in any rockfish cooperative other than the rockfish cooperative to which that LLP license was initially assigned for that fishing year. (ii) Use an LLP license that was excluded from the Rockfish Program or that opted out of the Rockfish Program in any rockfish cooperative for that calendar year. (iii) Operate a vessel assigned to a rockfish cooperative in any rockfish cooperative other than the rockfish cooperative to which that vessel was initially assigned for that fishing year. (2) Vessels operators participating in the Rockfish Program. (i) Operate a vessel that is assigned to a rockfish cooperative and fishing under a CQ permit and fail to follow the catch monitoring requirements detailed in § 679.84(c) through (e). (ii) Operate a vessel that is subject to a sideboard limit detailed in § 679.82(e), as applicable, and fail to follow the catch monitoring requirements detailed in § 679.84(c) from July 1 until July 31, if that vessel is harvesting fish in the West Yakutat District, Central GOA, or Western GOA management areas. (iii) Operate a catcher/processor opt-out vessel, under § 679.81(e)(2), that is subject to sideboard provisions detailed in § 679.82(e) and (f), as applicable, and fail to follow the catch monitoring requirements detailed in § 679.84(d) from July 1 until July 31, if that vessel is harvesting fish in the West Yakutat District, Central GOA, or Western GOA management areas. (3) VMS. (i) Operate a vessel that is assigned to a rockfish cooperative and fail to use functioning VMS equipment as described at § 679.28(f) at all times when operating in a reporting area off Alaska from April 1: (A) Until November 15; or (B) Until that rockfish cooperative has submitted a rockfish cooperative termination of fishing declaration that has been approved by NMFS. (ii) Operate a vessel that is subject to a sideboard limit detailed in § 679.82(e) and fail to use functioning VMS equipment as described in § 679.28(f) at all times when operating in a reporting area off Alaska from July 1 until July 31. (4) Catcher/processor vessels that opt-out. Operate a vessel that has opted-out of participating in a rockfish cooperative to directed fish for northern rockfish, Pacific ocean perch, or dusky rockfish in the Central GOA. (5) Rockfish processors. (i) Take deliveries of, or process, groundfish harvested by a catcher vessel fishing under the authority of a rockfish CQ permit unless operating as a shoreside processor. (ii) Process any groundfish delivered by a catcher vessel fishing under the authority of a CQ permit not weighed on a scale approved by the State of Alaska. The scale must meet the requirements specified in § 679.28(c). (iii) Take deliveries of, or process, groundfish caught by a vessel fishing under the authority of a rockfish CQ permit without following an approved CMCP as described in § 679.28(g). A copy of the CMCP must be maintained at the facility and made available to authorized officers or NMFS-authorized personnel upon request. (iv) Take deliveries of, or process, groundfish harvested by a catcher vessel fishing under the authority of a rockfish CQ permit outside of the geographic boundaries of the City of Kodiak as those boundaries are established by the State of Alaska on December 27, 2011. (v) Fail to submit a timely and complete Rockfish Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report as required under § 679.5(r)(10) (6) Rockfish cooperatives. (i) Fail to retain any rockfish primary species or rockfish secondary species caught by a vessel when that vessel is fishing under the authority of a CQ permit. (ii) Harvest rockfish primary species, rockfish secondary species, or use halibut PSC assigned to a rockfish cooperative in the Central GOA without a valid CQ permit. (iii) Begin a fishing trip for any Rockfish Program species with any vessel assigned to a rockfish cooperative if the total amount of unharvested CQ that is currently held by that rockfish cooperative is zero or less for any species for which CQ is assigned. (iv) Exceed a rockfish sideboard limit assigned to a rockfish cooperative in the catcher/processor sector. (v) Operate a vessel assigned to a rockfish cooperative to fish under a CQ permit unless the rockfish cooperative has notified NMFS that the vessel is fishing under a CQ permit as described under § 679.5(r)(8). (vi) Operate a vessel fishing under the authority of a CQ permit in the catcher vessel sector and to have any Pacific ocean perch, dusky rockfish, northern rockfish, sablefish, Pacific cod, or thornyhead rockfish aboard the vessel unless those fish were harvested under the authority of a CQ permit. (vii) Catch and process onboard a vessel any rockfish primary species or rockfish secondary species harvested under the authority of a CQ permit issued to the catcher vessel sector. (viii) Have a negative balance in a CQ account for any species for which CQ is assigned after the end of the calendar year for which a CQ permit was issued. (ix) Deliver rockfish primary species and rockfish secondary species harvested under the authority of a CQ permit to any processor other than a shoreside processor located within the geographic boundaries of the City of Kodiak as those boundaries are established by the State of Alaska on December 27, 2011. (x) Fail to submit a timely and complete rockfish CQ cost recovery fee submission form as required under § 679.5(r)(9). (7) Use caps. Exceed the use caps that apply under § 679.82(a). (8) Rockfish entry level longline fishery. (i) Take deliveries of, or process, groundfish caught by a catcher vessel directed fishing in the rockfish entry level longline fishery unless operating as a shoreside processor. (ii) Deliver groundfish caught by a catcher vessel directed fishing in the rockfish entry level longline fishery to any processor other than a shoreside processor. (iii) Use any gear other than longline gear to directed fish for a rockfish primary species in the rockfish entry level longline fishery. (iv) Catch and process onboard a vessel any rockfish primary species harvested while directed fishing in the rockfish entry level longline fishery. (v) Deliver groundfish caught by a catcher vessel directed fishing in the rockfish entry level longline fishery fishing after NMFS has closed directed fishing to the rockfish entry level longline fishery or November 15 of each calendar year, whichever occurs first. (o) Amendment 80 Program —(1) Amendment 80 vessels. (i) Use any vessel other than an Amendment 80 vessel to catch any amount of Amendment 80 species, crab PSC, or halibut PSC assigned to the Amendment 80 sector. (ii) Use an Amendment 80 vessel to catch any amount of Amendment 80 species, crab PSC, or halibut PSC assigned to the BSAI trawl limited access sector. (2) Amendment 80 LLP license. (i) Designate any vessel other than an Amendment 80 vessel on an Amendment 80 LLP license; (ii) Fail to designate an Amendment 80 vessel on an Amendment 80 LLP license that is endorsed for groundfish in the Bering Sea subarea or Aleutian Islands subarea with a catcher/processor designation at all times during a calendar year unless that Amendment 80 vessel has suffered an actual total loss, constructive total loss, or is permanently ineligible to receive a fishery endorsement under 46 U.S.C. 12108. (3) Amendment 80 QS permit. (i) Hold an Amendment 80 QS permit assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel if that person does not hold an Amendment 80 LLP license that designates that Amendment 80 vessel. (ii) Hold an Amendment 80 QS permit that is assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel under § 679.4(o)(1) if that person is not designated as the owner of that Amendment 80 vessel by an abstract of title or USCG documentation. (iii) Hold an Amendment 80 QS permit assigned to an Amendment 80 vessel if that Amendment 80 vessel has suffered an actual total loss, constructive total loss, or is permanently ineligible to receive a fishery endorsement under 46 U.S.C. 12108 after October 15 in the calendar year following the date of that actual total loss, constructive total loss, or permanent ineligibility to receive a fishery endorsement under 46 U.S.C. 12108. (iv) Fish in an Amendment 80 fishery without an Amendment 80 QS permit or Amendment 80 LLP/QS license assigned to that vessel. (v) Use an Amendment 80 catcher/processor, as defined at § 679.2, to receive and process Pacific cod harvested by vessels directed fishing for Pacific cod in the BSAI or GOA, if that catcher/processor is not designated on: (A) An Amendment 80 QS permit and an Amendment 80 LLP license; or (B) An Amendment 80 LLP/QS license. (4) Amendment 80 cooperatives. (i) Use an Amendment 80 vessel, Amendment 80 LLP license, or Amendment 80 QS permit not assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative for a calendar year to catch any Amendment 80 species, crab PSC, or halibut PSC assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative during that calendar year; (ii) Use an Amendment 80 vessel assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative for a calendar year to receive or process catch from any Amendment 80 vessel not assigned to that Amendment 80 cooperative for that calendar year. (iii) Catch, process, or receive Amendment 80 species assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative in the BSAI or adjacent waters open by the State of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal fishing season without a copy of a valid Amendment 80 CQ permit onboard unless that Amendment 80 vessel is using dredge gear while directed fishing for scallops. (iv) [Reserved] (v) Begin a fishing trip for any Amendment 80 species with any vessel assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative if the total amount of unharvested CQ that is currently held by that Amendment 80 cooperative is zero or less for any species for which CQ is assigned. (vi) Have a negative balance in a CQ account for any species for which CQ is assigned after the end of the calendar year for which a CQ permit was issued. (vii) Fail to submit a timely and complete Amendment 80 cost recovery fee submission form and fee as required under § 679.95. (5) Amendment 80 limited access fishery. (i) Use an Amendment 80 vessel, Amendment 80 LLP license, or Amendment 80 QS permit not assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery for a calendar year to catch any Amendment 80 species, crab PSC, or halibut PSC assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access sector during that calendar year; (ii) Use an Amendment 80 vessel assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery for a calendar year to receive or process catch from any Amendment 80 vessel not assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery for that calendar year; (iii) Catch, process, or receive Amendment 80 species assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery in the BSAI or adjacent waters open by the State of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal fishing season without a copy of a valid Amendment 80 limited access fishery permit onboard unless that Amendment 80 vessel is using dredge gear while directed fishing for scallops. (6) Catch monitoring. (i) Operate an Amendment 80 vessel using any gear but dredge gear while directed fishing for scallops or a catcher/processor not listed in § 679.4(l)(2)(i) and using trawl gear, to catch, process, or receive fish in the BSAI or adjacent waters opened by the State of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal fishing season and fail to follow the catch monitoring requirements detailed at § 679.93(a), (b), and (c). (ii) Operate an Amendment 80 vessel using any gear but dredge gear while directed fishing for scallops that is subject to a sideboard limit detailed at § 679.92(b) and (c), as applicable, in the GOA or adjacent waters open by the State of Alaska for which it adopts a Federal fishing season, and fail to follow the catch monitoring requirements detailed at § 679.93(a), (b), and (d). (7) Use caps. Exceed the use caps that apply under § 679.92(a). (8) Economic data report (EDR): Fail to submit a timely and complete EDR as described under § 679.94. (9) First Wholesale Volume and Value Report. For an Amendment 80 vessel owner to fail to submit a timely and complete First Wholesale Volume and Value Report as required under § 679.5(u)(2). (p) Arctic Management Area. Conduct commercial fishing for any Arctic fish in the Arctic Management Area. (q) Recreational Quota Entity Program. (1) Be a charter vessel guide during a charter vessel fishing trip in IPHC regulatory area 2C or 3A, unless: (i) the charter vessel guide has completed a charter halibut stamp validation for each charter vessel angler before the charter vessel fishing trip began, or prior to first deployment of fishing gear on each calendar day of a charter vessel fishing trip that spans multiple days, as specified at § 679.46(a)(1); or (ii) one or more charter vessel anglers retains halibut as Guided Angler Fish, as defined at 50 CFR 300.61 of this title, on days that are otherwise closed to halibut retention by the annual management measures published pursuant to 50 CFR 300.62 of this title. (2) Be a charter halibut permit holder and fail to purchase a number of charter halibut stamps equal to or greater than the number of charter halibut stamp validations that were performed in a given fishing year by the reconciliation deadline specified in § 679.46(a)(1)(v)." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.1.1.8,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,A,Subpart A—General,,§ 679.8 Facilitation of enforcement.,FWS,,,,See § 600.730 of this chapter. 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.1.1.9,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,A,Subpart A—General,,§ 679.9 Penalties.,FWS,,,,See § 600.735 of this chapter. 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.10.1.1,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,J,Subpart J—Salmon Fishery Management,,§ 679.110 Applicability.,FWS,,,,This subpart contains regulations governing the commercial and recreational harvest of salmon in the Salmon Management Area (See § 679.2). 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.10.1.2,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,J,Subpart J—Salmon Fishery Management,,§§ 679.111-679.113 [Reserved],FWS,,,, 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.10.1.3,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,J,Subpart J—Salmon Fishery Management,,§ 679.114 Permits.,FWS,,,,"(a) Requirements —(1) What permits are available? The following table describes the permits available under this subpart that authorize the retention, processing, and receipt of salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area, respectively, along with date of effectiveness for each permit and reference paragraphs for further information: (2) Permit and logbook required by participant and fishery. For the various types of permits issued pursuant to this subpart, refer to § 679.115 for recordkeeping and reporting requirements. (3) Permit application. (i) A person may obtain an application for a new permit, or for renewal or revision of an existing permit, from NMFS for any of the permits under this section and must submit forms to NMFS as instructed in application instructions. All permit applications may be completed online and printed from the NMFS Alaska Region website (See § 679.2); (ii) Upon receipt of an incomplete or improperly completed permit application, NMFS will notify the applicant of the deficiency in the permit application. If the applicant fails to correct the deficiency, the permit will not be issued. NMFS will not approve a permit application that is untimely or incomplete; (iii) The owner or authorized representative of a vessel, owner or authorized representative of a processor, and Registered Salmon Receiver must obtain a separate permit for each vessel, entity, operation, or facility, as appropriate to each Federal permit in this section; (iv) All permits are issued free of charge; (v) NMFS will consider objective written evidence in determining whether an application is timely. The responsibility remains with the sender to provide objective written evidence of when an application to obtain, amend, or to surrender a permit was received by NMFS ( e.g., certified mail or other method that provides written evidence that NMFS Alaska Region received it); and (vi) For applications delivered by hand delivery or carrier, the date the application was received by NMFS is the date NMFS staff signs for it upon receipt. If the application is submitted by fax or mail, the receiving date of the application is the date stamped received by NMFS. (4) Disclosure. NMFS will maintain a list of permit holders that may be disclosed for public inspection. (5) Sanctions and denials. Procedures governing permit sanctions and permit denials for enforcement purposes are found at subpart D of 15 CFR part 904. Such procedures are not required for any other purposes under this part. (6) Harvesting privilege. Permits issued pursuant to this subpart are neither a right to the resource nor any interest that is subject to the “Takings Clause” provision of the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. Rather, such permits represent only a harvesting privilege that may be revoked or amended subject to the requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable law. (7) Permit surrender. (i) NMFS will recognize the voluntary surrender of a permit issued under this subpart, if a permit is authorized to be surrendered and if an application is submitted by the permit holder or authorized representative and approved by NMFS; and (ii) For surrender of an SFFP and SFPP, refer to paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (c)(3)(ii) of this section, respectively. (b) Salmon Federal Fisheries Permit (SFFP) —(1) Requirements. (i) No vessel of the United States may be used to commercially fish for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area unless the owner or authorized representative first obtains an SFFP for the vessel issued under this part. Only persons who are U.S. citizens are authorized to obtain an SFFP; and (ii) Each vessel used to commercially fish for salmon within the Cook Inlet EEZ Area must have a legible copy of a valid SFFP on board at all times. The vessel operator must present the valid SFFP for inspection upon the request of any authorized officer. (2) Vessel operation. An SFFP authorizes a vessel to conduct operations in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area. (3) Duration —(i) Length of permit effectiveness. NMFS issues SFFPs on a 3-year cycle, and an SFFP is in effect from the effective date through the expiration date, as indicated on the SFFP, unless the SFFP is revoked, suspended, or modified under § 600.735 or § 600.740 of this chapter, or surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(7) of this section. (ii) Surrendered permit. (A) An SFFP may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(7) of this section. NMFS will not reissue a surrendered SFFP to the owner or authorized representative of a vessel named on an SFFP until after the expiration date of the surrendered SFFP as initially issued. (B) An owner or authorized representative who applied for and received an SFFP must notify NMFS of the intention to surrender the SFFP by submitting an SFFP application found at the NMFS Alaska Region website and indicating on the application that surrender of the SFFP is requested. Upon receipt and approval of an SFFP surrender application, NMFS will withdraw the SFFP from active status. (4) Amended permit. An owner or authorized representative who applied for and received an SFFP must notify NMFS of any change in the permit information by submitting an SFFP application found at the NMFS Alaska Region website. The owner or authorized representative must submit the application form as instructed on the form. Except as provided under paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, upon receipt and approval of an application form for permit amendment, NMFS will issue an amended SFFP. (5) SFFP application. To obtain, amend, renew, or surrender an SFFP, the vessel owner or authorized representative must complete an SFFP application form per the instructions from the NMFS Alaska Region website. The owner or authorized representative of the vessel must sign and date the application form, certifying that all information is true, correct, and complete to the best of their knowledge and belief. If the application form is completed by an authorized representative, proof of authorization must accompany the application form. (6) Issuance. (i) Except as provided in subpart D of 15 CFR part 904, upon receipt and approval of a properly completed permit application, NMFS will issue an SFFP required by paragraph (b) of this section. (ii) NMFS will send an SFFP with the appropriate logbooks to the owner or authorized representative, as provided under § 679.115. (7) Transfer. An SFFP issued under paragraph (b) of this section is not transferable or assignable and is valid only for the vessel for which it is issued. (c) Salmon Federal Processor Permit (SFPP) —(1) Requirements. No salmon shoreside processor, as defined at § 679.2, may process salmon harvested in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area, unless the owner or authorized representative first obtains an SFPP issued under this subpart. A salmon shoreside processor may not be operated in a category other than as specified on the SFPP. A legible copy of a valid SFPP must be on site at the salmon shoreside processor at all times and must be presented for inspection upon the request of any authorized officer. (2) SFPP application. To obtain, amend, renew, or surrender an SFPP, the owner or authorized representative of the salmon shoreside processor must complete an SFPP application form per the instructions from the NMFS Alaska Region website. The owner or authorized representative of the salmon shoreside processor must sign and date the application form, certifying that all information is true, correct, and complete to the best of their knowledge and belief. If the application form is completed by an authorized representative, proof of authorization must accompany the application form. (3) Issuance. Except as provided in subpart D of 15 CFR part 904, upon receipt and approval of a properly completed permit application, NMFS will issue an SFPP required by paragraph (c) of this section. (4) Duration —(i) Length of effectiveness. An SFPP is in effect from the effective date through the date of permit expiration, unless it is revoked, suspended, or modified under § 600.735 or § 600.740 of this chapter, or surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(7) of this section. (ii) Surrendered permit. (A) An SFPP may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(7) of this section. NMFS may reissue an SFPP to the person to whom the SFPP was initially issued in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered. (B) An owner or authorized representative who applied for and received an SFPP must notify NMFS of the intention to surrender the SFPP by submitting an SFPP application found at the NMFS Alaska Region website and indicating on the application form that surrender of the SFPP is requested. Upon receipt and approval of an SFPP surrender application, NMFS will withdraw the SFPP from active status. (5) Amended permit. An owner or authorized representative who applied for and received an SFPP must notify NMFS of any change in the permit information by submitting an SFPP application found at the NMFS Alaska Region website. The owner or authorized representative must submit the application form as instructed on the form. Upon receipt and approval of an SFPP amendment application, NMFS will issue an amended SFPP. (6) Transfer. An SFPP issued under this paragraph (c) is not transferable or assignable and is valid only for the salmon shoreside processor for which it is issued. (d) Registered Salmon Receiver Permit (RSRP) —(1) Requirements. An RSRP authorizes the person identified on the permit to receive a landing of salmon from an SFFP holder at any time during the fishing year for which it is issued until the RSRP expires, as indicated on the RSRP, or is revoked, suspended, or modified under § 600.735 or § 600.740 of this chapter, or surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(7) of this section. An RSRP is required for any person, other than an SFPP holder, to receive salmon commercially harvested in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area from the person(s) who harvested the fish. A legible copy of the RSRP must be present at the time and location of a landing. The RSRP holder or their authorized representative must make the RSRP available for inspection upon the request of any authorized officer. (2) Application. To obtain, amend, renew, or surrender an RSRP, the owner or authorized representative must complete an RSRP application form per the instructions from the NMFS Alaska Region website. The owner or authorized representative of a Registered Salmon Receiver must sign and date the application form, certifying that all information is true, correct, and complete to the best of their knowledge and belief. If the application form is completed by an authorized representative, proof of authorization must accompany the application form. (3) Issuance. Except as provided in subpart D of 15 CFR part 904, upon receipt and approval of a properly completed permit application, NMFS will issue an RSRP required by paragraph (d) of this section. (4) Duration. An RSRP is issued on an annual cycle defined as May through the end of April of the next calendar year, to persons who submit a Registered Salmon Receiver Permit application that NMFS approves. (i) An RSRP is in effect from the first day of May in the year for which it is issued or from the date of issuance, whichever is later, through the end of the current annual cycle, unless it is revoked, suspended, or modified under § 600.735 or § 600.740 of this chapter, or surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(7) of this section. (ii) An RSRP may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(7) of this section. An RSRP may be reissued to the permit holder of record in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered. (5) Amended permit. An owner or authorized representative who applied for and received an RSRP must notify NMFS of any change in the permit information by submitting an RSRP application found at the NMFS Alaska Region website. The owner or authorized representative must submit the application form as instructed on the form. Upon receipt and approval of an RSRP amendment application, NMFS will issue an amended RSRP." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.10.1.4,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,J,Subpart J—Salmon Fishery Management,,§ 679.115 Recordkeeping and reporting.,FWS,,,"[89 FR 34759, Apr. 30, 2024; 89 FR 46334, May 29, 2024]","(a) General recordkeeping and reporting (R&R) requirement. R&R requirements include, but are not limited to, paper and electronic documentation, logbooks, forms, reports, and receipts. (1) Salmon logbooks and forms. (i) The Regional Administrator will prescribe and provide logbooks required under this section. All forms required under this section are available from the NMFS Alaska Region website or may be requested by calling the Sustainable Fisheries Division at 907-586-7228. These forms may be completed online, or submitted according to the instructions shown on the form. (ii) The operator must use the current edition of the logbooks and current format of the forms, unless they obtain prior written approval from NMFS to use logbooks from the previous year. Upon approval from NMFS, electronic versions of the forms may be used. (iii) Commercial salmon harvest that occurred in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area must be recorded in eLandings by an SFPP or RSRP holder. See paragraph (b) of this section for more information. (2) Responsibility. (i) The operator of a vessel, the manager of a salmon shoreside processor (hereafter referred to as the manager), and a Registered Salmon Receiver are responsible for complying with applicable R&R requirements in this section. (ii) The owner of a vessel, the owner of a salmon shoreside processor, and the owner of a Registered Salmon Receiver are responsible for ensuring their employees and agents comply with applicable R&R requirements in this section. (3) Fish to be recorded and reported. The operator of a vessel or manager must record and report the following information (see paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (iv) of this section) for all salmon, groundfish (see table 2a to this part), halibut and crab, forage fish (see table 2c to this part), and sculpins (see table 2c to this part). The operator of a vessel or manager may record and report the following information (see paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (iv) of this section) for other species (see table 2d to this part): (i) Harvest information from vessels; (ii) Receipt information from vessels, buying stations, and tender vessels, including fish received from vessels not required to have an SFFP or FFP, and fish received under contract for handling or processing for another processor; (iii) Discard or disposition information, including fish reported but not delivered to the operator or manager ( e.g., fish used on board a vessel, retained for personal use, discarded at sea), when receiving catch from a vessel, buying station, or tender vessel; and (iv) Transfer information, including fish transferred off the vessel or out of the facility. (4) Inspection and retention of records —(i) Inspection of records. The operator of a vessel, a manager, and a Registered Salmon Receiver must make available for inspection R&R documentation they are required to retain under this section upon the request of an authorized officer; and (ii) Retention of records. The operator of a vessel, a manager, and a Registered Salmon Receiver must retain the R&R documentation they are required to make under this section as follows: (A) Retain these records on board a vessel, on site at the salmon shoreside processor or stationary floating processor (see § 679.2), or at the Registered Salmon Receiver's place of business, as applicable, until the end of the fishing year during which the records were made and for as long thereafter as fish or fish products recorded in the R&R documentation are retained on site. (B) Retain these records for 3 years after the end of the fishing year during which the records were made. (5) Maintenance of records. The operator of a vessel, a manager, and a Registered Salmon Receiver must maintain all records described in this section in English and in a legible, timely, and accurate manner, based on Alaska local time (A.l.t.); if handwritten, in indelible ink; if computer-generated, as a readable file or a legible printed paper copy. (6) Custom processing. The manager or Registered Salmon Receiver must record products that result from custom processing for another person in eLandings consistently throughout a fishing year using one of the following two methods: (i) For combined records, record landings, discards or dispositions, and products of custom-processed salmon routinely in eLandings using processor name, any applicable RSRP number or SFPP number, and ADF&G processor code; or (ii) For separate records, record landings, discards or dispositions, and products of custom-processed salmon in eLandings identified by the name, SFPP number or RSRP number, and ADF&G processor code of the associated business entity. (7) Representative. The operator of a vessel, manager, and RSRP holder may identify one contact person to complete the logbook and forms and to respond to inquiries from NMFS. (b) Interagency Electronic Reporting System (IERS) and eLandings —(1) Responsibility. (i) An eLandings User must obtain at his or her own expense hardware, software, and internet connectivity to support internet submissions of commercial fishery landings for which participants report to NMFS: landing data, production data, and discard or disposition data. The User must enter this information via the internet by logging on to the eLandings system at https://elandings.alaska.gov or other NMFS-approved software or by using the desktop client software. (ii) If the User is unable to submit commercial fishery landings of Cook Inlet EEZ salmon due to hardware, software, or internet failure for a period longer than the required reporting time, the User must contact NMFS Sustainable Fisheries Division at 907-586-7228 for instructions. When the hardware, software, or internet is restored, the User must enter this same information into eLandings or other NMFS-approved software. (2) eLandings processor registration. (i) Before a User can use the eLandings system to report landings, production, discard, or disposition data, he or she must request authorization to use the system, reserve a unique UserID, and obtain a password by using the internet to complete the eLandings processor registration at https://elandings.alaska.gov/elandings/Register; (ii) Upon registration acceptance, the User must print, sign, and mail or fax the User Agreement Form to NMFS at the address or fax number shown on the form. Confirmation is emailed to indicate that the User is registered, authorized to use eLandings, and that the UserID and User's account are enabled; and (iii) The User's signature on the registration form means that the User agrees to the following terms: (A) To use eLandings access privileges only for submitting legitimate fishery landing reports; (B) To safeguard the UserID and password to prevent their use by unauthorized persons; and (C) To ensure that the User is authorized to submit landing reports for the processor permit number(s) listed. (3) Information required for eLandings processor registration form. The User must enter the following information (see paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (ix) of this section) to obtain operation registration and UserID registration: (i) Select the operation type from the dropdown list; (ii) Enter a name that will refer to the specific operation. For example, if the plant is in Kodiak and the company is East Pacific Seafoods, the operation name might read “East Pacific Seafoods-Kodiak;” (iii) Enter ADF&G processor code; (iv) Enter all the Federal permits associated with the operation; (A) If a processor for Cook Inlet EEZ salmon, enter the SFPP number; and (B) If a Registered Salmon Receiver, enter the RSRP number; (v) Enter the home port code (see tables 14a, 14b, and 14c to this part) for the operation; (vi) If a tender operation, the operator must enter the ADF&G vessel identification number of the vessel; (vii) If a buying station or Registered Salmon Receiver operation is a vehicle, enter vehicle license number and the state of license issuance; (viii) If a buying station, tender vessel, or custom processor, enter the following information to identify the associated processor where the processing will take place: operation type, ADF&G processor code, and applicable SFPP number, and RSRP number; and (ix) Each operation requires a primary User. Enter the following information for the primary User for the new operation: create and enter a UserID, initial password, company name, User name (name of the person who will use the UserID), city and state where the operation is located, business telephone number, business fax number, business email address, security question, and security answer. (4) Information entered automatically for eLandings landing report. eLandings autofills the following fields from processor registration records (see paragraph (b)(2) of this section): UserID, processor company name, business telephone number, email address, port of landing, operation type (for catcher/processors, motherships, or stationary floating processors), ADF&G processor code, and Federal permit number. The User must review the autofilled cells to ensure that they are accurate for the landing that is taking place. eLandings assigns a unique landing report number and an ADF&G electronic fish ticket number upon completion of data entry. (5) Information submitted in an eLandings landing report. The manager and a Registered Salmon Receiver that receives salmon from a vessel issued an SFFP under § 679.114 and that is required to have an SFPP or RSRP under § 679.114(c) or (d) must use eLandings or other NMFS-approved software to submit a daily landing report during the fishing year to report processor identification information and the following information under paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(A) through (C) of this section: (i) Information entered for each salmon delivery to a salmon shoreside processor or Registered Salmon Receiver. The User for a shoreside processor, stationary floating processor, or Registered Salmon Receiver must enter the information specified at (b)(5)(i)(A) through (C) of this section for each salmon delivery provided by the operator of a vessel, the operator or manager of an associated buying station or tender vessel, and from processors for reprocessing or rehandling product into eLandings or other NMFS-approved software: (A) Delivery information. The User must: ( 1 ) For crew size, enter the number of licensed crew aboard the vessel, including the operator; ( 2 ) Enter the management program name in which harvest occurred (see paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section); ( 3 ) Enter the ADF&G salmon statistical area of harvest; ( 4 ) For date of landing, enter date (mm/dd/yyyy) that the delivery was completed; ( 5 ) Indicate (YES or NO) whether delivery is from a buying station or tender vessel; ( 6 ) If the delivery is received from a buying station, indicate the name of the buying station; ( 7 ) If the delivery is received from a tender vessel, enter the ADF&G vessel registration number; ( 8 ) If delivery is received from a vessel, indicate the ADF&G vessel registration number of the vessel; and ( 9 ) Mark whether the vessel logsheet has been received. (B) Catch information. The User must record the number and landed scale weight in pounds of salmon, including any applicable weight modifier such as delivery condition code, and disposition code of fish by species. (C) Discard or disposition information. ( 1 ) The User must record discard or disposition of fish: that occurred on and was reported by a vessel; that occurred on and was reported by a salmon shoreside processor or Registered Salmon Receiver; and that occurred prior to, during, and/or after production at the salmon shoreside processor. ( 2 ) The User for a salmon shoreside processor or Registered Salmon Receiver must submit a landing report containing the information described in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section for each salmon delivery from a specific vessel by 1200 hours, A.l.t., of the day following completion of the delivery. If the landed scale weight required in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(B) of this section is not available by this deadline, the User must transmit an estimated weight and count for each species by 1200 hours, A.l.t., of the day following completion of the delivery, and must submit a revised landing report with the landed scale weight for each species by 1200 hours, A.l.t., of the third day following completion of the delivery. ( 3 ) By using eLandings, the User for a salmon shoreside processor or a Registered Salmon Receiver and the operator of the vessel providing information to the User for the salmon shoreside processor or Registered Salmon Receiver accept the responsibility of and acknowledge compliance with § 679.117(b)(5). (ii) [Reserved] (c) Logbooks —(1) Requirements. (i) All Cook Inlet EEZ Area logbook pages must be sequentially numbered. (ii) Except as described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) or (iv) of this section, no person may alter or change any entry or record in a logbook; (iii) An inaccurate or incorrect entry or record in printed data must be corrected by lining out the original and inserting the correction, provided that the original entry or record remains legible. All corrections must be made in ink; and (iv) If after an electronic logsheet is signed, an error is found in the data, the operator must make any necessary changes to the data, sign the new logsheet, and export the revised file to NMFS. The operator must retain both the original and revised logsheet reports. (2) Logsheet distribution and submittal. The operator of a vessel must distribute and submit accurate copies of logsheets to the salmon shoreside processor or Registered Salmon Receiver and to NOAA Fisheries Office of Law Enforcement Alaska Region according to the logsheet instructions. (3) Salmon drift gillnet vessel daily fishing log. The operator of a vessel that is required to have an SFFP under § 679.114(b), and that is using drift gillnet gear to harvest salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area, must maintain a salmon drift gillnet vessel daily fishing log. (4) Reporting time limits. The operator of a vessel using drift gillnet gear must record in the daily fishing log the information from the following table for each set within the specified time limit: Reporting Time Limits, Catcher Vessel Drift Gillnet Gear" 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.10.1.5,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,J,Subpart J—Salmon Fishery Management,,§ 679.116 [Reserved],FWS,,,, 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.10.1.6,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,J,Subpart J—Salmon Fishery Management,,§ 679.117 Salmon fisheries prohibitions.,FWS,,,,"In addition to the general prohibitions specified in § 600.725 of this chapter and § 679.7, it is unlawful for any person to do any of the following: (a) The East Area and the West Area —(1) East Area. Engage in commercial fishing for salmon using any gear except troll gear, defined at § 679.2, in the East Area of the Salmon Management Area, defined at § 679.2 and figure 23 to this part. (2) West Area. Engage in commercial fishing for salmon in the West Area of the Salmon Management Area, defined at § 679.2 and figure 23 to this part. (b) Cook Inlet EEZ Area —(1) Commercial fishery participants. (i) Engage in commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area of the Salmon Management Area, defined at § 679.2 and figure 22 to this part, with a vessel of the United States that does not have on board a legible copy of a valid SFFP issued to the vessel under § 679.114; (ii) Engage in commercial fishing for salmon using any gear except drift gillnet gear, described at § 679.118, in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; (iii) Have on board, retrieve, or deploy any gear, except a drift gillnet legally configured for the Cook Inlet EEZ Area commercial salmon fishery while commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; (iv) Deploy more than one drift gillnet while commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; (v) Deploy drift gillnet gear within, or allow any portion of drift gillnet gear to enter, Alaska State waters on the same calendar day that drift gillnet gear is also deployed in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area while commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; (vi) Deploy drift gillnet gear in excess of the allowable configuration for total length and mesh size specified at § 679.118(f) while commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; (vii) Use a vessel named, or required to be named, on an SFFP to fish for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area if that vessel fishes for salmon in Alaska State waters on the same calendar day; (viii) Possess salmon, harvested in Alaska State waters, on board a vessel commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; (ix) Have salmon on board a vessel at the time a fishing trip commences in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; (x) Conduct recreational fishing for salmon, or have recreational or subsistence salmon on board, while commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; (xi) Use or employ aircraft (manned or unmanned) to locate salmon or to direct commercial fishing while commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area 1 hour before, during, and 1 hour after a commercial salmon fishing period; (xii) Land salmon harvested in Alaska State waters concurrently with salmon harvested commercially in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; (xiii) Land or transfer salmon harvested while commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area, within the EEZ off Alaska; (xiv) Operate a vessel named, or required to be named, on an SFFP in the waters of Cook Inlet without an operable VMS as required in § 679.28(f). (xv) Discard any salmon harvested while commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area. (xvi) Engage in commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area contrary to notification of inseason action, closure, or adjustment issued under §§ 679.25 and 679.118. (2) Recreational fishery participants. (i) Engage in recreational fishing for salmon using any gear except for handline, rod and reel, or hook and line gear, defined at § 600.10, in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area of the Salmon Management Area, defined at § 679.2 and figure 22 to this part; (ii) Use more than a single line, with more than two hooks attached, per angler in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; (iii) No person shall possess on board a vessel, including charter vessels and pleasure craft used for fishing, salmon retained in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area that have been filleted, mutilated, or otherwise disfigured in any manner, except that each salmon may be cut into no more than two pieces with a patch of skin on each piece, naturally attached. One piece from one salmon on board may be consumed. (iv) Exceed the daily bag limits and possession limits established under § 679.119. (v) Engage in recreational fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area contrary to notification of inseason action, closure, or adjustment issued under § 679.118. (3) Processors and Registered Salmon Receivers. (i) Receive, purchase or arrange for purchase, discard, or process salmon harvested in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area without having on site a legible copy of a valid SFPP or valid RSRP issued under § 679.114; (ii) Process or receive salmon harvested in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area without submitting a timely and complete landing report as required under § 679.115; (iii) Process salmon harvested in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area in the EEZ off Alaska; and (iv) Receive or transport salmon caught in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area without an SFPP or RSRP issued under § 679.114. (4) Recordkeeping and reporting. (i) Fail to comply with or fail to ensure compliance with requirements in § 679.114 or § 679.115. (ii) Alter or forge any permit or document issued under § 679.114 or § 679.115; (iii) Fail to submit or submit inaccurate information on any report, application, or statement required under this part; and (iv) Intentionally submit false information on any report, application, or statement required under this part. (5) General. Fail to comply with any other requirement or restriction specified in this part or violate any provision under this part." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.10.1.7,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,J,Subpart J—Salmon Fishery Management,,§ 679.118 Management measures.,FWS,,,"[89 FR 34759, Apr. 30, 2024; 89 FR 46334, May 29, 2024]","This section applies to vessels engaged in commercial fishing and recreational fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area. (a) Harvest limits —(1) TAC. NMFS, after consultation with the Council, will specify the annual TAC amounts for commercial fishing for each salmon stock or species after accounting for projected recreational fishing removals. (2) Annual TAC determination. The annual determinations of TAC for each salmon species or stock may be based on a review of the following: (i) Resource assessment documents prepared regularly for the Council that provide information on historical catch trends; updated estimates of the MSY of the salmon stocks or stock complexes; assessments of the stock condition of each salmon stock or stock complex; SSC recommendations on reference points established for salmon stocks; management uncertainty; assessments of the multispecies and ecosystem impacts of harvesting the salmon stocks at current levels, given the assessed condition of stocks, including consideration of rebuilding depressed stocks; and alternative harvesting strategies and related effects on the salmon species; (ii) Social and economic considerations that are consistent with Salmon FMP goals for the Cook Inlet EEZ Area, including the need to promote efficiency in the utilization of fishery resources, including minimizing costs; the desire to conserve, protect, and rebuild depleted salmon stocks; the importance of a salmon fishery to harvesters, processors, local communities, and other salmon users in Cook Inlet; and the need to promote utilization of certain species. (b) Annual specifications —(1) Proposed specifications. (i) As soon as practicable after consultation with the Council, NMFS will publish proposed specifications for the salmon fishery in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area; and (ii) NMFS will accept public comment on the proposed specifications established by this section for a period specified in the notice of proposed specifications published in the Federal Register . (2) Final specifications. NMFS will consider comments received on the proposed specifications and will publish a notice of final specifications in the Federal Register unless NMFS determines that the final specifications would not be a logical outgrowth of the notice of proposed specifications. If the final specifications would not be a logical outgrowth of the notice of proposed specifications, NMFS will either: (i) Publish a revised notice of proposed specifications in the Federal Register for public comment, and after considering comments received on the revised proposed specifications, publish a notice of final specifications in the Federal Register ; or (ii) Publish a notice of final specifications in the Federal Register without an additional opportunity for public comment based on a finding that good cause pursuant to the Administrative Procedure Act justifies waiver of the requirement for a revised notice of proposed specifications and opportunity for public comment thereon. (c) Management authority —(1) Fishery closures. (i) For commercial fishing, if NMFS determines that any salmon TAC for commercial fishing as specified under paragraph (b) of this section has been or may be reached for any salmon species or stock, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register prohibiting commercial fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area. (ii) For recreational fishing, if NMFS determines that any salmon ABC as specified under paragraph (b) of this section has been or may be reached, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register prohibiting retention of that salmon species when recreational fishing in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area and may also prohibit recreational fishing for one or more salmon species in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area. The Regional Administrator maintains the authority to open or close the Cook Inlet EEZ Area to recreational fishing for one or more salmon species if they deem it appropriate for conservation or other management purposes. Factors such as the ABC, anticipated harvest rates, expected mortality, and the number of participants will be considered in making any such determination. (d) Commercial Fishery maximum retainable amounts (MRA) —(1) Proportion of basis species. The MRA of an incidental catch species is calculated as a proportion of the basis species retained on board the vessel using the retainable percentages in table 10 to this part for the GOA species categories. (2) Calculation. (i) To calculate the MRA for a specific incidental catch species, an individual retainable amount must be calculated with respect to each basis species that is retained on board that vessel. (ii) To obtain these individual retainable amounts, multiply the appropriate retainable percentage for the incidental catch species/basis species combination, set forth in table 10 to this part for the GOA species categories, by the amount of the relevant basis species on board, in round-weight equivalents. (iii) The MRA for that specific incidental catch species is the sum of the individual retainable amounts for each basis species. (e) Seasons —(1) Fishing season. Directed fishing for salmon using drift gillnet gear in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area may be conducted from 0700 hours, A.l.t., from the third Monday in June or June 19, whichever is later, through 1900 hours, A.l.t., August 15. (2) Fishing periods. Notwithstanding other provisions of this part, fishing for salmon with drift gillnet gear in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area is authorized during the fishing season only from 0700 hours, A.l.t., until 1900 hours, A.l.t., Mondays and from 0700 hours, A.l.t., until 1900 hours, A.l.t., Thursdays from the third Monday in June or June 19, whichever is later, until July 15, and from August 1 until August 15. From July 16 until July 31, fishing for salmon with drift gillnet gear in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area is authorized during the fishing season only from 0700 hours, A.l.t., until 1900 hours, A.l.t., Thursdays. Fishing for salmon using drift gillnet gear at times other than during the specified fishing periods is not authorized. (f) Legal gear —(1) Size. Drift gillnet gear must be no longer than 200 fathoms (365.76 m) in length, 45 meshes deep, and have a mesh size of no greater than 6 inches (15.24 cm). (2) Marking. Drift gillnet gear must be marked at both ends with buoys that legibly display the vessel's SFFP number. (3) Floating. The float line and floats of gillnets must be floating on the surface of the water while the net is fishing, unless natural conditions cause the net to temporarily sink. Staking or otherwise fixing a drift gillnet to the seafloor is not authorized. (4) Measurement. For purposes of paragraph (f)(1) of this section, nets must be measured, either wet or dry, by determining the maximum or minimum distance between the first and last hanging of the net when the net is fully extended with traction applied at one end only." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.10.1.8,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,J,Subpart J—Salmon Fishery Management,,§ 679.119 Recreational salmon fisheries.,FWS,,,,"(a) Daily bag limits and possession limits. For each person recreational fishing for salmon in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area, the following daily bag and possession limits apply: (1) Chinook salmon. From April 1 to August 31, the daily bag limit is one Chinook salmon of any size and the possession limit is one daily bag limit (one Chinook salmon). From September 1 to March 31, the daily bag limit is two Chinook salmon of any size and the possession limit is one daily bag limit (two Chinook salmon). (2) Coho salmon, sockeye salmon, pink salmon, and chum salmon. For coho salmon, sockeye salmon, pink salmon, and chum salmon, the daily bag limit is a total of six fish combined, of any size, of which a maximum of three may be coho salmon. The possession limit for coho salmon, sockeye salmon, pink salmon, and chum salmon is one daily bag limit (six fish total). (3) Combination of bag/possession limits. A person who fishes for or possesses salmon in or from the Cook Inlet EEZ Area, specified in paragraph (a) of this section, may not combine such bag or possession limits with any bag or possession limit applicable to Alaska State waters. (4) Responsibility for bag/possession limits. The operator of a vessel that fishes for or possesses salmon in or from the Cook Inlet EEZ Area is responsible for the cumulative bag or possession limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section that apply to that vessel, based on the number of persons aboard. (5) Transfer at sea. A person who fishes for or possesses salmon in or from the Cook Inlet EEZ Area under a bag or possession limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section may not transfer a salmon at sea from a fishing vessel to any other vessel, and no person may receive at sea such salmon. (b) Careful release. Any salmon brought aboard a vessel and not immediately returned to the sea with a minimum of injury will be included in the daily bag limit of the person catching the salmon." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.12.1.1,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,L,Subpart L—Pacific Cod Trawl Cooperative Program,,"§ 679.130 Allocation, use, and transfer of PCTC Program QS permits.",FWS,,,,"(a) Applicable areas and seasons. (1) The PCTC Program applies to the Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel sector in the BSAI as defined at § 679.20(a)(7)(ii)(A). (2) The following fishing seasons apply to fishing under this subpart subject to other provisions of this part: (i) Fishing by vessels participating in a cooperative is authorized for the PCTC Program A season from 1200 hours, A.l.t., January 20 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., April 1. (ii) Fishing by vessels participating in a cooperative is authorized for the PCTC Program B season from 1200 hours, A.l.t., April 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10. (iii) The PCTC Program does not apply to the Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel C season, as defined at § 679.23(e)(5)(ii)(C)( 1 ). (b) Pacific cod legal landings. Pacific cod legal landings means the retained catch of Pacific cod caught using trawl gear in a management area in the BSAI by a catcher vessel during the directed fishing season for Pacific cod that: (1) Was made in compliance with State and Federal regulations in effect at that time; and (2) Was recorded on a State of Alaska fish ticket for shoreside deliveries or in observer data for mothership deliveries; and (3) Was the predominately retained species on the fishing trip; and (4) Was authorized by: (i) An LLP license and caught in the A or B season of a Federal or parallel groundfish fishery during the qualifying years 2009 through 2019; or (ii) An LLP license with a transferable AI endorsement prior to receiving the AI endorsement and was caught in a parallel fishery between January 20, 2004, and September 13, 2009; and (5) Was not made in a CDQ fishery; and (6) Was not made in a State of Alaska GHL fishery. (c) Eligible PCTC Program harvesters. NMFS will assign Pacific cod legal landings to an LLP license only if the qualifying Pacific cod legal landings of BSAI trawl catcher vessel Pacific cod were made under the authority of a fully transferable LLP license endorsed for BS or AI Pacific cod with a trawl gear designation from 2009 through 2019 or under the authority of an LLP license endorsed for Pacific cod with a trawl gear designation prior to earning a transferable AI endorsement from 2004 through September 13, 2009; (d) Assigning trawl catcher vessel Pacific cod legal landings to an LLP license. (1) NMFS will assign Pacific cod legal landings to an LLP license in the form of PCTC Program QS only if the holder of the LLP license that authorized those landings submits a timely and complete application for PCTC Program QS under paragraph (h) of this section that is approved by NMFS. (2) NMFS will assign Pacific cod legal landings to an LLP license that meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. (3) NMFS will reissue LLP licenses to eligible harvesters that specify the number of PCTC Program QS units assigned to their LLP licenses. (e) Eligible PCTC Program processors. NMFS will assign legal landings to an eligible PCTC Program processor if the processor operates under the authority of either a valid FPP or FFP and holds an LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement, and received deliveries of legal landings of Pacific cod from the trawl catcher vessel sector from 2009 through 2019. A processor is ineligible to receive PCTC Program QS if it does not hold an active FFP or FPP as of September 7, 2023. (f) Assigning Pacific cod processing history to an eligible processor. (1) NMFS will assign Pacific cod processing history to a processor in the form of PCTC Program QS only if the FFP or FPP holder submits a timely and complete application for PCTC Program QS that is approved by NMFS pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section. (2) NMFS will assign Pacific cod processing history based on legal landings delivered to a processor authorized by an FPP or FFP that meets the requirements of this section. (3) For the initial allocation of PCTC Program QS, qualifying processing history is attached to the processor at the time legal landings were received. (4) An eligible processor will be issued a PCTC Program QS permit that specifies the number of QS units assigned to that processor. (g) PCTC Program official record. (1) The PCTC Program official record will contain information used by the Regional Administrator to determine: (i) The amount of Pacific cod legal landings as defined at in this section assigned to an LLP license; (ii) The amount of Pacific cod processing history of legal landings as defined at § 679.130 assigned to an FPP or FFP; (iii) The amount of PCTC Program QS resulting from Pacific cod legal landings assigned to an LLP license held by an eligible harvester, or QS resulting from Pacific cod processing history assigned to an FPP or FFP held by an eligible processor; (iv) The amount of Pacific cod sideboard ratios assigned to LLP licenses; (v) Eligibility to participate in the PCTC Program; and (vi) QS assigned to PCTC Program participants. (2) The PCTC Program official record is presumed to be correct. An applicant participating in the PCTC Program has the burden to prove otherwise. (3) Only Pacific cod legal landings and processing history of legal landings, as described in paragraph (b) of this section, shall be used to establish an allocation of PCTC Program QS. Evidence of legal landings shall be limited to documentation of state or Federal catch reports that indicate the amount of Pacific cod harvested, the groundfish reporting area in which it was caught, the vessel and gear type used to catch it, and the date of harvesting, landing, or reporting. (h) Application for PCTC Program quota share —(1) Submission of an application for PCTC Program quota share. A person who wishes to receive QS to participate in the PCTC Program as an eligible harvester or an eligible processor must submit a timely and complete application for PCTC Program QS. An application form will be provided by NMFS or available from NMFS Alaska Region website as defined at § 679.2. The acceptable submittal methods will be described on the application form. (2) Deadline. A completed application for PCTC Program QS must be received by NMFS no later than 1700 hours, A.l.t., on October 10, 2023, or if sent by U.S. mail, postmarked by that time. Objective written evidence of timely application will be considered proof of a timely application. (3) Contents of application. A timely and complete application must contain the information specified on the application for PCTC Program QS with all required documentation attached. (i) Additional required documentation for LLP license holders. Vessel names, ADF&G vessel registration numbers, and USCG documentation numbers of all vessels that fished under the authority of each LLP license, including dates when landings were made under the authority of an LLP license from 2009 through 2019 or under the authority of an LLP license prior to earning a transferable AI endorsement from 2004-2019; (ii) Additional required documentation for processors. Processor name, FFP or FPP number, and location of processing plant, including dates when landings were made under the authority of an LLP license from 2009 through 2019; (iii) The applicant must sign and date the application certifying under penalty of perjury that all information is true and correct. If the application is completed by a designated representative, then explicit authorization signed by the applicant must accompany the application. (4) Application evaluation. The Regional Administrator will evaluate applications and compare all claims of catch history or processing history in an application with the information in the PCTC Program official record. Application claims that are consistent with information in the PCTC Program official record will be approved by the Regional Administrator. Application claims that are inconsistent with the PCTC Program official record will not be approved unless supported by documentation sufficient to substantiate such claims. An applicant who submits claims of catch history or processing history that are inconsistent with the official record without sufficient evidence, or an applicant who fails to submit the information specified in paragraph (d) of this section, will be provided a single 30-day evidentiary period to submit the specified information, submit evidence to verify their claims of catch or processing history, or submit a revised application consistent with information in the PCTC Program official record. An applicant who claims catch or processing history that is inconsistent with information in the PCTC Program official record has the burden of proving that the submitted claims are correct. Any claims that remain unsubstantiated after the 30-day evidentiary period will be denied. All applicants will be notified of NMFS's final application determinations by an initial administrative determination (IAD), which will inform applicants of their appeal rights under 15 CFR part 906. (5) Appeals. An applicant may appeal an IAD under the provisions in 15 CFR part 906. (i) Assigning PCTC Program QS to Harvesters and Processors. The Regional Administrator will assign PCTC Program QS only to an eligible harvester or eligible processor who submits a timely application for PCTC Program QS that is approved by NMFS. (1) Calculation of PCTC Program QS allocation to LLP licenses without a transferable AI endorsement. NMFS will assign a specific amount of PCTC Program QS units to each LLP license based on the Pacific cod legal landings of each LLP license using information from the PCTC Program official record according to the following procedures: (i) Determine the Pacific cod legal landings for each LLP license for each calendar year from 2009 through 2019. (ii) Select the 10 calendar years from the qualifying time period with the highest amount of legal landings for each LLP license, including years with zero metric tons if necessary. (iii) Sum the Pacific cod legal landings of the highest 10 years for each LLP license. This yields the PCTC Program QS units (in metric tons) for each LLP license. (2) Calculation of PCTC Program QS allocation to LLP licenses with a transferable AI endorsement. NMFS will assign a specific amount of PCTC Program QS units to each LLP license with a transferable AI endorsement based on the Pacific cod legal landings of each using information from the PCTC Program official record according to the following procedures: (i) Determine the Pacific cod legal landings for each LLP license with a transferable AI endorsement for each calendar year from 2004 through 2019. (ii) Select the fifteen calendar years that yield the highest amount of legal landings for each LLP license, including years with zero metric tons if necessary. (iii) Sum the Pacific cod legal landings of the highest fifteen years for each LLP license with transferable AI endorsement. This yields the PCTC Program QS units (in metric tons) for each LLP license with a transferable AI endorsement. (3) Official record date. The initial PCTC Program QS pool for all LLP licenses, with and without a transferable AI endorsement, is the sum of the sum of the PCTC Program QS units assigned to all LLP licenses in metric tons based on the PCTC Program official record as of December 31, 2022. (4) Calculation of PCTC Program QS allocation to processors. NMFS will assign a specific amount of PCTC Program QS units to each eligible processor based on the Pacific cod legal landings delivered to each FPP or FFP using information from the PCTC Program official record according to the following procedures: (i) Sum the Pacific cod legal landings delivered to each FPP or FFP for each calendar year from 2009 through 2019; (ii) Select the ten calendar years that yield the highest amount of legal landings delivered to each FPP or FFP, including years with zero metric tons if necessary; (iii) Sum the Pacific cod legal landings of the highest 10 years for each FPP or FFP. This yields the QS units for each eligible processor, which will be specified on a PCTC Program QS permit for that processor; (iv) The PCTC Program QS pool for processors is the sum of all QS units assigned to processors in metric tons based on the PCTC official record as of December 31, 2022. (5) Non-severability and exceptions. Pacific cod legal landings are non-severable from the LLP license, transferable AI endorsement, or FPP to which those Pacific cod legal landings are assigned in the PCTC Program official record except under the following provisions: (i) If multiple LLP licenses authorized catch by a vessel, the LLP license holders must submit to NMFS an agreement specifying the amount of shared catch history to assign to each LLP license with the application for PCTC Program QS. In the absence of an agreement, the owner of the vessel that made the catch will assign qualifying catch history to each LLP license. (ii) For the LLP licenses associated with non-exempt AFA catcher vessels, within 90 days of initial issuance of PCTC Program QS, the owners of the LLP licenses that are associated with AFA non-exempt catcher vessels that engaged in fish transfer agreements during the qualifying periods may transfer PCTC Program QS to other LLP licenses associated with AFA non-exempt vessels, subject to the ownership cap at § 679.133. (A) NMFS will execute permanent transfers of PCTC Program QS between eligible LLP licenses during the 90-day transfer provision upon request. The transferor and transferee must show they agree to the one-time permanent transfer of PCTC Program QS, or show a transfer is authorized by an operation of law ( e.g., a court order). Requests to transfer PCTC Program QS must specify which LLP license is transferring PCTC Program QS, which LLP license is receiving PCTC Program QS, and the amount of PCTC Program QS to be transferred. (B) After the expiration of the 90-day transfer provision, PCTC Program QS will no longer be severable from the LLP license to which it is assigned unless authorized by the transfer rules specified in paragraph (j) or modification is supported by an operation of law. (j) Transfer of PCTC Program QS. (1) Transfer of an LLP license with PCTC Program QS. A person may transfer an LLP license and the PCTC Program QS assigned to that LLP license under the provisions at § 679.4(k)(7), provided that the LLP license is not assigned PCTC Program QS in excess of the ownership cap specified at § 679.133 at the time of transfer. (2) Transfer of PCTC Program QS assigned to LLP licenses that exceeds PCTC Program QS ownership caps. (i) If an LLP license receives an initial allocation of PCTC Program QS that exceeds an ownership cap specified at § 679.133(a), upon transfer of the LLP license, the LLP license holder may transfer the amount of PCTC Program QS in excess of the ownership cap separately from the LLP license and assign it to one or more LLP licenses. However, a transfer will not be approved by NMFS if that transfer would cause the receiving LLP license to exceed an ownership cap specified at § 679.133(a). (ii) Prior to the transfer of an LLP license that received an initial allocation of PCTC Program QS that exceeds an ownership cap specified at § 679.133(a), the LLP license holder must transfer the PCTC Program QS that is in excess of the ownership cap separately from that LLP license and assign it to one or more LLP licenses. On completion of the transfer of PCTC Program QS, the LLP license that was initially allocated an amount of PCTC Program QS in excess of the ownership cap may not exceed any ownership cap specified at § 679.133(a). (iii) Any PCTC Program QS associated with the LLP license that is in excess of the ownership cap may be assigned to another LLP license through the application used to transfer LLP licenses, and only if the application is approved as specified at § 679.4(k)(7). (iv) PCTC Program QS that is transferred from an LLP license that was initially allocated an amount of PCTC Program QS in excess of the ownership cap specified at § 679.133(a) and assigned to another LLP license may not be severed from the receiving LLP license. (3) Transfer of processor PCTC Program QS Permits. A person may transfer a PCTC Program QS permit to another processor with an active FPP issued under § 679.4. A transfer of processor-held PCTC Program QS may not cause the receiver of the permit to exceed the ownership cap specified at § 679.133(a) at the time of transfer. A PCTC Program QS permit held by a processor and associated QS may be transferred only if the application for transfer of PCTC Program QS permit is filled out entirely. A PCTC Program QS permit initially issued to an FFP holder may be transferred to a processor with an active FPP issued under § 679.4 or to a processor with an active FFP that authorizes a vessel named on an LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement. (4) Transfer of PCTC Program QS assigned to a processor-held PCTC Program QS permit that exceeds PCTC Program ownership caps. (i) If a PCTC Program QS permit receives an initial allocation of QS that exceeds an ownership cap specified at § 679.133(a), the processor may transfer QS in excess of the ownership cap separately from that PCTC Program QS permit and assign it to the PCTC Program QS permit of one or more processors with an active FPP or FFP. However, a transfer will not be approved by NMFS if that transfer would cause the receiving processor to exceed an ownership cap specified at § 679.133(a). (ii) Prior to the transfer of a PCTC Program QS permit that received an initial allocation of QS that exceeds an ownership cap specified at § 679.133(a), the permit holder must transfer the QS that is in excess of the ownership cap separately from that PCTC Program QS permit and assign it to one or more PCTC Program QS permits. On completion of the transfer of QS, the PCTC Program QS permit that was initially allocated an amount of QS in excess of the ownership cap may not exceed any ownership cap specified at § 679.133(a). (iii) Any QS associated with the PCTC Program QS permit held by a processor that is in excess of an ownership cap may be transferred only if the application for transfer of PCTC Program QS permit is filled out entirely." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.12.1.2,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,L,Subpart L—Pacific Cod Trawl Cooperative Program,,§ 679.131 PCTC Program annual harvester privileges.,FWS,,,,"(a) Assigning CQ to a PCTC Program cooperative —(1) General. ( See also § 679.4(q)). (i) Every calendar year, PCTC Program QS assigned to LLP licenses and PCTC Program QS permits held by a PCTC Program processor must be assigned to a PCTC Program cooperative through a CQ permit to use the CQ derived from that PCTC Program QS to catch Pacific cod, crab PSC, or halibut PSC assigned to the PCTC Program. (ii) NMFS will issue a CQ permit to a PCTC Program cooperative based on the aggregate PCTC Program QS of all LLP licenses and associated processors designated on an application for CQ that is approved by the Regional Administrator as described under paragraph (a)(4) of this section. (iii) Processors must associate with a PCTC Program cooperative for the PCTC Program QS assigned to that processor's PCTC Program QS permit to be issued to a PCTC Program cooperative as CQ. (2) PCTC Program QS issued after issuance of CQ or Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel sector TAC. Any PCTC Program QS assigned to an LLP license or PCTC Program QS permit after NMFS has issued CQ for a calendar year will not result in any additional CQ being issued to a PCTC Program cooperative even if that QS holder has assigned their LLP license or PCTC Program QS permit to a PCTC Program cooperative for that calendar year. (3) Failure to designate QS to a PCTC Program cooperative. Failure to designate an LLP license with PCTC Program QS or a PCTC Program QS permit on a timely and complete application for CQ that is approved by the Regional Administrator as described under paragraph (a)(4) of this section, will result in the Regional Administrator not assigning that QS to a PCTC Program cooperative for the applicable calendar year. (4) Application for PCTC Program CQ. PCTC Program cooperatives must submit a complete application by November 1 to receive CQ that includes the following: (i) PCTC Program cooperative identification, including but not limited to the name of the cooperative and the taxpayer identification number; (ii) PCTC Program QS holders and ownership documentation; (iii) PCTC Program cooperative member vessels and LLP licenses; (iv) PCTC Program cooperative associated processors; (v) Vessels with FFPs on which the CQ issued to the PCTC Program cooperative will be used; (vi) Certification of cooperative representative; (vii) An attached copy of the membership agreement or contract that includes the following terms: (A) How the cooperative intends to harvest its CQ; (B) The obligations of QS holders who are members of a PCTC Program cooperative to ensure the full payment of PCTC Program fee liabilities that may be due; (C) How cooperatives monitor and report leasing activity in GOA fisheries; and (D) For a cooperative intending to harvest any amount of the CQ set-aside, the cooperative's plan for coordinating harvest and delivery of the CQ set-aside with an Aleutian Islands shoreplant as defined § 679.2. (viii) Each year, all cooperatives must establish an inter-cooperative agreement. This inter-cooperative agreement must be included as part of each annual cooperative application and is required before NMFS will issue CQ. The inter-cooperative agreement must establish how the cooperatives intend to harvest the CQ set-aside in years when it applies and ensure harvests in the BS do not exceed the minimum set-aside as specified at § 679.132(a)(4)(i). For the calendar year 2023, NMFS will allow each cooperative to submit the inter-cooperative agreement prior to December 31, 2023. (b) Allocations of Pacific cod to the PCTC Program —(1) General. Each calendar year, the Regional Administrator will determine the amount of the BSAI trawl catcher vessel sector's Pacific cod A and B season allocations that will be assigned to the PCTC Program as follows: (i) Incidental catch allowance (ICA). For the A and B seasons, the Regional Administrator will establish an ICA to account for projected incidental catch of Pacific cod by trawl catcher vessels engaged in directed fishing for groundfish other than PCTC Program Pacific cod. (ii) Directed fishing allowance (DFA). The remaining trawl catcher vessel sector's Pacific cod A and B season allocations are established as a DFA for the PCTC Program. (2) Calculation —(i) Determination of Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel TAC allocated to the PCTC Program. NMFS will determine the Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel TAC in a calendar year in the annual harvest specification process at § 679.20. (ii) Annual apportionment of Pacific cod trawl catcher vessel TAC. The annual apportionment of Pacific cod in the A and B seasons between the PCTC Program DFA and the ICA in a given calendar year is established in the annual harvest specifications. (3) Allocations of Pacific Cod DFA to PCTC Program —(i) Harvester percentage of DFA. NMFS will assign 77.5 percent of the PCTC Program DFA to the QS attached to LLP licenses assigned to PCTC Program cooperatives. Each LLP license's QS units will correspond to a portion of the DFA according to the following equation: (LLP license QS units/(sum of all LLP license QS units)) × (.775 × DFA). (ii) Processor percentage of DFA. NMFS will assign 22.5 percent of the PCTC Program DFA to the QS attached to PCTC Program QS permits assigned to PCTC Program cooperatives. Each QS permit's QS units will correspond to a portion of the DFA according to the following equation: (PCTC Program QS permit QS units/(sum of all PCTC Program QS permit QS units)) × (.225 × DFA). (4) Allocation of CQ to PCTC Program cooperatives —(i) General. Annual CQ will be issued to each PCTC Program cooperative by NMFS based on the aggregate QS attached to LLP licenses and PCTC Program QS permits that are assigned to the cooperative. NMFS will issue CQ by A and B season and cooperatives will ensure the seasonal limits are not exceeded. Unused A season CQ may be rolled over to the B season. Annual CQ may be harvested from either BS or AI subareas subject to any limitations on BS harvest when the AI set-aside is in effect. (ii) CQ allocation to PCTC Program cooperatives. The amount of CQ that is issued to a PCTC Program cooperative is calculated according to the following formula: CQ derived from QS assigned to LLP holders = [(.775 × DFA) × (Total LLP license QS units assigned to that cooperative/sum of all LLP license QS units)] CQ derived from QS assigned to PCTC Program QS permit holders = [(.225 × DFA) × (Total PCTC Program Permit QS units assigned to that cooperative/sum of all PCTC Program QS permit QS units)] The total CQ issued to that cooperative = CQ derived from LLP license holders + CQ derived from PCTC Program QS permit holders CQ derived from QS assigned to LLP holders = [(.775 × DFA) × (Total LLP license QS units assigned to that cooperative/sum of all LLP license QS units)] CQ derived from QS assigned to PCTC Program QS permit holders = [(.225 × DFA) × (Total PCTC Program Permit QS units assigned to that cooperative/sum of all PCTC Program QS permit QS units)] The total CQ issued to that cooperative = CQ derived from LLP license holders + CQ derived from PCTC Program QS permit holders (iii) Issuance of CQ. A and B season trawl catcher vessel Pacific cod sector DFAs will be issued to PCTC Program cooperatives as CQ. Annual CQ for each PCTC cooperative will include separate A and B season CQ. (iv) AI set-aside. When in effect, the AI set-aside will be established annually as specified further at § 679.132. (c) Allocations of halibut PSC —(1) Halibut PSC limit for the PCTC Program. NMFS specifies the overall halibut PSC limit for the PCTC Program for each calendar year in the harvest specifications pursuant to the procedures specified at § 679.21(b). NMFS calculates the halibut PSC limit according to the formula described in this paragraph. NMFS assigns that halibut PSC limit to PCTC Program cooperatives pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section. (i) Multiply the halibut PSC limit apportioned to the BSAI trawl limited access sector's Pacific cod fishery category by 98 percent, which yields the halibut PSC apportioned to the trawl catcher vessel sector. The remaining 2 percent is apportioned to the AFA catcher/processor sector as specified at § 679.21(b)(4). (ii) Assign 95 percent of the trawl catcher vessel sector's halibut PSC limit to the A and B seasons and 5 percent to the C season. (iii) Each year after apportioning halibut PSC to the trawl catcher vessel sector for the A and B season, apply one of the following reductions to the A and B season trawl catcher vessel halibut PSC limit to determine the overall PCTC Program halibut PSC limit: (A) In the first year of the PCTC Program, reduce the A and B season halibut PSC limit by 12.5 percent. (B) In the second year, and each year thereafter, reduce the A and B season halibut PSC limit by 25 percent. (2) Halibut PSC assigned to each PCTC Program cooperative. For each calendar year, the amount of halibut PSC assigned to a cooperative is determined by the following procedure and the amount will be specified on the CQ permit: (i) Divide the amount of CQ units assigned to each PCTC Program cooperative by the amount of CQ allocated to all cooperatives. This yields the percentage of CQ units held by each cooperative. (ii) Multiply the overall PCTC Program halibut PSC limit by the percentage of the CQ assigned to a cooperative. This yields the amount of halibut PSC issued to that cooperative as CQ. (3) Use of halibut PSC in the PCTC Program. Halibut PSC limits assigned to the CQ permit issued to a PCTC Program cooperative may only be used by the members of that PCTC Program cooperative while harvesting CQ in the BSAI. Any halibut PSC used by a cooperative must be deducted from the amount of halibut PSC on its CQ permit. Halibut PSC limits for cooperatives are not subject to seasonal apportionment under § 679.21. Halibut PSC limits are issued to the PCTC Program for the duration of the A and B seasons. Unused halibut PSC limits may be reapportioned to the C season. (d) Allocations of crab PSC —(1) Crab PSC limits for the PCTC Program. NMFS specifies the overall crab PSC limit for the PCTC Program for each calendar year in the harvest specifications pursuant to the procedures specified at § 679.21(e). NMFS calculates the crab PSC limit according to the formula described in this paragraph. NMFS then assigns that crab PSC limit to PCTC Program cooperatives with CQ pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section. (i) Multiply the crab PSC limit apportioned to the BSAI trawl limited access sector's Pacific cod fishery category by 90.6 percent, which yields the percentage of crab PSC apportioned to the trawl catcher vessel sector. The remaining 9.4 percent goes to the AFA catcher/processor sector as specified at § 679.21(b)(4). (ii) Assign 95 percent of the trawl catcher vessel sector's crab PSC limit to the A and B seasons and 5 percent to the C season. (iii) Reduce the A and B season trawl catcher vessel crab PSC limit by 35 percent to determine the overall PCTC Program crab PSC limit. (2) Crab PSC assigned to each PCTC Program cooperative. For each calendar year, the amount of crab PSC limit assigned to a cooperative is determined by the following procedure and the amount will be specified on the CQ permit: (i) Divide the amount of CQ assigned to each PCTC Program cooperative by the total CQ assigned to all cooperatives. This yields the percentage of CQ held by that cooperative. (ii) Multiply the overall PCTC Program crab PSC limit by the percentage of the CQ pool assigned to a cooperative. This yields the crab PSC limit issued to that cooperative as CQ. (3) Use of crab PSC in the PCTC Program. Crab PSC limits assigned to the CQ permit issued to a PCTC Program cooperative may only be used by the members of that PCTC Program cooperative while harvesting CQ in the BSAI. Any crab PSC used by a cooperative must be deducted from the amount of crab PSC limit on its CQ permit. Crab PSC limits for cooperatives are not subject to seasonal apportionment under § 679.21. Crab PSC limits are issued to the PCTC Program for the duration of the A and B seasons. Unused crab PSC limits may be reapportioned to the C season. (e) Transfer of PSC limits. Halibut and crab PSC limits are transferable between cooperatives according to the same rules established for CQ in paragraph (i) of this section. (f) Non-allocated Groundfish species. The PCTC Program allocations are for directed fishing for Pacific cod by trawl catcher vessels. All groundfish species not allocated to PCTC Program cooperatives are managed to the maximum retainable amounts (MRAs), as described under § 679.20(e). (g) Rollover of Pacific cod. If, after June 10, the Regional Administrator determines that reallocating a portion of the Pacific cod ICA or DFA from the PCTC Program to the BSAI trawl limited access sector C season is appropriate, the Regional Administrator may do so through notification in the Federal Register consistent with regulations at § 679.20(a)(7)(iii). (h) Rollover of PSC to the C Season. If, after June 10, the Regional Administrator determines that reallocating a portion of the halibut or crab PSC limits from the PCTC Program to the BSAI trawl limited access sector C season is appropriate, the Regional Administrator may do so through notification in the Federal Register consistent with regulations at § 679.91(f)(4) and (5). (i) Process for inter-cooperative transfer of CQ. NMFS will process an application through the NMFS online system for an inter-cooperative transfer of CQ, including PSC, provided that all information is completed by the transferor and transferee, with all applicable fields accurately filled in, and all required documentation is provided. (j) PCTC Program cooperatives —(1) General. This section governs the formation and operation of PCTC Program cooperatives. The regulations in this section apply only to PCTC Program cooperatives that have formed for the purpose of applying for and fishing with CQ issued annually by NMFS. PCTC Program cooperatives and cooperative members are responsible for ensuring the conduct of cooperatives is consistent with any relevant State or Federal antitrust laws. Membership in a cooperative is voluntary. No person may be required to join a cooperative. Any LLP license holder with PCTC Program QS may join a PCTC Program cooperative and assign their QS to that cooperative. Members may leave a cooperative, but any CQ derived from the QS held by that member will remain with that cooperative for the duration of the calendar year. (2) Legal and organizational requirements. A PCTC Program cooperative must meet the following legal and organizational requirements before it is eligible to receive CQ: (i) Each PCTC Program cooperative must be formed as a partnership, corporation, or other legal business entity that is registered under the laws of one of the 50 States or the District of Columbia; (ii) Each PCTC Program cooperative must appoint an individual as the designated representative to act on the cooperative's behalf and to serve as a contact point for NMFS for questions regarding the operation of the cooperative. The designated representative may be a member of the cooperative, or some other individual designated by the cooperative to act on its behalf; (iii) Each PCTC Program cooperative must submit a timely and complete application for CQ; and (iv) Each PCTC Program cooperative must meet the mandatory requirements established in paragraph (j)(3) of this section. (3) Elements of PCTC Program cooperatives. The following table describes the necessary elements to form and operate a PCTC Program cooperative: (4) Successors-in-interest. If a member of a PCTC Program cooperative dies (in the case of an individual) or dissolves (in the case of a business entity), the CQ derived from the QS assigned to the cooperative for that year from that person remains under the control of the cooperative for the duration of that calendar year as specified in the cooperative contract. Each cooperative is free to establish its own internal procedures for admitting a successor-in-interest during the fishing season due to the death or dissolution of a cooperative member." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.12.1.3,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,L,Subpart L—Pacific Cod Trawl Cooperative Program,,§ 679.132 Aleutian Islands CQ set-aside provisions in the PCTC Program.,FWS,,,,"(a) Aleutian Islands CQ set-aside provisions in the PCTC Program —(1) Calculation of the Aleutian Islands Pacific cod non-CDQ ICA and DFA. Each year, during the annual harvest specifications process set forth at § 679.20(c), the Regional Administrator will specify the AI Pacific cod non-CDQ ICA, the DFA from the AI Pacific cod non-CDQ TAC, and the AI set-aside as follows: (2) Aleutian Islands Pacific cod non-CDQ ICA. The AI Pacific cod non-CDQ ICA will be deducted from the aggregate portion of the AI Pacific cod non-CDQ TAC annually allocated to the non-CDQ sectors identified at § 679.20(a)(7)(ii)(A). (3) Aleutian Islands Pacific cod non-CDQ DFA. The AI Pacific cod non-CDQ DFA will be the amount of the AI Pacific cod TAC remaining after subtraction of the AI Pacific cod CDQ reserve and the AI Pacific cod non-CDQ ICA. (4) Calculation of the Aleutian Islands CQ set-aside. The Regional Administrator will specify the AI set-aside in either of the following ways: (i) When the AI DFA exceeds 12 percent of A season CQ, the AI set-aside is 12 percent of the PCTC Program A season CQ and is in effect during the A and B seasons. (ii) If the AI non-CDQ DFA is below 12 percent of the PCTC Program A season CQ, then the AI set-aside will be set equal to the AI non-CDQ DFA and is in effect during the A and B seasons. When the AI set-aside is in effect and set equal to the AI non-CDQ DFA, directed fishing for Pacific cod in the AI may only be conducted by PCTC Program vessels that deliver their catch of AI Pacific cod to an Aleutian Islands shoreplant. After June 10, the Regional Administrator may open directed fishing for AI non-CDQ Pacific cod for other sectors. (b) Annual notice of intent to process Aleutian Islands Pacific cod —(1) Submission of notice. The provisions of this section will apply if a representative of either the City of Adak or the City of Atka submits to the Regional Administrator a timely and complete notice of its intent to process PCTC Program Pacific cod during the upcoming fishing year. (2) Submission method and deadline. The notice of intent to process PCTC Program Pacific cod for the upcoming fishing year must be submitted in writing to the Regional Administrator by a representative of the City of Adak or the City of Atka no later than October 15 of each year in order for the provisions of this section to apply during the upcoming fishing year. Notices of intent to process received later than October 15 may not be accepted by the Regional Administrator. (3) Contents of notice. A notice of intent to process PCTC Program Pacific cod for the upcoming fishing year must contain the following information: (i) Date of submission, (ii) Name of city, (iii) Statement of intent to process PCTC Program Pacific cod, (iv) Identification of the fishing year during which the city intends to process PCTC Program Pacific cod, (v) Contact information for the representative of the city, and (vi) Documentation of authority to represent the City of Adak or the City of Atka. (4) NMFS confirmation and notice. On or before November 30, the Regional Administrator will notify the representative of the City of Adak or the City of Atka, confirming receipt of their official notice of intent to process PCTC Program Pacific cod. Then, NMFS will announce through notification in the Federal Register whether the AI set-aside will be in effect for the upcoming fishing year. (5) AI CQ set-aside PCTC Program cooperative provisions. If the representative of the City of Adak or the City of Atka submits a timely and complete notice of intent to process in accordance of this section, then the following provisions will apply for the fishing year following the notice: (i) The PCTC Program cooperative(s) are required to set-aside an amount of CQ calculated by the Regional Administrator pursuant to (a)(4) of this section for delivery to an Aleutian Islands shoreplant as defined at § 679.2. (ii) All cooperatives must enter into an inter-cooperative agreement that describes how the AI set-aside will be administered by the cooperatives to ensure that the PCTC Program harvests from the BS do not exceed the minimum set-aside. This inter-cooperative agreement must establish how the cooperatives intend to harvest the AI set-aside when it applies. This inter-cooperative agreement must be provided as part of the annual PCTC Program cooperative application as specified at § 679.131(a)(4) and is required before NMFS can issue CQ. (iii) The inter-cooperative agreement must establish how cooperatives would ensure that trawl catcher vessels less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA assigned to an LLP license with a transferable AI trawl endorsement have the opportunity to harvest 10 percent of the AI set-aside for delivery to an Aleutian Islands shoreplant. (c) PCTC Program A season CQ set-aside limitations. (1) If the Regional Administrator has approved a notice of intent to process, vessels authorized under the PCTC Program shall not harvest the amount of the AI set-aside in the BS subarea. (2) PCTC Program cooperatives may not deliver more than the PCTC A season CQ minus the AI set-aside established under this section to processors in the BS subarea when the AI CQ set-aside is in effect. (3) The City of Adak or the City of Atka may withdraw their annual notice of intent to process prior to the end of B season. (4) The Regional Administrator may remove the delivery requirement for some or all of the projected unused AI CQ set-aside if the Regional Administrator determines that the Aleutian Islands shoreplants will not process the entire AI CQ set-aside. (5) In the event all notices of intent to process are withdrawn, the Regional Administrator will remove the delivery requirement for CQ that was set-aside for that calendar year. (6) To remove the AI CQ set-aside delivery requirement for that calendar year, the Regional Administrator will publish a document in the Federal Register ." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.12.1.4,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,L,Subpart L—Pacific Cod Trawl Cooperative Program,,"§ 679.133 PCTC Program ownership caps, use caps, and sideboard limits.",FWS,,,,"(a) Ownership and use caps —(1) General. (i) Ownership caps limit the amount of PCTC Program QS that may be owned by a harvester or processor and their affiliates. Use caps limit the amount of CQ that may be harvested by a vessel or received and processed by a processor. (ii) Use caps do not apply to halibut or crab PSC CQ. (iii) Ownership and use caps may not be exceeded except as provided under paragraph (a)(6) of this section. (iv) All QS ownership caps are a percentage of the initial PCTC Program QS pool established by NMFS at § 679.130(e). (v) The CQ processing use cap is a percentage of the total amount of CQ issued to cooperatives during a calendar year. (vi) The vessel use cap is a percentage of the amount of CQ assigned to the PCTC Program during a calendar year. (2) Harvester PCTC Program QS ownership cap. A person may not individually or collectively own more than 5 percent of the PCTC Program QS initially assigned to harvesters unless that person qualifies for an exemption to this ownership cap under paragraph (a)(6) of this section based on their qualifying catch history. Processor-issued QS does not count toward this ownership cap. (3) Vessel use cap. A catcher vessel may not harvest an amount of CQ greater than 5 percent of the CQ issued to the PCTC Program during a calendar year unless that vessel qualifies for an exemption to this use cap under paragraph (a)(6) of this section based on their qualifying catch history. (4) Processor ownership cap. A person may not individually or collectively own more than 20 percent of the PCTC Program QS initially assigned to processors unless that person qualifies for an exemption to this ownership cap under paragraph (a)(6) of this section based on their qualifying processing history. (5) Processing use cap. A processor, at the firm or company level, may not process more than 20 percent of the CQ assigned to the PCTC Program during a calendar year unless that processor qualifies for an exemption to this use cap under paragraph (a)(6) of this section based on their qualifying processing history. The amount of CQ that is received by a PCTC Program processor is calculated based on the sum of all landings made with CQ received or processed by that processor and the CQ received or processed by any person affiliated with that processor as that term is defined at § 679.2. (6) Cap exemptions. (i) A person may receive an initial allocation of PCTC Program QS in excess of the harvester ownership cap. This exemption is non-transferable. (ii) A person may receive an initial allocation of PCTC Program QS in excess of the processor ownership cap. This exemption is non-transferable. (iii) A vessel designated on an LLP license that received an initial allocation of PCTC Program QS in excess of the harvester ownership cap may harvest CQ in excess of the vessel use cap up to the amount of CQ resulting from QS assigned to the LLP license. This exemption is non-transferable. (iv) Processor use cap exemptions. A processor that received an initial allocation of PCTC Program QS in excess of the processor ownership cap may process more than 20 percent of CQ during a calendar year up to an amount of CQ proportional to the ratio of QS held by the processor to the total amount of QS held by processors. This exemption is non-transferable. An Aleutian Islands shoreplant is not subject to this processor use cap. (7) Transfer limitations. An eligible harvester that receives an initial allocation of PCTC Program QS that exceeds the ownership cap listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not receive any PCTC Program QS by transfer unless and until the eligible harvester's holdings of PCTC Program QS in the PCTC Program are reduced to an amount below the use cap specified in this paragraph (a). (b) Sideboard limits—general. The regulations in this section restrict the holders of LLP licenses issued PCTC Program QS from using the increased flexibility provided by the PCTC Program to expand their level of participation in GOA groundfish fisheries. (1) Sideboard limit restrictions for LLP licenses authorizing AFA non-exempt catcher vessels. LLP licenses that authorize AFA non-exempt catcher vessels will be subject to the sideboard limitations specified at § 679.64(b)(4)(i). (2) At-Sea Processing Sideboard Limit. A sideboard limit will be specified on each LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement. Each LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement may receive CQ deliveries from a catcher vessel not to exceed 125 percent of a catcher/processor's processing history as defined at § 679.130 and subject to eligibility requirements under BSAI FMP Amendment 120 to limit CPs acting as motherships." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.12.1.5,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,L,Subpart L—Pacific Cod Trawl Cooperative Program,,"§ 679.134 PCTC Program permits, catch monitoring, catch accounting, and recordkeeping and reporting.",FWS,,,"[88 FR 53735, Aug. 8, 2023; 88 FR 57009, Aug. 22, 2023, as amended at 90 FR 23466, June 3, 2025]","(a) Permits. For permit information, please see § 679.4(q). (b) Catch monitoring requirements for PCTC Program catcher vessels. The owner and operator of a catcher vessel must ensure the vessel complies with the observer coverage requirements described at § 679.51(a)(2) at all times the vessel is participating in a PCTC Program cooperative. (c) Catch monitoring requirements for motherships receiving unsorted codends from a PCTC Program catcher vessel —(1) Catch weighing. All catch, except halibut sorted on deck by vessels participating in the halibut deck sorting described at § 679.102, must be weighed on a NMFS-approved scale in compliance with the scale requirements at § 679.28(b). Each haul must be weighed separately and all catch must be made available for sampling by an observer. (2) Additional catch monitoring requirements. Comply with catch monitoring requirements specified at § 679.93(c). (d) Catch monitoring requirements for shoreside processors. All groundfish landed by catcher vessels described at § 679.51(a)(2) must be sorted, weighed on a scale approved by the State of Alaska as described at § 679.28(c), and be made available for sampling by an observer, NMFS staff, or any individual authorized by NMFS. Any of these persons must be allowed to test any scale used to weigh groundfish to determine its accuracy. (e) Catch accounting —(1) Pacific cod. All Pacific cod harvests by a vessel that is named on a PCTC Program CQ application and fishing under a CQ permit will be debited against the CQ for that cooperative during the fishing seasons as defined at § 679.130(a)(2). (2) PCTC Program halibut and crab PSC. All halibut and crab PSC used by a vessel that is named on an Application PCTC Program CQ and fishing under a CQ permit will be debited against the CQ for that cooperative during the fishing seasons as defined at § 679.130(a)(2). (3) Groundfish sideboard limits. All groundfish harvests in the BSAI and GOA that are subject to a sideboard limit for that groundfish species as described under § 679.133(b), except groundfish harvested by a vessel when participating in the Central GOA Rockfish Program, will be debited against the applicable sideboard limit. (f) Recordkeeping and reporting. The owners and operators of catcher vessels and processors authorized as participants in the PCTC Program must comply with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this section and must assign all catch to a PCTC Program cooperative as applicable at the time of catch or receipt of Pacific cod. All owners of catcher vessels and processors authorized as participants in the PCTC Program must ensure that their designated representatives or employees comply with all applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements. (1) Logbook —(i) DFL. Operators of catcher vessels participating in the PCTC Program fishery must maintain a daily fishing logbook for trawl gear as described at § 679.5. (ii) ELB. Operators of a catcher/processor designated on an LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement or a mothership receiving CQ must use a combination of NMFS-approved catcher/processor trawl gear ELB and eLandings to record and report groundfish and PSC information as described at § 679.5 to record PCTC Program landings and production. (2) eLandings. Managers of shoreside processors that receive Pacific cod in the PCTC Program must use eLandings or NMFS-approved software as described at § 679.5(e) to record PCTC Program landings and production. (3) Production reports. Operators of a catcher/processor designated on an LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement that receives and purchases landings of CQ must submit a production report as described at § 679.5(e)(10). (4) Product transfer report (PTR), processors. Operators of a catcher/processor designated on an LLP license with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement and managers of shoreside processors that receive and purchase landings of CQ must submit a PTR as described at § 679.5(g). (5) Vessel monitoring system (VMS) requirements. Operators of catcher vessels assigned to a PCTC Program cooperative or that are subject to sideboard limits detailed at § 679.133 must use functioning VMS equipment as described at § 679.28(f) at all times when operating in a reporting area off Alaska during the A and B season. (6) PCTC Program cost recovery fee submission (See § 679.135). (7) Pacific cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report. A processor that receives and purchases landings of CQ must submit annually to NMFS a complete Pacific cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report, as described at § 679.5(u) for each reporting period for which the PCTC processor receives CQ." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.12.1.6,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,L,Subpart L—Pacific Cod Trawl Cooperative Program,,§ 679.135 PCTC Program cost recovery.,FWS,,,"[88 FR 53735, Aug. 8, 2023, as amended at 90 FR 23466, June 3, 2025]","(a) Cost recovery fees —(1) Responsibility. Each PCTC Program cooperative must comply with the requirements of this section. (i) Subsequent transfer of CQ or QS held by PCTC Program cooperative members does not affect the cooperative's liability for noncompliance with this section. (ii) Non-renewal of a CQ permit does not affect the cooperative's liability for noncompliance with this section. (iii) Changes in the membership in a PCTC Program cooperative, such as members joining or departing during the relevant year, or changes in the amount of QS holdings of those members does not affect the cooperative's liability for noncompliance with this section. (2) Fee collection. PCTC Program cooperatives that receive CQ are responsible for submitting the cost recovery payment for all CQ landings made under the authority of their CQ permit. (3) Payment. (i) A cooperative must submit any cost recovery fee liability payment(s) no later than August 31 of the calendar year in which the CQ landings were made. (ii) Make electronic payment payable to NMFS. (iii) Submit payment and related documents as instructed on the NMFS Alaska Region website as defined at § 679.2. (iv) Payment must be made electronically in U.S. dollars using an approved payment method available on the payment website. (b) Pacific cod standard ex-vessel value determination and use. NMFS will use standard ex-vessel prices calculated for Pacific cod based on information provided in the Pacific Cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report described at § 679.5(u)(1) from the previous calendar year. (c) PCTC Program fee percentage —(1) Fee percentage. The fee percentage is the amount as determined by the factors and methodology described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. This amount will be announced by publication in the Federal Register. This amount must not exceed 3.0 percent of the gross ex-vessel value pursuant to 16 U.S.C. 1854(d)(2)(B). (2) Calculating fee percentage value. Each year NMFS shall calculate and publish the fee percentage following the fishing season in which the CQ landings were made, according to the following factors and methodology: (i) NMFS must use the following factors to determine the fee percentage: (A) The CQ landings to which the PCTC Program cost recovery fee will apply; (B) The ex-vessel value of the CQ landings; and (C) The costs directly related to the management, data collection, and enforcement of the PCTC Program. (ii) NMFS must use the following equation to determine the fee percentage: 100 × DPC/V Where: DPC = the direct program costs for the PCTC Program with any adjustments to the account from payments received in the previous year. V = total value, which is the standard ex-vessel price multiplied by the CQ landings subject to the PCTC cost recovery fee liability. Where: DPC = the direct program costs for the PCTC Program with any adjustments to the account from payments received in the previous year. V = total value, which is the standard ex-vessel price multiplied by the CQ landings subject to the PCTC cost recovery fee liability. (iii) The calculated fee percentage is applied to the CQ landings made in the current year using the standard ex-vessel price from the previous year. (3) Applicable fee percentage. The cooperative must use the fee percentage applicable at the time a CQ landing is debited from a CQ allocation to calculate the cost recovery fee liability for any retroactive payments for CQ landed. (4) Fee liability determination for a cooperative. (i) All cooperatives are subject to a fee liability for any CQ debited from a CQ allocation during a calendar year. (ii) The PCTC Program fee liability assessed to a PCTC Program cooperative is based on the proportion of the standard ex-vessel value of Pacific cod debited from the cooperative's CQ relative to all cooperatives during a calendar year as determined by NMFS. (iii) NMFS will provide a fee liability summary letter to all cooperatives by no later than August 1 of each year. The summary will explain the fee liability determination including the current fee percentage and details of CQ landings debited from CQ allocations by permit, species, date, and prices. (d) Underpayment of fee liability. (1) Pursuant to § 679.131, no cooperative will receive any CQ unless that cooperative has made full payment of cost recovery liability at the time it applies for CQ. (2) If a cooperative fails to submit full payment for PCTC Program cost recovery fee liability by the date described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section: (i) At any time thereafter the Regional Administrator may send an IAD to the cooperative stating the amount of the cooperative's estimated fee liability that is past due and requesting payment. If payment is not received by the 30th day after the date on the IAD, the agency may pursue collection of the unpaid fees. (ii) The Regional Administrator may disapprove any application to transfer CQ to or from the cooperative in accordance with § 679.130. (iii) No CQ permit will be issued to that cooperative for that following calendar year and the Regional Administrator may continue to prohibit issuance of a CQ permit for any subsequent calendar years until NMFS receives the unpaid fees. (iv) No CQ will be issued based on the QS held by the members of that PCTC Program cooperative to any other CQ permit for any subsequent calendar years until NMFS receives the unpaid fees. (e) Over payment. Payment submitted to NMFS in excess of the annual PCTC Program cost recovery fee liability for a cooperative will be credited against the cooperative's future cost recovery fee liability unless the cooperative requests the agency refund the over payment. Payment processing fees may be deducted from any fees returned to the cooperative. (f) Appeals. A cooperative that receives an IAD for incomplete payment of a fee liability may appeal the IAD pursuant to 15 CFR part 906. (g) Annual report. Each year, NMFS will publish a report describing the PCTC Program cost recovery fee program." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.2.1.1,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,B,Subpart B—Management Measures,,§ 679.20 General limitations.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","This section applies to vessels engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in the GOA and/or the BSAI and to vessels engaged in commercial fishing for Arctic fish in the Arctic Management Area. (a) Harvest limits —(1) OY —(i) BSAI and GOA. The OY for BSAI and GOA target species is a range or specific amount that can be harvested consistently with this part, plus the amounts of “nonspecified species” taken incidentally to the harvest of target species. The species categories are defined in Table 1 of the specifications as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. (A) The OY for groundfish in the BSAI regulated by this section and by part 600 of this chapter is 1.4 million to 2.0 million mt. (B) The OY for groundfish in the GOA regulated by this section and by part 600 of this chapter is 116,000 to 800,000 mt. (ii) Arctic Management Area. The OY for each target fish species identified in the Fishery Management Plan for Fish Resources of the Arctic Management Area regulated by this section and by part 600 of this chapter is 0 mt. (2) TAC. NMFS, after consultation with the Council, will specify and apportion the annual TAC and reserves for each calendar year among the GOA and BSAI target species. TACs in the target species category may be split or combined for purposes of establishing new TACs with apportionments thereof under paragraph (c) of this section. The sum of the TACs so specified must be within the OY range specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (3) Annual TAC determination. The annual determinations of TAC for each target species and the reapportionment of reserves may be adjusted, based upon a review of the following: (i) Biological condition of groundfish stocks. Resource assessment documents prepared annually for the Council that provide information on historical catch trend; updated estimates of the MSY of the groundfish complex and its component species groups; assessments of the stock condition of each target species; assessments of the multispecies and ecosystem impacts of harvesting the groundfish complex at current levels, given the assessed condition of stocks, including consideration of rebuilding depressed stocks; and alternative harvesting strategies and related effects on the component species group. (ii) Socioeconomic considerations. Socioeconomic considerations that are consistent with the goals of the fishery management plans for the groundfish fisheries of the BSAI and the GOA, including the need to promote efficiency in the utilization of fishery resources, including minimizing costs; the need to manage for the optimum marketable size of a species; the impact of groundfish harvests on prohibited species and the domestic target fisheries that utilize these species; the desire to enhance depleted stocks; the seasonal access to the groundfish fishery by domestic fishing vessels; the commercial importance of a fishery to local communities; the importance of a fishery to subsistence users; and the need to promote utilization of certain species. (4) Sablefish TAC —(i) Eastern GOA regulatory area —(A) Fixed gear. Vessels in the Eastern GOA regulatory area using fixed gear will be allocated 95 percent of the sablefish TAC. (B) Trawl gear. Vessels in the Eastern GOA regulatory area using trawl gear will be allocated 5 percent of the sablefish TAC for bycatch in other trawl fisheries. (ii) Central and Western GOA regulatory areas —(A) Fixed gear. Vessels in the Central and Western GOA regulatory areas using fixed gear will be allocated 80 percent of the sablefish TAC in each of the Central and Western GOA regulatory areas. (B) Trawl gear. Vessels using trawl gear will be allocated 20 percent of the sablefish TAC in these areas. (iii) Bering Sea subarea —(A) Fixed gear. Vessels in the Bering Sea subarea using fixed gear will be allocated 50 percent of each TAC for sablefish. (B) Trawl gear. Vessels in the Bering Sea subarea using trawl gear will be allocated 50 percent of each TAC for sablefish. (iv) Aleutian Islands subarea —(A) Fixed gear. Vessels in the Aleutian Islands subarea using fixed gear will be allocated 75 percent of each TAC for sablefish. (B) Trawl gear. Vessels in the Aleutian Islands subarea using trawl gear will be allocated 25 percent of each TAC for sablefish. (5) Pollock TAC —(i) Bering Sea Subarea —(A) AFA allocations. The pollock TAC apportioned to the Bering Sea Subarea, after subtraction of the 10 percent CDQ reserve under § 679.31(a), will be allocated as follows: ( 1 ) Incidental catch allowance. The Regional Administrator will establish an incidental catch allowance to account for projected incidental catch of pollock by vessels engaged in directed fishing for groundfish other than pollock and by vessels harvesting non-pollock CDQ. If during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that the incidental catch allowance has been set too high or too low, he/she may issue inseason notification in the Federal Register that reallocates incidental catch allowance to the directed fishing allowance, or vice versa, according to the proportions established under paragraph (a)(5)(i)(A) of this section. ( 2 ) Directed fishing allowance. The remaining pollock TAC apportioned to the Bering Sea subarea is established as a directed fishing allowance. ( 3 ) Inshore sector allocation. Fifty percent of the directed fishing allowance will be allocated to AFA catcher vessels harvesting pollock for processing by AFA inshore processors. The inshore allocation will be further divided into separate allocations for cooperative and open access fishing. ( i ) Inshore cooperatives. The inshore cooperative allocation will be equal to the aggregate annual allocations of all AFA inshore catcher vessel cooperatives that receive pollock allocations under § 679.62(a). ( ii ) Inshore open access. The inshore open access allocation will equal that portion of the inshore sector allocation that is not allocated to inshore cooperatives. ( 4 ) Catcher/processor sector allocation. Forty percent of the directed fishing allowance will be allocated to AFA catcher/processors and AFA catcher vessels delivering to catcher processors. ( i ) Catcher/processor and catcher vessel cooperatives. If by December 1 of the year prior to the year when fishing under the cooperative agreement will begin, NMFS receives filing of cooperative contracts and/or an inter-cooperative agreement entered into by listed AFA catcher/processors and all AFA catcher vessels with catcher/processor sector endorsements, and the Regional Administrator determines that such contracts provide for the distribution of harvest between catcher/processors and catcher vessels in a manner agreed to by all members of the catcher/processor sector cooperative(s), then NMFS will not subdivide the catcher/processor sector allocation between catcher vessels and catcher/processors. ( ii ) Catcher vessel allocation. If such contract is not filed with NMFS by December 1 of the preceding year, then NMFS will allocate 91.5 percent of the catcher/processor sector allocation to AFA catcher/processors engaged in directed fishing for pollock and 8.5 percent of the catcher/processor sector allocation to AFA catcher vessels delivering to catcher/processors. ( iii ) Unlisted AFA catcher processors. Unlisted AFA catcher/processors will be limited to harvesting not more than 0.5 percent of catcher/processor sector allocation. ( 5 ) Mothership sector allocation. Ten percent of the directed fishing allowance will be allocated to AFA catcher vessels harvesting pollock for processing by AFA motherships. ( 6 ) Excessive harvesting share. NMFS will establish an excessive harvesting share limit equal to 17.5 percent of the sum of the directed fishing allowances established under paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (a)(5)(ii) of this section. The excessive harvesting share limit will be published in the annual harvest specifications and is subject to revision on an inseason basis if NMFS reallocates unharvested amounts of the incidental catch allowance to the directed fishing allowance, or vice versa. ( 7 ) Excessive processing share. NMFS will establish an excessive processing share limit equal to 30.0 percent of the sum of the directed fishing allowances established under paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (a)(5)(ii) of this section. The excessive processing share limit will be published in the annual harvest specifications and is subject to revision on an inseason basis if NMFS reallocates unharvested amounts of the incidental catch allowance to the directed fishing allowance, or vice versa. (B) BSAI seasonal allowances for AFA and CDQ —( 1 ) Inshore, catcher/processor, mothership, and CDQ sectors. The portions of the BS subarea pollock directed fishing allowances allocated to each sector under sections 206(a) and 206(b) of the AFA and the CDQ allowance in the BSAI will be divided into two seasonal allowances corresponding to the two fishing seasons set out at § 679.23(e)(2), as follows: ( i ) A Season, 45 percent; ( ii ) B Season, 55 percent. ( 2 ) Inseason adjustments. Within any fishing year, the Regional Administrator may add or subtract any under harvest or over harvest of a seasonal allowance for a component to the subsequent seasonal allowance for the component through notification published in the Federal Register. (C) Steller sea lion conservation area (SCA) harvest limit. For each component under Sections 206(a) and 206(b) of the AFA and for the open access fishery, no more than 28 percent of the annual pollock directed fishery allowance may be taken from the SCA before April 1. The SCA is defined at § 679.22(a)(7)(vii). (ii) Bogoslof District. If the Bogoslof District is open to directed fishing for pollock by regulation, then the pollock TAC for this district will be allocated according to the same procedure established for the Bering Sea subarea at paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section. If the Bogoslof District is closed to directed fishing for pollock by regulation, then the entire TAC for this district will be allocated as an incidental catch allowance. (iii) AI. (A) If a directed fishery for pollock in the AI is not specified under paragraph (c) of this section, then the entire TAC for this subarea will be allocated as an incidental catch allowance. (B) If the AI is open to directed fishing for pollock under paragraph (c) of this section, then the pollock TAC for this subarea will be specified, allocated, seasonally apportioned, and reallocated as follows: ( 1 ) AI annual TAC limitations. When the AI pollock ABC is less than 19,000 mt, the annual TAC will be no greater than the ABC. When the AI pollock ABC equals or exceeds 19,000 mt, the annual TAC will be equal to 19,000 mt. ( 2 ) Allocations —( i ) CDQ Directed fishing allowance. 10 percent of the annual TAC will be allocated to the CDQ pollock reserve established under § 679.31(a)(2). ( ii ) Incidental catch allowance. The Regional Administrator will determine the amount of the pollock incidental catch necessary to support an incidental catch allowance in the AI during the fishing year for each season. This amount of pollock will be deducted from the annual TAC. If during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that the incidental catch allowance is excessive or inadequate, the Regional Administrator may reallocate the excess of the incidental catch allowance to the directed pollock fishery, or may reallocate pollock from the directed pollock fishery to the incidental catch allowance as necessary to support incidental catch of pollock in AI groundfish fisheries, by publication in the Federal Register. ( iii ) Directed Pollock Fishery. The amount of the TAC remaining after subtraction of the CDQ directed fishing allowance and the incidental catch allowance will be allocated to the Aleut Corporation as a directed pollock fishery allocation. ( 3 ) Seasonal apportionment. The seasonal harvest of pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery shall be: ( i ) A season. No greater than the lesser of the annual initial TAC plus any A season CDQ pollock directed fishery allowance or 40 percent of the AI pollock ABC. The total A season apportionment, including the AI directed pollock fishery allocation, the CDQ pollock directed fishery seasonal allowance, and the incidental catch amount, shall not exceed 40 percent of the ABC. ( ii ) B season. The B season apportionment of the AI directed pollock fishery shall equal the annual initial TAC minus the A season directed pollock fishery apportionment under paragraph (a)(5)(iii)(B)( 3 )( i ) of this section and minus the incidental catch amount under paragraph (a)(5)(iii)(B)( 2 )( ii ) of this section. ( iii ) Inseason adjustments for the directed pollock fishery. During any fishing year, the Regional Administrator may add any under harvest of the A season directed pollock fishery apportionment to the B season directed pollock fishery apportionment by inseason notification published in the Federal Register if the Regional Administrator determines that the harvest capacity in the B season is sufficient to harvest the adjusted B season apportionment. ( iv ) Inseason adjustments for the incidental catch allowance. During any fishing year, the Regional Administrator may add any under harvest of the A season incidental catch allowance apportionment to the B season incidental catch allowance apportionment by publication in the Federal Register if the Regional Administrator determines that the additional B season incidental catch allowance is necessary to support other groundfish fisheries. ( 4 ) Reallocation of the annual AI directed pollock fishery and AI CDQ allocations. As soon as practicable, if the Regional Administrator determines that vessels participating in either the AI directed pollock fishery or the AI CDQ directed pollock fishery likely will not harvest the entire AI directed pollock fishery or CDQ pollock directed fishing allowance, the Regional Administrator may reallocate some or all of the projected unused directed pollock fishery allocation to the Bering Sea subarea directed pollock fishery or AI CDQ pollock directed fishing allowance to the Bering Sea subarea CDQ pollock directed fishing allowance by inseason notification published in the Federal Register. ( 5 ) Allocations to small vessels. The annual allocation for vessels 60 feet (18.3 m) LOA or less participating in the AI directed pollock fishery will be: ( i ) No more than 25 percent of the AI directed pollock fishery allocation through 2008; ( ii ) No more than 50 percent of the AI directed pollock fishery allocation from 2009 through 2012; and ( iii ) 50 percent of the AI directed pollock fishery allocation in 2013 and beyond. ( 6 ) Pollock harvest limitations. Pollock harvests during the A season as defined at § 679.23(e)(2) are limited to: ( i ) No more than 5 percent of the Aleutian Islands pollock ABC in Area 543. ( ii ) No more than 15 percent of the Aleutian Islands pollock ABC in Area 542. ( iii ) No more than 30 percent of the Aleutian Islands pollock ABC in Area 541. (iv) GOA —(A) Apportionment by area. The TAC for pollock in the combined GOA Western and Central Regulatory Areas will be apportioned among statistical areas 610, 620, and 630 in proportion to the distribution of the pollock biomass as determined by the most recent NMFS surveys. (B) GOA Western and Central Regulatory Areas seasonal apportionments. Each apportionment established under paragraph (a)(5)(iv)(A) of this section will be divided into two seasonal apportionments corresponding to the two fishing seasons specified in § 679.23(d)(2) as follows: A Season, 50 percent; and B Season, 50 percent. Within any fishing year, underharvest or overharvest of a seasonal apportionment may be added to or subtracted from remaining seasonal apportionments in a manner to be determined by the Regional Administrator, provided that any revised seasonal apportionment does not exceed 20 percent of the seasonal TAC apportionment for the statistical area. The reapportionment of underharvest will be applied to the subsequent season within the same statistical area up to the 20 percent limit specified in this paragraph. Any underharvest remaining beyond the 20 percent limit may be further apportioned to the subsequent season in the other statistical areas, in proportion to estimated biomass and in an amount no more than 20 percent of the seasonal TAC apportionment for the statistical area. (6) GOA inshore/offshore allocations —(i) GOA pollock. The apportionment of pollock in all GOA regulatory areas for each seasonal allowance described in paragraph (a)(5)(iv) of this section will be allocated entirely to vessels harvesting pollock for processing by the inshore component in the GOA after subtraction of an amount that is projected by the Regional Administrator to be caught by, or delivered to, the offshore component in the GOA incidental to directed fishing for other groundfish species. (ii) Eastern GOA Regulatory Area Pacific cod. The apportionment of Pacific cod in the Eastern GOA Regulatory Area will be allocated 90 percent to vessels harvesting Pacific cod for processing by the inshore component and 10 percent to vessels harvesting Pacific cod for processing by the offshore component. (7) Pacific cod TAC, BSAI —(i) CDQ reserve and seasonal allowances. (A) A total of 10.7 percent of the annual Pacific cod TAC will be allocated to the CDQ Program in the annual harvest specifications required under paragraph (c) of this section. The Pacific cod CDQ allocation will be deducted from the annual Pacific cod TAC before allocations to the non-CDQ sectors are made under paragraph (a)(7)(ii) of this section. (B) The BSAI Pacific cod CDQ gear allowances by season, as those seasons are specified under § 679.23(e)(5), are as follows: (ii) Non-CDQ allocations —(A) Sector allocations. The remainder of the BSAI Pacific cod TAC after subtraction of the CDQ reserve for Pacific cod will be allocated to non-CDQ sectors as follows: (B) Incidental catch allowance. During the annual harvest specifications process set forth at paragraph (c) of this section, the Regional Administrator will specify an amount of Pacific cod that NMFS estimates will be taken as incidental catch in directed fisheries for groundfish other than Pacific cod by the hook-and-line and pot gear sectors. This amount will be the incidental catch allowance and will be deducted from the aggregate portion of Pacific cod TAC annually allocated to the hook-and-line and pot gear sectors before the allocations under paragraph (a)(7)(ii)(A) of this section are made to these sectors. (iii) Reallocation among non-CDQ sectors. If, during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that a non-CDQ sector will be unable to harvest the entire amount of Pacific cod allocated to that sector under paragraph (a)(7)(ii)(A) of this section, the Regional Administrator will reallocate the projected unused amount of Pacific cod to other sectors through notification in the Federal Register. Any reallocation decision by the Regional Administrator will take into account the capability of a sector to harvest the reallocated amount of Pacific cod, and the following reallocation hierarchy: (A) Catcher vessel sectors. The Regional Administrator will reallocate projected unharvested amounts of Pacific cod TAC from a catcher vessel sector as follows: first to the jig sector, or to the less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA hook-and-line or pot catcher vessel sector, or to both of these sectors; second, to the greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA hook-and-line or to the greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA pot catcher vessel sectors; and third to the trawl catcher vessel sector. If the Regional Administrator determines that a projected unharvested amount from the jig sector allocation, the less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA hook-and-line or pot catcher vessel sector allocation, or the greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA hook-and-line catcher vessel sector allocation is unlikely to be harvested through this hierarchy, the Regional Administrator will reallocate that amount to the hook-and-line catcher/processor sector. If the Regional Administrator determines that a projected unharvested amount from a greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA pot catcher vessel sector allocation is unlikely to be harvested through this hierarchy, the Regional Administrator will reallocate that amount to the pot catcher/processor sector in accordance with the hierarchy set forth in paragraph (a)(7)(iii)(C) of this section. If the Regional Administrator determines that a projected unharvested amount from a trawl catcher vessel sector allocation is unlikely to be harvested through this hierarchy, the Regional Administrator will reallocate that amount to the other trawl sectors in accordance with the hierarchy set forth in paragraph (a)(7)(iii)(B) of this section. (B) Trawl gear sectors. The Regional Administrator will reallocate any projected unharvested amounts of Pacific cod TAC from the trawl catcher vessel or AFA catcher/processor sectors to other trawl sectors before unharvested amounts are reallocated and apportioned to specified gear sectors as follows: ( 1 ) 83.1 percent to the hook-and-line catcher/processor sector, ( 2 ) 2.6 percent to the pot catcher/processor sector, and ( 3 ) 14.3 percent to the greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA pot catcher vessel sector. (C) Pot gear sectors. The Regional Administrator will reallocate any projected unharvested amounts of Pacific cod TAC from the pot catcher/processor sector to the greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA pot catcher vessel sector, and from the greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA pot catcher vessel sector to the pot catcher/processor sector before reallocating it to the hook-and-line catcher/processor sector. (iv) Non-CDQ seasonal allowances —(A) Seasonal allowances by sector. The BSAI Pacific cod sector allowances are apportioned by season, as those seasons are specified at § 679.23(e)(5), as follows: (B) Unused seasonal allowances. Any unused portion of a seasonal allowance of Pacific cod from any sector except the jig sector will be reallocated to that sector's next season during the current fishing year unless the Regional Administrator makes a determination under paragraph (a)(7)(iii) of this section that the sector will be unable to harvest its allocation. (C) Jig sector. The Regional Administrator will reallocate any projected unused portion of a seasonal allowance of Pacific cod for the jig sector under this section to the less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA hook-and-line or pot catcher vessel sector. The Regional Administrator will reallocate the projected unused portion of the jig sector's C season allowance on or about September 1 of each year. (v) ITAC allocation to the Amendment 80 sector. A percentage of the Pacific cod TAC, after subtraction of the CDQ reserve, will be allocated as ITAC to the Amendment 80 sector as described in Table 33 to this part. Separate allocations for each Amendment 80 cooperative and the Amendment 80 limited access fishery are described under § 679.91. The allocation of Pacific cod to the Amendment 80 sector will be further divided into seasonal apportionments as described under paragraph (a)(7)(iv)(A)( 1 )( ii ) of this section. (A) Use of seasonal apportionments by Amendment 80 cooperatives. ( 1 ) The amount of Pacific cod listed on a CQ permit that is assigned for use in the A season may be used in the B or C season. ( 2 ) The amount of Pacific cod that is listed on a CQ permit that is assigned for use in the B season may not be used in the A season. ( 3 ) The amount of Pacific cod listed on a CQ permit that is assigned for use in the C season may not be used in the A or B seasons. (B) Harvest of seasonal apportionments in the Amendment 80 limited access fishery. ( 1 ) Pacific cod ITAC assigned for harvest by the Amendment 80 limited access fishery in the A season may be harvested in the B or C seasons. ( 2 ) Pacific cod ITAC assigned for harvest by the Amendment 80 limited access fishery in the B season may not be harvested in the A season. ( 3 ) Pacific cod ITAC assigned for harvest by the Amendment 80 limited access fishery in the C season may not be harvested in the A or B seasons. (vi) ITAC rollover to Amendment 80 cooperatives. If during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that a portion of the Pacific cod TAC is unlikely to be harvested and is made available for reallocation to the Amendment 80 sector according to the provisions under paragraph (a)(7)(iii) of this section, the Regional Administrator may issue inseason notification in the Federal Register that reallocates that remaining amount of Pacific cod to Amendment 80 cooperatives, according to the procedures established under § 679.91(f). (vii) Pacific cod harvest limitations. During the annual harvest specifications process, the Regional Administrator will establish an Area 543 Pacific cod harvest limit based on Pacific cod abundance in Area 543 as determined by the annual stock assessment process. NMFS will first subtract the State GHL Pacific cod amount from the AI Pacific cod ABC. Then NMFS will determine the harvest limit in Area 543 by multiplying the percentage of Pacific cod estimated in Area 543 by the remaining ABC for AI Pacific cod. (viii) Aleutian Islands CQ set-aside provisions. During the annual harvest specifications process, the Regional Administrator will establish the PCTC Program Aleutian Islands CQ set-aside through the process set forth at § 679.132. (8) BSAI Atka mackerel —(i) Jig gear. Vessels using jig gear will be allocated up to 2 percent of the TAC of Atka mackerel specified for the Eastern Aleutian Islands District and Bering Sea subarea, after subtraction of reserves, based on the following criteria: (A) The amount of Atka mackerel harvested by vessels using jig gear during recent fishing years; (B) The anticipated harvest of Atka mackerel by vessels using jig gear during the upcoming fishing year; and (C) The extent to which the jig-gear allocation will support the development of a jig-gear fishery for Atka mackerel while minimizing the amount of Atka mackerel TAC annually allocated to vessels using jig gear that remains unharvested at the end of the fishing year. (ii) ITAC allocation to Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited access sectors. The remainder of the Atka mackerel TAC, after subtraction of the jig gear allocation, CDQ reserve, and incidental catch allowance for the BSAI trawl limited access sector and vessels using non-trawl gear, will be allocated as ITAC to the Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited access sectors. (A) Seasonal allowances. The Atka mackerel TAC specified for each subarea or district will be divided equally, after subtraction of the jig gear allocation, into two seasonal allowances corresponding to the A and B seasons defined at § 679.23(e)(3). (B) Overages and Underages. Within any fishing year, unharvested amounts of the A season allowance will be added to the B season allowance and harvests in excess of the A season allowance will be deducted from the B season allowance. (C) Atka mackerel harvest limitations. ( 1 ) Atka mackerel catch within waters 0 nm to 20 nm of Steller sea lion sites listed in Table 6 to this part and located west of 178° W longitude is: ( i ) Limited to no more than 60 percent of the annual TACs in Areas 542 and 543; and ( ii ) Equally divided between the A and B seasons as defined at § 679.23(e)(3). ( 2 ) The annual TAC in Area 543 will be no more than 65 percent of the ABC in Area 543. (D) Any unharvested Atka mackerel A season allowance that is added to the B season is prohibited from being harvested within waters 0 nm to 20 nm of Steller sea lion sites listed in Table 6 to this part and located in Areas 541, 542, and 543. (iii) [Reserved] (iv) Amendment 80 sector allocation. The allocation of Atka mackerel ITAC to the Amendment 80 sector is established in Table 33 to this part. The allocation of Atka mackerel ITAC to the Amendment 80 sector will be further divided into seasonal apportionments under § 679.23(e)(3), and separate allocations for each Amendment 80 cooperative and the Amendment 80 limited access fishery as described under § 679.91. (A) Use of seasonal apportionments by Amendment 80 cooperatives. ( 1 ) The amount of Atka mackerel listed on a CQ permit that is assigned for use in the A season may be used in the B season. ( 2 ) The amount of Atka mackerel listed on a CQ permit that is assigned for use in the B season may not be used in the A season. (B) Harvest of seasonal apportionments in the Amendment 80 limited access fishery. ( 1 ) Atka mackerel ITAC assigned for harvest by the Amendment 80 limited access fishery in the A season may be harvested in the B season. ( 2 ) Atka mackerel ITAC assigned for harvest by the Amendment 80 limited access fishery in the B season may not be harvested in the A season. (v) BSAI trawl limited access sector allocation —(A) BSAI trawl limited access sector directed fishing allowance. The amount of Atka mackerel ITAC assigned as a directed fishing allowance to the BSAI trawl limited access sector is established in Table 33 to this part. (B) BSAI trawl limited access sector incidental catch allowance and ITAC rollover. If, during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that a portion of the Atka mackerel incidental catch allowance or ITAC assigned to the BSAI trawl limited access sector is unlikely to be harvested, the Regional Administrator may issue inseason notification in the Federal Register that reallocates that remaining amount of Atka mackerel directed fishing allowance to Amendment 80 cooperatives, according to the procedures established under § 679.91(f). (9) BSAI shortraker rockfish and rougheye rockfish. After subtraction of reserves, the TAC of shortraker rockfish and rougheye rockfish specified for the Aleutian Islands subarea will be allocated 30 percent to vessels using non-trawl gear and 70 percent to vessels using trawl gear. (10) Amendment 80 species except Pacific cod and Atka mackerel —(i) ITAC allocation to the Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited access sectors. The remainder of the TACs for each Amendment 80 species other than Atka mackerel and Pacific cod, after subtraction of the CDQ reserve and incidental catch allowance for the BSAI trawl limited access sector and vessels using non-trawl gear, will be allocated as ITAC to the Amendment 80 and BSAI trawl limited access sectors. (ii) Amendment 80 sector ITAC. The allocation of ITAC for each Amendment 80 species other than Atka mackerel and Pacific cod to the Amendment 80 sector is established in Tables 33 and 34 to this part. The allocation of these species to the Amendment 80 sector will be further divided into separate allocations for each Amendment 80 cooperative and the Amendment 80 limited access fishery as described under § 679.91. (iii) BSAI trawl limited access sector allocation —(A) BSAI trawl limited access sector directed fishing allowance. The amount of ITAC for each Amendment 80 species other than Atka mackerel and Pacific cod assigned as a directed fishing allowance to the BSAI trawl limited access sector is established in Tables 33 and 34 to this part. (B) BSAI trawl limited access sector ITAC rollover. If, during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that a portion of the incidental catch allowance or ITAC assigned to the BSAI trawl limited access sector for each Amendment 80 species other than Atka mackerel and Pacific cod is unlikely to be harvested, the Regional Administrator may issue inseason notification in the Federal Register that reallocates that remaining amount to Amendment 80 cooperatives, according to the procedures established under § 679.91(f). (11) All other groundfish TAC. The initial TAC for each target species and the “other species” category will be 85 percent of the TAC as provided under paragraph (b) of this section. (12) GOA Pacific cod TAC —(i) Seasonal allowances by sector. The Western and Central GOA Pacific cod TACs will be seasonally apportioned to the jig sector such that 60 percent of the TAC is apportioned to the A season and 40 percent of the TAC is apportioned to the B season, as specified in § 679.23(d)(3), before TAC is apportioned among other non-jig sectors. The Western and Central GOA Pacific cod TACs will be seasonally apportioned among the non-jig sectors such that 63.84 percent of the Western GOA TAC is apportioned to the A season and 36.16 percent of the Western GOA TAC is apportioned to the B season, and 64.16 percent of the Central GOA TAC is apportioned to the A season and 35.84 percent of the Central GOA TAC is apportioned to the B season, as specified in § 679.23(d)(3). (A) Western GOA Regulatory Area — Jig sector. A portion of the annual Pacific cod TAC will be allocated to vessels with an FFP that use jig gear, as determined in the annual harvest specification under paragraph (c)(7) of this section, before TAC is apportioned among other non-jig sectors. Other Pacific cod sector allowances are apportioned after allocation to the jig sector based on gear type and operation type as follows: (B) Central GOA Regulatory Area — Jig sector. A portion of the annual Pacific cod TAC will be allocated to vessels with an FFP that use jig gear, as determined in the annual harvest specification under paragraph (c)(7) of this section, before TAC is apportioned among other non-jig sectors. Other Pacific cod sector allowances are apportioned after allocation to the jig sector based on gear type, operation type, and length overall as follows: (ii) Reapportionment of TAC —(A) The Regional Administrator may apply any underage or overage of Pacific cod harvest by each sector from one season to the subsequent season. In adding or subtracting any underages or overages to the subsequent season, the Regional Administrator shall consider the incidental catch and any catch in the directed fishery by each sector. (B) If, during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that a sector will be unable to harvest the entire amount of Pacific cod allocated to that sector under (a)(12)(i)(A) or (B) of this section, the Regional Administrator will reallocate the projected unused amount of Pacific cod to other sectors through notification in the Federal Register. Any reallocation decision by the Regional Administrator would consider a reallocation of the projected unused allocation to the CV sectors first, then to the combined CV and C/P pot sector, and then to all other C/P sectors, taking into account the capability of a sector, as determined by the NMFS Alaska Regional Administrator, to harvest the remaining Pacific cod TAC. (iii) Catch accounting —(A) Incidental Pacific cod harvested between the closure of the A season and opening of the B season shall be deducted from the B season TAC apportionment for that sector. (B) Each license holder that is assigned an LLP license with a catcher/processor operation type endorsement that is not assigned a catcher vessel operation type endorsement under the provisions at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(A) and (B) shall have all incidental and direct catch of Pacific cod deducted from the catcher/processor sector allocation and gear type designation corresponding to the gear used by that vessel. (C) Holders of catcher/processor licenses assigned a Western GOA CV endorsement, under the provisions at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(A) and (B), shall have all incidental and direct catch of Pacific cod in the Western GOA deducted from the CV sector's allocation and gear type designation corresponding to the gear used by that vessel in the Western GOA. (D) Holders of C/P licenses eligible to, and electing to receive a Central CV endorsement, under the provisions at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(A) and (B), shall have all incidental and direct catch of Pacific cod in the Central GOA deducted from the CV sector's allocation and gear type designation corresponding to the gear used by that vessel in the Central GOA. (E) NMFS shall determine the length overall of a vessel operating in the Central GOA based on the length overall designated on the FFP assigned to that vessel. (iv) Processing caps for FFP licensed vessels. In the Western GOA, no more than 2 percent of the total Pacific cod TAC allocated to the Western GOA regulatory area can be delivered for processing to vessels operating under the authority of an FFP. (v) Processing caps for FPP licensed vessels operating as CQE floating processors. Harvesting vessels may deliver Pacific cod harvested in the directed Pacific cod TAC fishery, if the processing vessel receiving the Pacific cod— (A) Does not meet the definition of a stationary floating processor at § 679.2; (B) Is operating under the authority of an FPP license endorsed as a CQE floating processor; (C) Is located within the marine municipal boundaries of a CQE community in the State waters adjacent to the Central or Western GOA as described in Table 21 to this part; and (D) The total amount of Pacific cod received or processed by all CQE floating processors does not exceed— ( 1 ) 3 percent of the total Western GOA Pacific cod TAC; or ( 2 ) 3 percent of the total Central GOA Pacific cod TAC. (b) Reserves —(1) BSAI —(i) Nonspecified reserve. Fifteen percent of the BSAI TAC for each target species, except pollock, the fixed gear allocation for sablefish, and the Amendment 80 species, which includes Pacific cod, is automatically placed in the nonspecified reserve before allocation to any sector. The remaining 85 percent of each TAC is apportioned to the initial TAC for each target species that contributed to the nonspecified reserve. The nonspecified reserve is not designated by species or species group. Any amount of the nonspecified reserve may be apportioned to target species that contributed to the nonspecified reserve, provided that such apportionments are consistent with paragraph (a)(3) of this section and do not result in overfishing of a target species. (ii) CDQ reserves —(A) Pollock CDQ reserves —( 1 ) Bering Sea. In the annual harvest specifications required by paragraph (c) of this section, 10 percent of the Bering Sea subarea pollock TAC will be allocated to a CDQ reserve as a directed fishing allowance. ( 2 ) Aleutian Islands subarea and Bogoslof District. In the annual harvest specifications required by paragraph (c) of this section, 10 percent of the Aleutian Islands subarea and Bogoslof District pollock TACs will be allocated to a CDQ reserve as a directed fishing allowance unless the Aleutian Islands subarea or Bogoslof District is closed to directed fishing for pollock by regulation. If the Aleutian Islands subarea and/or Bogoslof District is closed to directed fishing for pollock by regulation, then no pollock CDQ reserve will be established for those areas and incidental harvest of pollock by CDQ groups will accrue against the incidental catch allowance for pollock established under paragraph (a)(5)(i)(A)( 1 ) of this section. (B) Fixed gear sablefish CDQ reserves. Twenty percent of the fixed gear allocation of sablefish established under paragraphs (a)(4)(iii)(A) and (a)(4)(iv)(A) of this section will be allocated to a CDQ reserve for each subarea. (C) CDQ reserves for Amendment 80 species. An amount equal to 10.7 percent of the BSAI TACs for Atka mackerel, Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean perch, yellowfin sole, rock sole, flathead sole, and Pacific cod will be allocated to a CDQ reserve for each of these species by management area, subarea, or district. (D) CDQ reserves for other groundfish species. ( 1 ) An amount equal to 10.7 percent of the BSAI TACs for Bering Sea Greenland turbot and arrowtooth flounder, and 7.5 percent of the trawl gear allocation of sablefish in the BS and AI is apportioned from the nonspecified reserve established under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section to a CDQ reserve for each of these species by management area, subarea, or district. ( 2 ) For all other groundfish species not specifically listed in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(A) through (b)(1)(ii)(D)( 1 ) of this section, an amount equal to 10.7 percent of the BSAI TAC will be apportioned to a CDQ reserve if NMFS, after consultation with the Council and in consideration of public comment, determines in the annual harvest specifications process under paragraph (c) of this section that a directed fishery in the BSAI exists for this species under section 305(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act. In making this determination, the Council and NMFS shall consider whether sufficient TAC exists to open a directed fishery for that species in the BSAI and that this species or species group is economically viable for the CDQ group to target. (iii) ABC reserves. (A) ABC reserves are annually established for flathead sole, rock sole, and yellowfin sole. For each flatfish species, the ABC reserve is calculated as an amount less than or equal to the ABC surplus. NMFS, after consultation with the Council, may set the ABC reserve for flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole below the ABC surplus for that species based on social, economic, or ecological considerations. (B) CDQ ABC reserves. An amount equal to 10.7 percent of the ABC reserves for flathead sole, rock sole, and yellowfin sole will be allocated to a CDQ ABC reserve. The CDQ ABC reserves will be: ( 1 ) Calculated during the annual harvest specifications described at paragraph (c) of this section, as allocations to CDQ groups; and ( 2 ) Allocated to each CDQ group as described under § 679.31(b)(4). (C) Amendment 80 ABC reserves. Amendment 80 ABC reserves shall be calculated as the ABC reserves described under paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(A) of this section as reduced by the CDQ ABC reserves under paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(B) of this section. The Amendment 80 ABC reserves will be: ( 1 ) Calculated during the annual harvest specifications described at paragraph (c) of this section, as allocations to Amendment 80 cooperatives; and ( 2 ) Allocated to each Amendment 80 cooperative as described under § 679.91(i)(2). (2) GOA. Initial reserves are established for pollock, Pacific cod, flatfish, octopuses, and sharks, which are equal to 20 percent of the TACs for these species or species groups. (i) Pollock inshore-offshore reapportionment. Any amounts of the GOA reserve that are reapportioned to pollock as provided by paragraph (b) of this section must be apportioned for processing by the inshore component in the GOA and the offshore component in the GOA in the same proportions specified in paragraph (a)(6)(i) of this section. (ii) Pacific cod reapportionment. Any amounts of the GOA reserve that are reapportioned to the GOA Pacific cod fishery as provided by paragraph (b) of this section must be apportioned in the same proportion specified in paragraphs (a)(6)(ii) and (a)(12)(i) of this section. (3) Apportionment of reserves —(i) Notification. (A) As soon as practicable after April 1, June 1, and August 1, and on such other dates as NMFS determines appropriate, NMFS will, by notification in the Federal Register, apportion all or part of the BSAI or GOA reserve in accordance with this paragraph (b). (B) No apportionment, retention, or PSC limit adjustment may take effect until notification has been published in the Federal Register with a statement of the findings upon which the apportionment, retention, or adjustment is based. (ii) Apportionment —(A) General. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, NMFS will apportion the amount of BSAI or GOA reserve that will be harvested by U.S. vessels during the remainder of the year. (B) Exception. Part or all of the BSAI or GOA reserve may be withheld if an apportionment would adversely affect the conservation of groundfish resources or prohibited species. (iii) Public comment —(A) Prior comment. NMFS will provide all interested persons an opportunity to comment on the proposed apportionments, retentions, or PSC limit adjustments under this paragraph (b) before such apportionments, retentions, or adjustments are made, unless NMFS finds that there is good cause for not providing a prior comment opportunity, and publishes the reasons therefor in the notification of apportionment, retention, or adjustment. (B) Submittal dates. Comments provided for in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii) must be received by NMFS not later than 5 days before April 1, June 1, and August 1, or other dates that may be specified. (C) Subsequent comment. If NMFS determines for good cause that notification of apportionment, retention or PSC limit adjustment must be issued without providing interested persons a prior opportunity for public comment, comments on the apportionment, retention or adjustment will be received for a period of 15 days after its effective date. (D) Response to comments. NMFS will consider all timely comments in deciding whether to make a proposed apportionment, retention, or PSC limit adjustment or to modify an apportionment, retention, or adjustment that previously has been made, and shall publish responses to those comments in the Federal Register as soon as practicable. (E) Data available. The Regional Administrator will make available to the public during business hours the aggregate data upon which any preliminary TAC or PSC limit figure is based or the data upon which any apportionment or retention of surplus or reserve, or PSC limit adjustment was or is proposed to be based. These data will be available for a sufficient period to facilitate informed comment by interested persons. (c) Annual specifications —(1) Proposed specifications —(i) Notification. As soon as practicable after consultation with the Council, NMFS will publish proposed specifications for the groundfish fisheries in the BSAI and the GOA. (ii) Public comment. NMFS will accept public comment on the proposed specifications established by this section and by § 679.21 for a period specified in the notice of proposed specifications published in the Federal Register. (iii) GOA. The proposed specifications will specify for up to two fishing years the annual TAC for each target species and apportionments thereof, halibut prohibited species catch amounts, and seasonal allowances of pollock and Pacific cod. (iv) BSAI. (A) The proposed harvest specifications will specify for up to two fishing years the annual TAC for each target species and apportionments thereof, PSQ reserves and prohibited species catch allowances, seasonal allowances of pollock, Pacific cod, and Atka mackerel TAC (including pollock, Pacific cod, and Atka mackerel CDQ), and CDQ reserves. (B) The proposed harvest specifications will specify for up to two fishing years the ABC surpluses, ABC reserves, CDQ ABC reserves, CDQ ABC reserves for each CDQ group, Amendment 80 ABC reserves, and Amendment 80 ABC reserves for each Amendment 80 cooperative for flathead sole, rock sole, and yellowfin sole. (2) [Reserved] (3) Final specifications —(i) Procedure and notification. NMFS will consider comments received on the proposed specifications and, after consultation with the Council, will publish a notice of final specifications in the Federal Register unless NMFS determines that the final specifications would not be a logical outgrowth of the notice of proposed specifications. In that event, NMFS will either: (A) Publish a revised notice of proposed specifications in the Federal Register for public comment, and after considering comments received on the revised proposed specifications, publish a notice of final specifications in the Federal Register ; or (B) Publish a notice of final specifications in the Federal Register without an additional opportunity for public comment based on a finding that good cause pursuant to the Administrative Procedure Act justifies waiver of the requirement for a revised notice of proposed specifications and opportunity for public comment thereon. (ii) GOA. The final specifications will specify for up to two fishing years the annual TAC for each target species and apportionments thereof, halibut prohibited species catch amounts, and seasonal allowances of pollock and Pacific cod. (iii) BSAI. (A) The final harvest specifications will specify for up to two fishing years the annual TAC for each target species and apportionments thereof, PSQ reserves and prohibited species catch allowances, seasonal allowances of pollock (including pollock, Pacific cod, and Atka mackerel CDQ), and CDQ reserves. (B) The final harvest specifications will specify for up to two fishing years the annual ABC surpluses, ABC reserves, CDQ ABC reserves, CDQ ABC reserves for each CDQ group, Amendment 80 ABC reserves, and Amendment 80 ABC reserves for each Amendment 80 cooperative for flathead sole, rock sole, and yellowfin sole. (4) AFA and inshore/offshore allocations —(i) BSAI pollock. The annual harvest specifications will specify the allocation of pollock for processing by each AFA industry component in the BSAI, and any seasonal allowances thereof, as authorized under paragraph (a)(5) of this section. (ii) GOA pollock. The annual harvest specifications will specify the allocation of GOA pollock for processing by the inshore component in the GOA and the offshore component in the GOA, and any seasonal allowances thereof, as authorized under paragraphs (a)(5) and (a)(6) of this section. (iii) Eastern GOA Pacific cod. The annual harvest specifications will specify the allocation of Eastern GOA Pacific cod for processing by the inshore component and the offshore component, and any seasonal allowances thereof, as authorized under paragraph (a)(6) of this section. (5) BSAI Pacific cod gear allocations. The proposed and final specifications will specify the allocation of BSAI Pacific cod among gear types as authorized under paragraph (a)(7) of this section. (6) BSAI Atka mackerel allocations. The proposed and final harvest specifications will specify the allocation of BSAI Atka mackerel among gear types as authorized under paragraph (a)(8) of this section. (7) Western and Central GOA Pacific cod allocations. The proposed and final harvest specifications will specify the allocation of GOA Pacific cod among gear types and any seasonal allowances thereof, as authorized under paragraph (a)(12) of this section. (d) Fishery closures —(1) Directed fishing allowance —(i) General. If the Regional Administrator determines that any allocation or apportionment of a target species specified under paragraph (c) of this section has been or will be reached, the Regional Administrator may establish a directed fishing allowance for that species or species group. (ii) Specified fishery amounts —(A) Inseason adjustments. The category allocations or apportionments established under paragraph (c) of this section may be revised by inseason adjustments, as defined at § 679.25, for a given species or species group or pollock allowance, as identified by regulatory area, subarea, or district, and, if applicable, as further identified by gear type. (B) Incidental catch. In establishing a directed fishing allowance, the Regional Administrator shall consider the amount of the allocation or apportionment established under paragraph (c) of this section that will be taken as incidental catch in directed fishing for other species in the same subarea, regulatory area, or district. (iii) Directed fishing closure —(A) Notification. If the Regional Administrator establishes a directed fishing allowance for a fishery allocation or apportionment under this paragraph (d), and that allowance has been or will be reached before the end of the fishing season or year, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register prohibiting directed fishing in the specified subarea, regulatory area, or district. (B) Retention of incidental species. Except as described in § 679.20(e)(3)(iii) and § 679.20(j), if directed fishing for a target species or species group is prohibited, a vessel may not retain that incidental species in an amount that exceeds the maximum retainable amount, as calculated under paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, at any time during a fishing trip. (iv) AFA sideboard limitations —(A) If the Regional Administrator determines that any sideboard harvest limit for a group of AFA vessels established under § 679.64 has been or will be reached, the Regional Administrator may establish a sideboard directed fishing allowance for the species or species group applicable only to the identified group of AFA vessels. (B) In establishing a directed fishing allowance under paragraph (d)(1)(iv)(A) of this section, the Regional Administrator will consider the amount of the sideboard limit established for a group of AFA vessels under § 679.64 that will be taken as incidental catch by those vessels in directed fishing for other species. (C) If the Regional Administrator determines that a sideboard amount is insufficient to support a directed fishery for that species then the Regional Administrator may set the sideboard directed fishing allowance at zero for that species or species group. (D) Species or species groups for which directed fishing for sideboard limits by AFA vessels is prohibited are listed in Tables 54, 55, and 56 to this part. (v) Amendment 80 GOA sideboard limits—GOA groundfish. (A) If the Regional Administrator determines that a GOA sideboard limit for a GOA groundfish species as described under Table 37 to this part is sufficient to support a directed fishing allowance for that species, the Regional Administrator may establish a directed fishing allowance for the species applicable only to Amendment 80 vessels subject to the GOA groundfish sideboard limit. (B) If the Regional Administrator determines that a GOA groundfish sideboard limit as described under Table 37 to this part is insufficient to support a directed fishing allowance by Amendment 80 vessels for that species, then the Regional Administrator may set the directed fishing allowance to zero for that species for Amendment 80 vessels. (C) Upon determining that a GOA sideboard limit as described under Table 37 to this part for a species is or will be reached, the Regional Administrator will publish notification in the Federal Register prohibiting directed fishing for that species by the Amendment 80 vessels to which the GOA sideboard limit applies. (vi) Amendment 80 GOA sideboard limits—halibut PSC. (A) If the Regional Administrator determines that a GOA sideboard limit for halibut PSC is sufficient to support a directed fishery for a species or species group, management area, and season specified in Table 38 to this part, then the Regional Administrator may establish a halibut PSC sideboard limit for that species or species group, management area, and season applicable to the Amendment 80 vessels to which the halibut PSC limit applies. (B) If the Regional Administrator determines that a halibut PSC sideboard limit is insufficient to support a directed fishery for a species or species group, management area, and season as specified in Table 38 to this part then the Regional Administrator may set the halibut PSC sideboard limit for that species or species group to zero for the Amendment 80 vessels to which the halibut PSC limit applies. (C) Upon determining that a halibut PSC sideboard limit for a species or species group, management area, and season as specified in Table 38 to this part is or will be reached, the Regional Administrator will publish notification in the Federal Register prohibiting directed fishing for a specific species or species group by the Amendment 80 vessels to which the halibut PSC limit applies as follows: ( 1 ) If the halibut PSC sideboard limit is reached for the deep-water species fishery as defined in § 679.21(d)(3)(iii)(B) for a season, then NMFS will close directed fishing in the GOA for all species in the deep-water species fishery except northern rockfish, Pacific ocean perch, and dusky rockfish in the Central GOA for that season. ( 2 ) If the halibut PSC sideboard limit is reached for the shallow-water species fishery as defined in § 679.21(d)(3)(iii)(A) for a season, then NMFS will close directed fishing in the GOA for all species in the shallow-water species fishery for that season. (2) Groundfish as prohibited species closure. When the Regional Administrator determines that the TAC of any target species specified under paragraph (c) of this section, or the share of any TAC assigned to any type of gear, has been or will be achieved prior to the end of a year, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register requiring that target species be treated in the same manner as a prohibited species, as described under § 679.21(a), for the remainder of the year, except: (i) Rockfish species caught by catcher vessels using hook-and-line, pot, or jig gear as described in paragraph (j) of this section; and (ii) Catcher vessels in the trawl EM category. (3) Overfishing closure —(i) Notification. If, in making a determination under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the Regional Administrator also determines that fishing for other target species or species groups in the area, district or part thereof where the notification applies, may lead to the overfishing of the species or species group for which the allocation or apportionment has been or will be reached, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register specifying limitations or prohibitions designed to prevent overfishing of that species or species group. (ii) Limitations and prohibitions. These limitations and prohibitions may prohibit directed fishing for other species or species groups in the area, district, or part thereof where the notification applies, or may limit time, area, or gear types that may be used in directed fishing for the other species or species groups. (iii) Factors to be considered. When making the determinations specified under paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of this section, the Regional Administrator may consider allowing fishing to continue or resume with certain gear types or in certain areas and times based on findings of: (A) The risk of biological harm to a groundfish species or species group for which the TAC or PSC limit is or will be reached. (B) The risk of socioeconomic harm to authorized users of the groundfish for which the TAC or PSC limit will be or has been reached. (C) The impact that the continued closure might have on the socioeconomic well-being of other domestic fisheries. (4) Harvest control for pollock, Atka mackerel, and Pacific cod. If a biological assessment of stock condition for pollock, Pacific cod, or Atka mackerel within an area projects that the spawning biomass in that area will be equal to or below 20 percent of the projected unfished spawning biomass during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator will prohibit the directed fishery for the relevant species within the area. The Regional Administrator will prohibit the directed fishery under this paragraph by notification published in the Federal Register. The directed fishery will remain closed until a subsequent biological assessment projects that the spawning biomass for the species in the area will exceed 20 percent of the projected unfished spawning biomass during a fishing year. (e) Maximum retainable amounts (MRA) —(1) Proportion of basis species. The maximum retainable amount of an incidental catch species is calculated as a proportion of the basis species retained on board the vessel using: (i) The retainable percentages in Table 10 to this part for the GOA species categories (except the Rockfish Program fisheries, which are described in Table 30 to this part for the Rockfish Program fisheries); and (ii) Table 11 to this part for the BSAI species categories. (2) Calculation. (i) To calculate the maximum retainable amount for a specific incidental catch species, an individual retainable amount must be calculated with respect to each basis species that is retained on board that vessel. (ii) To obtain these individual retainable amounts, multiply the appropriate retainable percentage for the incidental catch species/basis species combination, set forth in Table 10 to this part for the GOA species categories (except the Rockfish Program fisheries, which are described in Table 30 to this part for the Rockfish Program fisheries), and Table 11 to this part for the BSAI species categories, by the amount of that basis species, in round-weight equivalents. (iii) The maximum retainable amount for that specific incidental catch species is the sum of the individual retainable amount. (3) Application. (i) For catcher vessels, the maximum retainable amount for vessels fishing during a fishing trip in areas closed to directed fishing is the lowest maximum retainable amount applicable in any area, and this maximum retainable amount must be applied at any time and to all areas for the duration of the fishing trip. (ii) For catcher/processors fishing in an area closed to directed fishing for a species or species group, the maximum retainable amount for that species or species group applies at any time for the duration of the fishing trip. (iii) For all vessels not listed in subpart F of this section, the maximum retainable amount for pollock harvested in the BSAI is calculated at the end of each offload and is based on the basis species harvested since the previous offload. For purposes of this paragraph, offload means the removal of any fish or fish product from the vessel that harvested the fish or fish product to any other vessel or to shore. (iv) The maximum retainable amount for groundfish harvested in the Central GOA by a catcher/processor vessel fishing under a rockfish CQ permit is calculated at the end of each weekly reporting period, and is based on the basis species defined in Table 30 harvested since the previous weekly reporting period, or for any portion of a weekly reporting period that vessel was designated under a vessel check-in as specified in § 679.5(r)(8). (v) For all vessels not listed in subpart F of this section, the maximum retainable amount for Atka mackerel harvested in the Bering Sea subarea is calculated at the end of each offload and is based on the basis species harvested since the previous offload. For purposes of this paragraph, offload means the removal of any fish or fish product from the vessel that harvested the fish or fish product to any other vessel or to shore. (vi) For a catcher/processor with a BSAI Pacific cod trawl mothership endorsement that receives an unsorted codend delivered by a catcher vessel authorized to harvest and that is assigned to PCTC Program Pacific cod, the maximum retainable amount for each species or species group applies at any time for the duration of the fishing trip and must be applied to only the PCTC Program hauls during a fishing trip. (vii) For vessels using longline pot gear pursuant to § 679.24(b), catch may be retained up to the maximum retainable amount unless retention is prohibited or required by other applicable laws. (f) Directed fishing calculations and determinations —(1) Round-weight equivalents. Any determination concerning directed fishing, the amount or percentage of any species, species group, or any fish or fish products must be calculated in round-weight equivalents. (2) Retainable amounts. Any groundfish species for which directed fishing is closed may not be used to calculate retainable amounts of other groundfish species. Only fish harvested under the CDQ Program may be used to calculate retainable amounts of other CDQ species. (g) Allowable retention of pollock roe —(1) Percentage of pollock roe. (i) Pollock roe retained on board a vessel at any time during a fishing trip must not exceed the following percentages of the total round-weight equivalent of pollock, as calculated from the primary pollock product on board the vessel during the same fishing trip: (A) 7 percent in the Gulf of Alaska, and (B) 9 percent in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands. (ii) Determinations of allowable retention of pollock roe will be based on amounts of pollock harvested, received, or processed during a single fishing trip. (iii) Pollock or pollock products from previous fishing trips that are retained on board a vessel may not be used to determine the allowable retention of pollock roe for that vessel. (2) Primary product. (i) For purposes of this paragraph (g), only one primary pollock product per fish, other than roe, may be used to calculate the round-weight equivalent. (ii) A primary pollock product that contains roe (such as headed and gutted pollock with roe) may not be used to calculate the round-weight equivalent of pollock. (iii) The primary pollock product must be distinguished from ancillary pollock products in eLandings required under § 679.5(e)(9)(i)(D) and § 679.5(e)(10)(iii)(H) (see also Table 1c to this part). (3) Pollock product recovery rates (PRRs). Use the product types and standard PRRs for pollock found in Table 3 to this part to calculate round-weight equivalents for pollock for purposes of this paragraph (g). (4) Calculation of retainable pollock roe —(i) Round-weight equivalent. (A) To calculate the amount of pollock roe that can be retained on board during a fishing trip, first calculate the round-weight equivalent by dividing the total amount of primary product on board by the appropriate PRR. (B) To determine the maximum amount of pollock roe that can be retained on board a vessel during the same fishing trip, multiply the round-weight equivalent by 0.07 in the Gulf of Alaska or 0.09 in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands. (C) Pollock roe retained on board from previous fishing trips will not be counted. (ii) Two or more products from different fish. (A) If two or more products, other than roe, are made from different fish, round-weight equivalents are calculated separately for each product. (B) To determine the maximum amount of pollock roe that can be retained on board a vessel during a fishing trip, add the round-weight equivalents together; then, multiply the sum by 0.07 in the Gulf of Alaska or 0.09 in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands. (iii) Two or more products from same fish. If two or more products, other than roe, are made from the same fish, the maximum amount of pollock roe that can be retained during a fishing trip is determined from the primary product. (5) Primary pollock product —(i) Process prior to transfer. Any primary pollock product used to calculate retainable amounts of pollock roe must be frozen, canned, or reduced to meal by the vessel retaining the pollock roe prior to any transfer of the product to another vessel. (ii) No discard of processed product. Any pollock product that has been processed may not be discarded at sea unless such discarding is necessary to meet other requirements of this part. (h) Standard product types and standard PRRs —(1) Calculating round-weight equivalents from standard PRRs. Round-weight equivalents for groundfish products are calculated using the product codes and standard PRRs specified in Table 3 to this part. (2) Adjustments. The Regional Administrator may adjust standard PRRs and product types specified in Table 3 to this part if he or she determines that existing standard PRRs are inaccurate or if new product types are developed. (i) Adjustments to any standard PRR listed in Table 3 to this part that are within and including 15 percent of that standard PRR may be made without providing notification and opportunity for prior public comment. (ii) Adjustments of any standard PRR during a calendar year, when aggregated with all other adjustments made during that year, will not exceed 15 percent of the standard PRR listed in Table 3 to this part at the beginning of that calendar year. (iii) No new product type will be announced until NMFS publishes the proposed adjustment and/or new product type in the Federal Register and provides the public with at least 30 days opportunity for public comment. (iv) Any adjustment of a PRR that acts to further restrict the fishery will not be effective until 30 days after the date of publication in the Federal Register. (v) If NMFS makes any adjustment or announcement without providing a prior notification and opportunity for prior public comment, the Regional Administrator will receive public comments on the adjustment or announcement for a period of 15 days from the date of publication in the Federal Register. (i) Forage fish, grenadiers, squids, and sculpins —(1) Definition. See Table 2c to this part. (2) Applicability. The provisions of this paragraph (i) apply to all vessels fishing for groundfish in the BSAI or GOA, and to all vessels processing groundfish harvested in the BSAI or GOA. (3) Closure to directed fishing. Directed fishing for forage fish, grenadiers, squids, and sculpins is prohibited at all times in the BSAI and GOA. (4) Limits on sale, barter, trade, and processing of forage fish and grenadiers. The sale, barter, trade, or processing of forage fish and grenadiers is prohibited, except as provided in paragraph (i)(5) of this section. (5) Allowable fishmeal production of forage fish and grenadiers. Retained catch of forage fish or grenadiers not exceeding the maximum retainable amount may be processed into fishmeal for sale, barter, or trade. (6) Allowable fish products for squids and sculpins. Retained catch of squids and sculpins not exceeding the maximum retainable amount may be sold to a processor or processed into any product form, including (but not limited to) fishmeal, bait, and whole fish/food fish, for sale, barter, or trade. (j) Full retention of rockfish by catcher vessels using hook-and-line, pot, or jig gear —(1) Retention and landing requirements. The operator of a catcher vessel that is required to have a Federal fisheries permit using hook-and-line, pot, or jig gear, must retain and land all rockfish that is caught while fishing for groundfish or IFQ or CDQ halibut in the BSAI or GOA. (2) Maximum commerce allowance (MCA) for rockfish in the BSAI and GOA. Except as described in §§ 679.20(j)(3) and (4), when rockfish is closed to directed fishing, the operator of a catcher vessel that is required to have a Federal fisheries permit under § 679.4(b), or the manager of a shoreside processor that is required to have a Federal processor permit under § 679.4(f), must dispose of rockfish retained and landed in accordance with paragraph (j)(1) of this section as follows: (i) A person may sell, barter, or trade a round weight equivalent amount of rockfish that is less than or equal to 15 percent of the aggregate round weight equivalent of IFQ halibut and groundfish species, other than rockfish, that are landed during the same fishing trip. (ii) A person may sell, barter, or trade a round weight equivalent amount of yelloweye rockfish that is less than or equal to 5 percent of the aggregate round weight equivalent of IFQ halibut and groundfish species, other than rockfish, that are landed during the same fishing trip. The aggregate amount of all rockfish species sold, bartered, or traded cannot exceed the MCA established under paragraph (j)(2)(i) of this section. (iii) Amounts of rockfish retained by catcher vessels under paragraphs (j)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section that are in excess of the limits specified in paragraphs (j)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section may be put to any use, including but not limited to personal consumption or donation, but must not enter commerce through sale, barter, or trade except as fish meal. (3) MCA of DSR in Southeast Outside District of the GOA (SEO) when closed to directed fishing. When DSR is closed to directed fishing in the SEO, the operator of a catcher vessel that is required to have a Federal fisheries permit under § 679.4(b), or the manager of a shoreside processor that is required to have a Federal processor permit under § 679.4(f), must dispose of DSR retained and landed in accordance with paragraph (j)(1) of this section as follows: (i) A person may sell, barter, or trade a round weight equivalent amount of DSR that is less than or equal to 10 percent of the aggregate round weight equivalent of IFQ halibut and groundfish species, other than sablefish, that are landed during the same fishing trip. The aggregate amount of all rockfish species sold, bartered, or traded cannot exceed the MCA established under paragraph (j)(2)(i) of this section. (ii) A person may sell, barter, or trade a round weight equivalent amount of DSR that is less than or equal to 1 percent of the aggregate round weight equivalent of IFQ sablefish that are landed during the same fishing trip. The aggregate amount of all rockfish species sold, bartered, or traded cannot exceed the MCA established under paragraph (j)(2)(i) of this section. (iii) Amounts of DSR retained by catcher vessels under paragraph (j)(1) of this section that are in excess of the limits specified in paragraphs (j)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section may be put to any use, including but not limited to personal consumption or donation, but must not enter commerce through sale, barter, or trade except as fish meal. (4) MCA for rockfish when on prohibited species status. When a rockfish species is placed on prohibited species status under § 679.20(d)(2), the MCA is set to 0 percent and no amount of that rockfish species may enter commerce through sale, barter, or trade except as fish meal. The operator of a catcher vessel that is required to have a Federal fisheries permit under § 679.4(b), or the manager of a shoreside processor that is required to have a Federal processor permit under § 679.4(f), may put rockfish retained and landed in excess of the MCA specified in this paragraph to any use, including but not limited to personal consumption or donation, but such rockfish must not enter commerce through sale, barter, or trade except as fish meal." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.2.1.2,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,B,Subpart B—Management Measures,,§ 679.21 Prohibited species bycatch management.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","(a) General. (1) See § 679.2 and Table 2b to this part for definition of prohibited species. (2) Prohibited species catch restrictions. The operator of each vessel engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in the GOA or BSAI must: (i) Minimize its catch of prohibited species. (ii) After allowing for sampling by an observer, if an observer is aboard, sort its catch immediately after retrieval of the gear and, except for salmon prohibited species catch in the BS pollock fisheries and GOA groundfish fisheries under paragraph (f) or (h) of this section, or any prohibited species catch as provided (in permits issued) under the PSD program at § 679.26, return all prohibited species, or parts thereof, to the sea immediately, with a minimum of injury, regardless of its condition. (A) Vessels in the trawl EM category must retain all prohibited species catch for sampling by an observer. (B) [Reserved] (3) Rebuttable presumption. Except as provided under paragraphs (f) and (h) of this section and § 679.26, there will be a rebuttable presumption that any prohibited species retained on board a fishing vessel regulated under this part was caught and retained in violation of this section. (4) Prohibited species taken seaward of the EEZ off Alaska. No vessel fishing for groundfish in the GOA or BSAI may have on board any species listed in this paragraph (a) that was taken in waters seaward of these management areas, regardless of whether retention of such species was authorized by other applicable laws. (5) Sablefish as a prohibited species. (See § 679.24(c) for gear restrictions for sablefish.) (6) Addresses. Unless otherwise specified, submit information required under this section to NMFS as follows: by mail to the Regional Administrator, NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802; by courier to the Office of the Regional Administrator, 709 West 9th St., Juneau, AK 99801; or by fax to 907-586-7465. Forms are available on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site ( http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/ ). (b) BSAI halibut PSC limits —(1) Establishment of BSAI halibut PSC limits. Subject to the provisions in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section, the following three BSAI halibut PSC limits are established, which total 1,770 mt: BSAI trawl limited access sector—745 mt; BSAI non-trawl sector—710 mt; and CDQ Program—315 mt (established as a PSQ reserve). An additional amount of BSAI halibut PSC limit for the Amendment 80 sector will be determined for each calendar year according to the procedure in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section. (i) Amendment 80 sector. The PSC limit of halibut caught while conducting any fishery in the Amendment 80 sector is an amount of halibut equivalent to 1,745 mt of halibut mortality. Halibut PSC limits within the Amendment 80 sector will be established for Amendment 80 cooperatives and the Amendment 80 limited access fishery according to the procedure and formulae in § 679.91(d) and (f). If halibut PSC is assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery, it will be apportioned into PSC allowances for trawl fishery categories according to the procedure in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(A)( 2 ) and ( 3 ) of this section. (A) General. The Amendment 80 sector BSAI halibut PSC limit applies to Amendment 80 vessels while conducting any fishery in the BSAI and is an amount of halibut determined annually according to the procedure in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this section. (B) Annual procedure. By October 1 of each year, the Alaska Fisheries Science Center will provide the Regional Administrator an estimate of halibut biomass derived from the most recent Alaska Fisheries Science Center Eastern Bering Sea shelf trawl survey index. Each year, NMFS will request that the International Pacific Halibut Commission provide to the Regional Administrator, by December 1 of that year, an estimate of halibut biomass derived from the most recent International Pacific Halibut Commission setline survey index. NMFS will apply both halibut biomass estimates to table 58 to this part, such that the value at the intercept of those survey indices in table 58 is the Amendment 80 sector halibut PSC limit for the following calendar year. NMFS will publish the new Amendment 80 sector halibut PSC limit in the annual harvest specifications. (C) Allocation of BSAI halibut PSC to Amendment 80 cooperatives and the Amendment 80 limited access fishery. For Amendment 80 cooperatives and the Amendment 80 limited access fishery, BSAI halibut PSC limits will be allocated according to the procedures and formulas in § 679.91(d) and (f) (not paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this section). If halibut PSC is assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery, it will be apportioned into PSC allowances for trawl fishery categories according to the procedure in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(A)( 2 ) and ( 3 ) of this section. (ii) BSAI trawl limited access sector —(A) General. ( 1 ) The PSC limit of halibut caught while conducting any fishery in the BSAI trawl limited access sector is an amount of halibut equivalent to 745 mt of halibut mortality. ( 2 ) NMFS, after consultation with the Council, will apportion the PSC limit set forth under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section into PSC allowances for the trawl fishery categories defined in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(B)( 1 ) through ( 6 ) of this section. ( 3 ) Apportionment of the trawl halibut PSC limit set forth under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section among the trawl fishery categories will be based on each category's proportional share of the anticipated halibut PSC during a fishing year and the need to optimize the amount of total groundfish harvested under the halibut PSC limit for this sector. ( 4 ) The sum of all PSC allowances for this sector will equal the PSC limit set forth under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section. (B) Trawl fishery categories. For purposes of apportioning the trawl PSC limit set forth under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A)( 1 ) of this section among trawl fisheries, the following fishery categories are specified and defined in terms of round-weight equivalents of those groundfish species or species groups for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20. ( 1 ) Midwater pollock fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a catch of pollock that is 95 percent or more of the total amount of groundfish caught during the week. ( 2 ) Flatfish fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of rock sole, “other flatfish,” and yellowfin sole that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B). ( i ) Yellowfin sole fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that is defined as a flatfish fishery under this paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B)( 2 ) and results in a retained amount of yellowfin sole that is 70 percent or more of the retained aggregate amount of rock sole, “other flatfish,” and yellowfin sole. ( ii ) Rock sole/flathead sole/Alaska plaice/“other flatfish” fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that is defined as a flatfish fishery under this paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B)( 2 ) and is not a yellowfin sole fishery as defined under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B)( 2 )( i ) of this section. ( 3 ) Greenland turbot/arrowtooth flounder/Kamchatka flounder/sablefish fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of Greenland turbot, arrowtooth flounder, Kamchatka flounder, and sablefish that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B). ( 4 ) Rockfish fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of rockfish species that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B). ( 5 ) Pacific cod fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of Pacific cod that is greater than the retained amount of any other groundfish fishery category defined under this paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B). This Pacific cod fishery is further apportioned between the PCTC Program, the trawl catcher vessel limited access C season, and AFA catcher/processors as established at § 679.131(c) and (d). ( 6 ) Pollock/Atka mackerel/“other species.” Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of pollock other than pollock harvested in the midwater pollock fishery defined under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B)( 1 ) of this section, Atka mackerel, and “other species” that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B). (C) Halibut PSC in midwater pollock fishery. Any amount of halibut that is incidentally taken in the midwater pollock fishery, as defined in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B)( 1 ) of this section, will be counted against the halibut PSC allowance specified for the pollock/Atka mackerel/“other species” category, as defined in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B)( 6 ) of this section. (iii) BSAI Non-trawl Sector —(A) General. ( 1 ) The PSC limit of halibut caught while conducting any fishery in the BSAI non-trawl sector is an amount of halibut equivalent to 710 mt of halibut mortality. ( 2 ) NMFS, after consultation with the Council, will apportion the PSC limit set forth under paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(A)( 1 ) into PSC allowances for the non-trawl fishery categories defined under paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(B) of this section. ( 3 ) Apportionment of the non-trawl halibut PSC limit of 710 mt among the non-trawl fishery categories will be based on each category's proportional share of the anticipated halibut PSC during a fishing year and the need to optimize the amount of total groundfish harvested under the halibut PSC limit for this sector. ( 4 ) The sum of all PSC allowances for this sector will equal the PSC limit set forth under paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(A)( 1 ) of this section. (B) Non-trawl fishery categories. For purposes of apportioning the non-trawl halibut PSC limit among fisheries, the following fishery categories are specified and defined in terms of round-weight equivalents of those BSAI groundfish species for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20. ( 1 ) Pacific cod hook-and-line catcher vessel fishery. Catcher vessels fishing with hook-and-line gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of Pacific cod that is greater than the retained amount of any other groundfish species. ( 2 ) Pacific cod hook-and-line catcher/processor fishery. Catcher/processors fishing with hook-and-line gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of Pacific cod that is greater than the retained amount of any other groundfish species. ( 3 ) Sablefish hook-and-line fishery. Fishing with hook-and-line gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of sablefish that is greater than the retained amount of any other groundfish species. ( 4 ) Groundfish jig gear fishery. Fishing with jig gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish. ( 5 ) Groundfish pot gear fishery. Fishing with pot gear under restrictions set forth in § 679.24(b) during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish. ( 6 ) Other non-trawl fisheries. Fishing for groundfish with non-trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish and does not qualify as a Pacific cod hook-and-line catcher vessel fishery, a Pacific cod hook-and-line catcher/processor fishery, a sablefish hook-and-line fishery, a jig gear fishery, or a groundfish pot gear fishery as defined under paragraphs (b)(1)(iii)(B)( 1 ) through ( 5 ) of this section. (iv) CDQ Program. The PSC limit of halibut caught while conducting any fishery in the CDQ Program is an amount of halibut equivalent to 315 mt of halibut mortality. The PSC limit to the CDQ Program will be treated as a Prohibited Species Quota (PSQ) reserve to the CDQ Program for all purposes under 50 CFR part 679 including §§ 679.31 and 679.7(d)(3). The PSQ limit is not apportioned by gear, fishery, or season. (2) Seasonal apportionments of BSAI halibut PSC allowances —(i) General. NMFS, after consultation with the Council, may apportion a halibut PSC allowance on a seasonal basis. (ii) Factors to be considered. NMFS will base any seasonal apportionment of a PSC allowance on the following types of information: (A) Seasonal distribution of prohibited species; (B) Seasonal distribution of target groundfish species relative to prohibited species distribution; (C) Expected PSC needs on a seasonal basis relevant to change in prohibited species biomass and expected catches of target groundfish species; (D) Expected variations in PSC rates throughout the fishing year; (E) Expected changes in directed groundfish fishing seasons; (F) Expected start of fishing effort; or (G) Economic effects of establishing seasonal prohibited species apportionments on segments of the target groundfish industry. (iii) Seasonal trawl fishery PSC allowances —(A) Unused seasonal apportionments. Unused seasonal apportionments of trawl fishery PSC allowances made under this paragraph (b)(2) will be added to the respective fishery PSC allowance for the next season during a current fishing year except for the Pacific cod fishery apportionment to the PCTC Program, which follows the regulations at § 679.131(c) and (d). (B) Seasonal apportionment exceeded. If a seasonal apportionment of a trawl fishery PSC allowance made under this paragraph (b)(2) is exceeded, the amount by which the seasonal apportionment is exceeded will be deducted from the respective apportionment for the next season during a current fishing year except for the Pacific cod fishery apportionment to the PCTC Program, which follows the regulations at § 679.131(c) and (d). (iv) Seasonal non-trawl fishery PSC allowances —(A) Unused seasonal apportionments. Any unused portion of a seasonal non-trawl fishery PSC allowance made under paragraph (b)(2) of this section will be reapportioned to the fishery's remaining seasonal PSC allowances during a current fishing year in a manner determined by NMFS, after consultation with the Council, based on the types of information listed under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. (B) Seasonal apportionment exceeded. If a seasonal apportionment of a non-trawl fishery PSC allowance made under paragraph (b)(2) of this section is exceeded, the amount by which the seasonal apportionment is exceeded will be deducted from the fishery's remaining seasonal PSC allowances during a current fishing year in a manner determined by NMFS, after consultation with the Council, based on the types of information listed under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. (3) Notification of allowances —(i) General. NMFS will publish in the Federal Register , for up to two fishing years, the proposed and final BSAI halibut PSC allowances, the seasonal apportionments thereof, and the manner in which seasonal apportionments of non-trawl fishery PSC allowances will be managed. (ii) Public comment. Public comment will be accepted by NMFS on the proposed PSC allowances seasonal apportionments thereof, and the manner in which seasonal apportionments of non-trawl fishery PSC allowances will be managed, for a period specified in the notice of proposed specifications published in the Federal Register . (4) Management of BSAI halibut PSC allowances —(i) Trawl sector — Amendment 80 limited access fishery and BSAI trawl limited access sector: closures —(A) Exception. When a PSC allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for the pollock/Atka mackerel/“other species” fishery category, as defined in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B)( 6 ) of this section is reached, only directed fishing for pollock is closed to trawl vessels using nonpelagic trawl gear. (B) Closures. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this section, if, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the trawl fishery categories listed in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(B)( 2 ) through ( 6 ) of this section will catch the halibut PSC allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section, NMFS will publish in the Federal Register a document to close the entire BSAI to directed fishing for each species and/or species group in that fishery category for the remainder of the year or for the remainder of the season. This does not apply to allocations to the PCTC Program specified at § 679.133(b). (ii) BSAI non-trawl sector: closures. If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the non-trawl fishery categories listed under paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section will catch the halibut PSC allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, NMFS will publish in the Federal Register the closure of the entire BSAI to directed fishing with the relevant gear type for each species and/or species group in that fishery category. (iii) AFA PSC sideboard limits. Halibut PSC limits for the AFA catcher/processor sector and the AFA trawl catcher vessel sector will be established pursuant to § 679.64(a) and (b) and managed through directed fishing closures for the AFA catcher/processor sector and the AFA trawl catcher vessel sector in the groundfish fisheries for which the PSC limit applies. (c) [Reserved] (d) GOA halibut PSC limits. This section is applicable for vessels engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in the GOA. (1) Notification and public comment —(i) Proposed and final apportionments. NMFS will publish in the Federal Register proposed and final apportionments of the halibut PSC limits in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section in the notification required under § 679.20. (ii) Modification of apportionments. NMFS, by notification in the Federal Register, may change the halibut PSC apportionments during the year for which they were specified, based on new information of the types set forth in this paragraph (d). (iii) Public comment. NMFS will accept public comment on the proposed halibut PSC apportionments for a period specified in the notice of proposed halibut PSC apportionments published in the Federal Register. NMFS will consider comments received on proposed halibut PSC apportionments and, after consultation with the Council, will publish notification in the Federal Register specifying the final halibut PSC apportionments. (2) Hook-and-line gear and pot gear annual halibut PSC limit. (i) The annual total PSC limit of halibut caught while conducting any hook-and-line gear fishery for groundfish in the GOA is an amount of halibut equivalent to the amount of halibut mortality established for each of the fishery categories in paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A) and (B) of this section. The notification at paragraph (d)(1) of this section also may specify a halibut PSC limit for the pot gear fisheries. (A) Demersal shelf rockfish, Southeast Outside (SEO) District. The halibut PSC limit in the demersal shelf rockfish fishery in the SEO District is 9 mt. (B) Other hook-and-line fishery. The halibut PSC limit in the other hook-and-line gear fishery is established according to the provisions of paragraphs (d)(2)(iii) and (d)(2)(iv) of this section. (ii) Hook-and-line fishery categories. For purposes of apportioning the hook-and-line halibut PSC limit among fisheries, the following fishery categories are specified and defined in terms of round-weight equivalents of those GOA groundfish species for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20. (A) Demersal shelf rockfish, SEO District. Fishing with hook-and-line gear in the SEO District of the Eastern GOA regulatory area during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of demersal shelf rockfish that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (d)(2)(ii). (B) Other hook-and-line fishery. Fishing with hook-and-line gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish and is not a demersal shelf rockfish fishery defined under paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) of this section. (iii) Apportionment of the GOA halibut PSC limit among other hook-and-line catcher vessels and catcher/processors. (A) Catcher vessels using hook-and-line gear in the other hook-and-line fishery will be apportioned part of the GOA halibut PSC limit in proportion to the total Western and Central GOA Pacific cod allocations, where X is equal to annnual TAC, as follows: (B) Catcher/processors using hook-and-line gear in the other hook-and-line fishery will be apportioned part of the GOA halibut PSC limit in proportion to the total Western and Central GOA Pacific cod allocations, where X is equal to annual TAC, as follows: (C) No later than November 1, any halibut PSC limit allocated under paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section not projected by the Regional Administrator to be used by one of the hook-and-line sectors during the remainder of the fishing year will be made available to the other sector. (iv) Other hook-and-line fishery annual PSC limit reductions. The annual halibut PSC limits established for the other hook-and-line fishery under paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section are reduced, as follows: (3) Trawl gear annual halibut PSC limit. (i) The annual total PSC limit of halibut caught while conducting any trawl gear fishery for groundfish in the GOA is an amount of halibut equivalent to 1,973 mt of halibut mortality. This amount is reduced as follows: 1 This amount maintains the 191 mt annual allocation to the Rockfish Program (see Table 28d to this part) from the 1,973 mt halibut PSC limit, while reducing the remainder of the annual trawl gear halibut PSC limit by the percentage listed in the first column. (ii) PSC allowance. The halibut PSC limit specified for vessels using trawl gear may be further apportioned as PSC allowances to the fishery categories listed in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section, based on each category's proportional share of the anticipated halibut PSC mortality during a fishing year and the need to optimize the amount of total groundfish harvest under the halibut PSC limit. The sum of all PSC allowances will equal the halibut PSC limit established under paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section. (iii) Trawl fishery categories. For purposes of apportioning the trawl halibut PSC limit among fisheries, the following fishery categories are specified and defined in terms of round-weight equivalents of these GOA groundfish species for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20: (A) Shallow-water species fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate catch of pollock, Pacific cod, shallow-water flatfish, flathead sole, Atka mackerel, and “other species” that is greater than the retained aggregate amount of other GOA groundfish species or species group. (B) Deep-water species fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish and is not a shallow-water species fishery as defined under paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(A) of this section. (4) Seasonal apportionments —(i) General. NMFS, after consultation with the Council, may apportion each halibut PSC limit or bycatch allowance specified under this paragraph (d) on a seasonal basis. (ii) Factors to be considered. NMFS will base any seasonal apportionment of a halibut PSC limit or bycatch allowance on the following types of information: (A) Seasonal distribution of halibut. (B) Seasonal distribution of target groundfish species relative to halibut distribution. (C) Expected halibut bycatch needs, on a seasonal basis, relative to changes in halibut biomass and expected catches of target groundfish species. (D) Expected variations in bycatch rates throughout the fishing year. (E) Expected changes in directed groundfish fishing seasons. (F) Expected start of fishing effort. (G) Economic effects of establishing seasonal halibut allocations on segments of the target groundfish industry. (iii) Unused seasonal apportionments. (A) Unused seasonal apportionments of halibut PSC limits specified for trawl, hook-and-line, or pot gear will be added to the respective seasonal apportionment for the next season during a current fishing year; and (B) An amount not greater than 55 percent of the halibut PSC that had been allocated as CQ and that has not been used by a rockfish cooperative will be added to the last seasonal apportionment for trawl gear during the current fishing year: ( 1 ) After November 15; or ( 2 ) After the effective date of a termination of fishing declaration according to the provisions set out in § 679.4(n)(2), whichever occurs first. (C) The amount of unused halibut PSC not reapportioned under the provisions described in § 679.21(d)(4)(iii)(B) will not be available for use as halibut PSC by any person for the remainder of that calendar year. (D) Combined management of trawl halibut PSC limits from May 15 through June 30. NMFS will combine management of available trawl halibut PSC limits in the second season deep-water and shallow-water species fishery categories for use in either fishery from May 15 through June 30 during the current fishery year. Halibut PSC sideboard limits for the Amendment 80 and AFA sectors will continue to be defined as deep-water and shallow-water species fisheries from May 15 through June 30. NMFS will re-apportion the halibut PSC limit between the deep-water and shallow-water species fisheries after June 30 to account for actual halibut PSC use by each fishery category during May 15 through June 30. The Regional Administrator will issue a Federal Register notice to reapportion the amounts of trawl halibut PSC to each species fishery category. (iv) Seasonal apportionment exceeded. If a seasonal apportionment of a halibut PSC limit specified for trawl, hook-and-line, pot gear, and/or operational type is exceeded, the amount by which the seasonal apportionment is exceeded will be deducted from the respective apportionment for the next season during a current fishing year. (5) Apportionment among regulatory areas and districts. Each halibut PSC limit specified under this paragraph (d) also may be apportioned among the GOA regulatory areas and districts. (6) Halibut PSC closures —(i) Trawl gear fisheries. If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in either of the trawl fishery categories listed in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) (A) or (B) of this section will catch the halibut bycatch allowance, or apportionments thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register closing the entire GOA or the applicable regulatory area or district to directed fishing with trawl gear for each species and/or species group that comprises that fishing category; provided, however, that when the halibut bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for the shallow-water species fishery is reached, fishing for pollock by vessels using pelagic trawl gear may continue, consistent with other provisions of this part. (ii) Hook-and-line fisheries. If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the three hook-and-line gear and operational type fishery categories listed under paragraph (d)(2) of this section will catch the halibut PSC allowance, or apportionments thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register closing the entire GOA or the applicable regulatory area, district, or operation type to directed fishing with hook-and-line gear for each species and/or species group that composes that fishing category. (iii) Pot gear fisheries. If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that the catch of halibut by operators of vessels using pot gear to participate in a directed fishery for groundfish will reach the halibut PSC limit, or seasonal apportionment thereof, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register prohibiting directed fishing for groundfish by vessels using pot gear for the remainder of the season to which the halibut PSC limit or seasonal apportionment applies. (iv) Nonpelagic trawl gear fisheries —(A) Continued fishing under specified conditions. When the vessels to which a halibut PSC limit applies have caught an amount of halibut equal to that PSC, the Regional Administrator may, by notification in the Federal Register, allow some or all of those vessels to continue to fish for groundfish using nonpelagic trawl gear under specified conditions, subject to the other provisions of this part. (B) Factors to be considered. In authorizing and conditioning such continued fishing with bottom-trawl gear, the Regional Administrator will take into account the following considerations, and issue relevant findings: ( 1 ) The risk of biological harm to halibut stocks and of socio-economic harm to authorized halibut users posed by continued bottom trawling by these vessels. ( 2 ) The extent to which these vessels have avoided incidental halibut catches up to that point in the year. ( 3 ) The confidence of the Regional Administrator in the accuracy of the estimates of incidental halibut catches by these vessels up to that point in the year. ( 4 ) Whether observer coverage of these vessels is sufficient to assure adherence to the prescribed conditions and to alert the Regional Administrator to increases in their incidental halibut catches. ( 5 ) The enforcement record of owners and operators of these vessels, and the confidence of the Regional Administrator that adherence to the prescribed conditions can be assured in light of available enforcement resources. (7) AFA halibut bycatch limitations. Halibut bycatch limits for AFA catcher vessels will be established according to the procedure and formula set out in § 679.64(b) and managed through directed fishing closures for AFA catcher vessels in the groundfish fisheries to which the halibut bycatch limit applies. (e) BSAI PSC limits for crab and herring —(1) Trawl gear —(i) Red king crab in Zone 1. The PSC limit of red king crab caught by trawl vessels while engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in Zone 1 during any fishing year will be specified for up to two fishing years by NMFS, after consultation with the Council, based on abundance and spawning biomass of red king crab using the criteria set out under paragraphs (e)(1)(i)(A) through (C) of this section. The following table refers to the PSC limits for red king crab that you must follow in Zone 1: (ii) Tanner crab (C. bairdi). The PSC limit of C. bairdi crabs caught by trawl vessels while engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in Zones 1 and 2 during any fishing year will be specified for up to two fishing years by NMFS under paragraph (e)(6) of this section, based on total abundance of C. bairdi crabs as indicated by the NMFS annual bottom trawl survey, using the criteria set out under paragraphs (e)(1)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section. (A) The following table refers to the PSC limits for C. bairdi that you must follow in Zone 1: (B) This table refers to the PSC limits for C. bairdi that you must follow in Zone 2. (iii) C. opilio. The PSC limit of C. opilio caught by trawl vessels while engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in the COBLZ will be specified annually by NMFS under paragraph (e)(6) of this section, based on total abundance of C. opilio as indicated by the NMFS annual bottom trawl survey using the following criteria: (A) PSC Limit. The PSC limit will be 0.1133 percent of the total abundance, minus 150,000 C. opilio crabs, unless; (B) Minimum PSC Limit. If 0.1133 percent multiplied by the total abundance is less than 4.5 million, then the minimum PSC limit will be 4.350 million animals; or (C) Maximum PSC Limit. If 0.1133 percent multiplied by the total abundance is greater than 13 million, then the maximum PSC limit will be 12.850 million animals. (iv) [Reserved] (v) Pacific herring. The PSC limit of Pacific herring caught while conducting any domestic trawl fishery for groundfish in the BSAI is 1 percent of the annual eastern Bering Sea herring biomass. The PSC limit will be apportioned into annual herring PSC allowances, by target fishery, and will be published along with the annual herring PSC limit in the Federal Register with the proposed and final groundfish specifications defined in § 679.20. (2) [Reserved] (3) PSC apportionment to trawl fisheries —(i) General —(A) PSQ reserve. The following allocations of the trawl gear PSC limits are made to the CDQ Program as PSQ reserves. The PSQ reserves are not apportioned by gear or fishery. ( 1 ) Crab PSQ. 10.7 percent of each PSC limit set forth in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section. ( 2 ) [Reserved] (B) Fishery categories. NMFS, after consultation with the Council and after subtraction of PSQ reserves and PSC CQ assigned to Amendment 80 cooperatives, will apportion each PSC limit set forth in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (vii) of this section into bycatch allowances for fishery categories defined in paragraph (e)(3)(iv) of this section, based on each category's proportional share of the anticipated incidental catch during a fishing year of prohibited species for which a PSC limit is specified and the need to optimize the amount of total groundfish harvested under established PSC limits. (ii) Red king crab, C. bairdi, and C. opilio —(A) General. For vessels engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in the BSAI, other than vessels fishing under a CQ permit assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative, the PSC limits for red king crab, C. bairdi, and C. opilio will be apportioned to the trawl fishery categories defined in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv)(B) through (F) of this section. (B) Red King Crab Savings Subarea (RKCSS). ( 1 ) The RKCSS is the portion of the RKCSA between 56°00′ and 56°10′ N. lat. Notwithstanding other provisions of this part, vessels using non-pelagic trawl gear in the RKCSS may engage in directed fishing for groundfish in a given year, if the ADF&G had established a guideline harvest level the previous year for the red king crab fishery in the Bristol Bay area. ( 2 ) When the RKCSS is open to vessels fishing for groundfish with nonpelagic trawl gear under paragraph (e)(3)(ii)(B)( 1 ) of this section, NMFS, after consultation with the Council, will specify an amount of the red king crab bycatch limit annually established under paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section for the RKCSS. The amount of the red king crab bycatch limit specified for the RKCSS will not exceed an amount equivalent to 25 percent of the red king crab PSC allowance and will be based on the need to optimize the groundfish harvest relative to red king crab bycatch. (C) Incidental catch in midwater pollock fishery. Any amount of red king crab, C. bairdi, or C. opilio that is incidentally taken in the midwater pollock fishery as defined in paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(A) of this section will be counted against the bycatch allowances specified for the pollock/Atka mackerel/“other species” category defined in paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(F) of this section. (iii) Pacific herring. The PSC limit for Pacific herring will be apportioned to the BSAI trawl fishery categories defined in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv) (A) through (F) of this section. (iv) Trawl fishery categories. For purposes of apportioning trawl PSC limits for crab and herring among fisheries, other than crab PSC CQ assigned to an Amendment 80 cooperative, the following fishery categories are specified and defined in terms of round-weight equivalents of those groundfish species or species groups for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20. (A) Midwater pollock fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a catch of pollock that is 95 percent or more of the total amount of groundfish caught during the week. (B) Flatfish fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of rock sole, “other flatfish,” and yellowfin sole that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv). ( 1 ) Yellowfin sole fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that is defined as a flatfish fishery under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(B) and results in a retained amount of yellowfin sole that is 70 percent or more of the retained aggregate amount of rock sole, “other flatfish,” and yellowfin sole. ( 2 ) Rock sole/flathead sole/Alaska plaice/“other flatfish” fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that is defined as a flatfish fishery under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(B) and is not a yellowfin sole fishery as defined under paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(B)( 1 ) of this section. (C) Greenland turbot/arrowtooth flounder/Kamchatka flounder/sablefish fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of Greenland turbot, arrowtooth flounder, Kamchatka flounder, and sablefish that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv). (D) Rockfish fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of rockfish species that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv). (E) Pacific cod fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of Pacific cod that is greater than the retained amount of any other groundfish fishery category defined under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv). The Pacific cod fishery is further apportioned between the PCTC Program, the trawl catcher vessel limited access C season, and AFA catcher/processors as established at § 679.131(d). (F) Pollock/Atka mackerel/“other species.” Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of pollock other than pollock harvested in the midwater pollock fishery defined under paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(A) of this section, Atka mackerel, and “other species” that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv). (v) AFA prohibited species catch limitations. Crab PSC limits for the AFA catcher/processor sector and the AFA trawl catcher vessel sector will be established according to the procedures and formulas set out in § 679.64(a) and (b) and managed through directed fishing closures for the AFA catcher/processor sector and the AFA trawl catcher vessel sector in the groundfish fisheries for which the PSC limit applies. (vi) Amendment 80 sector bycatch limitations. (A) Crab PSC limits for the Amendment 80 sector in the BSAI will be established according to the procedure and formulae set out in § 679.91(d) through (f); and (B) Crab PSC assigned to the Amendment 80 limited access fishery will be managed through directed fishing closures for Amendment 80 vessels to which the crab bycatch limits apply. (4) [Reserved] (5) Seasonal apportionments of bycatch allowances —(i) General. NMFS, after consultation with the Council, may apportion fishery bycatch allowances on a seasonal basis. (ii) Factors to be considered. NMFS will base any seasonal apportionment of a bycatch allowance on the following types of information: (A) Seasonal distribution of prohibited species; (B) Seasonal distribution of target groundfish species relative to prohibited species distribution; (C) Expected prohibited species bycatch needs on a seasonal basis relevant to change in prohibited species biomass and expected catches of target groundfish species; (D) Expected variations in bycatch rates throughout the fishing year; (E) Expected changes in directed groundfish fishing seasons; (F) Expected start of fishing effort; or (G) Economic effects of establishing seasonal prohibited species apportionments on segments of the target groundfish industry. (iii) Seasonal trawl fishery bycatch allowances —(A) Unused seasonal apportionments. Unused seasonal apportionments of trawl fishery bycatch allowances made under this paragraph (e)(5) will be added to its respective fishery bycatch allowance for the next season during a current fishing year. (B) Seasonal apportionment exceeded. If a seasonal apportionment of a trawl fishery bycatch allowance made under paragraph (d)(5) of this section is exceeded, the amount by which the seasonal apportionment is exceeded will be deducted from its respective apportionment for the next season during a current fishing year. (6) Notification —(i) General. NMFS will publish in the Federal Register, for up to two fishing years, the annual red king crab PSC limit, and, if applicable, the amount of this PSC limit specified for the RKCSS, the annual C. bairdi PSC limit, the annual C. opilio PSC limit, the proposed and final PSQ reserve amounts, the proposed and final bycatch allowances, and the seasonal apportionments thereof, as required by paragraph (e) of this section. (ii) Public comment. Public comment will be accepted by NMFS on the proposed annual red king crab PSC limit and, if applicable, the amount of this PSC limit specified for the RKCSS, the annual C. bairdi PSC limit, the annual C. opilio PSC limit, the proposed and final bycatch allowances, seasonal apportionments thereof, and the manner in which seasonal apportionments of non-trawl fishery bycatch allowances will be managed, for a period specified in the notice of proposed specifications published in the Federal Register . (7) Trawl PSC closures —(i) Exception. When a bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for the pollock/Atka mackerel/“other species” fishery category is reached, only directed fishing for pollock is closed to trawl vessels using nonpelagic trawl gear. (ii) Red king crab or C. bairdi Tanner crab, Zone 1, closure —(A) General. Except as provided in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, if, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the fishery categories listed in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv) (B) through (F) of this section will catch the Zone 1 bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, of red king crab or C. bairdi Tanner crab specified for that fishery category under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, NMFS will publish in the Federal Register the closure of Zone 1, including the RKCSS, to directed fishing for each species and/or species group in that fishery category for the remainder of the year or for the remainder of the season. (B) RKCSS. If, during the fishing year the Regional Administrator determines that the amount of the red king crab PSC limit that is specified for the RKCSS under § 679.21(e)(3)(ii)(B) of this section will be caught, NMFS will publish in the Federal Register the closure of the RKCSS to directed fishing for groundfish with nonpelagic trawl gear for the remainder of the year. (iii) C. bairdi Tanner crab, Zone 2, closure. Except as provided in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, if, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the fishery categories listed in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv) (B) through (F) of this section will catch the Zone 2 bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, of C. bairdi Tanner crab specified for that fishery category under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, NMFS will publish in the Federal Register the closure of Zone 2 to directed fishing for each species and/or species group in that fishery category for the remainder of the year or for the remainder of the season. (iv) COBLZ. Except as provided in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, if, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the trawl fishery categories listed in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv)(B) through (F) of this section will catch the COBLZ bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, of C. opilio specified for that fishery category under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, NMFS will publish in the Federal Register the closure of the COBLZ, as defined in Figure 13 to this part, to directed fishing for each species and/or species group in that fishery category for the remainder of the year or for the remainder of the season. (v) This paragraph (e)(7) does not apply to apportionments to the PCTC Program as described at § 679.130. (vi) Pacific herring —(A) Closure. Except as provided in paragraph (e)(7)(vi)(B) of this section, if, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the fishery categories listed in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv)(A) through (F) of this section in the BSAI will catch the herring bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, NMFS will publish in the Federal Register the closure of the Herring Savings Area as defined in Figure 4 to this part to directed fishing for each species and/or species group in that fishery category. (B) Exceptions —( 1 ) Midwater pollock. When the midwater pollock fishery category reaches its specified bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, the Herring Savings Areas are closed to directed fishing for pollock with trawl gear. ( 2 ) Pollock/Atka mackerel/ “other species”. When the pollock/Atka mackerel/“other species” fishery category reaches its specified bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, the Herring Savings Areas are closed to directed fishing for pollock by trawl vessels using nonpelagic trawl gear. (f) Salmon Bycatch Management in the BS Pollock Fishery —(1) Applicability. This paragraph contains regulations governing the bycatch of salmon in the BS pollock fishery. (2) Chinook salmon prohibited species catch (PSC) limit. Each year, NMFS will allocate to AFA sectors listed in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section a portion of the applicable Chinook salmon PSC limit. NMFS will publish the applicable Chinook salmon PSC limit in the annual harvest specifications after determining if it is a low Chinook salmon abundance year. NMFS will determine that it is a low Chinook salmon abundance year when abundance of Chinook salmon in western Alaska is less than or equal to 250,000 Chinook salmon. By October 1 of each year, the State of Alaska will provide to NMFS an estimate of Chinook salmon abundance using the 3-System Index for western Alaska based on the Kuskokwim, Unalakleet, and Upper Yukon aggregate stock grouping. (i) An AFA sector will receive a portion of the 47,591 Chinook salmon PSC limit, or, in a low Chinook salmon abundance year, the 33,318 Chinook salmon PSC limit, if — (A) No Chinook salmon bycatch incentive plan agreement (IPA) is approved by NMFS under paragraph (f)(12) of this section; or (B) That AFA sector has exceeded its performance standard under paragraph (f)(6) of this section. (ii) An AFA sector will receive a portion of the 60,000 Chinook salmon PSC limit, or, in a low Chinook salmon abundance year, the 45,000 Chinook salmon PSC limit, if— (A) At least one IPA is approved by NMFS under paragraph (f)(12) of this section; and (B) That AFA sector has not exceeded its performance standard under paragraph (f)(6) of this section. (3) Allocations of the Chinook salmon PSC limits —(i) Seasonal apportionment. NMFS will apportion the Chinook salmon PSC limits annually 70 percent to the A season and 30 percent to the B season, which are described in § 679.23(e)(2). (ii) AFA sectors. Each year, NMFS will make allocations of the applicable Chinook salmon PSC limit to the following four AFA sectors: (iii) Allocations to each AFA sector. NMFS will allocate the Chinook salmon PSC limits to each AFA sector as follows: (A) If a sector is managed under the 60,000 Chinook salmon PSC limit, the maximum amount of Chinook salmon PSC allocated to each sector in each season and annually is— (B) If the sector is managed under the 45,000 Chinook salmon PSC limit, the sector will be allocated the following amount of Chinook salmon PSC in each season and annually: (C) If the sector is managed under the 47,591 Chinook salmon PSC limit, the sector will be allocated the following amount of Chinook salmon PSC in each season and annually: (D) If the sector is managed under the 33,318 Chinook salmon PSC limit, the sector will be allocated the following amount of Chinook salmon PSC in each season and annually: (iv) Allocations to the AFA catcher/processor and mothership sectors. (A) NMFS will issue transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations under paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section to entities representing the AFA catcher/processor sector and the AFA mothership sector if these sectors meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(8) of this section. (B) If no entity is approved by NMFS to represent the AFA catcher/processor sector or the AFA mothership sector, then NMFS will manage that sector under a non-transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocation under paragraph (f)(10) of this section. (v) Allocations to inshore cooperatives and the AFA inshore open access fishery. NMFS will further allocate the inshore sector's Chinook salmon PSC allocation under paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section among the inshore cooperatives and the inshore open access fishery based on the percentage allocations of pollock to each inshore cooperative under § 679.62(a). NMFS will issue transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations to inshore cooperatives. Any Chinook salmon PSC allocated to the inshore open access fishery will be as a non-transferable allocation managed by NMFS under the requirements of paragraph (f)(10) of this section. (vi) Allocations to the CDQ Program. NMFS will further allocate the Chinook salmon PSC allocation to the CDQ Program under paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section among the six CDQ groups based on each CDQ group's percentage of the CDQ Program pollock allocation. NMFS will issue transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations to CDQ groups. (vii) Accrual of Chinook salmon bycatch to specific PSC allocations. (viii) Public release of Chinook salmon PSC information. For each year, NMFS will release to the public and publish on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site ( http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/ ): (A) The Chinook salmon PSC allocations for each entity receiving a transferable allocation; (B) The non-transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations; (C) The vessels fishing under each transferable or non-transferable allocation; (D) The amount of Chinook salmon bycatch that accrues towards each transferable or non-transferable allocation; (E) Any changes to these allocations due to transfers under paragraph (f)(9) of this section, rollovers under paragraph (f)(11) of this section, and deductions from the B season non-transferable allocations under paragraphs (f)(5)(v) or (f)(10)(iii) of this section; and (F) Tables for each sector that provide the percent of the sector's pollock allocation, numbers of Chinook salmon associated with each vessel in the sector used to calculate the opt-out allocation and annual threshold amounts, and the percent of the pollock allocation associated with each vessel that NMFS will use to calculate IPA minimum participation assigned to each vessel. (4) Reduction in allocations of the Chinook salmon PSC limit —(i) Reduction in sector allocations. NMFS will reduce the seasonal allocation of the Chinook salmon PSC limit to the catcher/processor sector, the mothership sector, the inshore sector, or the CDQ Program under paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(A) or (B) of this section, if the owner of any permitted AFA vessel in that sector, or any CDQ group, does not participate in an approved IPA under paragraph (f)(12) of this section. NMFS will subtract the amount of Chinook salmon from each sector's allocation associated with each vessel not participating in an approved IPA. (ii) Adjustments to the inshore sector and inshore cooperative allocations. (A) If some members of an inshore cooperative do not participate in an approved IPA, NMFS will reduce the allocation to the cooperative to which those vessels belong, or the inshore open access fishery. (B) If all members of an inshore cooperative do not participate in an approved IPA, the amount of Chinook salmon that remains in the inshore sector's allocation, after subtracting the amount of Chinook salmon associated with the non-participating inshore cooperative, will be reallocated among the inshore cooperatives participating in an approved IPA based on the proportion each participating cooperative represents of the Chinook salmon PSC initially allocated among the participating inshore cooperatives that year. (iii) Adjustment to CDQ group allocations. If a CDQ group does not participate in an approved IPA, the amount of Chinook salmon that remains in the CDQ Program's allocation, after subtracting the amount of Chinook salmon associated with the non-participating CDQ group, will be reallocated among the CDQ groups participating in an approved IPA based on the proportion each participating CDQ group represents of the Chinook salmon PSC initially allocated among the participating CDQ groups that year. (iv) All members of a sector do not participate in an approved IPA. If all members of a sector do not participate in an approved IPA, the amount of Chinook salmon that remains after subtracting the amount of Chinook salmon associated with the non-participating sector will not be reallocated among the sectors that have members participating in an approved IPA. This portion of the PSC limit will remain unallocated for that year. (5) Chinook salmon PSC opt-out allocation. The following table describes requirements for the opt-out allocation: (6) Chinook salmon bycatch performance standard. If the total annual Chinook salmon bycatch by the members of a sector participating in an approved IPA is greater than that sector's annual threshold amount of Chinook salmon in any three of seven consecutive years, that sector will receive an allocation of Chinook salmon under the 47,591 PSC limit in all future years, except in low Chinook salmon abundance years when that sector will receive an allocation under the 33,318 Chinook salmon PSC limit. (i) Annual threshold amount. Prior to each year, NMFS will calculate each sector's annual threshold amount. NMFS will post the annual threshold amount for each sector on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site ( http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/ ). At the end of each year, NMFS will evaluate the Chinook salmon bycatch by all IPA participants in each sector against that sector's annual threshold amount. (ii) Calculation of the annual threshold amount. A sector's annual threshold amount is the annual number of Chinook salmon that would be allocated to that sector under the 47,591 Chinook salmon PSC limit, as shown in the table in paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(C) of this section, or the 33,318 Chinook salmon PSC limit in low Chinook salmon abundance years, as shown in the table in paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(D) of this section. If any vessels in a sector do not participate in an approved IPA, NMFS will reduce that sector's annual threshold amount by the number of Chinook salmon associated with each vessel not participating in an approved IPA. If any CDQ groups do not participate in an approved IPA, NMFS will reduce the CDQ Program's annual threshold amount by the number of Chinook salmon associated with each CDQ group not participating in an approved IPA. (iii) Exceeding the performance standard. If NMFS determines that a sector has exceeded its performance standard by exceeding its annual threshold amount in any three of seven consecutive years, NMFS will issue a notification in the Federal Register that the sector has exceeded its performance standard. In all subsequent years, NMFS will allocate to that sector either the amount of Chinook salmon in the table in paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(C) of this section or, in low Chinook salmon abundance years, the amount of Chinook salmon in the table in paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(D) of this section. All members of the affected sector will fish under this lower PSC allocation regardless of whether a vessel or CDQ group within that sector participates in an approved IPA. (7) Replacement vessels. If an AFA-permitted vessel is no longer eligible to participate in the BS pollock fishery or if a vessel replaces a currently eligible vessel, NMFS will assign the portion and number of Chinook salmon associated with that vessel to the replacement vessel or distribute it among other eligible vessels in the sector based on the procedures in the law, regulation, or private contract that accomplishes the vessel removal or replacement action. (8) Entities eligible to receive transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations. (i) NMFS will issue transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations to the following entities, if these entities meet all the applicable requirements of this section. (A) Inshore cooperatives. NMFS will issue transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations to the inshore cooperatives permitted annually under § 679.4(l)(6). The representative and agent for service of process (see definition at § 679.2) for an inshore cooperative is the cooperative representative identified in the application for an inshore cooperative fishing permit issued under § 679.4(l)(6), unless the inshore cooperative representative notifies NMFS in writing that a different person will act as its agent for service of process for purposes of this paragraph (f). An inshore cooperative is not required to submit an application under paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section to receive a transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocation. (B) CDQ groups. NMFS will issue transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations to the CDQ groups. The representative and agent for service of process for a CDQ group is the chief executive officer of the CDQ group, unless the chief executive officer notifies NMFS in writing that a different person will act as its agent for service of process. A CDQ group is not required to submit an application under paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section to receive a transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocation. (C) Entity representing the AFA catcher/processor sector. NMFS will authorize only one entity to represent the catcher/processor sector for purposes of receiving and managing transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations on behalf of the catcher/processors eligible to fish under transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations. NMFS will issue transferable Chinook salmon allocations under the Chinook salmon PSC limit to the entity representing the catcher/processor sector if that entity represents all the owners of AFA-permitted vessels in this sector that are participants in an approved IPA. (D) Entity representing the AFA mothership sector. NMFS will authorize only one entity to represent the mothership sector for purposes of receiving and managing transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations on behalf of the vessels eligible to fish under transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations. NMFS will issue transferable Chinook salmon allocations under the Chinook salmon PSC limit to an entity representing the mothership sector if that entity represents all the owners of AFA-permitted vessels in this sector that are participants in an approved IPA. (ii) Request for approval as an entity eligible to receive transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations. A representative of an entity representing the catcher/processor sector or the mothership sector may request approval by NMFS to receive transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations on behalf of the members of the sector. The application must be submitted to NMFS at the address in paragraph (b)(6) of this section. A completed application consists of the application form and a contract, described below. (A) Application form. The applicant must submit a paper copy of the application form with all information fields accurately filled in, including the affidavit affirming that each eligible vessel owner, from whom the applicant received written notification requesting to join the sector entity, has been allowed to join the sector entity subject to the same terms and conditions that have been agreed on by, and are applicable to, all other parties to the sector entity. The application form is available on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site ( http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/ ) or from NMFS at the address in paragraph (b)(6) of this section. (B) Contract. A contract containing the following information must be attached to the completed application form: ( 1 ) Information that documents that all vessel owners party to the contract agree that the entity, the entity's representative, and the entity's agent for service of process named in the application form represent them for purposes of receiving transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations. ( 2 ) A statement that the entity's representative and agent for service of process are authorized to act on behalf of the vessel owners party to the contract. ( 3 ) Signatures, printed names, and date of signature for the owners of each AFA-permitted vessel identified in the application form. (C) Contract duration. Once submitted, the contract attached to the application form is valid until amended or terminated by the parties to the contract. (D) Deadline. An application form and contract must be received by NMFS no later than 1700 hours, A.l.t., on October 1 of the year prior to the year for which the Chinook salmon PSC allocations are effective. (E) Approval. If more than one entity application form is submitted to NMFS, NMFS will approve the application form for the entity that represents the most eligible vessel owners in the sector. (F) Amendments to the sector entity. ( 1 ) An amendment to the sector entity contract, with no change in entity participants, may be submitted to NMFS at any time and is effective upon written notification of approval by NMFS to the entity representative. To amend a contract, the entity representative must submit a complete application, as described in paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section. ( 2 ) To make additions or deletions to the vessel owners represented by the entity for the next year, the entity representative must submit a complete application, as described in paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section, by December 1. (iii) Entity representative. (A) The entity's representative must — ( 1 ) Act as the primary contact person for NMFS on issues relating to the operation of the entity; ( 2 ) Submit on behalf of the entity any applications required for the entity to receive a transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocation and to transfer some or all of that allocation to and from other entities eligible to receive transfers of Chinook salmon PSC allocations; ( 3 ) Ensure that an agent for service of process is designated by the entity; and ( 4 ) Ensure that NMFS is notified if a substitute agent for service of process is designated. Notification must include the name, address, and telephone number of the substitute agent in the event the previously designated agent is no longer capable of accepting service on behalf of the entity or its members within the 5-year period from the time the agent is identified in the application to NMFS under paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section. (B) Any vessel owner that is a member of an inshore cooperative, or a member of the entity that represents the catcher/processor sector or the mothership sector, may authorize the entity representative to sign a proposed IPA submitted to NMFS, under paragraph (f)(12) of this section, on his or her behalf. This authorization must be included in the contract submitted to NMFS, under paragraph (f)(8)(ii)(B) of this section, for the sector-level entities and in the contract submitted annually to NMFS by inshore cooperatives under § 679.61(d). (iv) Agent for service of process. The entity's agent for service of process must— (A) Be authorized to receive and respond to any legal process issued in the United States with respect to all owners and operators of vessels that are members of an entity receiving a transferable allocation of Chinook salmon PSC or with respect to a CDQ group. Service on or notice to the entity's appointed agent constitutes service on or notice to all members of the entity. (B) Be capable of accepting service on behalf of the entity until December 31 of the year five years after the calendar year for which the entity notified the Regional Administrator of the identity of the agent. (v) Absent a catcher/processor sector or mothership sector entity. If the catcher/processor sector or the mothership sector does not form an entity to receive a transferable allocation of Chinook salmon PSC, the sector will be managed by NMFS under a non-transferable allocation of Chinook salmon PSC under paragraph (f)(10) of this section. (9) Transfers of Chinook salmon PSC. (i) A Chinook salmon PSC allocation issued to eligible entities under paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section may be transferred to any other entity receiving a transferable allocation of Chinook salmon PSC by submitting to NMFS an application for transfer described in paragraph (f)(9)(iii) of this section. Transfers of Chinook salmon PSC allocations among eligible entities are subject to the following restrictions: (A) Entities receiving transferable allocations under the 60,000 PSC limit may only transfer to and from other entities receiving allocations under the 60,000 PSC limit. (B) Entities receiving transferable allocations under the 45,000 PSC limit may only transfer to and from other entities receiving allocations under the 45,000 PSC limit. (C) Entities receiving transferable allocations under the 47,591 PSC limit may only transfer to and from other entities receiving allocations under the 47,591 PSC limit. (D) Entities receiving transferable allocations under the 33,318 PSC limit may only transfer to and from other entities receiving allocations under the 33,318 PSC limit. (E) Chinook salmon PSC allocations may not be transferred between seasons. (ii) Post-delivery transfers. If the Chinook salmon bycatch by an entity exceeds its seasonal allocation, the entity may receive transfers of Chinook salmon PSC to cover overages for that season. An entity may conduct transfers to cover an overage that results from Chinook salmon bycatch from any fishing trip by a vessel fishing on behalf of that entity that was completed or is in progress at the time the entity's allocation is first exceeded. Under § 679.7(d)(5)(ii)(C)( 2 ) and (k)(8)(v)(B), vessels fishing on behalf of an entity that has exceeded its Chinook salmon PSC allocation for a season may not start a new fishing trip for pollock in the BS on behalf of that same entity for the remainder of that season. (iii) Application for transfer of Chinook salmon PSC allocation —(A) Completed application. NMFS will process a request for transfer of Chinook salmon PSC provided that a paper or electronic application is completed, with all information fields accurately filled in. Application forms are available on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site ( http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/ ) or from NMFS at the address in paragraph (b)(6) of this section. (B) Certification of transferor —( 1 ) Non-electronic submittal. The transferor's designated representative must sign and date the application certifying that all information is true, correct, and complete. The transferor's designated representative must submit the paper application as indicated on the application. ( 2 ) Electronic submittal. The transferor's designated entity representative must log onto the NMFS online services system and create a transfer request as indicated on the computer screen. By using the transferor's NMFS ID, password, and Transfer Key, and submitting the transfer request, the designated representative certifies that all information is true, correct, and complete. (C) Certification of transferee —( 1 ) Non-electronic submittal. The transferee's designated representative must sign and date the application certifying that all information is true, correct, and complete. ( 2 ) Electronic submittal. The transferee's designated representative must log onto the NMFS online services system and accept the transfer request as indicated on the computer screen. By using the transferee's NMFS ID, password, and Transfer Key, the designated representative certifies that all information is true, correct, and complete. (D) Deadline. NMFS will not approve an application for transfer of Chinook salmon PSC after June 25 for the A season or after December 1 for the B season. (10) Non-transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations. (i) All vessels belonging to a sector that is ineligible to receive transferable allocations under paragraph (f)(8) of this section, any catcher vessels participating in an inshore open access fishery, and all vessels fishing under the opt-out allocation under paragraph (f)(5) of this section will fish under specific non-transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocations. (ii) All vessels fishing under a non-transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocation, including vessels fishing on behalf of a CDQ group, will be managed together by NMFS under that non-transferable allocation. If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that a seasonal non-transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocation will be reached, NMFS will publish a notice in the Federal Register closing the BS to directed fishing for pollock by those vessels fishing under that non-transferable allocation for the remainder of the season or for the remainder of the year. (iii) For each non-transferable Chinook salmon PSC allocation, NMFS will deduct from the B season allocation any amount of Chinook salmon bycatch in the A season that exceeds the amount available under the A season allocation. (11) Rollover of unused A season allocation —(i) Rollovers of transferable allocations. NMFS will add any Chinook salmon PSC allocation remaining at the end of the A season, after any transfers under paragraph (f)(9)(ii) of this section, to an entity's B season allocation. (ii) Rollover of non-transferable allocations. For a non-transferable allocation for the mothership sector, catcher/processor sector, or an inshore open access fishery, NMFS will add any Chinook salmon PSC remaining in that non-transferable allocation at the end of the A season to that B season non-transferable allocation. (12) Salmon bycatch incentive plan agreements (IPAs) —(i) Minimum participation requirements. More than one IPA may be approved by NMFS. Each IPA must have participants that represent the following: (A) Minimum percent pollock. Parties to an IPA must collectively represent at least 9 percent of the BS pollock quota. (B) Minimum number of unaffiliated AFA entities. Parties to an IPA must represent any combination of two or more CDQ groups or corporations, partnerships, or individuals who own AFA-permitted vessels and are not affiliated, as affiliation is defined for purposes of AFA entities in § 679.2. (ii) Membership in an IPA. (A) No vessel owner or CDQ group is required to join an IPA. (B) For a vessel owner in the catcher/processor sector or mothership sector to join an IPA, that vessel owner must be a member of the entity representing that sector under paragraph (f)(8). (C) For a CDQ group to be a member of an IPA, the CDQ group must sign the IPA and list in that IPA each vessel harvesting BS pollock CDQ, on behalf of that CDQ group, that will participate in that IPA. (D) Once a member of an IPA, a vessel owner or CDQ group cannot withdraw from the IPA during a fishing year. (iii) Request for approval of a proposed IPA. The IPA representative must submit a proposed IPA to NMFS at the address in paragraph (b)(6) of this section. The proposed IPA must contain the following information: (A) Affidavit. The IPA must include the affidavit affirming that each eligible vessel owner or CDQ group, from whom the IPA representative received written notification requesting to join the IPA, has been allowed to join the IPA subject to the same terms and conditions that have been agreed on by, and are applicable to, all other parties to the IPA. (B) Name of the IPA. (C) Representative. The IPA must include the name, telephone number, and email address of the IPA representative who submits the proposed IPA on behalf of the parties and who is responsible for submitting proposed amendments to the IPA and the annual report required under paragraph (f)(13) of this section. (D) Third party group. The IPA must identify at least one third party group. Third party groups include any entities representing western Alaskans who depend on salmon and have an interest in salmon bycatch reduction but do not directly fish in a groundfish fishery. (E) Description of the incentive plan. The IPA must contain a description of the following— ( 1 ) The incentive(s) that will be implemented under the IPA for the operator of each vessel participating in the IPA to avoid Chinook salmon and chum salmon bycatch under any condition of pollock and Chinook salmon abundance in all years. ( 2 ) How the incentive(s) to avoid chum salmon do not increase Chinook salmon bycatch. ( 3 ) The rewards for avoiding Chinook salmon, penalties for failure to avoid Chinook salmon at the vessel level, or both. ( 4 ) How the incentive measures in the IPA are expected to promote reductions in a vessel's Chinook salmon and chum salmon bycatch rates relative to what would have occurred in absence of the incentive program. ( 5 ) How the incentive measures in the IPA promote Chinook salmon and chum salmon savings in any condition of pollock abundance or Chinook salmon abundance in a manner that is expected to influence operational decisions by vessel operators to avoid Chinook salmon and chum salmon. ( 6 ) How the IPA ensures that the operator of each vessel governed by the IPA will manage that vessel's Chinook salmon bycatch to keep total bycatch below the performance standard described in paragraph (f)(6) of this section for the sector in which the vessel participates. ( 7 ) How the IPA ensures that the operator of each vessel governed by the IPA will manage that vessel's chum salmon bycatch to avoid areas and times where the chum salmon are likely to return to western Alaska. ( 8 ) The rolling hot spot program for salmon bycatch avoidance that operates throughout the entire A season and B season and the agreement to provide notifications of closure areas and any violations of the rolling hot spot program to the third party group. ( 9 ) The restrictions or penalties targeted at vessels that consistently have significantly higher Chinook salmon PSC rates relative to other vessels fishing at the same time. ( 10 ) The requirement for vessels to enter a fishery-wide in-season salmon PSC data sharing agreement. ( 11 ) The requirement for the use of salmon excluder devices, with recognition of contingencies, from January 20 to March 31, and from September 1 until the end of the B season. ( 12 ) The requirement that salmon savings credits are limited to a maximum of three years for IPAs with salmon savings credits. ( 13 ) The restrictions or performance criteria used to ensure that Chinook salmon PSC rates in October are not significantly higher than those achieved in the preceding months. (F) Compliance agreement. The IPA must include a written statement that all parties to the IPA agree to comply with all provisions of the IPA. (G) Signatures. The names and signatures of the owner or representative for each vessel and CDQ group that is a party to the IPA. The representative of an inshore cooperative, or the representative of the entity formed to represent the AFA catcher/processor sector or the AFA mothership sector under paragraph (f)(8) of this section may sign a proposed IPA on behalf of all vessels that are members of that inshore cooperative or sector level entity. (iv) Deadline and duration —(A) Deadline for proposed IPA. A proposed IPA must be received by NMFS no later than 1700 hours, A.l.t., on October 1 of the year prior to the year for which the IPA is proposed to be effective. (B) Duration. Once approved, an IPA is effective starting January 1 of the year following the year in which NMFS approves the IPA, unless the IPA is approved between January 1 and January 19, in which case the IPA is effective starting in the year in which it is approved. Once approved, an IPA is effective until December 31 of the first year in which it is effective or until December 31 of the year in which the IPA representative notifies NMFS in writing that the IPA is no longer in effect, whichever is later. An IPA may not expire mid-year. No party may join or leave an IPA once it is approved, except as allowed under paragraph (f)(12)(v)(C) of this section. (v) NMFS review of a proposed IPA —(A) Approval. An IPA will be approved by NMFS if it meets the following requirements: ( 1 ) Meets the minimum participation requirements in paragraph (f)(12)(i) of this section; ( 2 ) Is submitted in compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (f)(12)(ii) and (iv) of this section; and ( 3 ) Contains the information required in paragraph (f)(12)(iii) of this section. (B) IPA identification number. If approved, NMFS will assign an IPA identification number to the approved IPA. This number must be used by the IPA representative in amendments to the IPA. (C) Amendments to an IPA. Amendments to an approved IPA may be submitted to NMFS at any time and will be reviewed under the requirements of this paragraph (f)(12). An amendment to an approved IPA is effective upon written notification of approval by NMFS to the IPA representative. (D) Disapproval. ( 1 ) NMFS will disapprove a proposed IPA or a proposed amendment to an IPA for either of the following reasons: ( i ) If the proposed IPA fails to meet any of the requirements of paragraphs (f)(12)(i) through (iii) of this section, or ( ii ) If a proposed amendment to an IPA would cause the IPA to no longer be consistent with the requirements of paragraphs (f)(12)(i) through (iv) of this section. ( 2 ) Initial Administrative Determination (IAD). If, in NMFS' review of the proposed IPA, NMFS identifies deficiencies in the proposed IPA that require disapproval of the proposed IPA, NMFS will notify the applicant in writing. The IPA representative will be provided one 30-day period to address, in writing, the deficiencies identified by NMFS. Additional information or a revised IPA received by NMFS after the expiration of the 30-day period specified by NMFS will not be considered for purposes of the review of the proposed IPA. NMFS will evaluate any additional information submitted by the applicant within the 30-day period. If the Regional Administrator determines that the additional information addresses deficiencies in the proposed IPA, the Regional Administrator will approve the proposed IPA under paragraphs (f)(12)(iv)(B) and (f)(12)(v)(A) of this section. However, if, after consideration of the original proposed IPA and any additional information submitted during the 30-day period, NMFS determines that the proposed IPA does not comply with the requirements of paragraph (f)(12) of this section, NMFS will issue an initial administrative determination (IAD) providing the reasons for disapproving the proposed IPA. ( 3 ) Administrative Appeals. An IPA representative who receives an IAD disapproving a proposed IPA may appeal under the procedures set forth at § 679.43. If the IPA representative fails to file an appeal of the IAD pursuant to § 679.43, the IAD will become the final agency action. If the IAD is appealed and the final agency action is a determination to approve the proposed IPA, then the IPA will be effective as described in paragraph (f)(12)(iv)(B) of this section. ( 4 ) Pending appeal. While appeal of an IAD disapproving a proposed IPA is pending, proposed members of the IPA subject to the IAD that are not currently members of an approved IPA will fish under the opt-out allocation under paragraph (f)(5) of this section. If no other IPA has been approved by NMFS, NMFS will issue all sectors allocations of the 47,591 Chinook salmon PSC limit as described in paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(C) of this section, or, in low Chinook salmon abundance years, allocations of the 33,318 Chinook salmon PSC limit as described in paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(D) of this section. (vi) Public release of an IPA. NMFS will make all proposed IPAs and all approved IPAs and the list of participants in each approved IPA available to the public on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site ( http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/ ). (13) IPA Annual Report. The representative of each approved IPA must submit a written annual report to the Council at the address specified in § 679.61(f). The Council will make the annual report available to the public. (i) Submission deadline. The IPA Annual Report must be received by the Council no later than March 15. (ii) Information requirements. The IPA Annual Report must contain the following information: (A) A comprehensive description of the incentive measures, including the rolling hot spot program and salmon excluder use, in effect in the previous year; (B) A description of how these incentive measures affected individual vessels; (C) An evaluation of whether incentive measures were effective in achieving salmon savings beyond levels that would have been achieved in absence of the measures, including the effectiveness of— ( 1 ) Measures to ensure that chum salmon were avoided in areas and at times where chum salmon are likely to return to western Alaska; ( 2 ) Restrictions or penalties that target vessels that consistently have significantly higher Chinook salmon PSC rates relative to other vessels; and ( 3 ) Restrictions or performance criteria used to ensure that Chinook PSC rates in October are not significantly higher than in previous months. (D) A description of any amendments to the terms of the IPA that were approved by NMFS since the last annual report and the reasons that the amendments to the IPA were made. (E) The sub-allocation to each participating vessel of the number of Chinook salmon PSC and amount of pollock (mt) at the start of each fishing season, and number of Chinook salmon PSC and amount of pollock (mt) caught at the end of each season. (F) The following information on in-season transfer of Chinook salmon PSC and pollock among AFA cooperatives, entities eligible to receive Chinook salmon PSC allocations, or CDQ groups: ( 1 ) Date of transfer; ( 2 ) Name of transferor; ( 3 ) Name of transferee; ( 4 ) Number of Chinook salmon PSC transferred; and ( 5 ) Amount of pollock (mt) transferred. (G) The following information on in-season transfers among vessels participating in the IPA: ( 1 ) Date of transfer; ( 2 ) Name of transferor; ( 3 ) Name of transferee; ( 4 ) Number of Chinook salmon PSC transferred; and ( 5 ) Amount pollock (mt) transferred. (14) Non-Chinook salmon prohibited species catch (PSC) limit and Chum Salmon Savings Area. (i) The PSC limit for non-Chinook salmon caught by vessels using trawl gear from August 15 through October 14 in the Catcher Vessel Operational Area, as defined under § 679.22(a)(5) and in Figure 2 to this part, is 42,000 fish. (ii) 10.7 percent of the non-Chinook PSC limit is allocated to the CDQ Program as a PSQ reserve. (iii) If the Regional Administrator determines that 42,000 non-Chinook salmon have been caught by vessels using trawl gear during the period August 15 through October 14 in the Catcher Vessel Operational Area, NMFS will prohibit fishing for pollock for the remainder of the period September 1 through October 14 in the Chum Salmon Savings Area as defined in Figure 9 to this part. (iv) Trawl vessels participating in directed fishing for pollock and operating under an IPA approved by NMFS under paragraph (f)(12) of this section are exempt from closures in the Chum Salmon Savings Area. (15) Salmon handling. Regulations in this paragraph apply to vessels directed fishing for pollock in the BS, including pollock CDQ, and processors taking deliveries from these vessels. (i) Salmon discard. The operator of a vessel and the manager of a shoreside processor or SFP must not discard any salmon or transfer or process any salmon under the PSD Program at § 679.26 if the salmon were taken incidental to a directed fishery for pollock in the BS until the number of salmon has been determined by the observer and the observer's collection of any scientific data or biological samples from the salmon has been completed. (ii) Salmon retention and storage. (A) Operators of catcher/processors or motherships must— ( 1 ) Sort and transport all salmon bycatch from each haul to an approved storage container located adjacent to the observer sampling station that allows an observer free and unobstructed access to the salmon (see § 679.28(d)(2)(i) and (d)(7)). The salmon storage container must remain in view of the observer from the observer sampling station at all times during the sorting of the haul. ( 2 ) If, at any point during sorting of a haul or delivery, the salmon are too numerous to be contained in the salmon storage container, cease all sorting and give the observer the opportunity to count the salmon in the storage container and collect scientific data or biological samples. Once the observer has completed all counting and sampling duties for the counted salmon, the salmon must be removed by vessel personnel from the approved storage container and the observer sampling station, in the presence of the observer. ( 3 ) Before sorting of the next haul may begin, give the observer the opportunity to complete the count of salmon and the collection of scientific data or biological samples from the previous haul. When the observer has completed all counting and sampling duties for a haul or delivery, vessel personnel must remove the salmon, in the presence of the observer, from the salmon storage container and the observer sampling station. ( 4 ) Ensure no salmon of any species pass the observer sample collection point, as identified in the scale drawing of the observer sampling station (see § 679.28(d)(2)(i) and (d)(7)). (B) Operators of vessels delivering to shoreside processors or stationary floating processors must— ( 1 ) Retain all salmon taken incidental to a directed fishery for pollock in the BS until the salmon are delivered to the processor receiving the vessel's BS pollock catch. ( 2 ) Notify the observer at least 15 minutes before handling catch on board the vessel, including, but not limited to, moving catch from one location to another, sorting, or discard of catch prior to the delivery of catch to the processor receiving the vessel's BS pollock catch. This notification requirement is in addition to the notification requirements in § 679.51(e). ( 3 ) Secure all salmon and catch after the observer has completed the collection of scientific data and biological samples and after the vessel crew has completed handling the catch. All salmon and any other catch retained on board the vessel must be made unavailable for sorting and discard until the delivery of catch to the processor receiving the vessel's BS pollock catch. Methods to make salmon or retained catch unavailable for sorting or discard include but are not limited to securing the catch in a completely enclosed container above or below deck, securing the catch in an enclosed codend, or completely and securely covering the fish on deck. ( 4 ) Comply with the requirements in paragraphs (f)(15)(ii)(B)( 2 ) and ( 3 ) of this section, before handling the catch prior to delivery. (C) Shoreside processors and stationary floating processors must comply with the requirements in § 679.28(g)(9) and (10) for the receipt, sorting, and storage of salmon from deliveries of catch from the BS pollock fishery. (iii) Assignment of crew to assist observer. Operators of vessels and managers of shoreside processors and SFPs that are required to retain salmon under paragraph (f)(15)(i) of this section must designate and identify to the observer aboard the vessel, or at the shoreside processor or SFP, a crew person or employee responsible for ensuring all sorting, retention, and storage of salmon occurs according to the requirements of (f)(15)(ii) of this section. (iv) Discard of salmon. Except for salmon under the PSD Program at § 679.26, all salmon must be returned to the sea as soon as is practicable, following notification by an observer that the number of salmon has been determined and the collection of scientific data or biological samples has been completed. (g) Chinook salmon bycatch management in the AI pollock fishery —(1) Applicability. This paragraph contains regulations governing the bycatch of Chinook salmon in the AI pollock fishery. (2) AI Chinook salmon PSC limit. (i) The PSC limit for Chinook salmon caught by vessels while harvesting pollock in the AI is 700 fish. (ii) 7.5 percent of the PSC limit is allocated to the CDQ Program as a PSQ reserve. (3) Area closures. If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that catch of Chinook salmon by vessels using trawl gear while directed fishing for pollock in the AI will reach the PSC limit, NMFS, by notification in the Federal Register, will close the AI Chinook Salmon Savings Area, as defined in Figure 8 to this part, to directed fishing for pollock with trawl gear on the following dates: (i) From the effective date of the closure until April 15, and from September 1 through December 31, if the Regional Administrator determines that the annual limit of AI Chinook salmon will be attained before April 15. (ii) From September 1 through December 31, if the Regional Administrator determines that the annual limit of AI Chinook salmon will be attained after April 15. (h) GOA Chinook Salmon PSC Management —(1) Applicability. Regulations in this paragraph apply to trawl vessels participating in the directed fishery for groundfish in the Western and Central reporting areas of the GOA and processors receiving deliveries from these vessels. (2) GOA Chinook salmon PSC limits for the pollock sectors (fisheries). (i) The annual PSC limit for vessels participating in the directed fishery for pollock in the Western reporting area of the GOA is 6,684 Chinook salmon. (ii) The annual PSC limit for vessels participating in the directed fishery for pollock in the Central reporting area of the GOA is 18,316 Chinook salmon. (3) GOA non-pollock trawl sectors. For the purposes of accounting for the annual Chinook salmon PSC limits at paragraph (h)(4)(i) of this section, the non-pollock trawl sectors are: (i) Trawl catcher/processor sector. The Trawl catcher/processor sector is any catcher/processor vessel fishing for groundfish, other than pollock, with trawl gear in the Western or Central GOA reporting area and processing that groundfish at sea; (ii) Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector. The Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector is any catcher vessel fishing for groundfish, other than pollock, with trawl gear in the Western or Central reporting area of the GOA and operating under the authority of a Central GOA Rockfish Program CQ permit assigned to the catcher vessel sector; and (iii) Non-Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector. The Non-Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector is any catcher vessel fishing for groundfish, other than pollock, with trawl gear in the Western or Central reporting area of the GOA and not operating under the authority of a Central GOA Rockfish Program CQ permit assigned to the catcher vessel sector. (4) GOA Chinook salmon PSC limits for non-pollock trawl fisheries. (i) The annual Chinook salmon PSC limits in the Western and Central reporting areas of the GOA for the sectors defined in paragraph (h)(3) of this section are as follows: (ii) For the Trawl catcher/processor sector defined in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section: (A) The seasonal PSC limit prior to June 1 is 2,376 Chinook salmon if the annual Chinook salmon PSC limit is 3,600. The seasonal PSC limit prior to June 1 is 2,693 Chinook salmon if the annual Chinook salmon PSC limit is 4,080. (B) The number of Chinook salmon PSC available on June 1 through the remainder of the calendar year is the annual Chinook salmon PSC limit specified for the Trawl catcher/processor sector minus the number of Chinook salmon used by that sector prior to June 1 and any Chinook salmon PSC limit reapportioned to another sector specified at paragraph (h)(5)(iii) of this section prior to June 1. (5) Inseason reapportionment of Chinook salmon PSC limits. (i) On October 1, the Regional Administrator may reallocate any unused Chinook salmon PSC available to the Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector, defined in paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of this section, in excess of 150 Chinook salmon to the Non-Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector, but not to exceed the Non-Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector's limit on Chinook salmon PSC reapportionment as defined in paragraph (h)(5)(iv)(D) of this section. (ii) On November 15, the Regional Administrator may reallocate all remaining Chinook salmon PSC available to the Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector, defined in paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of this section, to the Non-Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector, but not to exceed the Non-Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector's limit on Chinook salmon PSC reapportionment as defined in paragraph (h)(5)(iv)(D) of this section. (iii) Any Chinook salmon PSC limit in paragraphs (h)(2) or (h)(4) of this section projected by the Regional Administrator to be unused during the remainder of the fishing year may be reapportioned subject to the Chinook salmon PSC limits in paragraphs (h)(5)(iv)(A) through (D) of this section for the remainder of the fishing year. NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register announcing any Chinook salmon PSC limit reapportionments in the GOA. (iv) On an annual basis, NMFS shall not reapportion an amount of unused Chinook salmon PSC greater than the following amounts: (A) 3,342 Chinook salmon to vessels participating in the directed fishery for pollock in the Western reporting area of the GOA; (B) 9,158 Chinook salmon to vessels participating in the directed fishery for pollock in the Central reporting area of the GOA; (C) 600 Chinook salmon to the Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector defined in paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of this section; and (D) 1,350 Chinook salmon to the Non-Rockfish Program catcher vessel sector defined in paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of this section. (6) Salmon retention. (i) The operator of a vessel, including but not limited to a catcher vessel or tender, must retain all salmon until delivered to a processing facility. (ii) The operator of a catcher/processor or the owner and manager of a shoreside processor or SFP receiving groundfish deliveries from trawl vessels must retain all salmon until the number of salmon by species has been accurately recorded in the eLandings at-sea production report or eLandings groundfish landing report. (iii) The owner and manager of a shoreside processor or SFP receiving pollock deliveries must, if an observer is present, retain all salmon until the observer is provided the opportunity to count the number of salmon and collect scientific data or biological samples from the salmon. (iv) The operator of a catcher/processor must retain all salmon until an observer is provided the opportunity to collect scientific data or biological samples from the salmon. (7) Salmon discard. Except for salmon under the PSD program defined in § 679.26, all salmon must be discarded after the requirements at paragraph (h)(6)(ii) or (h)(6)(iii) of this section have been met. (8) GOA Chinook salmon PSC closures. If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that: (i) Vessels participating in the directed fishery for pollock in the Western reporting area or Central reporting area of the GOA will reach the applicable Chinook salmon PSC limit specified for that reporting area under paragraph (h)(2) of this section or the applicable limit following any reapportionment under paragraph (h)(5) of this section, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register closing the applicable regulatory area to directed fishing for pollock; (ii) Vessels in a sector defined in paragraph (h)(3) of this section will reach the applicable Chinook salmon PSC limit specified for that sector under paragraph (h)(4)(i) of this section or the applicable limit following any reapportionment under paragraph (h)(5) of this section, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register closing directed fishing for all groundfish species, other than pollock, with trawl gear in the Western and Central reporting areas of the GOA for that sector; or (iii) Vessels in the Trawl catcher/processor sector defined in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section will reach the seasonal Chinook salmon PSC limit specified at paragraph (h)(4)(ii)(A) of this section prior to June 1, NMFS will publish notification in the Federal Register closing directed fishing for all groundfish species, other than pollock, with trawl gear in the Western and Central reporting areas of the GOA for all vessels in the Trawl catcher/processor sector until June 1. Directed fishing for groundfish species, other than pollock will reopen on June 1 for the Trawl catcher/processor sector defined in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section with the Chinook salmon PSC limit determined at paragraph (h)(4)(ii)(B) of this section unless NMFS determines that the amount of Chinook salmon PSC available to the sector is insufficient to allow the sector to fish and not exceed its annual Chinook salmon PSC limit." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.2.1.3,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,B,Subpart B—Management Measures,,§ 679.22 Closures.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","(a) BSAI —(1) Zone 1 (512) closure to trawl gear. No fishing with trawl gear is allowed at any time in reporting Area 512 of Zone 1 in the Bering Sea subarea. (2) Zone 1 (516) closure to trawl gear. No fishing with trawl gear is allowed at any time in reporting Area 516 of Zone 1 in the Bering Sea Subarea during the period March 15 through June 15. (3) Red King Crab Savings Area (RKCSA). Directed fishing for groundfish by vessels using trawl gear other than pelagic trawl gear is prohibited at all times, except as provided at § 679.21(e)(3)(ii)(B), in that part of the Bering Sea subarea defined as RKCSA in Figure 11 to this part. (4) Walrus protection areas. (i) From April 1 through September 30 of each calendar year, vessels designated on a Federal fisheries permit issued under § 679.4 are prohibited from deploying fishing gear in that part of the Bering Sea subarea between 3 and 12 nm seaward of the baseline used to measure the territorial sea around islands named Round Island and The Twins, as shown on National Ocean Survey Chart 16315, and around Cape Peirce (58°33′ N. lat., 161°43′ W. long.). (ii) From April 1 through September 30 of each calendar year, vessels designated on a Federal fisheries permit issued under § 679.4 are prohibited in that part of the Bering Sea subarea between 3 and 12 nm seaward of the baseline used to measure the territorial sea around islands named Round Island and The Twins, as shown on National Ocean Survey Chart 16315, and around Cape Peirce (58°33′ N. lat., 161°43′ W. long.), except that from April 1 through August 15 of each calendar year vessels designated on a Federal fisheries permit are not prohibited from entering and transiting through waters off: (A) Round Island, north of a straight line connecting 58°47.90′ N. lat./160°21.91′ W. long., and 58°32.94′ N. lat./159°35.45′ W. long.; and (B) Cape Peirce, east of a straight line connecting 58°30.00′ N. lat./161°46.20′ W. long., and 58°21.00′ N. lat./161°46.20′ W. long. (5) Catcher Vessel Operational Area (CVOA) —(i) Definition. The CVOA is defined as that part of the BSAI that is south of 56°00′ N lat. and between 163°00′ W long. and 167°30′ W long., and north of the Aleutian Islands (Figure 2 to part 679). (ii) Catcher/processor restrictions. A catcher/processor vessel authorized to fish for BSAI pollock under § 679.4 is prohibited from conducting directed fishing for pollock in the CVOA during the B pollock season defined at § 679.23(e)(2)(ii), unless it is directed fishing for Pollock CDQ. (6) Pribilof Islands Habitat Conservation Zone. Directed fishing for groundfish using trawl gear or pot gear, or fishing for halibut using pot gear, is prohibited at all times in the area defined in Figure 10 to this part as the Pribilof Islands Habitat Conservation Zone. (7) Steller sea lion protection areas, Bering Sea reporting areas —(i) Bogoslof area —(A) Boundaries. The Bogoslof area consists of all waters of area 518 as described in Figure 1 of this part south of a straight line connecting 55°00′ N lat./170°00′ W long., and 55°00′ N lat./168°11′4.75′ W long.; (B) Fishing prohibition. All waters within the Bogoslof area are closed to directed fishing for pollock, Pacific cod, and Atka mackerel by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b), except as provided in paragraph (a)(7)(i)(C) of this section. (C) Bogoslof Pacific cod exemption area. ( 1 ) All catcher vessels less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA using jig or hook-and-line gear for directed fishing for Pacific cod are exempt from the Pacific cod fishing prohibition as described in paragraph (a)(7)(i)(B) of this section in the portion of the Bogoslof area south of a line connecting a point 3 nm north of Bishop Point (54°01′25″ N lat./166°57′00″ W long.) to Cape Tanak (53°33′50″ N lat./168°00′00″ W long.), not including waters of the Bishop Point Pacific cod fishing closures as described in Table 5 of this part. ( 2 ) If the Regional Administrator determines that 113 mt of Pacific cod have been caught by catcher vessels less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA using jig or hook-and-line gear in the exemption area described in paragraph (a)(7)(i)(C)(1) of this section, the Regional Administrator will prohibit directed fishing for Pacific cod by catcher vessels less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA using jig or hook-and-line gear in the exemption area by notification published in the Federal Register. (ii) Bering Sea Pollock Restriction Area —(A) Boundaries. The Bering Sea Pollock Restriction Area consists of all waters of the Bering Sea subarea south of a line connecting the points 163°0′00″ W long./55°46′30″ N lat., 165°08′00″ W long./54°42′9″ N lat., 165°40′00″ W long./54°26′30″ N lat., 166°12′00″ W long./54°18′40″ N lat., and 167°0′00″ W long./54°8′50″ N lat. (B) Fishing prohibition. All waters within the Bering Sea Pollock Restriction Area are closed during the A season, as defined at § 679.23(e)(2), to directed fishing for pollock by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b). (iii) Groundfish closures. Directed fishing for groundfish by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) is prohibited within 3 nm of selected sites. These sites are listed in Table 12 of this part and are identified by “Bering Sea” in column 2. (iv) Pollock closures. Directed fishing for pollock by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) is prohibited within pollock no-fishing zones around selected sites. These sites are listed in Table 4 of this part and are identified by “Bering Sea” in column 2. (v) Pacific cod closures. Directed fishing for Pacific cod by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) and using trawl, hook-and-line, or pot gear is prohibited within the Pacific cod no-fishing zones around selected sites. These sites and gear types are listed in Table 5 of this part and are identified by “BS” in column 2. (vi) Atka mackerel closures. Directed fishing for Atka mackerel by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) and using trawl gear is prohibited within the Bering Sea reporting areas. (vii) Steller sea lion conservation area (SCA) —(A) General. Directed fishing for pollock by vessels catching pollock for processing by the inshore component, catcher/processors in the offshore component, motherships in the offshore component, or directed fishing for CDQ pollock, is prohibited within the SCA until April 1 when the Regional Administrator announces, by notification in the Federal Register, that the criteria set out in paragraph (a)(7)(vii)(C) of this section have been met by that industry component. (B) Boundaries. The SCA consists of the area of the Bering Sea subarea between 170°00′ W long. and 163°00′ W long., south of straight lines connecting the following points in the order listed: 55°00′ N lat. 170°00′ W long.; 55°00′ N lat. 168°00′ W long.; 55°30′ N lat. 168°00′ W long.; 55°30′ N lat. 166°00′ W long.; 56°00′ N lat. 166°00′ W long.; and, 56°00′ N lat. 163°00′ W long. (C) Criteria for closure —( 1 ) General. The directed fishing closures identified in paragraph (a)(7)(vii)(A) of this section will take effect when the Regional Administrator determines that the harvest limit for pollock within the SCA, as specified in § 679.20(a)(5)(i)(C) is reached before April 1. The Regional Administrator shall prohibit directed fishing for pollock in the SCA by notification published in the Federal Register. ( 2 ) Inshore catcher vessels greater than 99 ft (30.2 m) LOA. The Regional Administrator will prohibit directed fishing for pollock by vessels greater than 99 ft (30.2 m) LOA, catching pollock for processing by the inshore component before reaching the inshore SCA harvest limit before April 1 to accommodate fishing by vessels less than or equal to 99 ft (30.2 m) inside the SCA until April 1. The Regional Administrator will estimate how much of the inshore seasonal allowance is likely to be harvested by catcher vessels less than or equal to 99 ft (30.2 m) LOA and reserve a sufficient amount of the inshore SCA allowance to accommodate fishing by such vessels after the closure of the SCA to inshore vessels greater than 99 ft (30.2 m) LOA. The Regional Administrator will prohibit directed fishing for all inshore catcher vessels within the SCA when the harvest limit specified in § 679.20(a)(5)(i)(C) has been met before April 1. (8) Steller sea lion protection areas, Aleutian Islands reporting areas —(i) Seguam Foraging area. (A) The Seguam foraging area is all waters within the area between 52° N lat. and 53° N lat. and between 173°30′ W long. and 172°30′ W long. (B) Directed fishing for pollock, Pacific cod, and Atka mackerel by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) is prohibited in the Seguam Foraging area as described in paragraph (a)(8)(i)(A) of this section. (ii) Pollock Closure. Directed fishing for pollock by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) is prohibited within the pollock no-fishing zones around selected sites. These sites are listed in Table 4 of this part and are identified by “Aleutian I.” in column 2. (iii) Groundfish closures. Directed fishing for groundfish by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) is prohibited within 3 nm of selected sites. These sites are listed in Table 12 of this part and are identified by “Aleutian Islands” in column 2. (iv) Pacific cod closures. Directed fishing for Pacific cod required to be deducted from the Federal TAC specified at § 679.20 by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) using trawl, hook-and-line, or pot gear is prohibited within Pacific cod no-fishing zones around selected sites. These sites and gear types are described in Table 5 of this part and its footnotes and are identified by “AI” in column 2. (v) Atka mackerel closures. Directed fishing for Atka mackerel by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) and using trawl gear is prohibited within Atka mackerel no-fishing zones around selected sites. These sites are listed in Table 6 of this part and are identified by “Aleutian Islands” in column 2. (9) Nearshore Bristol Bay Trawl Closure. Directed fishing for groundfish by vessels using trawl gear in Bristol Bay, as described in the current edition of NOAA chart 16006, is closed at all times in the area east of 162°00′ W. long., except that the Nearshore Bristol Bay Trawl Area defined in Figure 12 to this part is open to trawling from 1200 hours A.l.t., April 1 to 1200 hours A.l.t., June 15 of each year. (10) Chum Salmon Savings Area. Directed fishing for pollock by vessels using trawl gear is prohibited from August 1 through August 31 in the Chum Salmon Savings Area defined at Figure 9 to this part (see also § 679.21(f)(14)). Vessels directed fishing for pollock in the BS, including pollock CDQ, and operating under an approved IPA under § 679.21(f)(12) are exempt from closures in the Chum Salmon Savings Area. (11) [Reserved] (12) Alaska Seamount Habitat Protection Areas. No federally permitted vessel may fish with bottom contact gear in the Alaska Seamount Habitat Protection Areas, as described in Table 22 to this part. (13) Aleutian Islands Coral Habitat Protection Areas. No federally permitted vessel may fish with bottom contact gear in the Aleutian Islands Coral Habitat Protection Areas, as described in Table 23 to this part. (14) Aleutian Islands Habitat Conservation Area. Except within those areas identified as opened to nonpelagic trawl gear fishing in Table 24 to this part, no federally permitted vessel may fish with nonpelagic trawl gear in the Aleutian Islands Habitat Conservation Area, as described in Table 24 to this part. (15) Bowers Ridge Habitat Conservation Zone. No federally permitted vessel may fish with mobile bottom contact gear in the Bowers Ridge Habitat Conservation Zone, as described in Table 25 to this part. (16) Bering Sea Habitat Conservation Area. No federally permitted vessel may fish with nonpelagic trawl gear in the Bering Sea Habitat Conservation Area specified at Table 42 and Figure 16 to this part. (17) Northern Bering Sea Research Area. No federally permitted vessel may fish with nonpelagic trawl gear in the Northern Bering Sea Research Area specified at Table 43 and Figure 17 to this part. (18) Nunivak Island, Etolin Strait, and Kuskokwim Bay Habitat Conservation Area. No federally permitted vessel may fish with nonpelagic trawl gear in the Nunivak Island, Etolin Strait, and Kuskokwim Bay Habitat Conservation Area specified at Table 44 and Figure 21 to this part. (19) St. Lawrence Island Habitat Conservation Area. No federally permitted vessel may fish with nonpelagic trawl gear in the St. Lawrence Island Habitat Conservation Area specified at Table 45 to this part. (20) St. Matthew Island Habitat Conservation Area. No federally permitted vessel may fish with nonpelagic trawl gear in the St. Matthew Island Habitat Conservation Area specified at Table 46 to this part. (21) Modified Gear Trawl Zone. No vessel required to be federally permitted may fish with nonpelagic trawl gear in the Modified Gear Trawl Zone specified at Table 51 to this part, except for federally permitted vessels that are directed fishing for groundfish using modified nonpelagic trawl gear that meets the standards at § 679.24(f). (b) GOA —(1) Kodiak Island, trawls other than pelagic trawls —(i) Type I closures. No person may trawl in waters of the EEZ within the vicinity of Kodiak Island, as shown in Figure 5 to this part as Type I areas, from a vessel having any trawl other than a pelagic trawl either attached or on board, except as follows. Vessels in the trawl EM category may have a trawl other than a pelagic trawl either attached or on board, but may not deploy a trawl other than a pelagic trawl in a Type I area. (ii) Type II closures. From February 15 to June 15, no person may trawl in waters of the EEZ within the vicinity of Kodiak Island, as shown in Figure 5 to this part as Type II areas, from a vessel having any trawl other than a pelagic trawl either attached or on board, except as follows. Vessels in the trawl EM category may have a trawl other than a pelagic trawl either attached or on board, but may not deploy a trawl other than a pelagic trawl in a Type II area. (iii) Type III closures. Type III areas are open unless otherwise closed to trawling. (2) Steller sea lion protection areas —(i) Groundfish closures. Directed fishing for groundfish by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) is prohibited within 3 nm of selected sites. These sites are listed in Table 12 of this part and are identified by “Gulf of Alaska” in column 2. (ii) Pollock closures. Directed fishing for pollock by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) is prohibited within pollock no-fishing zones around selected sites. These sites are listed in Table 4 of this part and are identified by “Gulf of Alaska” in column 2. (iii) Pacific cod closures. Directed fishing for Pacific cod by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) and using trawl, hook-and-line, or pot gear in the federally managed Pacific cod or State of Alaska parallel groundfish fisheries, as defined in Alaska Administrative Code (5 AAC 28.087(c), January 3, 2002), is prohibited within Pacific cod no-fishing zones around selected sites. These sites and gear types are listed in Table 5 of this part and are identified by “GOA” in column 2. (iv) Atka mackerel closure. Directed fishing for Atka mackerel by vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b) within the Gulf of Alaska subarea is prohibited at all times. (3) Marmot Bay Tanner Crab Protection Area. No federally permitted vessel may fish with trawl gear in the Marmot Bay Tanner Crab Protection Area, as described in Figure 5 to this part, except federally permitted vessels directed fishing for pollock using pelagic trawl gear. (4) Southeast Outside District, gear other than nontrawl. Use of any gear other than nontrawl gear is prohibited at all times in Southeast Outside District defined at Figure 3 to this part. (5) Sitka Pinnacles Marine Reserve. (i) No FFP holder may fish for groundfish in the Sitka Pinnacles Marine Reserve, and no vessel named on an FFP may be anchored in the Sitka Pinnacles Marine Reserve, as described in Figure 18 to this part. (ii) No person fishing under an IFQ halibut permit may fish for halibut and no person fishing under an IFQ sablefish permit may fish for sablefish in the Sitka Pinnacles Marine Reserve; and no vessel with an IFQ permit holder or IFQ hired master permit holder onboard may be anchored in the Sitka Pinnacles Marine Reserve, as described in Figure 18 to this part. (6) [Reserved] (7) Cook Inlet. No person may use a non-pelagic trawl in waters of the EEZ of Cook Inlet north of a line from Cape Douglas (58°51.10′ N. lat.) to Point Adam (59°15.27′ N. lat.). (8) Alaska Seamount Habitat Protection Areas. No federally permitted vessel may fish with bottom contact gear in the Alaska Seamount Habitat Protection Areas, as described in Table 22 to this part. (9) Gulf of Alaska Coral Habitat Protection Areas. No federally permitted vessel may fish with bottom contact gear in the Gulf of Alaska Coral Habitat Protection Areas, as described in Table 26 to this part. (10) Gulf of Alaska Slope Habitat Conservation Areas. No federally permitted vessel may fish with nonpelagic trawl gear in the Gulf of Alaska Slope Habitat Conservation Areas, as described in Table 27 to this part. (c) Directed fishing closures. See § 679.20(d) and § 679.20(i). (d) Groundfish as prohibited species closures. See § 679.20(d). (e) Overfishing closures. See § 679.20(d). (f) Prohibited species closures. See § 679.21. (g) [Reserved] (h) CDQ fisheries closures. See § 679.7(d)(5) for time and area closures that apply to the CDQ fisheries once the non-Chinook salmon PSQ and crab PSQ amounts have been reached. (i) Forage fish, grenadiers, squids, and sculpins closures. See § 679.20(i)(3)." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.2.1.4,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,B,Subpart B—Management Measures,,§ 679.23 Seasons.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","(a) Groundfish, general. Fishing for groundfish in the GOA and BSAI is authorized from 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1, through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31, subject to the other provisions of this part, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. (b) Time of groundfish openings and closures. The time of all openings and closures of fishing seasons, other than the beginning and end of the calendar fishing year, is 1200 hours, A.l.t. (c) GOA and BSAI trawl groundfish. Notwithstanding other provisions of this part, fishing for groundfish with trawl gear in the GOA and BSAI is prohibited from 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1, through 1200 hours, A.l.t., January 20. (d) GOA groundfish seasons —(1) Directed fishing for trawl rockfish. Directed fishing for rockfish with trawl gear is authorized from 1200 hours, A.l.t., on the first day of the third quarterly reporting period of a fishing year through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31, subject to other provisions of this part. (2) Directed fishing for pollock. Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for pollock in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas is authorized only during the following two seasons: (i) A season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., January 20 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., May 31; and (ii) B season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., September 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., November 1. (3) Directed fishing for Pacific cod —(i) Hook-and-line or pot gear. Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for Pacific cod with hook-and-line or pot gear in the Western and Central GOA Regulatory Areas is authorized only during the following two seasons: (A) A season. From 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10; and (B) B season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., September 1 through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31. (ii) Trawl gear. Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for Pacific cod with trawl gear in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas is authorized only during the following two seasons except as authorized in Subpart G of this Section under the Rockfish Program: (A) A season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., January 20 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10; and (B) B season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., September 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., November 1. (iii) Jig gear. Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for Pacific cod with jig gear in the Western and Central GOA Regulatory Areas is authorized only during the following two seasons: (A) A season. From 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10 or when the jig A season allocation is reached, whichever occurs first; (B) B season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10 through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31 or when the jig B season allocation is reached, whichever occurs first. (e) BSAI groundfish seasons —(1) Directed fishing for arrowtooth flounder, Kamchatka flounder, and Greenland turbot. Directed fishing for arrowtooth flounder, Kamchatka flounder, and Greenland turbot in the BSAI is authorized from 1200 hours, A.l.t., May 1 through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31, subject to the other provisions of this part. (2) Directed fishing for pollock in the Bering Sea subarea by inshore, offshore catcher/processor, and mothership components, in the AI directed pollock fishery, and pollock CDQ fisheries. Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for pollock by vessels catching pollock for processing by the inshore component, catcher/processors in the offshore component, and motherships in the offshore component in the Bering Sea subarea, directed fishing for pollock in the AI directed pollock fishery, or directed fishing for CDQ pollock in the BSAI is authorized only during the following two seasons: (i) A season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., January 20 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10; and (ii) B season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., November 1. (3) Directed fishing for Atka mackerel with trawl gear. Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for Atka mackerel with trawl gear in the BSAI is authorized only during the following two seasons: (i) A season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., January 20 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10; and (ii) B season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., December 31. (4) CDQ fishing seasons —(i) Halibut CDQ. Fishing for CDQ halibut with fixed gear under an approved CDQ allocation may begin on the effective date of the allocation, except that CDQ fishing may occur only during the fishing periods specified in the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title. (ii) Sablefish CDQ. Fishing for CDQ sablefish with fixed gear under an approved CDQ allocation may begin on the effective date of the allocation, except that it may occur only during the IFQ fishing season specified in paragraph (g)(1) of this section. (iii) Groundfish CDQ. Fishing for groundfish CDQ species, other than CDQ pollock; hook-and-line, pot, jig, or trawl CDQ Pacific cod; trawl CDQ Atka mackerel; and fixed gear CDQ sablefish under subpart C of this part, is authorized from 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1 through the end of each fishing year, except as provided under paragraph (c) of this section. (5) Directed fishing for Pacific cod —(i) Hook-and-line gear. Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for CDQ and non-CDQ Pacific cod with vessels equal to or greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA using hook-and-line gear is authorized only during the following two seasons: (A) A season. From 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10; and (B) B season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10 through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31. (ii) Trawl gear. Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for CDQ and non-CDQ Pacific cod with trawl gear in the BSAI is authorized only during the following three seasons: (A) A season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., January 20 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., April 1; (B) B season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., April 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10; and (C) C season — ( 1 ) Catcher vessels and AFA catcher/processors. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., November 1. ( 2 ) Amendment 80 and CDQ. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., December 31. (iii) Pot gear. Subject to other provisions of this part, non-CDQ directed fishing for Pacific cod with vessels equal to or greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA using pot gear in the BSAI is authorized only during the following two seasons: (A) A season. From 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10; and (B) B season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., September 1 through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31. (iv) Jig gear. Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for CDQ and non-CDQ Pacific cod with jig gear is authorized only during the following three seasons: (A) A season. From 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., April 30; (B) B season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., April 30 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., August 31; (C) C season. From 1200 hours, A.l.t., August 31 through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31. (f) IFQ halibut. The fishing period(s) for IFQ halibut are established by the IPHC and are specified in the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title. Catches of halibut by fixed gear at times other than during the specified fishing periods must be treated as prohibited species as prescribed at § 679.21(a). (g) IFQ sablefish. (1) Directed fishing for sablefish using fixed gear in any IFQ regulatory area may be conducted in any fishing year during the period specified by the Regional Administrator and announced by publication in the Federal Register. The Regional Administrator will take into account the opening date of the halibut season when determining the opening date for sablefish for the purposes of reducing bycatch and regulatory discards between the two fisheries. (2) Except for catches of sablefish with longline pot gear in the GOA, catches of sablefish by fixed gear during other periods may be retained up to the amounts provided for by the directed fishing standards specified at § 679.20 when made by an individual aboard the vessel who has a valid IFQ permit and unused IFQ in the account on which the permit was issued. (3) Catches of sablefish in excess of the maximum retainable bycatch amounts and catches made without IFQ must be treated in the same manner as prohibited species as defined at § 679.21(a). (h) Stand down requirements for trawl catcher vessels transiting between the BSAI and GOA. (i) Catcher vessel exclusive fishing seasons for pollock. Catcher vessels are prohibited from participating in directed fishing for pollock under the following conditions. Vessels less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA are exempt from this restriction when fishing east of 157°00′ W long. GOA and BSAI seasons are specified at § 679.23(d)(2) and § 679.23(e)(2)." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.2.1.5,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,B,Subpart B—Management Measures,,§ 679.24 Gear limitations.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","Regulations pertaining to vessel and gear markings are set forth in this section and as prescribed in the annual management measures published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title. (a) Marking of hook-and-line, longline pot, and pot-and-line gear. (1) All hook-and-line, longline pot, and pot-and-line marker buoys carried on board or used by any vessel regulated under this part shall be marked with the vessel's Federal fisheries permit number or ADF&G vessel registration number. (2) Markings shall be in characters at least 4 inches (10.16 cm) in height and 0.5 inch (1.27 cm) in width in a contrasting color visible above the water line and shall be maintained so the markings are clearly visible. (3) Each end of a set of longline pot gear deployed to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA, and each end of a set of longline pot gear deployed to fish for Greenland turbot in the Bering Sea subarea of the BSAI, must have one hard buoy ball attached and marked with the capital letters “LP” in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section. (b) Gear restrictions —(1) Pots— — Longline pot gear. Any person using longline pot gear must treat any catch of groundfish as a prohibited species, except: (i) In the Aleutian Islands subarea. (ii) While directed fishing for sablefish in the Bering Sea subarea. (iii) While directed fishing for IFQ sablefish in the GOA. (iv) While fishing for IFQ or CDQ halibut in the BSAI. (v) While directed fishing for Greenland turbot in the Bering Sea subarea of the BSAI by a hook-and-line catcher/processor as defined in § 679.2. (2) [Reserved] (3) Trawl footrope. No person trawling in any GOA area limited to pelagic trawling under § 679.22 may allow the footrope of that trawl to be in contact with the seabed for more than 10 percent of the period of any tow. (4) BSAI pollock nonpelagic trawl prohibition. No person may use nonpelagic trawl gear to engage in directed fishing for pollock in the BSAI. (c) Gear restrictions for sablefish —(1) Gear allocations. Gear allocations of sablefish TAC are set out under § 679.20. (2) Eastern GOA regulatory area —(i) General. (A) No person may use any gear other than hook-and-line, longline pot, jig, or trawl gear when fishing for sablefish in the Eastern GOA regulatory area. (B) No person may use any gear other than hook-and-line gear, longline pot gear, or jig gear to engage in directed fishing for IFQ sablefish. (ii) Sablefish as prohibited species —(A) Trawl gear. When operators of vessels using trawl gear have harvested 5 percent of the TAC for sablefish in the Eastern GOA regulatory area during any year, further trawl catches of sablefish must be treated as prohibited species as provided by § 679.21(a). (B) Other gear. Operators of vessels using gear types other than those specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section in the Eastern GOA regulatory area must treat any catch of sablefish as a prohibited species as provided by § 679.21(a). (3) Central and Western GOA regulatory areas; sablefish as prohibited species. Operators of vessels using gear types other than hook-and-line, longline pot, jig, or trawl gear in the Central and Western GOA regulatory areas must treat any catch of sablefish in these areas as a prohibited species as provided by § 679.21(a). (4) BSAI. Operators of vessels using gear types other than hook-and-line, longline pot, pot-and-line, jig, or trawl gear in the BSAI must treat sablefish as a prohibited species as provided by § 679.21(a). (d) Trawl gear test areas —(1) General. For purposes of allowing pelagic and nonpelagic trawl fishermen to test trawl fishing gear, NMFS may establish, after consulting with the Council, locations for the testing of trawl fishing gear in areas that would otherwise be closed to trawling. (2) Trawl gear testing. For the purposes of this section, “trawl gear testing” means deploying trawl gear in areas designated in this paragraph (d) and in Figure 7 to this part under the following conditions. (i) The codend shall be unzipped while trawl gear testing. (ii) Groundfish shall not be possessed on board when trawl gear testing. (iii) Observers aboard vessels during the time spent trawl gear testing shall not fulfill observer requirements at subpart E of this part. (3) Criteria. The establishment of test areas must comply with the following criteria: (i) Depth and bottom type must be suitable for testing the particular gear type. (ii) The areas must be outside State waters. (iii) The areas must be in locations not normally closed to fishing with that gear type. (iv) The areas must be in locations that are not usually fished heavily by that gear type. (v) The areas must not be within a designated Steller sea lion protection area at any time of the year. (4) Test areas. Trawl gear testing is allowed in the following areas (Figure 7 to this part) bounded by straight lines connecting the coordinates in the order listed, at all times: (i) Kodiak Test Area. 57°37′ N. lat., 152°02′ W. long. 57°37′ N. lat., 151°25′ W. long. 57°23′ N. lat., 151°25′ W. long. 57°23′ N. lat., 152°02′ W. long. 57°37′ N. lat., 152°02′ W. long. 57°37′ N. lat., 152°02′ W. long. 57°37′ N. lat., 151°25′ W. long. 57°23′ N. lat., 151°25′ W. long. 57°23′ N. lat., 152°02′ W. long. 57°37′ N. lat., 152°02′ W. long. (ii) Sand Point Test Area. 54°50′ N. lat., 161°00′ W. long. 54°50′ N. lat., 160°30′ W. long. 54°35′ N. lat., 160°30′ W. long. 54°35′ N. lat., 161°00′ W. long. 54°50′ N. lat., 161°00′ W. long. 54°50′ N. lat., 161°00′ W. long. 54°50′ N. lat., 160°30′ W. long. 54°35′ N. lat., 160°30′ W. long. 54°35′ N. lat., 161°00′ W. long. 54°50′ N. lat., 161°00′ W. long. (iii) Bering Sea Test Area. 55°00′ N. lat., 167°00′ W. long. 55°00′ N. lat., 166°00′ W. long. 54°40′ N. lat., 166°00′ W. long. 54°40′ N. lat., 167°00′ W. long. 55°00′ N. lat., 167°00′ W. long. 55°00′ N. lat., 167°00′ W. long. 55°00′ N. lat., 166°00′ W. long. 54°40′ N. lat., 166°00′ W. long. 54°40′ N. lat., 167°00′ W. long. 55°00′ N. lat., 167°00′ W. long. (e) Seabird avoidance program for vessels fishing with hook-and-line gear —(1) Applicability. The operator of a vessel that is longer than 26 ft (7.9 m) LOA fishing with hook-and-line gear must comply with the seabird avoidance requirements as specified in paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section while fishing for any of the following species: (i) IFQ halibut or CDQ halibut. (ii) IFQ sablefish. (iii) Groundfish in the EEZ off Alaska. (2) Seabird Avoidance Requirements. The operator of a vessel described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section must: (i) Gear onboard. Have onboard the vessel the seabird avoidance gear as specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section; (ii) Gear inspection. Upon request by an authorized officer or observer, make the seabird avoidance gear available for inspection; (iii) Gear use. Use seabird avoidance gear as specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section that meets standards as specified in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, while hook-and-line gear is being deployed. (iv) Sink baited hooks. Use hooks that when baited, sink as soon as they are put in the water. (v) Offal discharge. (A) If offal is discharged while gear is being set or hauled, discharge offal in a manner that distracts seabirds from baited hooks, to the extent practicable. The discharge site on board a vessel must be either aft of the hauling station or on the opposite side of the vessel from the hauling station. (B) Remove hooks from any offal that is discharged. (C) Eliminate directed discharge through chutes or pipes of residual bait or offal from the stern of the vessel while setting gear. This does not include baits falling off the hook or offal discharges from other locations that parallel the gear and subsequently drift into the wake zone well aft of the vessel. (D) For vessels not deploying gear from the stern, eliminate directed discharge of residual bait or offal over sinking hook-and-line gear while gear is being deployed. (vi) Safe release of seabirds. Make every reasonable effort to ensure birds brought on board alive are released alive and that, wherever possible, hooks are removed without jeopardizing the life of the birds. (3) Seabird avoidance gear requirements. (See also Table 20 to this part.) (i) The operator of a vessel identified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section must comply with paragraph (e)(3)(ii) or (e)(3)(iii) of this section while fishing with hook-and-line gear for groundfish, IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish in Federal waters (EEZ) and for IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish in the State of Alaska waters, excluding fishing in: (A) NMFS Reporting Area 649 (Prince William Sound); (B) State waters of Cook Inlet; (C) NMFS Reporting Area 659 (Eastern GOA Regulatory Area; Southeast Inside District), but including waters in the areas south of a straight line at 56°17.25 N. lat. between Point Harris and Port Armstrong in Chatham Strait, State statistical areas 325431 and 325401, and west of a straight line at 136°21.17 E. long. from Point Wimbledon extending south through the Inian Islands to Point Lavinia; and (D) Area 4E with a vessel less than or equal to 55 ft (16.8 m) LOA, but including fishing in waters south of 60°00.00 N. lat. and west of 160°00.00 W. long. (ii) Using other than snap gear, (A) A minimum of 1 buoy bag line as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section must be used by vessels greater than 26 ft (7.9 m) LOA and less than or equal to 55 ft (16.8 m) LOA without masts, poles, or rigging. (B) A minimum of a single streamer line as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section must be used by vessels greater than 26 ft (7.9 m) LOA and less than or equal to 55 ft (16.8 m) LOA with masts, poles, or rigging. (C) A minimum of a paired streamer line of a standard as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section must be used by vessels greater than 55 ft (16.8 m) LOA. (iii) Using snap gear, (A) A minimum of 1 buoy bag line as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section must be used by vessels greater than 26 ft (7.9 m) LOA and less than or equal to 55 ft (16.8 m) LOA without masts, poles, or rigging. (B) A minimum of a single streamer line as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this section must be used by vessels greater than 26 ft (7.9 m) LOA and less than or equal to 55 ft (16.8 m) LOA with masts, poles, or rigging. (C) A minimum of a single streamer line as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this section must be used by vessels greater than 55 ft (16.8 m) LOA. (4) Seabird avoidance gear performance and material standards: (i) Buoy bag line weather exception. In winds exceeding 45 knots (storm or Beaufort 9 conditions), the use of a buoy bag line is discretionary. (ii) Single streamer standard. (A) A single streamer line must: ( 1 ) Be a minimum of 300 feet (91.4 m) in length; ( 2 ) Have streamers spaced every 16.4 ft (5 m); ( 3 ) Be deployed before the first hook is set in such a way that streamers are in the air for a minimum of 131.2 ft (40 m) aft of the stern and within 6.6 ft (2 m) horizontally of the point where the main groundline enters the water. ( 4 ) Have individual streamers that hang attached to the mainline to 9.8 in (0.25 m) above the waterline in the absence of wind. ( 5 ) Have streamers constructed of material that is brightly colored, UV-protected plastic tubing or 3/8 inch polyester line or material of an equivalent density. (B) Weather exception: In winds exceeding 45 knots (storm or Beaufort 9 conditions), the use of a single streamer line is discretionary. (iii) Paired streamer standard: (A) At least one streamer line must be deployed before the first hook is set and two streamer lines must be fully deployed within 90 seconds. (B) Weather exceptions : In conditions of wind speeds exceeding 30 knots (near gale or Beaufort 7 conditions), but less than or equal to 45 knots, a single streamer must be deployed from the windward side of the vessel. In winds exceeding 45 knots (storm or Beaufort 9 conditions), the use of streamer lines is discretionary. (C) Streamer lines must: ( 1 ) Be deployed in such a way that streamers are in the air for a minimum of 131.2 ft (40 m) aft of the stern for vessels under 100 ft (30.5 m) and 196.9 ft (60 m) aft of the stern for vessels 100 ft (30.5 m) or over; ( 2 ) Be a minimum of 300 feet (91.4 m) in length; ( 3 ) Have streamers spaced every 16.4 ft (5 m); ( 4 ) For vessels deploying hook-and-line gear from the stern, the streamer lines must be deployed from the stern, one on each side of the main groundline. ( 5 ) For vessels deploying gear from the side, the streamer lines must be deployed from the stern, one over the main groundline and the other on one side of the main groundline. ( 6 ) Have individual streamers that hang attached to the mainline to 9.8 in (0.25 m) above the waterline in the absence of wind. ( 7 ) Have streamers constructed of material that is brightly colored, UV-protected plastic tubing or 3/8 inch polyester line or material of an equivalent density. (iv) Snap gear streamer standard: (A) For vessels using snap gear, a single streamer line must: ( 1 ) Be deployed before the first hook is set in such a way that streamers are in the air for 65.6 ft (20 m) aft of the stern and within 6.6 ft (2 m) horizontally of the point where the main groundline enters the water. ( 2 ) Have a minimum length of 147.6 ft (45 m). (B) Weather exception: In winds exceeding 45 knots (storm or Beaufort 9 conditions), the use of a single streamer line is discretionary. (v) Weather safety standard. The use of seabird avoidance devices required by paragraph (e)(3) of this section is discretionary for vessels greater than 26 ft (7.9 m) LOA and less than or equal to 55 ft (16.8 m) LOA in conditions of wind speeds exceeding 30 knots (near gale or Beaufort 7 conditions). (5) Other methods. Any of the following measures or methods must be accompanied by the applicable seabird avoidance gear requirements as specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section: (i) Night-setting. (ii) Line shooter. (iii) Lining tube. (6) Seabird avoidance exemption. Nothwithstanding any other paragraph in this part, operators of vessels 32 ft (9.8 m) LOA or less using hook-and-line gear in IPHC Area 4E in waters shoreward of the EEZ are exempt from seabird avoidance regulations. (f) Modified nonpelagic trawl gear. Nonpelagic trawl gear modified as shown in Figure 26 to this part must be used by any vessel required to be federally permitted and that is used to directed fish for flatfish, as defined in § 679.2, in any reporting area of the BS or in the Central GOA Regulatory Area or directed fish for groundfish with nonpelagic trawl gear in the Modified Trawl Gear Zone specified in Table 51 to this part. Nonpelagic trawl gear used by these vessels must meet the following standards: (1) Elevated section minimum clearance. Except as provided for in paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section, elevating devices must be installed on the elevated section shown in Figure 26 to this part to raise the elevated section at least 2.5 inches (6.4 cm), as measured adjacent to the elevating device contacting a hard, flat surface that is parallel to the elevated section, regardless of the elevating device orientation, and measured between the surface and the widest part of the line material. Elevating devices must be installed on each end of the elevated section, as shown in Figure 26 to this part. Measuring locations to determine compliance with this standard are shown in Figure 25 to this part. (2) Elevating device spacing. Elevating devices must be secured along the entire length of the elevated section shown in Figure 26 to this part and spaced no less than 30 feet (9.1 m) apart; and either (i) If the elevating devices raise the elevated section shown in Figure 26 to this part 3.5 inches (8.9 cm) or less, the space between elevating devices must be no more than 65 feet (19.8 m); or (ii) If the elevating devices raise the elevated section shown Figure 26 to this part more than 3.5 inches (8.9 cm), the space between elevating devices must be no more than 95 feet (29 m). (3) Clearance measurements and line cross sections. (i) The largest cross section of the line of the elevated section shown in Figure 26 to this part between elevating devices shall not be greater than the cross section of the material at the nearest measurement location, as selected based on the examples shown in Figure 25 to this part. The material at the measurement location must be— (A) The same material as the line between elevating devices, as shown in Figures 25a and 25d to this part; (B) Different material than the line between elevating devices and used to support the elevating device at a connection between line sections (e.g., on a metal spindle, on a chain), as shown in Figure 25b to this part; or (C) Disks of a smaller cross section than the elevating device, which are strung continuously on a line between elevating devices, as shown in Figure 25c to this part. (ii) Portions of the line between elevating devices that are braided or doubled for section terminations or used for line joining devices are not required to be a smaller cross section than the measuring location. (iii) Required minimum clearance for supporting material of a larger cross section than the cross section of the line material. When the material supporting the elevating device has a larger cross section than the largest cross section of the line between elevating devices, except as provided for in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section, based on measurements taken in locations shown in Figure 27 to this part, the required minimum clearance shall be as follows: (A) For elevating devices spaced 30 feet (9.1 m) to 65 feet (19.8 m), the required minimum clearance is ≥[2.5 inches − ((support material cross section − line material cross section)/2)], or (B) For elevating devices spaced greater than 65 feet (19.8 m) to 95 feet (29 m), the required minimum clearance is ≥[3.5 inches −((support material cross section − line material cross section)/2)]." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.2.1.6,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,B,Subpart B—Management Measures,,§ 679.25 Inseason adjustments.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 75 FR 61642, Oct. 6, 2010; 81 FR 24733, Apr. 27, 2016; 85 FR 850, Jan. 8, 2020; 89 FR 34758, Apr. 30, 2024]","(a) General —(1) Types of adjustments. Inseason adjustments for directed fishing for groundfish, fishing for IFQ or CDQ halibut, or fishing for Cook Inlet EEZ Area salmon issued by NMFS under this section include: (i) Closure, extension, or opening of a season in all or part of a management area. (ii) Modification of the allowable gear to be used in all or part of a management area. (iii) Adjustment of TAC and PSC limits. (iv) Interim closures of statistical areas, or portions thereof, to directed fishing for specified groundfish species. (v) Inseason closures of an area, district, or portions thereof, of harvest of specified halibut fisheries. (vi) Adjustment of TAC for any salmon species or stock and closure or opening of a season in all or part of the Cook Inlet EEZ Area. (2) Determinations. (i) Any inseason adjustment taken under paragraph (a)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this section must be based on a determination that such adjustments are necessary to prevent: (A) Overfishing of any species or stock of fish or shellfish; (B) Harvest of a TAC for any groundfish species or the taking of a PSC limit for any prohibited species that, on the basis of the best available scientific information, is found by NMFS to be incorrectly specified; or (C) Underharvest of a TAC or gear share of a TAC for any groundfish species when catch information indicates that the TAC or gear share has not been reached. (ii) Any inseason closure of a statistical area, or portion thereof, under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section, must be based upon a determination that such closures are necessary to prevent: (A) A continuation of relatively high bycatch rates of prohibited species specified under § 679.21(a) in a statistical area, or portion thereof; (B) Take of an excessive share of PSC limits or bycatch allowances established under § 679.21(d) and (e) by vessels fishing in a statistical area, or portion thereof; (C) Closure of one or more directed fisheries for groundfish due to excessive prohibited species bycatch rates occurring in a specified fishery operating within all or part of a statistical area; or (D) Premature attainment of established PSC limits or bycatch allowances and associated loss of opportunity to harvest the groundfish OY. (iii) The selection of the appropriate inseason management adjustments under paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section must be from the following authorized management measures and must be based upon a determination by the Regional Administrator that the management adjustment selected is the least restrictive necessary to achieve the purpose of the adjustment: (A) Any gear modification that would protect the species in need of conservation, but that would still allow other fisheries to continue; (B) An inseason adjustment that would allow other fisheries to continue in noncritical areas and time periods; (C) Closure of a management area or portion thereof, or gear type, or season to all groundfish or halibut fishing; or (D) Reopening of a management area or season to achieve the TAC or gear share of a TAC for any of the target species. (iv) The adjustment of a TAC or PSC limit for any species under paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section must be based upon a determination by the Regional Administrator that the adjustment is based upon the best available scientific information concerning the biological stock status of the species in question and that the currently specified TAC or PSC limit is incorrect. Any adjustment to a TAC or PSC limit must be reasonably related to the change in biological stock status. (v) The inseason closure of a statistical area, or a portion thereof, under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section shall not extend beyond a 60-day period unless information considered under paragraph (b) of this section warrants an extended closure period. Any closure of a statistical area, or portion thereof, to reduce prohibited species bycatch rates requires a determination by the Regional Administrator that the closure is based on the best available scientific information concerning the seasonal distribution and abundance of prohibited species and bycatch rates of prohibited species associated with various groundfish fisheries. (vi) Any inseason adjustment taken under paragraph (a)(1)(vi) of this section must be based on a determination that such adjustments are necessary to prevent: (A) Overfishing of any species or stock of fish or shellfish; (B) Harvest of a TAC for any salmon species or stock that, on the basis of the best available scientific information, is found by NMFS to be incorrectly specified; or (C) Underharvest of a TAC for any salmon species or stock when catch information indicates that the TAC has not been reached, and there is not a conservation or management concern for any species or stock that would also be harvested with additional fishing effort. (vii) The selection of the appropriate inseason management adjustments under paragraphs (a)(1)(vi) of this section must be from the following authorized management measures and must be based on a determination by the Regional Administrator that the management adjustment selected is the least restrictive necessary to achieve the purpose of the adjustment: (A) Closure of a management area or portion thereof, or gear type, or season to all salmon fishing; or (B) Reopening of a management area or season to achieve the TAC for any of the salmon species or stock without exceeding the TAC of any other salmon species or stock. (viii) The adjustment of a TAC for any salmon species or stock under paragraph (a)(1)(vi) of this section must be based upon a determination by the Regional Administrator that the adjustment is based upon the best scientific information available concerning the biological stock status of the species or stock in question and that the currently specified TAC is incorrect. Any adjustment to a TAC must be reasonably related to the change in biological stock status. (b) Data. Information relevant to one or more of the following factors may be considered in making the determinations required under paragraphs (a)(2)(i), (ii), (vi) and (vii) of this section: (1) The effect of overall fishing effort within a statistical area; (2) Catch per unit of effort and rate of harvest; (3) Relative distribution and abundance of stocks of groundfish species, salmon species or stocks, and prohibited species within all or part of a statistical area; (4) Condition of a stock in all or part of a statistical area; (5) Inseason prohibited species bycatch rates observed in groundfish fisheries in all or part of a statistical area; (6) Historical prohibited species bycatch rates observed in groundfish fisheries in all or part of a statistical area; (7) Economic impacts on fishing businesses affected; or (8) Any other factor relevant to the conservation and management of groundfish species, salmon species or stocks, or any incidentally caught species that are designated as prohibited species or for which a PSC limit has been specified. (c) Procedure. (1) No inseason adjustment issued under this section will take effect until— (i) NMFS has filed the proposed adjustment for public inspection with the Office of the Federal Register; and (ii) NMFS has published the proposed adjustment in the Federal Register for public comment for a period of 30 days before it is made final, unless NMFS finds for good cause that such notification and public procedure is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest. (2) If NMFS decides, for good cause, that an adjustment is to be made without affording a prior opportunity for public comment, public comments on the necessity for, and extent of, the adjustment will be received by the Regional Administrator for a period of 15 days after the effective date of notification. (3) During any such 15-day period, the Regional Administrator will make available for public inspection, during business hours, the aggregate data upon which an adjustment was based. (4) If written comments are received during any such 15-day period that oppose or protest an inseason adjustment issued under this section, NMFS will reconsider the necessity for the adjustment and, as soon as practicable after that reconsideration, will either— (i) Publish in the Federal Register notification of continued effectiveness of the adjustment, responding to comments received; or (ii) Modify or rescind the adjustment. (5) Notifications of inseason adjustments issued by NMFS under paragraph (a) of this section will include the following information: (i) A description of the management adjustment. (ii) Reasons for the adjustment and the determinations required under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section. (iii) The effective date and any termination date of such adjustment. If no termination date is specified, the adjustment will terminate on the last day of the fishing year." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.2.1.7,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,B,Subpart B—Management Measures,,§ 679.26 Prohibited Species Donation Program.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 38359, July 24, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 32145, 32146, June 12, 1998; 65 FR 78121, Dec. 14, 2000; 66 FR 53122, Oct. 19, 2001; 67 FR 4148, Jan. 28, 2002; 69 FR 52612, Aug. 27, 2004; 75 FR 53067, Aug. 30, 2010; 77 FR 42636, July 20, 2012; 81 FR 24733, Apr. 27, 2016]","(a) Authorized species. The PSD program applies only to the following species: (1) Salmon. (2) Halibut delivered by catcher vessels using trawl gear to shoreside processors and stationary floating processors. (b) Authorized distributors —(1) Application. An applicant seeking to become an authorized distributor must provide the Regional Administrator with the following information: (i) Proof of the applicant's tax-exempt status. (ii) A description of the arrangements for processing, shipping, storing, and transporting donated fish and an estimate of the associated costs. (iii) A statement describing the applicant's expertise in providing for the distribution of food product from remote Alaskan locations to hunger relief agencies, food bank networks, or food bank distributors, including arrangements for transportation, distribution costs, and product quality control. (iv) Documentation of support from cold storage and transportation facilities. (v) A proposed operating budget that is adequate to ensure that fish donated under this program will be distributed to hunger relief agencies, food bank networks, or food bank distributors and that the fish will be maintained in a manner fit for human consumption. (vi) Proof of the applicant's ability to obtain and maintain adequate funding for the distribution of fish under the PSD program. (vii) A copy of the applicant's articles of incorporation and bylaws showing that the purpose of the applicant includes providing food resources to hunger relief agencies, food bank networks, or food bank distributors. (viii) Proof of the applicant's ability to take full responsibility for the documentation and disposition of fish received under the PSD program, including sufficient liability insurance to cover public interests relating to the quality of fish distributed for human consumption. (ix) Quality control criteria to be followed by vessels, processors, hunger relief agencies, food bank networks, and food bank distributors. (x) The number of vessels and processors that the applicant is capable of administering effectively. (xi) A list of all vessels and processors, and food bank networks or food bank distributors participating in the PSD program. The list of vessels and processors must include: (A) The vessel's or processor's Federal fisheries permit number or Federal processor permit number. (B) The name of the vessel owner or responsible operator or the name of the owner or plant manager of the processor. (C) The vessel's or processor's telephone number. (D) The signature of the vessel owner or responsible operator or the owner or plant manager of the processor. (xii) A signed statement from the applicant and from all persons who are listed under paragraph (b)(1)(xi) of this section and who would conduct activities pursuant to the PSD permit waiving any and all claims against the United States and its agents and employees for any liability for personal injury, death, sickness, damage to property directly or indirectly due to activities conducted under the PSD program. (xiii) A list of locations where fish must be delivered by participating vessels and processors. (xiv) A separate application must be submitted for each species listed under paragraph (a) of this section that the applicant seeks to distribute. (2) Selection. The Regional Administrator may select one or more tax-exempt organizations to be authorized distributors under the PSD program based on the information submitted by applicants under paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The number of authorized distributors selected by the Regional Administrator will be based on the following criteria: (i) The number and qualifications of applicants for PSD permits. (ii) The number of harvesters and the quantity of fish that applicants can effectively administer. (iii) The anticipated level of bycatch of prohibited species listed under paragraph (a) of this section. (iv) The potential number of vessels and processors participating in the PSD program. (3) PSD Permit. (i) After review of qualified applicants, the Regional Administrator will announce the selection of authorized distributor(s) in the Federal Register and will issue PSD permit(s). (ii) The Regional Administrator may impose additional terms and conditions on a PSD permit consistent with the objectives of the PSD program. (iii) A PSD permit may be suspended, modified, or revoked, under 15 CFR part 904 for noncompliance with terms and conditions specified in the permit or for a violation of this section or other regulations in this part. (iv) Effective period. A PSD permit issued for salmon or halibut remains in effect for a 3-year period after the selection notice is published in the Federal Register unless suspended or revoked. A PSD permit issued to an authorized distributor may be renewed following the application procedures in this section. (v) If the authorized distributor modifies any information on the PSD permit application submitted under paragraph (b)(1)(xi) or (b)(1)(xiii) of this section, the authorized distributor must submit a modified list of participants or a modified list of delivery locations to the Regional Administrator. (c) Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. (1) A vessel or processor retaining prohibited species under the PSD program must comply with all applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including allowing the collection of data and biological sampling by an observer prior to processing any fish under the PSD program. A vessel or processor participating in the PSD program: (i) In the BS pollock fishery must comply with applicable regulations at §§ 679.7(d) and (k), 679.21(c), and 679.28; and (ii) In the Central or Western GOA pollock fishery must comply with applicable regulations at §§ 679.7(b), 679.21(h) and 679.28. (2) Prohibited species retained under the PSD program must be packaged, and all packages must be labeled with the date of processing, the name of the processing facility, the contents and the weight of the fish contained in the package, and the words, “NMFS PROHIBITED SPECIES DONATION PROGRAM - NOT FOR SALE - PERISHABLE PRODUCT - KEEP FROZEN”. (3) A processor retaining or receiving fish under the PSD program and an authorized distributor must keep on file and make available for inspection by an authorized officer all documentation, including receipt and cargo manifests setting forth the origin, weight, and destination of all prohibited species bycatch. Such documentation must be retained until 3 years after the effective period of the PSD permit. (d) Processing, handling, and distribution. (1) Processing and reprocessing of all fish retained under the PSD Program must be carried out under the direction of the authorized distributor. A processor retaining or receiving fish under the PSD Program, at a minimum, must head, gut, and freeze the fish in a manner that makes it fit for human consumption. (2) Fish that are determined to be unfit for human consumption prior to delivery to an authorized distributor must be discarded under § 679.21(a). Fish that are determined to be unfit for human consumption after delivery to the authorized distributor must be destroyed in accordance with applicable sanitation laws and regulations. (3) Authorized distributors and persons conducting activities supervised by authorized distributors may retain prohibited species only for the purpose of processing and delivering the prohibited species to hunger relief agencies, food networks or food distributors as provided by this section. Such persons may not consume or retain prohibited species for personal use and may not sell, trade or barter, or attempt to sell, trade or barter any prohibited species that is retained under the PSD program, except that processors may convert offal from salmon or halibut that has been retained pursuant to the PSD program into fish meal, fish oil, or bone meal, and sell or trade these products. (4) No prohibited species that has been sorted from a vessel's catch or landing may be retained by a vessel or processor, or delivered to a delivery location under this section, unless the vessel or processor and delivery location is included on the list provided to the Regional Administrator under paragraph (b)(1)(xi), (b)(1)(xiii) or (b)(3)(v) of this section." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.2.1.8,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,B,Subpart B—Management Measures,,§ 679.27 Improved Retention/Improved Utilization Program.,FWS,,,"[62 FR 63890, Dec. 3, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 65381, Dec. 12, 1997; 68 FR 52144, Sept. 2, 2003; 69 FR 32903, June 14, 2004; 71 FR 17381, Apr. 6, 2006; 72 FR 52722, Sept. 14, 2007; 73 FR 76166, Dec. 15, 2008; 74 FR 62508, Nov. 30, 2009; 75 FR 53069, Aug. 30, 2010; 77 FR 6502, Feb. 8, 2012; 78 FR 12632, Feb. 25, 2013]","(a) Applicability. The owner or operator of a vessel that is required to obtain a Federal fisheries or processor permit under § 679.4 must comply with the IR/IU program set out in this section while fishing for groundfish in the GOA or BSAI, fishing for groundfish in waters of the State of Alaska that are shoreward of the GOA or BSAI, or when processing groundfish harvested in the GOA or BSAI. (b) IR/IU species. The following species are defined as “IR/IU species” for the purposes of this section: (1) Pollock. (2) Pacific cod. (3) Shallow-water flatfish species complex in the GOA as defined in the annual harvest specifications for the GOA (beginning January 1, 2003). (4) For catcher/processors not listed in § 679.4(l)(2)(i) using trawl gear in the BSAI, all species listed in Table 2a to this part, except for groundfish in prohibited species status. (c) Minimum retention requirements —(1) Definition of retain on board. Notwithstanding the definition at 50 CFR 600.10, for the purpose of this section, to retain on board means to be in possession of on board a vessel. (2) The following table displays minimum retention requirements by vessel category and directed fishing status: (d) Bleeding codends and shaking longline gear. Any action intended to discard or release an IR/IU species prior to being brought on board the vessel is prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to bleeding codends and shaking or otherwise removing fish from longline gear. (e) At-sea discard of product. Any product from an IR/IU species may not be discarded at sea, unless such discarding is necessary to meet other requirements of this part. (f) Discard of fish or product transferred from other vessels. The retention requirements of this section apply to all IR/IU species brought on board a vessel, whether harvested by that vessel or transferred from another vessel. At-sea discard of IR/IU species or products that were transferred from another vessel is prohibited. (g) IR/IU species as bait. IR/IU species may be used as bait provided that the deployed bait is physically secured to authorized fishing gear. Dumping of unsecured IR/IU species as bait (chumming) is prohibited. (h) Previously caught fish. The retention and utilization requirements of this section do not apply to incidental catch of dead or decomposing fish or fish parts that were previously caught and discarded at sea. (i) Minimum utilization requirements. If you own or operate a catcher/processor or mothership, the minimum utilization requirement for an IR/IU species harvested in the BSAI is determined by the directed fishing status for that species according to the following table: (j) [Reserved]" 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.2.1.9,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,B,Subpart B—Management Measures,,§ 679.28 Equipment and operational requirements.,FWS,,,"[63 FR 5843, Feb. 4, 1998]","(a) Applicability. This section contains the operational requirements for scales, observer sampling stations, vessel monitoring system hardware, catch monitoring and control plans, catcher vessel electronic logbook software, and video monitoring systems. The operator or manager must retain a copy of all records described in this section (§ 679.28) as indicated at § 679.5(a)(5) and (6) and make available the records upon request of NMFS observers and authorized officers as indicated at § 679.5(a)(5). (b) Scales used to weigh catch at sea. In order to be approved by NMFS a scale used to weigh catch at sea must meet the type evaluation requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and the initial inspection and annual reinspection requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Once a scale is installed on a vessel and approved by NMFS for use to weigh catch at sea, it must be reinspected annually and must be tested daily and meet the maximum permissible error (MPE) requirements described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. (1) List of scales eligible for approval. The model of scale must be included on the Regional Administrator's list of scales eligible to be approved for weighing catch at sea before an inspector will schedule or conduct a scale inspection under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. A scale will be included on the list when the Regional Administrator receives the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section. This information identifies and describes the scale, sets forth contact information regarding the manufacturer, and sets forth the results of required type evaluations and testing. Type evaluation and testing must be conducted by a laboratory accredited by the government of the country in which the tests are conducted. (i) Information about the scale. (A) Name of scale manufacturer. (B) Name of manufacturer's representative. (C) Mailing address of scale manufacturer and manufacturer's representative. (D) Telephone and fax number of manufacturer's representative. (E) Model and serial number of the scale tested. (F) A written description of the scale and diagrams explaining how the scale operates and how it compensates for motion. (G) A list of the model numbers of all scales for which type evaluation results are applicable, identifying the differences between the model evaluated in the laboratory and other models listed. The scales may differ only in the elements of the scale that perform motion compensation, the size or capacity of the scale, and the software used by the scale. (H) A list of types of scale adjustments that will be recorded on the audit trail, including the name of the adjustment as it will appear on the audit trail, and a written description of the adjustment. (ii) Information about the laboratory. (A) Name of laboratory. (B) Mailing address of laboratory. (C) Telephone and fax number of laboratory's representative. (D) Name and address of government agency accrediting the laboratory. (E) Name and signature of person responsible for evaluation of the scale and the date of signature. (iii) Checklist. A completed checklist indicating that all applicable technical and performance standards in appendix A to this part and the laboratory tests in the annex to appendix A to this part have been met. (iv) Verification of test results. Verification that a scale meets the laboratory evaluation and testing requirements in appendix A of this part and each of the influence quantity and disturbance tests as specified in the annex to appendix A to this part: (A) Test results and data on forms supplied by NMFS; (B) National Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) Certificates of Conformance, test results and data for a component of a scale or for the entire device. NTEP Certificates of Conformance, test results, and data may be submitted only in lieu of the specific influence factor tests conducted to obtain the NTEP Certificates of Conformance. Additional information must be submitted to verify compliance with the laboratory tests that are not performed under the NTEP; and/or (C) International Organization of Legal Metrology (OIML) Certificates of Conformance, test results and data. (v) Exceptions. A scale manufacturer or their representative may request that NMFS approve a custom built automatic hopper scale under the following conditions: (A) The scale electronics are the same as those used in other scales on the Regional Administrator's list of scales eligible for approval; (B) Load cells have received Certificates of Conformance from NTEP or OIML; (C) The scale compensates for motion in the same manner as other scales made by that manufacturer which have been listed on the Regional Administrator's list of scales eligible for approval; (D) The scale, when installed, meets all of the requirements set forth in paragraph 3 of appendix A to this part, except those requirements set forth in paragraph 3.2.1.1. (2) Inspection of at-sea scales —(i) What is an inspection? An inspection is a visual assessment and test of a scale after it is installed on the vessel and while the vessel is tied up at a dock and not under power at sea to determine if the scale meets all of the applicable performance and technical requirements in paragraph (b)(2) of this section and in appendix A to this part. A scale will be approved by the inspector if it meets all of the applicable performance and technical requirements in paragraph (b)(2) of this section and appendix A to this part. (ii) How often must a scale be inspected? Each scale must be inspected and approved before the vessel may participate in any fishery requiring the weighing of catch at sea with an approved scale. Each scale must be reinspected within 12 months of the date of the most recent inspection. (iii) Who may perform scale inspections and approvals? Scales must be inspected and approved by a NMFS-staff scale inspector or an inspector designated by NMFS and trained by a NMFS-staff scale inspector. (iv) How does a vessel owner arrange for a scale inspection? The operator must submit a request for a scale inspection at least 10 working days in advance of the requested date of inspection by filing a request online or by printing and faxing the scale inspection request at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/scales/default.htm. (v) Where will scale inspections be conducted? Scales inspections by inspectors paid by NMFS will be conducted on vessels tied up at docks in Kodiak, Alaska; Dutch Harbor, Alaska; and in the Puget Sound area of Washington State. (vi) Responsibilities of the vessel owner during a scale inspection. After the vessel owner has installed a model of scale that is on the Regional Administrator's list of scales eligible to be approved for weighing catch at sea, the vessel owner must: (A) Make the vessel and scale available for inspection by the scale inspector. (B) Provide a copy of the scale manual supplied by the scale manufacturer to the inspector at the beginning of the inspection. (C) Transport test weights, test material, and equipment required to perform the test to and from the inspector's vehicle and the location on the vessel where the scale is installed. (D) Apply test weights to the scale or convey test materials across the scale, if requested by the scale inspector. (E) Assist the scale inspector in performing the scale inspection and testing. (vii) Scale inspection report. (A) A scale is approved for use when the scale inspector completes and signs a scale inspection report verifying that the scale meets all of the requirements specified in this paragraph (b)(2) and appendix A to this part. (B) The scale inspector must provide the original inspection report to the vessel owner and a copy to NMFS. (C) The vessel owner must either: ( 1 ) Maintain a copy of the report on board when use of the scale is required and make the report available to the observer, NMFS personnel, or an authorized officer, upon request, or; ( 2 ) Display a valid NMFS-sticker on each approved scale. (D) When in use, an approved scale must also meet the requirements described in paragraphs (b)(3) through (b)(6) of this section. (3) At-sea scale tests. To verify that the scale meets the MPEs specified in this paragraph (b)(3), the vessel operator must test each scale or scale system used by the vessel to weigh catch at least one time during each calendar day. No more than 24 hours may elapse between tests when use of the scale is required. The vessel owner must ensure that these tests are performed in an accurate and timely manner. (i) Belt scales and automatic hopper scales. (A) The MPE in the daily at-sea scale tests is plus or minus 3 percent of the known weight of the test material. (B) Test procedure. The vessel operator must conduct a material test by weighing no less than 400 kg of test material, supplied by the scale manufacturer or approved by a NMFS-authorized scale inspector, on the scale under test. The test material may be run across the scale multiple times in order to total 400 kg; however, no single batch of test material may weigh less than 40 kg. The known weight of the test material must be determined at the time of each scale test by weighing it on a platform scale approved for use under paragraph (b)(7) of this section. (ii) Platform and hanging scales. (A) The MPE for platform and hanging scales is plus or minus 0.5 percent of the known weight of the test material. (B) Test weights. Each test weight must have its weight stamped on or otherwise permanently affixed to it. The weight of each test weight must be annually certified by a National Institute of Standards and Technology approved metrology laboratory or approved for continued use by the NMFS authorized inspector at the time of the annual scale inspection. The amount of test weights that must be provided by the vessel owner is specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(B)( 1 ) and (b)(3)(ii)(B)( 2 ) of this section. ( 1 ) Platform scales used as observer sampling scales or to determine the known weight of test materials. Any combination of test weights that will allow the scale to be tested at 10 kg, 25 kg, and 50 kg. ( 2 ) Scales used to weigh catch. Test weights equal to the largest amount of fish that will be weighed on the scale in one weighment. (iii) Requirements for all scale tests. (A) Notify the observer at least 15 minutes before the time that the test will be conducted, and conduct the test while the observer is present. (B) Conduct the scale test by placing the test material or test weights on or across the scale and recording the following information on the at-sea scale test report form: ( 1 ) Vessel name; ( 2 ) Month, day, and year of test; ( 3 ) Time test started to the nearest minute; ( 4 ) Known weight of test material or test weights; ( 5 ) Weight of test material or test weights recorded by scale; ( 6 ) Percent error as determined by subtracting the known weight of the test material or test weights from the weight recorded on the scale, dividing that amount by the known weight of the test material or test weights, and multiplying by 100; and ( 7 ) Signature of vessel operator. (4) Scale maintenance. The vessel owner must ensure that the vessel operator maintains the scale in proper operating condition throughout its use; that adjustments made to the scale are made so as to bring the performance errors as close as practicable to a zero value; and that no adjustment is made that will cause the scale to weigh fish inaccurately. (5) Printed reports from the scale (not applicable to observer sampling scales). The vessel owner must ensure that the printed reports are provided as required by this paragraph. Printed reports from the scale must be maintained on board the vessel until the end of the year during which the reports were made and be made available to observers, NMFS personnel, or an authorized officer. In addition, printed reports must be retained by the vessel owner for 3 years after the end of the year during which the printouts were made. (i) Reports of catch weight and cumulative weight. Reports must be printed at least once every 24 hours when use of the scale is required. Reports must also be printed before any information stored in the scale computer memory is replaced. Scale weights must not be adjusted by the scale operator to account for the perceived weight of water, mud, debris, or other materials. Scale printouts must show: (A) The vessel name and Federal fisheries or processor permit number; (B) The haul or set number as recorded in the processor's DCPL (see § 679.5); (C) The total weight of the haul or set; (D) The total cumulative weight of all fish or other material weighed on the scale. (ii) Printed report from the audit trail. The printed report must include the information specified in sections 2.3.1.8, 3.3.1.7, and 4.3.1.8 of appendix A to this part. The printed report must be provided to the authorized scale inspector at each scale inspection and must also be printed at any time upon request of the observer, the scale inspector, NMFS staff, or an authorized officer. (iii) Printed reports from the calibration log. The vessel operator must print the calibration log on request by NMFS employees or any individual authorized by NMFS. The calibration log must be printed and retained by the vessel owner and operator before any information stored in the scale computer memory is replaced. The calibration log must detail either the prior 1,000 calibrations or all calibrations since the scale electronics were first put into service, whichever is less. The printout from the calibration log must show: (A) The vessel name and Federal fisheries or processor permit number; (B) The month, day, and year of the calibration; (C) The time of the calibration to the nearest minute in A.l.t.; (D) The weight used to calibrate the scale; and (E) The magnitude of the calibration in comparison to the prior calibration. (iv) Printed reports from the fault log. The vessel operator must print the fault log on request by NMFS employees or any individual authorized by NMFS. The fault log must be printed and retained by the vessel owner and operator before any information stored in the scale computer memory is replaced. The fault log must detail either the prior 1,000 faults and startups, or all faults and startups since the scale electronics were first put into service, whichever is less. A fault, for the purposes of the fault log, is any condition other than underflow detected by the scale electronics that could affect the metrological accuracy of the scale. The printout from the fault log must show: (A) The vessel name and Federal fisheries or processor permit number; (B) The month, day, year, and time of each startup to the nearest minute in A.l.t.; (C) The month, day, year, and time that each fault began to the nearest minute in A.l.t.; (D) The month, day, year, and time that each fault was resolved to the nearest minute in A.l.t. (6) Scale installation requirements. The scale display must be readable from the location where the observer collects unsorted catch unless otherwise authorized by a NMFS-authorized scale inspector. (7) Platform scales used as observer sampling scales or to determine the known weight of test materials. Platform scales used only as observer sampling scales or to determine the known weight of fish for a material test of another scale are required to meet all of the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section and appendix A to this part except sections 4.3.1 and 4.3.1.5 of appendix A to this part (printer) or section 4.3.1.8 (audit trail) of appendix A to this part. (8) Video monitoring for scales used by the vessel crew to weigh catch. The owner and operator of a vessel fishing for groundfish who are required to weigh catch under the regulations in this section must provide and maintain a NMFS-approved video monitoring system as specified in paragraph (e) of this section. Additionally, the system must: (i) Provide sufficient resolution and field of view to monitor: All areas where catch enters the scale, moves across the scale and leaves the scale; any access point to the scale from which the scale may be adjusted or modified by vessel crew while the vessel is at sea; and the scale display and the indicator for the scale operating in a fault state. (ii) Record and retain video for all periods when catch that must be weighed is on board the vessel. (c) Scales approved by the State of Alaska. Scale requirements in this paragraph are in addition to those requirements set forth by the State of Alaska, and nothing in this paragraph may be construed to reduce or supersede the authority of the State to regulate, test, or approve scales within the State of Alaska or its territorial sea. Scales used to weigh groundfish catch that are also required to be approved by the State of Alaska under Alaska Statute 45.75 must meet the following requirements: (1) Verification of approval. The scale must display a valid State of Alaska sticker indicating that the scale was inspected and approved within the previous 12 months. (2) Visibility. The owner and manager of the processor must ensure that the scale and scale display are visible simultaneously to the observer. Observers, NMFS personnel, or an authorized officer must be allowed to observe the weighing of fish on the scale and be allowed to read the scale display at all times. (3) Printed scale weights. (i) The owner and manager of the processor must ensure that printouts of the scale weight of each haul, set, or delivery are made available to observers, NMFS personnel, or an authorized officer at the time printouts are generated and thereafter upon request for the duration of the fishing year. The owner and manager must retain scale printouts as records as specified in § 679.5(a)(5)(ii). (ii) A scale identified in a CMCP (see paragraph (g) of this section) must produce a printed record for each delivery, or portion of a delivery, weighed on that scale. If approved by NMFS as part of the CMCP, scales not designed for automatic bulk weighing may be exempted from part or all of the printed record requirements. The printed record must include: (A) The processor name; (B) The weight of each load in the weighing cycle; (C) The total weight of fish in each delivery, or portion of the delivery that was weighed on that scale; (D) The total cumulative weight of all fish or other material weighed on the scale since the last annual inspection; (E) The date and time the information is printed; (F) The name and ADF&G number of the vessel making the delivery. This information may be written on the scale printout in pen by the scale operator at the time of delivery. (4) Inseason scale testing. Scales identified in an approved CMCP (see paragraph (g) of this section) must be tested by plant personnel in accordance with the CMCP when testing is requested by NMFS-staff or NMFS-authorized personnel. Plant personnel must be given no less than 20 minutes notice that a scale is to be tested and no testing may be requested if a scale test has been requested and the scale has been found to be accurate within the last 24 hours. (i) How does a scale pass an inseason test? To pass an inseason test, NMFS staff or NMFS-authorized personnel will verify that the scale display and printed information are clear and easily read under all conditions of normal operation, weight values are visible on the display until the value is printed, and the scale does not exceed the maximum permissible errors specified below: (ii) How much weight is required to do an inseason scale test? Scales must be tested with the amount and type of weight specified for each scale type in the following tables: (A) Automatic hopper 0 to 150 kg (0 to 300 lb) capacity. (B) Automatic hopper >150 kg (300 lb) capacity. (C) Platform or flatbed 0 to 150 kg (0 to 300 lb) capacity. (D) Platform or flatbead >150 kg (300 lb) capacity. (E) Observer sampling scale >50 kg capacity. (iii) Certified test weights. Each test weight used for inseason scale testing must have its weight stamped on or otherwise permanently affixed to it. The weight of each test weight must be certified by a National Institute of Standards and Technology approved metrology laboratory every 2 years. An observer platform scale must be provided with sufficient test weights to test the scale at 10 kg, 25 kg, and 50 kg. All other scales identified in an approved CMCP must be provided with sufficient test weights to test the scale as described in this paragraph (c)(4) of this section. Test weights for observer platform scales must be denominated in kilograms. Test weights for other scales may be denominated in pounds. (iv) Other test material. When permitted in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section, a scale may be tested with test material other than certified test weights. This material must be weighed on an accurate observer platform scale at the time of each use. (v) Observer sampling scales. Platform scales used as observer sampling scales must: (A) Have a capacity of no less than 50 kg; (B) Have a division size of no less than 5 g; (C) Indicate weight in kilograms and decimal subdivisions; and (D) Be accurate within plus or minus 0.5 percent when tested at 10 kg, 25 kg, and 50 kg by NMFS staff or an observer. (d) Observer sampling station —(1) Accessibility. All the equipment required for an observer sampling station must be available to the observer at all times while a sampling station is required and the observer is aboard the vessel, except that the observer sampling scale may be used by vessel personnel to conduct material tests of the scale used to weigh catch under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, as long as the use of the observer's sampling scale by others does not interfere with the observer's sampling duties. (2) Location —(i) Motherships and catcher/processors or catcher vessels using trawl gear. The observer sampling station must be located within 4 m of the location from which the observer collects unsorted catch. Clear, unobstructed passage must be provided between the observer sampling station and the location where the observer collects unsorted catch. When standing where unsorted catch is sampled, the observer must be able to see that no fish have been removed between the bin and the scale used to weigh total catch. (ii) Vessels using nontrawl gear. The observer sampling station must be located within 5 m of the collection area, described at § 679.28(d)(8)(ii)(B) of this section, unless any location within this distance is unsafe for the observer. Clear, unobstructed passage must be provided between the observer sampling station and the collection area. Access must be provided to the tally station, described at § 679.28(d)(8)(ii)(A) of this section. NMFS may approve an alternative location if the vessel owner submits a written proposal describing the alternative location and the reasons why a location within 5 m of where fish are brought on board the vessel is unsafe, and the proposed observer sampling station meets all other applicable requirements of this section. (iii) What is clear, unobstructed passage? Where clear and unobstructed passage is required, passageways must be at least 65 cm wide at their narrowest point, be free of tripping hazards, and be at least 1.8 m high. Doorways or companionways must be free of obstacles. (3) Minimum work space. The observer must have a working area for sampling of at least 4.5 square meters. This working area includes the observer's sampling table. The observer must be able to stand upright and have a work area at least 0.9 m deep in the area in front of the table and scale. (4) Table. The observer sampling station must include a table at least 0.6 m deep, 1.2 m wide and 0.9 m high and no more than 1.1 m high. The entire surface area of the table must be available for use by the observer. Any area used for the observer sampling scale is in addition to the minimum space requirements for the table. The observer's sampling table must be secured to the floor or wall. (5) Observer sampling scale. The observer sampling station must include a NMFS-approved platform scale with a capacity of at least 50 kg located within 1 m of the observer's sampling table. The scale must be mounted so that the weighing surface is no more than 0.7 m above the floor. The scale must be approved by NMFS under paragraph (b) of this section and must meet the maximum permissible error requirement specified in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section when tested by the observer. (6) Other requirements. The sampling station must include flooring that prevents slipping and drains well (grating or other material where appropriate), adequate lighting, and a hose that supplies fresh or sea water to the observer. (7) Catcher/processors and motherships in the BS pollock fishery, including pollock CDQ. Catcher/processors directed fishing for pollock in the BS or motherships taking deliveries from vessels directed fishing for pollock in the BS also must meet the following requirements: (i) A salmon storage container must be located adjacent to the observer sampling station; (ii) The salmon storage container must remain in view of the observer at the observer sampling station at all times during the sorting of each haul; and (iii) The salmon storage container must be at least 1.5 cubic meters. (8) Requirements for sampling catch —(i) Motherships and catcher/processors using trawl gear. The conveyor belt conveying unsorted catch must have a removable board to allow fish to be diverted from the belt directly into the observer's sampling baskets. The diverter board must be located downstream of the scale used to weigh total catch so that the observer can use this scale to weigh large samples. At least 1 m of accessible belt space, located downstream of the scale used to weigh total catch, must be available for the observer's use when sampling a haul. (ii) Catcher/processors using non-trawl gear. In addition to the sampling station, vessels using non-trawl gear must provide: (A) Tally station. A place where the observer can see the gear as it leaves the water and can count and identify fish. It must be within 5 m of where fish are brought aboard the vessel and in a location where the observer is not in danger of falling overboard or being injured during gear retrieval. Where exposed to wind or seas, it must be equipped with a railing at least 1.0 m high, grating or other non-slip material, and adequate lighting. (B) Collection area. A collection area is a place where the observer, or vessel crew under the observer's guidance, collects fish as they come off the line or are removed from pots. It must be located where the observer can see the gear when it leaves the water. Where exposed to wind or seas, it must be equipped with a railing at least 1.0 m high and grating or other non-slip material. (9) Observer deck sampling station. Motherships and catcher/processors subject to § 679.102 must be equipped with a deck sampling station that meets the following requirements: (i) Accessibility. All equipment required for an observer deck sampling station must be available to the observer at all times when halibut deck sorting. (ii) Location. The observer deck sampling station must be located adjacent to the point of discard. (iii) Work space. The observer must be able to stand upright in front of the table. (iv) Table —(A) Size. The observer deck sampling station must include a table at least 0.6 m deep, 1.2 m wide, and 0.9 m high, and no more than 1.1 m high. The entire surface area of the table must be available for use by the observer. The table must be secured to the deck when halibut deck sorting. The table must be constructed to prevent fish from sliding off. (B) Length measuring device. The table must have a NMFS-approved length measuring device secured to the surface of the table. (v) Single pathway. There must be a single pathway for halibut to be conveyed to the observer deck sampling station. All halibut sorted on deck must pass over the observer table. There must be a single point of discard after the observer deck sampling station visible to the observer. Halibut too large to be lifted to the table may be measured on deck. (10) Inspection of the observer sampling station. Each observer sampling station must be inspected and approved by NMFS prior to its use for the first time and then once each year within 12 months of the most recent inspection with the following exceptions: If the observer sampling station is moved or if the space or equipment available to the observer is reduced or removed when use of the observer sampling station is required, the Observer Sampling Station Inspection Report issued under this section is no longer valid, and the observer sampling station must be reinspected and approved by NMFS. Inspection of the observer sampling station is in addition to inspection of the at-sea scales by an authorized scale inspector required at paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (i) How does a vessel owner arrange for an observer sampling station inspection? The vessel owner must submit an Inspection Request for Observer Sampling Station with all the information fields accurately filled in to NMFS by emailing ( station.inspections@noaa.gov ), or completing the online request form, at least 10 working days in advance of the requested date of inspection. The request form is available on the NMFS Alaska Region website. (ii) Where will Observer sampling station inspections be conducted? Inspections will be conducted on vessels tied up at docks in Kodiak, Alaska, Dutch Harbor, Alaska, and in the Puget Sound area of Washington State. (iii) Observer Sampling Station Inspection Report. An Observer Sampling Station Inspection Report will be issued by NMFS to the vessel owner if the observer sampling station meets the requirements in this paragraph (d). The vessel owner must maintain a current Observer Sampling Station Inspection Report on board the vessel at all times when the vessel is required to provide an observer sampling station approved for use under this paragraph (d). The Observer Sampling Station Inspection Report must be made available to the observer, NMFS personnel, or to an authorized officer upon request. (A) Deck Sorting. An Observer Sampling Station Inspection Report issued to the owner of a vessel participating in halibut deck sorting as described at § 679.102 will indicate the time limit for halibut deck sorting activities. Considerations used by NMFS to determine the time limit for halibut deck sorting include, but are not limited to, deck space and configuration, and best available halibut viability information. (B) [Reserved]. (e) Video Monitoring System Requirements —(1) What requirements must a vessel owner and operator comply with for a video monitoring system? (i) The system must have sufficient data storage capacity to store all video data from an entire trip. Each frame of stored video data must record a time/date stamp in Alaska local time (A.l.t.). (ii) The system must include at least one external USB port or other removable storage device approved by NMFS. (iii) The system must output video files to an open source format or the vessel owner must provide software capable of converting the output video file to an open source format or commercial software must be available for converting the output video file to an open source format. (iv) Color cameras must have at a minimum 470 TV lines of resolution, auto-iris capabilities, and output color video to the recording device with the ability to revert to black and white video output when light levels become too low for color recognition. (v) The video data must be maintained by the vessel operator and made available on request by NMFS employees, or any individual authorized by NMFS. The data must be retained on board the vessel for no less than 120 days after the date the video is recorded, unless NMFS has notified the vessel operator that the video data may be retained for less than this 120-day period. (vi) The system must record at a speed of no less than 5 unique frames per second at all times when the use of a video monitoring system is required. (vii) NMFS employees, or any individual authorized by NMFS, must be able to view any video footage from any point in the trip using a 16-bit or better color monitor that can display all camera views simultaneously and must be assisted by crew knowledgeable in the operation of the system. (viii) Unless exempted under paragraph (D) below, a 16-bit or better color monitor must be provided within the observer sampling station or at the location where the observer sorts and weighs samples. The monitor: (A) Must have the capacity to display all camera views simultaneously; (B) Must be operating when the use of a video monitoring system is required; (C) Must be securely mounted at or near eye level; (D) Is not applicable to longline C/Ps subject to § 679.100(b)(2). (2) How does a vessel owner or operator arrange for NMFS to conduct a video monitoring system inspection? The vessel owner or operator must submit an Inspection Request for a Video Monitoring System to NMFS with all information fields accurately filled in at least 10 working days in advance of the requested date of inspection. The request form is available on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site ( https://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov ). (3) What additional information is required for a video monitoring system inspection? (i) A diagram drawn to scale showing all sorting locations, the location of the motion-compensated scale, the location of each camera and its coverage area, and the location of any additional video equipment must be submitted with the Inspection Request for a Video Monitoring System form. Diagrams for C/Ps and motherships in the BSAI pollock fishery, including pollock CDQ, must include the location of the salmon storage container. (ii) Any additional information requested by the Regional Administrator. (4) Where will NMFS conduct video monitoring and bin monitoring system inspections? Inspections will be conducted on vessels tied to docks at Dutch Harbor, Alaska; Kodiak, Alaska; and in the Puget Sound area of Washington State. (5) A video monitoring system is approved for use when NMFS employees, or any individual authorized by NMFS, completes and signs a Video Monitoring Inspection Report verifying that the video system meets all applicable requirements of this section. (6) A vessel owner or operator must maintain a current NMFS-issued Video Monitoring System Inspection Report on board the vessel at all times the vessel is required to provide an approved video monitoring system. The Video Monitoring System Inspection Report must be made available to the observer, NMFS personnel, or to an authorized officer upon request. (7) How does a vessel owner make a change to the video monitoring system? Any change to the video monitoring system that would affect the system's functionality must be submitted by a vessel owner to, and be approved by, the Regional Administrator in writing before that change is made. (f) Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) Requirements —(1) What is a VMS? A VMS consists of a NMFS-approved VMS transmitter that automatically determines the vessels position and transmits it to a NMFS-approved communications service provider. The communications service provider receives the transmission and relays it to NMFS. (2) How are VMS transmitters and communications service providers approved by NMFS? (i) NMFS publishes type approval specifications for VMS components in the Federal Register. (ii) Transmitter manufacturers or communication service providers may submit products or services to NMFS for evaluation based on the published specifications. (iii) NMFS will publish a list of NMFS-approved transmitters and communication service providers in the Federal Register. As necessary, NMFS will publish amendments to the list of approved components in the Federal Register. (3) What are the vessel owner's responsibilities? If you are a vessel owner that must participate in a VMS, you or your crew must: (i) Obtain a NMFS-approved VMS transmitter with transmission capabilities required for the areas of vessel operation and have it installed onboard your vessel in accordance with the instructions provided by NMFS. You may get a copy of the VMS installation and operation instructions from the Regional Administrator upon request. (ii) Activate the VMS transmitter and receive confirmation from NMFS that the VMS transmissions are being received before engaging in operations when a VMS is required. (iii) Continue the VMS transmissions until no longer engaged in operations requiring VMS. (iv) Stop fishing immediately if: (A) Informed by NMFS staff or an authorized officer that NMFS is not receiving position reports from the VMS transmitter, or (B) The vessel operator determines that the VMS is not transmitting properly. (v) Make the VMS transmitter available for inspection by NMFS personnel, observers or an authorized officer. (vi) Ensure that the VMS transmitter is not tampered with, disabled, destroyed or operated improperly. (vii) Pay all charges levied by the communication service provider. (4) What must the vessel owner do before activating a VMS transmitter for the first time? If you are a vessel owner who must use a VMS and you are activating a VMS transmitter for the first time, you must: (i) Register the vessel's VMS unit with an appropriate service provider; (ii) [Reserved] (iii) Call OLE at 907-586-7225, Monday through Friday, between the hours of 0800 hours, A.l.t., and 1630 hours, A.l.t., at least 72 hours before leaving port and receive confirmation that the transmissions are being received. (5) What must the vessel owner do when the vessel replaces a VMS transmitter? A vessel owner who must use a VMS and who intends to replace a transmitter, must follow the reporting and confirmation procedure for the replacement transmitter, as described in paragraph (f)(4) of this section. (6) When must the VMS transmitter be transmitting? Your vessel's transmitter must be transmitting if: (i) You operate a vessel in any reporting area (see definitions at § 679.2) off Alaska while any fishery requiring VMS, for which the vessel has a species and gear endorsement on its Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b), is open. (ii) You operate a vessel required to be federally permitted in reporting areas located in the Aleutian Islands subarea or operate a federally permitted vessel in adjacent State waters; (iii) You operate a vessel required to be Federally permitted with non-pelagic trawl or dredge gear onboard in reporting areas located in the GOA or operate a federally permitted vessel with non-pelagic trawl or dredge gear onboard in adjacent State waters; (iv) When that vessel is required to use functioning VMS equipment in the Rockfish Program as described in § 679.7(n)(3); (v) You operate a vessel in federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, and receive and process groundfish from other vessels; (vi) You operate an Amendment 80 catcher/processor (see § 679.5(s)); (vii) You are fishing for IFQ sablefish in the Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands (see § 679.42(k)); (viii) You are fishing for IFQ sablefish in the GOA using longline pot gear (see § 679.42(l)) or fishing for IFQ or CDQ halibut or CDQ sablefish in the BSAI using pot gear (see § 679.42(m)); or (ix) You are required under the Crab Rationalization Program regulations at 50 CFR 680.23(d). (x) You operate a vessel named, or required to be named, on an SFFP issued under § 679.114 in the waters of Cook Inlet during a calendar day when directed fishing for salmon using drift gillnet gear is open in the Cook Inlet EEZ Area and have drift gillnet gear on board or deployed. (7) What additional requirements does an operator have if trawling in the Aleutian Islands reporting areas? Operators of vessels named on a Federal Fisheries Permit under § 679.4(b), and that are using trawl gear in the Aleutian Islands reporting areas to harvest groundfish that is required to be deducted from a Federal TAC specified at § 679.20, must set their VMS to transmit the vessel location at least 10 times per hour. (g) Catch monitoring and control plan requirements (CMCP) —(1) What is a CMCP? A CMCP is a plan submitted by the owner and manager of a processing plant, and approved by NMFS, detailing how the processor will meet the applicable catch monitoring and control standards detailed in paragraphs (g)(7) through (10) of this section. (2) Who is required to prepare and submit a CMCP for approval? The owner and manager of shoreside or stationary floating processors receiving fish harvested in the following fisheries must prepare, submit, and have approved a CMCP prior to the receipt of fish harvested in these fisheries: (i) AFA and CDQ pollock, (ii) AI directed pollock, (iii) Rockfish Program, unless those fish are harvested under the rockfish entry level longline fishery as described under § 679.83. (iv) Any shoreside processor or stationary floating processor receiving any delivery from catcher vessels or tender vessels in the trawl EM category as defined at § 679.2. (3) How is a CMCP approved by NMFS? NMFS will approve a CMCP if it meets all the applicable requirements specified in paragraphs (g)(7) through (10) of this section. The processor may be inspected by NMFS prior to approval of the CMCP to ensure that the processor conforms to the elements addressed in the CMCP. NMFS will complete its review of the CMCP within 14 working days of receipt. If NMFS disapproves a CMCP, the processor owner or manager may resubmit a revised CMCP or file an administrative appeal as set forth under the administrative appeals procedures described at § 679.43. (4) How is a CMCP inspection arranged? The processor must submit a request for a CMCP inspection. The time and place of a CMCP inspection may be arranged by submitting a written request to NMFS, Alaska Region, or other method of electronic communication designated by NMFS. NMFS will review the inspection request within 10 working days after receiving a complete application for an inspection. The inspection request must include: (i) Name of the person submitting the application and the date of the application; (ii) Address, telephone number, and email address of the person submitting the application; and (iii) A proposed CMCP detailing how the processor will meet each of the applicable performance standards in paragraphs (g)(7) through (10) of this section. (5) For how long is a CMCP approved? NMFS will approve a CMCP for up to 1 year if it meets the applicable performance standards specified in paragraphs (g)(7) through (10) of this section. An owner or manager must notify NMFS in writing if changes are made in plant operations or layout that do not conform to the CMCP. (6) How do I make changes to my CMCP? An owner and manager may change an approved CMCP by submitting a CMCP addendum to NMFS. NMFS will approve the modified CMCP if it continues to meet the applicable performance standards specified in paragraphs (g)(7) through (10) of this section. Depending on the nature and magnitude of the change requested, NMFS may require a CMCP inspection as described in paragraph (g)(3) of this section. A CMCP addendum must contain: (i) Name of the person submitting the addendum; (ii) Address, telephone number, and email address of the person submitting the addendum; and (iii) A complete description of the proposed CMCP change. (7) Catch monitoring and control standards. For all shoreside processors or stationary floating processors accepting any delivery from the fisheries listed in paragraph (g)(2) of this section: (i) Catch sorting and weighing requirements. All groundfish delivered to the plant must be sorted and weighed by species. The CMCP must detail the amount and location of space for sorting catch, the number of staff assigned to catch sorting and the maximum rate that catch will flow through the sorting area. (ii) Scales used for weighing groundfish. The CMCP must identify by serial number each scale used to weigh groundfish and describe the rational for its use. (iii) Scale testing procedures. Scales identified in the CMCP must be accurate within the limits specified in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section. For each scale identified in the CMCP a testing plan must be developed that: (A) Describes the procedure the plant will use to test the scale; (B) Lists the test weights and equipment required to test the scale; (C) Lists where the test weights and equipment will be stored; and (D) Lists the plant personnel responsible for conducting the scale testing. (iv) Printed record. The owner and manager must ensure that the scale produces a complete and accurate printed record of the weight of each species in a delivery. All of the groundfish in a delivery must be weighed on a scale capable of producing a complete printed record as described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. However, NMFS may exempt scales not designed for automatic bulk weighing from some or all of the printed record requirements if the CMCP identifies any scale that cannot produce a complete printed record, states how the processor will use the scale, and states how the plant intends to produce a complete record of the total weight of each delivery. (v) Delivery point. Each CMCP must identify a single delivery point. The delivery point is the first location where fish removed from a delivering catcher vessel can be sorted or diverted to more than one location. If the catch is pumped from the hold of a catcher vessel or a codend, the delivery point normally will be the location where the pump first discharges the catch. If catch is removed from a vessel by brailing, the delivery point normally will be the bin or belt where the brailer discharges the catch. The CMCP must describe how the catch will be offloaded at the delivery point. (vi) Observation area. Each CMCP must designate an observation area. The observation area is a location designated on the CMCP where an individual may monitor the flow of fish during a delivery. The owner and manager must ensure that the observation area meets the following standards: (A) Access to the observation area. The observation area must be freely accessible to NMFS staff or NMFS-authorized personnel at any time a valid CMCP is required. (B) Monitoring the flow of fish. From the observation area, an individual must have an unobstructed view or otherwise be able to monitor the entire flow of fish between the delivery point and a location where all sorting has taken place and each species has been weighed. (vii) Scale Drawing of the Plant. The CMCP must be accompanied by a scale drawing of the plant showing: (A) The delivery point; (B) Flow of fish; (C) The observation area; (D) The observer sampling station described in paragraph (g)(7)(ix) of this section; (E) The location of each scale used to weigh catch; (F) Each location where catch is sorted including the last location where sorting could occur; and (G) Information to meet other requirements of this part, if requested by NMFS. (viii) Reasonable assistance. Shoreside processors and stationary floating processors must provide reasonable assistance as described in § 679.51(e)(2)(vi), to observer(s) and to the Rockfish CMCP specialist. The CMCP must identify staff responsible for ensuring reasonable assistance is provided. (ix) Observer sampling station. Each CMCP, except for the Rockfish Program, must identify and include an observer(s) sampling station for the exclusive use of observer(s). Unless otherwise approved by NMFS, the sampling station must meet the following criteria: (A) Location of observer sampling station. ( 1 ) The observer sampling station must be located in an area protected from the weather where the observer has access to unsorted catch. ( 2 ) The observer sampling station must be adjacent to the location where salmon will be counted and biological samples or scientific data are collected. ( 3 ) Clear, unobstructed passage must be provided between the observer sampling station and observer sample collection point. The observer(s) must be able to monitor the collection and transport of unsorted catch to the observer sampling station. (B) Proximity of observer sampling station. The observer sampling station must be located within 4 meters of the observer sample collection point without encountering safety hazards, or, reasonable assistance must be given to move samples into the observer sampling station upon request. (C) Minimum workspace requirements. The observer sampling station must include: A working area of at least 4.5 square meters. The observer(s) must be able to stand upright and have a sampling area at least 0.9 meters deep in front of the table and scale. The workspace must include flooring that prevents slipping and drains well, adequate lighting, and a hose that supplies fresh or sea water to the observer. (D) Clear, unobstructed passage. A clear and unobstructed passage is required between the observer sample collection point and sampling station, and within the observer sampling station. Passageways must be at least 65 centimeters wide at their narrowest point, and be free of tripping or head bumping hazards. (E) Table. The observer sampling station must include a table at least 0.6 meters deep, 1.2 meters wide, 0.9 meters high, and no more than 1.1 meters high. The entire surface area of the table must be available for use by the observer(s). Any area used for the observer sampling scale is in addition to the minimum space requirements for the table specified at paragraph (g)(7)(ix)(B) of this section. The observer sampling table must be secure, and stable. (F) Observer Platform scale. The observer sampling station must include a platform scale as described in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, and must meet the requirements specified in paragraph (c)(3)(v) of this section when tested by the observer. The platform scale must be located within 1 meter of the observer sampling table. The scale must be mounted so that the weighing surface is no more than 0.7 meters above the floor. (G) Lockable cabinet. The observer work station must include a secure and lockable cabinet or locker of at least 0.5 cubic meters, and must be for the exclusive use of the observer(s). (x) Communication with observer. The CMCP, except for the Rockfish Program, must describe what communication equipment such as radios or cellular phones is used to facilitate communications within the plant. The plant owner must ensure that the plant manager provides the observer(s) with the same communications equipment used by plant staff. The plant owner or plant manager must communicate the following information to the observer(s), including: (A) Daily schedule of expected landings; (B) Vessel name; (C) Identify which management areas the vessel was operating in; (D) If the delivering vessel is operating under the trawl EM category; (E) Estimated tonnage onboard the vessel; (F) If there is a deckload; (G) Estimated start time of each vessel offload; (H) Estimated time to complete the offload; (I) If the vessel offload will be interrupted for any reason; and (J) Any other information required by the applicable CMCP or VMP. (xi) Processor liaison. The CMCP must designate a processor liaison. The processor liaison is responsible for: (A) Orienting new observer(s) to the plant and providing a copy of the NMFS-approved CMCP and any subsequent addendums or revisions; and (B) Assisting in the resolution of observer(s) concerns. (8) Rockfish Program. In addition to compliance with requirements set forth at paragraph (g)(7) of this section, all shoreside processors or stationary floating processors receiving deliveries of groundfish harvested under the authority of a rockfish CQ permit must: (i) Rockfish CMCP specialist notification. Describe how the Rockfish CMCP specialist will be notified of deliveries of groundfish harvested under the authority of a rockfish CQ permit. (ii) [Reserved] (9) Processors receiving AFA pollock, CDQ pollock, and trawl EM category deliveries. In addition to compliance with requirements set forth at paragraph (g)(7) of this section, all shoreside processors and stationary floating processors receiving deliveries from the fisheries described in paragraphs (g)(2)(i),(ii), and (iv) of this section, must comply with the following: (i) Salmon storage container. (A) A salmon storage container must be designated for the exclusive purpose of storing salmon during an offload; (B) The observer(s) must have a clear, unobstructed view of the salmon storage container to ensure no salmon of any species are removed without the observer's knowledge; (C) The CMCP must describe the process of sorting and storing salmon; and (D) The scale drawing of the plant must include the location of the salmon storage container. (ii) Salmon sorting and handling practices. (A) Sort and transport all salmon to the salmon storage container identified in the CMCP (see paragraphs (g)(7)(vi)(C) and (g)(7)(x)(F) of this section). The salmon must remain in that salmon storage container and within the view of the observer(s) at all times during the offload; (B) If, at any point during the offload, salmon are too numerous to be contained in the salmon storage container, cease the offload and all sorting and give the observer(s) the opportunity to count and collect scientific data or biological samples from all salmon in the storage bin. The counted salmon then must be removed from the area by plant personnel in the presence of the observer(s); (C) At the completion of the offload, give the observer(s) the opportunity to count the salmon and collect scientific data or biological samples; (D) When receiving deliveries of pollock from the Bering Sea or CDQ pollock fisheries, give the observer(s) the opportunity to complete the count of salmon and the collection of scientific data or biological samples from the previous offload of catch before sorting of the next offload of any catch may begin. When the observer(s) has completed all counting and sampling duties for the offload, plant personnel must remove the salmon in the presence of the observer(s), from the salmon storage container and location where salmon are counted and biological samples or scientific data are collected; and (E) Regarding deliveries of pollock from the Gulf of Alaska or Aleutian Islands, the observer(s) must be given the opportunity to complete the count of salmon and the collection of scientific data or biological samples from all offloads selected for monitoring. When the observer(s) has completed all counting and sampling duties for the offload, plant personnel must remove the salmon in the presence of the observer(s), from the salmon storage container and location where salmon are counted and biological samples or scientific data are collected. (iii) Observer sample collection point. The observer sample collection point is the location where the observer collects unsorted catch. (A) The observer sample collection point (see paragraph (g)(7)(ix)(A)( 3 ) of this section) must have a diverter mechanism to allow fish to be diverted from the belt directly into the observer's sampling baskets. The location and design of the diverter mechanism must be described in the CMCP; and (B) The scale drawing of the plant, specified at paragraph (g)(7)(vii) of this section, must include the location of the observer sample collection point. (iv) Observer sampling scales and test weights. (A) Identify by serial number each observer sampling scale in the CMCP; (B) Provide observer sampling scales that are accurate and within the limits specified in paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this section; (C) Test weights must be made available for the observer(s) use, be kept in good condition, be made of stainless steel or other corrosion-resistant material, and must meet requirements specified in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section; (D) List the serial numbers of the test weights to be used to test the observer sampling scale in the CMCP; and (E) The CMCP must identify where the test weights will be stored. Test weights must be stored within the observer sampling station or reasonable assistance must be provided upon observer(s) request to move the weights from the storage location to the observer sampling scale. (10) AFA pollock and CDQ pollock. In addition to paragraphs (g)(7) and (9) of this section, all shoreside processors and stationary floating processors accepting deliveries described in paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section have the following additional requirements: (i) Ensure no salmon of any species pass beyond the last point where sorting of fish occurs, as identified in the scale drawing of the plant, paragraph (g)(7)(vii) of this section, in the CMCP; (ii) The CMCP must describe the process that will be used to sort salmon, including the procedures for handling salmon that have passed beyond the last point where sorting of fish occurs; and (iii) Meet all salmon handling requirements as described in (g)(9) of this section. (h) ELB software —(1) How do I get my ELB software approved by NMFS? —(i) Specifications. NMFS will provide specifications for ELB software upon request. Interested parties may contact NMFS by mail at NMFS Alaska Region, Sustainable Fisheries Division, Catch Accounting/Data Quality, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668; by telephone at 907-586-7228. The four types of ELB software are: (A) Catcher vessel longline or pot gear (see § 679.5(c)(3)); (B) Catcher/processor longline or pot gear (see § 679.5(c)(3)); (C) Catcher vessel trawl gear (see § 679.5(c)(4)); and (D) Catcher/processor trawl gear (see § 679.5(c)(4)). (ii) ELB submittal package. A vendor or developer wishing to have an ELB approved by NMFS must submit: (A) A fully operational test copy of the software; and (B) An application for ELB-approval giving the following information (see paragraphs (h)(1)(ii)(B)( 1 ) through ( 3 ) of this section): ( 1 ) Company, contact person, address, telephone number, and fax number for the company developing the software; ( 2 ) Name and type of software; and ( 3 ) Printed name and signature of individual submitting the software for approval. (C) Copies of all manuals and documentation for the software. (iii) ELB approval. NMFS will approve ELB software within 60 working days of receipt of all required information if the software meets the following standards in paragraphs (h)(1)(iii)(A) through (H) of this section): (A) Has fields for the entry of all information required for a paper DFL or DCPL as described in § 679.5(c)(3) and (4), as appropriate. (B) The software must automatically time and date stamp each printed copy of the ELB logsheet and ELB discard report and clearly identify the first printed copy as an original. If any changes are made to the data in the ELB, subsequent printed copies must clearly be identified as revised. The software must be designed to prevent the operator from overriding this feature. (C) The software must export data as an ASCII comma delimited text file, xml file, or other format approved by NMFS. (D) The software must integrate with the vessel's global positioning system (GPS) to allow vessel location fields to be completed automatically. (E) When the software is started, it must clearly show the software version number. (F) The software must be designed to facilitate the transfer of an export file to NMFS as an email attachment. (G) The software must be designed to ensure that an operator can comply with the requirements for ELB use as described in § 679.5(f). (H) The software must include sufficient data validation capability to prevent a submitter from accidentally transmitting a data file or printing an ELB logsheet that is incomplete or contains clearly erroneous data. (2) What if I need to make changes to NMFS-approved ELB software? —(i) NMFS-instigated changes. NMFS will provide the developer with information that affects the ELB software as soon as it is available for distribution, e.g., changes in species codes or product codes. (ii) Developer-instigated changes. The developer must submit a copy of the changed software along with documentation describing the need for the change to NMFS for review and approval as described in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section. NMFS will review and approve the new version according to the guidelines set forth in paragraph (h)(1)(iii) of this section. (iii) NMFS-approved ELB changes. If changes to ELB software are approved by NMFS, the developer must: (A) Give the revised software a new version number; (B) Notify all known ELB users of the software that a new version is available; and (C) Ensure that the ELB users are provided with a revised copy within 15 days of notification. (i) Bin monitoring —(1) Bin monitoring standards. The vessel owner or operator must comply with the requirements specified in paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section unless the vessel owner or operator has requested, and NMFS has approved, the video monitoring option described at paragraph (i)(1)(ii) of this section. (i) Option 1—No crew in bin or tank. No crew may enter any bin or tank preceding the point where the observer samples unsorted catch, unless: (A) The flow of fish has been stopped between the tank and the location where the observer samples unsorted catch; (B) All catch has been cleared from all locations between the tank and the location where the observer samples unsorted catch; (C) The observer has been given notice that the vessel crew must enter the tank; and either (D) The observer is given the opportunity to observe the activities of the person(s) in the tank; or (E) The observer informs the vessel operator, or his designee, that all sampling has been completed for a given haul, in which case crew may enter a tank containing fish from that haul without stopping the flow of fish or clearing catch between the tank and the observer sampling station. (ii) Option 2—Video monitoring system option. A vessel owner and operator must provide and maintain a NMFS-approved video monitoring system as specified in paragraph (e) of this section. Additionally, the vessel owner and operator must ensure that the system: (A) Records and retains all video for all periods when fish are inside the bin; and (B) Provides sufficient resolution and field of view to see crew activities from any location within the tank where crew could be located. (2) Who must have a bin monitoring option inspection? A vessel owner or operator choosing to operate under the video option (option 2) in paragraph (i)(1)(ii) of this section must receive an annual bin monitoring option inspection. (3) How does a vessel owner arrange for a bin monitoring option inspection? The owner must submit an Inspection Request for Bin Monitoring to NMFS with all the information fields filled in at least 10 working days in advance of the requested date of inspection. The request form is available on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site ( https://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov ). (4) Where will bin monitoring option inspections be conducted? Inspections will be conducted on vessels tied to docks at Dutch Harbor, Alaska, Kodiak, Alaska, and in the Puget Sound area of Washington State. (5) Bin monitoring option inspection report. A bin monitoring option inspection report will be issued to the vessel owner if the bin monitoring option meets the requirements of paragraph (i)(1)(ii) of this section. The vessel owner must maintain a current bin option inspection report on board the vessel at all times the vessel is required to provide an approved bin monitoring option under this paragraph (i)(5). The bin monitoring option inspection report must be made available to the observer, NMFS personnel, or to an authorized officer upon request. (j) Video monitoring on catcher/processors and motherships in the BS pollock fishery, including pollock CDQ. The owner and operator of a catcher/processor or a mothership must provide and maintain a video monitoring system approved under paragraph (e) of this section. These video monitoring system requirements must be met when the catcher/processor is directed fishing for pollock in the BS, including pollock CDQ, and when the mothership is taking deliveries from catcher vessels directed fishing for pollock in the BS, including pollock CDQ. Additionally, the system must— (1) Record and retain video for all periods when fish are flowing past the sorting area or salmon are in the storage container. (2) The system must provide sufficient resolution and field of view to observe all areas where salmon are sorted from the catch, all crew actions in these areas, and discern individual fish in the salmon storage container. (k) Video monitoring in the longline catcher/processor subsector. The owner and operator of a catcher/processor subject to § 679.100(b)(2) must provide and maintain a video monitoring system approved under paragraph (e) of this section. These video monitoring system requirements must be met when the vessel is operating in either the BSAI or GOA groundfish fisheries when directed fishing for Pacific cod is open in the BSAI, or while the vessel is groundfish CDQ fishing. Additionally, the system must: (1) Record and retain video for all periods when Pacific cod are being sorted and weighed. (2) Provide sufficient resolution and field of view to monitor all areas where Pacific cod are sorted from the catch, all fish passing over the motion-compensated scale, and all crew actions in these areas. (l) Video monitoring for halibut deck sorting. The owner and operator of a mothership or catcher/processor subject to § 679.102 must provide and maintain a video monitoring system approved under paragraph (e) of this section when the vessel is halibut deck sorting. Additionally, the system must— (1) Record and retain video for an entire trip when halibut deck sorting may occur; and (2) Provide sufficient resolution and field of view to monitor all areas on deck where halibut may be sorted from the catch and discarded, and all crew actions in these areas." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.3.1.1,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,C,Subpart C—Western Alaska Community Development Quota Program,,§ 679.30 [Reserved],FWS,,,, 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.3.1.2,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,C,Subpart C—Western Alaska Community Development Quota Program,,"§ 679.31 CDQ and PSQ reserves, allocations, and transfers.",FWS,,,"[77 FR 6498, Feb. 8, 2012, as amended at 79 FR 56681, Sept. 23, 2014; 81 FR 24733, Apr. 27, 2016]","(a) CDQ, PSQ, and CDQ ABC reserves —(1) Groundfish CDQ reserves. See § 679.20 (b)(1)(ii). (2) Halibut CDQ reserve —(i) NMFS will annually withhold from the IFQ allocation the proportions of the halibut catch limit that are specified in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section for use as a CDQ reserve. (ii) The proportions of the halibut catch limit annually withheld for the halibut CDQ program, exclusive of issued QS, are as follows for each IPHC regulatory area (see Figure 15 to this part): (A) Area 4B. In IPHC regulatory area 4B, 20 percent of the annual halibut quota shall be apportioned to a CDQ reserve. (B) Area 4C. In IPHC regulatory area 4C, 50 percent of the annual halibut quota shall be apportioned to a CDQ reserve. (C) Area 4D. In IPHC regulatory area 4D, 30 percent of the annual halibut quota shall be apportioned to a CDQ reserve. (D) Area 4E. In IPHC regulatory area 4E, 100 percent of the annual halibut quota shall be apportioned to a CDQ reserve. A fishing trip limit of 10,000 lb (4.54 mt) applies to halibut CDQ harvested through September 1. (3) Crab CDQ reserves. Crab CDQ reserves for crab species governed by the Crab Rationalization Program are specified at § 680.40(a)(1) of this chapter. For Norton Sound red king crab, 7.5 percent of the guideline harvest level specified by the State of Alaska is allocated to the crab CDQ reserve. (4) PSQ reserve. (See § 679.21(e)(3)(i)(A) and (b)(1)(iv)) (5) CDQ ABC reserves. (See § 679.20(b)(1)(iii)(A)) (b) Allocations of CDQ, PSQ, and CDQ ABC reserves among the CDQ groups —(1) Annual allocations of groundfish, halibut, and crab CDQ reserves among the CDQ groups. The CDQ reserves in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section and § 679.20(b)(1)(ii) shall be allocated among the CDQ groups based on the CDQ percentage allocations required under 16 U.S.C. 1855(i)(1)(C), unless modified under 16 U.S.C. 1855(i)(1)(H). A portion of the groundfish CDQ reserves will be allocated according to paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (2) Annual allocations of nontarget groundfish species among the CDQ groups. Seven-tenths of one percent of each of the annual TACs allocated as groundfish CDQ reserves under § 679.20(b)(1)(ii)(C) and (D), with the exception of the trawl gear sablefish CDQ reserves, shall be allocated among the CDQ groups by the panel established in section 305(i)(1)(G) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act. (3) Annual allocations of PSQ reserves among the CDQ groups. The annual PSQ reserves shall be allocated among the CDQ groups based on the percentage allocations approved by NMFS on August 8, 2005. These percentage allocations are described and listed in a notice published in the Federal Register on August 31, 2006 (71 FR 51804). (4) Annual allocations of CDQ ABC reserves among the CDQ groups. (i) An amount equivalent to 10 percent of the ABC reserve for flathead sole, rock sole, and yellowfin sole as determined under the annual harvest specifications at § 679.20(c) shall be allocated among the CDQ groups based on the CDQ percentage allocations under 16 U.S.C. 1855(i)(1)(C), unless modified under 16 U.S.C. 1855(i)(1)(H); and (ii) An amount equivalent to 0.7 percent of the ABC reserve for flathead sole, rock sole, and yellowfin sole as determined under the annual harvest specifications at § 679.20(c) shall be allocated among the CDQ groups by the panel established in section 305(i)(1)(G) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act. (c) Transfers. CDQ groups may request that NMFS transfer CDQ or PSQ from one group to another group by each group submitting a completed transfer request as described in § 679.5(n)(1). NMFS will approve the transfer request if the CDQ group transferring quota to another CDQ group has sufficient quota available for transfer. If NMFS approves the request, NMFS will make the requested transfer(s) by decreasing the account balance of the CDQ group from which the CDQ or PSQ species is transferred and by increasing the account balance of the CDQ group receiving the transferred CDQ or PSQ species. The PSQ will be transferred as of the date NMFS approves the transfer request and is effective only for the remainder of the calendar year in which the transfer occurs. (d) Accessing CDQ ABC reserves. Each CDQ group may request that NMFS approve a Flatfish Exchange to add flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole to its CDQ account in exchange for reducing its CDQ account by an equal amount of flathead sole, rock sole, or yellowfin sole. CDQ groups may request Flatfish Exchanges by submitting a completed Flatfish Exchange Application as described at § 679.4(p)." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.3.1.3,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,C,Subpart C—Western Alaska Community Development Quota Program,,§ 679.32 Groundfish and halibut CDQ catch monitoring.,FWS,,,"[77 FR 6499, Feb. 8, 2012, as amended at 77 FR 59060, Sept. 26, 2012; 77 FR 70091, Nov. 21, 2012; 81 FR 26744, May 4, 2016; 83 FR 30532, June 29, 2018; 84 FR 55053, Oct. 15, 2019; 88 FR 77231, Nov. 9, 2023]","(a) Applicability. This section contains requirements for CDQ groups, vessel operators, and managers of processors that harvest or process fixed gear sablefish CDQ, pollock CDQ, or groundfish CDQ. Regulations governing the catch accounting of halibut CDQ are at § 679.40(h). (b) PSQ catch. Time and area closures required once a CDQ group has reached its salmon PSQ or crab PSQ are listed in § 679.7(d)(5). The catch of salmon or crab by vessels using other than trawl gear does not accrue to the PSQ for these species. The discard of halibut by vessels using pot gear, jig gear, or hook-and-line gear to harvest sablefish CDQ will not accrue to the halibut PSQ if this bycatch has been exempted from the halibut PSC limit in the annual BSAI specifications published in the Federal Register. (c) Fisheries monitoring requirements and catch accounting sources for vessels sablefish, pollock, or groundfish CDQ fishing —(1) Sablefish CDQ fishing with fixed gear. (i) Observer coverage. Operators and owners of catcher vessels sablefish CDQ fishing must comply with observer coverage requirements at § 679.51(a)(1). Operators and owners of catcher/processors sablefish CDQ fishing must comply with observer coverage requirements at § 679.51(a)(2). (ii) Data sources used for CDQ catch accounting. NMFS will use the following data sources to account for catch made by vessels sablefish CDQ fishing with fixed gear: (A) Sablefish CDQ. NMFS will use the same information sources that are used to debit sablefish IFQ accounts (see § 679.40(h)) to debit fixed gear sablefish CDQ accounts. This information must be reported through standard reporting requirements in § 679.5. (B) Groundfish CDQ. NMFS will use the catch information submitted under standard reporting requirements in § 679.5 to debit any other groundfish CDQ species caught while sablefish CDQ fishing from applicable groundfish CDQ accounts. (2) Pollock CDQ fishing —(i) Operational requirements for catcher/processors and motherships. Operators of catcher/processors directed fishing for pollock CDQ and motherships taking deliveries of codends from catcher vessels directed fishing for pollock must comply with the following: (A) Comply with observer coverage requirements at § 679.51(a)(2). (B) Notify the observers of CDQ catch before CDQ catch is brought onboard the vessel and notify the observers of the CDQ group and CDQ number associated with the CDQ catch. (C) Comply with the catch weighing and observer sampling station requirements at § 679.63(a). (ii) Data sources used for CDQ catch accounting —(A) Catcher/processors and motherships. NMFS will use observer data as the basis to debit pollock CDQ, groundfish CDQ, and PSQ account balances. (B) Catcher vessels delivering to shoreside processors. NMFS will use the catch information submitted under standard reporting requirements in § 679.5 to debit pollock CDQ, other groundfish CDQ species, and PSQ caught while pollock CDQ fishing from applicable CDQ account balances. (3) Groundfish CDQ fishing —(i) Operational requirements —(A) Catcher vessels using trawl gear and delivering sorted catch to a processor. Operators of vessels in this category must comply with all of the following requirements: ( 1 ) Comply with the observer coverage requirements at § 679.51(a)(2). ( 2 ) Retain all CDQ species and salmon PSQ until they are delivered to a processor that meets the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section unless retention of groundfish CDQ species is not authorized under § 679.4 of this part; discard of the groundfish CDQ species is required under subpart B of this part; or, in waters within the State of Alaska, discard is required by laws of the State of Alaska. ( 3 ) Retain all halibut and crab PSQ in a bin or other location until it is counted and sampled by the observer. ( 4 ) Provide space on the deck of the vessel for the observer to sort and store catch samples and a place from which to hang the observer sampling scale. (B) Catcher/processors using trawl gear. Operators of vessels in this category must comply with the following requirements: ( 1 ) Comply with the observer coverage requirements at § 679.51(a)(2). ( 2 ) [Reserved] ( 3 ) Comply with the catch monitoring requirements at § 679.93(c). (C) Motherships taking deliveries of unsorted codends. Operators of vessels in this category must comply with the following requirements: ( 1 ) Comply with the observer coverage requirements at § 679.51(a)(2). ( 2 ) [Reserved] ( 3 ) Provide an observer sampling station as described at § 679.28(d). ( 4 ) The operator of a mothership taking deliveries of unsorted codends from catcher vessels must weigh all catch, except halibut sorted on deck by vessels participating in halibut deck sorting described at § 679.102, on a scale that complies with the requirements of § 679.28(b). Catch must not be sorted before it is weighed, unless a provision for doing so is approved by NMFS for the vessel. Each CDQ haul must be sampled by an observer for species composition and the vessel operator must allow observers to use any scale approved by NMFS to weigh partial CDQ haul samples. (D) Observed catcher vessels using nontrawl gear. This paragraph applies to all observed catcher vessels using nontrawl gear, except those catcher vessels regulated under paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section. Operators of vessels in this category must retain all CDQ species until they are delivered to a processor that meets the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section unless retention of groundfish CDQ species is not authorized under § 679.4, discard of the groundfish CDQ or PSQ species is required under subpart B of this part, or, in waters within the State of Alaska, discard is required by laws of the State of Alaska. All of the halibut PSQ must be counted and sampled for length or weight by the observer. (E) Catcher/processors using nontrawl gear. Operators of vessels in this category must comply with the following requirements: ( 1 ) Operators of catcher/processors using hook-and-line gear must comply with § 679.100. Operators of catcher/processors using pot gear must comply with observer coverage requirements at § 679.51(a)(2)(vi)(A)( 4 ); and ( 2 ) [Reserved] ( 3 ) Provide an observer sampling station as described at § 679.28(d). ( 4 ) Notify the Observer Program by phone at 1 (907) 581-2060 (Dutch Harbor, AK) or 1 (907) 481-1770 (Kodiak, AK) at least 24 hours prior to departure when the vessel will be carrying an observer who has not previously been deployed on that vessel within the last 12 months. Subsequent to the vessel's departure notification, but prior to departure, NMFS may contact the vessel to arrange for a pre-cruise meeting. The pre-cruise meeting must minimally include the vessel operator or manager and any observers assigned to the vessel. (ii) Data sources used for CDQ catch accounting. NMFS will use the following sources to account for the catch of groundfish CDQ and PSQ species caught by vessels groundfish CDQ fishing. (A) Catcher vessels delivering unsorted codends. The weight and numbers of groundfish CDQ (including pollock) and PSQ species will be determined by applying the species composition sampling data collected for each CDQ haul by the observer on the mothership to the total weight of each CDQ haul as determined by weighing all catch from each CDQ haul on a scale approved under § 679.28(b). (B) Observed catcher vessels using trawl gear. The estimated weight of halibut and numbers of crab PSQ discarded at sea will be determined by using the observer's sample data. The weight or numbers of all landed groundfish CDQ and salmon PSQ will be derived from the delivery information submitted through the eLandings system, as required at § 679.5(e). (C) Catcher/processors and motherships using trawl gear. The weight and numbers of CDQ and PSQ species will be determined by applying the observer's sampling data to the total weight of the CDQ haul. (D) Observed catcher vessels using nontrawl gear. This paragraph applies to all observed catcher vessels using nontrawl gear, except those catcher vessels regulated under paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section. The weight of halibut PSQ discarded at sea will be determined by using the observer's sample data. The weight or numbers of all landed groundfish CDQ and salmon PSQ will be derived from the delivery information submitted through the eLandings system, as required at § 679.5(e). (E) Catcher/processors using nontrawl gear. The weight of halibut PSQ and all groundfish CDQ species, except sablefish, will be determined by applying the observer's species composition sampling data to the estimate of total catch weight, if any CDQ species are discarded at sea. Sablefish CDQ caught with fixed gear is accounted for as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. (iii) Groundfish CDQ fishing by catcher vessels less than or equal to 46 ft LOA using hook-and-line gear —(A) Applicability. Regulations in this paragraph apply to the operators of catcher vessels less than or equal to 46 ft (14.0 m) LOA using hook-and-line gear when groundfish CDQ fishing and to the CDQ groups authorizing the operators of these vessels to harvest groundfish CDQ or halibut CDQ. (B) Halibut CDQ or halibut IFQ. If any halibut CDQ or halibut IFQ are retained during a fishing trip on board a vessel described in paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, the following requirements apply: ( 1 ) The vessel operator must retain all legal-size halibut caught during that entire fishing trip. ( 2 ) The vessel operator must have sufficient halibut IFQ or halibut CDQ available to account for the catch of all legal-size halibut caught during the entire fishing trip. ( 3 ) If the vessel operator is relying on halibut CDQ from a CDQ group to support the retained catch of legal-size halibut during a fishing trip, the CDQ group must provide adequate halibut CDQ to this vessel operator to account for all of the legal-size halibut caught by the vessel during the entire fishing trip. (C) Halibut PSC. If halibut CDQ or halibut IFQ are not retained during a fishing trip on board a vessel described in paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, the following requirements apply: ( 1 ) The vessel operator must discard all halibut caught during the fishing trip. ( 2 ) Small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit. The CDQ group representative may transfer halibut from a CDQ group's halibut PSQ to its small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit. To do so, the CDQ representative must submit a transfer request using the procedures described in § 679.5(n). In reviewing a request to transfer halibut PSQ to a CDQ group's small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit, NMFS will consider whether the amount of halibut to be transferred to the small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit is sufficient to support groundfish CDQ fishing by the catcher vessels that the CDQ group plans to authorize to conduct groundfish CDQ fishing. The transfer is not effective until approved by NMFS. The CDQ group representative also may transfer halibut from a CDQ group's small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit back to its halibut PSQ by submitting a transfer request using the procedures described in § 679.5(n). In reviewing a request to transfer halibut from the small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit back to the CDQ group's halibut PSQ, NMFS will consider the status of CDQ fisheries through the end of the year and anticipated halibut PSC rates for any remaining groundfish CDQ fishing by vessels managed under the small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit for the requesting CDQ group. ( 3 ) Fishery closures. Directed fishing for groundfish CDQ, except sablefish CDQ managed under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, by catcher vessels less than or equal to 46 ft LOA using hook-and-line gear is prohibited unless the Regional Administrator publishes notification in the Federal Register authorizing such directed fishing. In deciding whether to authorize directed fishing, NMFS will consider whether a CDQ group has sufficient halibut in its small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit to support directed fishing for groundfish CDQ by these catcher vessels. Upon determining that a CDQ group's small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit has been or will be reached, the Regional Administrator will publish notification in the Federal Register prohibiting directed fishing for all groundfish CDQ species, except sablefish CDQ, by catcher vessels less than or equal to 46 ft LOA using hook-and-line gear fishing for that CDQ group. If the estimated halibut PSC by vessels described in paragraph (c)(3)(iii)(A) of this section exceeds the balance of the small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit on December 31 of any year, and if the CDQ group has remaining halibut PSQ on that date, NMFS will transfer an amount of halibut PSQ into the CDQ group's small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit to bring the balance of the small catcher vessel halibut PSC limit to zero. NMFS will make the determination about whether such an administrative transfer is necessary after data from the fishing year is finalized. (d) Monitoring requirements for shoreside processors and stationary floating processors —(1) Requirements for processors taking deliveries of pollock CDQ —(i) Catch weighing. Managers of shoreside processors or stationary floating processors taking deliveries of pollock CDQ must comply with the requirements at § 679.63(c). (ii) Catch monitoring and control plan. Managers of AFA inshore processors or stationary floating processors taking deliveries of pollock CDQ must follow an approved catch monitoring and control plan as described at § 679.28(g). (iii) Comply with observer coverage requirements at § 679.51(b)(2). (2) Requirements for processors taking deliveries of groundfish CDQ. Managers of shoreside processors and stationary floating processors taking deliveries of groundfish CDQ must comply with the following requirements: (i) Comply with observer coverage requirements at § 679.51(b)(1). (ii) Provide prior notice to observer of offloading schedule. Notify the observer of the offloading schedule of each CDQ delivery at least 1 hour prior to offloading to provide the observer an opportunity to monitor the sorting and weighing of the entire delivery. (iii) CDQ and PSQ by weight. Sort and weigh on a scale approved by the State of Alaska under § 679.28(c) all groundfish and halibut CDQ or PSQ by species or species group. (iv) PSQ by number. Sort and count all salmon and crab PSQ. (v) CDQ and PSQ sorting and weighing. Sorting and weighing of CDQ and PSQ must be monitored by an observer. (e) Use of non-CDQ harvest regulations for vessels in voluntary fishing cooperatives —(1) Applicability. If approved by NMFS under this paragraph (e), vessels participating in a voluntary fishing cooperative in a non-CDQ sector are authorized to conduct groundfish CDQ fishing under the same regulations that apply while such vessels are used to directed fish in the non-CDQ fisheries and are not required to comply with the CDQ harvest regulations in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section. (2) Who may apply? A CDQ group representative, a representative of an association representing CDQ groups, or the authorized representative of a voluntary fishing cooperative may submit an application to use alternative CDQ harvest regulations. (3) Application process —(i) Application documents. A completed application is comprised of an application form and a copy of the cooperative contract or an affidavit, as described below: (A) Application form. The application to use alternative CDQ harvest regulations is available on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at www.alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. All information fields must be accurately completed, including information about the applicant, the voluntary fishing cooperative, and the vessels participating in the voluntary cooperative. (B) Cooperative contract or affidavit. The application must include either a copy of the current voluntary fishing cooperative contract demonstrating participation in the cooperative by the owners of each of the vessels named on the application form or an affidavit that includes the information required in this paragraph (e)(3)(i)(B). NMFS must be able to determine the following information from the voluntary fishing cooperative contract or the affidavit: the name of the authorized representative of the cooperative; the printed names and signatures of each vessel owner that is a party to the voluntary cooperative; the vessel name, FFP number, and LLP license number for each vessel managed under the cooperative; and the target species, processing mode, gear types, and management area(s) associated with the voluntary cooperative's federal fishing operations. If an applicant submits a copy of the voluntary fishing cooperative contract but it does not contain this information, the applicant also must submit a written affidavit that provides all of the information required in this paragraph (e)(3)(i)(B) that is not included in the cooperative contract. (ii) Application submission. The application for use of non-CDQ harvest regulations must be submitted to the Regional Administrator per the instructions on the application form. (iii) Submittal and duration —(A) Submittal. An application requesting approval for the use of non-CDQ harvest regulations may be submitted to NMFS at any time. (B) Duration. Once approved, an application to use alternative CDQ harvest regulations is effective as of the date on which NMFS approves the application. The approval is effective until the requesting entity withdraws its application, or until there is a change in the membership of the voluntary cooperative, whichever occurs first. (iv) NMFS review. NMFS will review an application to use non-CDQ harvest regulations to determine that all of the information submitted complies with the requirements of paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) of this section, and that the vessels listed on the application form represent a majority of the vessels participating in the applicable sector. If NMFS determines that the application is deficient, NMFS will notify the applicant in writing to identify the discrepancies and provide the applicant with an opportunity to correct them. (v) NMFS determinations and administrative appeal. NMFS will approve an application to use non-CDQ harvest regulations when it determines that all of the information submitted with the application complies with the requirements of paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) of this section, the vessels listed on the application form represent a majority of vessels participating in an applicable sector, and the CDQ harvest regulations are more restrictive than the non-CDQ regulations for the applicable sector. NMFS will issue an initial administrative determination (IAD) disapproving the application and the reasons for its disapproval if the application is incomplete, the voluntary cooperative does not represent a majority of the vessels participating in the sector, or the CDQ harvest regulations are not more restrictive than the non-CDQ regulations for the applicable sector. An applicant who receives an IAD disapproving an application may appeal under the procedures set forth at § 679.43. (vi) Amendments. The entity applied for use of non-CDQ harvest regulations must promptly notify NMFS of any changes in the voluntary fishing cooperative's membership by re-applying in accordance with this paragraph (e). Amendments to an approved application to use alternative CDQ harvest regulations may be submitted to NMFS at any time, and will be reviewed under the requirements of this paragraph (e)." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.3.1.4,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,C,Subpart C—Western Alaska Community Development Quota Program,,§ 679.33 CDQ cost recovery.,FWS,,,"[81 FR 167, Jan. 5, 2016]","(a) Cost Recovery Fee Program for CDQ groundfish and halibut —(1) Who is Responsible? The person documented with NMFS as the CDQ group representative at the time of a CDQ landing. (i) Subsequent transfer, under § 679.31(c), of a CDQ allocation by a CDQ group does not affect the CDQ group representative's liability for noncompliance with this section. (ii) Changes in amount of a CDQ allocation to a CDQ group do not affect the CDQ group representative's liability for noncompliance with this section. (2) Fee collection. Each CDQ group that receives a CDQ allocation of groundfish and halibut is responsible for submitting the cost recovery payment for all CDQ landings debited against that CDQ group's allocations. (3) Payment —(i) Payment due date. A CDQ group representative must submit all CDQ fee payment(s) to NMFS at the address provided in paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section no later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the CDQ groundfish and halibut landings were made. (ii) Payment recipient. Make electronic payment payable to NMFS. (iii) Payment address. Submit payment and related documents as instructed on the fee submission form. Payments must be made electronically through the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. Instructions for electronic payment will be made available on both the payment Web site and a fee liability summary letter mailed to the CDQ group representative. (iv) Payment method. Payment must be made electronically in U.S. dollars by automated clearing house, credit card, or electronic check drawn on a U.S. bank account. (b) CDQ standard ex-vessel value determination and use —(1) General. A CDQ group representative must use the CDQ standard prices determined by NMFS under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (2) CDQ standard prices —(i) General. Each year the Regional Administrator will publish CDQ standard prices for groundfish and halibut in the Federal Register by December 1 of the year in which the CDQ groundfish and halibut landings were made. The CDQ standard prices will be described in U.S. dollars per CDQ equivalent pound for CDQ groundfish and halibut landings made during the current calendar year. (ii) Effective duration. The CDQ standard prices published by NMFS shall apply to all CDQ groundfish and halibut landings made during the current calendar year. (iii) Determination. NMFS will calculate the CDQ standard prices for each CDQ fishery as follows: (A) CDQ halibut and CDQ fixed gear sablefish. NMFS will calculate the CDQ standard prices for CDQ halibut and CDQ fixed gear sablefish to reflect, as closely as possible by port or port-group, the variations in the actual ex-vessel values of CDQ halibut and fixed-gear sablefish based on information provided in the IFQ Registered Buyer Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report described at § 679.5(l)(7). The Regional Administrator will base CDQ standard prices on the following information: ( 1 ) Landed pounds of IFQ halibut and sablefish and CDQ halibut in the Bering Sea port-group; ( 2 ) Total ex-vessel value of IFQ halibut and sablefish and CDQ halibut in the Bering Sea port-group; and ( 3 ) Price adjustments, including retroactive payments. (B) CDQ Pacific cod. NMFS will use the standard prices calculated for Pacific cod based on information provided in the Pacific Cod Ex-vessel Volume and Value Report described at § 679.5(u)(1) for CDQ Pacific cod. (C) CDQ pollock. NMFS will use the standard prices calculated for AFA pollock described at § 679.66(b) for CDQ pollock. (D) Other CDQ groundfish including sablefish caught with trawl gear. ( 1 ) NMFS will base all CDQ standard prices for all other CDQ groundfish species on the First Wholesale Volume and Value reports specified in § 679.5(u)(2). ( 2 ) NMFS will establish CDQ standard prices for all other CDQ groundfish species on an annual basis; except the Regional Administrator will establish a first CDQ standard price for rock sole for all landings from January 1 through March 31, and a second CDQ standard price for rock sole for all landings from April 1 through December 31. ( 3 ) The average first wholesale product prices reported will be multiplied by 0.4 to obtain a proxy for the ex-vessel prices of those CDQ groundfish species. (c) CDQ fee percentage —(1) Established percentage. The CDQ fee percentage for CDQ groundfish and halibut is the amount as determined by the factors and methodology described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. This amount will be announced by publication in the Federal Register in accordance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section. This amount must not exceed 3.0 percent pursuant to 16 U.S.C. 1854(d)(2)(B). (2) Calculating fee percentage value. Each year NMFS will calculate and publish the CDQ fee percentage according to the following factors and methodology: (i) Factors. NMFS will use the following factors to determine the fee percentage: (A) The catch to which the CDQ groundfish and halibut cost recovery fee will apply; (B) The ex-vessel value of that catch; and (C) The costs directly related to the management, data collection, and enforcement of the CDQ Program for groundfish and halibut. (ii) Methodology. NMFS will use the following equations to determine the fee percentage: 100 × DPC/V, where: (A) DPC = the direct program costs for the CDQ Program for groundfish and halibut for the most recent Federal fiscal year (October 1 through September 30) with any adjustments to the account from payments received in the previous year. (B) V = total of the CDQ standard ex-vessel value of the catch subject to the CDQ fee liability for the current year. (3) Publication —(i) General. NMFS will calculate and announce the CDQ fee percentage in a Federal Register notice by December 1 of the year in which the CDQ groundfish and halibut landings were made. NMFS will calculate the CDQ fee percentage based on the calculations described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (ii) Effective period. NMFS will apply the calculated CDQ fee percentage to CDQ groundfish and halibut landings made between January 1 and December 31 of the same year. (4) Applicable percentage. The CDQ group representative must use the CDQ fee percentage applicable at the time a CDQ groundfish and halibut landing is debited from a CDQ group's allocation to calculate the CDQ fee liability for any retroactive payments for that CDQ species. (5) Fee liability determination for a CDQ group. (i) Each CDQ group will be subject to a CDQ fee for any CDQ groundfish and halibut debited from that CDQ group's allocation during a calendar year. (ii) The CDQ fee assessed to a CDQ group will be based on the proportion of the standard ex-vessel value of CDQ groundfish and halibut debited from a CDQ group's allocation relative to all CDQ groups during a calendar year as determined by NMFS. (iii) NMFS will provide a CDQ fee liability summary letter to each CDQ group representative by December 1 of each year. The summary will explain the CDQ fee liability determination including the current fee percentage, and details of CDQ pounds debited from the CDQ group allocations by permit, species, date, and prices. (d) Underpayment of fee liability —(1) No CDQ group will receive its allocations of CDQ groundfish or halibut until the CDQ group representative submits full payment of that CDQ group's complete CDQ fee liability. (2) If a CDQ group representative fails to submit full payment for its CDQ fee liability by the date described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the Regional Administrator may: (i) At any time thereafter send an IAD to the CDQ group representative stating that the CDQ group's estimated fee liability, as indicated by his or her own submitted information, is the CDQ fee liability due from the CDQ group. (ii) Disapprove any application to transfer CDQ to or from the CDQ group in accordance with § 679.31(c). (3) If a CDQ group fails to submit full payment by December 31 of each year, the Regional Administrator will not issue allocations of CDQ groundfish and halibut to that CDQ group for the following calendar year. (4) Upon final agency action determining that a CDQ group representative has not paid the CDQ fee liability due for that CDQ group, the Regional Administrator may continue to not issue allocations of CDQ groundfish and halibut for that CDQ group for any subsequent calendar years until NMFS receives the unpaid fees. If payment is not received by the 30th day after the final agency action, the agency may pursue collection of the unpaid fees. (e) Over payment. Upon issuance of final agency action, payment submitted to NMFS in excess of the CDQ fee liability determined to be due by the final agency action will be returned to the CDQ group representative unless the CDQ group representative requests the agency to credit the excess amount against the CDQ group's future CDQ fee liability. (f) Appeals. A CDQ group representative who receives an IAD for incomplete payment of a CDQ fee liability may appeal under the appeals procedures set out at 15 CFR part 906. (g) Annual report. Each year, NMFS will publish a report describing the CDQ Cost Recovery Fee Program for groundfish and halibut." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.4.1.1,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,D,Subpart D—Individual Fishing Quota Management Measures,,§ 679.40 Sablefish and halibut QS.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 35579, July 5, 1996; 61 FR 41525, Aug. 9, 1996; 61 FR 43314, Aug. 22, 1996; 62 FR 59299, Nov. 3, 1997; 66 FR 27910, May 21, 2001; 67 FR 4133, Jan. 28, 2002; 71 FR 36492, June 27, 2006; 72 FR 44809, Aug. 9, 2007; 73 FR 76166, Dec. 15, 2008; 76 FR 40633, July 11, 2011; 77 FR 29563, May 18, 2012; 78 FR 75893, Dec. 12, 2013; 83 FR 47831, Sept. 21, 2018]","The Regional Administrator shall annually divide the annual commercial fishing catch limit of halibut as defined in § 300.61 of this title and published in the Federal Register pursuant to § 300.62 of this title, among qualified halibut quota share holders. The Regional Administrator shall annually divide the TAC of sablefish that is apportioned to the fixed gear fishery pursuant to § 679.20, minus the CDQ reserve, among qualified sablefish quota share holders. (a) Initial allocation of QS —(1) General. The Regional Administrator shall initially assign to qualified persons, on or after October 18, 1994, halibut and sablefish fixed gear fishery QS that are specific to IFQ regulatory areas and vessel categories. QS will be assigned as a block in the appropriate IFQ regulatory area and vessel category, if that QS would have resulted in an allocation of less than 20,000 lb (9 mt) of IFQ for halibut or sablefish based on the 1994 TAC for fixed gear in those fisheries for specific IFQ regulatory areas and the QS pools of those fisheries for specific IFQ regulatory areas as of October 17, 1994. (2) Qualified person. (i) As used in this section, a “qualified person” means a “person,” as defined in § 679.2: (A) That owned a vessel that made legal landings of halibut or sablefish, harvested with fixed gear, from any IFQ regulatory area in any QS qualifying year; or (B) That leased a vessel that made legal landings of halibut or sablefish, harvested with fixed gear, from any IFQ regulatory area in any QS qualifying year. A person who owns a vessel cannot be a qualified person based on the legal fixed gear landings of halibut or sablefish made by a person who leased the vessel for the duration of the lease. (C) Who is a citizen of the United States at the time of application for QS. (D) Who is a corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity that would have qualified to document a fishing vessel as a vessel of the United States during the QS qualifying years of 1988, 1989, and 1990. (ii) Qualified persons, or their successors-in-interest, must exist at the time of their application for QS. (iii) A former partner of a dissolved partnership or a former shareholder of a dissolved corporation who would otherwise qualify as a person may apply for QS in proportion to his or her interest in the dissolved partnership or corporation. (iv) Sablefish harvested within Prince William Sound, or under a State of Alaska limited entry program, will not be considered in determining whether a person is a qualified person. (3) Qualification for QS —(i) Year. A QS qualifying year is 1988, 1989, or 1990. (ii) Vessel ownership. Evidence of vessel ownership shall be limited to the following documents, in order of priority: (A) For vessels required to be documented under the laws of the United States, the USCG abstract of title issued in respect of that vessel. (B) A certificate of registration that is determinative as to vessel ownership. (C) A bill of sale. (iii) Vessel lease. Conclusive evidence of a vessel lease will include a written vessel lease agreement or a notarized statement from the vessel owner and lease holder attesting to the existence of a vessel lease agreement at any time during the QS qualifying years. Conclusive evidence of a vessel lease must identify the leased vessel and indicate the name of the lease holder and the period of time during which the lease was in effect. Other evidence, which may not be conclusive, but may tend to support a vessel lease, may also be submitted. (iv) Ownership interest. Evidence of ownership interest in a dissolved partnership or corporation shall be limited to corporate documents (e.g., articles of incorporation) or notarized statements signed by each former partner, shareholder or director, and specifying their proportions of interest. (v) Legal landing of halibut or sablefish —(A) Definition. As used in this section, a “legal landing of halibut or sablefish” means halibut or sablefish harvested with fixed gear and landed in compliance with state and Federal regulations in effect at the time of the landing. (B) Documentation. Evidence of legal landings shall be limited to documentation of state or Federal catch reports that indicate the amount of halibut or sablefish harvested, the IPHC regulatory area or groundfish reporting area in which it was caught, the vessel and gear type used to catch it, and the date of harvesting, landing, or reporting. State catch reports are Alaska, Washington, Oregon, or California fish tickets. Federal catch reports are production reports required under § 679.5. Sablefish harvested within Prince William Sound or under a State of Alaska limited entry program will not be considered in determining qualification to receive QS, nor in calculating initial QS. (4) Calculation of initial QS —(i) Halibut QS. The Regional Administrator shall calculate the halibut QS for any qualified person in each IFQ regulatory area based on that person's highest total legal landings of halibut in each IPHC regulatory area for any 5 years of the 7-year halibut QS base period 1984 through 1990. The sum of all halibut QS for an IFQ regulatory area will be the halibut QS pool for that area. (ii) Sablefish QS. The Regional Administrator shall calculate the sablefish QS for any qualified person in each IFQ regulatory area based on that person's highest total legal landings of sablefish in each groundfish reporting area for any 5 years of the 6-year sablefish QS base period 1985 through 1990. The sum of all sablefish QS for an IFQ regulatory area will be the sablefish QS pool for that area. (iii) CDQ program. Each initial QS calculation will be modified to accommodate the CDQ program prescribed at subpart C of this part. (5) Assignment of QS to vessel categories —(i) LOA. Each qualified person's QS will be assigned to a vessel category based on the LOA of vessel(s) from which that person made fixed gear legal landings of groundfish or halibut in the most recent year of participation and the product type landed. As used in this paragraph (a)(5), “the most recent year of participation” means the most recent of 4 calendar years in which any groundfish or halibut were harvested using fixed gear, as follows: 1988, 1989, or 1990; or calendar year 1991 prior to September 26, 1991. (ii) Vessel categories. QS and its associated IFQ assigned to vessel categories include: (A) Category A QS and associated IFQ, which authorizes an IFQ permit holder to harvest and process IFQ species on a vessel of any length; (B) Category B QS and associated IFQ, which authorizes an IFQ permit holder to harvest IFQ species on a vessel of any length; (C) Category C QS and associated IFQ, which authorizes an IFQ permit holder to harvest IFQ species on a vessel less than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA: (D) Category D QS and associated IFQ, which authorizes an IFQ permit holder to harvest IFQ halibut on a vessel less than or equal to 35 ft (10.7 m) LOA, except as provided in § 679.42(a). (iii) QS assignment. A qualified person's QS will be assigned: (A) To vessel category A if, at any time during his/her most recent year of participation, that person's vessel processed any groundfish or halibut caught with fixed gear. (B) To vessel category B if, at any time during his/her most recent year of participation, that person's vessel was greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA and did not process any groundfish or halibut caught with fixed gear. (C) To each applicable vessel category in proportion to the landings of halibut or sablefish made by that person if, at any time during their most recent year of participation, that person used more than one vessel in different categories. (iv) Sablefish QS. A qualified person's sablefish QS will be assigned: (A) To vessel category C if, at any time during his/her most recent year of participation, that person's vessel was less than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA and did not process any groundfish or halibut caught with fixed gear. (B) To the vessel category in which halibut and groundfish were landed, or vessel categories in proportion to the total fixed gear landings of halibut and groundfish, if, at any time during the most recent year of participation, that person's vessel(s) makes no landing(s) of sablefish. (v) Halibut QS. A qualified person's halibut QS will be assigned: (A) To vessel category C if, at any time during his/her most recent year of participation, that person's vessel was less than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m), but greater than 35 ft (10.7 m), LOA and did not process any groundfish or halibut caught with fixed gear. (B) To vessel category D if, at any time during his/her most recent year of participation, that person's vessel was less than or equal to 35 ft (10.7 m) LOA and did not process any groundfish or halibut caught with fixed gear. (C) To the vessel category in which groundfish were landed, or vessel categories in proportion to the total fixed gear landings of groundfish, if, at any time during the most recent year of participation, that person's vessel(s) makes no landing(s) of halibut. (vi) Both species QS. A qualified person's QS for both species will be assigned to the vessel category in which groundfish were landed in the most recent year of participation if, at any time during that year, that person landed halibut in one vessel category and sablefish in a different vessel category. (6) Application for initial QS —(i) Application form. The Application period for QS ended on July 15, 1994. As of that date, the Request for QS Application form replaced the QS Application form as the means by which the Administrator, RAM, reviews and makes initial administrative determinations on requests for initial allocations of QS. A Request for QS Application must contain the following: information identifying the individual, representative of a deceased fisherman's estate, corporation, partnership, or other non-individual entity, or dissolved corporation, partnership, or other non-individual entity making the request; contact numbers; vessel identification, length overall, and purchase date; and information on any vessel leasing arrangement pertinent to the claim of eligibility. (ii) Application period. An application period of no less than 180 days will be specified by notification in the Federal Register and other information sources that the Regional Administrator deems appropriate. (iii) Complete application. Complete applications received by the Regional Administrator will be acknowledged. An incomplete application will be returned to the applicant with specific kinds of information identified that are necessary to make it complete. (7) Insufficient documentation. Halibut and sablefish catch history, vessel ownership or lease data, and other information supplied by an applicant will be compared with data compiled by the Regional Administrator. If additional data presented in an application are not consistent with the data compiled by the Regional Administrator, the applicant will be notified of insufficient documentation. The applicant will have 90 days to submit corroborating documents (as specified in paragraph (a) of this section) in support of his/her application or to resubmit a revised application. All applicants will be limited to one opportunity to provide corroborating documentation or a revised application in response to notification of insufficient documentation. (8) Verified data. Uncontested data in applications will be approved by the Regional Administrator. Based on these data, the Regional Administrator will calculate each applicant's initial halibut and sablefish QS, as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, for each IFQ regulatory area, respectively, and will add each applicant's halibut and sablefish QS for an IFQ regulatory area to the respective QS pool for that area. (9) Unverified data. Catch history, vessel ownership, or lease data that cannot be verified by the Regional Administrator, following the procedure described in paragraph (a)(7) of this section, will not qualify for QS. An initial determination denying QS on the grounds that claimed catch history, vessel ownership or lease data were not verified may be appealed following the procedure described in § 679.43. Quota share reflecting catch history, vessel ownership, or lease data that are contested between two or more applicants, at least one of which is likely to qualify for QS when the dispute is resolved, will be assigned to a reserve that will be considered part of the QS pool for the appropriate IFQ regulatory area. Any QS and IFQ that results from agency action resolving the dispute will be assigned to the prevailing applicant(s) pursuant to paragraphs (a)(4), (a)(5), (b), and (c) of this section. If the assigned IFQ for the 1995 fishing season becomes moot by passage of time needed to resolve the dispute, the assignment of QS and IFQ for subsequent fishing seasons will be unaffected. (10) NMFS revokes inactive QS if the person holding inactive QS does not: (i) Respond in writing to NMFS, within 60 days after NMFS issues a Notice of Determination of Quota Share Inactivity (Inactive QS Notice) sent to the address of record as defined at § 679.43(e) of this part, requesting that the inactive QS not be revoked. Responses must be received by NMFS no later than the date contained on the Inactive QS Notice (ii) For purposes of paragraph (a)(10) of this section, “respond in writing” means write a statement directing NMFS to change the status of QS to “active” and sign and date the statement or complete the form attached to the Inactive QS Notice and send by U.S. Mail, courier, hand delivery, or facsimile to the NMFS, Alaska Region as provided on the Inactive QS Notice and printed on the front side of the form. The written response must be received by NMFS no later than the date contained on the Inactive QS Notice or if sent by mail, postmarked by that date. If delivered by hand or courier, the receiving date is the date the notice is stamped received by NMFS. (iii) For purposes of paragraph (a)(10) of this section, the term “inactive QS” means halibut QS or sablefish QS, held by a person who received an initial allocation of halibut QS or sablefish QS and has not taken any of the following actions: (A) Transferred any halibut QS or sablefish QS pursuant to § 679.41; (B) Transferred any halibut IFQ or sablefish IFQ pursuant to § 679.41; (C) Landed any halibut authorized by IFQ halibut permit(s) issued to that person; or (D) Landed any sablefish authorized by IFQ sablefish permit(s) issued to that person. (b) Annual allocation of IFQ and RFQ. The Regional Administrator shall assign halibut or sablefish IFQs to each person, except the RQE, holding unrestricted QS halibut or sablefish, respectively, up to the limits prescribed in § 679.42(e) and (f). Each assigned IFQ will be specific to an IFQ regulatory area and vessel category, and will represent the maximum amount of halibut or sablefish that may be harvested from the specified IFQ regulatory area and by the person to whom it is assigned during the specified fishing year, unless the IFQ assignment is changed by the Regional Administrator within the fishing year because of an approved transfer or because all or part of the IFQ is sanctioned for violating rules of this part. The Regional Administrator shall assign RFQ to the RQE pursuant to paragraph (c)(4) of this section. (c) Calculation of annual IFQ and RFQ allocations —(1) General. (i) The annual allocation of halibut IFQ to any person (person p) in any IFQ regulatory area (area a) will be equal to the product of the annual commercial catch limit as defined in § 300.61 of this title, after adjustment for purposes of the Western Alaska CDQ Program, and that person's QS divided by the QS pool for that area. Overage adjustments will be subtracted from a person's IFQ pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section; underage adjustments will be added to a person's IFQ pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section. Expressed algebraically, the annual halibut IFQ allocation formula is as follows: IFQ pa = [(fixed gear TAC a − CDQ reserve a ) × (QS pa /QS pool a )] − overage adjustment of IFQ pa + underage adjustment of IFQ pa. (ii) The annual allocation of sablefish IFQ to any person (person p) in any IFQ regulatory area (area a) will be equal to the product of the TAC of sablefish by fixed gear for that area (after adjustment for purposes of the Western Alaska CDQ Program) and that person's QS divided by the QS pool for that area. Overage adjustments will be subtracted from a person's IFQ pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section; underage adjustments will be added to a person's IFQ pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section. Expressed algebraically, the annual IFQ allocation formula is as follows: IFQ pa = [(fixed gear TAC a − CDQ reserve a ) × (QS pa /QS pool a )] − overage adjustment of IFQ pa + underage adjustment of IFQ pa. (2) QS amounts. For purposes of calculating IFQs and RFQ for any fishing year, the amount of a person's QS and the amount of the QS pool for any IFQ regulatory area will be the amounts on record with the Alaska Region, NMFS, on January 15 of that year. (3) IFQ permit. The Regional Administrator shall issue to each QS holder, pursuant to § 679.4, an IFQ permit specifying the maximum amount of halibut and sablefish that may be harvested with fixed gear in a specified IFQ regulatory area and vessel category. Such IFQ permits will be sent to each QS holder at the address on record for that person prior to the start of the IFQ fishing season or to any IFQ holder(s) following transfers or penalties (15 CFR part 904). (4) RFQ allocation to RQE —(i) RQE QS amounts. For purposes of calculating RFQ for any fishing year, the amount of halibut QS held by the RQE for either IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A for the corresponding IFQ regulatory area will be the amounts on record with the Alaska Region, NMFS on October 1 of the year prior. (ii) Calculation of RFQ. The annual allocation of RFQ halibut to an RQE (person r) in IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A (area a) will be equal to the product of the annual commercial catch limit as defined in § 300.61 of this title, and the QS held by the RQE (specified in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section) divided by the QS pool for that area (specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section). No overage or underage adjustments will be applied to the RQE's annual RFQ. Expressed algebraically, the annual RFQ halibut allocation formula is as follows: RFQ ra = [fixed gear TAC a × (QS ra /QS pool a )] (iii) Excess RFQ. NMFS will not issue the RQE any excess RFQ. Excess RFQ is the difference between the amount of RFQ based on the QS held by the RQE and the amount of RFQ needed to provide charter fishery management measures that are equivalent to unguided recreational fishery management measures. If the annual management measures published pursuant to § 300.62 of this title specify charter fishery management measures that are equivalent to the unguided recreational management measures, NMFS will: (A) Calculate the annual allocation of halibut RFQ to the RQE as specified in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section; and (B) Determine the amount of RFQ needed to supplement the annual guided sport catch limit from the CSP in Area 2C and Area 3A (described in § 300.65(c) of this title) to account for charter fishery harvests under the charter fishery management measures specified in the annual management measures and issue that amount of RFQ to the RFQ permit account. (C) Calculate the amount of excess RFQ by subtracting the amount of RFQ issued as determined in paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B) of this section from the annual calculation of RFQ halibut to the RQE as calculated in paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(A) of this section. (iv) Redistribution of excess RFQ. Excess pounds of RFQ will be redistributed as IFQ as follows: (A) 50 percent to all catcher vessel QS holders in the applicable area who held not more than 32,333 QS units in Area 2C, and 47,469 QS units in Area 3A in the current calendar year and in the calendar year prior to the redistribution, in proportion to their QS holdings; and (B) 50 percent divided equally among all CQEs that held halibut QS in the applicable IFQ regulatory area (Area 2C or Area 3A) in the current calendar year and in the calendar year prior to the redistribution. If no CQE held QS in the applicable IFQ regulatory area (Area 2C and Area 3A) in the current calendar year and in the calendar year prior to the redistribution, that RFQ will not be redistributed as IFQ and will not be available for use by any CQE, IFQ permit holder, or RQE in that calendar year. (d) Ten-percent adjustment policy. A person's annual IFQ account will be adjusted in the year following a determination that the person harvested or landed IFQ species in an amount is greater than the amount available in the person's annual IFQ account and if the amount greater than the amount available does not exceed 10 percent of the amount available in the person's annual IFQ account at the time of landing. The adjustment would be a deduction of the amount of IFQ species harvested or landed that was determined to exceed the amount available in the person's annual IFQ account and will apply to any person to whom the affected IFQ is allocated in the year following the determination. (e) Underages. Underages of up to 10 percent of a person's total annual IFQ account for a current fishing year will be added to that person's annual IFQ account in the year following determination of the underage. This underage adjustment to the annual IFQ allocation will be specific to IFQ species, IFQ regulatory area, and vessel category for which an IFQ is calculated, and will apply to any person to whom the affected IFQ is allocated in the year following determination of an underage. (f) Harvesting privilege. Quota shares allocated or permits issued pursuant to this part do not represent either an absolute right to the resource or any interest that is subject to the “takings” provision of the Fifth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. Rather, such quota shares or permits represent only a harvesting privilege that may be revoked or amended subject to the requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable law. (g) External research tags for halibut and sablefish. (1) Nothing contained in this part 679 shall prohibit any person at any time from retaining and landing a Pacific halibut or sablefish that bears at the time of capture an external research tag from any state, Federal, or international agency, provided that the halibut or sablefish is one of the following: (i) A Pacific halibut landed pursuant to § 300.62 of this title and to this part 679; or (ii) A sablefish landed in accordance with the Tagged Groundfish Research Program, and in compliance with all sablefish requirements of this part 679. (2) Halibut and sablefish bearing an external research tag from any state, Federal, or international agency, landed pursuant to paragraph (g)(1)(i) or (g)(1)(ii) of this section, and in accordance with § 679.5(l), shall be excluded from IFQ or CDQ deduction as follows: (i) The fish shall not be calculated as part of a person's IFQ harvest of halibut or sablefish and shall not be debited against a person's halibut IFQ or a person's sablefish IFQ; or (ii) The fish shall not be calculated as part of the CDQ harvest of halibut or sablefish and shall not be debited against a CDQ group's halibut CDQ or a CDQ group's sablefish CDQ. (iii) The fish will not be calculated as part of the recreational harvest of halibut and will not be debited against the RFQ permit account or the annual guided sport catch limit as defined in § 300.61 of this title. (h) Properly debited landing —(1) Permit holder's account. Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, all IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, and IFQ sablefish catch onboard a vessel must be weighed and debited from the IFQ permit holder's account or CDQ halibut permit holder's account under which the catch was harvested. (2) Properly debited account. A properly concluded sablefish/halibut IFQ landing receipt, crab IFQ landing receipt, or a manual IFQ landing report which is signed by the Registered Buyer and IFQ permit holder or IFQ hired master permit holder or CDQ hired master permit holder constitutes confirmation that the IFQ permit holder's or CDQ permit holder's account is properly debited. (3) Source of debit. NMFS will use the following sources (see paragraphs (h)(3)(i), (ii) and (iii) of this section) of information to debit a CDQ halibut, IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or RFQ permit account: (i) Unprocessed landing. If offload of unprocessed IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish from a vessel, the scale weight (to the nearest pound) of the halibut or sablefish product actually measured at the time of offload, as required by § 679.5(e)(7)(i)(E)( 6 ) to be included in the IFQ Landing Report. (ii) Processed landing. If offload of processed IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish from a vessel, the scale weight (to the nearest pound) of the halibut or sablefish processed product actually measured at or before the time of offload. If the product scale weights are taken before the time of offload, then the species and actual product weight of each box or container must be visibly marked on the outside of each container to facilitate inspection by OLE or designees. (iii) Landed RFQ. All annual RFQ halibut issued to an RQE will be considered landed in the year for which it is issued." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.4.1.2,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,D,Subpart D—Individual Fishing Quota Management Measures,,§ 679.41 Transfer of quota shares and IFQ.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","(a) General. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, transfer of QS or IFQ means any transaction requiring QS, or the use thereof in the form of IFQ, to pass from one person to another, permanently or for a fixed period of time. (2) Transactions requiring IFQ permits to be issued in the name of a hired master employed by an individual or a corporation are not transfers of QS or IFQ. (3) Any transaction involving a transfer between IFQ and guided angler fish (GAF), as defined in § 300.61 of this title, is governed by regulations in § 300.65(c) of this title. (b) Transfer procedure —(1) Application for transfer. An Application for Transfer of QS/IFQ (Application for Transfer) must be approved by the Regional Administrator before a person may use IFQ to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish, whether the IFQ was the result of a direct transfer or the result of a QS transfer. An Application for Transfer will not be approved until the Regional Administrator has reviewed and approved the transfer agreement signed by the parties to the transaction. The Regional Administrator shall provide an Application for Transfer form to any person on request. Persons who submit an Application for Transfer to the Regional Administrator for approval will receive notification of the Regional Administrator's decision to approve or disapprove the Application for Transfer, and, if applicable, the reason(s) for disapproval, by mail posted on the date of that decision, unless another communication mode is requested on the Application for Transfer. (2) QS or IFQ accounts. QS or IFQ accounts affected by an Application for Transfer approved by the Regional Administrator will change on the date of approval. Any necessary IFQ permits will be sent with the notification of the Regional Administrator's decision. (c) Application for Transfer approval criteria. Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, an Application for Transfer will not be approved until the Regional Administrator has determined that: (1) The person applying for transfer received the QS or IFQ to be transferred: (i) By initial assignment by the Regional Administrator as provided in § 679.40(a); or (ii) By approved transfer. (2) The person applying to receive the QS or IFQ meets the requirements of eligibility in paragraph (d) of this section. (3) The person applying for transfer and the person applying to receive the QS or IFQ have their signatures on the Application for Transfer. (4) There are no fines, civil penalties, or other payments due and owing, or outstanding permit sanctions, resulting from Federal fishery violations involving either person. (5) The person applying to receive the QS or IFQ currently exists. (6) The transfer would not cause the person applying to receive the QS or IFQ to exceed the use limits in § 679.42 (e) or (f). (7) The transfer would not violate the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section. (8)(i) The person applying to make or receive the IFQ or QS transfer has paid all IFQ fees that have become due as a result of an initial administrative determination. (ii) The person applying to make or receive the IFQ or QS transfer who has not paid all IFQ fees that are due (as provided under § 679.45(a)) has timely appealed the administrative determination that IFQ fees have not been paid in full and has submitted to NMFS an amount sufficient to satisfy any disputed liability pending a final agency action. (9) Other pertinent information requested on the Application for Transfer has been supplied to the satisfaction of the Regional Administrator. (10) If the person applying to transfer or receive QS or IFQ is a CQE, the following determinations are required for each eligible community represented by that CQE: (i) An individual applying to receive IFQ from QS held by a CQE is an eligible community resident of the eligible community in whose name the CQE is holding QS; (ii) The CQE applying to receive or transfer QS, has submitted a complete annual report required by § 679.5 (t); (iii) The CQE applying to transfer QS has provided information on the reasons for the transfer as described in paragraph (g)(7) of this section; (iv) The CQE applying to receive QS is eligible to hold QS on behalf of the eligible community in the halibut or sablefish regulatory area designated for that eligible community in Table 21 to this part; and (v) The CQE applying to receive QS has received notification of approval of eligibility to receive QS/IFQ for that community as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. (11) If the person applying to receive or transfer QS is an RQE, the following determinations are required: (i) The RQE applying to receive or transfer QS, has submitted the timely and complete annual report required by § 679.5(v); (ii) The RQE applying to receive QS is eligible to hold QS on behalf of the charter halibut sector in IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A; and (iii) The RQE applying to receive QS has received notification of approval of eligibility to receive QS on behalf of the charter halibut sector in IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. (12) The person applying to receive QS assigned to vessel category B, C, or D is not a corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity, except as specified in paragraph (g)(3) of this section. (13) If the person applying to receive halibut IFQ assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D in IFQ regulatory areas 4B, 4C, or 4D is a CDQ group, the following determinations are required: (i) The CDQ group applying to receive halibut IFQ for an IFQ regulatory area receives an annual allocation of halibut CDQ for that IFQ regulatory area pursuant to § 679.31(b)(1); (ii) The QS holder applying to transfer halibut IFQ to a CDQ group has not transferred any halibut IFQ assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D for that IFQ regulatory area to a CDQ group during the last two consecutive fishing years; (iii) If the IFQ to be transferred to a CDQ group results from QS that was transferred to the QS holder after December 14, 2015, the QS holder applying to transfer halibut IFQ to a CDQ group has held the underlying QS for that IFQ for a minimum of 3 years from the date NMFS approved the transfer; (iv) If the IFQ to be transferred to a CDQ group is assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D in IFQ regulatory area 4B, the QS holder applying to transfer that halibut IFQ to a CDQ group holds fewer than 76,355 halibut QS units in IFQ regulatory area 4B; and (v) The CDQ group applying to receive halibut IFQ has submitted a complete report if required to do so by § 679.5(w). (d) Eligibility to receive QS or IFQ by transfer —(1) Application for Eligibility. All persons, except as provided in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (d)(1)(ii) of this section, applying to receive QS or IFQ must submit an Application for Eligibility to Receive QS/IFQ (Application for Eligibility) containing accurate information to the Regional Administrator. The Regional Administrator will not approve a transfer of IFQ or QS to a person until the Application for Eligibility for that person is approved by the Regional Administrator. The Regional Administrator shall provide an Application for Eligibility form to any person on request. (i) An Application for Eligibility is not required for a CQE if a complete application to become a CQE, as described in paragraph (l)(3) of this section, has been approved by the Regional Administrator on behalf of an eligible community. (ii) An Application for Eligibility is not required for a CDQ group. (2) Type of eligibility. A person must indicate on the Application for Eligibility whether the eligibility sought is as: (i) An individual; or (ii) A corporation, partnership, or other non-individual entity. (3) Application filing order. A person may submit the Application for Eligibility with the Application for Transfer or file the Application for Eligibility prior to submitting the Application for Transfer. If a person, as described in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, files the Application for Eligibility prior to submitting the Application for Transfer, and that person's status subsequently changes, as described in § 679.42(j), that person must resubmit an Application for Eligibility before submitting, or with, the Application for Transfer. (4) Notification of approval. Applicants will be notified by mail of the Regional Administrator's approval of an application for eligibility. (5) Notification of disapproval. The Regional Administrator will notify the applicant if an Application for Eligibility is disapproved. This notification of disapproval will include: (i) The disapproved Application for Eligibility. (ii) An explanation of why the Application for Eligibility was not approved. (6) Reasons for disapproval. Reasons for disapproval of an Application for Eligibility may include, but are not limited to: (i) Fewer than 150 days of experience working as an IFQ crew member, unless that person attests in the Application for Eligibility that he or she is an eligible community resident of Adak, AK, who will receive only halibut IFQ in regulatory area 4B or sablefish IFQ in the regulatory area of the Aleutian Islands subarea that is derived from QS held by a CQE on behalf of Adak, AK. (ii) Lack of compliance with the U.S. citizenship or corporate ownership requirements specified by the definition of “person” at § 679.2. (iii) An incomplete Application for Eligibility. (iv) Fines, civil penalties, or other payments due and owing, or outstanding permit sanctions, resulting from Federal fishery violations. (e) Transfers of QS blocks —(1) General. A QS block must be transferred as an undivided whole, unless the size of the QS block exceeds the use limits specified at § 679.42. If the QS block to be transferred exceeds the use limits specified at § 679.42, the Regional Administrator will divide the block into two blocks, one block containing the maximum amount of QS allowable under the QS use limits and the other block containing the residual QS. (2) Sablefish. QS blocks for the same IFQ regulatory area and vessel category that represent less than 5,000 lb (2.3 mt) of sablefish IFQ, based on the 1996 TAC share for fixed gear sablefish in a specific IFQ regulatory area and the QS pool for that IFQ regulatory area on January 31, 1996, may be consolidated into larger QS blocks provided that the consolidated blocks do not represent greater than 5,000 lbs (2.3 mt) of sablefish IFQ based on the preceding criteria. A consolidated block cannot be divided and is considered a single block for purposes of use and transferability. The maximum number of QS units that may be consolidated into a single QS block in each IFQ regulatory area is as follows: (i) Southeast Outside district: 33,270 QS. (ii) West Yakutat district: 43,390 QS. (iii) Central GOA regulatory area: 46,055 QS. (iv) Western GOA regulatory area: 48,410 QS. (v) Aleutian Islands subarea: 99,210 QS. (vi) Bering Sea subarea: 91,275 QS. (3) Halibut. QS blocks for the same IFQ regulatory area and vessel category that represent less than 3,000 lb (1.4 mt) of halibut IFQ, based on the 1996 catch limit for halibut in a specific IFQ regulatory area and the QS pool for that IFQ regulatory area on January 31, 1996, may be consolidated into larger QS blocks provided that the consolidated blocks do not represent greater than 3,000 lb (1.4 mt) of halibut IFQ based on the preceding criteria. In Areas 2C and 3A, QS blocks for the same IFQ regulatory area and vessel category that represent less than 5,000 lb (2.3 mt) of halibut IFQ, based on the 1996 catch limit for halibut in a specific IFQ regulatory area and the QS pool for that IFQ regulatory area on January 31, 1996, may be consolidated into larger QS blocks provided that the consolidated blocks do not represent greater than 5,000 lb (2.3 mt) of halibut IFQ based on the preceding criteria. A consolidated block cannot be divided and is considered a single block for purposes of use and transferability. The maximum number of QS units that may be consolidated into a single block in each IFQ regulatory area is as follows: (i) Area 2C: 33,320 QS. (ii) Area 3A: 46,520 QS. (iii) Area 3B: 44,193 QS. (iv) Subarea 4A: 22,947 QS. (v) Subarea 4B: 15,087 QS. (vi) Subarea 4C: 30,930 QS. (vii) Subarea 4D: 26,082 QS. (viii) Subarea 4E: 0 QS. (f) Transfer of QS or IFQ with restrictions. If QS or IFQ must be transferred as a result of a court order, operation of law, or as part of a security agreement, but the person receiving the QS or IFQ by transfer does not meet all of the eligibility requirements of this section, the Regional Administrator will approve the Application for Transfer with restrictions. The Regional Administrator will not assign IFQ resulting from the restricted QS to any person. IFQ with restrictions may not be used for harvesting halibut or sablefish with fixed gear. The QS or IFQ will remain restricted until: (1) The person who received the QS or IFQ with restrictions meets the eligibility requirements of this section and the Regional Administrator approves an Application for Eligibility for that person; or (2) The Regional Administrator approves the Application for Transfer from the person who received the QS or IFQ with restrictions to a person who meets the requirements of this section. (g) Transfer restrictions. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f), paragraph (g)(2), paragraph (l), paragraph (n) or paragraph (o) of this section, only persons who are IFQ crew members, or who were initially issued QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D, and meet the eligibility requirements in this section, may receive by transfer QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D, or the IFQ resulting from it. (2) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, only persons who are IFQ crew members, and meet the other requirements in this section, may receive by transfer QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D, or the IFQ resulting from it, in IFQ regulatory area 2C for halibut or in the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long. for sablefish. (3) Individuals who were initially issued QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D may transfer that QS to a corporation that is solely owned by the same individual. Such transfers of QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D in IFQ regulatory area 2C for halibut or in the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long. for sablefish will be governed by the use provisions of § 679.42(i); the use provisions pertaining to corporations at § 679.42(j) shall not apply. (4) The Regional Administrator will not approve an Application for Transfer of QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D subject to a lease or any other condition of repossession or resale by the person transferring QS, except as provided in paragraphs (h) and (m) of this section, or by court order, operation of law, or as part of a security agreement. The Regional Administrator may request a copy of the sales contract or other terms and conditions of transfer between two persons as supplementary information to the transfer application. (5) A CQE may not hold QS in halibut IFQ regulatory area 2C that is assigned to vessel category D. (i) A CQE may not hold QS in halibut IFQ regulatory area 3A that is assigned to vessel category D on behalf of a community that is located in halibut IFQ regulatory areas 2C or 3B as listed in Table 21 to part 679. (ii) In aggregate, CQEs may not hold an amount of QS in halibut IFQ regulatory area 3A that is assigned to vessel category D in excess of 1,233,740 QS units. (6) IFQ derived from QS held by a CQE on behalf of an eligible community: (i) In the GOA may be used only by an eligible community resident of that community. (ii) In the Aleutian Islands subarea may be used by any person who has received an approved Application for Eligibility as described in paragraph (d) of this section prior to February 28, 2028 and only by an eligible community resident of Adak, AK, after February 28, 2028. (7) A CQE may transfer QS: (i) To generate revenues to provide funds to meet administrative costs for managing the community QS holdings; (ii) To generate revenue to improve the ability of residents within the community to participate in the halibut and sablefish IFQ fisheries; (iii) To generate revenue to purchase QS to yield IFQ for use by community residents; (iv) To dissolve the CQE; or (v) As a result of a court order, operation of law, or as part of a security agreement. (8) If the Regional Administrator determines that a CQE transferred QS for purposes other than those specified in paragraph (g)(7) of this section, then: (i) The CQE must divest itself of any remaining QS holdings and will not be eligible to receive QS by transfer for a period of three years after the effective date of final agency action on the Regional Administrator's determination; and (ii) The Regional Administrator will not approve a CQE to represent the eligible community in whose name the CQE transferred quota for a period of three years after the effective date of final agency action on the Regional Administrator's determination. (9) For transfers of QS to an RQE, the RQE may only receive halibut QS that is assigned to IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A. (10) For transfers of QS from an RQE: (i) Quota category and block designations at time of purchase by an RQE are retained if QS is transferred to an eligible QS holder for use in the IFQ program. (ii) NMFS will not issue any IFQ from any QS transferred from an RQE to a QS holder for use in the IFQ program for a calendar year if that QS resulted in the issuance of RFQ to an RQE during that calendar year. (11)(i) To maintain eligibility as the RQE authorized by NMFS, the RQE must be a non-profit entity incorporated under the laws of the State of Alaska and recognized as exempt from Federal income tax by the Internal Revenue Service as required by paragraph (n)(1)(ii) of this section. (ii) If the Regional Administrator determines the RQE approved by NMFS does not meet the requirements specified in paragraph (n)(1) of this section, NMFS will notify the RQE of the Regional Administrator's determination and specify that the RQE has 60 days to meet the requirements in paragraph (n)(1) of this section to maintain eligibility as the RQE authorized by NMFS. (iii) If the RQE demonstrates to NMFS within 60 days of notification that it meets the requirements in paragraph (n)(1) of this section, NMFS will notify the RQE that it remains the authorized RQE. (iv) If the RQE does not demonstrate to NMFS within 60 days of notification that it meets the requirements in paragraph (n)(1) of this section, NMFS will issue an initial administrative determination (IAD): (A) Revoking authorization of the RQE; (B) Disallowing the RQE from receiving any QS by transfer; (C) Requiring the CQE to divest of any QS that it holds; and (D) Withholding the issuance of RFQ based on any QS that the RQE holds. (v) The RQE will have the opportunity to appeal the IAD through the National Appeals Office under the provisions established at 15 CFR part 906. (h) Transfer of IFQ. (1) Pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, an Application for Transfer must be approved by the Regional Administrator before a person may use any IFQ that results from a direct transfer to harvest halibut or sablefish. After approving the Application for Transfer, the Regional Administrator will change any IFQ accounts affected by the approved transfer and issue all necessary IFQ permits. (2) IFQ resulting from categories B, C, or D QS may not be transferred separately from its originating QS, except as provided in paragraph (d), (f), (k), (l), (m), or (o) of this section. (i) Transfer across catcher vessel categories —(1) CDQ compensation. Persons issued CDQ compensation QS in a catcher vessel category, pursuant to § 679.41(j), and in an IFQ regulatory area in which they do not hold QS other than CDQ compensation QS, may use that CDQ compensation QS on any catcher vessel. This exemption from catcher vessel categories ends upon the first transfer of the CDQ compensation QS. CDQ compensation QS being transferred will be permanently assigned to a specific catcher vessel category as designated by the person receiving the transfer. (2) CDQ compensation QS definition. For purposes of this paragraph (i), CDQ compensation QS is QS issued as compensation for halibut and sablefish harvest privileges foregone due to the CDQ Program, as provided in paragraph (j) of this section. (j) Compensation for CDQ allocations. (1) The Regional Administrator will compensate persons that receive a reduced halibut QS in IPHC regulatory areas 4B, 4C, 4D, or 4E because of the halibut CDQ program by adding halibut QS from IPHC regulatory areas 2C, 3A, 3B, and 4A. This compensation of halibut QS from areas 2C, 3A, 3B, and 4A will be allocated in proportion to the amount of halibut QS foregone due to the CDQ allocation authorized by this section. (2) The Regional Administrator will compensate persons that receive a reduced sablefish QS in any BSAI IFQ regulatory area because of the sablefish CDQ program by taking sablefish QS from the IFQ regulatory areas of the GOA and allocating it in proportion to the loss suffered by persons in the BSAI area. Such additional compensation of sablefish QS will be allocated in proportion to the amount of sablefish QS foregone due to the CDQ allocation authorized by this section. (3) Persons initially issued QS for IFQ regulatory areas in which a portion of the TAC is allocated to the CDQ Program will be compensated for halibut and sablefish harvest privileges foregone due to the CDQ Program. If a person does not hold QS in an IFQ regulatory area on the date the compensation is issued, that person's compensation will be issued as unblocked. If a person does hold QS in an IFQ regulatory area on the date compensation is issued, that person's compensation will be added to their existing QS in that IFQ regulatory area. The resulting QS amount will be blocked or unblocked according to the criteria found at § 679.40(a). Compensation will be calculated for each non-CDQ area using the following formula: Q N = (Q C × QSP N × RATE)/(SUM CDQ − [RATE × SUM TAC ]) ([1 − RATE] × TAC AVE )(QSP C × [CDQ PCT − RATE]) Where: Q N = quota share in non-CDQ area Q C = quota share in CDQ area QSP N = quota share pool in non-CDQ area (as existing on January 31, 1995) RATE = SUM CDQ /average of the TAC (1988-1994) for all CDQ and non-CDQ areas TAC AVE = average of the TAC (1988-1994) for CDQ area QSP C = quota share pool in CDQ area (as existing on January 31, 1995) CDQ PCT = CDQ percentage for CDQ area SUM CDQ = sum [TAC AVE × CDQ PCT ] SUM TAC = sum [TAC AVE ] Where: Q N = quota share in non-CDQ area Q C = quota share in CDQ area QSP N = quota share pool in non-CDQ area (as existing on January 31, 1995) RATE = SUM CDQ /average of the TAC (1988-1994) for all CDQ and non-CDQ areas TAC AVE = average of the TAC (1988-1994) for CDQ area QSP C = quota share pool in CDQ area (as existing on January 31, 1995) CDQ PCT = CDQ percentage for CDQ area SUM CDQ = sum [TAC AVE × CDQ PCT ] SUM TAC = sum [TAC AVE ] (k) Survivorship transfer privileges —(1) On the death of an individual who holds QS or IFQ, the surviving spouse or, in the absence of a surviving spouse, a beneficiary designated pursuant to paragraph (k)(2) of this section or the estate representative, receives all QS and IFQ held by the decedent by right of survivorship, unless a contrary intent was expressed by the decedent in a will. The Regional Administrator will approve an Application for Transfer to the surviving spouse, designated beneficiary, or estate representative when sufficient evidence has been provided to verify the death of the individual. (2) QS holders may provide the Regional Administrator with the name of a designated beneficiary from the QS holder's immediate family to receive survivorship transfer privileges in the event of the QS holder's death and in the absence of a surviving spouse. (3) The Regional Administrator will approve an Application for Transfer of IFQ for a period of 3 calendar years following the date of death of an individual to a designated beneficiary. NMFS will allow the transfer of IFQ only resulting from the QS transferred to the surviving spouse or, in the absence of a surviving spouse, from a beneficiary from the QS holder's immediate family designated pursuant to paragraph (k)(2) of this section or from an estate representative to a person eligible to receive IFQ under the provisions of this section, notwithstanding the limitations on transfers of IFQ in paragraph (h)(2) of this section. (l) Transfer of QS to CQEs. (1) Each eligible community must designate a CQE to transfer and hold QS on behalf of that community. (2) Each eligible community may designate only one CQE to hold QS on behalf of that community at any one time. (3) Prior to initially receiving QS by transfer on behalf of a specific eligible community, a non-profit entity that intends to represent that eligible community as a CQE must have approval from the Regional Administrator. To receive that approval, the non-profit entity seeking to become a CQE must submit a complete application to become a CQE to the Regional Administrator. The Regional Administrator will provide a copy of the complete application to the Alaska Department of Community and Economic Development, Commissioner, P.O. Box 110809, Juneau, AK 99811-0809. NMFS will consider comments received from the Alaska Department of Community and Economic Development when reviewing applications for a non-profit entity to become a CQE. The Alaska Department of Community and Economic Development must submit comments on an application to the Regional Administrator within 30 days of receipt of the application in order for those comments to be considered by the Regional Administrator during the approval process. If an application is disapproved, than that determination may be appealed under the provisions established at 15 CFR part 906. A complete application to become a CQE consists of: (i) The articles of incorporation under the laws of the State of Alaska for that non-profit entity, except that a non-profit entity that is representing the Metlakatla Indian Village may provide articles of incorporation under Federal Law; (ii) A statement indicating the eligible community, or communities, represented by that non-profit entity for purposes of holding QS; (iii) Management organization information, including: (A) The bylaws of the non-profit entity; (B) A list of key personnel of the managing organization including, but not limited to, the board of directors, officers, representatives, and any managers; (C) A description of how the non-profit entity is qualified to manage QS on behalf of the eligible community, or communities, it is designated to represent, and a demonstration that the non-profit entity has the management, technical expertise, and ability to manage QS and IFQ; and (D) The name of the non-profit organization, taxpayer ID number, NMFS person number, permanent business mailing addresses, name of contact persons and additional contact information of the managing personnel for the non-profit entity, resumes of management personnel, name of community or communities represented by the CQE, name of contact for the governing body of each community represented, date, name and signature of applicant. (iv) A statement describing the procedures that will be used to determine the distribution of IFQ to eligible community residents and non-residents of the community represented by that CQE, including: (A) Procedures used to solicit requests from eligible community residents and non-residents to lease IFQ; and (B) Criteria used to determine the distribution of IFQ leases among qualified community residents and non-residents and the relative weighting of those criteria. (v) A statement of support from the governing body of the eligible community as that governing body is identified in Table 21 to this part. That statement of support is: (A) A resolution from the City Council or other official governing body for those eligible communities incorporated as first or second class cities in the State of Alaska; (B) A resolution from the tribal government authority recognized by the Bureau of Indian Affairs for those eligible communities that are not incorporated as first or second class cities in the State of Alaska; but are represented by a tribal government authority recognized by the Secretary of the Interior; or (C) A resolution from a non-profit community association, homeowner association, community council, or other non-profit entity for those eligible communities that are not incorporated as first or second class cities in the State of Alaska, and is not represented by a tribal government authority recognized by the Bureau of Indian Affairs. The non-profit entity that provides a statement of support must: ( 1 ) Have articles of incorporation as a non-profit community association, homeowner association, community council, or other non-profit entity; and ( 2 ) Have an established relationship with the State of Alaska Department of Community and Economic Development for purposes of representing that community for governmental functions. (D) If an eligible community is not incorporated as a first or second class city in the State of Alaska, is not represented by a tribal government authority recognized by the Secretary of the Interior, and does not have a non-profit community association, homeowner association, community council, or other non-profit entity within that community with an established relationship with the Alaska Department of Community and Economic Development for purposes of representing that community for purposes of governmental functions, then the Regional Administrator, NMFS, will not consider any statement from a non-profit entity representing that community until that community: ( 1 ) Is incorporated as a first or second class city in the State of Alaska; ( 2 ) Establishes a tribal government authority recognized by the Secretary of the Interior; or ( 3 ) Establishes a non-profit community association, homeowner association, community council, or other non-profit entity within that community that meets the requirements established in paragraph (E) of this section. (E) If a community described under paragraph (l)(3)(v)(D) of this section establishes a non-profit community association, homeowner association, community council, or other non-profit entity within that community, then the Regional Administrator, NMFS, will consider any recommendations from this entity to support a particular applicant after reviewing: ( 1 ) Petitions from residents affirming that the non-profit community association, homeowner association, community council, or other non-profit entity within that community represents the residents within that community; and ( 2 ) Comments from the State of Alaska Department of Community and Economic Development on the articles of incorporation for that non-profit entity and the ability of that non-profit entity to adequately represent the interests of that community for purposes of governmental functions. ( 3 ) If the Regional Administrator determines that this statement of support is not adequate, than that determination may be appealed under the provisions established at 15 CFR part 906. (4) The governing body of an eligible community as that governing body is identified in Table 21 to this part, must provide authorization for any transfer of QS by the CQE that holds QS on behalf of that eligible community prior to that transfer of QS being approved by NMFS. This authorization must be submitted as part of the Application for Transfer. That authorization consists of a signature on the Application for Transfer by a representative of the governing body that has been designated by that governing body to provide such authorization to approve the transfer of QS. (m) Temporary military transfers. In the event of a military mobilization or order to report for military service affecting a QS holder that prevents him or her from being able to participate in the halibut or sablefish IFQ fisheries, the Regional Administrator may approve a temporary military transfer for the IFQ derived from the QS held by a QS holder affected by the military mobilization. (1) General. A temporary military transfer will be approved if the QS holder demonstrates that he or she is unable to participate in the IFQ fishery for which he or she holds QS because of a military mobilization, order to report for military service, or active duty military service. (2) Eligibility. To be eligible to receive a temporary military transfer, a QS holder must meet all of the following requirements: (i) Be a member of a branch of the National Guard or a member of a reserve component; (ii) Possess one or more catcher vessel IFQ permits; (iii) Not qualify for a hired master exception under § 679.42(i)(1); (iv) Be in active duty military service as that term is defined at 10 U.S.C. 101(d)(1), be under a call to active service authorized by the President or the Secretary for a period of more than 30 consecutive days under 32 U.S.C. 502(f), or in the case of a member of a reserve component, have been ordered to report for military service beginning on the date of the member's receipt of the order and ending on the date on which the member reports for active duty military service. (3) Application. A QS holder may apply for a temporary military transfer by submitting an application for temporary transfer of halibut/sablefish IFQ to the Alaska Region, NMFS. NMFS will transfer, upon approval of the application, the applicable IFQ from the applicant (transferor) to the recipient (transferee). An application for temporary transfer of halibut/sablefish IFQ is available at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/region/alaska or by calling 1-800-304-4846. A complete application must include all of the following: (i) The transferor's identity including his or her full name, NMFS person ID, date of birth, permanent business mailing address, business telephone and fax numbers, and e-mail address (if any). A temporary mailing address may be provided, if appropriate. (ii) The transferee's identity including his or her full name, NMFS person ID, date of birth, permanent business mailing address, business telephone and fax numbers, and e-mail address (if any). A temporary mailing address may be provided, if appropriate. (iii) The identification characteristics of the IFQ including whether the transfer is for halibut or sablefish IFQ, IFQ regulatory area, actual number of IFQ pounds, transferor (seller) IFQ permit number, and fishing year. (iv) Documentation of active military mobilization or deployment. This documentation must include the following: (A) A copy of official documentation such as valid military orders or call that direct the transferor to report to active duty military service, to mobilize for a military deployment, or to report to active service. (B) A concise description of the nature of the military deployment or active duty military service, including verification that the applicant is unable to participate in the IFQ fishery for which he or she holds IFQ permits during the IFQ season because of his/her active duty military service. (v) The signatures and printed names of the transferor and transferee, and date. (4) Restrictions. (i) A temporary military transfer shall be valid only during the calendar year for which the associated IFQ is issued. (ii) A temporary military transfer will be issued only for the IFQ derived from the QS held by the applicant. (5) Temporary military transfer evaluations and appeals —(i) Initial evaluation. The Regional Administrator will evaluate an application for a temporary military transfer submitted in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(9) of this section. An applicant who fails to submit the information specified in the application for a temporary military transfer will be provided a reasonable opportunity to submit the specified information or submit a revised application. (ii) Initial administrative determination (IAD). The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant if the Regional Administrator determines that the application provided by the applicant is deficient or if the applicant fails to submit the specified information or a revised application. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies in the application, including any deficiencies with the information on the revised application. An applicant who receives an IAD may appeal under the appeals procedures set out at 15 CFR part 906. (n) Transfer of halibut QS to an RQE —(1) RQE organizational structure. (i) The RQE must be a single entity representing IFQ regulatory Areas 2C and 3A. (ii) The RQE must be a non-profit entity incorporated under the laws of the State of Alaska and recognized as exempt from Federal income tax by the Internal Revenue Service; and (iii) The RQE must submit an annual report to NMFS and the Council detailing RQE activities during the prior year according to § 679.5(v). (2) Application for Eligibility. Prior to initially receiving QS by transfer, a non-profit entity that intends to participate in the Halibut IFQ Program and purchase and hold halibut QS in Area 2C and Area 3A as the RQE must have approval from the Regional Administrator. To receive that approval, the non-profit entity seeking to become an RQE must submit a complete “Application for a Non-profit Entity to be Designated as a Recreational Quota Entity (RQE)” (available on the NMFS Alaska Region website at https://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/ ). NMFS will approve only one entity as the RQE. A complete application to become an RQE must include: (i) The articles of incorporation under the laws of the State of Alaska for that non-profit entity; (ii) Acknowledgement from the Internal Revenue Service that the non-profit entity is exempt from Federal income tax under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; and (iii) Management organization information, including: (A) The bylaws of the non-profit entity; (B) A list of key personnel of the managing organization including, but not limited to, the RQE board of directors, officers, representatives, and any managers; (C) A description of how the non-profit entity is qualified to manage QS on behalf of charter fishery participants and a demonstration that the non-profit entity has the management, technical expertise, and ability to manage QS and RFQ; (D) The name of the non-profit organization, taxpayer ID number, NMFS person number, permanent business mailing addresses, name of contact persons and additional contact information of the managing personnel for the non-profit entity, resumes of management personnel, name and signature of applicant; and (iv) A statement describing the procedures that will be used to determine the acquisition of funds to purchase QS. (3) Address for submittal of application. Regional Administrator, NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802. (4) Approval. NMFS will approve the first complete application received. If an application is approved, NMFS will notify the RQE by mail, unless another mode of communication is requested on the application. (5) Disapproval. If an application is disapproved, that determination may be appealed under the provisions established at 15 CFR part 906. (o) Transfer of IFQ to CDQ groups. (1) A QS holder who holds fewer than 76,355 units of halibut QS in IFQ regulatory area 4B may transfer halibut IFQ assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D in IFQ regulatory area 4B to a CDQ group that receives an allocation of IFQ regulatory area 4B halibut CDQ if the annual commercial halibut catch limit, as defined in § 300.61 of this title, for Area 4B is less than 1 million pounds in that calendar year. (2) A QS holder in IFQ regulatory areas 4C or 4D may transfer halibut IFQ assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D in IFQ regulatory areas 4C or 4D to a CDQ group that receives an allocation of halibut CDQ in that IFQ regulatory area if the annual commercial halibut catch limit, as defined in § 300.61 of this title, for Area 4CDE is less than 1.5 million pounds in that calendar year. (3) A QS holder must meet the requirements in paragraph (c)(13) of this section to transfer halibut IFQ assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D in IFQ regulatory areas 4B, 4C, or 4D to a CDQ group. (4) A CDQ group that receives halibut IFQ by transfer may not transfer that halibut IFQ to any other person." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.4.1.3,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,D,Subpart D—Individual Fishing Quota Management Measures,,§ 679.42 Limitations on use of QS and IFQ.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996]","(a) IFQ regulatory area and vessel category. (1) The QS or IFQ specified for one IFQ regulatory area must not be used in a different IFQ regulatory area, except for the following: (i) All or part of the QS and IFQ specified for regulatory area 4C may be harvested in either Area 4C or Area 4D. (ii) All or part of the halibut CDQ specified for regulatory area 4D may be harvested in either Area 4D or Area 4E. (iii) If a CDQ group is authorized to receive a transfer of halibut IFQ assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D in IFQ regulatory area 4D as specified in § 679.41(o) of this part, all or part of the halibut IFQ specified for regulatory area 4D that is held by or transferred to a CDQ group may be harvested in either Area 4D or Area 4E. (2) The QS or IFQ assigned to one vessel category must not be used to harvest IFQ species on a vessel of a different vessel category, except: (i) As provided in § 679.41(i)(1) of this part (CDQ compensation QS exemption); (ii) IFQ derived from QS held by a CQE may be used to harvest IFQ species from a vessel of any length, with the exception of IFQ derived from QS in IFQ regulatory areas 3A and 4B that are assigned to vessel category D. (A) Halibut IFQ derived from QS assigned to vessel category D in Area 3A that is held by a CQE located in Area 3A may be used to harvest IFQ halibut on a vessel less than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA from August 15 to the end of the IFQ fishing season. (B) [Reserved] (iii) In IFQ regulatory areas 3B, 4B, and 4C, category D QS and associated IFQ authorizes an IFQ permit holder to harvest IFQ halibut on a vessel less than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA. (iv) Halibut IFQ assigned to vessel category B, C, or D held by a CDQ group may not be used on a vessel over 51 feet LOA, irrespective of the vessel category assigned to the IFQ. (v) In IFQ regulatory areas 2C and 3A, RFQ held by an RQE may be harvested aboard charter vessels as defined at 50 CFR 300.61 of any size, regardless of the QS category from which that RFQ originated. (b) Gear —(1) IFQ Fisheries. Authorized fishing gear to harvest IFQ halibut and IFQ sablefish is defined in § 679.2. (i) IFQ halibut. IFQ halibut must not be harvested with trawl gear in any IFQ regulatory area. (ii) IFQ sablefish. IFQ sablefish must not be harvested with trawl gear in any IFQ regulatory area, or with pot-and-line gear in the GOA. A vessel operator using longline pot gear in the GOA to fish for IFQ sablefish must comply with the GOA sablefish longline pot gear requirements in paragraph (l) of this section. (2) Seabird avoidance gear and methods. The operator of a vessel using hook-and-line gear authorized at § 679.2 while fishing for IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish must comply with requirements for seabird avoidance gear and methods set forth at § 679.24(e). (c) Permit holder aboard requirement. Any individual who harvests halibut or sablefish with fixed gear must have a valid IFQ permit, and if a hired master is conducting the harvest, a valid IFQ hired master permit, and must be aboard the vessel at all times during the fishing trip and be present during the landing. (d) Emergency waivers and medical transfers. The person authorized to fish IFQ halibut or sablefish must be aboard the vessel during fishing operations and must sign the IFQ landing report except as provided in § 679.41 and under the following circumstances: (1) Emergency waiver. In the event of extreme personal emergency during a fishing trip involving a person authorized to fish IFQ halibut or sablefish, the requirements or paragraph (c)(1) of this section may be waived. The waiving of these requirements under this provision shall apply to IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish retained on the fishing trip during which the emergency occurred. (2) Medical transfers. In the event of a medical condition affecting a QS holder or an immediate family member of a QS holder that prevents the QS holder from being able to participate in the halibut or sablefish IFQ fisheries, a medical transfer may be approved for the IFQ derived from the QS held by the person affected by the medical condition. (i) General. A medical transfer will be approved if the QS holder demonstrates that: (A) He or she is unable to participate in the IFQ fishery for which he or she holds QS because of a medical condition that precludes participation by the QS holder; or (B) He or she is unable to participate in the IFQ fishery for which he or she holds QS because of a medical condition involving an immediate family member that requires the QS holder's full time attendance. (ii) Eligibility. To be eligible to receive a medical transfer, a QS holder must: (A) Possess one or more catcher vessel IFQ permits; and (B) Not qualify for a hired master exception under paragraph (i)(1) of this section. (iii) Application. A QS holder may apply for a medical transfer by submitting a medical transfer application to the Alaska Region, NMFS. A QS holder who has received an approved medical transfer from RAM may transfer the IFQ derived from his or her own QS to an individual eligible to receive IFQ. A medical transfer application is available at https://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/region/alaska or by calling 1-800-304-4846. Completed applications must be mailed to: Restricted Access Management Program, NMFS, Alaska Region, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668. A complete application must include: (A) The applicant's (transferor's) identity including his or her full name, NMFS person ID, date of birth, permanent business mailing address, business telephone and fax numbers, and email address (if any). A temporary mailing address may be provided, if appropriate; (B) The recipient's (transferee's) identity including his or her full name, NMFS person ID, date of birth, permanent business mailing address, business telephone and fax numbers, and email address (if any). A temporary mailing address may be provided, if appropriate; (C) The identification characteristics of the IFQ including whether the transfer is for halibut or sablefish IFQ, IFQ regulatory area, actual number of IFQ pounds, transferor (seller) IFQ permit number, and fishing year; (D) The price per pound (including leases), or other method of compensation, and total amount paid for the IFQ in the requested transaction, including all fees; (E) The primary source of financing for the transfer, how the IFQ was located, and the transferee's (buyer's) relationship to the transferor (seller); (F) A written declaration from a health care provider as defined in § 679.2. The declaration must include: ( 1 ) The identity of the health care provider including his or her full name, business telephone, and permanent business mailing address (number and street, city and state, zip code); ( 2 ) A statement of the condition affecting the applicant or the applicant's immediate family member, that the applicant is unable to participate; and ( 3 ) The dated signature of the health care provider who conducted the medical examination; and (G) The signatures and printed names of the transferor and transferee, and date. (iv) Restrictions. (A) A medical transfer shall be valid only during the calendar year for which the permit is issued; (B) A medical transfer will be issued only for the IFQ derived from the QS held by the applicant; and (C) Except as provided for in paragraph (d)(2)(iv)(C)( 1 ) of this section, NMFS will not approve a medical transfer if the applicant has received a medical transfer in any 3 of the previous 7 calendar years for any medical reason. ( 1 ) Medical transfers approved in 2020, 2021, or 2022 do not count toward the restriction detailed in paragraph (d)(2)(iv)(C) of this section. ( 2 ) [Reserved] (v) Medical transfer evaluations and appeals —(A) Initial evaluation. The Regional Administrator will evaluate an application for a medical transfer submitted in accordance with paragraphs (d)(2)(iii) and (d)(2)(iv) of this section. An applicant who fails to submit the information specified in the application for a medical transfer will be provided a reasonable opportunity to submit the specified information or submit a revised application. (B) Initial administrative determinations (IAD). The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant if the Regional Administrator determines that the application provided by the applicant is deficient or if the applicant fails to submit the specified information or a revised application. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies in the application, including any deficiencies with the information on the revised application. An applicant who receives an IAD may appeal under the appeals procedures set out at § 679.43. (e) Sablefish QS Use. (1) No person other than a CQE representing the community of Adak, AK, individually or collectively, may use more than 3,229,721 units of sablefish QS, except if the amount of a person's initial allocation of sablefish QS is greater than 3,229,721 units, in which case that person may not use more than the amount of the initial allocation. (2) In the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long., no person, individually or collectively, may use more than 688,485 units of sablefish QS for this area, except if the amount of a person's initial allocation of sablefish QS is greater than 688,485 units, in which case that person may not use more than the amount of the initial allocation. (3) No CQE may hold sablefish QS in the IFQ regulatory area of the Bering Sea subarea. (4) No CQE may hold more than: (i) 3,229,721 units of sablefish QS on behalf of any single eligible community in the GOA; or (ii) 4,789,874 units of sablefish QS on behalf of any single eligible community in the Aleutian Islands subarea. (5) In the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long., no CQE may hold more than 688,485 units of sablefish QS for this area on behalf of any single eligible community. (6) In the aggregate, all CQEs are limited to holding a maximum of: (i) 21 percent of the total QS in each regulatory area specified in § 679.41(e)(2)(i) through (e)(2)(iv) of this part for sablefish. (ii) 15 percent of the total QS specified in § 679.41(e)(2)(v) of this part for sablefish. (7) No individual that receives IFQ derived from sablefish QS held by a CQE may hold, individually or collectively, more than 50,000 lb (22.7 mt) of IFQ sablefish derived from any sablefish QS source. (8) A CQE receiving category B or C sablefish QS through transfer and representing an eligible community: (i) In the GOA may lease the IFQ resulting from that QS only to an eligible community resident of the eligible community on whose behalf the QS is held; and (ii) In the Aleutian Islands subarea may lease the IFQ resulting from that QS to any person who has received an approved Application for Eligibility as described in § 679.41(d) prior to February 28, 2028, but only to an eligible community resident of Adak, AK, after February 28, 2028. (9) A CQE representing an eligible community in the Aleutian Islands subarea may receive by transfer or use sablefish QS only in the Aleutian Islands subarea. (f) Halibut QS use. (1) Unless the amount in excess of the following limits was received in the initial allocation of halibut QS, no person other than a CQE representing the community of Adak, AK, individually or collectively, or an RQE, may use more than: (i) IFQ regulatory Area 2C. 599,799 units of halibut QS, including halibut QS issued as IFQ and transferred to GAF, as defined in § 300.61 of this title. (ii) IFQ regulatory area 2C, 3A, and 3B. 1,502,823 units of halibut QS, including halibut QS issued as IFQ and transferred to GAF, as defined in § 300.61 of this title. (iii) IFQ regulatory area 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E. 495,044 units of halibut QS. (2) No CQE may receive an amount of halibut QS on behalf of any single eligible community which is more than: (i) IFQ regulatory area 2C. 599,799 units of halibut QS. (ii) IFQ regulatory area 2C, 3A, and 3B. 1,502,823 units of halibut QS. (iii) IFQ regulatory area 4B. 1,392,716 units of halibut QS. (3) No CQE may hold halibut QS in the IFQ regulatory areas 4A, 4C, 4D, and 4E. (4) A CQE representing an eligible community may receive by transfer or use QS only in the IFQ regulatory areas designated for that species and for that eligible community as described in Table 21 to this part. (5) In the aggregate, all CQEs are limited to holding a maximum of: (i) 21 percent of the total QS in each regulatory area specified in § 679.41(e)(3)(i) through (e)(3)(iii) of this part for halibut. (ii) 15 percent of the total QS specified in § 679.41(e)(3)(v) of this part for halibut. (6) No individual that receives IFQ derived from halibut QS held by a CQE, including GAF as defined in § 300.61 of this title, may hold, individually or collectively, more than 50,000 pounds (22.7 mt) of IFQ halibut, including IFQ halibut received as GAF, derived from any halibut QS source. (7) A CQE receiving category B, C, or D halibut QS through transfer: (i) In an IFQ regulatory area specified in § 679.41(e)(3)(i) through (e)(3)(iii) of this part may lease the IFQ resulting from that QS only to an eligible community resident of the eligible community represented by the CQE. (ii) In IFQ regulatory Area 4B may lease the IFQ resulting from that QS to any person who has received an approved Application for Eligibility as described in § 679.41(d) prior to February 28, 2028 but only to an eligible community resident of Adak, AK, after February 28, 2028. (8)(i) Annual transfer limits. The RQE may not receive by transfer more than 594,774 units of Area 2C halibut QS and more than 2,218,716 units of Area 3A halibut QS in a year. (ii) Cumulative use limits. The RQE may not hold more than 5,947,740 units of Area 2C halibut QS and more than 22,187,161 units of Area 3A halibut QS. (iii) Vessel category restrictions. (A) The RQE may not hold more than 889,548 units of halibut QS in IFQ regulatory area 2C that is assigned to vessel category D. (B) The RQE may not hold halibut QS in IFQ regulatory area 3A that is assigned to vessel category D. (C) The RQE may not hold more than 265,524 units of halibut QS that is assigned to vessel category B in IFQ regulatory area 2C. (g) Limitations on QS blocks —(1) Number of blocks per species. No person, individually or collectively, may hold more than two blocks of sablefish or three blocks of halibut in any IFQ regulatory area, except: (i) A person, individually or collectively, who holds unblocked QS for a species in an IFQ regulatory area, may hold only one QS block for that species in that regulatory area; and (ii) A CQE may hold no more than ten blocks of halibut QS in any IFQ regulatory area and no more than five blocks of sablefish QS in any IFQ regulatory area on behalf of any eligible community. (iii) The RQE may not receive: (A) Transfers of halibut QS blocks of less than or equal to 24,250 quota share units in IFQ regulatory area 2C. (B) Transfers of halibut QS blocks of less than or equal to 35,620 quota share units in IFQ regulatory area 3A. (2) Action by the Regional Administrator in Areas 3B and 4A. In Areas 3B and 4A, the Regional Administrator shall: (i) Identify any halibut blocks that result in an allocation of more than 20,000 lb (9.1) mt of halibut IFQ, based on the 2004 TAC for fixed gear halibut in those areas and the QS pools for those areas as of January 31, 2004; and (ii) Divide those halibut blocks into one block of 20,000 lb (9.1 mt) and the remainder unblocked, based on the 2004 TAC for fixed gear halibut in those areas and the QS pools for those areas as of January 31, 2004. (3) Transfer of QS blocks. Notwithstanding paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section, a person who holds more than one block of halibut QS and unblocked halibut QS as a result of the Regional Administrator's action under paragraph (g)(2) of this section may transfer unblocked QS until such time as that person transfers a halibut QS block to another person. (4) Holding or to hold blocks of QS. For purposes of this section, “holding” or “to hold” blocks of QS means being registered by NMFS as the person who received QS by initial assignment or approved transfer. (h) Vessel limitations —(1) Halibut. No vessel may be used, during any fishing year, to harvest more IFQ halibut than one-half percent of the combined total catch limits of halibut for IFQ regulatory areas 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E, except that: (i) In IFQ regulatory area 2C, no vessel may be used to harvest more than 1 percent of the halibut catch limit for this area. (ii) No vessel may be used, during any fishing year, to harvest more than 50,000 lb (22.7 mt) of IFQ halibut derived from QS held by a CQE, and no vessel used to harvest IFQ halibut derived from QS held by a CQE may be used to harvest more IFQ halibut than the vessel use caps specified in paragraphs (h)(1) introductory text and (h)(1)(i) of this section. (iii) Notwithstanding the vessel use caps specified in paragraphs (h)(1) introductory text and (h)(1)(ii) of this section, vessel use caps do not apply to vessels harvesting IFQ halibut in IFQ regulatory Areas 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4D during the 2023 through 2027 fishing years. IFQ halibut harvested in regulatory Areas 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4D is excluded from the calculation of vessel use caps for IFQ regulatory Area 2C, 3A, or 3B during the 2023 through 2027 fishing years. (2) Sablefish. No vessel may be used, during any fishing year, to harvest more IFQ sablefish than one percent of the combined fixed gear TAC of sablefish for the GOA and BSAI IFQ regulatory areas, except that: (i) In the IFQ regulatory area east of 140 degrees W. long., no vessel may be used to harvest more than 1 percent of the fixed gear TAC of sablefish for this area. (ii) No vessel may be used, during any fishing year, to harvest more than 50,000 lb (22.7 mt) of IFQ sablefish derived from QS held by a CQE, and no vessel used to harvest IFQ sablefish derived from QS and held by a CQE may be used to harvest more IFQ sablefish than the vessel use caps specified in paragraphs (h)(2) introductory text and (h)(2)(i) of this section. (3) Excess. An IFQ permit holder who receives an approved IFQ allocation of halibut or sablefish in excess of these limitations may nevertheless catch and retain all that IFQ with a single vessel. However, two or more IFQ permit holders may not catch and retain their IFQs with one vessel in excess of these limitations. (4) Liability. Owners and operators of vessels exceeding these limitations are jointly and severally liable with IFQ permit holders and IFQ hired master permit holders whose harvesting causes the vessel to exceed these limitations. (i) Use of IFQ resulting from QS assigned to vessel category B, C, or D by individuals. In addition to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, IFQ permits issued for IFQ resulting from QS assigned to vessel category B, C, or D must be used only by the individual who holds the QS from which the associated IFQ is derived, except as provided in paragraph (i)(1) of this section. (1) An individual who received an initial allocation of QS assigned to category B, C, or D does not have to be aboard the vessel on which his or her IFQ is being fished or to sign IFQ landing reports if that individual: (i) For a documented vessel, during the 12-month period previous to the application by the individual for a hired master permit, continuously owned a minimum 20-percent interest in the vessel as shown by the U.S. Abstract of Title issued by the U.S. Coast Guard that lists the individual as an owner and, if necessary to show 20-percent ownership for 12 months, additional written documentation; or (ii) For an undocumented vessel, during the 12-month period previous to the application by the individual for a hired master permit, continuously owned a minimum 20-percent interest in the vessel as shown by a State of Alaska license or registration that lists the individual as an owner and, if necessary to show the 20-percent ownership for 12 months, additional written documentation; and (iii) Is represented on the vessel by a hired master employed by that individual and permitted in accordance with § 679.4(d)(2). (iv) NMFS review of application for exemption —(A) Initial evaluation. The Regional Administrator will evaluate an application for a hired master submitted in accordance with paragraphs (i)(1), (i)(6), and (i)(7) of this section. An applicant who fails to submit the information specified in the application for a hired master will be provided a reasonable opportunity to submit the specified information or submit a revised application. (B) Initial administrative determinations (IAD). The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to an individual submitting an application for a hired master submitted in accordance with paragraphs (i)(1), (i)(6), and (i)(7) of this section if the Regional Administrator determines that the information required to be submitted to NMFS is deficient or if the applicant fails to submit the required information. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies with the information submitted. An applicant who receives an IAD may appeal under the appeals procedures set out at § 679.43. (v) Upon request by the Regional Administrator or an authorized officer, a person must submit additional written documentation necessary to establish the required minimum 20-percent interest in the vessel during the 12-month period previous to the application by the individual for a hired master permit. (2) Paragraph (i)(1) of this section does not apply to any individual who received an initial allocation of QS assigned to category B, C, or D and who, prior to April 17, 1997, employed a master to fish any of the IFQ issued to that individual, provided the individual continues to own the vessel from which the IFQ is being fished at no lesser percentage of ownership interest than that held on April 17, 1997, and provided that this individual has not acquired additional QS through transfer after September 23, 1997. (3) Paragraph (i)(1) of this section does not apply to individuals who received an initial allocation of QS assigned to vessel category B, C, or D for halibut in IFQ regulatory Area 2C or for sablefish QS in the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long., and this exemption is not transferable. (4) The exemption provided in paragraph (i)(1) of this section may be exercised by an individual on a vessel owned by a corporation, partnership, association or other non-individual entity in which the individual is a shareholder, partner, or member, provided that during the 12-month period previous to the application by the individual for a hired master permit, the individual continuously maintained a minimum 20-percent ownership interest in the vessel owned by the corporation, partnership, association or other non-individual entity. For purposes of this paragraph, an individual's interest in a vessel is determined by the percentage ownership by the individual of a corporation, partnership, association or other non-individual entity that has an ownership interest in the vessel multiplied by the percentage of ownership of the vessel by the corporation, partnership, or other non-individual entity. (5) IFQ derived from QS held by a CQE must be used only by the individual whose IFQ permit account contains the resulting IFQ. (6) In the event of the total loss or irreparable damage to a vessel owned by an individual who qualifies for the exemption in paragraph (i)(1) of this section, the individual may remain exempt under paragraph (i)(1) of this section until December 31 of the year following the year in which the vessel was lost or damaged, provided that the individual meets the following requirements: (i) The loss or irreparable damage to the vessel was caused by an act of God, an act of war, a collision, an act or omission of a party other than the individual or agent of the individual, or any other event not caused by the willful misconduct of the individual or agent of the individual. (ii) The lost or irreparably damaged vessel is a commercial fishing vessel that was previously used to harvest halibut IFQ or sablefish IFQ of the individual who qualifies for the exemption in paragraph (i)(1) of this section; (iii) As part of the application for exemption, the individual submits to NMFS a copy of the USCG Form 2692 submitted to the USCG as specified in 46 CFR 4.05; and (iv) The individual is applying to use a hired master on a vessel in which the individual has a minimum 20-percent ownership interest as of the date of the application by the individual for a hired master permit. (7) In the event of temporary disablement of a vessel owned by an individual who qualifies for the exemption in paragraph (i)(1) of this section, the individual may remain exempt under paragraph (i)(1) of this section until December 31 of the year following the year in which the vessel was disabled, provided that the individual meets the following requirements: (i) The temporary disablement of the vessel results from repairs required by an accident that materially and adversely affected the vessel's seaworthiness or fitness for service, such as from sinking, grounding, or fire; (ii) The repairs from the accident require at least 60 days to be completed; (iii) The disabled vessel is a commercial fishing vessel that was previously used to harvest halibut IFQ or sablefish IFQ of the individual who qualifies for the exemption in paragraph (i)(1) of this section; (iv) The individual submits to NMFS a copy of the USCG Form 2692 submitted to the USCG as specified in 46 CFR 4.05; and (v) The individual is applying to use a hired master on a vessel in which the individual has a minimum 20-percent ownership interest as of the date of the application by the individual for a hired master permit. (8) Paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(4) of this section do not apply to any QS assigned to vessel category B, C, or D received by transfer by any person described in paragraph (i)(1) after February 12, 2010, except a hired master may be used to harvest IFQ derived from QS blocks that were consolidated under § 679.41(e)(2) or (e)(3) after February 12, 2010, and before December 1, 2014. (j) Use of IFQ resulting from QS assigned to vessel category B, C, or D by corporations, partnerships, or other non-individual entities. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (j)(7) of this section, a corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity that received an initial allocation of QS assigned to category B, C, or D may fish the IFQ resulting from that QS and any additional QS acquired within the limitations of this section from a vessel if that corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity: (i) For a documented vessel, owns a minimum 20-percent interest in the vessel as shown by the U.S. Abstract of Title issued by the U.S. Coast Guard that lists the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity as an owner and, if necessary to prove the required percentage ownership, other written documentation; (ii) For an undocumented vessel, owns a minimum 20-percent interest in the vessel as shown by a State of Alaska vessel license or registration that lists the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity as an owner and, if necessary to show the required percentage ownership interest, other written documentation; and (iii) Is represented on the vessel by a hired master employed by that individual and permitted in accordance with § 679.4(d)(2). (2) The provision of paragraph (j)(1) of this section is not transferable and does not apply to QS assigned to vessel category B, C, or D for halibut in IFQ regulatory Area 2C or for sablefish in the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long. that is transferred to a corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity. Such transfers of additional QS within these areas must be to an individual pursuant to § 679.41(c) and be used pursuant to paragraphs (c) and (i) of this section. (3) A corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity, except for a publicly held corporation, that receives an initial allocation of QS assigned to vessel category B, C, or D loses the exemption provided under this paragraph (j) on the effective date of a change in the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity from that which existed at the time of initial allocation. (4) For purposes of this paragraph (j), “a change” means: (i) For corporations and partnerships, the addition of any new shareholder(s) or partner(s), except that a court appointed trustee to act on behalf of a shareholder or partner who becomes incapacitated is not a change in the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity; or (ii) For estates, the final or summary distribution of the estate. (5) The Regional Administrator must be notified of a change in the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity as defined in this paragraph (j) within 15 days of the effective date of the change. The effective date of change, for purposes of this paragraph (j), is the date on which the new shareholder(s) or partner(s) may realize any corporate liabilities or benefits of the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity or, for estates, the date of the determination of a legal heir to the estate, or the date of the order for distribution of the estate. (6) QS assigned to vessel category B, C, or D and IFQ resulting from that QS held in the name of a corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity that changes, as defined in this paragraph (j), must be transferred to an individual, as prescribed in § 679.41, before it may be used at any time after the effective date of the change. (7) A corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity that received an initial allocation of QS assigned to category B, C, or D and that, prior to April 17, 1997, employed a master to fish any of the IFQ issued to that corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity may continue to employ a master to fish its IFQ on a vessel owned by the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity provided that the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity continues to own the vessel at no lesser percentage of ownership interest than that held on April 17, 1997, and provided that corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity did not acquire additional QS through transfer after September 23, 1997. (8) A corporation, partnership, or other non-individual entity, except for a publicly held corporation, that receives an allocation of QS must provide annual updates to the Regional Administrator identifying all current shareholders, partners, or members to the individual person level and affirming the entity's continuing existence as a corporation or partnership, or other non-individual entity. (9) The exemption provided in this paragraph (j) may be exercised by a corporation, partnership, association or other non-individual entity on a vessel owned by a person who is a shareholder in the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity, provided that the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity maintains a minimum of 20-percent interest in the vessel. For purposes of this paragraph (j), interest in a vessel is determined as the percentage of ownership in the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity by that person who is a shareholder in the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity, multiplied by the percentage of ownership in the vessel by that person who is a shareholder in the corporation, partnership, association, or other non-individual entity. (10) Paragraphs (j)(1) and (j)(9) of this section do not apply to any QS assigned to vessel category B, C, or D received by transfer after February 12, 2010, by an entity described in paragraph (j)(1) except a hired master may be used to harvest IFQ derived from QS that were consolidated under § 679.41(e)(2) or (e)(3) after February 12, 2010, and before December 1, 2014. (k) Sablefish vessel clearance requirements —(1) Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands. Any vessel operator who fishes for IFQ sablefish in the Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands must possess a transmitting VMS transmitter while fishing for IFQ sablefish. The operator of the vessel must comply with VMS requirements at § 679.28(f)(3) through (5). (2) Gulf of Alaska. A vessel operator using longline pot gear to fish for IFQ sablefish in the Gulf of Alaska must possess a transmitting VMS transmitter while fishing for sablefish. The operator of the vessel must comply with VMS requirements at § 679.28(f)(3) through (5). (l) GOA sablefish longline pot gear requirements. Additional regulations that implement specific requirements for any vessel operator who fishes for IFQ sablefish in the GOA using longline pot gear are set out under: § 300.61 Definitions, § 679.2 Definitions, § 679.5 Recordkeeping and reporting (R&R), § 679.7 Prohibitions, § 679.20 General limitations, § 679.23 Seasons, § 679.24 Gear limitations, and § 679.51 Observer requirements for vessels and plants. (1) Applicability. Any vessel operator who fishes for IFQ sablefish with longline pot gear in the GOA must comply with the requirements of this paragraph (l). The IFQ regulatory areas in the GOA include the Southeast Outside District of the GOA, the West Yakutat District of the GOA, the Central GOA regulatory area, and the Western GOA regulatory area. (2) General. To use longline pot gear to fish for IFQ sablefish in the GOA, a vessel operator must: (i)-(ii) [Reserved] (iii) Deploy and retrieve longline pot gear as specified in paragraph (l)(5); (iv) Retain IFQ halibut caught in longline pot gear if sufficient halibut IFQ is held by persons on board the vessel as specified in paragraph (l)(6); and (v) Comply with other requirements as specified in paragraph (l)(7). (3)-(4) [Reserved] (5) Restrictions on GOA longline pot gear deployment and retrieval —(i) General. (A) A vessel operator must mark longline pot gear used to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA as specified in § 679.24(a). (B) A vessel operator must deploy and retrieve longline pot gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA only during the sablefish fishing period specified in § 679.23(g)(1). (C) The gear retrieval and removal requirements in paragraphs (l)(5)(iii) and (iv) of this section apply to all longline pot gear that is assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish IFQ sablefish and to all other fishing equipment attached to longline pot gear that is deployed in the water by the vessel to fish IFQ sablefish. All other fishing equipment attached to longline pot gear includes, but is not limited to, equipment used to mark longline pot gear as required in § 679.24(a)(3). (ii) Pot limits. A vessel operator is limited to deploying a maximum number of pots to fish IFQ sablefish in each IFQ regulatory area in the GOA. (A) In the Southeast Outside District of the GOA, a vessel operator is limited to deploying a maximum of 120 pots. (B) In the West Yakutat District of the GOA, a vessel operator is limited to deploying a maximum of 200 pots. (C) In the Central GOA regulatory area, a vessel operator is limited to deploying a maximum of 300 pots. (D) In the Western GOA regulatory area, a vessel operator is limited to deploying a maximum of 300 pots. (iii) Gear retrieval. (A) In the Southeast Outside District of the GOA, a catcher vessel operator must redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all longline pot gear that is assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish IFQ sablefish within five days of deploying the gear. (B) In the Southeast Outside District of the GOA, a catcher/processor must redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all longline pot gear that is assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish IFQ sablefish within five days of deploying the gear. (C) In the West Yakutat District of the GOA, a vessel operator must redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all longline pot gear that is assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish IFQ sablefish within five days of deploying the gear. (D) In the Western GOA regulatory area, a vessel operator must redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all longline pot gear that is assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish IFQ sablefish within seven days of deploying the gear. (E) In the Central GOA regulatory area, a vessel operator must redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all longline pot gear that is assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish IFQ sablefish within seven days of deploying the gear. (iv) Longline pot gear used on multiple vessels. Longline pot gear assigned to one vessel and deployed to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA must be removed from the fishing grounds, and returned to port before being deployed by another vessel to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA. (6) Retention of halibut. (i) A vessel operator who fishes for IFQ sablefish using longline pot gear must retain IFQ halibut if: (A) The IFQ halibut is caught in any GOA reporting area in accordance with paragraph (l) of this section; and (B) An IFQ permit holder on board the vessel has unused halibut IFQ for the IFQ regulatory area fished and IFQ vessel category. (ii) [Reserved] (7) Other requirements. A vessel operator who fishes for IFQ sablefish using longline pot gear in the GOA must: (i) Complete a longline and pot gear Daily Fishing Logbook (DFL) or Daily Cumulative Production Logbook (DCPL) as specified in § 679.5(c); and (ii) Comply with Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) requirements specified in paragraph (k)(2) of this section. (m) BSAI halibut and sablefish pot gear requirements. Additional regulations that implement specific requirements for any vessel operator who fishes for IFQ or CDQ halibut or IFQ or CDQ sablefish in the BSAI using pot gear are set out under § 300.61 of this title and §§ 679.2, 679.5, 679.7, 679.20, 679.22, 679.24, 679.25, 679.28, 679.42, and 679.51. (1) Applicability. Any vessel operator who fishes for IFQ or CDQ halibut or IFQ or CDQ sablefish with pot gear in the BSAI must comply with the requirements of paragraph (m) of this section. The IFQ regulatory areas in the BSAI include 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E and the portion of Area 4A in the Bering Sea Aleutian Islands west of 170°00′ W long. (2) General. To use pot gear to fish for IFQ or CDQ halibut or IFQ or CDQ sablefish in the BSAI, a vessel operator must: (i) Retain IFQ or CDQ halibut caught in pot gear if sufficient halibut IFQ or CDQ is held by persons on board the vessel as specified in paragraph (m)(3) of this section; and (ii) Comply with other requirements as specified in paragraph (m)(4) of this section. (3) Retention of halibut. A vessel operator who fishes for IFQ or CDQ halibut or IFQ or CDQ sablefish using pot gear must retain IFQ or CDQ halibut if: (i) The IFQ or CDQ halibut is caught in any IFQ regulatory area in the BSAI in accordance with paragraph (m) of this section; and (ii) An IFQ or CDQ permit holder on board the vessel has unused halibut IFQ or CDQ for the IFQ regulatory area fished and IFQ vessel category. (4) Other requirements. A vessel operator who fishes for IFQ or CDQ halibut or IFQ or CDQ sablefish using pot gear in the BSAI must: (i) Complete a longline and pot gear Daily Fishing Logbook (DFL) or Daily Cumulative Production Logbook (DCPL) as specified in § 679.5(c); and (ii) Possess a transmitting VMS transmitter and comply with the VMS requirements at § 679.28(f)(3) through (5). (iii) Report pot gear information required when submitting a PNOL as described in § 679.5." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.4.1.4,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,D,Subpart D—Individual Fishing Quota Management Measures,,§ 679.43 Determinations and appeals.,FWS,,,"[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 17753, Apr. 11, 1997; 63 FR 52657, Oct. 1, 1998; 63 FR 64879, Nov. 24, 1998; 65 FR 78118, Dec. 14, 2000; 66 FR 27911, May 21, 2001; 67 FR 4148, Jan. 28, 2002; 67 FR 64317, Oct. 18, 2002; 67 FR 72611, Dec. 6, 2002; 68 FR 44487, July 29, 2003; 70 FR 10238, Mar. 2, 2005; 70 FR 16754, Apr. 1, 2005; 77 FR 6501, Feb. 8, 2012; 85 FR 8481, Feb. 14, 2020]","(a) General. This section describes the procedure for appealing initial administrative determinations made in this title under parts 300, 679, 680, and subpart E of part 300 of this chapter. (b) Who may appeal. Any person whose interest is directly and adversely affected by an initial administrative determination may file a written appeal. For purposes of this section, such persons will be referred to as “applicant” or “appellant.” (c) Submission of appeals. An appeal to an initial administrative determination must be submitted under the appeals procedure set out at 15 CFR part 906. (d) Timing of appeals. (1) If an applicant appeals an initial administrative determination, the appeal must be filed not later than 60 days after the date the determination is issued. (2) The time period within which an appeal may be filed begins to run on the date the initial administrative determination is issued. If the last day of the time period is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, the time period will extend to the close of business on the next business day. (e) Address of record. General —NMFS will establish as the address of record the address used by the applicant in initial correspondence to NMFS concerning the application. Notifications of all actions affecting the applicant after establishing an address of record will be mailed to that address, unless the applicant provides NMFS, in writing, with any changes to that address. NMFS bears no responsibility if a notification is sent to the address of record and is not received because the applicant's actual address has changed without notification to NMFS. (f) Statement of reasons for appeals. Applicants must timely submit a full written statement in support of the appeal, including a concise statement of the reasons the initial administrative determination has a direct and adverse effect on the applicant and should be reversed or modified. If the applicant requests a hearing on any issue presented in the appeal, such request for hearing must be accompanied by a concise written statement raising genuine and substantial issues of adjudicative fact for resolution and a list of available and specifically identified reliable evidence upon which the factual issues can be resolved. The appellate officer will limit his/her review to the issues stated in the appeal; all issues not set out in the appeal will be waived. (g) Hearings. The appellate officer will review the applicant's appeal and request for hearing, and has discretion to proceed as follows: (1) Deny the appeal; (2) Issue a decision on the merits of the appeal, if the record contains sufficient information on which to reach final judgment; or (3) Order that a hearing be conducted. The appellate officer may so order only if the appeal demonstrates the following: (i) There is a genuine and substantial issue of adjudicative fact for resolution at a hearing. A hearing will not be ordered on issues of policy or law. (ii) The factual issue can be resolved by available and specifically identified reliable evidence. A hearing will not be ordered on the basis of mere allegations or denials or general descriptions of positions and contentions. (iii) The evidence described in the request for hearing, if established at hearing, would be adequate to justify resolution of the factual issue in the way sought by the applicant. A hearing will not be ordered if the evidence described is insufficient to justify the factual determination sought, even if accurate. (iv) Resolution of the factual issue in the way sought by the applicant is adequate to justify the action requested. A hearing will not be ordered on factual issues that are not determinative with respect to the action requested. (h) Types of hearings. If the appellate officer determines that a hearing should be held to resolve one or more genuine and substantial issues of adjudicative fact, he/she may order: (1) A written hearing, as provided in paragraph (m) of this section; or (2) An oral hearing, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section. (i) Authority of the appellate officer. The appellate officer is vested with general authority to conduct all hearings in an orderly manner, including the authority to: (1) Administer oaths. (2) Call and question witnesses. (3) Issue a written decision based on the record. (j) Evidence. All evidence that is relevant, material, reliable, and probative may be included in the record. Formal rules of evidence do not apply to hearings conducted under this section. (k) Appellate officers' decisions. The appellate officer will close the record and issue a decision after determining there is sufficient information to render a decision on the record of the proceedings and that all procedural requirements have been met. The decision must be based solely on the record of the proceedings. Except as provided in paragraph (o) of this section, an appellate officer's decision takes effect 30 days after it is issued and, upon taking effect, is the final agency action for purposes of judicial review. (l) Disqualification of an appellate officer. (1) The appellate officer will withdraw from an appeal at any time he/she deems himself/herself disqualified. (2) The appellate officer may withdraw from an appeal on an appellant's motion if: (i) The motion is entered prior to the appellate officer's issuance of a decision; and (ii) The appellant demonstrates that the appellate officer has a personal bias or any other basis for disqualification. (3) If the appellate officer denies a motion to withdraw, he/she will so rule on the record. (m) Written hearing. (1) An appellate officer may order a written hearing under paragraph (h)(1) of this section if he/she: (i) Orders a hearing as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section; and (ii) Determines that the issues to be resolved at hearing can be resolved by allowing the appellant to present written materials to support his/her position. (2) After ordering a written hearing, the appellate officer will: (i) Provide the appellant with notification that a written hearing has been ordered. (ii) Provide the appellant with a statement of issues to be determined at hearing. (iii) Provide the appellant with 30 days to file a written response. The appellant may also provide documentary evidence to support his/her position. The period to file a written response may be extended at the sole discretion of the appellate officer, if the appellant shows good cause for the extension. (3) The appellate officer may, after reviewing the appellant's written response and documentary evidence: (i) Order that an oral hearing be held, as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, to resolve issues that cannot be resolved through the written hearing process; (ii) Request supplementary evidence from the appellant before closing the record; or (iii) Close the record. (4) The appellate officer will close the record and issue a decision after determining that the information on the record is sufficient to render a decision. (n) Oral hearing. (1) The appellate officer may order an oral hearing under paragraphs (h)(2) and (m)(3)(i) of this section if he/she: (i) Orders a hearing as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section; and (ii) Determines that the issues to be resolved at hearing can best be resolved through the oral hearing process. (2) After ordering an oral hearing, the appellate officer will: (i) Provide the appellant with notification that an oral hearing has been ordered. (ii) Provide the appellant with a statement of issues to be determined at hearing. (iii) Provide the appellant with notification, at least 30 days in advance, of the place, date, and time of the oral hearing. Oral hearings will be held in Juneau, AK, at the prescribed date and time, unless the appellate officer determines, based upon good cause shown, that a different place, date, or time will better serve the interests of justice. A continuance of the oral hearing may be ordered at the sole discretion of the appellate officer if the appellant shows good cause for the continuance. (3) The appellate officer may, either at his/her own discretion or on the motion of the appellant, order a pre-hearing conference, either in person or telephonically, to consider: (i) The simplification of issues. (ii) The possibility of obtaining stipulations, admissions of facts, and agreements to the introduction of documents. (iii) The possibility of settlement or other means to facilitate resolution of the case. (iv) Such other matters as may aid in the disposition of the proceedings. (4) The appellate officer must provide the appellant with notification of a pre-hearing conference, if one is ordered, at least 30 days in advance of the conference. All action taken at the pre-hearing conference will be made part of the record. (5) At the beginning of the oral hearing, the appellate officer may first seek to obtain stipulations as to material facts and the issues involved and may state any other issues on which he/she may wish to have evidence presented. Issues to be resolved at the hearing will be limited to those identified by the appellate officer as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section. The appellant will then be given an opportunity to present his/her case. (6) During the oral hearing, the appellant has the right to present reliable and material oral or documentary evidence and to conduct such cross-examination as may be required in the interests of justice. (7) After the conclusion of the oral hearing, the appellant may be given time by the appellate officer to submit any supplementary information that may assist in the resolution of the case. (8) The appellate officer will close the record and issue a decision after determining that the information on the record is sufficient to render a decision. (o) Review by the Regional Administrator. An appellate officer's decision is subject to review by the Regional Administrator, as provided in this paragraph (o). (1) The Regional Administrator may affirm, reverse, modify, or remand the appellate officer's decision before the 30-day effective date of the decision provided in paragraph (k) of this section. (2) The Regional Administrator may take any of these actions on or after the 30-day effective date by issuing a stay of the decision before the 30-day effective date. An action taken under paragraph (o)(1) of this section takes effect immediately. (3) The Regional Administrator must provide a written explanation why an appellate officer's decision has been reversed, modified, or remanded. (4) The Regional Administrator must promptly notify the appellant(s) of any action taken under this paragraph (o). (5) The Regional Administrator's decision to affirm, reverse, or modify an appellate officer's decision is a final agency action for purposes of judicial review. (p) Issuance of a non-transferable license. A non-transferable license will be issued to a person upon acceptance of his or her appeal of an initial administrative determination denying an application for a license for license limitation groundfish, crab species under § 679.4(k) or scallops under § 679.4(g). This non-transferable license authorizes a person to conduct directed fishing for groundfish, crab species, or catch and retain scallops and will have specific endorsements and designations based on the person's claims in his or her application for a license. This non-transferable license expires upon the resolution of the appeal." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.4.1.5,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,D,Subpart D—Individual Fishing Quota Management Measures,,§ 679.44 Penalties.,FWS,,,,"Any person committing, or a fishing vessel used in the commission of, a violation of the Magnuson-Stevens Act or Halibut Act, or any regulation issued under the Magnuson-Stevens Act or Halibut Act, is subject to the civil and criminal penalty provisions and civil forfeiture provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act or Halibut Act, to part 600 of this chapter, to 15 CFR part 904 (Civil Procedures), and to other applicable law. Penalties include but are not limited to permanent or temporary sanctions to QS and associated IFQ." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.4.1.6,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,D,Subpart D—Individual Fishing Quota Management Measures,,§ 679.45 IFQ cost recovery program.,FWS,,,"[65 FR 14924, Mar. 20, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 4133, Jan. 28, 2002; 71 FR 44232, Aug. 4, 2006; 76 FR 40633, July 11, 2011; 78 FR 75893, Dec. 12, 2013; 81 FR 23649, Apr. 22, 2016; 83 FR 47833, Sept. 21, 2018]","(a) Cost recovery fees —(1) Responsibility. An IFQ permit holder is responsible for cost recovery fees for landings of his or her IFQ halibut and sablefish, including any halibut landed as guided angler fish (GAF), as defined in § 300.61 of this title, derived from his or her IFQ accounts. An RQE is responsible for cost recovery fees for all RFQ issued to the RQE. An IFQ permit holder or RQE must comply with the requirements of this section. (2) IFQ Fee Liability Determination —(i) General. IFQ fee liability means a cost recovery liability based on either the value of all landed IFQ and GAF derived from the permit holder's IFQ permit(s), or the value of all RFQ issued to an RQE. (A) Each year, the Regional Administrator will issue each IFQ permit holder a summary of his or her IFQ equivalent pounds landed as IFQ and GAF and will issue an RQE a summary of its RFQ pounds issued as part of the IFQ Landing and Estimated Fee Liability page described at § 679.5(l)(7)(ii)(D). (B) The summary will include information on IFQ and GAF landings and an estimated IFQ fee liability using the IFQ standard ex-vessel value for IFQ and GAF landings. For fee purposes: ( 1 ) Landings of GAF in IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A are converted to IFQ equivalent pounds and assessed at the IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A IFQ standard ex-vessel value. ( 2 ) GAF that is returned to the IFQ permit holder's account pursuant to § 300.65(c) of this title, and subsequently landed as IFQ during the IFQ fishing year, is included in the IFQ fee liability and subject to fee assessment as IFQ equivalent pounds. ( 3 ) All RFQ issued to an RQE in IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A will be assessed at the IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A IFQ standard ex-vessel value. (C) The IFQ permit holder must either accept NMFS' estimate of the IFQ fee liability or revise NMFS' estimate of the IFQ fee liability using the IFQ Permit Holder Fee Submission Form described at § 679.5(l)(7)(ii), except that the standard ex-vessel value used to determine the fee liability for GAF is not subject to challenge. If the IFQ permit holder revises NMFS' estimate of his or her IFQ fee liability, NMFS may request in writing that the permit holder submit documentation establishing the factual basis for the revised calculation. If the IFQ permit holder fails to provide adequate documentation on or by the 30th day after the date of such request, NMFS will determine the IFQ permit holder's IFQ fee liability based on standard ex-vessel values. (D) An RQE may not challenge the standard ex-vessel value used to determine the fee liability for all RFQ issued to the RQE. (ii) Value assigned to GAF. The IFQ fee liability is computed from all net pounds allocated to the IFQ permit holder that are landed, including IFQ landed as GAF. (A) NMFS will determine the IFQ equivalent pounds of GAF landed in IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A that are derived from the IFQ permit holder's account. (B) The IFQ equivalent pounds of GAF landed in IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A are multiplied by the standard ex-vessel value computed for that area to determine the value of IFQ landed as GAF. (iii) The value of IFQ landed as GAF is added to the value of the IFQ permit holder's landed IFQ, and the sum is multiplied by the annual IFQ fee percentage to estimate the IFQ permit holder's IFQ fee liability. (3) Fee collection. (i) An IFQ permit holder with IFQ and/or GAF landings is responsible for collecting his or her own fee during the calendar year in which the IFQ fish and/or GAF are landed. (ii) An RQE is responsible for collecting its own fees during the calendar year in which the RFQ is issued to the RQE. (4) Payment —(i) Payment due date. An IFQ permit holder or RQE must submit its IFQ fee liability payment(s) to NMFS as instructed at paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section not later than January 31 of the year following the calendar year in which the IFQ or GAF landings were made or the RFQ was issued to the RQE. (ii) Payment recipient. Make payment payable to NMFS. (iii) Payment address. Submit payment and related documents as instructed on the fee submission form. Payments may be made electronically through the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. Instructions for electronic payment will be made available on both the payment Web site and a fee liability summary letter mailed to the IFQ permit holder. (iv) Payment method —(A) Prior to December 1, 2019, payment must be made in U.S. dollars by personal check drawn on a U.S. bank account, money order, bank-certified check, or electronically by credit card. (B) On or after December 1, 2019, payment must be made electronically in U.S. dollars by automated clearing house, credit card, or electronic check drawn on a U.S. bank account. (b) IFQ ex-vessel value determination and use —(1) General. (i) An IFQ permit holder must use either the IFQ actual ex-vessel value or the IFQ standard ex-vessel value when determining the IFQ fee liability based on ex-vessel value, except that landed GAF are assessed at the standard ex-vessel values derived by NMFS. An IFQ permit holder must base all fee liability calculations on the ex-vessel value that correlates to landed IFQ in IFQ equivalent pounds. (ii) An RQE must use the IFQ standard ex-vessel value derived by NMFS for all RFQ issued to the RQE. (2) IFQ actual ex-vessel value. An IFQ permit holder that uses actual ex-vessel value, as defined in § 679.2, to determine IFQ fee liability for landed IFQ must document actual ex-vessel value for each IFQ permit. The actual ex-vessel value cannot be used to assign value to halibut landed as GAF or issued as RFQ. (3) IFQ standard ex-vessel value —(i) Use of standard price. An IFQ permit holder that uses standard ex-vessel value to determine the IFQ fee liability, as part of a revised IFQ fee liability submission, must use the corresponding standard price(s) as published in the Federal Register. (ii) All landed GAF and RFQ issued to an RQE must be valued using the standard ex-vessel value for the year and for the IFQ regulatory area of harvest—Area 2C or Area 3A. (iii) Duty to publish list. Each year the Regional Administrator will publish a list of IFQ standard prices in the Federal Register during the last quarter of the calendar year. The IFQ standard prices will be described in U.S. dollars per IFQ equivalent pound, for IFQ halibut and sablefish landings made during the current calendar year. (iv) Effective duration. The IFQ standard prices will remain in effect until revised by the Regional Administrator by notification in the Federal Register based upon new information of the type set forth in this section. IFQ standard prices published in the Federal Register by NMFS shall apply to all landings made in the same calendar year as the IFQ standard price publication and shall replace any IFQ standard prices previously provided by NMFS that may have been in effect for that same calendar year. (v) Determination. NMFS will apply the standard price, aggregated by IFQ regulatory area 2C or 3A, to GAF landings and RFQ issued to an RQE. NMFS will calculate the IFQ standard prices to reflect, as closely as possible by month and port or port-group, the variations in the actual ex-vessel values of IFQ halibut and IFQ sablefish landings based on information provided in the IFQ Registered Buyer Ex-Vessel Value and Volume Report as described in § 679.5(l)(7)(i). The Regional Administrator will base IFQ standard prices on the following types of information: (A) Landed net pounds by IFQ species, port-group, and month; (B) Total ex-vessel value by IFQ species, port-group, and month; and (C) Price adjustments, including IFQ retro-payments. (c) [Reserved] (d) IFQ fee percentage —(1) Established percentage. The annual IFQ fee percentage is the amount as determined by the factors and methodology described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. This amount will be announced by publication in the Federal Register in accordance with paragraph (d)(3) of this section. This amount must not exceed 3 percent pursuant to 16 U.S.C. 1854(d)(2)(B). (2) Calculating the fee percentage. Each year NMFS shall calculate and publish the fee percentage according to the following factors and methodology: (i) Factors. NMFS must use the following factors to determine the fee percentage: (A) The IFQ, RFQ, and GAF landings to which the IFQ fee will apply; (B) The ex-vessel value of that landed IFQ, RFQ, and GAF; and (C) The costs directly related to the management and enforcement of the IFQ Program, which include RQE and GAF costs. (ii) Methodology. NMFS must use the following equation to determine the fee percentage: 100 × (DPC/V) Where: “DPC” is the direct program costs for the IFQ fishery for the previous fiscal year, and “V” is the ex-vessel value determined for IFQ landed as commercial catch, RFQ, or GAF subject to the IFQ fee liability for the current year. Where: “DPC” is the direct program costs for the IFQ fishery for the previous fiscal year, and “V” is the ex-vessel value determined for IFQ landed as commercial catch, RFQ, or GAF subject to the IFQ fee liability for the current year. (3) Publication —(i) General. During or before the last quarter of each calendar year, NMFS shall publish the IFQ fee percentage in the Federal Register. NMFS shall base any IFQ fee liability calculations on the factors and methodology in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. (ii) Effective period. The calculated IFQ fee percentage shall remain in effect through the end of the calendar year in which it was determined. (4) Applicable percentage. The IFQ permit holder must use the IFQ fee percentage in effect for the year in which the IFQ, RFQ, and GAF landings are made to calculate his or her fee liability for such landed IFQ, RFQ, and GAF. The IFQ permit holder or RQE must use the IFQ fee percentage in effect at the time an IFQ retro-payment is received by the IFQ permit holder to calculate his or her IFQ fee liability for the IFQ retro-payment. (e) Non-payment of fee. (1) If an IFQ permit holder or RQE does not submit a complete IFQ Permit Holder Fee Submission Form and corresponding payment by the due date described in § 679.45(a)(4), the Regional Administrator will: (i) Send Initial Administrative Determination (IAD). Send an IAD to the IFQ permit holder or RQE stating that the estimated fee liability, as calculated by the Regional Administrator and sent to the IFQ permit holder or RQE pursuant to § 679.45(a)(2), is the amount of IFQ fee liability due from the IFQ permit holder or RQE. An IFQ permit holder or RQE who receives an IAD may appeal the IAD, as described in paragraph (h) of this section. (ii) Disapprove transfer. Disapprove any transfer of GAF, IFQ, or QS to or from the IFQ permit holder or RQE in accordance with § 300.65(c) of this title and § 679.41(c), until the IFQ fee liability is reconciled, except that NMFS may return unused GAF to the IFQ permit holder's account from which it was derived on or after the automatic GAF return date. (2) Upon final agency action determining that an IFQ permit holder has not paid his or her IFQ fee liability, as described in paragraph (f) of this section, any IFQ fishing permit or RFQ permit account held by the IFQ permit holder or RQE is not valid until all IFQ fee liabilities are paid. (3) If payment is not received on or before the 30th day after the final agency action, the matter will be referred to the appropriate authorities for purposes of collection. (f) Underpayment of IFQ fee. (1) When an IFQ permit holder or RQE has incurred a fee liability and made a timely payment to NMFS of an amount less than the NMFS estimated IFQ fee liability, the Regional Administrator will review the IFQ Permit Holder Fee Submission Form and related documentation submitted by the IFQ permit holder or RQE. If the Regional Administrator determines that the IFQ permit holder or RQE has not paid a sufficient amount, the Regional Administrator will: (i) Disapprove transfer. Disapprove any transfer of GAF, IFQ, or QS to or from the IFQ permit holder or RQE in accordance with § 300.65(c) of this title and § 679.41(c), until the IFQ fee liability is reconciled, except that NMFS may return unused GAF to the IFQ permit holder's account from which it was derived 15 days prior to the closing of the commercial halibut fishing season each year. (ii) Notify permit holder. Notify the IFQ permit holder or RQE by letter that an insufficient amount has been paid and that the IFQ permit holder has 30 days from the date of the letter to either pay the amount determined to be due or provide additional documentation to prove that the amount paid was the correct amount. (2) After the expiration of the 30-day period, the Regional Administrator will evaluate any additional documentation submitted by an IFQ permit holder or RQE in support of its payment. If the Regional Administrator determines that the additional documentation does not meet the burden of proving the payment is correct, the Regional Administrator will send the IFQ permit holder or RQE an IAD indicating that the IFQ permit holder or RQE did not meet the burden of proof to change the IFQ fee liability as calculated by the Regional Administrator based upon the IFQ standard ex-vessel value. The IAD will set out the facts and indicate the deficiencies in the documentation submitted by the IFQ permit holder or RQE. An IFQ permit holder or RQE who receives an IAD may appeal the IAD, as described in paragraph (h) of this section. (3) If the permit holder fails to file an appeal of the IAD pursuant to 15 CFR part 906, the IAD will become the final agency action. (4) If the IAD is appealed and the final agency action is a determination that additional sums are due from the IFQ permit holder or RQE, the IFQ permit holder or RQE must pay any IFQ fee amount determined to be due not later than 30 days from the issuance of the final agency action. (5) Upon final agency action determining that an IFQ permit holder or RQE has not paid his or her IFQ fee liability, any IFQ fishing permit held by the IFQ permit holder or RQE is not valid until all IFQ fee liabilities are paid. (6) If payment is not received on or before the 30th day after the final agency action, the matter will be referred to the appropriate authorities for purposes of collection. (g) Over payment. Upon issuance of final agency action, any amount submitted to NMFS in excess of the IFQ fee liability determined to be due by the final agency action will be returned to the IFQ permit holder or RQE unless the IFQ permit holder or RQE requests the agency to credit the excess amount against the IFQ permit holder's or RQE's future IFQ fee liability. (h) Appeals and requests for reconsideration. An IFQ permit holder who receives an IAD may either appeal the IAD pursuant to 15 CFR part 906 or request reconsideration. Within 60 days from the date of issuance of the IAD, the Regional Administrator may undertake a reconsideration of the IAD on his or her own initiative. If a request for reconsideration is submitted or the Regional Administrator initiates a reconsideration, the 60-day period for appeal under 15 CFR part 906 will begin anew upon issuance of the Regional Administrator's reconsidered IAD. The Regional Administrator may undertake only one reconsideration of the IAD, if any. If an IFQ permit holder fails to file an appeal of the IAD pursuant to 15 CFR part 906, the IAD will become the final agency action. In any appeal or reconsideration of an IAD made under this section, an IFQ permit holder has the burden of proving his or her claim. (i) Annual report. NMFS will publish annually a report describing the status of the IFQ Cost Recovery Program." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.4.1.7,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,D,Subpart D—Individual Fishing Quota Management Measures,,§ 679.46 Recreational Quota Entity (RQE) Program fee collection.,FWS,,,"[90 FR 29791, July 7, 2025]","(a) Fee collection —(1) Charter halibut stamp. A charter halibut stamp is required for charter vessel anglers, 18 years of age or older, for each charter vessel fishing trip in a given calendar day, or each calendar day during a charter vessel fishing trip that spans multiple days, that the charter vessel angler intends to catch and retain halibut on a charter vessel in IPHC regulatory area 2C or 3A, unless that charter vessel angler retains halibut as Guided Angler Fish, as described at 50 CFR 300.65 of this title, on days that are otherwise closed to halibut retention by the annual management measures published pursuant to 50 CFR 300.62 of this title. This includes charter vessel anglers on charter vessels operated under a charter halibut permit, community charter halibut permit, or military charter halibut permit issued pursuant to 50 CFR 300.67 of this title. A charter halibut permit holder is responsible for purchasing the required number of charter halibut stamps and for complying with all other requirements of this section. The required number of charter halibut stamps is equal to or greater than the number of charter halibut stamp validations (as defined at § 679.2) performed in a given fishing year for each charter halibut permit, community charter halibut permit, or military charter halibut permit. (i) Validation of stamps. After determining the number of charter halibut stamps required under this paragraph (a)(1), the charter vessel guide must perform a charter halibut stamp validation as defined at § 679.2 before the charter vessel fishing trip begins, or prior to first deployment of fishing gear on each calendar day of a charter vessel fishing trip that spans multiple days. (ii) Duration of validation. The charter halibut stamp that has received a charter halibut stamp validation, as defined at § 679.2, is in effect from the time, A.l.t, that it is validated until 2400 hours, A.l.t., the same day. For the purposes of charter halibut stamp validation, if a charter vessel fishing trip lasts more than one calendar day, a charter halibut stamp is required for each charter vessel angler for each calendar day of the charter vessel fishing trip as specified at § 679.46(a)(1). (iii) Non-transferability. Charter halibut stamps are not transferable. This includes: (A) After charter halibut stamp validation for an individual charter vessel angler, the charter halibut stamp may not be transferred to or used by any other person. (B) Charter halibut stamps may only be used for charter halibut permits in a given NMFS-approved account and may not be transferred between approved accounts. (iv) Rollover. A charter halibut stamp that has been purchased and has not received charter halibut permit validation does not expire. Such charter halibut stamps may be validated in a future fishing year. (v) Charter halibut stamp validation reconciliation. If, by 2400 A.l.t. on December 31 of a given fishing year, a charter halibut permit holder, for one or more associated charter halibut permits in a NMFS-approved account, has not purchased a number of charter halibut stamps equal to or greater than the number of charter halibut stamps validated under that account for that same fishing year, the Regional Administrator will send a reconciliation notice to the charter halibut permit holder. The reconciliation notice will state the validated charter halibut stamp deficit, as determined by the number of charter halibut stamps validated for that fishing year in excess of the number of charter halibut stamps that have been purchased. A charter halibut permit holder has 30 days from the date of the notice to either purchase the outstanding number of validated stamps or demonstrate how the reconciliation determination is in error. (vi) Validated Charter halibut stamp deficit. If a charter halibut permit holder does not purchase the outstanding number of validated charter halibut stamps or demonstrate how the reconciliation determination described in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section is erroneous within 30 days as outlined in this paragraph (a)(1)(vi) of this section, the Regional Administrator may: (A) Issue an Initial Administrative Determination (IAD) upholding the reconciliation determination; (B) Disapprove any application to transfer the charter halibut permit, associated charter halibut permits in a NMFS-approved account, GAF, IFQ, or QS to or from the charter halibut permit holder until the outstanding validated charter halibut stamps are purchased, except that NMFS may return unused GAF to the IFQ holder's account from which it was derived on or after the automatic GAF return date; (C) Disapprove the annual registration application of the charter halibut permit, and all associated charter halibut permits in a NMFS-approved account, in accordance with 50 CFR 300.67(a) of this title, until the outstanding validated charter halibut stamps are purchased; and (D) Invalidate the community charter halibut permit or military charter halibut permit until the outstanding validated charter halibut stamps associated with that permit are purchased. (vii) Appeals. A charter halibut permit holder who receives an IAD for a validated charter halibut stamp deficit may appeal the IAD pursuant to 15 CFR part 906. (2) [Reserved] (b) Fee amount. (1) The fee for a charter halibut stamp is $20. (2) The RQE may petition NMFS to increase or decrease the fee for a charter halibut stamp beginning on January 1, 2028. The fee for the charter halibut stamp may not increase by an amount more than 10 percent of the fee in the previous fishing year. (3) The RQE may petition NMFS to suspend the fee at any time. (c) Fee payment to NMFS —(1) Obtaining charter halibut stamps. Charter halibut permit holders must obtain charter halibut stamps from NMFS and pay applicable fees as specified at paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (2) Charter vessel guide responsibilities. Before each charter vessel fishing trip begins, the charter vessel guide is responsible for charter halibut stamp validation for each charter vessel angler as specified at paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (3) Timing of charter halibut stamp reconciliation. Charter halibut stamp reconciliation must occur as specified at paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section. (d) RQE fee collection suspension. The Regional Administrator may suspend the RQE fee collection indefinitely, or until such a time that any identified RQE operational deficiencies are corrected, if: (1) Through the issuance of an IAD and the opportunity to appeal the IAD under 15 CFR part 906, the Regional Administrator determines that the RQE is out of compliance with regulations in this title, the RQE's own by-laws, or other applicable law; (2) The Regional Administrator approves a petition by the RQE to suspend the RQE fee collection; or (3) Congress no longer provides authorization for the Secretary of Commerce to collect and spend fees." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.5.1.1,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,E,Subpart E—North Pacific Observer Program,,§ 679.50 Applicability.,FWS,,,"[77 FR 70091, Nov. 21, 2012, as amended at 83 FR 30532, June 29, 2018]","(a) General. (1) The operator of a vessel designated or required to be designated on a Federal fisheries permit (FFP) under § 679.4(b); the operator of a processor designated or required to be designated on a Federal processor permit (FPP) under § 679.4(f)(1) or a Registered Buyer permit under § 679.4(d)(3); and the operator of a vessel used to harvest IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish must comply with this subpart. The owner of a vessel or a shoreside processor must ensure that the operator or manager complies with this subpart. (2) Exceptions. A catcher vessel is not subject to the requirements of this subpart when delivering unsorted codends to a mothership. (3) For purposes of this subpart, halibut means CDQ and IFQ halibut. (b) [Reserved]" 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.5.1.2,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,E,Subpart E—North Pacific Observer Program,,§ 679.51 Observer and Electronic Monitoring System requirements for vessels and plants.,FWS,,,"[77 FR 70091, Nov. 21, 2012, as amended at 79 FR 54601, Sept. 12, 2014; 81 FR 26745, May 4, 2016; 81 FR 37556, June 10, 2016; 81 FR 67117, Sept. 30, 2016; 81 FR 70607, Oct. 13, 2016; 81 FR 95457, Dec. 28, 2016; 82 FR 37002, Aug. 8, 2017; 83 FR 30532, 30533, June 29, 2018; 84 FR 55053, Oct. 15, 2019; 85 FR 850, Jan. 8, 2020; 88 FR 53734, Aug. 8, 2023; 88 FR 77231, Nov. 9, 2023; 89 FR 60812, July 29, 2024; 89 FR 66637, Aug. 16, 2024]","(a) Observer requirements for vessels —(1) Groundfish and halibut fishery partial coverage category —(i) Vessel classes in partial coverage category. Unless otherwise specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the following catcher vessels and catcher/processors are in the partial coverage category when fishing for halibut or when directed fishing for groundfish in a federally managed or parallel groundfish fishery, as defined at § 679.2: (A) A catcher vessel designated on an FFP under § 679.4(b)(1); (B) A catcher vessel when fishing for halibut while carrying a person named on a permit issued under § 679.4(d)(1)(i), (d)(2)(i), or (e)(2), or for IFQ sablefish, as defined at § 679.2, while carrying a person named on a permit issued under § 679.4(d)(1)(i) or (d)(2)(i); or (C) A catcher/processor placed in the partial coverage category under paragraph (a)(3) of this section; or (D) A catcher vessel less than or equal to 46 ft LOA using hook-and-line gear when groundfish CDQ fishing under § 679.32(c)(3)(iii). (ii) Registration and notification of observer deployment. The Observer Declare and Deploy System (ODDS) is the communication platform for the partial coverage category by which NMFS receives information about fishing plans subject to randomized observer deployment. Vessel operators provide fishing plan and contact information to NMFS and receive instructions through ODDS for coordinating with an observer provider for any required observer coverage. Access to ODDS is available through the NMFS Alaska Region website (A) Registration. NMFS will enter information into ODDS about all partial coverage category vessels that are designated on an FFP and all catcher vessels that are not designated on an FFP but that landed sablefish IFQ or halibut IFQ or CDQ in the previous or current year. Owners or operators are not responsible for initial registration of their vessel in ODDS. (B) Notification. Upon entry into ODDS, NMFS will notify the owner or operator of his or her vessel's selection pool. Owners and operators must comply with all further instructions set forth by ODDS. (C) Trip selection pool. ( 1 ) A minimum of 72 hours prior to embarking on each fishing trip, the operator of a vessel in the trip selection pool must register the anticipated trip with ODDS. ( 2 ) When a fishing trip is registered with ODDS per paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(C)( 1 ) of this section, the vessel operator will be notified by ODDS whether the trip is selected for observer coverage and a receipt number corresponding to this notification will be provided by ODDS. Trip registration is complete when the vessel operator receives a receipt number. ( 3 ) An operator may embark on a fishing trip registered with ODDS: ( i ) Not selected trip. At any time if ODDS indicates that the fishing trip is not selected for observer coverage. ( ii ) Selected trip. When an observer is aboard the vessel if ODDS indicates that the fishing trip is selected for observer coverage. ( 4 ) Delayed trip. A selected fishing trip not embarked upon within 48 hours of the time specified in the registration with ODDS is invalidated. The operator must register any new trip in accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(C)( 1 ) of this section. ( 5 ) Observer coverage duration. If selected, a vessel is required to carry an observer for the entire fishing trip. ( i ) A fishing trip selected for observer coverage may not begin until all previously harvested fish has been offloaded and an observer is aboard the vessel. ( ii ) An observer may not be transferred off a catcher vessel until the observer confirms that all fish from the observed fishing trip are offloaded. ( iii ) A vessel must make a minimum of one delivery to a tender vessel to be subject to paragraph (3)(ii) of the fishing trip definition at § 679.2. (D) Vessel selection pool. A vessel selected for observer coverage is required to have an observer on board for all groundfish and halibut fishing trips specified at paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section for the time period indicated by ODDS. (iii) Release from observer coverage. The Observer Program may release a selected trip per paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(C) of this section or a selected vessel per paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(D) of this section, from observer coverage on a case-by-case basis. (iv) Observer workload at shoreside processors and stationary floating processors. Regarding shoreside processors and stationary floating processors, the time required for an observer to complete sampling, data recording, and data communication duties, per this paragraph (a)(1), may not exceed 12 hours in each 24-hour period. (2) Groundfish and halibut fishery full observer coverage category —(i) Vessel classes in the full coverage category. The following classes of vessels are in the full observer coverage category when harvesting halibut or when harvesting, receiving, or processing groundfish in a federally managed or parallel groundfish fishery, as defined at § 679.2: (A) Catcher/processors, except a catcher/processor placed in the partial observer coverage category under paragraph (a)(3) of this section; (B) Motherships; and (C) Catcher vessels while: ( 1 ) Directed fishing for pollock in the BS; ( 2 ) Using trawl gear or hook-and-line gear when groundfish CDQ fishing (see § 679.2), except for catcher vessels less than or equal to 46 ft LOA using hook-and-line gear when groundfish CDQ fishing under § 679.32(c)(3)(iii); ( 3 ) Participating in the Rockfish Program; or ( 4 ) Using trawl gear in the BSAI if the vessel has been placed in the full observer coverage category under paragraph (a)(4) of this section; or ( 5 ) Participating in the PCTC Program. (ii) Observer coverage requirements. A vessel listed in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this section must have at least one observer aboard the vessel at all times. Some fisheries require additional observer coverage in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(vi) of this section. The following exceptions apply: (A) A vessel subject to the partial observer coverage category as per paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section; (B) A vessel approved to be in the full coverage trawl EM category; vessels in the full coverage trawl EM category are subject to observer coverage if NMFS determines that at-sea coverage is necessary in the Annual Deployment Plan. (iii) Observer workload. The time required for an observer to complete sampling, data recording, and data communication duties per paragraph (a)(2) of this section may not exceed 12 consecutive hours in each 24-hour period. (iv) Catcher/processor classification. (A) For purposes of this subpart, a vessel is classified as a catcher/processor according to the operation designation on its FFP. A vessel designated as a catcher/processor at any time during the calendar year is classified as a catcher/processor for the remainder of the calendar year. (B) [Reserved] (v) [Reserved] (vi) Additional observer requirements —(A) CDQ fisheries. The owner or operator of a vessel must comply with the following requirements each day that the vessel is used to catch, process, deliver, or receive CDQ groundfish. ( 1 ) Catcher/processors using trawl gear and directed fishing for pollock CDQ in the BSAI and motherships taking deliveries from catcher vessels directed fishing for pollock CDQ in the BSAI. See paragraph (a)(2)(vi)(B)( 2 ) of this section. ( 2 ) Catcher/processors using trawl gear and groundfish CDQ fishing. See paragraph (a)(2)(vi)(C) of this section. ( 3 ) Catcher/processors using hook-and-line gear and groundfish CDQ fishing. See paragraph (a)(2)(vi)(E) of this section. ( 4 ) Catcher/processors using pot gear for groundfish CDQ fishing. A catcher/processor using pot gear must have at least one lead level 2 observer aboard the vessel. More than one observer must be aboard if the observer workload restriction would otherwise preclude sampling as required. ( 5 ) Motherships. A mothership that receives unsorted codends from catcher vessels groundfish CDQ fishing must have at least two observers aboard the mothership, at least one of whom must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer. More than two observers must be aboard if the observer workload restriction would otherwise preclude sampling as required. (B) BSAI pollock fisheries —( 1 ) Listed AFA catcher/processors, catcher/processors designated on listed AFA catcher/processor permits, and AFA motherships. The owner or operator of a listed AFA catcher/processor, a catcher/processor designated on a listed AFA catcher/processor permit, or an AFA mothership must have aboard at least two observers, at least one of whom must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer, for each day that the vessel is used to catch, process, or receive groundfish. More than two observers must be aboard if the observer workload restriction would otherwise preclude sampling as required. ( 2 ) Pollock CDQ catcher/processors and motherships. The owner or operator of a catcher/processor or mothership used to catch, process, or receive pollock CDQ must comply with the observer coverage requirements in paragraph (a)(2)(vi)(B)( 1 ) of this section for each day that the vessel is used to catch, process, or receive pollock CDQ. ( 3 ) Unlisted AFA catcher/processors and catcher/processors designated on unlisted AFA catcher/processor permits. The owner or operator of an unlisted AFA catcher/processor or a catcher/processor designated on an unlisted AFA catcher/processor permit must have aboard at least two observers for each day that the vessel is used to engage in directed fishing for pollock in the BSAI, or receive pollock harvested in the BSAI. At least one observer must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer. When a listed AFA catcher/processor is not engaged in directed fishing for BSAI pollock and is not receiving pollock harvested in the BSAI, the observer coverage requirements at paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section apply. ( 4 ) AI directed pollock fishery catcher/processors and motherships. A catcher/processor participating in the AI directed pollock fishery or a mothership processing pollock harvested in the AI directed pollock fishery must have aboard at least two observers, at least one of which must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer, for each day that the vessel is used to catch, process, or receive groundfish. More than two observers must be aboard if the observer workload restriction would otherwise preclude sampling as required. (C) Amendment 80 vessels and catcher/processors not listed in § 679.4(1)(2)(i) and using trawl gear in the BSAI. All Amendment 80 vessels using any gear but dredge gear while directed fishing for scallops and catcher/processors not listed in § 679.4(1)(2)(i) and using trawl gear in the BSAI must have aboard at least two observers for each day that the vessel is used to catch, process, or receive groundfish harvested in a federally managed or parallel groundfish fishery. At least one observer must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer. More than two observers are required if the observer workload restriction would otherwise preclude sampling as required. (D) Catcher/processors participating in the Rockfish Program —( 1 ) Rockfish cooperative. A catcher/processor that is named on an LLP license that is assigned to a rockfish cooperative and is fishing under a CQ permit must have at least two observers aboard for each day that the vessel is used to catch or process fish in the Central GOA from April 1 through the earlier of November 15 or the effective date and time of an approved rockfish cooperative termination of fishing declaration. At least one observer must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer. More than two observers must be aboard if the observer workload restriction would otherwise preclude sampling as required. ( 2 ) Rockfish sideboard fishery for catcher/processors in a rockfish cooperative. A catcher/processor that is subject to a sideboard limit as described under § 679.82(e) must have at least two observers aboard for each day that the vessel is used to harvest or process fish in the West Yakutat District, Central GOA, or Western GOA management areas from July 1 through July 31. At least one observer must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer. More than two observers must be aboard if the observer workload restriction would otherwise preclude sampling as required. (E) Longline catcher/processor subsector. The owner and operator of a catcher/processor subject to § 679.100(b) must comply with the following observer coverage requirements: ( 1 ) Increased observer coverage option. If the vessel owner selects the increased observer coverage option under § 679.100(b)(1), at least two observers must be aboard the vessel at all times when the vessel is operating in either the BSAI or GOA groundfish fisheries when directed fishing for Pacific cod is open in the BSAI, or while the vessel is groundfish CDQ fishing. At least one of the observers must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer. More than two observers are required if the observer workload restriction would otherwise preclude sampling as required. ( 2 ) Scales option. If the vessel owner selects the scales option under § 679.100(b)(2), one lead level 2 observer must be aboard the vessel at all times when the vessel is operating in either the BSAI or GOA groundfish fisheries when directed fishing for Pacific cod is open in the BSAI, or while the vessel is groundfish CDQ fishing. (F) Halibut deck sorting. Vessels subject to § 679.102 must have at least two observers aboard at all times when halibut deck sorting may occur; one observer must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer. More than two observers are required if the observer workload restriction would otherwise preclude sampling as required. (G) PCTC Program motherships. A mothership that receives unsorted codends from catcher vessels harvesting Pacific cod under the PCTC Program must have at least two observers aboard the mothership, at least one of whom must be endorsed as a lead level 2 observer. More than two observers must be aboard if the observer workload restriction would otherwise preclude sampling as required. (H) Catcher/processors using pot gear for groundfish fishing. A catcher/processor subject to § 679.101(a) must comply with the following observer coverage requirements: ( 1 ) Observer coverage. A catcher/processor must have aboard at least one Level 2 observer, as defined in § 679.53(a)(5)(iv). ( 2 ) Increased observer coverage option. A catcher/processor may carry more than one observer. A vessel choosing this option must have aboard at least one Level 2 observer as described in paragraph (a)(2)(vi)(H)( 1 ) of this section. (3) Catcher/processor placement in the partial observer coverage category for a year —(i) Definitions. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(3), these terms are defined as follows: (A) Average weekly groundfish production means the annual groundfish round weight production estimate for a catcher/processor, divided by the number of separate weeks during which production occurred, as determined by production reports, excluding any groundfish caught using trawl gear. (B) Fishing year means the year during which a catcher/processor might be placed in partial observer coverage. (C) Standard basis year means the fishing year minus two years. (D) Alternate basis year means the most recent year before the standard basis year in which a catcher/processor had any groundfish production but not earlier than 2009. (ii) Deadline for requesting partial observer coverage. For the 2017 fishing year and every fishing year after 2017, the deadline for requesting partial observer coverage is July 1 of the year prior to the fishing year. (iii) Requirements for placing a catcher/processor in the partial observer coverage category. NMFS will place a catcher/processor in the partial observer coverage category for a fishing year if the owner of the catcher/processor requests placement in partial observer coverage by the deadline for requesting partial observer coverage for that fishing year and the catcher/processor meets the following requirements: (A) An average weekly groundfish production of: ( 1 ) 79,000 lb (35.8 mt) or less, but more than zero lb, in the standard basis year; or ( 2 ) Zero lb in the standard basis year and 79,000 lb (35.8 mt) or less, but more than zero lb, in the alternate basis year; or ( 3 ) Had no production from 2009 through the standard basis year; and (B) Is not a catcher/processor using trawl gear; and (C) Is not subject to additional observer coverage requirements in paragraph (a)(2)(vi) of this section. (iv) How to request placement of a catcher/processor in partial observer coverage. A vessel owner must submit a request form to NMFS. The request form must be completed with all required fields accurately completed. The request form is provided by NMFS and is available on the NMFS Alaska Region website. The submittal methods are described on the form. (v) Notification of placement in the partial observer coverage category. NMFS will notify the owner if the catcher/processor has been placed in the partial observer coverage category in writing. Until NMFS provides notification, the catcher/processor is in the full observer coverage category for that fishing year. (vi) Initial Administrative Determination (IAD). If NMFS denies a request to place a catcher/processor in the partial observer coverage category, NMFS will provide an IAD, which will explain the basis for the denial. (vii) Appeal. If the owner of a catcher/processor wishes to appeal NMFS' denial of a request to place a catcher/processor in the partial observer coverage category, the owner may appeal the determination under the appeals procedure set out at 15 CFR part 906. (4) BSAI trawl catcher vessel placement in the full observer coverage category for one year —(i) Applicability. The owner of a catcher vessel in the partial observer coverage category under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section may request to be placed in the full observer coverage category for all directed fishing for groundfish using trawl gear in the BSAI for a calendar year. (ii) How to request full observer coverage for one year. A trawl catcher vessel owner must complete a full observer coverage request and submit it to NMFS using ODDS. ODDS is described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section. (iii) Deadline to request full observer coverage. A full observer coverage request must be submitted by October 15 of the year prior to the calendar year in which the catcher vessel would be placed in the full observer coverage category. (iv) Notification. NMFS will notify the vessel owner through ODDS of approval or denial to place a trawl catcher vessel in the full observer coverage category. Unless otherwise specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a trawl catcher vessel remains in the partial observer coverage category under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section until a request to place a trawl catcher vessel in the full observer coverage category has been approved by NMFS. Once placement in the full observer coverage category is approved by NMFS, a trawl catcher vessel cannot be placed in the partial observer coverage category until the following year. (v) Initial Administrative Determination (IAD). If NMFS denies a request to place a trawl catcher vessel in the full observer coverage category, NMFS will provide an IAD, which will explain the basis for the denial. (vi) Appeal. If the owner of a trawl catcher vessel wishes to appeal NMFS' denial of a request to place a trawl catcher vessel in the full observer coverage category, the owner may appeal the determination under the appeals procedure set out at 15 CFR part 906. (b) Observer requirements for shoreside processors and stationary floating processors —(1) Shoreside processor and stationary floating processor partial observer coverage category. (i) Unless otherwise specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a shoreside processor or a stationary floating processor designated or required to be designated on an FPP under § 679.4(f)(1) is in the partial observer coverage category when receiving or processing groundfish harvested in federally managed or parallel groundfish fisheries, as defined at § 679.2. (ii) Coverage. The manager of a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor must provide observers access to unsorted and sorted catch any time an observer is present at the facility. (2) Shoreside processor and stationary floating processor full observer coverage category. An AFA inshore processor is in the full observer coverage category. (i) Coverage level. (A) An AFA inshore processor must provide an observer for each 12-consecutive-hour period of each calendar day during which the processor takes delivery of, or processes, groundfish harvested by a vessel engaged in a directed pollock fishery in the BS. An AFA inshore processor that, for more than 12 consecutive hours in a calendar day, takes delivery of or processes pollock harvested in the BS directed pollock fishery must provide two observers for each such day. (B) The owner and operator of an AFA shoreside or stationary floating processor receiving deliveries from a catcher vessel in the trawl EM category must provide the necessary number of observers to meet the criteria prescribed by NMFS in the Annual Deployment Plan for each calendar day during which the processor takes delivery of, or processes, groundfish harvested by a vessel engaged in a directed pollock fishery in the BS. (ii) Multiple processors. An observer deployed to an AFA inshore processor may not be assigned to cover more than one processor during a calendar day in which the processor receives or processes pollock harvested in the BS directed pollock fishery. (iii) Observers transferring between vessels and processors. An observer transferring from an AFA catcher vessel to an AFA inshore processor may not be assigned to cover the AFA inshore processor until at least 12 hours after offload and sampling of the catcher vessel's delivery is completed. (3) Shoreside processor and stationary floating processor receiving a delivery from catcher or tender vessels in the trawl EM category —(i) Deadline to submit a request to receive trawl EM deliveries. A shoreside processor and stationary floating processor must submit a request to NMFS by November 1 of the year prior to the fishing year in which they intend to receive deliveries from catcher vessels or tender vessels in the trawl EM category. (ii) [Reserved] (c) NMFS employee observers. (1) Any vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor required to comply with observer coverage requirements under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section or under § 679.7(f)(4) must use, upon written notification by the Regional Administrator, a NMFS employee to satisfy observer coverage requirements as specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section or for other conservation and management purposes as specified by the Regional Administrator. (2) Prior to deployment of a NMFS employee, the agency will provide written notification to the owner or operator of a vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor whether observer coverage credit will be granted for that deployment. (3) Vessel, shoreside processor, and stationary floating processor owners and operators, as well as observers and observer providers, may contact NMFS in writing to request assistance in improving observer data quality and resolving observer sampling issues. Requests may be submitted to: NMFS Observer Program, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115-0070 or other method specified by NMFS on the NMFS Observer Program website. (d) Procurement of observer services —(1) Full coverage category. (i) The owner of a vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor required to have full observer coverage under paragraphs (a)(2) and (b)(2) of this section must arrange and pay for observer services from a permitted observer provider. (ii) The owner of a vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor is required to arrange and pay for observer services directly from NMFS when the agency has determined and notified them under paragraph (c) of this section that the vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor shall use a NMFS employee or individual authorized by NMFS in lieu of, or in addition to, an observer provided through a permitted observer provider to satisfy requirements under paragraphs (a)(2) and (b)(2) of this section or for other conservation and management purposes. (2) Partial coverage category. The owner of a vessel in the partial observer coverage category per paragraph (a)(1) of this section must comply with instructions provided by ODDS to procure observer coverage for the required duration. (e) Responsibilities —(1) Vessel responsibilities. An operator of a vessel required to carry one or more observers must: (i) Accommodations and food. Provide, at no cost to observers or the United States, accommodations and food on the vessel for the observer or observers that are equivalent to those provided for officers, engineers, foremen, deck-bosses, or other management level personnel of the vessel. (ii) Safe conditions. (A) Maintain safe conditions on the vessel for the protection of observers including adherence to all U.S. Coast Guard and other applicable rules, regulations, or statutes pertaining to safe operation of the vessel. (B) Have on board: ( 1 ) A valid Commercial Fishing Vessel Safety Decal issued within the past 2 years that certifies compliance with regulations found in 33 CFR Chapter I and 46 CFR Chapter I; ( 2 ) A certificate of compliance issued pursuant to 46 CFR 28.710; or ( 3 ) A valid certificate of inspection pursuant to 46 U.S.C. 3311. (iii) Communications and observer data entry —(A) Observer use of equipment. Allow an observer to use the vessel's communications equipment and personnel, on request, for the confidential entry, transmission, and receipt of work-related messages (including electronic transmission of data), at no cost to the observer or the United States. (B) Equipment, software, and data transmission requirements. The operator of a catcher/processor (except for a catcher/processor placed in the partial observer coverage category under paragraph (a)(3) of this section), mothership, catcher vessel 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA or longer (except for a catcher vessel fishing for groundfish with pot gear), or a catcher vessel participating in the PCTC Program (except for paragraph (e)(1)(iii)(D) of this section) must provide the following equipment, software and data transmission capabilities: ( 1 ) Observer access to computer. Make a computer available for use by the observer. ( 2 ) NMFS-supplied software. Ensure that the most recent release of NMFS data entry software provided by the Regional Administrator or other approved software is installed on the computer described in paragraph (e)(1)(iii)(B)( 1 ) of this section. ( 3 ) Data transmission. The computer and software described in paragraphs (e)(1)(iii)(B)( 1 ) and ( 2 ) of this section must be connected to a communication device that provides a point-to-point connection to the NMFS host computer. ( 4 ) Functional and operational equipment. Ensure that the required equipment described in paragraph (e)(1)(iii)(B) of this section and that is used by an observer to enter or transmit data is fully functional and operational. “Functional” means that all the tasks and components of the NMFS-supplied, or other approved, software described in paragraph (e)(1)(iii)(B)( 2 ) of this section and any required data transmissions to NMFS can be executed effectively aboard the vessel by the equipment. (C) The operator of a catcher vessel participating in the Rockfish Program or a catcher vessel less than 125 ft LOA directed fishing for pollock in the BS must comply with the computer and software requirements described in paragraphs (e)(1)(iii)(B)( 1 ), ( 2 ), and ( 4 ) of this section. (D) PCTC Program. The operator of a non-AFA catcher vessel participating in the PCTC Program is not required to comply with paragraph (e)(1)(iii)(B)( 3 ) of this section to provide data transmission capability until September 7, 2026. However, once any non-AFA catcher vessel in the PCTC Program is capable of at-sea data transmission, the operator must comply. (iv) Vessel position. Allow observers access to, and the use of, the vessel's navigation equipment and personnel, on request, to determine the vessel's position. (v) Access. Allow observers free and unobstructed access to the vessel's bridge, trawl or working decks, holding bins, processing areas, freezer spaces, weight scales, cargo holds, and any other space that may be used to hold, process, weigh, or store fish or fish products at any time. (vi) Prior notification. Notify observers at least 15 minutes before fish are brought on board, or fish and fish products are transferred from the vessel, to allow sampling the catch or observing the transfer, unless the observers specifically request not to be notified. (vii) Records. Allow observers to inspect and copy the vessel's DFL, DCPL, product transfer forms, any other logbook or document required by regulations, printouts or tallies of scale weights, scale calibration records, bin sensor readouts, and production records. (viii) Assistance. Provide all other reasonable assistance to enable observers to carry out their duties, including, but not limited to: (A) Measuring decks, codends, and holding bins. (B) Providing the observers with a safe work area adjacent to the sample collection site. (C) Collecting bycatch when requested by the observers. (D) Collecting and carrying baskets of fish when requested by observers. (E) Allowing observers to determine the sex of fish when this procedure will not decrease the value of a significant portion of the catch. (F) Collecting all seabirds that are incidentally taken on the observer-sampled portions of hauls using hook-and-line gear or as requested by an observer during non-sampled portions of hauls. (G) During halibut deck sorting, providing halibut to the observer on deck. (ix) Transfer at sea. (A) Ensure that transfers of observers at sea are carried out during daylight hours, under safe conditions, and with the agreement of observers involved. (B) Notify observers at least 3 hours before observers are transferred, such that the observers can collect personal belongings, equipment, and scientific samples. (C) Provide a safe pilot ladder and conduct the transfer to ensure the safety of observers during transfers. (D) Provide an experienced crew member to assist observers in the small boat or raft in which any transfer is made. (2) Shoreside processor and stationary floating processor responsibilities. A manager of a shoreside processor or a stationary floating processor that is required to maintain observer coverage as specified under paragraph (b) of this section must: (i) Safe conditions. Maintain safe conditions at the shoreside processing facility for the protection of observers by adhering to all applicable rules, regulations, or statutes pertaining to safe operation and maintenance of the processing facility. (ii) Operations information. Notify the observers, as requested, of the planned facility operations and expected receipt of groundfish prior to receipt of those fish. (iii) Transmission of data. Facilitate transmission of observer data by: (A) Observer use of equipment. Allowing observers to use the shoreside processor's or stationary floating processor's communication equipment and personnel, on request, for the entry, transmission, and receipt of work-related messages, at no cost to the observers or the United States. (B) Communication equipment requirements —( 1 ) Observer access to computer. Making a computer available for use by the observer. This computer must be connected to a communication device that provides a point-to-point connection to the NMFS host computer. ( 2 ) NMFS-supplied software. Ensuring that the shoreside or stationary floating processor specified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section has installed the most recent release of NMFS data entry software provided by the Regional Administrator, or other approved software. ( 3 ) Functional and operational equipment. Ensuring that the communications equipment required under paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B) of this section that is used by observers to enter and transmit data is functional and operational. “Functional” means that all the tasks and components of the NMFS-supplied, or other approved, software described at paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(B)( 2 ) of this section and any data transmissions to NMFS can be executed effectively by the communications equipment. (iv) Access. Allow observers free and unobstructed access to the shoreside processor's or stationary floating processor's holding bins, processing areas, freezer spaces, weight scales, warehouses, and any other space that may be used to hold, process, weigh, or store fish or fish products at any time. (v) Document access. Allow observers to inspect and copy the shoreside processor's or stationary floating processor's landing report, product transfer forms, any other logbook or document required by regulations; printouts or tallies of scale weights; scale calibration records; bin sensor readouts; and production records. (vi) Assistance. Provide all other reasonable assistance to enable the observer to carry out his or her duties, including, but not limited to: (A) Assisting the observer in moving and weighing totes of fish. (B) Providing a secure place to store sampling gear. (3) The owner of a vessel, shoreside processor, stationary floating processor, buying station, or tender vessel is responsible for compliance and must ensure that the operator or manager of a vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor required to maintain observer coverage under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section complies with the requirements given in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section. (f) Electronic monitoring system requirements for vessels that use nontrawl gear. Vessels that use nontrawl gear in the partial coverage category in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section may be eligible for EM coverage instead of observer coverage. (1) Vessel placement in the nontrawl EM selection pool —(i) Applicability. The owner or operator of a vessel that uses nontrawl gear in the partial coverage category under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section may request to be placed in the nontrawl EM selection pool. (ii) How to request placement in the nontrawl EM selection pool. A vessel owner or operator must complete an EM request and submit it to NMFS using ODDS. Access to ODDS is available through the NMFS Alaska Region website ODDS is described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section. (iii) Deadline to submit an EM request. A vessel owner or operator must submit an EM request in ODDS by November 1 of the year prior to the calendar year in which the catcher vessel would be placed in the nontrawl EM selection pool. (iv) Approval for placement in the nontrawl EM selection pool. NMFS will approve a nontrawl gear vessel for placement in the nontrawl EM selection pool based on criteria specified in NMFS' Annual Deployment Plan, available through the NMFS Alaska Region website Criteria may include, but are not limited to, availability of EM systems, vessel gear type, vessel length, area fished, number of trips or total catch, sector, target fishery, and home or landing port. (v) Notification of approval for placement in the nontrawl EM selection pool. (A) NMFS will notify the vessel owner or operator through ODDS of approval for the nontrawl EM selection pool for the next calendar year. The vessel remains subject to observer coverage under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section unless NMFS approves the request for placement of the vessel in the nontrawl EM selection pool. (B) Once the vessel owner or operator receives notification of approval from NMFS, the vessel owner or operator must comply with the vessel owner or operator responsibilities in paragraphs (f)(4) and (5) of this section and all further instructions set forth by ODDS. (vi) Initial Administrative Determination (IAD). If NMFS denies a request to place a vessel in the nontrawl EM selection pool, NMFS will provide an IAD to the vessel owner, which will explain the basis for the denial. (vii) Appeal. If the vessel owner wishes to appeal NMFS' denial of a request to place the vessel in the nontrawl EM selection pool, the owner may appeal the determination under the appeals procedure set out at 15 CFR part 906. (viii) Duration. Once NMFS approves a vessel for the nontrawl EM selection pool, that vessel will remain in the nontrawl EM selection pool until— (A) NMFS disapproves the VMP under paragraph (f)(4) of this section; (B) The vessel owner or operator notifies NMFS that the vessel intends to leave the nontrawl EM selection pool in the following fishing year under paragraph (f)(1)(ix) of this section; or (C) The vessel no longer meets the nontrawl EM selection pool criteria specified by NMFS. (ix) How to leave the nontrawl EM selection pool. A vessel owner must complete a request to leave the nontrawl EM selection pool and submit it to NMFS using ODDS. ODDS is described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section. (x) Deadline to submit a request to leave the nontrawl EM selection pool. A vessel owner or operator must submit a request to leave the nontrawl EM selection pool by November 1 of the year prior to the calendar year in which the vessel would be placed in observer coverage. (2) Notification of nontrawl EM trip selection. —(i) Prior to embarking on each fishing trip, the operator of a vessel in the nontrawl EM selection pool with a NMFS-approved VMP must register the anticipated trip with ODDS. (ii) ODDS will notify the vessel operator whether the trip is selected for EM coverage and provide a receipt number corresponding to this notification. Trip registration is complete when the vessel operator receives the receipt number. (iii) An operator may embark on a fishing trip registered with ODDS: (A) Not selected trip. At any time if ODDS indicates that the fishing trip is not selected for EM coverage. (B) Selected trip. After the vessel operator follows the instructions in ODDS and complies with the responsibilities under paragraphs (f)(4) and (5) of this section, if ODDS indicates that the fishing trip is selected for EM coverage. (3) EM coverage duration. If selected, a vessel is required to use the EM system for the entire fishing trip. (i) A fishing trip selected for EM coverage may not begin until all previously harvested fish have been offloaded. (ii) At the end of the fishing trip selected for EM coverage, the vessel operator must use ODDS to close the fishing trip following the instructions in the VMP and submit EM data and associated documentation as outlined in paragraph (f)(5)(vii) of this section. (4) Vessel Monitoring Plan (VMP). Once approved for the nontrawl EM selection pool and prior to registering a fishing trip in ODDS under paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the vessel owner or operator must develop a VMP with the EM service provider following the VMP template available through the NMFS Alaska Region website. (i) The vessel owner or operator must sign and submit the VMP to NMFS each calendar year. (ii) NMFS will approve the VMP for the calendar year if it meets all the requirements specified in the VMP template available through the NMFS Alaska Region website. (iii) If the VMP does not meet all the requirements specified in the VMP template, NMFS will provide the vessel owner or operator the opportunity to submit a revised VMP that meets all the requirements specified in the VMP template. (iv) If NMFS does not approve the revised VMP, NMFS will issue an IAD to the vessel owner or operator that will explain the basis for the disapproval. The vessel owner or operator may file an administrative appeal under the administrative appeals procedures set out at 15 CFR part 906. (v) If, at any time, changes are required to the VMP to improve the data collection of the EM system or address fishing operation changes, the vessel owner or operator must work with NMFS and the EM service provider to amend the VMP. The vessel owner or operator must sign the amended VMP and submit these changes to the VMP to NMFS prior to departing on the next fishing trip selected for EM coverage. (vi) The VMP will require information regarding: (A) Vessel and contact information; (B) Gear used; (C) EM hardware functionality requirements; (D) Requirements for meeting program objectives as specified in the Annual Deployment Plan; (E) List of potential solutions for hardware malfunctions; (F) Images of camera locations and camera views; (G) EM hardware service provider information; (H) Valid signatures from the EM hardware service provider and vessel owner or operator; and (I) Any other information required by the applicable VMP. (5) Vessel owner or operator responsibilities. To use an EM system under this section, the vessel owner or operator must: (i) Make the vessel available for the installation of EM equipment by an EM service provider. (ii) Provide access to the vessel's systems and reasonable assistance to the EM service provider. (iii) Maintain a copy of a NMFS-approved VMP aboard the vessel at all times when the vessel is directed fishing in a fishery subject to EM coverage. (iv) Comply with all elements of the VMP when selected for EM coverage in ODDS. (v) Maintain the EM system, including the following: (A) Ensure power is maintained to the EM system at all times when the vessel is underway. (B) Ensure the system is functioning for the entire fishing trip, camera views are unobstructed and clear in quality, and catch and discards may be completely viewed, identified, and quantified. (C) Ensure EM system components are not tampered with, disabled, destroyed, or operated or maintained improperly. (vi) Complete pre-departure function test and daily verification of EM system. (A) Prior to departing port, the vessel operator must conduct a system function test following the instructions from the EM service provider. The vessel operator must verify that the EM system has adequate memory to record the entire fishing trip. ( 1 ) If the EM system function test detects a malfunction identified as a high priority in the vessel's VMP or does not allow the data collection objectives to be achieved, the vessel must remain in port for up to 72 hours to allow an EM service provider time to conduct repairs. If the repairs cannot be completed within the 72-hour time frame, the vessel is released from EM coverage for that fishing trip and may depart on the scheduled fishing trip. A malfunction must be repaired prior to departing on a subsequent fishing trip. The vessel will automatically be selected for EM coverage for the subsequent fishing trip after the malfunction has been repaired. ( 2 ) If the EM system function test detects a malfunction identified as a low priority in the vessel's VMP, the vessel operator may depart on the scheduled fishing trip following the procedures for low priority malfunctions described in the vessel's VMP. At the end of the trip the vessel operator must work with the EM service provider to repair the malfunction. The vessel operator may not depart on another fishing trip selected for EM coverage with this system malfunction unless the vessel operator has contacted the EM service provider. (B) During a fishing trip selected for EM coverage, before each set is retrieved the vessel operator must verify all cameras are recording and all sensors and other required EM system components are functioning as instructed in the vessel's VMP. ( 1 ) If a malfunction is detected, prior to retrieving the set the vessel operator must attempt to correct the problem using the instructions in the vessel's VMP. ( 2 ) If the malfunction cannot be repaired at sea, the vessel operator must notify the EM service provider of the malfunction at the end of the fishing trip. The malfunction must be repaired prior to departing on a subsequent fishing trip selected for EM coverage. (vii) At the end of a fishing trip selected for EM coverage, the vessel operator must submit EM data and associated documentation identified in the vessel's VMP to NMFS using a method that requires a signature for delivery and provides a return receipt or delivery notification to the sender. The vessel operator must postmark EM data and associated documentation no later than 2 business days after the end of the fishing trip. If the fishing trip ends in a remote port with limited postal service or at a tender vessel, the vessel operator must ensure EM data and associated documentation is postmarked as soon as possible but no later than two weeks after the end of the fishing trip. (viii) Make the EM system and associated equipment available for inspection upon request by OLE, a NMFS-authorized officer, or other NMFS-authorized personnel. (6) EM for fishing in multiple regulatory areas. If a vessel owner or operator intends to fish in multiple regulatory areas using an EM system under the exception provided at § 679.7(f)(4), the vessel owner or operator must: (i) Meet the requirements described in paragraph (f) of this section. (ii) Register in ODDS that he or she intends to fish in multiple regulatory areas using the exception in § 679.7(f)(4). (iii) Ensure the EM system is powered continuously during the fishing trip. If the EM system is powered down during periods of non-fishing, the VMP must describe alternate methods to ensure location information about the vessel is available for the entire fishing trip, as specified in the VMP template available through the NMFS Alaska Region website. (iv) If an EM system malfunction occurs during a fishing trip that does not allow the recording of retrieval location information and imagery of catch as described in the vessel's VMP, the vessel operator must cease fishing and contact OLE immediately. (g) Trawl EM category —(1) Vessel placement in the trawl EM category —(i) Applicability. (A) The owner or operator of a catcher vessel with a pollock trawl endorsement (PTW) on their FFP in the partial coverage category under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, or in the full coverage category in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, may request to be placed in the trawl EM category. ( 1 ) Partial coverage trawl EM category. Catcher vessels directed fishing for pollock with pelagic trawl gear in the GOA or AI fisheries. ( 2 ) Full coverage trawl EM category. Catcher vessels directed fishing for pollock with pelagic trawl gear in the BS or CDQ fisheries. (B) The owner or operator of a tender vessel must request to be placed in the trawl EM category before receiving a delivery from a catcher vessel in the trawl EM category. (ii) How to request placement in the trawl EM category. The owner or operator of a vessel must complete the trawl EM category request and submit it to NMFS using ODDS. Access to ODDS is available through the NMFS Alaska Region website. ODDS is described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section. (iii) Deadline to submit a trawl EM category request. A vessel owner or operator must submit an annual trawl EM category request in ODDS by November 1 of the year prior to the fishing year in which the vessel would be placed in the trawl EM category. (iv) Approval for placement in the trawl EM category. NMFS may approve a vessel for placement in the trawl EM category based on criteria specified by NMFS in the Annual Deployment Plan, available through the NMFS Alaska Region website. Criteria for disapproval may include actions by the vessel leading to data gaps, noncompliance with program elements such as discarding of catch, vessel configuration or fishing practices that cannot provide the necessary camera views to meet data collection goals, failure to follow the trawl EM category VMP, and/or failure to adhere to an incentive plan agreement as specified in § 679.57 for partial coverage catcher vessels or § 679.21(f)(12) for full coverage catcher vessels. For the trawl EM application to be considered complete, all fees due to NMFS from the owner or authorized representative of a catcher vessel subject to the fees specified at § 679.56 at the time of application must be paid. (v) Notification of approval for placement in the trawl EM category. (A) NMFS will notify the owner or operator through ODDS of approval for the trawl EM category for the following fishing year. Catcher vessels remain subject to observer coverage under paragraphs (a)(1)(i) or (a)(2)(i) of this section unless and until NMFS approves the request for placement of the catcher vessel in the trawl EM category. (B) Once NMFS notifies the catcher vessel owner or operator that their request to be placed in the trawl EM category has been approved, the vessel owner or operator must comply with the responsibilities in paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) of this section and all further instructions set forth in ODDS when they operate in the trawl EM category. When a catcher vessel approved for placement in the trawl EM category does not operate in the trawl EM category on a particular fishing trip, the vessel remains subject to observer coverage under paragraphs (a)(1)(i) or (a)(2)(i) of this section. (vi) Initial Administrative Determination (IAD). If NMFS denies a request to place a vessel in the trawl EM category, NMFS will provide an IAD to the vessel owner, which will explain the basis for the denial. (vii) Appeal. If the vessel owner wishes to appeal NMFS' denial of a request to place the vessel in the trawl EM category, the owner may appeal the determination under the appeals procedure set out at 15 CFR part 906. (viii) Duration. Once NMFS approves a vessel for placement in the trawl EM category, that vessel will remain in the trawl EM category for the following upcoming fishing year or until: (A) NMFS disapproves the vessel's VMP under paragraph (g)(2) of this section; or (B) The vessel no longer meets the trawl EM category criteria specified by NMFS. (ix) Procurement of EM services. (A) In the partial coverage category, the owner or operator of a vessel approved for the trawl EM category must use the EM hardware service provider as outlined by NMFS in the Annual Deployment Plan. (B) In the full coverage category, the owner or operator of a vessel approved for the trawl EM category must arrange and pay for EM service provider services from a permitted EM hardware service provider. (2) Vessel Monitoring Plan (VMP). Once approved for the trawl EM category, and prior to the first trawl EM fishing trip in the fishing year, the vessel owner or operator must develop a VMP with the EM hardware service provider following the VMP template available through the NMFS Alaska Region website. (i) VMP Submission. The vessel owner or operator must sign and submit the VMP to NMFS each fishing year. (ii) VMP Approval. NMFS may approve the VMP for the fishing year if it meets all the requirements specified in the VMP template available through the NMFS Alaska Region website. (iii) VMP Resubmission. If the VMP does not meet all the requirements specified in the VMP template, NMFS will provide the vessel owner or operator the opportunity to submit a revised VMP that meets all the requirements specified in the VMP template. (iv) VMP Disapproval. If NMFS does not approve the revised VMP, NMFS will issue an IAD to the vessel owner or operator that will explain the basis for the disapproval. The vessel owner or operator may file an administrative appeal under the administrative appeals procedures set out at 15 CFR part 906. (v) VMP Revision. If, at any time, changes must be made to the VMP to improve the data collection of the EM system or address fishing operation changes, the vessel owner or operator must work with NMFS and the EM hardware service provider to amend the VMP. The vessel owner or operator must sign the updated VMP and submit those changes to NMFS. NMFS must approve the amended VMP prior to departing on the next fishing trip selected for EM coverage. (vi) VMP Components. The VMP will require information regarding: (A) Vessel and contact information; (B) Gear used; (C) EM hardware functionality requirements; (D) Requirements for meeting program objectives as specified in the Annual Deployment Plan; (E) List of potential solutions for hardware malfunctions; (F) Images of camera locations and camera views; (G) EM hardware service provider information; (H) Valid signatures from the EM hardware service provider and either the vessel owner or operator; and (I) Any other information required by the applicable VMP. (3) Responsibilities. To use an EM system under this section the vessel owner and operator must: (i) Installation. Make the vessel available for the installation of EM equipment by an EM hardware service provider; (ii) Access. Provide access to the vessel's EM system and reasonable assistance to the EM hardware service provider; (iii) Copy. Maintain a copy of a NMFS-approved VMP onboard the vessel at all times when the vessel is directed fishing in a fishery subject to EM coverage; (iv) Compliance. Comply with all elements of the VMP during trawl EM category fishing trips; (v) Maintenance. Maintain the EM system, including by doing the following: (A) Ensure the EM system is functioning before departing on a fishing trip. (B) Ensure power is maintained to the EM system for the duration of a trawl EM category fishing trip; (C) Ensure the system is functioning for the entire fishing trip, camera views are unobstructed and clear in quality, and discards may be completely viewed, identified, and quantified; and (D) Ensure EM system components are not tampered with, disabled, destroyed, or operated or maintained improperly. (vi) Communication. Communicate catch information to the shoreside processor or stationary floating processor receiving catch through a NMFS approved system. The following information must be transmitted as outlined in the VMP: (A) Vessel name; (B) Identify which Management areas the vessel was operating in; (C) Most precise estimate available of tonnage aboard the vessel; (D) Estimated deckload size, if present; (E) Estimated time of arrival at shoreside processor or stationary floating processor; and (F) Information to meet other requirements of this part, if requested by NMFS. (4) EM coverage duration and duties. (i) Beginning a Fishing Trip. A fishing trip in the trawl EM category may not begin until all previously harvested fish have been landed. (ii) Ending a Fishing Trip. At the end of the fishing trip in the trawl EM category, the vessel operator must follow the instructions in the VMP and submit the EM data and associated documentation identified in the VMP. (iii) Daily Tests. The vessel operator must complete daily tests of equipment functionality as instructed in the vessel's VMP. (A) During a fishing trip in the trawl EM category, before each haul is retrieved, the vessel operator must verify all cameras are recording and all sensors and other required EM system components are functioning as instructed in the vessel's VMP. ( 1 ) If a malfunction is detected prior to retrieving the haul the vessel operator must attempt to correct the problem using the instructions in the vessel's VMP. ( 2 ) If the malfunction cannot be repaired at sea, the vessel operator must notify the EM hardware service provider of the malfunction at the end of the fishing trip. The malfunction must be repaired prior to departing on the next fishing trip in the trawl EM category. (B) [Reserved] (iv) Inspection. Make the EM system and associated equipment available for inspection upon request by OLE, a NMFS-authorized officer, or other NMFS-authorized personnel. (5) ODDS requirements for trawl EM category catcher vessels in the partial coverage category —(i) EM trips. Prior to embarking on each fishing trip, the operator of a catcher vessel in the partial coverage trawl EM category with a NMFS-approved VMP must register the anticipated trip with ODDS. The owner or operator must specify the use of pelagic trawl gear to determine trawl EM category participation for the upcoming fishing trip. (ii) [Reserved]" 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.5.1.3,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,E,Subpart E—North Pacific Observer Program,,§ 679.52 Observer provider permitting and responsibilities.,FWS,,,"[77 FR 70096, Nov. 21, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 67118, Sept. 30, 2016; 83 FR 30533, June 29, 2018; 87 FR 54910, Sept. 8, 2022; 89 FR 60814, July 29, 2024]","(a) Observer provider permit —(1) Permit. The Regional Administrator may issue a permit authorizing a person's participation as an observer provider for operations requiring full observer coverage per § 679.51(a)(2) and (b)(2). Persons seeking to provide observer services under this section must obtain an observer provider permit from NMFS. (2) New observer provider. An applicant seeking an observer provider permit must submit a completed application by fax or mail to the Observer Program at the address listed at § 679.51(c)(3). (3) Contents of application. An application for an observer provider permit shall consist of a narrative that contains the following: (i) Identification of the management, organizational structure, and ownership structure of the applicant's business, including identification by name and general function of all controlling management interests in the company, including but not limited to owners, board members, officers, authorized agents, and other employees. If the applicant is a corporation, the articles of incorporation must be provided. If the applicant is a partnership, the partnership agreement must be provided. (ii) Contact information —(A) Owner(s) information. The permanent mailing address, phone and fax numbers where the owner(s) can be contacted for official correspondence. (B) Business information. Current physical location, business mailing address, business telephone and fax numbers, and business email address for each office. (C) Authorized agent. For an observer provider with ownership based outside the United States, identify an authorized agent and provide contact information for that agent including mailing address and phone and fax numbers where the agent can be contacted for official correspondence. An authorized agent means a person appointed and maintained within the United States who is authorized to receive and respond to any legal process issued in the United States to an owner or employee of an observer provider. Any diplomatic official accepting such an appointment as designated agent waives diplomatic or other immunity in connection with the process. (iii) A statement signed under penalty of perjury from each owner, or owners, board members, and officers if a corporation, that they have no conflict of interest as described in paragraph (c) of this section. (iv) A statement signed under penalty of perjury from each owner, or owners, board members, and officers if a corporation, describing any criminal convictions, Federal contracts they have had and the performance rating they received on the contract, and previous decertification action while working as an observer or observer provider. (v) A description of any prior experience the applicant may have in placing individuals in remote field and/or marine work environments. This includes, but is not limited to, recruiting, hiring, deployment, and personnel administration. (vi) A description of the applicant's ability to carry out the responsibilities and duties of an observer provider as set out under paragraph (b) of this section, and the arrangements to be used. (4) Application evaluation. (i) The Regional Administrator will establish an observer provider permit application review board, comprised of NMFS employees, to review and evaluate an application submitted under paragraph (a) of this section. The review board will evaluate the completeness of the application, the application's consistency with needs and objectives of the observer program, or other relevant factors. If the applicant is a corporation, the review board also will evaluate the following criteria for each owner, or owners, board members, and officers: (A) Absence of conflict of interest as defined under paragraph (c) of this section; (B) Absence of criminal convictions related to: ( 1 ) Embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements or receiving stolen property, or ( 2 ) The commission of any other crimes of dishonesty, as defined by Alaska State law or Federal law, that would seriously and directly affect the fitness of an applicant in providing observer services under this section; (C) Satisfactory performance ratings on any Federal contracts held by the applicant; and (D) Absence of any history of decertification as either an observer or observer provider; (ii) [Reserved] (5) Agency determination on an application. NMFS will send a written determination to the applicant. If an application is approved, NMFS will issue an observer provider permit to the applicant. If an application is denied, the reason for denial will be explained in the written determination. (6) Transferability. An observer provider permit is not transferable. An observer provider that experiences a change in ownership that involves a new person must submit a new permit application and cannot continue to operate until a new permit is issued under this paragraph (a). (7) Expiration of observer provider permit. (i) An observer provider permit will expire after a period of 12 continuous months during which no observers are deployed by the provider under this section to the North Pacific groundfish or halibut industry. (ii) The Regional Administrator will provide a written initial administrative determination (IAD) of permit expiration to an observer provider if NMFS' deployment records indicate that the observer provider has not deployed an observer during a period of 12 continuous months. An observer provider who receives an IAD of permit expiration may appeal under § 679.43. An observer provider that appeals an IAD will be issued an extension of the expiration date of the permit until after the final resolution of the appeal. (8) Sanctions. Procedures governing sanctions of permits are found at subpart D of 15 CFR part 904. (b) Responsibilities of observer providers. An observer provider that supplies observers for operations requiring full observer coverage per § 679.51(a)(2) and (b)(2) must: (1) Provide qualified candidates to serve as observers. (i) To be a qualified candidate an individual must have: (A) A Bachelor's degree or higher from an accredited college or university with a major in one of the natural sciences; (B) Successfully completed a minimum of 30 semester hours or equivalent in applicable biological sciences with extensive use of dichotomous keys in at least one course; (C) Successfully completed at least one undergraduate course each in math and statistics with a minimum of 5 semester hours total for both; and (D) Computer skills that enable the candidate to work competently with standard database software and computer hardware. (ii) Prior to hiring an observer candidate, the observer provider must provide to the candidate copies of NMFS-prepared pamphlets and other information describing observer duties. (iii) For each observer employed by an observer provider, either a written contract or a written contract addendum must exist that is signed by the observer and observer provider prior to the observer's deployment and that includes the following conditions for continued employment: (A) That all of the observer's in-season catch messages (data) between the observer and NMFS are submitted to the Observer Program as outlined in the current Observer Sampling Manual. (B) That the observer completes in-person mid-deployment data reviews, unless: ( 1 ) The observer is specifically exempted by the Observer Program, or ( 2 ) The observer does not at any time during his or her deployment travel through a location where an Observer Program employee is available for an in-person data review and the observer completes a phone, email, or other NMFS-specified method for mid-deployment data review, as described in the Observer Sampling Manual; and (C) The observer informs the observer provider prior to the time of embarkation if he or she is experiencing any new mental illness or physical ailments or injury since submission of the physician's statement as required in paragraph (b)(11)(iii) of this section that would prevent him or her from performing his or her assigned duties; (2) Ensure an observer completes duties in a timely manner. An observer provider must ensure that an observer employed by that observer provider performs the following in a complete and timely manner: (i) When an observer is scheduled for a final deployment debriefing under paragraph (b)(11)(v) of this section, submit to NMFS all data, reports required by the Observer Sampling Manual, and biological samples from the observer's deployment by the completion of the electronic vessel and/or processor survey(s); (ii) Complete NMFS electronic vessel and/or processor surveys before performing other jobs or duties that are not part of NMFS groundfish observer requirements; (iii) Report for his or her scheduled debriefing and complete all debriefing responsibilities; and (iv) Return all sampling and safety gear to the Observer Program. (3) Observer conduct. (i) An observer provider must develop, maintain, implement, and enforce a policy addressing observer conduct and behavior for their employees that serve as observers. The policy shall address the following behavior and conduct regarding: (A) Observer use of alcohol; (B) Observer use, possession, or distribution of illegal drugs; and (C) Sexual contact with personnel of the vessel or processing facility to which the observer is assigned, or with any vessel or processing plant personnel who may be substantially affected by the performance or non-performance of the observer's official duties. (ii) An observer provider shall provide a copy of its conduct and behavior policy: (A) To observers, observer candidates; and (B) By February 1 of each year to the Observer Program. (4) Assign observer to vessels and processors. An observer provider must assign to vessels or shoreside or floating processors only observers: (i) With valid North Pacific groundfish and halibut observer certifications and endorsements to provide observer services; (ii) Who have not informed the provider prior to the time of embarkation that he or she is experiencing a mental illness or a physical ailment or injury developed since submission of the physician's statement, as required in paragraph (b)(11)(iii) of this section that would prevent him or her from performing his or her assigned duties; and (iii) Who have successfully completed all NMFS required training and briefing before deployment. (5) Respond to industry requests for observers. An observer provider must provide an observer for deployment as requested by vessels and processors to fulfill vessel and processor requirements for observer coverage under § 679.51(a) and (b). An alternate observer must be supplied in each case where injury or illness prevents the observer from performing his or her duties or where the observer resigns prior to completion of his or her duties. (6) Provide observer salaries and benefits. An observer provider must provide to its observer employees, salaries and any other benefits and personnel services in accordance with the terms of each observer's contract. (7) Provide observer deployment logistics. (i) An observer provider must provide to each observer it employs: (A) All necessary transportation, including arrangements and logistics, to the initial location of deployment, to all subsequent vessel and shoreside or stationary floating processor assignments during that deployment, and to the debriefing location when a deployment ends for any reason; and (B) Lodging, per diem, and any other necessary services necessary to observers assigned to fishing vessels or shoreside processing or stationary floating processing facilities. (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(7)(iii) of this section, an observer provider must provide to each observer deployed to a shoreside processing facility or stationary floating processor, and each observer between vessel, stationary floating processor, or shoreside assignments while still under contract with an observer provider, shall be provided with accommodations at a licensed hotel, motel, bed and breakfast, stationary floating processor, or other shoreside accommodations for the duration of each shoreside assignment or period between vessel or shoreside assignments. Such accommodations must include an assigned bed for each observer and no other person may be assigned that bed for the duration of that observer's stay. Additionally, no more than four beds may be in any room housing observers at accommodations meeting the requirements of this section. (iii) An observer under contract may be housed on a vessel to which the observer is assigned: (A) Prior to the vessel's initial departure from port; (B) For a period not to exceed 24 hours following completion of an offload for which the observer has duties and is scheduled to disembark; or (C) For a period not to exceed 24 hours following the vessel's arrival in port when the observer is scheduled to disembark. (iv) During all periods an observer is housed on a vessel, the observer provider must ensure that the vessel operator or at least one crew member is aboard. (v) Each observer deployed to a shoreside processing facility must be provided with individually assigned communication equipment in working order, such as a cell phone or pager, for notification of upcoming deliveries or other necessary communication. Each observer assigned to a shoreside processing facility located more than 1 mile from the observer's local accommodations shall be provided with motorized transportation that will ensure the observer's arrival at the processing facility in a timely manner such that the observer can complete his or her assigned duties. (8) Limit observer deployment. Unless alternative arrangements are approved by the Observer Program, an observer provider must not: (i) Deploy an observer on the same vessel or at the same shoreside or stationary floating processor for more than 90 days in a 12-month period; (ii) Deploy an observer for more than 90 days in a single deployment; (iii) Include in a single deployment of an observer, assignments to more than four vessels, including groundfish and all other vessels, and/or shoreside processors; or (iv) Move an observer from a vessel or stationary floating processor or shoreside processor before that observer has completed his or her sampling or data transmission duties. (9) Verify vessel USCG Safety Decal. An observer provider must verify that a vessel has a valid USCG Safety Decal as required under § 679.51(e)(1)(ii)(B)( 1 ) before the vessel with an observer aboard may depart. One of the following acceptable means of verification must be used to verify the decal validity: (i) An employee of the observer provider, including the observer, visually inspects the decal aboard the vessel and confirms that the decal is valid according to the decal date of issuance; or (ii) The observer provider receives a hard copy of the USCG documentation of the decal issuance from the vessel owner or operator. (10) Provide 24 hours a day communications with observers. An observer provider must have an employee responsible for observer activities on call 24 hours a day to handle emergencies involving an observer or problems concerning observer logistics, whenever an observer is at sea, stationed at a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor, in transit, or in port awaiting vessel or processor (re)assignment. (11) Provide information to the Observer Program. An observer provider must provide all the following information to the Observer Program by electronic transmission (email), or other method specified by NMFS within the specified timeframes. (i) Registration materials. Observer training and briefing registration materials must be submitted to the Observer Program at least 5 business days prior to the beginning of a scheduled observer certification training or briefing session. Registration materials consist of the following: (A) Observer training registration, including: ( 1 ) Date of requested training; ( 2 ) A list of observer candidates. The list must include each candidate's full name ( i.e., first, middle, and last names), date of birth, and gender; ( 3 ) A copy of each candidate's academic transcripts and resume; and ( 4 ) A statement signed by the candidate under penalty of perjury that discloses any criminal convictions of the candidate. (B) Observer briefing registration, including: ( 1 ) Date and type of requested briefing session and briefing location; and ( 2 ) List of observers to attend the briefing session. Each observer's full name (first, middle, and last names) must be included. (ii) Statement of projected observer assignments. Prior to the observer or observer candidate's completion of the training or briefing session, the observer provider must submit to the Observer Program a statement of projected observer assignments that includes the observer's name; vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor assignment, gear type, and vessel/processor code; port of embarkation; target species; and area of fishing. (iii) Physician's statement. A signed and dated statement from a licensed physician that he or she has physically examined an observer or observer candidate. The statement must confirm that, based on the physical examination, the observer or observer candidate does not have any health problems or conditions that would jeopardize their individual safety or the safety of others while the observer or observer candidate is deployed, or prevent the observer or observer candidate from performing his or her duties satisfactorily. The statement must declare that, prior to the examination, the physician read the NMFS-prepared pamphlet provided to the candidate by the observer provider as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section and was made aware of the duties of the observer as well as the dangerous, remote, and rigorous nature of the work. The physician's statement must be submitted to the Observer Program prior to certification of an observer. The physical exam must have occurred during the 12 months prior to the observer's or observer candidate's deployment. The physician's statement will expire 12 months after the physical exam occurred. A new physical exam must be performed, and accompanying statement submitted, prior to any deployment occurring after the expiration of the statement. (iv) Observer deployment/logistics report. An accurate deployment/logistics report must be submitted within 24 hours of the observer assignment, or daily by 4:30 p.m., Pacific time, each business day with regard to each observer. The deployment/logistics report must include the observer's name, cruise number, current vessel, shoreside processor or stationary floating processor assignment and vessel/processor code, embarkation date, and estimated or actual disembarkation dates. (v) Observer debriefing registration. The observer provider must contact the Observer Program within 5 business days after the completion of an observer's deployment to schedule a date, time, and location for debriefing. Observer debriefing registration information must be provided at the time the debriefing is scheduled and must include the observer's name, cruise number, vessel, or shoreside or stationary floating processor assignment name(s) and code(s), and requested debriefing date. (vi) Certificates of insurance. Copies of “certificates of insurance” that name the NMFS Observer Program leader as the “certificate holder” must be submitted to the Observer Program by February 1 of each year. The certificates of insurance shall verify all coverage provisions specified at § 600.748(b) and (c) of this chapter and state that the insurance company will notify the certificate holder if insurance coverage is changed or canceled. (vii) Observer provider contracts. Observer providers must submit to the Observer Program a completed and unaltered copy of each type of signed and valid contract (including all attachments, appendices, addendums, and exhibits incorporated into the contract) between the observer provider and those entities requiring observer services under § 679.51(a)(2) and (b)(2), by February 1 of each year. Observer providers must also submit to the Observer Program, upon request, a completed and unaltered copy of the current or most recent signed and valid contract (including all attachments, appendices, addendums, and exhibits incorporated into the contract and any agreements or policies with regard to observer compensation or salary levels) between the observer provider and the particular entity identified by the Observer Program or with specific observers. The copies must be submitted by electronic transmission (email or through an electronic system as designated by NMFS) or other method specified by NMFS within 5 business days of the request for the contract at the address listed in § 679.51(c)(3). Signed and valid contracts include the contracts an observer provider has with: (A) Vessels required to have observer coverage as specified at § 679.51(a)(2); (B) Shoreside processors or stationary floating processors required to have observer coverage as specified at § 679.51(b)(2); and (C) Observers. (viii) Observer provider invoices. A certified observer provider must submit to the Observer Program a copy of all invoices for observer coverage required or provided pursuant to § 679.51(a)(2) and § 679.51(b)(2). (A) A copy of the invoices must be received by the Observer Program within 45 days of the date on the invoice and must include all reconciled and final charges. (B) Invoices must contain the following information: ( 1 ) Name of each catcher/processor, catcher vessel, mothership, stationary floating processor, or shoreside processing plant to which the invoice applies; ( 2 ) Dates of service for each observer on each catcher/processor, catcher vessel, mothership, stationary floating processor, or shoreside processing plant. Dates billed that are not observer coverage days must be identified on the invoice; ( 3 ) Rate charged in dollars per day (daily rate) for observer services; ( 4 ) Total charge for observer services (number of days multiplied by daily rate); ( 5 ) Amount charged for air transportation; and ( 6 ) Amount charged by the provider for any other observer expenses, including but not limited to: Ground transportation, excess baggage, and lodging. Charges for these expenses must be separated and identified. (ix) Change in observer provider management and contact information. Except for changes in ownership addressed under paragraph (a)(6) of this section, an observer provider must submit notification of any other change to the information submitted on the provider's permit application under paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (iv) of this section. Within 30 days of the effective date of such change, the information must be submitted by electronic submission (email or online through NMFS-designated electronic system) or mail to the Observer Program at the address listed in § 679.51(c)(3). Any information submitted under paragraphs (a)(3)(iii) or (a)(3)(iv) of this section will be subject to NMFS review and determinations under paragraphs (a)(4) through (7) of this section. (x) Other reports. Reports of the following must be submitted in writing to the Observer Program by the observer provider via electronic submission (email or online through NMFS-designated electronic system): (A) Within 24 hours after the observer provider becomes aware of the following information: ( 1 ) Any information regarding possible observer harassment; ( 2 ) Any information regarding any action prohibited under § 679.7(g) or § 600.725(o), (t), and (u) of this chapter; ( 3 ) Any concerns about vessel safety or marine casualty under 46 CFR 4.05-1(a)(1) through (7), or processor safety; ( 4 ) Any observer illness or injury that prevents the observer from completing any of his or her duties described in the Observer Sampling Manual; and ( 5 ) Any information, allegations or reports regarding observer conflict of interest or failure to abide by the standards of behavior described in § 679.53(b)(1) through (b)(2), or; (B) Within 72 hours after the observer provider determines that an observer violated the observer provider's conduct and behavior policy described at paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section; these reports shall include the underlying facts, circumstances, and provider responses to the violation, including the steps taken to enforce the provider's conduct and behavior policy. (12) Replace lost or damaged gear. An observer provider must replace all lost or damaged gear and equipment issued by NMFS to an observer under contract to that provider. All replacements must be in accordance with requirements and procedures identified in writing by the Observer Program. (13) Maintain confidentiality of information. An observer provider must ensure that all records on individual observer performance received from NMFS under the routine use provision of the Privacy Act remain confidential and are not further released to anyone outside the employ of the observer provider company to whom the observer was contracted except with written permission of the observer. (c) Limitations on conflict of interest. Observer providers: (1) Are authorized to provide observer services under an FMP or the Halibut Act for the waters off Alaska as required in § 679.51(a)(2) or (b)(2), or scientific data collector and observer services to support NMFS-approved scientific research activities, exempted educational activities, or exempted or experimental fishing as defined in § 600.10 of this chapter. (2) Must not have a direct financial interest, other than the provision of observer or scientific data collector services, in a North Pacific fishery managed under an FMP or the Halibut Act for the waters off Alaska, including, but not limited to: (i) Any ownership, mortgage holder, or other secured interest in a vessel, shoreside processor or stationary floating processor facility involved in the catching or processing of fish, (ii) Any business involved with selling supplies or services to any vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor participating in a fishery managed pursuant to an FMP or the Halibut Act in the waters off Alaska, or (iii) Any business involved with purchasing raw or processed products from any vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor participating in a fishery managed pursuant to an FMP or the Halibut Act in the waters off Alaska. (3) Must assign observers without regard to any preference by representatives of vessels, shoreside processors, or stationary floating processors other than when an observer will be deployed. (4) Must not solicit or accept, directly or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor, entertainment, loan, or anything of monetary value from anyone who conducts fishing or fish processing activities that are regulated by NMFS, or who has interests that may be substantially affected by the performance or nonperformance of the official duties of the observer provider. (d) EM hardware service provider permit. —(1) Permit. The Regional Administrator may issue a permit authorizing a person's participation as an EM hardware service provider for operations requiring EM system coverage per § 679.51(f) and (g). Persons seeking to provide EM services under this section must obtain an EM hardware service provider permit from the NMFS Alaska Region. (2) EM hardware service provider. An applicant seeking an EM hardware service provider permit must submit a completed application to the Regional Administrator for review. This application can be found on the NMFS Alaska Region website. (3) Contents of application. An application for an EM hardware service provider permit must contain the following: (i) Contact information. (A) The permanent phone number and email address of the owner(s) of the EM hardware service provider. (B) Current physical location, business mailing address, business telephone, and business email address for each office of the EM hardware service provider. (ii) Hardware and software testing. Description of testing conducted to ensure that the EM hardware is capable of withstanding environmental conditions in the North Pacific Ocean. NMFS will provide specifications for EM hardware upon request. At any time after initial approval of the EM hardware service provider permit, this testing requirement must be applied to and met by any EM system requiring new, or significantly updated, hardware or software installed onboard a vessel. (iii) Data review. Provide a sample of EM data to NMFS that can be reviewed by NMFS EM data review software for compliance with program objectives as specified in § 679.51(f) and (g). (iv) Conflict of interest. A statement signed under penalty of perjury from each owner or, if the owner is an entity, each board member and officer, if a corporation, that they have no conflict of interest as described in paragraph (c) of this section. (v) Criminal convictions and Federal contracts. A statement signed under penalty of perjury from each owner or, if the owner is an entity, each board member and officer, if a corporation, describing: (A) Any criminal convictions; and (B) Any Federal contracts they have had and the performance rating they received for each such contract. (vi) Prior experience. A description of any prior experience the EM hardware service provider may have in placing individuals in remote field and/or marine work environments. This includes recruiting, hiring, deployment, working with fishing fleets, and operations in remote areas. (vii) Responsibilities and duties. A description of the EM hardware service provider's ability to carry out the responsibilities and duties of an EM hardware service provider as set out under paragraph (e) of this section and the arrangements to be used to do so. (4) Application evaluation. NMFS staff will evaluate the completeness of the application, the application's consistency with needs and objectives of the EM program, and other relevant factors. NMFS will provide specifications for EM hardware upon request. (5) Agency determination on an application. NMFS will send the Agency's determination on the application to the EM hardware service provider. If an application is approved, NMFS will issue an EM hardware service provider permit to the applicant. If an application is denied, the reason for denial will be explained in the electronic determination. (6) Transferability. An EM hardware service provider permit is not transferable. To prevent a lapse in authority to provide EM hardware services, a provider that experiences a change in ownership that involves a new person may submit a new permit application prior to sale and ask to have the application approved under this paragraph (a) prior to date of sale. (7) Expiration of EM hardware service provider permit. —(i) Permit duration. An EM hardware service provider permit will expire after a period of 12 continuous months during which no EM services are provided to vessels in an EM category. (ii) Permit expiration. The Regional Administrator will provide a written initial administrative determination (IAD) of permit expiration to a provider if NMFS records indicate that the provider has not provided EM services to vessels in an EM category during a period of 12 continuous months. A provider who receives an IAD of permit expiration may appeal the IAD under § 679.43. A provider that appeals an IAD will be issued an extension of the expiration date of the permit until after the final resolution of the appeal. (8) Removal of permit. Performance of the EM hardware service provider will be assessed annually on the ability of the provider to meet program objectives as outlined in § 679.51 and the Annual Deployment Plan. If the EM hardware service provider is unable to meet program objectives, the permit will be removed. (e) Responsibilities of EM hardware service providers. Responsibilities of EM hardware service providers are specified in section § 679.51(f) and (g)." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.5.1.4,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,E,Subpart E—North Pacific Observer Program,,§ 679.53 Observer certification and responsibilities.,FWS,,,"[77 FR 70099, Nov. 21, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 67118, Sept. 30, 2016; 83 FR 30532, 30533, June 29, 2018; 88 FR 77231, Nov. 9, 2023]","(a) Observer certification —(1) Applicability. Observer certification authorizes an individual to fulfill duties for operations requiring full observer coverage per § 679.51(a)(2) and (b)(2) as specified in writing by the NMFS Observer Program while under the employ of an observer provider permitted under § 679.52(a) and according to certification endorsements as designated under paragraph (a)(5) of this section. (2) Observer certification official. The Regional Administrator will designate a NMFS observer certification official who will make decisions for the Observer Program on whether to issue or deny observer certification. (3) Certification requirements. NMFS may certify an individual who, in addition to any other relevant considerations: (i) Is employed by a permitted observer provider company at the time of the issuance of the certification; (ii) Has provided, through their observer provider: (A) Information identified by NMFS at § 679.52(b)(11)(i)(A)( 3 ) and ( 4 ) and in writing from the Observer Program; and (B) Information identified by NMFS at § 679.52(b)(11)(iii) regarding the observer candidate's health and physical fitness for the job; (iii) Meet all education and health standards as specified in § 679.52(b)(1)(i) and § 679.52(b)(11)(iii), respectively; (iv) Has successfully completed a NMFS-approved training as prescribed by the Observer Program. (A) Successful completion of training by an observer applicant consists of meeting all attendance and conduct standards issued in writing at the start of training; meeting all performance standards issued in writing at the start of training for assignments, tests, and other evaluation tools; and completing all other training requirements established by the Observer Program. (B) If a candidate fails training, he or she will be orally notified of the unsatisfactory status of his or her training on or before the last day of training. Within 10 business days of the oral notification, the Observer Program will notify the observer candidate in writing. The written notification will specify why the candidate failed the training and whether the candidate may retake the training. If a determination is made that the candidate may not pursue further training, notification will be in the form of a written determination denying certification, as specified under paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section. (v) Have not been decertified under paragraph (c) of this section. (4) Agency determinations on observer certification —(i) Denial of certification. The NMFS observer certification official will issue a written determination denying observer certification if the candidate fails to successfully complete training, or does not meet the qualifications for certification for any other relevant reason. (ii) Issuance of an observer certification. An observer certification will be issued upon determination by the NMFS observer certification official that the candidate has successfully met all requirements for certification as specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. (5) Endorsements. The following endorsements must be obtained, in addition to observer certification, in order for an observer to deploy as indicated. (i) Certification training endorsement. A certification training endorsement signifies the successful completion of the training course required to obtain this endorsement. A certification training endorsement is required for any deployment as an observer in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands groundfish fisheries and the Gulf of Alaska groundfish fisheries or Halibut Act fisheries and will be granted with the initial issuance of an observer certification. This endorsement expires when the observer has not been deployed and performed sampling duties as required by the Observer Program for a period of time specified by the Observer Program after his or her most recent debriefing. In order to renew the endorsement, the observer must successfully retake the certification training. Observers will be notified of any changes to the endorsement expiration period prior to the effective date of the change. (ii) Annual general endorsement. Each observer must obtain an annual general endorsement to their certification prior to his or her initial deployment within any calendar year subsequent to a calendar year in which a certification training endorsement is obtained. To obtain an annual general endorsement, an observer must successfully complete the annual briefing, as specified by the Observer Program. All briefing attendance, performance, and conduct standards required by the Observer Program must be met. (iii) Deployment endorsements. Each observer who has completed an initial deployment after certification or annual briefing must receive a deployment endorsement to their certification prior to any subsequent deployments for the remainder of that year. An observer may obtain a deployment endorsement by successfully completing all pre-cruise briefing requirements. The type of briefing the observer must attend and successfully complete will be specified in writing by the Observer Program during the observer's most recent debriefing. (iv) Level 2 endorsements. A certified observer may obtain a level 2 endorsement to their certification. A level 2 endorsement is required for purposes of performing observer duties aboard vessels or stationary floating processors or at shoreside processors participating in fisheries as prescribed in § 679.51(a)(2)(vi)(A) through (H). A level 2 endorsement to an observer's certification may be obtained if the observer meets the following requirements: (A) Previously served as an observer in the groundfish or halibut fisheries off Alaska and has completed at least 60 days of observer data collection; (B) Received an evaluation by NMFS for his or her most recent deployment that indicated the observer's performance met Observer Program expectations standards for that deployment; and (C) Complies with all the other requirements of this section. (v) An observer who has obtained a level 2 endorsement to his or her observer certification as specified in paragraph (a)(5)(iv) of this section may additionally receive a lead level 2 observer endorsement if the observer meets the following requirements: (A) A lead level 2 observer on a catcher/processor using trawl gear or a mothership must have completed two observer cruises (contracts) and sampled at least 100 hauls on a catcher/processor using trawl gear or on a mothership. (B) [Reserved] (C) A lead level 2 observer on a vessel using nontrawl gear must have completed the following: ( 1 ) Two observer cruises (contracts) of at least 10 days each; ( 2 ) Successfully completed training or briefing as prescribed by the Observer Program; and ( 3 ) Either sampled at least 30 sets on a vessel using nontrawl gear or sampled at least 100 hauls on a catcher/processor using trawl gear or on a mothership. (b) Standards of observer conduct —(1) Limitations on conflict of interest. (i) An observer fulfilling duties for operations in the full observer coverage category per § 679.51(a)(2) or (b)(2): (A) Must not have a direct financial interest, other than the provision of observer services, in a North Pacific fishery, including, but not limited to: ( 1 ) Any ownership, mortgage holder, or other secured interest in a vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor facility involved in the catching or processing of fish, ( 2 ) Any business involved with selling supplies or services to any vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor participating in a North Pacific fishery, or ( 3 ) Any business involved with purchasing raw or processed products from any vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor participating in a North Pacific fishery. (B) May not solicit or accept, directly or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor, entertainment, loan, or anything of monetary value from anyone who either conducts activities that are regulated by NMFS or has interests that may be substantially affected by the performance or nonperformance of the observer's official duties. (C) May not serve as an observer on any vessel or at any shoreside or stationary floating processing facility owned or operated by a person who previously employed the observer. (D) May not solicit or accept employment as a crew member or an employee of a vessel, shoreside processor, or stationary floating processor in a North Pacific fishery while employed by an observer provider. (ii) Provisions for remuneration of observers under this section do not constitute a conflict of interest. (2) Standards of behavior. An observer fulfilling duties for operations in the full observer coverage category per § 679.51(a)(2) or (b)(2) must: (i) Perform assigned duties as described in the Observer Sampling Manual or other written instructions from the Observer Program; (ii) Accurately record their sampling data, write complete reports, and report accurately any observations of suspected violations of regulations relevant to conservation of marine resources or their environment; and (iii) Not disclose collected data and observations made aboard the vessel or in the processing facility to any person except the owner or operator of the observed vessel or processing facility, an authorized officer, or NMFS. (c) Suspension and decertification —(1) Suspension and decertification review official. The Regional Administrator will establish an observer suspension and decertification review official(s), who will have the authority to review observer certifications issued under paragraph (a) of this section and issue initial administrative determinations of observer certification suspension and/or decertification. (2) Causes for suspension or decertification. The suspension/decertification official may initiate suspension or decertification proceedings against an observer: (i) When it is alleged that the observer has committed any acts or omissions of any of the following: (A) Failed to satisfactorily perform the duties of an observer as specified in writing by the Observer Program; or (B) Failed to abide by the standards of conduct for an observer as prescribed under paragraph (b) of this section; (ii) Upon conviction of a crime or upon entry of a civil judgment for: (A) Commission of fraud or other violation in connection with obtaining or attempting to obtain certification, or in performing the duties as specified in writing by the Observer Program; (B) Commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; (C) Commission of any other offense indicating a lack of integrity or honesty that seriously and directly affects the fitness of observers. (3) Issuance of initial administrative determination. Upon determination that suspension or decertification is warranted under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the suspension/decertification official will issue a written initial administrative determination (IAD) to the observer via certified mail at the observer's most current address provided to NMFS under § 679.43(e). The IAD will identify whether a certification is suspended or revoked and will identify the specific reasons for the action taken. If the IAD issues a suspension for an observer certification, the terms of the suspension will be specified. Suspension or decertification can be made effective upon issuance of the IAD in cases of willfulness or in cases in which public health, interest, or safety require such action. In such cases, the suspension/decertification official will state in the IAD that suspension or decertification is effective at time of issuance and the reason for the action. (4) Appeals. A certified observer who receives an IAD that suspends or revokes his or her observer certification may appeal pursuant to § 679.43." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.5.1.5,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,E,Subpart E—North Pacific Observer Program,,§ 679.54 Release of observer data to the public.,FWS,,,"[77 FR 70101, Nov. 21, 2012]","(a) Summary of weekly data. The following information collected by observers for each catcher/processor and catcher vessel during any weekly reporting period may be made available to the public: (1) Vessel name and Federal permit number. (2) Number of Chinook salmon and “other salmon” observed. (3) The ratio of total round weight of incidentally caught halibut or Pacific herring to the total round weight of groundfish in sampled catch. (4) The ratio of number of king crab or C. bairdi Tanner crab to the total round weight of groundfish in sampled hauls. (5) The number of observed trawl hauls or fixed gear sets. (6) The number of trawl hauls that were basket sampled. (7) The total weight of basket samples taken from sampled trawl hauls. (b) Haul-specific data. (1) The information listed in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (xiii) of this section and collected by observers from observed hauls on board vessels using trawl gear to participate in a directed fishery for groundfish other than rockfish, Greenland turbot, or Atka mackerel may be made available to the public: (i) Date. (ii) Time of day gear is deployed. (iii) Latitude and longitude at beginning of haul. (iv) Bottom depth. (v) Fishing depth of trawl. (vi) The ratio of the number of Chinook salmon to the total round weight of groundfish. (vii) The ratio of the number of other salmon to the total round weight of groundfish. (viii) The ratio of total round weight of incidentally caught halibut to the total round weight of groundfish. (ix) The ratio of total round weight of herring to the total round weight of groundfish. (x) The ratio of the number of king crab to the total round weight of groundfish. (xi) The ratio of the number of C. bairdi Tanner crab to the total round weight of groundfish. (xii) Sea surface temperature (where available). (xiii) Sea temperature at fishing depth of trawl (where available). (2) The identity of the vessels from which the data in paragraph (b)(1) of this section are collected will not be released. (c) Competitive harm. In exceptional circumstances, the owners and operators of vessels may provide to the Regional Administrator written justification at the time observer data are submitted, or within a reasonable time thereafter, that disclosure of the information listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section could reasonably be expected to cause substantial competitive harm. The determination whether to disclose the information will be made pursuant to 15 CFR 4.7." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.5.1.6,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,E,Subpart E—North Pacific Observer Program,,§ 679.55 Observer fees.,FWS,,,"[77 FR 70102, Nov. 21, 2012, as amended at 81 FR 17411, Mar. 29, 2016; 85 FR 41427, July 10, 2020]","(a) Responsibility. The owner of a shoreside processor or stationary floating processor named on a Federal Processing Permit (FPP), a catcher/processor named on a Federal Fisheries Permit (FFP), or a person named on a Registered Buyer permit at the time of the landing subject to the observer fee as specified at § 679.55(c) must comply with the requirements of this section. Subsequent non-renewal of an FPP, FFP, or a Registered Buyer permit does not affect the permit holder's liability for noncompliance with this section. (b) Observer fee liability determination. After each fishing year, the Regional Administrator will mail an observer fee liability invoice to each permit holder specified in paragraph (a) of this section for landings of groundfish and halibut subject to the observer fee. The observer fee liability invoice will provide a summary of the round pounds of groundfish and headed-and-gutted weight for halibut landed during the previous fishing year for each permit by species, landing port or port-group, and gear category. The total fee liability for each permit holder will be determined by applying the observer fee percentage in paragraph (f) of this section to the ex-vessel value of the groundfish and halibut landings subject to the observer fee. The method for determining the ex-vessel value of the groundfish and halibut landings subject to the observer fee is provided in paragraph (e) of this section. The fee liability will be assessed on the groundfish round weight and the headed-and-gutted weight for halibut. (c) Landings subject to the observer fee. The observer fee is assessed on landings by vessels not in the full observer coverage category described at § 679.51(a)(2) according to the following table: (d) Standard ex-vessel prices —(1) General. NMFS will publish the standard ex-vessel prices used to determine the observer fee in the upcoming year in the Federal Register during the last quarter of each calendar year. The standard ex-vessel prices will be described in U.S. dollars per equivalent round pound for groundfish and per equivalent headed-and-gutted weight for halibut. (2) Effective duration. The standard ex-vessel prices will remain in effect until revised by subsequent publication in the Federal Register. (3) Standard ex-vessel price determination and use —(i) Groundfish standard ex-vessel prices. Except as described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section, NMFS will calculate groundfish standard ex-vessel prices based on standardized ex-vessel nominal prices calculated using information submitted in the Commercial Operator's Annual Report described at § 679.5(p) and the shoreside processor or stationary floating processor landing report described at § 679.5(e)(5), as well as methods established by the State of Alaska's Commercial Fisheries Entry Commission. (A) Groundfish standard ex-vessel prices will be calculated as a 3-year rolling average of standard prices for each species, port or port-group, and gear. (B) Gear categories for groundfish standard ex-vessel prices are: Pelagic trawl gear, non-pelagic trawl gear, and non-trawl gear. (ii) Halibut and fixed gear sablefish standard ex-vessel prices. NMFS will use data submitted to NMFS on the IFQ Registered Buyer report under § 679.5(l)(7) to calculate the standard ex-vessel prices for each year for halibut and fixed gear sablefish, by port or port group. These standard ex-vessel prices will be applied to landings of: (A) Halibut; (B) IFQ sablefish; and (C) Sablefish accruing against the fixed-gear sablefish CDQ allocation. (iii) Confidentiality. Standard ex-vessel prices will be aggregated among ports if fewer than four processors participate in a price category for any species and gear combination. (e) Determining the ex-vessel value of groundfish and halibut. The ex-vessel value of groundfish and halibut subject to the observer fee will be determined by applying the standard ex-vessel price published in the Federal Register in the year prior to the year in which the landing was made to the round weight of groundfish and the headed-and-gutted weight of halibut landings subject to the observer fee. (f) Observer fee percentage. The observer fee percentage is 1.25 percent through December 31, 2020. Beginning January 1, 2021, the observer fee percentage is 1.65 percent. (g) Fee collection. A permit holder specified in paragraph (a) of this section, receiving a groundfish or halibut landing subject to the observer fee under paragraph (c) of this section, is responsible for collecting fees during the calendar year in which the groundfish or halibut is received. (h) Payment —(1) Payment due date. A permit holder specified in paragraph (a) of this section must submit his or her observer fee liability payment(s) to NMFS no later than February 15 of the year following the calendar year in which the groundfish or halibut landings subject to the observer fee were made. (2) Payment recipient. Make electronic payment payable to NMFS. (3) Payment address. Payments must be made electronically through the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov. Instructions for electronic payment will be provided on the payment Web site and on the observer fee liability invoice to be mailed to each permit holder. (4) Payment method. Payment must be made electronically in U.S. dollars by automated clearinghouse, credit card, or electronic check drawn on a U.S. bank account. (5) Underpayment of fee liability. (i) Under § 679.4, an applicant will not receive a new or amended FPP or Registered Buyer permit until he or she submits a complete permit application. For the application to be considered complete, all fees required by NMFS must be paid. (ii) If a permit holder fails to submit full payment for the observer fee liability by the date described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, the Regional Administrator may: (A) At any time thereafter send an initial administrative determination to the liable permit holder stating that the permit holder's estimated fee liability, as calculated by the Regional Administrator and sent to the permit holder pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, is the amount of observer fee due from the permit holder. (B) Disapprove any issuance of an FPP or Registered Buyer permit to the applicant in accordance with § 679.4. (iii) If payment is not received by the 30th day after the final agency action, the agency may pursue collection of the unpaid fees. (i) Overpayment of fee. Upon issuance of final agency action, any amount submitted to NMFS in excess of the observer fee liability determined to be due by the final agency action will be returned to the permit holder unless the permit holder requests the agency to credit the excess amount against the permit holder's future observer fee liability. (j) Appeals. A permit holder who receives an IAD may either pay the fee liability or appeal the IAD pursuant to § 679.43. In any appeal of an IAD made under this section, a permit holder specified in paragraph (a) of this section has the burden of proving his or her claim." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.5.1.7,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,E,Subpart E—North Pacific Observer Program,,§ 679.56 Full coverage trawl Electronic Monitoring category fee.,FWS,,,"[89 FR 60815, July 29, 2024]","(a) Full coverage trawl electronic monitoring (EM) category fee —(1) Responsibility. The owner of a catcher vessel in the full coverage trawl EM category must comply with the requirements of this section. Subsequent opting out of the trawl EM category does not affect the FFP permit holder's liability for paying the full coverage trawl EM category fee for any fishing year in which the vessel was approved to be in the full coverage trawl EM category and made pollock landings. Subsequent transfer of an AFA catcher vessel or AFA permit does not affect the catcher vessel owner's liability for non-compliance with this section. (2) Landings subject to the observer fee. The full coverage trawl EM fee is assessed on pollock landings by catcher vessels in the full coverage trawl EM category as specified in § 679.51(g). (3) Fee collection. The owner of a catcher vessel (as identified under paragraph (a)(1) of this section) is responsible for paying the full coverage trawl EM fee for all pollock landings. (4) Payment. —(i) Payment due date. The owner of a catcher vessel (as identified under paragraph (a)(1) of this section) must submit all full coverage trawl EM fee payments to NMFS no later than May 31 of the fishing year following the year in which the pollock landings occurred. (ii) Payment recipient and method. The owner of a catcher vessel (as identified under paragraph (a)(1) of this section) must submit payment and related documents as instructed on the fee submission form. Payments must be made electronically through the NMFS Alaska Region website. Instructions for electronic payment will be made available on both the payment website and a fee liability summary letter mailed to each permit holder. (b) Full coverage standard ex-vessel value determination and use. NMFS will use the standard prices calculated for AFA cost recovery per § 679.66(b). (c) Full coverage fee percentages. —(1) Established percentages. The trawl EM fee percentage is the amount as determined by the factors and methodology described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. These amounts will be announced by publication in the Federal Register in accordance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section. (2) Calculating fee percentage value. Each year NMFS will calculate and publish the trawl EM fee percentage for the full coverage trawl EM category catcher vessels according to the following factors and methodology: (i) Factors. NMFS will use the following factors to determine the fee percentages: (A) The catch to which the full coverage trawl EM fee will apply; (B) The ex-vessel value of that catch; and (C) The costs directly related to the EM data collection, EM data review, VMP approval, and trawl EM category data. (ii) Methodology. NMFS will use the following equations to determine the trawl EM fee percentage: 100 × DPC ÷ V, where: (A) DPC equals the trawl EM category costs for the directed full coverage pollock fisheries for the most recent fiscal year (October 1 through September 30) with any adjustments to the account from payments received in the previous year. (B) V equals the total of the standard ex-vessel value of the catch subject to the trawl EM fee liability for the current year. (iii) Program costs. Trawl EM category costs will be calculated only for catcher vessels that NMFS approves to be in the full coverage trawl EM category. (3) Publication. —(i) General. NMFS will calculate and announce the trawl EM fee percentage in a Federal Register notice by December 1 of the year following the year in which the full coverage pollock landings were made. NMFS will calculate the trawl EM fee percentage based on the calculations described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (ii) Effective period. NMFS will apply the calculated trawl EM fee percentage to all full coverage trawl EM category directed pollock landings made by vessels in the trawl EM category between January 1 and December 31 of the previous year. (4) Applicable percentage. A designated representative must use the AFA fee percentage applicable at the time a Bering Sea directed pollock landing is debited from an AFA pollock fishery allocation to calculate the AFA fee liability for any retroactive payments for that landing." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.5.1.8,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,E,Subpart E—North Pacific Observer Program,,§ 679.57 Trawl EM incentive plan agreements.,FWS,,,"[89 FR 60815, July 29, 2024]","(a) Parties to a trawl EM Incentive Plan Agreement (TEM IPA) —(1) TEM IPA. A catcher vessel owner or operator must be a party to a TEM IPA to be approved for the trawl EM partial coverage category. (2) Compliance. Once a party to a TEM IPA, a catcher vessel owner or operator cannot withdraw from the TEM IPA and must comply with the terms of the TEM IPA for the duration of the fishing year. (b) Request for approval of a proposed TEM IPA. The TEM IPA representative must submit a proposed TEM IPA to NMFS. The proposed TEM IPA must contain the following information: (1) Affidavit. The TEM IPA must include an affidavit affirming that each party to the TEM IPA is subject to the same terms and conditions. (2) Name of the TEM IPA —(3) Representative. The TEM IPA must include the name, telephone number, and email address of the TEM IPA representative who is responsible for submitting the proposed TEM IPA on behalf of the TEM IPA parties, any proposed amendments to the TEM IPA, and the annual report required under paragraph (f) of this section. (4) Incentive plan. The TEM IPA must contain provisions that address or contain the following: (i) Restrictions, penalties, or performance criteria that will limit changes in fishing behavior. (ii) Incentive measures to discourage catcher vessels from harvesting pollock catch in excess of 300,000 (136 mt) pounds during a fishing trip, on average in the GOA, and an explanation of how the incentive(s) encourage vessel operators to limit harvest in excess of 300,000 (136 mt) pounds of pollock per fishing trip in the GOA. (iii) Incentive measures to prevent catcher vessels from exceeding the MRAs established in § 679.21(e) and how the incentives encourage vessel operators to avoid bycatch and avoid exceeding the maximum retainable amounts established in § 679.20(e). (iv) Acknowledgment by the parties that NMFS will disclose to the public their vessels' performance under the TEM IPA and any restrictions, penalties, or performance criteria imposed under the TEM IPA by vessel name. (5) Compliance agreement. The TEM IPA must include a provision that all parties to the TEM IPA agree to comply with all provisions of the TEM IPA. (6) Signatures. The name and signature of the owner or operator for each vessel that is a party to the TEM IPA. (c) Deadline and duration. —(1) Deadline for proposed TEM IPA. A proposed TEM IPA must be received by NMFS no later than 1700 hours, A.l.t., on December 1 of the year prior to the fishing year for which the TEM IPA is proposed to be effective. (2) Duration. Once approved, a TEM IPA is effective starting January 1 of the fishing year following the year in which NMFS approves the IPA, unless the TEM IPA is approved between January 1 and January 19, in which case the TEM IPA is effective starting in the year in which it is approved. Once approved, a TEM IPA is effective until December 31 of the first year in which it is effective or until December 31 of the year in which the TEM IPA representative notifies NMFS in writing that the TEM IPA is no longer in effect, whichever is later. A TEM IPA may not expire mid-year. No party may leave a TEM IPA once it is approved, except as allowed under paragraph (d)(3) of this section. (d) NMFS review of a proposed TEM IPA. —(1) Approval. A TEM IPA will be approved by NMFS if the TEM IPA meets the following requirements: (i) Complies with the submission requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section; and (ii) Contains the information required in paragraph (b) of this section. (2) Amendments to a TEM IPA. Amendments in writing to an approved TEM IPA may be submitted to NMFS at any time and will be reviewed under the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. An amendment to an approved TEM IPA is effective when NMFS notifies the TEM IPA representative in writing of NMFS approval. (3) Disapproval. (i) NMFS will disapprove a proposed TEM IPA or a proposed amendment to a TEM IPA: (A) If the proposed TEM IPA fails to meet any of the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section; or (B) If a proposed amendment to a TEM IPA would cause the TEM IPA to no longer comply with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. (ii) [Reserved] (4) Initial Administrative Determination (IAD). If NMFS identifies deficiencies in the proposed TEM IPA, NMFS will notify the applicant in writing that the proposed TEM IPA will not be approved. The TEM IPA representative will be provided one 30-day period to address, in writing, all deficiencies identified by NMFS. Additional information or a revised TEM IPA received by NMFS after the expiration of the 30-day period specified by NMFS will not be considered. NMFS will evaluate any additional information submitted by the TEM IPA representative within the 30-day period. If the Regional Administrator determines that the additional information addresses the deficiencies in the proposed TEM IPA, the Regional Administrator will approve the proposed TEM IPA under paragraph (d) of this section. However, if NMFS determines that the proposed TEM IPA does not comply with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, NMFS will issue an IAD providing the reasons for disapproving the proposed TEM IPA. (5) Appeal. A TEM IPA representative who receives an IAD disapproving a proposed TEM IPA may appeal under the procedures set forth at 15 CFR part 906. If the TEM IPA representative fails to timely file an appeal of the IAD pursuant to 15 CFR part 906, the IAD will become the final agency action. If the IAD is appealed and the final agency action approves the proposed TEM IPA, the TEM IPA will be effective as described in paragraph (c) of this section. (6) Pending approval. While appeal of an IAD disapproving a proposed TEM IPA is pending, proposed parties to the TEM IPA subject to the IAD, which are not currently parties to an approved TEM IPA, are not authorized to participate in trawl EM category. (e) Public release of a TEM IPA and performance metrics. Each fishing year NMFS will release to the public and publish on the NMFS Alaska Region website: (1) Approvals. Approved TEM IPAs and Approval Memos; (2) Parties. List of parties to each approved TEM IPA; and (3) Names. Names of vessels covered by each approved TEM IPA that: (i) On average, harvesting pollock catch in excess of 300,000 pounds (136 mt) per fishing trip in the GOA; (ii) Harvest bycatch in quantities that exceed MRAs; and (iii) Vessels' performance under the TEM IPA and any restrictions, penalties, or performance criteria imposed under the TEM IPA by vessel name. (f) TEM IPA Annual Report. The representative of each approved TEM IPA must submit a written annual report to the Council at the address specified in § 679.61(f). The Council will make the annual report available to the public. (1) Submission deadline. The TEM IPA Annual Report must be received by the Council no later than May 15 of the following fishing year. (2) Information requirements. The TEM IPA Annual Report must contain the following information: (i) A comprehensive description of the incentive measures in effect in the previous year; (ii) A description of how these incentive measures affected individual vessels; (iii) An evaluation of whether incentive measures were effective in limiting changes in vessel behavior including the effectiveness of: (A) Measures to discourage participating vessels, on average, from harvesting pollock catch in excess of 300,000 pounds (136 mt) per fishing trip in the GOA; (B) Measures that incentivize participating vessels to avoid exceeding MRAs established in § 679.20(e) applicable to non-EM vessels; (C) Restrictions, penalties, or performance criteria that were imposed to prevent vessels from consistently exceeding catcher vessel harvest limit for pollock in the GOA or MRAs relative to non-EM vessels by vessel name (see §§ 679.7(b)(2) and 679.20(e)); (D) The frequency of vessels exceeding the catcher vessel harvest limit for pollock in the GOA and MRA limits relative to non-EM vessels (see §§ 679.7(b)(2) and 679.20(e)); and (E) Identification of, and the TEM IPA's response to, vessels directed fishing in conflict with harvest specifications or directed fishing for Steller Sea Lion forage species within closed Steller Sea Lion protection areas. (iv) A description of any amendments to the TEM IPA that were approved by NMFS since the last annual report and the reasons that the amendments to the TEM IPA were requested." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.6.1.1,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,F,Subpart F—American Fisheries Act and Aleutian Island Directed Pollock Fishery Management Measures,,§ 679.60 Authority and related regulations.,FWS,,,"[70 FR 9867, Mar. 1, 2005]","(a) Regulations under this subpart were developed by the National Marine Fisheries Service and the North Pacific Fishery Management Council to implement the American Fisheries Act (AFA) (Div. C, Title II, Subtitle II, Public Law 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681 (1998)) and the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004 (Public Law 108-199, Sec. 803). Additional regulations in this part that implement specific provisions of the AFA and Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004 are set out at §§ 679.2 Definitions, 679.4 Permits, 679.5 Recordkeeping and reporting (R &R), 679.7 Prohibitions, 679.20 General limitations, 679.21 Prohibited species bycatch management, 679.28 Equipment and operational requirements, 679.31 CDQ reserves, and 679.50 Groundfish Observer Program. (b) Regulations developed by the Department of Transportation to implement provisions of the AFA are found at 46 CFR part 356." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.6.1.2,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,F,Subpart F—American Fisheries Act and Aleutian Island Directed Pollock Fishery Management Measures,,§ 679.61 Formation and operation of fishery cooperatives.,FWS,,,"[67 FR 79734, Dec. 30, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 6836, Feb. 11, 2003; 70 FR 9868, Mar. 1, 2005; 72 FR 61076, Oct. 29, 2007; 73 FR 76166, Dec. 15, 2008; 75 FR 53069, Aug. 30, 2010; 76 FR 12886, Mar. 9, 2011; 81 FR 168, Jan. 5, 2016]","(a) Who is liable for violations by a fishery cooperative and cooperative members? A fishery cooperative must comply with the provisions of this section. The owners and operators of vessels that are members of a fishery cooperative, including vessels under contract to a cooperative, are responsible for ensuring that the fishery cooperative complies with the directed fishing, sideboard closures, PSC limits and other allocations and restrictions that are applicable to the fishery cooperative. The owners and operators of vessels that are members of a fishery cooperative, including vessels under contract to a cooperative, are responsible for ensuring that all fishery cooperative members comply with the directed fishing, sideboard closures, PSC limits and other allocations and restrictions that are applicable to the fishery cooperative. (b) Who must comply this section? Any fishery cooperative formed under section 1 of the Fisherman's Collective Marketing Act 1934 (15 U.S.C. 521) for the purpose of cooperatively managing directed fishing for BS subarea pollock must comply with the provisions of this section. The owners and operators of all the member vessels that are signatories to a fishery cooperative are jointly and severally responsible for compliance with the requirements of this section. (c) Designated representative and agent for service of process. Each cooperative must appoint a designated representative and agent for service of process and must ensure that the cooperative's designated representative and agent for service of process comply with the regulations in this part. (1) What is a designated representative? The designated representative is the primary contact person for NMFS on issues relating to the operation of the cooperative. Any cooperative formed under this section must appoint a designated representative to fulfill regulatory requirements on behalf of the cooperative including, but not limited to, filing of cooperative contracts, filing of annual reports, submitting all cost recovery fees, and in the case of inshore sector catcher vessel cooperatives, signing cooperative fishing permit applications and completing and submitting inshore catcher vessel pollock cooperative catch reports. (2) What is an agent for service of process? Any cooperative formed under this section must appoint an agent who is authorized to receive and respond to any legal process issued in the United States with respect to all owners and operators of vessels that are members of the cooperative. The cooperative must provide the Regional Administrator with the name, address and telephone number of the appointed agent. Service on or notice to the cooperative's appointed agent constitutes service on or notice to all members of the cooperative. (3) What is the term of service and process for replacing the agent for service of process? The agent for service of process must be capable of accepting service on behalf of the cooperative until December 31 of the year 5 years after the calendar year for which the fishery cooperative has filed its intent to operate. The owners and operators of all member vessels of a cooperative are responsible for ensuring that a substitute agent is designated and the Agency is notified of the name, address and telephone number of the substitute agent in the event the previously designated agent is no longer capable of accepting service on behalf of the cooperative or the cooperative members within that 5-year period. (d) Annual filing requirements. You must file on an annual basis, with the Council and NMFS, a signed copy of your fishery cooperative contract, and any material modifications to any such contract, together with a copy of a letter from a party to the contract requesting a business review letter on the fishery cooperative from the Department of Justice and any response to such request. The Council and NMFS will make this information available to the public upon request. (1) Must multi-year contracts be re-filed annually? If your cooperative contract was previously filed with NMFS and the Council under this paragraph (d), then you may submit a renewal letter to NMFS and the Council by the filing deadline in lieu of the cooperative contract and business review letter. The renewal letter must provide notice that the previously filed cooperative contract will remain in effect for the subsequent fishing year. The renewal letter also must detail any material modifications to the cooperative contract that have been made since the last filing including, but not limited to, any changes in cooperative membership. (2) Where must contracts or renewal letters be filed? You must send a signed copy of your cooperative contract or renewal letter and the required supporting materials to the North Pacific Fishery Management Council, 605 West 4th Ave, Suite 306, Anchorage, AK 99501; and to the NMFS Alaska Region. The mailing address for the NMFS Alaska Region is P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802. The street address for delivery by private courier is 709 West 9th St., Suite 401, Juneau, AK 99801. (3) What is the deadline for filing? The contract or renewal letter and supporting materials must be received by NMFS and by the Council at least 30 days prior to the start of any fishing activity conducted under the terms of the contract. In addition, an inshore cooperative that is also applying for an allocation of BS subarea pollock under § 679.62 must file its contract, any amendments hereto, and supporting materials no later than December 1 of the year prior to the year in which fishing under the contract will occur. (e) What are the required elements in a cooperative contract? —(1) Requirements for all fishery cooperatives. Any cooperative contract filed under this paragraph (e) must: (i) List parties to the contract. (ii) List all vessels and processors that will harvest and process pollock harvested under the cooperative. (iii) Specify the amount or percentage of pollock allocated to each party to the contract. (iv) Specify a designated representative and agent for service of process. (v) Include a contract clause under which the parties to the contract agree to make payments to the State of Alaska for any pollock harvested in the directed pollock fishery that are not landed in the State of Alaska, in amounts which would otherwise accrue had the pollock been landed in the State of Alaska subject to any landing taxes established under Alaska law. Failure to include such a contract clause or for such amounts to be paid will result in a revocation of the authority to form fishery cooperatives under section 1 of the Act of June 25, 1934 (15 U.S.C. 521 et seq. ). (vi) List the obligations of members of a cooperative, governed by this section, to ensure the full payment of all AFA fee liabilities that may be due. (2) Additional required elements in all fishery cooperatives that include AFA catcher vessels. A cooperative contract that includes catcher vessels must include adequate provisions to prevent each non-exempt member catcher vessel from exceeding an individual vessel sideboard limit for each BSAI or GOA sideboard species or species group that is issued to the vessel by the cooperative in accordance with the following formula: (i) The aggregate individual vessel sideboard limits issued to all member vessels in a cooperative must not exceed the aggregate contributions of each member vessel towards the overall groundfish sideboard amount as calculated by NMFS under § 679.64(b) and as announced to the cooperative by the Regional Administrator, or (ii) In the case of two or more cooperatives that have entered into an inter-cooperative agreement, the aggregate individual vessel sideboard limits issued to all member vessels subject to the inter-cooperative agreement must not exceed the aggregate contributions of each member vessel towards the overall groundfish sideboard amount as calculated by NMFS under § 679.64(b) and as announced by the Regional Administrator. (f) Annual reporting requirement. Any fishery cooperative governed by this section must submit an annual written report on fishing activity to the North Pacific Fishery Management Council, 605 West 4th Avenue, Suite 306, Anchorage, AK 99501. The Council will make copies of each report available to the public upon request. (1) What is the submission deadline? The cooperative must submit the annual report by April 1 of each year. Annual reports must be postmarked by the submission deadline or received by a private courier service by the submission deadline. (2) What information must be included? The annual report must contain, at a minimum: (i) The cooperative's allocated catch of pollock and sideboard species, and any sub-allocations of pollock and sideboard species made by the cooperative to individual vessels on a vessel-by-vessel basis; (ii) The cooperative's actual retained and discarded catch of pollock, sideboard species, and PSC on an area-by-area and vessel-by-vessel basis; (iii) A description of the method used by the cooperative to monitor fisheries in which cooperative vessels participated; (iv) A description of any actions taken by the cooperative in response to any vessels that exceed their allowed catch and bycatch in pollock and all sideboard fisheries; and (v) The total weight of pollock landed outside the State of Alaska on a vessel-by-vessel basis. (vi) The number of salmon taken by species and season, and list each vessel's number of appearances on the weekly “dirty 20” lists for non-Chinook salmon. (3) What is the required format? You must submit at least one copy of each annual report ready for duplication on unbound single-sided 8.5- by-11-inch paper, or in an alternative format approved in advance by the Council. (g) Landing tax payment deadline. You must pay any landing tax owed to the State of Alaska under section 210(f) of the AFA and paragraph (e)(1)(v) of this section before April 1 of the following year, or the last day of the month following the date of publication of statewide average prices by the Alaska State Department of Revenue, whichever is later. All members of the cooperative are prohibited from harvesting pollock in the BS subarea directed pollock fishery after the payment deadline if any member vessel has failed to pay all required landing taxes from any landings made outside the State of Alaska by the landing deadline. Members of the cooperative may resume directed fishing for pollock once all overdue landing taxes are paid." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.6.1.3,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,F,Subpart F—American Fisheries Act and Aleutian Island Directed Pollock Fishery Management Measures,,§ 679.62 Inshore sector cooperative allocation program.,FWS,,,"[67 FR 79734, Dec. 30, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 6836, Feb. 11, 2003; 69 FR 64688, Nov. 8, 2004; 70 FR 9868, Mar. 1, 2005; 79 FR 54602, Sept. 12, 2014; 84 FR 2728, Feb. 8, 2019]","(a) How will inshore sector cooperative allocations be made? An inshore catcher vessel cooperative that applies for and receives an AFA inshore cooperative fishing permit under § 679.4(l)(6) will receive a sub-allocation of the annual BS subarea inshore sector directed fishing allowance. Each inshore cooperative's annual allocation amount(s) will be determined using the following procedure: (1) Determination of individual vessel catch histories. The Regional Administrator will calculate an official AFA inshore cooperative catch history for every inshore-sector endorsed AFA catcher vessel according to the following steps: (i) Determination of annual landings. For each year from 1995 through 1997 the Regional Administrator will determine each vessel's total non-CDQ inshore pollock landings from the Bering Sea Subarea and Aleutian Islands Subarea separately, except for the F/V PROVIDIAN (USCG documentation number 1062183). (ii) Determination of annual landings for the F/V PROVIDIAN. For the F/V PROVIDIAN, pursuant to Public Law 106-562, the Regional Administrator will substitute the 1992 through 1994 total Bering Sea subarea and Aleutian Islands subarea pollock non-CDQ inshore landings made by the F/V OCEAN SPRAY (USCG documentation number 517100 for the purpose of determining annual cooperative quota share percentage. (iii) Offshore compensation. If a catcher vessel made a total of 500 or more mt of landings of non-CDQ Bering Sea Subarea pollock or Aleutian Islands Subarea pollock to catcher/processors or offshore motherships other than the EXCELLENCE (USCG documentation number 967502); GOLDEN ALASKA (USCG documentation number 651041); or OCEAN PHOENIX (USCG documentation number 296779) over the 3-year period from 1995 through 1997, then all non-CDQ offshore pollock landings made by that vessel during from 1995 through 1997 will be added to the vessel's inshore catch history by year and subarea. (iv) Best two out of three years. After steps (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section are completed, the 2 years with the highest landings will be selected for each subarea and added together to generate the vessel's official AFA inshore cooperative catch history for each subarea. A vessel's best 2 years may be different for the Bering Sea subarea and the Aleutian Islands Subarea. (2) Determination of individual vessel catch histories after approval of replacement of catcher vessel and approval of removal of catcher vessel from the AFA directed pollock fishery. (i) If NMFS approves the application of an owner of a catcher vessel that is a member of an inshore vessel cooperative to replace a catcher vessel pursuant to § 679.4(l)(7), NMFS will assign the AFA inshore pollock catch history of the replaced vessel to the replacement vessel. (ii) If NMFS approves the application of an owner of a catcher vessel that is a member of an inshore vessel cooperative to remove a catcher vessel from the AFA directed pollock fishery pursuant to § 679.4(l)(7), NMFS will assign the AFA inshore pollock catch history of the removed vessel to one or more vessels in the inshore vessel cooperative to which the removed vessel belonged as required by § 679.4(l)(7); NMFS will not assign the catch history for any non-pollock species of the removed vessel to any other vessel, and NMFS will permanently extinguish any exemptions from sideboards that were specified on the AFA permit of the removed vessel. (3) Conversion of individual vessel catch histories to annual cooperative quota share percentages. Each inshore pollock cooperative that applies for and receives an AFA inshore pollock cooperative fishing permit will receive an annual quota share percentage of pollock for the BS subarea that is equal to the sum of each member vessel's official AFA inshore cooperative catch history for the BS subarea divided by the sum of the official AFA inshore cooperative catch histories of all inshore-sector endorsed AFA catcher vessels. The cooperative's quota share percentage will be listed on the cooperative's AFA pollock cooperative permit. (4) Conversion of quota share percentage to TAC allocations. (Effective April 1, 2005) Each inshore pollock cooperative that receives a quota share percentage for a fishing year will receive an annual allocation of Bering Sea and/or Aleutian Islands pollock that is equal to the cooperative's quota share percentage for that subarea multiplied by the annual inshore pollock allocation for that subarea. Each cooperative's annual pollock TAC allocation may be published in the proposed and final BSAI harvest specifications notice. (b) What are the restrictions on fishing under a cooperative fishing permit? A cooperative that receives a cooperative fishing permit under § 679.4(l)(6) must comply with all of the fishing restrictions set out in this subpart. The owners and operators of all the member vessels that are named on an inshore cooperative fishing permit and the owners and operators of any vessels under contract to the cooperative under paragraph (c) of this section are jointly and severally responsible for compliance with all of the requirements of a cooperative fishing permit pursuant to § 679.4(l)(6). (1) What vessels are eligible to fish under an inshore cooperative fishing permit? Only catcher vessels listed on a cooperative's AFA inshore cooperative fishing permit or vessels under contract to the cooperative under paragraph (c) of this section are permitted to harvest any portion of an inshore cooperative's annual pollock allocation. (2) What harvests accrue against an inshore cooperative's annual pollock allocation? The following catches will accrue against a cooperative's annual pollock allocation regardless of whether the pollock was retained or discarded: (i) Member vessels. All pollock caught by a member vessel while engaged in directed fishing for pollock in the BS subarea unless the vessel is under contract to another cooperative and the pollock is assigned to another cooperative. (ii) Contract vessels. All pollock contracted for harvest and caught by a vessel under contract to the cooperative under paragraph (c) of this section while the vessel was engaged in directed fishing for pollock in the BS subarea. (c) Contract fishing by non-member vessels. A cooperative that wishes to contract with a non-member vessel to harvest a portion of the cooperative's annual pollock allocation must comply with the following procedures. (1) How does a cooperative contract with a non-member vessel? A cooperative that wishes to contract with a non-member vessel must submit a completed contract fishing application to the Alaska Region, NMFS, in accordance with the contract fishing application instructions. (2) What information must be included on a contract fishing application? The following information must be included on a contract fishing application: (i) Co-op name(s). The names of the cooperative or cooperatives that wish to contract with a non-member vessel. (ii) Designated representative(s). The names and signatures of the designated representatives for the cooperatives that wish to contract with a non-member vessel and the vessel's home cooperative. (iii) Vessel name. The name and AFA permit number of the contracted vessel. (iv) Vessel owner. The name and signature of the owner of the contracted vessel. (v) Harvest schedule. A completed harvest schedule showing how all catch and any overages by the contracted vessel will be allocated between the contracting cooperative (or cooperatives) and the contract vessel's home cooperative. In the event that multiple cooperatives are jointly contracting with a non-member vessel, the harvest schedule must clearly specify how all catch and any overages will be allocated among the various cooperatives. (3) What vessels are eligible to conduct contract fishing on behalf of an inshore cooperative? Only AFA catcher vessels with an inshore fishing endorsement that are members of an inshore cooperative may conduct contract fishing on behalf of another inshore cooperative. (4) Who must be informed? A cooperative that has contracted with a non-member vessel to harvest a portion of its inshore pollock allocation must inform any AFA inshore processors to whom the vessel will deliver pollock while under contract to the cooperative prior to the start of fishing under the contract. (5) How must contract fishing be reported to NMFS? An AFA inshore processor that receives pollock harvested by a vessel under contract to a cooperative must report the delivery to NMFS on the electronic delivery report by using the co-op code for the contracting cooperative rather than the co-op code of the vessel's home cooperative." 50:50:13.0.1.1.3.6.1.4,50,Wildlife and Fisheries,VI,,679,PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA,F,Subpart F—American Fisheries Act and Aleutian Island Directed Pollock Fishery Management Measures,,§ 679.63 Catch weighing requirements for vessels and processors.,FWS,,,"[67 FR 79734, Dec. 30, 2002, as amended at 79 FR 54602, Sept. 12, 2014; 84 FR 55053, Oct. 15, 2019; 88 FR 77231, Nov. 9, 2023]","(a) What are the requirements for listed AFA catcher/processors and AFA motherships? —(1) Catch weighing. All groundfish landed by listed AFA catcher/processors or received by AFA motherships must be weighed on a NMFS-certified scale and made available for sampling by a NMFS certified observer. The owner and operator of a listed AFA catcher/processor or an AFA mothership must ensure that the vessel is in compliance with the scale requirements described at § 679.28(b), that each groundfish haul is weighed separately, and that no sorting of catch, except halibut sorted on deck by vessels participating in the halibut deck sorting described at § 679.102, takes place prior to weighing. (2) Observer sampling station. The owner and operator of a listed AFA catcher/processor or AFA mothership must provide an observer sampling station as described at § 679.28(d) and must ensure that the vessel operator complies with the observer sampling station requirements described at § 679.28(d) at all times that the vessel harvests groundfish or receives deliveries of groundfish harvested in the BSAI or GOA. (b) What are the requirements for unlisted AFA catcher/processors? The owner or operator of an unlisted AFA catcher/processor must comply with the catch weighing and observer sampling station requirements set out in paragraph (a) of this section at all times the vessel is engaged in directed fishing for pollock in the BSAI. (c) What are the requirements for AFA replacement vessels? The owner and operator of an AFA replacement vessel are subject to the catch weighing requirements and the observer sampling station requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section that applied to the owner and operator of the replaced vessel. (d) What are the requirements for AFA inshore processors? —(1) Catch weighing. All groundfish landed by AFA catcher vessels engaged in directed fishing for pollock in the BSAI must be sorted and weighed on a scale approved by the State of Alaska as described in § 679.28(c), and be made available for sampling by a NMFS certified observer. The observer must be allowed to test any scale used to weigh groundfish in order to determine its accuracy. (2) The plant manager or plant liaison must notify the observer of the offloading schedule for each delivery of BSAI pollock by an AFA catcher vessel at least 1 hour prior to offloading. An observer must monitor each delivery of BSAI pollock from an AFA catcher vessel and be on site the entire time the delivery is being weighed or sorted."